Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats

DO NOT REMUVt hROM LIBRARY

lortheastern
jniversity

)oston-Bouve

College

graduate

>chool

973-74

northeastern
university

Boston- Bouve

College

Graduate

School

1973-74

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

100 Dockser Hall

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Telephone (617) 437-3154

'•*-f%

liT.

*^ <

;> K

fg-t* f - '

■*.j»

;>'h«

i /

^fPff

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

10 Administrative Organization

12 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools

18 The University

20 Buildings and Facilities

23 Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

24 Part-Time Study

24 General Regulations

26 The Master of Science Degree

31 Financial Information

31 Financial Obligations

31 Financial Aid

35 Faculty

36 Fields of Study

36 Programs in Professional Specializations

39 Courses

39 Physical Education

42 Recreation Education

44 Interdepartmental Courses

47 Index

COCQ<_>OC_>OQC3UJ

o — ■=: zz

"?• ■o c c is

oil -.^ —

= t: — CO < s s

"i :r. ^ ^ ^

^ ._ — — c: m — _

- ° s = -s 2

(D O TO ^ :3 ro
CD OQ O C_) O C^

_, - -c: -C ^ ^

o :z:

Ll_ Li_ Li_ o

cnO

C7>

'5 £

CQ (3

l/l

(7)

o-i

"S ■"

c s

±J

•?

O) c

^ ^

■^

Li_U_UjO<t:r:Ll_LLjOLl_OOCDu_U_OCOLjJLiJ — ilLi_U_LLJ^O

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Wednesday-Thursday Sept. 5-Sept. 6

Monday-Thursday

Wednesday-Thursday

Monday

Saturday

Monday-Friday

Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Sept. 5-Sept. 13
September 24
November 24
Dec. 10-Dec. 14

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodf

Tuesday
Monday-Thursday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Saturday
Monday-Friday

November 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6

Dec. 3-Dec. 6
January 2
March 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 22

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)
Burlington Tuesday

Boston

Classes begin

Last day to file commencement card
for spring commencement

Last day to pay fee for
spring commencement

Last day to drop a course

Final grades due in Registrar's
Office for June graduates tal<ing
third quarter course Friday

Examination periodf Monday-Friday

Spring commencement Sunday

Monday-Thursday
Monday

Monday

Monday
Saturday

March 5

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

April 1

April 29
June 1

May 31

June 10-June 14

June 16

'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before

ttie date of the interview.
tExaminatlons for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate

examination schedule.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriots' Day
iVlemorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Tuesday

Monday

Thursday

Monday

October 8
October 22
Nov. 22-Nov. 24
Dec. 17-Jan. 1
February 18
April 15
May 27
July 4
September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. In addition. Northeastern
takes affirmative action in the recruitment of students and
employees.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
*Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Car! W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
"William R. Driver, Jr.

•Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

•Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
*Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
*Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
*Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
*John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell
tEdward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

*Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tEdward R. Mitton, deceased June 24, 1973

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton

'Donald W. Smith

'Farnham W. Smith

'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague

'Russell B. Stearns

'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone

'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Aimore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
*Alvin C. Zlses

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, f-lonorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
"Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
James A. Morton
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, fHonorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Cliairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
"Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
Lawrence H. Martin

Harold A. Mock
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
Chaplin Tyler

Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative

Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

"President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Wee President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Wee President for Alumni Affairs and Associate

Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv^ College and

Director of Boston-Bouv^ Graduate Schoo.

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of tfie Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the
Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions

Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of ttie Graduate Scfiool of
Arts and Sciences
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and

Director of tfie Graduate Sctiool of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Heiene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration

and Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education

Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helena A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Meivin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
'Kenneth Ballou

Samuel Bernstein

Robert L. Cord

Charlotte M. Chamberlain

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtain

Flora DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur
*Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
* James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Maurice Kaufman
*Christopher Kennedy

Robert Klein
*Melvin Mark

Edward S. Marshall

Robert Miller

Richard G. Natoli

Irene Nichols
*Paul M. Pratt

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John R. Reinhard
*Daniel J. Roberts

J. Spencer Rochefort
*Norman Rosenblatt
*Kenneth G. Ryder

Eugene Saletan

Kathryn Shaffer
* Robert Shepard

Ruth E. Sullivan

Roy Weinstein

Paul Wermuth

M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

'Appointed by the President

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Assistant Registrar of the Graduate Schools

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1972-1973

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

Ernest M. Decicco, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Snell Professor of Health Care and

Chairman of the Department of Physical Therapy

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

David I. Epstein, Professor of f^athematics and Chairman of the Department

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance

Thomas Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Counseling Education

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of l\/lanagement

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of t^edicinal Chemistry

Welville B. Nowak, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Pfiarmacognosy and Medic'maf Chemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pfiarmacoiogy

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Pfiysical Education

Jayantilal Satia, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and Chairman of
the Department

Yogenda N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

Herbert L. Sussnnan, Associate Professor of English

Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology and Acting Chairman
of the Department

Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

R. Gregg Wilfong, Professor of Political Science

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph iVI. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and
Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, Dean of tfie Scfiool of Law

Philip J. Rusche, Director of ttie Graduate Scfiooi of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School 1973-74

Catherine L. Allen, Director, Dean of Boston-Bouve College

Carl S. Christensen, Representative for Physical Education, Cfiairman
of Pfiysical Education

H. Marie Garrity, Representative for Health Education, Executive

Officer and Associate Professor of Health Education

Albert H. McCay, Representative for Recreation Education, Cliairman
of Recreation Education

Barbara Philbrick, Representative for Physical Education and Coordinator
of Graduate Programs

Alae-Eldin Sayed, Representative for Recreation Education, Assistant
Professor of Recreation Education

Elizabeth W. Van Slyck, Representative for Physical Therapy,
Professor of Physical Therapy

Richard C. Zobel, Chairman, Professor of Physical Education

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University Is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of liiglier learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 170 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning. Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the
financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the gradu-
ate level in engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been devel-
oped to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to offering day
undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering Technology and
Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln College offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor degree programs in tech-
nological areas. All formal courses of study leading to degrees through
part-time programs are approved by the Basic College faculties con-
cerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

19 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of its comnnunity in a period of accelerated
change. Adult education progranns offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning take place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, and
Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy.
There are additional subject collections for the Center for Management
Development at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Insti-
tute in Nahant.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 3,700 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. The large gymnasium contains four
basketball courts. In addition, the Center consists of an athletic cage,
a small gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative offices
for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education Depart-
ment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table.
The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come,
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, in group practicum, and in
camping administration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in
Ashland, completed in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and
lacrosse fields, waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp
sites, fields and forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a
recreation hall, library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference
accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers
a major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massa-
chusetts. These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration
Hospital, are conveniently located just off Route 24.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a
major portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hamp-
shire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are
located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts
line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

boston-bouve college
graduate school

The purposes of advanced study in Boston-Bouve College are con-
sistent with the philosophy of Northeastern University, and with the goals
of advanced study in the professions. The programs are designed to
fulfill the needs and interests of personnel in physical and recreation
education in an era of social and educational change and redirection.

Graduate study is founded in the fields of knowledge and specialization
which are extensively explored in upper-division or upper-class years of
undergraduate preparation. The nature of advanced study leading to the
master's degree demands of students and faculty attitudes of intensive
critical analysis; cognitive development of idea and thought reliably
tested in scholarly search and discussion, with application involving
educational resources and practice; specialized research and creative
experimentation in emerging theories, with application in the primary
specialized field and its ancillary contexts; exploration and development
of new trends in curriculum theory, process, and evaluation; critiques of
professional reading and related literature; conversance with diverse
methods and interpretation of scientific, philosophic, historical, and de-
scriptive research; and a depth study using the appropriate research
method in an approved investigation or thesis under faculty advisement.

The goals of graduate education in Boston-Bouve College are:

1. To provide advanced preparation for administrators, supervisors,
teachers, recreation specialists, coaches, and researchers through
specific professional study and interdisciplinary experience.

2. To develop appreciation for the orderly approach to discovery
through research, philosophical thought, and discussion.

3. To provide a sound basis for research and to facilitate student
research experiences and applications.

4. To contribute to the development and refinement of dance,
games, sports, recreation, and outdoor education within their
cultural settings, and through comparative study.

5. To develop leaders and teachers capable of designing current and
innovative approaches to learning and curriculum development.

24 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

6. To encourage intensive study in a specialized area of concern,
with awareness of problems in education and society.

7. To provide a foundation for advanced study at tiie doctoral level.

PART-TIME STUDY

Graduate programs in Boston-Bouve College are structured to provide
an opportunity for the master's degree candidate to attend classes in the
late afternoon or evening while continuing his/her full-time employment.
By judicial use of electives and independent study, an unemployed stu-
dent may carry the equivalent of a full-time course load.

Students normally take one or two courses per quarter and can com-
plete the degree program in two to three years, depending upon whether
or not course work is taken during the summer quarter.

Students maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition
the Director of the Graduate School for permission to take more than
two courses per quarter.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate Coun-
cil. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is allowed
discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the Council.
The regulations and academic requirements which follow have been
formulated in accordance with this general policy.

Application

All applicants should address inquiries to Boston-Bouve College Grad-
uate School. Application forms and information will be mailed promptly.

Registration

Students must register within the period listed on the school calendar.
Registration will not be permitted after this period.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence at the
University, unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School for work taken elsewhere. Stu-
dents who are in residence and using the facilities of the University must
register for such work.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses is recorded by the
instructor, using the following grades:

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 25

A Excellent

For performance of high graduate caliber
B Satisfactory

For performance at a satisfactory level
C Fair

For performance not at the level expected in graduate work
F Failure

For unsatisfactory performance

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete

For failure to complete course work
S Satisfactory without quality designation

For satisfactory completion of course work
U Unsatisfactory without quality designation

The grades S and U are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter
sequence in which the second-quarter grade applies to both the first and
second quarters of the sequence: e.g., Thesis I and II.

The designation I is to be changed to a grade upon removal of the de-
ficiencies which caused the I to be reported. Deficiencies must be
removed within the quarter following that for which the I is received,
unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor. However, such
extension of time may not exceed two additional consecutive calendar
quarters. Grades of Incomplete received in Thesis I and II may be con-
tinued beyond the two-quarter limit, but must be removed prior to grad-
uation and within the six-year time limitation.

Any student who wishes to take a make-up examination must obtain
permission from the Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School
by the second week of the quarter succeeding that in which the examina-
tion is missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that succeed-
ing quarter unless circumstances warrant permission from the Director
to defer it to the second succeeding quarter.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits at Northeastern University are entered as quarter-hour
credits, with a quarter hour of credit being equivalent to three-fourths of
a semester hour, i.e., 12 semester hours are equal to 16 quarter hours.

All classes in the Boston-Bouve College Graduate School meet on a
quarter basis, with an academic quarter defined as a term of approxi-
mately 12 weeks' duration. In the summer quarter, classes meet in a
quarter of six weeks' duration. The academic calendar in the front of this

26 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

bulletin should be consulted to determine the opening dates of each
quarter.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a de-
gree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one
year must apply for readmission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Burlington
campus. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class meeting of
the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on which they
complete the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor
does not constitute an official withdrawal. Petitions for withdrawal from
a course after the ninth class meeting of the quarter must be submitted
to the Director of the Graduate School, and may be approved to avert
unusual hardships on the student.

Students who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from
the class unless they notify the Registrar of their intention not to withdraw.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the Graduate School forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin, some improvements are indi-
cated. When changes impose no hardship on the student and school
facilities permit, the student is expected to meet the requirements of the
latest bulletin. If the student finds it impossible to meet these require-
ments, the bulletin for the year in which he entered becomes the binding
one.

Application for the Diploma

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
before the applicable date listed on the calendar, there is no assurance
that the degree will be granted in that particular year, even though all
other requirements have been fulfilled.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

Admission to Degree Candidacy

For admission to the Boston-Bouve College Graduate School, a degree
candidate must have presented the following to the Director of the Grad-
uate School:

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 27

1. A completed application and $15 application fee.

2. Official transcript(s) from accredited institution(s) as evidence
of successful completion of the baccalaureate degree. The tran-
script(s) should show a cumulative average of 2.5 or better and a
minimum of 18 semester hours or 24 quarter hours of work in the
student's proposed major or related field.

3. Record of an interview with the Director of the Boston-Bouve
Graduate School or her designate. This requirement may be
waived for out-of-state applicants.

4. Three references from persons familiar with the applicant's pro-
fessional, academic, and character background.

5. An official record of the Miller Analogies Test score.

It is recommended that all materials be on file in the office of Boston-
Bouve College Graduate School at the time of the initial interview. In no
case will a conference and course registration be permitted without a
minimum of a completed application and a copy of the undergraduate
transcript. The additional materials — the Miller Analogies Test score and
references — must be received not later than the end of the sixth week of
the first quarter.

Academic Classifications

Students whose materials meet the criteria listed above are classified
as regular students.

Students whose materials do not qualify them for enrollment as regular
students may be accepted as provisional students. Provisional students
must obtain a B average in the first 12 quarter hours of credit at North-
eastern University in order to continue the graduate program.

The Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School may admit any
person as a special student who presents evidence of a bachelor's de-
gree and who appears otherwise prepared to undertake study in the
Graduate School. Admission is on the provision that the applicant: a. files
an application and b. acknowledges that should he subsequently wish to
be reclassified as a degree candidate, only 12 quarter hours of academic
credit earned as a special student may be applied toward a degree.

Academic Requirements

A candidate for the master's degree must complete an approved pro-
gram conforming to requirements of the department in which he is
registered. At the discretion of the Graduate Committee, any student
whose record is not satisfactory may be dropped from the program. A
minimum of 48 quarter hours of correlated, graduate-caliber work, along
with other study required by the department, must be completed.

28 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

An average grade of at least B must be obtained in the quarter hours
of credit required for the degree, excluding any transfer credits. Not
more than eight quarter hours of extra or repeated courses are allowed to
satisfy grade requirements for the degree.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of F
is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may be
repeated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course, that
course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or another
elective course may be substituted. If a grade of C is received in a re-
quired course, that course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of B
or better.

A degree candidate's record is subject to review by the Boston-Bouve
College Graduate Committee upon completion of his sixth course at
Northeastern University. At this time, he must have made reasonable
progress in achieving his program objectives, and have obtained at least
a B average. If the requirements are met, he is encouraged to continue
the program. In the event his record is unsatisfactory, he may be dropped
as a degree candidate from the Boston-Bouve College Graduate School.

Program Selection

Upon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student is assigned to a
program adviser in his major area of concentration. In consultation with
his adviser, the student develops a program of study, including program
objectives, anticipated courses, and estimated dates for completion of
the various degree requirements. Prior to completion of the first 1 2 quarter
hours of credit, the program requires approval by the Boston-Bouve Col-
lege Graduate Committee. Any subsequent changes in program require
further Committee approval.

Transfer Credits

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institution
is accepted toward the master's degree, provided that the credits are
recommended for transfer by the student's program adviser; consist of
work taken at the graduate level for graduate credit; carry grades of A
or B; have been earned at a recognized institution; and have not been
used toward any other degree. Students should petition the Director of
the Graduate School in writing for all transfer credit, completing the
necessary form obtainable from either the office of Boston-Bouve College
or the faculty program adviser. This form should be submitted to the
student's program adviser along with an official transcript and a course
description. Grades on transfer credits may not be used in obtaining the
academic average necessary for completion of degree requirements.

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 29

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the graduate study program or accepted by
transfer are valid for a maximum of six years from the date of course
completion unless an extension is granted by the College Graduate
Committee.

Comprehensive Examination

A comprehensive subject matter examination is taken by each candi-
date no later than two weeks before his commencement. This examina-
tion may be taken when the candidate has completed at last three-fourths
of the designated course work, and received consent of his program ad-
viser. The comprehensive examination is prepared by selected graduate
faculty with whom the student has studied. The areas to be tested are
commensurate with the student's specialization, area of concentration,
and core subject matter appropriate to his professional field. The pro-
gram adviser makes arrangements for the preparation of the test. Faculty
members preparing the examination assume responsibility for its reading
and grading, and informing the adviser of results. Test results are re-
ported by the program adviser to the Director of the Boston-Bouve Col-
lege Graduate School.

Each section of the examination is graded on the basis of A, B, C, or
F. The candidate's total grade must average to the grade of B. Grades
of F are not acceptable. A student failing all or part of the examination
may, upon the recommendation of his adviser, be given one reexamina-
tion. Conditions governing reexamination are determined by the Director
of the Graduate School or an appropriate designate.

Thesis

Each candidate must submit a thesis which clearly exhibits his re-
search ability, and is designed to increase the scope of his individual
specialization. The thesis proposal is submitted to the program adviser
for approval. Upon initial approval, a thesis adviser and two additional
committee members are appointed by the Director of the Graduate
School at the recommendation of the program adviser. The thesis pro-
posal and completed thesis must be approved by the thesis committee
and the Director of the Graduate School.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
Tuition

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees
at any time. However, any change in tuition and fees will become
effective at the beginning of the school year which follows the one in
which the change was announced.

Tuition for master's degree candidates and special students is $41
per quarter hour of credit.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

Fees

All applications must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application
fee of $15. No application will be processed until the fee has been re-
ceived by the Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College. Checks should
be made payable to Northeastern University and sent, with the applica-
tion, to Dr. Barbara Phllbrick, 117 Dockser Hall.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a final
examination make-up fee of $5; and a fee of $25 for all degree candi-
dates, payable before commencement by the applicable date listed on
the academic calendar.

All part-time students on the Huntington Avenue campus are charged
$ .75 a quarter for the services available in the Student Center.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing on
the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does not
constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Official Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition Refunded
First week of quarter 100

Second week 75

Third week 50

Fourth week 25

32 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL AID

There is a limited amount of financial aid for part-time students en-
rolled in Boston-Bouve College Graduate School. Graduate assistant-
ships and/or fellowships in the College are not available to part-time
students. There are a limited number of teaching assistantships available
to qualified full-time graduate students. Assigned duties require 18-20
hours per week for which the student receives a $2,600 stipend and tuition
waiver. Further information and applications may be obtained from the
Boston-Bouve College Graduate Office.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

A limited number of full- and half-time Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellow-
ships are available. These scholarships provide for remission of tuition
and all fees, and are awarded to qualified black students on the basis of
financial need. Additional information and application forms are available
from the Office of Financial Aid.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Hunting-
ton Avenue Campus are available each year. Appointments carry a
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information and
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Direct Student Loan

Under provisions of an act of the Federal government, students carry-
ing an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up to
$2,500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for undergraduate
and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be determined
on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases
to carry a half-time load and extends 10 years from that point at an an-
nual interest rate of three percent. Up to 100 percent may be cancelled
for teachers in special education. Additional information and application
forms are available from the Office of Financial Aid. The application
deadline is September 1 for full-time students and one month prior to
the start of the quarter for which aid is requested for other students.

Higher Education Loan Plan (Guaranteed Student Loan Plan)

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in
the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies,
carry an interest charge of seven percent, three percent of which is paid
by the Federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to $2,500
for each year of study up to a maximum of $10,000 for both undergrad-

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 33

uate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to 12 months
after completion of study, and extends up to five years for amounts less
than $2,000 or to 10 years for amounts greater than $2,000. Applicants
for this loan are required to complete a need analysis form. Additional
information and application forms are available from the Office of
Financial Aid.

faculty

GRADUATE TEACHING FACULTY OF BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE

Allen, Catherine L., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv6 Col-
lege. Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School, and Professor
of Recreation Education, Health and Physical Education

Carlisle, Katherine, A.B., Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
the Department; Lorraine C. Snell, Professor in Health Care (1973-74)

Christensen, Carl S., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education
and Chairman of the Department

Curtis, Joseph, B.S., M.S., Visiting Lecturer in Recreation Education

Fox, John W., A.B., M.A., Ed.D, Professor of Physical Education

Jeffrey, Howard, A.B., M.A., D.R., Associate Professor of Recreation
Education

Kassabian, Kerkor, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education

Luttgens, Kathryn, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education

McCay, Albert H., B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Professor of Recreation Education
and Chairman of the Department

Morrison, Richard, B.A., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Recreation
Education

Philbrick, Barbara, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical
Education

Robinson, Frank, B.A., M.S., Associate Professor of Recreation Education

Robinson, Sarah, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical
Education

Rowlands, Jeanne L., B.A., B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Physical
Education

Sayed, Alae-Eldin, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Recreation
Education

Shaffer, Kathryn, J., B.S., M.S., Professor of Physical Therapy and Asso-
ciate Chairman of the Department

Vanderpool, Kenneth G., B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Physi-
cal Education

Van Slyck, Elizabeth W., B.S., M.A., Professor of Physical Therapy

Zobel, Richard C, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education

fields of study

PROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS
Master of Science

Description

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined in the fol-
lowing pages. In almost all cases the sequence is designed to be very
flexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendation
of the student's program adviser and approval of the Boston-Bouve Col-
lege Graduate School Director.

Core Courses Required of All Candidates
50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

66.802 or 50.815 Research Design in Physical Education and Recrea-
tion Education

66.890 Thesis I

66.891 Thesis II

Competency, as demonstrated by the successful completion of a pro-
ficiency examination, is accepted in lieu of Statistics and/or Research
Design. The candidate must petition the Director of Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School for permission to attempt the proficiency examination.
An elective course must be substituted for a core course which has
been waived.

Specialization in Physical Education

For a specialization in Physical Education, 20 quarter hours of depart-
mental courses are required. Twelve quarter hours are selected from one
of the four areas of concentration listed below and eight from foundation
courses taken within Boston-Bouve College. In addition, 12 quarter hours
of free elective courses appropriate to the student's program are selected
from within Boston-Bouve College or from other Colleges at Northeastern
University. Foundation electives, areas of concentration, and the
courses therein follow.

Foundation Electives

62.870 Philosophies in Physical Education
62.872 Comparative Physical Education

62.874 Seminar in Issues and Trends in Education

62.875 Perspectives in Graduate Education

62.886 Critical Thinking and Evaluation in Physical Education

FIELDS OF STUDY / 37

Area I — Administration and Supervision

62.810 Administration in Physical Education

62.812 Development and Maintenance of Facilities

62.814 Supervision in Physical Education

62.820 Athletic Administration

62.822 Problems in Contemporary Athletics for Men and Women

Area II — Curriculum and Instruction
62.830 Curriculum Development

62.833 Applied Evaluation in Curriculum and Instruction
62.835 Seminar in Curriculum and Instruction

62.840 Advances in Instructional Concepts

62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child

62.884 Movement and the Learning Process
Area III — Development and Learning in Movement and Perception

62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child

62.860 Early Childhood Movement Patterns

62.864 Perceptual Motor Development

62.884 Movement and the Learning Process

66.894 Independent Study (Movement Education Laboratory)

Area IV — Sports Medicine (nonclinical)

62.851 Anatomic Kinesiology

62.852 Mechanical Analysis of Sport

62.854 Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance

62.857 Trauma Diagnosis and Treatment in Sport

62.859 Rehabilitation from Injury in Sport

62.880 Sociology of Sport

62.882 Psychology of Coaching and Sport

Specialization in Recreation Education

To specialize in Recreation Education, four quarter hours of depart-
mental course work are required. Each candidate is registered for either
63.812, Seminar in Contemporary Issues and Problems in Recreation
Service, or 63.830, Organization and Administration of Recreation Serv-
ice. In addition, seven courses (28 quarter hours) appropriate to the
student's needs and professional objectives are selected from the follov/-
ing list:

Community Recreation

63.834 Programs in Recreation

63.840 Recreation, Politics, and Bureaucracy
63.842 Recreation and the Community School
63.844 Leisure and Delinquent Behavior

Therapeutic Recreation

63.850 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services

38 / FIELDS OF STUDY

63.852 Recreation Service for III, Disabled, and Aging Persons
63.854 Observation of Recreation Service in Treatment Settings
63.856 Seminar in Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

Outdoor Education

63.824 School Camping

63.826 Administration of Resident Camp Programs

63.856 Seminar in Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

General Recreation Courses

63.810 Seminar in Literature and Research in Recreation
63.814 Grantsmanship
63.816 Management Information Systems
63.836 The Marketing of Recreation
63.838 Planning and Developing Recreation
66.894 Independent Study in Recreation Services
Selected Interdisciplinary Courses

courses

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless indicated other-
wise. Please see the current brochure for summer, fall, winter, and spring
quarter course offerings.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

62.810 Administration of Physical Education

Exploration of principles and practices applied to elementary, junior, and
senior high schools, and college physical education programs. Emphasis
is placed on the interrelationship between education and physical educa-
tion. Problems of personnel management, legal aspects, class sched-
uling, budgeting, and other administrative concerns are discussed.

Fall 1974

62.812 Development and Maintenance of Facilities

Consideration of principles, terminology, and standards for planning,
construction, use, and maintenance of outdoor and indoor physical edu-
cation and recreation facilities. Spring 1975

62.814 Supervision in Physical Education

An investigation of the interpersonal relationships which effect improved
instruction in physical education. Emphasis is placed on selected aspects
of personality and human dynamics, job analysis, and teaching effective-
ness, processes effecting change, and current problems in supervision.

Winter 1975

62.820 Athletic Administration

Standards and principles connected with the conduct of school and col-
lege athletics for both men and women. The course is intended to aid
those persons responsible for both intramural and interschool athletic
programs. Consideration will be given to the welfare of participants,
public relations, contracts, scheduling, conduct of tournaments, officials,
and awards. Summer 1975

62.822 Problems in Contemporary Athletics for Men and Women

Current problems, practices, and national issues pertinent to the conduct
of athletic competition. National, state, and conference organizations are
studied. Winter 1974

40 / COURSES

62.830 Curriculum Development In Physical Education

The theory, practice, research, and evaluation of curriculum and curricu-
lar processes in American education. Special emphasis is placed upon
elementary and secondary school programs of physical education and
innovation in curricular designs. Fall 1973

62.833 Applied Evaluation in Curriculum and Instruction
A practical approach to the application of current educational evaluation
theory to concepts of instruction and curriculum development. Includes
formative and summative techniques applied for the improvement of in-
struction, assessment of product and process in the educational program,
and teacher/ learner interaction analysis. Prep. 62.830, Curriculum De-
velopment or equivalent. Spring 1974

62.835 Seminar in Curriculum and Instruction

Problems of special interest in instructional theory, curriculum theory,
and applied evaluation theory. Practical papers and class presentations
emphasize scholarship in the solution of educational problems or issues.
Prep, two courses from the Curriculum and Instruction concentration.

Summer 1975
62.840 Advances in Instructional Concepts

Current practices in and a search for new approaches to all levels of
instruction in physical education. Includes analyses of team teaching, the
master teacher plan, programmed instruction, videotaped feedback, and
other instructional aids and techniques. Winter 1974

62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child

An investigation of techniques, equipment, methods, and graded pro-
grams for atypical children. Spring 1975

62.851 Anatomic Kinesiology

A study of the human musculo-skeletal system and its relationship to
human movement patterns. Electromyography is used in assessing
muscle-movement relationships. Current electromyographic research
and techniques are investigated. Fall 1973

62.852 Mechanical Analysis of Sport

Application of mechanics of motion to the analysis of human motion. Em-
phasis is placed on cinematography and film analysis procedures in
teaching and research. Prep. 62.851, Anatomic Kinesiology or permission
of instructor. Spring 1974

62.854 Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance

Physical fitness tests, developmental and rehabilitation programs, low-
fitness groups, fitness-producing activities, and current trends in testing
and research. Prep. Physiology and Measurement and Evaluation, or per-
mission of instructor. Summer 1975

COURSES / 41

62.857 Trauma Diagnosis and Treatment in Sport

An investigation of injury pathology, evaluative testing, diagnosis, and
appropriate treatment modalities. Prep, undergraduate athletic training
or experience. Spring 1974

62.859 Rehabilitation from Injury in Sport

Rehabilitation procedures and techniques appropriate to the post-injury
retraining of athletes. Prep. Adapted Physical Education or permission
of instructor. Summer 1974

62.860 Early Childhood Motor Patterns

The sequential development of fundamental motor patterns from age
zero to 10 years. How to observe youngsters in a movement situation
and assess their motor patterns. Fall 1974

62.864 Perceptual-Motor Development

An overview of major theories of learning and perception as they apply
to learning and refining motor skills. The interrelationships of movement
behavior and perceptual-motor organization of vision, audition, proprio-
ception, kinesthesis, and psycho-social effects are studied. Winter 1975

62.870 Philosophies in Physical Education

An exploration of major philosophies, past and present, and their influ-
ence on modern physical education. The student delineates his personal
philosophy, explores philosophical analysis as a research technique, and
reviews philosophical research. Prep. Philosophy, Philosophy of Educa-
tion or permission of instructor. Spring 1975

62.872 Comparative Physical Education

Both past and present philosophies and practices of national and inter-
national programs in physical education are compared. Historical analy-
sis is introduced as a research technique. Summer 1974

62.874 Seminar in Issues and Trends in Education

Analysis of current issues and trends in education and physical educa-
tion, with emphasis on systematic and practical solutions, resolutions,
and adaptations. Spring 1974

62.875 Perspectives in Graduate Education

Introduction to goals of graduate education study and research; their his-
tory, standards, and operating codes. The dimensions of and preparation
for academic and professional disciplines, dimensions of science and
the scientific method, professional and scientific research, scientific
writing, and thesis format. Fall 1973 and Summer 1975

62.880 Sociology of Sport

An analysis of the sociological principles and factors operative in the
interaction between sport and society. Pertinent literature and research

42 / COURSES

are reviewed. Prep. General Sociology or permission of instructor.

Winter 1975

62.882 Psychology of Coaching and Sport

Group dynamics, leadership, and mental and emotional values of sport.
Emphasis is placed on stress, maturation, motivation, and learning as
each relates to the teacher and participant. Prep. General Psychology or
permission of instructor. Winter 1974

62.884 Movement and the Learning Process

Major theories and research in learning and their application to learning
motor skills. Perceptual-motor development and learning are examined;
the programs evolving in this area and their implications for the teaching-
learning process of motor skills are presented. Prep. Educational Psy-
chology or permission of instructor. Summer 1974

62.886 Critical Thinking and Evaluation in Physical Education and
Recreation Education

Investigation of various approaches to the acquisition of knowledge and
evaluation processes. Included are experiences in decision-making, logi-
cal and critical thinking, and test analysis. Fall 1974

RECREATION EDUCATION
63.810 Seminar in Literature and Research in Recreation

Review of research methods followed by a comprehensive study of data
sources related to leisure research. These sources include census re-
ports, professional journals, the ERIC System, and other local, regional,
national, and international resources. Students submit a review of litera-
ture which forms the theoretical rationale for a research project of his/
her design. Spring 1974

63.812 Seminar in Contemporary Issues and Problems in Recreation
Service

Discussion of national and international issues, current trends, and con-
temporary problems as they affect recreation service. Winter 1974

63.814 Grantsmanship

A seminar in which the student develops a grant proposal for submission
to a funding source of his choice. Government and foundation grant pro-
grams are explored. Winter 1973

63.816 Management Information Systems

The process of gathering, storing, and retrieving data for the purpose of
making timely, accurate, organizational decision. Emphasis is placed on
decision-making in the areas of budget, service delivery, and staff effec-
tiveness. Where appropriate, the systems are adapted for computer use

COURSES / 43

at the community or agency level. Neither a mathematics nor computer
background is necessary. Winter 1974

63.824 School Camping

An independent study of the nature and conduct of outdoor recreation
education as Implemented in school camping programs. Problems in-
vestigated and methods developed under supervision of the faculty
adviser and staff. Spring 1974

63.826 Administration of Resident Camp Programs

An in-depth study of staffing, sanitation and health; purchasing and
storage of food, materials, equipment, and supplies; kitchen manage-
ment; insurance, construction, and maintenance of buildings; and pro-
gram areas as they affect resident camping programs. A study of
nationwide aims and trends in the camping movement is included. This
course is conducted at Warren Center, Ashland, Massachusetts, as an
intensive, residential, one-week workshop during the March quarter
interim. 1974

63.830 Organization and Administration of Recreation Services

Patterns for the implementation of recreation service by school systems,
voluntary agencies, national service organizations, municipal govern-
ments, and state and federal agencies investigated in depth. Fall 1973

63.834 Programs in Recreation

An examination and evaluation of program content, leadership, adminis-
tration, and facilities in recreation service, sponsored under public, pri-
vate, religious, industrial, and voluntary auspices.

Summer Session I 1974

63.836 The Marketing of Recreation

Methods by which the underlying rationale and values of recreation can
be effectively communicated to the public. Emphasis is placed on docu-
menting the values of recreation. Summer Session II 1974

63.838 Planning and Developing Recreation Facilities

The development by each student of a master plan for recreation in a city

or town. Integrated planning among all municipal departments is

stressed. Summer Session I 1974

63.840 Recreation, Politics, and Bureaucracy

Practical problems faced by recreation professionals in public service

are investigated. Students study relationships between elected officials,

bureaucrats, peers, subordinates, and supervisors in state and local

governments. Summer Session I1 1974

63.842 Recreation and the Community School

The concept of the role of recreation in community schools studied in

depth. School visitation provides insight and discussion related to the

44 / COURSES

characteristics, needs, programming, evaluation, and problems of various
community schools. Spring 1974

63.844 Leisure and Delinquent Behavior

Recreation studied as an intervention strategy to prevent and rehabilitate
delinquent behavior. Fall 1973

63.850 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Service

The type, nature, cause, and prognosis of different disabilities. The im-
pact of disability on the individual, his family, and community, and the
role of therapeutic recreation programs in rehabilitation are discussed.

Fall 1973

63.852 Recreation Service for III, Disabled, and Aging Persona

A study of recreation services in relation to progressive patient-care pat-
terns; limitations on activity participation imposed by impairment or
disability; effect of activity participation on these people. Prep. 63.850.

Winter 1974

63.854 Observation of Recreation Service in Treatment Settings

A guided observation under supervision of resident administrators in a
clinical setting. Individual and group conferences are held with the in-
structor, and reports and readings based on observations assigned.

Spring 1974

63.856 Seminar on Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

A practical approach to outdoor education programs appropriate for the
disabled who lack the advantage of summer programs. Experiences, ac-
tivities, natural resources, and environmental conditions which relate to
outdoor education are investigated. Summer Session I 1974

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES
50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

Basic statistical techniques such as measures of central tendency, vari-
ability, probability, correlation and regression, chi square, t test, and
analysis of variance are covered. This course is conducted by the Grad-
uate School of Education in the College of Education. All Quarters

66.802 Research Design

Research methods and designs used in health, physical education, and
recreation education, with emphasis on critical reading and understand-
ing of research material. Prep. 50.841, or permission of instructor.

Winter and Summer Quarters

66.890 Thesis I

Initiation of a scholarly investigation under the auspices of the appro-
priate department. A written research proposal or project proposal sub-

COURSES / 45

mitted to and approved by the student's thesis committee. A student
must have the permission of his program adviser before registering for
this course.

66.891 Thesis II

The investigation proposed in Thesis I implemented and culminated with
an approved written report In thesis form. In partial fulfillment of this re-
quirement, the student attends a series of research seminars. Upon com-
pletion, the candidate presents his thesis orally before the College
seminar group. Eight quarter hours for Thesis I and Thesis II.

66.894 Independent Study in Physical Education or Recreation
Education

Under the guidance and direction of his program adviser, each student
develops and conducts a small project related to his professional interest
which includes: a statement of problem or purpose, hypothesis, an ex-
haustive review of literature, an appropriate research design, a standard
investigating instrument or one of his own design, a small sample of the
population subjected to investigation, presentation and discussion of re-
sults, and a statement of conclusions. The project is reported in thesis
format when appropriate. (Credit arranged with program adviser.) Prep,
permission of program adviser.

^H .'ft

index

Academic Council, 12
Academic Requirements, 27
Address of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School, 1
Administration

Graduate Schools, 14

University, 10
Administration to Degree

Candidacy, 26
Apartments, Graduate Students, 21
Application for Diploma, 26

B
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings and Facilities, 20

Continuity of Program, 26

Cooperative Plan of Education, 1i

Core Requirements, 36

Corporation, 7

Courses, Description of
Interdepartmental, 44
Physical Education, 39
Recreation Education, 42

Credits, 25
Transfer, 28

Diploma, Application for, 26
Dockser Hall, 21
Dormitory Proctorships, 32

Cabot Physical Education

Center, 21
Calendar, 5
Campus Description and

Location, 20
Map, 4
Changes in Requirements, 26
Class Hours and Credits, 25
Classifications, Academic, 27
Colleges, Undergraduate, 18
Committee of Boston-Bouve

College Graduate School, 17
Comprehensive Examination, 29
Continuing Education, Center

for, 19

Equal Opportunity Policy, 6
Examination, Comprehensive, 29
Executive Committee (Trustees),
10

Faculty, 35

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 31

Fields of Study

Physical Education, 36
Recreation Education, 37
Programs in Professional
Specializations, 36

Financial Aid, 32

Financial Information, 31

48 / INDEX

Grading System, 24
Graduate and Professional

Schools, 18
Graduate Committee,

Boston-Bouve, 17

Henderson House, 22
Higher Education Loan

Plan, 32
Holidays, University, 6

Interdepartmental Courses, 44

Libraries, 20
Loans, 32

Map of Campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 22

Master's Degree, Admission, 26

National Direct Student Loan, 32

Part-Time Study, 24
Proctorships, Dormitory, 32
Program Selection, 28

Refunds, 31
Registration, 24

Dates, 5
Regulations, 24
Requirements, Changes in, 26
Research Activities, 19
Residence Requirement, 24

Scholarships, Martin Luther
King, Jr., 32

Specializations

Physical Education, 36
Recreation Education, 37

Student Center, 20

Suburban Facilities, 21

Thesis, 29
Time Limitations, 28
Transfer Credits, 28
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 31

Undergraduate Colleges, 18
University Executive Council, 12
University Graduate Council, 14

Warren Center, 22
Withdrawals, 26

^,i>sTERN ^/^/^^

•^4v

'^/VERSARV ^*

ilil

LSliL<»I»J

t)f Education 1 974-75

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

1 02 The Fenway

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (61 7) 437-2708

Graduate School of Education 1 974-75

' " ^'t, -V-T-'""*S1'"^''-^

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 The Northeastern University Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

10 Administrative Organization

12 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools

19 The University

21 Buildings and Facilities

24 The Graduate School of Education

24 General Regulations

28 Financial Information

28 Financial Obligations

29 Financial Aid
32 Faculty

34 Programs of the Graduate School of Education

36 Master of Education Degree

39 Teacher Certification Program

39 Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study

41 Fields of Study

41 Professional Specializations

65 Teacher Certification Program

66 Advanced Graduate Study
74 Description of Courses

74 Foundations of Education

78 Curriculum and instruction

88 Educational Administration

92 Counselor Education

97 Rehabilitation Administration and Special Education

104 Speech Pathology and Audiology

108 Institutes and Workshops

109 Departmental Directory
1 1 1 Index

zi— 0Qa::3<cit:c3o i^^Q:<ti— oqs^cjOu.^"* coo:

0Qa3oocjQCiQLuuju.Li_c33:^iC^>£^<lSQ.a:cc3

■*i <u

TO "O *^ ^

-t; := .y TO =

— " — ^

" «* = .-^ <g = ^

■^ 3 3 TO ;=

:0 OJ OJ *J

c c I)

QJ (1) _K

O O oo

OJ => ^ -f ■!--

O .^ — =

r <i> 5 :n J-

■? TO JJ ro c:

u_u.Luu3<i:3:Li.LiJC3u.csc3u-Li-c3COLijLu^3:Li.u.Lij:

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1974-1975

Fall Quarter 1974

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday-Wednesday Sept. 17-18

Monday-Thursday Sept. 23-26

Monday Sept. 30

Monday-Saturday Dec. 16-21

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday

Dec. 3

Monday-Thursday

Dec. 9-12

Monday

Jan. 6

Monday-Saturday

Mar. 24-29

Spring Quarter 1975

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

March 11

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 17-20

Classes begin

Monday

April 7

Last day to file commencement

card for Spring Commencement

Tuesday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

Spring Commencement

Wednesday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

June 6

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

June 16-21

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 22

Summer Quarter 1975

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for Fall Commencement
Last day to pay fee for

Fall Commencement
Examination period

Monday-Tuesday June 16-17

Wednesday-Thursday June 18-19
Monday June 30

Tuesday

July 1

Friday August 1

Wednesday-Saturday Aug. 6-9

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1974-1975

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Saturday

Monday

Friday

Monday

October 14
October 28
Nov. 28-30
Dec. 23-Jan. 4
February 17
April 21
May 26
July 4
September 1

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. In addition, Northeastern
takes affirmative action in the recruitment of students and
employees.

the governing boards

and officers

of tine university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry

*Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beal

*Roy H. Beaton

*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

*George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

Mrs. Anthony S. Gamarota
(Dorothy Dodge)

Erwin D. Canham
•'Richard P. Chapman

Theodore Chase

Robert F. Chick

Vessarios G. Chigas

Carl W. Christiansen
•■'David H. Cogan

Abram T. Collier

William A. Coolidge

Edward Creiger

H. James Crossan, Jr.

Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
■'William R. Driver, Jr.

•=Carl S. Ell
■=Byron K. Elliott
■'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners

Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
■'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.
Allan M. Hale
William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III
Walter F. Henneberry
James S. Herbert
Richard D. Hill
Charles E. Hodges
■'Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert W. Holmes
Harvey P. Hood
Hartwell G. Howe
John S. Howe
Howard M. Hubbard
Carl R. Hurtig

^'Eli Jacobson
■'Robert L. Johnson
■'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
'Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus

'Kenneth A. Loftman
Edward A. Loring

'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon

'•'Lawrence H. Martin

•'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell

"Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.

•'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'■'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

*Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
* Francis J. Quirico

'* Honorary Trustee

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
*Frank L. Richardson
*Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
*Dwight P. Robinson,

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott
Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
*James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
*Donald W. Smith
*Farnham W. Smith
*George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
*Russell B. Stearns
*Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone

Jr.

'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

■'D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
•'Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

♦Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

♦Frank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
+^Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
James L. Shanahan
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1977

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Eli Jacobson
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Stephen P. Mugar,

*Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
t+Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
*Asa S. Knowles
Harold A. Mock

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis

*President of the University
++President Emeritus of the University

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A.,

Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President
Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed.,

President Emeritus
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for

Cooperative Education
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic

Affairs and Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean

of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and

Associate Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College

and Director of Boston-Bouve
Graduate School

Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business

Administration

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of

Administrative Services of the Division of
Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing
Malcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education

and Director of the Center for
Continuing Education
Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate

School of Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the

Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education
Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School

of Professional Accounting
Charles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering

and Director of the Graduate
School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration
Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administration

and Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration
Ruth H. Karp, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students
Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Liberal

Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts
and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering

and Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and

Director of Environmental Health
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N. , M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Donald H. MacKenzie, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Engineering
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration

and University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic
Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean

of the Division of Cooperative
Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administra-
tion and Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of the Sciiool of Law
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

and Director of the Graduate
Program of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts
Albert H. Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Personnel
Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Catherine L. Allen Martin W. Essigmann

Kenneth W. Ballou Joseph M. Golemme

Malcolm J. Campbell George W. Hankinson

Philip T. Crotty, Jr. James S. Hekimian

John A. Curry Sidney Herman

LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King
Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.

Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Albert H. Soloway
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
"Kenneth W. Ballou

Charmarie J. Blaisdell

Robert L. Cord

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora M. DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.
"Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
°James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Walter S. Jones, Jr.

Maurice Kaufman
"Christopher Kennedy

Robert D. Klein

°Melvin Mark
Edward S. Marshall
Robert W. Miller
Richard G. Natoli
Irene A. Nichols
Welville B. Nowak

°Paul M. Pratt
John F. Reinhard

"Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

"Norman Rosenblatt
J. Spencer Rochefort

"Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan
Kathryn J. Shaffer

"Robert A. Shepard
Ruth E. Sullivan
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School
Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

"Appointed by the President

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., IVI.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration
Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Associate Registrar of the Graduate Schools
John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

Thomas J. Kerr, B.S.I.E., M.S. I.E., Assistant Director of the Graduate

School of Engineering
Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences
John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial

Science
Norman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate Program in

Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education
Albert Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School

of Education
Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1974-1975

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the
conduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved
by the Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of

Boston-Bouve College Graduate School
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director

of the GraduateSchool of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education
Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of the College of Criminal Justice and

Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the

Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

David Barkley, Professor of Political Science
Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of f\/lanagement
Ernest M. DeCicco, Associate Professor of Economics
David I. Epstein, Professor of Mathematics

and Chairman of the Department
Austin Fisher, Professor of Engineering f\/lanagement
Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology
Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology
George Gold in. Professor of Special Education

and Director of Rehabilitation Institute
Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management
Morton Loewenthal, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Wesley Marple, Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance
Albert McCay, Professor of Recreation Education
and Chairman of the Department
Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education
John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry
Irene Nichols, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education
Welville B. Nowak, Snell Professor of Engineering
Barbara Philbrick, Assistant Professor of Physical Education
John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

Robert Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry
John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology
Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Joseph Senna, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice

Albert Soloway, Cfiairman of ttie Department of l\/Jedicinal Cliemistry

and Phiarmacology and Director of ttie

Graduate Sctiooi of Pfiarmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics
Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology
Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of f^arketing
Elizabeth Van Slyck, Professor of Physical Therapy
Arthur Weitzman, Professor of English
Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry
Richard Zobel, Professor of Physical Education

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Barbara Burke, Executive Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law

and Director of Placement for the School of Law
Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration
Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration
John W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director

of the Graduate School of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of the College of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education
Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and

Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the School of Law
Barbara Philbrick, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and

Coordinator of Programs for Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School
Marianne Radzlewicz, Registrar of the School of Law

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of Criminal Justice and Director

of tine Graduate Program In Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Albert Soloway, Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty

Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration

Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Education
1972-1973

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the

Graduate School of Education, Chairman
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education
Arlis Aron, Instructor in Speech Pathology and Audiology
Gilbert C. Garland, Professor of Education
George J. Goldin, Professor of Special Education
Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education
Harold A. Miner, Associate Professor of Education
Irene A. Nichols, Associate Professor of Education

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 178 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Criminal Justice offers the degree of Master of
Science.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established In 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of Its community In a period of accelerated
change. Adult education programs offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through Its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
is becoming Increasingly Involved In social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center In Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged In a wide variety of basic
research projects In business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning take place In an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Bacl< Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Ell Student Center

Libraries

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

The library collections number 360,000 volumes supplemented by
some 267,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 3,500 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 4,600 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Apartments for Graduate Students

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

Warren Center

Henderson House

Marine Science Institute

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

the graduate school
of education

The Graduate School of Education provides programs leading to the
Master of Education degree for in-service educators who wish to pursue
a specialization and for individuals who wish to pursue the special areas
of study indicated below. A nondegree program for those who wish
certification as elementary or secondary teachers is also offered.

Individuals who possess or are eligible for teaching certificates may
earn the Master of Education degree in the areas of elementary or
secondary school counseling, career education, curriculum and instruc-
tion, elementary and secondary administration, emotional disturbance,
and mental retardation.

Those individuals who do not possess a teaching certificate may
specialize in the areas of college counseling, community counseling,
cooperative education, rehabilitation counseling, educational research,
human development, instructional technology, occupational education,
rehabilitation administration, speech pathology or audiology, and spe-
cial education community personnel.

Programs of study leading to the Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study in the areas of counseling, educational administration, rehabilita-
tion, and special education are offered to those individuals who pres-
enty hold a master's degree.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate
Council. In some matters the committee of each graduate school is
allowed discretion to establish regulations within limits defined by the
council. The regulations and academic requirements which follow have
been formulated in accordance with this general policy.

Registration

Students must register within the period listed on the school calendar.
Time and place of registration will be announced prior to each period.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION / 25

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed at the University
unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the Graduate
School for work taken elsewhere. Students who are in residence and
are using the facilities of the University must register for such work.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been at a satisfactory level.

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is not at the level expected in graduate work.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete

This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work
of the course.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

These two grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se-
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both
the first and second quarters of the sequence.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade upon removal of the defi-
ciency which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies
must be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of
I is received unless an extension of time is granted by the instructor.
However, such extension of time may not exceed two additional con-
secutive calendar quarters.

Any student who wishes to take a final make-up examination must
obtain permission of the Director of the Graduate School by the second
week of the quarter succeeding that in which the examination was
missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that succeeding
quarter unless circumstances warrant permission of the Director to
defer it to one of the next two quarters.

26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is
equivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit. The academic
calendar at the front of this bulletin should be consulted in order to
determine the opening and closing dates of each quarter. It should be
noted that most classes meet either in the late afternoon or evening.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a de-
gree. Any student who has been admitted to a degree program, has
completed at least one course, but has not attended for a period of one
year, must notify the Office of the Graduate School of Education prior
to additional registration. In addition, he must meet with his program
adviser to make any necessary program adjustments.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Burling-
ton Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class
meeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on
which they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the
instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal. See section on
financial information for information on refunds.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi-
cated. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes,
and when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to
meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
possible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Application for the Degree

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
before the applicable date listed on the calendar, there is no assurance
that the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all
other requirements have been fulfilled.

Honor Society

Northeastern University has on campus an active chapter of Kappa
Delta Pi, a national honor society in education. Founded in 1911 at the
University of Illinois, it invites individuals to become members "because
of high records and an exhibited professional attitude which would
enable one to grow in the field of education."

Graduate students must be degree candidates in the College of Edu-
cation and have completed a major portion of work with a cumulative
average of at least 3.5 out of 4.0, and have no C grades on their records.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION / 27

Interested candidates may receive further information by writing: Dean
of Education, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115.

Supporting Services

The College of Education operates or coordinates with other agencies
in the operation of certain bureaus, clinics, and offices which support
and enrich the academic programs. Graduate students may find some
of these services to be of interest and assistance while others may be
suggested as sources of information or practical experiences. Among
these services are those discussed in the following paragraphs.

Northeastern University's Speech and Hearing Clinic, located in
133 Forsyth Building, provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for
both University students and school-age community children insofar as
staff and facilities allow. The Clinic is accredited by the Professional
Services Board of the American Speech and Hearing Association.

The Instructional Materials Center (formerly the Curriculum Library),
located in the Kennedy Building (104 The Fenway), contains a variety
of materials and resources relating to a large number of programs and
task areas of elementary and secondary schools. Use of this facility is
limited to staff and students of the College of Education.

The Bureau of Educational Field Services, located in Cushing Hall
(102 The Fenway), provides certain research and development as well
as consultative services to school systems and other educational
agencies on a contractual basis.

Northeastern University's Reading and Learning Clinic, located in
Cushing Hall, provides diagnostic and corrective services in reading
for both University students and school-age community children insofar
as staff and facilities allow.

The New England Rehabilitation Research Institute, located in the
United Realty Building, conducts rehabilitation studies on the problems
of motivation and dependency and publishes reports pertaining to the
area of rehabilitation. A materials resources library in rehabilitation
research is housed in the same building as the Department of Rehabil-
itation and Special Education.

The Center for Educational Development, located in Cushing Hall,
works with community agencies in developing and implementing in-
novative educational programs, particularly in areas which lack sub-
stantial financial resources, both urban and rural-isolated areas.

In addition, the College of Education utilizes the resources, materials,
and facilities of other University-wide bureaus such as the Office of
Educational Resources, an important component of which is the Center
for Programmed Instruction.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Tuition for master's degree candidates, CAGS candidates and special
students is $45 per quarter hour of credit. There is a special tuition
charge of $450 for the following: 50.845-846, Research Internship I & II;
50.960, Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration; 51.805, Student
Teaching; 51.873 and 51.875, Reading Clinic I & II; 53.805-806, Counsel-
ing Practicum; 53.840-841, Advanced Field Work; 55.813, Advanced
Clinical Practice; 55.850-851, Student Teaching of the Emotionally Dis-
turbed and Seminar; 55.852, Practicum; 55.853-854, Practicum and Sem-
inar, 55.855-856, Student Teaching the Mentally Retarded and Seminar.

There is a special tuition charge of $250 for the following: 52.843,
Administrative Internship; Counselor Education Interns enrolled in the
Boston School System.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees
at any time.

Fees

An Application Fee of $15 (nonrefundable) is charged all students
when they apply for admission to the Graduate School of Education.
No application papers will be processed until this fee has been received.
Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent to
the Graduate School of Education, 1 02 The Fenway, Boston, Mass. 021 1 5.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a fee
of $2 for deferred tuition (with approval of Bursar); a final examination
make-up fee of $5; a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, payable be-
fore commencement by the applicable date listed on the academic
calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 29

services available in the student center. The fee for teaching assistants
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students on the
Huntington Avenue campus are charged $ .75 a quarter.

All full-time students, including those with assistantships and fellow-
ships, will pay a nonrefundable university health services fee of $90
each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage and
entitle the studeht to the medical care furnished by the University
Health Service.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should
be discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted In accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund

Official Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition
First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

There is a limited amount of financial aid available to graduate stu-
dents. Information concerning scholarships and loan programs is avail-
able in the Office of Financial Aid.

Graduate Administrative Assistantships

Some University departments offer the graduate student an oppor-
tunity for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
In assisting with nonteaching, administrative duties. In all cases the
student must register for a half-time academic load. It is assumed that
applicants for such assistantships will be enrolled in a two-year
program.

Tuition Assistantships

These appointments offer tuition waiver only. Graduate students
given this type of appointment are assigned duties in the department
requiring an average of 8 hours per week. They must register for a full-
time academic load.

30 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Teaching Assistantships

Graduate students given this type of appointment assist in the work
of instructional departments or other offices of the University. The ap-
pointee may be assigned to class instruction, laboratory supervision,
correcting papers and proctoring examinations. Including necessary
preparation time, assigned duties require about 18 to 20 hours per
week.

The student must register for a half-time academic load. It is assumed
that applicants for such assistantships will be enrolled in a two-year
program.

Traineeships

Graduate students given these appointments must devote full-time
to graduate work in accordance with the stipulation of the appointment.
These appointments are made from traineeships available from NASA,
NSF, NDEA, and other government grants to the University. They may
be for 9 to 12 months.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr.
Awards are made as openings occur to qualified minority graduate stu-
dents who show financial need and are accepted to full-time study in the
graduate schools of the University. Stipends will cover tuition and all
fees.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an-
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of one year and are not
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships are expected
to devote full time to their studies and the duties of the award. They
may not accept outside employment without the consent of their faculty
adviser and the Director of the Graduate School.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Hun-
tington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information and
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-
half the normal academic workload, are accepted as degree candidates,
and who show evidence of financial need.

The federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow while
pursuing a post-baccalaureate degree is $5000.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 31

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at
an institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be
extended over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of 3 percent
per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years
while a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candi-
dates, enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load,
may borrow from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms
and conditions vary from state to state, but a student generally may
borrow up to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per
year) depending on financial need. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is in school if the student is eligible for inter-
est subsidy.

The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship
Service, a Parents' Confidential Statement; or if he has been declared
financially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Con-
fidential Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid
Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
Education Office of your state government. Additional information and
necessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
from the Financial Aid Office.

Dr. Reubin J. Margolin Memorial Scholarship Fund

The Dr. Reubin J. Margolin Memorial Scholarship Fund was estab-
lished in 1973 through the generosity of the family and friends of Dr.
Reubin J. Margolin, an outstanding and dedicated individual and friend
who, at the time of his death on April 6, 1972, was Chairman of the
Department of Rehabilitation and Special Education at Northeastern
University.

The income from the Dr. Reubin J. Margolin Memorial Scholarship
Fund is awarded annually to a deserving student admitted to or en-
rolled in the College of Education or the Graduate School of Education
and majoring in Rehabilitation and/or Special Education. Recipients
must demonstrate financial need as well as the personal and profes-
sional qualities exemplified by Dr. Margolin.

faculty

Arlis Aron, B.A., M.Ed., Instructor in Speech Pathology and Audiology

Joseph C. Aurelia, B.A., M.A., Instructor in Speech Pathology and Audiology

Robert E. Bachelder, B.S.Ed., M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education

Ronald E. Baptiste, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education

Joseph E. Barbeau, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

Gloria D. Bernheim, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education

George W. Best, B.S., A.M., Lecturer in Education

Richard Brown, B.S., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education

Wendell R. Brown, B.A., LL.B., D.S.S., Associate Professor of Education

Nicholas J. Buffone, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education

Leslie Burg, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

Robert S. Butters, A.B., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

Russell J. Call, B.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education & Director

of Field Placement
Tema G. Carter, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Thomas H. Clark, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Education
William M. Coan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology

and Audiology
Donald Cochran, B.A., M.A.T., Lecturer in Education
Gregory C. Coffin, A.B., Ed.M., Ph.D., Professor of Education
Melvin E. Cohen, B.S., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., D.Ed., Lecturer in Education
David R. Cook, B.S.Ed., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Chairman,

Department of Counselor Education
Thomas E. Cyrs, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education and

Director of Division of Instructional
Systems Development
Richard L. Dill, B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Lecturer in Education
Irvin Doress, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education

E. Lawrence Durham, A.B., M.A., Professor of Education

F. Andre Favat, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Robert J. Ferullo, B.S.B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Professor of Speech Pathology and

Audiology, Director of Speech and
Hearing Clinic
William G. Freeman, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.S., Lecturer in Education
Gilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Professor of Education
Mina B. Ghattas, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education and

Director of Division of Instructional Media

Systems
Nancy C. Glock, A.B., Assistant Professor of Education
George J. Goldin, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Special Education
Bonnie Greenberg, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Education
E. Vaughn Gulo, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Charles F. Haley, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Education
Cheryl C. Hanks, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
Thomas F. Harrington, B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Professor of Education
Thomas F. Henstock, B.A., M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
John D. Herzog, B.A., M.A.T., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education and

Chairman, Department of Foundations
of Education
Clinton T. Hilliard, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education
Fred Hinman, M.D., Lecturer in Education
Melvin Howards, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Education and Chairman,

Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Sherry R. Israel, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education
Maurice Kaufman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education

32 '

FACULTY / 33

Alvin Kent, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education and Director of Office

of Educational Resources
Daniel C. Kielson, Ed.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education
Blanche Korngold, A.B., Ed.M., C.A.S., Assistant Professor of Education
Albert Kovner, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Louise LaFontaine, A.B., M.A., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Special Education
Mary J. Lee, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Professor of Education
Marcus Lieberman, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education
Jerry E. Long, B.S., M.B.A., Lecturer in Education
Matthew H. Luzzi, B.A., M.Ed., C.A.G.S., Ed.D., Professor of Education

and Acting Chairman, Department
of Retiabilitation and Special
Education
Mervin D. Lynch, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
John Maguire, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Education
Wilbert J. McClure, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
JoAnne S. McKay, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Professor of Special Education
Robert C. McLean, A.B., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Joseph Meier, Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Harold A. Miner, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Irene A. Nichols, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Barbara F. Okun, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Arthur J. O'Shea, B.A., M.A., Ed.M., Ph.D., Lecturer in Education
Sandra M. Parker, B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Guy A. Petralia, A.B., A.M., Ed.M., Lecturer in Education
Katherine M. Pigott, B.S.Ed., O.T.R., Ed.M., C.A.G.S., Lecturer in Education
William G. Quill, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Robert W. Read, A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education
Robert B. Redden, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Speecfi Patfiology

and Audiology
Susan E. Rindler, B.A., M.S., Instructor in Education
Charles F. Pitch, Jr., A.B., A.M., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Cfiairman,

Department of Educational Administration
Kristine M. Rosenthal, B.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Stephan B. Ross, B.A., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Philip J. Rusche, A.B., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education and

Director of ttie Graduate School
of Education
Thomas Francis Ryan, Jr., B.A., M.S.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Ray F. Saari, B.A., M.Div., M.S.W., Lecturer in Education
Judith D. Samuels, B.Ed., M.A., Lecturer in Education
Barbara Schram, B.A., M.A., M.S.W., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Harold F. Schuknecht, S.B., M.D., Lecturer in Education
James F. Scorzelli, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education
Madeline Shipsey, B.S., M.S., Lecturer in Education
Marilyn Spiegel, B.A., M.A., Lecturer in Education

Deanna Spielberg, A.B., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Special Education
Kristine E. Strand, B.S., M.A., Instructor in Speech Pathology and Audiology
Lois E. Stryker, B.A., M.P.A., Lecturer in Education
Paul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
Benjamin Tessler, LL.B., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education
Gerald A Tuttle, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology

and Audiology
Newton K. Von Sander, A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Lecturer in Education
Martin J. Wheeler, A.B., M.Ed., Lecturer in Education

James W. Wilson, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Research Professor, Cooperative Education
Wesley G. Woll, B.S., M.D., Lecturer in Education
Alvin D. Zaiinger, B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Education

programs of the graduate
school of education

MASTER OF EDUCATION

Professional Specializations

School Counseling Programs

Elementary School Counseling

Secondary School Counseling

Career Education Specialist
College Counseling and Student Personnel Programs

College Counseling

Student Personnel

Cooperative Education Coordinator
Community Mental Health and Rehabilitation Counseling Programs

Community Mental Health Counseling

Rehabilitation Counseling

Community Services Counseling
Curriculum and Instruction

English-Language Arts

General Academic

Reading

Science-Mathematics

Social Studies
Educational Administration

Elementary and Secondary Administration

Instructional Technology

Occupational Education
Educational Research
Human Development
Rehabilitation Administration
Special Education

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities

Special Education Community Personnel
Speech Pathology and Audiology

Audiology

Speech Pathology

PROGRAMS / 35

Nondegree Program for Certification
of Elementary and Secondary Teachers

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY (CAGS)

Counselor Education

Pupil Personnel Services Administration

Community Mental Health

Rehabilitation Counseling
Educational Administration

Cooperative Education

Educational Administration

Higher Education

Instructional Technology
Rehabilitation and Special Education Administration

36 / PROGRAMS

MASTER OF EDUCATION DEGREE

Admission to Degree Candidacy

An applicant must have earned a bachelor's degree from an accred-
ited institution and must complete all admissions procedures as
described.

An applicant for graduate study in a master's degree program or a
CAGS program (other than Counselor Education) should have on file
in the office of the Graduate School of Education three weeks (two
months for full-time) prior to the beginning of classes in any given
quarter:

1. Two completed application forms.

2. Two official transcripts from all colleges or universities at-
tended.

3. References as follows:

a. If no teaching experience, three letters of recommenda-
tion from individuals acquainted with the applicant's
scholastic, professional, or intellectual ability.

b. If teaching experience (beyond student teaching), one
reference from the current or most recent supervisor.

4. An official copy of the Miller Analogies Test score (MAT).

5. For CAGS applicants, a record of an interview with the chair-
man of the department to which they are applying.

6. For applicants whose native language is not English, an
official copy of the results of the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL).

The Graduate School of Education may require a preadmission con-
ference with any applicant. Applicants may at any time request a confer-
ence with the Director of the Graduate School of Education or his
designate.

Application Fee

All applications for admission must be accompanied by an application
fee (nonrefundable) of $15. No application will be processed until the
fee has been received by the Graduate School of Education. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent to the
Graduate School of Education, 102 The Fenway.

Confirmation

Applicants must confirm their acceptance to a program within the
designated period of time. If confirmations are not received, places in
the program will be offered to other applicants.

Students who have confirmed their acceptance to a program but who
have not initiated their programs within four quarters of admission will
be withdrawn from the Graduate School of Education.

PROGRAMS / 37

Full-time Study

A full-time student must take three courses in all quarters except the
summer session, during which he must take a minimum of two courses.
Enrollment in an additional course in any quarter must be approved by
the adviser.

Part-time Study

A part-time student may enroll in a maximum of two courses in any
given quarter.

Program Selection and Registration

Upon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student will be assigned
an adviser in his major area of study. After notification of acceptance
by the Graduate School of Education, the student must confer with the
adviser regarding his program of studies and initial course registration.
The student's initial program and any subsequent changes may develop
only as a result of the written recommendation of the adviser.

Initial registration will be allowed only upon presentation of a "Per-
mit to Register" card.

Special Student Status

Applicants who have earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited
institution and who acknowledge that they do not wish to pursue a de-
gree may be accepted as special students. Special students may reg-
ister for a maximum of three courses, one per quarter, provided that
they submit an application form, accompanied by an application fee
of $15, and an official transcript, three weeks prior to the beginning of
classes. Academic credit earned in such study may not be used to fulfill
degree requirements in the Graduate School of Education unless the
applicant is accepted as a degree candidate and the courses are appli-
cable to his program. Special students may be considered for degree
candidacy only upon full presentation of application materials and a
formal petition to the Director of the Graduate School of Education.

Academic Classification

1. Regular Applicants who meet in full the criteria for immediate

matriculation are classified as regular students.

2. Provisional Some applicants who do not meet regular admissions

standards may be admitted as provisional students.
Such students must maintain a B average in their
first twelve quarter hours of work in order to con-
tinue in the graduate program. Provisional students
admitted for part-time study may take only one
course in their first quarter of study.

3. Special See above.

38 / PROGRAMS

Programs of Study

The curricula of the programs for the Master of Education degree are
given on pages 41-46.

Programs are available for students with or without regular teaching
certification. Those with certification may major in the professional
specializations listed on page 40.

Students without certification must pursue a Master of Education
degree program for which certification is not mandatory (as indicated
on page 40).

A nondegree certification program for elementary and secondary
teachers is available as described on pages 65 and 66.

Comprehensive Examination

A comprehensive examination may be required by a department. Un-
satisfactory performance in such an examination constitutes grounds
for withholding the degree.

Academic Requirements

in order to qualify for the Master's Degree in Education, an average
grade of B must be obtained in all courses. No additional course credits
may be allowed in order to satisfy the B average required for the degree.

No student who receives a grade of less than B in three or more
courses will be permitted to continue in the program. A student who has
accumulated two grades of C from the same faculty member may not
register for a third course with this faculty member.

A student who receives a grade of F in a course must make up the
course in accordance with the recommendation of his adviser. A stu-
dent who receives a grade of F in two courses will not be permitted to
continue in the program.

Credit and Course Requirements

In satisfying the requirement for a minimum of 40 quarter hours, a
student's program must include at least 12 courses which apply to the
degree.

Transfer Credits

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another institu-
tion may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that the
credits are recommended for transfer by the student's adviser, consist
of work taken at the graduate level for graduate credit, carry grades of
A or B, have been earned at an accredited institution, and have not been
used toward any other degree. Students should petition the Director
of the Graduate School in writing for all transfer credit by completing
the necessary form, obtainable from either the office of the Graduate
School of Education or the faculty adviser. The completed form must be

PROGRAMS / 39

submitted to the Director of the Graduate School of Education along
with an official transcript and an excerpt from the catalog describing
the course. No transfer form will be considered complete without the
signature of the student's adviser or department chairman. Grades on
transfer credits may not be used for the purpose of obtaining the
academic average necessary for completion of the degree requirements.

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

NONDEGREE PROGRAIVI FOR CERTIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY TEACHERS

Admission

Applicants for this program must follow the admissions procedures
as described on page 35 and meet the admissions requirements for
the Master of Education degree. In addition, applicants must have had
a course in either child or adolescent psychology (or take such a course
as a fourth course requirement in the Graduate School of Education).
Candidates for secondary certification must have completed, before
admission, at least 36 quarter hours of courses in the field in which they
are preparing to teach, with a QPA for all courses taken in that field of
at least 2.000.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for Student Teaching, students must have com-
pleted the three required courses with a B average, and be recom-
mended by their major adviser.

A student may repeat a course in which he has received a grade of C
or F, and the second grade will govern. However, only one course may
be repeated on this basis.

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY
(CAGS) PROGRAM
Admission

An applicant for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study in
Counselor Education, Educational Administration, and Rehabilitation
and Special Education must hold a master's degree from an accredited
institution and file supportive materials in accordance with guidelines
which will be provided upon request. Inquiry, specifying the program for
which information is sought, should be addressed to the Director of the
Graduate School of Education.

Counselor Education CAGS students are accepted once a year, be-
tween April 1 and November 1. All application materials must be com-

40 / PROGRAMS

pleted by September 15, or the candidate's application will automatically
be forwarded for inclusion in the next action period. Within this period
candidates will be informed of their admission status as soon as possible
after all application credentials are completed, but no later than the start
of the registration period for the next quarter.

Applicants for CAGS programs in areas other than Counselor Educa-
tion must have application materials on file in the office of the Graduate
School of Education three weeks (two months for full-time) prior to the
beginning of classes in any given quarter.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study,
an average grade of B must be obtained in all courses. No additional
course credits may be allowed in order to satisfy the B average required
for the certificate.

A student who receives a grade of F in a course must make up the
course in accordance with the recommendation of his adviser. A student
who receives a grade of F in two courses will not be permitted to con-
tinue in the program.

Transfer Credits

See requirements under master's degree on preceding pages.

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

Qualifying and Comprehensive Examinations

Students may be required to take a qualifying examination. All stu-
dents are required to satisfactorily complete a comprehensive examina-
tion in order to qualify for the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

fields of study

PROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS

Master of Education

Page

Counselor Education 43

*Elementary School Counseling 44

*Secondary School Counseling 45

*Career Education Specialist 45

*College Counseling and Student Personnel 46

*Cooperative Education Coordinator 47

'Rehabilitation Counseling 48

'Community Mental Health Counseling 48

'Community Services Counseling 50

Curriculum and Instruction 51

English-Language Arts 53

General Academic 53

Reading 53

Science-Mathematics 53

Social Studies 53

"Educational Administration 54

Elementary and Secondary Administration 54

Instructional Technology 55

Occupational Education 55

'Educational Research 56

'Human Development 57

'Rehabilitation Administration 58

Special Education 59

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities 60

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities 61

'Special Education Community Personnel 62

'Speech Pathology 63

'Audiology 64

•Teaching certification not mandatory.

42 / FIELDS OF STUDY

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined below.
In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very flexible. Any vari-
ations or changes must have the prior recommendation of the major
adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School of
Education.

MASTER OF EDUCATION
CORE REQUIREMENT

Required of all candidates:

Area I — Research
50.815 Research Design in Education

Entrance into this course must be preceded by satisfac-
tory completion of a proficiency examination in statistics
administered by the Center for Programmed Instruction or
by satisfactory completion of 50.841 Introduction to Edu-
cational Statistics. Important: 50.815 must be included
among the first six courses taken by each student.

All candidates must complete at least one course in each of two of the
following areas:

yArea // — Psychological Foundations

50.803 Child Psychology

50.804 Adolescent Psychology

These two courses are intended for students with no pre-
vious background in psychology.

50.806 Psychology of Learning

50.810 Psychology of Personality

50.811 Psychology of Cognition

It is strongly recommended that entrance into any of these
courses be preceded by a course in psychology.

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

Entrance into this course must be preceded by a course in
child psychology or human development.

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

Entrance into this course must be preceded by a course in
adolescent psychology or human development.

50.850 Communications Theory

FIELDS OF STUDY / 43

Area III — Social Foundations

50.801 Educational Anthropology

50.802 Sociology of Education

These two courses are intended for students with no pre-
vious background in sociology and anthropology.

50.805 Personality and Social Structure

It is strongly recommended that entrance into this course
be preceded by a course in sociology, cultural anthropol-
ogy, or social psychology.

50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education

Area IV — Humanistic Foundations

50.81 2 History of Education

50.813 Philosophy of Education
50.818 Comparative Education

PROGRAMS
Counselor Education

General Information

The Department of Counselor Education offers several program op-
tions within three major program clusters: School Counseling, College
Counseling and Student Personnel, and Community Mental Health and
Rehabilitation Counseling. Each of the options in these clusters is de-
scribed on the following pages. Prospective students must apply to a
specific cluster program or a specific emphasis within a cluster.

The master's degree requirements can be completed by full-time
students in four quarters or one calendar year. However, the Depart-
ment considers these programs to be minimal and urges most students
to take an additional year of study leading to the C.A.G.S.

Part-time students entering any of the programs should be aware that
the practicum sequence (53.805-53.806), including the concurrently re-
quired counseling course (53.804), is only offered on a sequential basis
beginning in the Fall Quarter. Part-time students may not begin this
sequence until their second year of study. Applications must be made
and approved in advance for the practicum.

Full-time students in Counselor Education Programs will be accepted
once a year beginning April 1, with a deadline of July 1 for completion
of admission requirements. Part-time students will be admitted between
April 1 and November 1, with the deadline for completing admissions
requirements September 15. All students should apply for programs to
begin in the Summer or Fall Quarters only. Early application is encour-
aged since there is limited enrollment and all spaces may be taken be-
fore the above deadlines for filing application materials.

44 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Internships — Financial Aid

No financial aid in the form of scholarships or grants is available to
students through the Department. Students should consult the Financial
Aid Office of the University for information as to what is available to
graduate students. However, the Department does try to develop paid
Internships in various work settings as both a means to ease the finan-
cial burden and to provide a more extensive work experience. The
numbers of internships are limited, and they are not necessarily avail-
able in all programs. Their availability is entirely dependent on the in-
terest and ability of schools or agencies to make money available for
an internship position.

The opportunity for professional development makes the Internship
especially attractive, and any interested student is encouraged to apply.
No placements can be guaranteed, however. Applications for intern-
ships and additional information are available from the Department of
Counselor Education or from the Graduate School Admissions Office.

Core Curriculum Requirements

In addition to three Foundations of Education core requirements de-
scribed on pages 41 and 42, all programs in the Department have a com-
mon core of required courses as follows:

53.800 Foundations of Guidance and Human Services

53.801 Tests and Test Procedures
53.804 Counseling Theory and Process
53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum

The Counseling Practicum is always specific to the particular program
to which the student has been admitted. These core requirements con-
stitute eight of the twelve courses required for the master's degree. The
program descriptions that follow will specify the remaining four required
and elective courses and identify recommended Foundations of Educa-
tion core requirements.

School Counseling Programs*

Program options in this cluster include preparation for positions in
elementary school counseling, secondary school counseling, and career
education guidance work.

The Elementary School Counseling Program prepares students to:
1) help children to grow in self-understanding and in positive fuller use
of potential; 2) help parents to understand the developmental needs of

* Massachusetts certification requirements for guidance counselors will change
as of July 1, 1975, to make it possible for students without teaching certificates
to become certified through our program as guidance counselors. While teacher
preparation is desirable, it is not required for acceptance into this program.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 45

all pupils and work with parents to meet the individual needs of their
own children in the school situation; 3) participate in creating a school
environment conducive to learning and growth for all children; and 4)
participate in curriculum development and change. The training focuses
on developing competencies in individual counseling, group counseling,
consulting, testing, and parent counseling. Students are prepared to
work with children, parents, and teachers in schools and related settings.

Elementary Counseling Practicum placements are made in a variety
of urban and suburban elementary schools and in child guidance clinics.

The Secondary School Counseling Program assumes that there are
things which the school counselor can do to make the school a better
place in which to learn and to teach. Various ways in which the guid-
ance person can work with pupils, parents, teachers, administrators, and
community agencies as a counselor, as a consultant, and as a coordi-
nator are emphasized. The focus of the program is on the practical
background knowledge and the specific skills the counselor needs for
helping students to learn more effectively, to make decisions more ma-
turely, and to achieve personal fulfillment more completely.

Secondary Counseling practicum placements are made in a variety of
urban and suburban secondary schools and school outreach programs.

The Career Education Program is designed to prepare students for a
variety of counselor-type roles within the career education orientation.
These newly emerging roles within the broad field of career education
encompass three specific dimensions of training: 1) the organization
and utilization of career information as a resource, 2) the development
of job placement — job counseling skills, and 3) the innovation of ap-
propriate curriculum practices and revisions. The program is designed
so that at the practicum phase of their training students can be placed
in field settings where they can obtain actual experience in all three of
these dimensions of career education. This program is intended for
students who have experience and/or an interest in working with school
age youth — grades kindergarten to twelve — in the area of career de-
velopment and work placement.

Career Education Specialist Practicum placements are made in
both comprehensive and vocational-technical schools where there is an
emphasis on career education and/or work-study type programs. Insofar
as possible placements will provide an opportunity for working on a
K-12basis.

Sample Program (Elementary emphasis)*
53.810 Elementary School Guidance

* All sample programs list only the courses that are in addition to the five basic
departmental requirements specified on page 44. The student's actual program
will be individually planned and may vary from the sample program given in the
catalog.

46 / FIELDS OF STUDY

53.813 School Counseling Strategies
53.824 Individual Intelligence Testing
50.815 Research Design in Education
50.808 Seminar in Child Development
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
53.808 Group Counseling

or
53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

55.807 Learning Disabilities

Sample Program (Secondary emphasis)
53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

53.808 Group Counseling

53.813 School Counseling Strategies
53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.802 Sociology of Education

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

Sample Program (Career Education emphasis)
53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

52.816 Seminar in Career Education
53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.802 Sociology of Education

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

College Counseling and Student Personnel Programs

Program options in this cluster include preparation for positions in
college counseling centers, student personnel positions, and positions
in cooperative education programs in higher education.

Preparation for both college counseling and student personnel posi-
tions is similar and based on the assumption that the student personnel
worker must have the human relations skills of the counselor, and the
counselor must have an understanding of both the learning development
needs of students and the instructional environment of the college set-
ting. Graduates will have a basic knowledge of vocational development
and career planning, information-gathering, interviewing techniques,
decision-making strategies, and group process. Students may then
choose to emphasize the counseling role in the counseling center or
the student personnel role which is more programmatic within the in-
stitution. Practicum placements can be varied to suit individual inter-
ests. Positions for graduates may include counseling in junior colleges

FIELDS OF STUDY / 47

or residence halls; counseling in financial aid, student activities, or ad-
missions offices; or that of assistant to a dean of students.

College Counseling and Student Personnel Practicum placements are
made in a variety of junior college, college, and university settings in
the Greater Boston area. In addition to counseling center placements,
there are placements in residence halls, financial aids offices, and other
student personnel program offices. Placements are also made in such
higher education related settings as the Center for Alternative Educa-
tion, a personal development program.

The rapid expansion of cooperative education programs in higher
education throughout the United States has increased the need for
trained persons to staff the centers that coordinate and operate these
programs. Northeastern University is the largest cooperative education
institution in the world and as such, can provide an excellent oppor-
tunity for the student interested in this aspect of higher education. At
the master's level the preparation emphasizes a counseling base be-
cause the coordinator's prime role involves student contact. The three
major elements in the coordinator's role are 1) vocational decision-
making counseling, 2) work placement and work evaluation, and 3) cur-
riculum development within the institution. The coordinative function
involves providing links between the student and his educational pro-
gram and the employer and his work setting. These two elements are
combined to produce a total educational experience for the student.
Preparation beyond the master's degree can lead to careers in either
student personnel, counseling, higher education administration, or
cooperative education administration.

Cooperative Education Coordinator placements will be made in the
Division of Cooperative Education, Northeastern University, and in other
colleges and junior colleges in the area that have or are developing
cooperative education programs.

Sample Program (College Counseling emphasis)

53.808 Group Counseling

53.809 The College Student and His Campus
53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

50.810 Psychology of Personality

Sample Program (Student Personnel emphasis)
53.809 The College Student and His Campus

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies
53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work
53.864 Typologies of Higher Education

50.815 Research Design in Education

48 / FIELDS OF STUDY

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Sample Program (Cooperative Education emphasis)

53.809 The College Student and His Campus

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies
52.824 Administration of Cooperative Education

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.802 Sociology of Education

50.806 Psychology of Learning

Community Mental Health and Rehabilitation Counseling

Program options in this cluster enable the student to prepare for posi-
tions in rehabilitation counseling and a variety of community-based
counseling agencies including mental health centers and employment
security offices.

The Rehabilitation Counseling option is designed to prepare students
to deliver comprehensive services to disabled and handicapped popu-
lations with the ultimate objective of improving the nature of their so-
cial, family, and personal functioning. The population to be served in-
cludes the physically handicapped, mentally ill, mentally retarded, alco-
hol and drug addicted, chronically dependent, and penal offenders.
Graduates of this program will be generally familiar with the nature of
physical, mental, and social handicaps; with the existing rehabilitative
services through work experiences, field visits, reading, and discussions
with agency personnel; with the elements of rehabilitation operations,
including systematic evaluation, individual counseling, planning for ad-
ditional needed examinations and services, planning for training, voca-
tional planning and placement, and follow-up services in the community.

Rehabilitation Counseling practicum placements are made in com-
munity workshops for the physically handicapped, mentally ill, mentally
retarded; workshops and half-way houses for drug addicts, alcoholics,
and penal offenders; rehabilitation centers in mental hospitals, schools
for mentally retarded, and correctional institutions; rehabilitation pro-
grams for dependent persons in the welfare department and in the
Division of Employment Security; and rehabilitation programs and de-
partments in community mental health centers.

The Community Mental Health Counseling option is designed to pre-
pare students to assist in the delivery of comprehensive mental health
and allied counseling services to individuals, families, and groups ex-
periencing personal, career, and social problems. Graduates will be
introduced to the major approaches to individual, group, marriage, and
family counseling. They will have some knowledge of important en-
vironmental effects on the behavior of various client populations. Be-

50 / FIELDS OF STUDY

cause of the comprehensive nature of the community mental health
field, students seeking admission to this program should give serious
consideration to a two-year commitment or its equivalent leading to the
completion of a Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

Community Mental Health Counseling practicum placements are
made in out-patient clinics, in-patient facilities, community mental
health centers, city hospitals having family counseling services, state
mental hospitals, drop-in centers, career planning agencies, adolescent
counseling programs, street-work and out-reach counseling programs.

An option within the above program, requiring two years for comple-
tion, is offered in cooperation with the Massachusetts General Hospital
Eric Lindemann Mental Health Center. Applicants for this program
should specify this preference on their application materials (MGH/
ELMHC Option). At the same time the applicant should request a sep-
arate set of application materials from Dr. Sherry Autor, Bullfinch
Center, Massachusetts General Hospital. This option provides for an
extensive practicum over the two year period. Certain of the above
courses listed as electives will be required for students in this option.
Further information may be obtained from Dr. Autor.

The Community Services option Is designed to prepare students to
work in a variety of human services agencies providing adjustment, in-
formational, supportive, and recreational services for broad segments
of the population regarded as behaving normally. Much of the work
could be categorized as preventive community mental health. Gradu-
ates will have a basic knowledge of vocational development and career
planning, information-gathering, interviewing techniques, and decision-
making strategies. They will have a knowledge of psychometrics, ado-
lescent and adult personality development, procedures in educational
and vocational placement, and the utilization of multiple helping agen-
cies in meeting clients' needs. They will have skills in individual and
small group counseling.

Community Services Counseling Practicum placements include state
offices of the Division of Employment Security, Manpower Training
Programs, Model Cities Programs, YMCA, YWCA, Boys' Clubs, Girls'
Clubs, recreational facilities, community centers, drop-in centers, Youth
Activities Commission, and career planning agencies.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 51

Sample Program (Rehabilitation emphasis)
53.815 Rehabilitation Counseling Strategies

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation
50.965 Occupational Placement

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

50.81 0 Psychofogy of Personal ity

Sample Program (Mental Health emphasis)

53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies
53.831 Advanced Group Counseling
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation
50.815 Research Design in Education
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
50.807 Abnormal Psychology

Sample Program (Community Services emphasis)

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies
50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

50.815 Research Design in Education
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
50.809 Seminar In Adolescent Development

Curriculum and Instruction (Including Programs in Reading)

The programs in Curriculum and Instruction are appropriate for certi-
fied or experienced teachers who wish to prepare for instructional
leadership and curriculum development responsibilities, who wish to
enlarge their professional backgrounds in subject matter or pedagogy,
or who wish to achieve reading certification.
This program will enable its graduates:

(1) to view the educational process as an ongoing activity embodying
both continuity in each of its parts and inter-relatedness among
its parts;

(2) to plan and institute learning activities which promote continuity
and inter-relatedness;

(3) to evaluate and modify appropriately existing programs and prac-
tices in their special fields;

(4) to identify educational needs, analyze them, and develop suitable
plans to meet them;

(5) to institute desired changes in educational practice.

The following roles are seen as some of those for which graduates of
the program will be prepared:

52 / FIELDS OF STUDY

(1) specialist in a particular content area, such as reading, mathe-
matics, science, social studies, English-language arts, at one or
more levels — elementary, secondary, or adult education;

(2) curriculum specialist in a variety of educational settings;

(3) instructional specialist such as team leader, conductor of work-
shops, master teacher, and so forth, in a school or other educa-
tional setting.

The Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction Is divided into
four basic areas of study:

1. Master of Education Core

2. Curriculum and Instruction Core

The Curriculum and Instruction Core consists of two sequential
courses which individually and together emphasize a unitary view
of the processes of curriculum development and instructional prac-
tices at all levels of education and in all school subjects. The Cur-
riculum and Instruction Core is taught jointly by members of the
Department, and students have the unique opportunity of studying
with a wide range of faculty, each contributing his individual ex-
pertise and perspective within the context of the common purpose.

3. Specialization

A specialization consists of a number of courses constructed
around a broad area through which students can pursue their spe-
cific interests while at the same time keeping sight of larger con-
texts. The courses are taught jointly by members of the Depart-
ment of Curriculum and Instruction, grouped according to the
commonalities among their subjects, thus giving students the op-
portunity to work within a context which, while recognizing the dis-
creteness of a subject, at the same time encourages recognition
of what this subject shares with its fellows in its area.

Students will normally select one area of specialization from those
listed below, depending upon their background and interests.
Students whose interests lie outside the above areas will be per-
mitted to design, with their advisers, a program to meet their
needs. Students seeking reading certification will fulfill the state
requirements by completing the courses in the Reading specializa-
tion.

4. Electives

The elective portion of the Curriculum and Instruction Program will
enable students to pursue other areas of interest which will com-
plement or extend their area of specialization. Electives can be
selected broadly from the offerings of the Graduate Schools of the
University.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 53

Specimen Programs

Master of Education Core

Three courses as defined on pages 42 and 43.

Curriculum and Instruction Core

51.880 Evolution and Revolution in the School Curriculum

51.881 The Dynamics of Innovation in Curriculum and Instruction

Specializations

Science-Mathematics

51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

51.839 Implementing Change in Science and Mathematics Edu-

cation
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)
or

Social Studies

51 .851 Seminar in Current Issues in the Social Studies

51.853 History and the Social Sciences in the School Curricu-

lum

51.854 Social Science Materials Seminar
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)

English-Language Arts
51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing
Reading and Language Disabilities I
Literature and Materials Seminar
Electives (four to be approved by adviser)

Developmental Reading and Writing

Reading and Language Disabilities I

Literature and Materials Seminar

Reading Clinic I

Reading and Language Disabilities 11

Reading Clinic II

Elective (one to be approved by adviser)

51.871

51.872

Reading

51.870

51.871

51.872

51.873

51.874

51.875

General Academic

51 .870 Developmental Reading and Writing

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics Edu-
cation

54 / FIELDS OF STUDY

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

51 .853 History and the Social Sciences in the School Curriculum

51.854 Social Science Materials Seminar

Elective (one to be approved by adviser)
or

Other Purposes
A student who wishes to specialize in curriculum and instruction
in a field not included in those listed above should make an ap-
pointment with an adviser for this program who will help him
develop an appropriate course of study by drawing on courses
offered throughout the Graduate Schools of the University.
Each candidate's program must be approved by his faculty adviser
before he begins his course of study. A student admitted to special
student status who feels he may eventually wish to be admitted to
degree candidacy must consult with an appropriate faculty adviser
before he enrolls in any course.

Educational Administration

In the field of educational administration, three distinct programs are
provided at the master's degree level. These programs are in the areas
of elementary and secondary school administration, instructional tech-
nology, and occupational education.

Elementary and Secondary Administration
This program Is designed to prepare the student for initial entry into
the field of educational administration, preparing him for such beginning
positions as assistant principal, principal of a small school, department
chairman, special program director, or beginning administrator in allied
fields as well as to serve as a foundation for further graduate study. A
typical program is as follows:

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)

Three courses as defined on pages 42 and 43.
Educational Administration Requirements

52.810 Leadership in Education: Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education: Part II
Departmental Program of Study

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and

Supervision

52.805 Simulated Problems: Secondary School Administration
or

52.814 Simulated Problems: Elementary School Administration

52.806 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration of the

Elementary School

52.807 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration of the

Secondary School

FIELDS OF STUDY / 55

52.808 Seminar in Educational Administration

52.826 Administration of the Elementary School
and/or

52.827 Administration of the Secondary School
Elective (to be approved by adviser)

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examina-
tion is given to each student.

Instructional Technology
In recent years considerable growth and expansion has taken place
in the area of technology for instructional purposes. With this thought
in mind, the master's degree in this field has been created. It Is aimed
at formally preparing students to serve effectively as directors of such
programs in schools, colleges, government, and industrial settings. Stu-
dents completing this program are certifiable as audiovisual media
specialists in the public schools.

A typical program:

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 42 and 43.

Educational Administration Required Courses (3)

52.810 Leadership in Education: Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education: Part II

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and
Supervision

Instructional Technology Required Courses (5)

52.822 Foundations of Instructional Communications and Tech-

nology

52.823 Principles of Instructional Systems Development

52.817 Design, Production, and Utilization of Instructional Ma-

terials

52.818 Developing Curriculum Learning Packages
52.821 Administration of Instructional Media Programs

Those seeking certification as Audiovisual Media Specialists must
also enroll in 52.847 Cataloguing and Classification of Instructional
Materials.

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examina-
tion is given to each student.

Occupational Education

This program of study is designed to equip prospective administrators
and supervisors of occupational education with understandings, skills,
and technical competencies which will enable them to assume and

56 / FIELDS OF STUDY

perform leadership functions in such positions as coordinators, super-
visors, or directors of occupational education in regular or compre-
hensive secondary schools, specialized vocational schools, community
colleges, or at the state level. Satisfactory completion of an oral con-
ference and a written comprehensive examination is also a requirement
of this program.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as outlined on pages 42 and 43.

Educational Administration Requirements (4)

52.810 Leadership in Education Part I

52.811 Leadership in Education Part II

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and
Supervision

52.826 Administration of the Elementary School
or

52.827 Administration of the Secondary School

Departmental Program of Studies in Occupational Education (5)

52.806 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration of the

Elementary School

52.807 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration of the

Secondary School

52.815 Simulated Problems: Administration of Occupational

Education

52.816 Seminar in Career Education

52.843 Internship — other appropriate occupational electives from
the Graduate School of Education.

Educational Research

This program is designed to train educational researchers who will
have: 1) an understanding of the nature and characteristics of research
as it is carried on in educational research agencies; 2) a basic knowl-
edge of research methodology and related theory that will enable them
to assist at all stages of educational research; and 3) the technical skill
to carry out independently the operational aspect of educational re-
search.

The objectives stated above and the related competences are
achieved through an integrated program of study. This program may be
taken on a full- or part-time basis, and study may begin in any quarter.
A full-time student will normally complete degree requirements in one
academic or calendar year (three or four quarters). The culminating
component of the program is the planning, executing, and writing up of
research for a thesis, intended as a small-scale but original investigation
into a significant educational problem. The thesis may be presented in
one of several formats selected jointly by the student and the adviser.

All candidates will be required to complete the following program:

FIELDS OF STUDY / 57

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)

50.815 Research Design in Education (Area I)

Two courses from the remaining areas as described on pages 42

and 43.
Educational Research Requirements

50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics
50.817 Research Problems in Education

50.847 Introduction to Computer Programming: FORTRAN IV
50.891 Thesis (equivalent to two courses)
Electives (three)

Human Development

The overall objective of this program is to provide opportunities for
practicing and prospective educators to expand and deepen their
knowledge and understanding of human development in its psycho-
logical and social aspects. Completion of the program does not lead to
state certification, and a teaching certificate is not required for admis-
sion to the program. However, the program can provide a useful back-
ground for persons teaching, or planning to teach, psychology and
behavioral science in secondary and elementary schools. It can also
serve as introductory preparation for students who aspire to later
doctoral study in the field of human development. Full-time students
will take a maximum of four courses per term and will complete the
program in a minimum of three quarters. Part-time students will take
a maximum of two courses per term and will complete the program in a
minimum of six quarters.

Candidates may begin study in any quarter and will be required to
complete the following program:
Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
50.815 Research Design in Education

Two additional courses, one from Area III (Social Foundations) and
one from Area IV (Humanistic Foundations).
Human Development Requirements
50.806 Psychology of Learning

or
50.81 1 Psychology of Cognition
50.810 Psychology of Personality

or
50.805 Personality and Social Structure (if not taken in EdM Core,
above)

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development
50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology

58 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Electives (choice of courses or thesis):

Courses: four courses, chosen in consultation with an adviser, from
those offered in the Graduate School of Education and
other departments in the University

Thesis: 50.817 Research Problems in Education

50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics
50.891 Thesis (equivalent to two courses)

Rehabilitation Administration and Special Education

Rehabilitation Administration

This program is designed to prepare students for positions of ad-
ministrative leadership and research in a wide range of rehabilitation
and health care service agencies.

Students majoring in Rehabilitation Administration should anticipate
taking 15 credit courses for the degree under either of the following
options:

Plan A: For students with limited rehabilitation or administration expe-
rience.

The program will be conducted on a cooperative education basis. This
means that the student will alternate periods of academic course work
with paid practical experience in the field over a 21-month period.

Plan B: For students with considerable rehabilitation or administration
experience.

The program takes one calendar year from September through Au-
gust and includes four academic quarters. During this time the student
also completes 500 hours of practical experience in the field. Under
Plan B there are a limited number of federal stipends available which
are issued on a competitive basis.

Plan C: For students with limited rehabilitation or administration expe-
rience who wish an alternative plan to cooperative education.

The program will take a minimum of two calendar years. During that
time the student will elect his academic course work, 500 hours of
practical field work experience, and a full-time internship experience.

Recommended Core Courses
50.805 Personality and Social Structure
50.807 Abnormal Psychology

Department Requirements

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation '

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation I

50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory

FIELDS OF STUDY / 59

50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I

50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II
55.832 Group Dynamics

50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration

50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

Electives chosen from

50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation

50.958 Social Welfare and Rehabilitation

50.959 Rehabilitation Research

50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop

50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law

50.965 Occupational Placement

53.815 Rehabilitation Counseling Strategies

Interrelated Programs in Special Education

Northeastern University offers an interrelated program in Special
Education with options leading to preparation for work with children
having mild to moderate handicaps (learning disabilities, mental re-
tardation, emotional disturbance) or those having severe handicaps in
one or more of the above" areas. A further option at the master's level for
persons planning to work outside the classroom with schools and/or
public agencies in an advocacy role is that of the Special Education
Community Personnel (SECP).

Eligibility for certification at the elementary or secondary level is pre-
requisite to beginning the special education sequence and may be
earned through satisfactory completion of prescribed work in ele-
mentary or secondary education at Northeastern. Applicants certified
at the secondary level may need additional work in remedial teaching at
the elementary level to prepare for work with handicapped youngsters.

Degree candidates may be required to take 50.803 (Child Psychology),
50.807 (Abnormal Psychology), and an introductory course in statistics
without degree credit if such work has not been taken previously, or in
the latter case, is not satisfied through the programmed learning course.

Completion of the SECP program or an option leading to certification
in a single area will normally require four quarters. Certification in two
areas (e.g., learning disabilities and mental retardation) may require an
extra quarter of work.

All teacher preparation programs assume possession or acquisition
of a solid core of knowledge and experience with the normal child and
his curriculum and the special child and his adapted curriculum. Em-
phasis is on the learning problem approach. Educational settings
utilized for field work include public and private schools, day and resi-
dential facilities, and hospital-based educational facilities. A sequenced
program will be developed in consultation with the major adviser based
upon the student's background and experience. It will include basic

60 / FIELDS OF STUDY

requirements of the graduate school, the Division, and the State Depart-
ment of Teacher Certification (where appropriate). Electives will be
drawn from other programs as warranted.

Completion of all programs in special education is contingent upon
the candidate's demonstration of competency in specified fields of
knowledge and skills. An oral comprehensive examination will be taken
near the end of the student's third quarter of work.

Financial Aid — Traineeships

A limited number of traineeships through Federal grants is antici-
pated for 1974-1975. The student in need of financial help should discuss
the matter during the interview with the Division faculty member. The
Department has also attempted to develop paid internships in a variety
of settings in order to offer students other opportunities for professional
development as well as a means of financial assistance. Students se-
lected for an internship will need to plan for a program extending over
approximately two years. (Refer also to Financial Aid, page 29).

Core Curriculum Requirements

In addition to the Foundations of Education core requirements de-
scribed on pages 42 and 43, the programs in the Division of Special
Education have the following common core of required courses:

55.880, 55.881 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and

Emotional Dysfunction
55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other

Handicapping Conditions
(numbers vary Field work and Seminar
with option) Student Teaching or Practicum

The last two courses are specific to the student's major interest. The
core requirements constitute five of the minimum twelve courses of the
master's degree. Additional courses, specified by the Massachusetts
Department of Teacher Certification, are included below in each area of
specialization. The program for each student is designed in relation to
his educational and experiential background, his professional goals,
and the limitations (such as certification) implied by such goals.

Teactier Preparation Options

Mental Retardation — Learning Disabilities

This area of specialization prepares students to work with mildly
handicapped pupils in a self-contained class or as a resource teacher
in a school where classes have been integrated. The sequence is de-
signed to meet present state requirements for certification in the areas
of Mental Retardation and Learning Disabilities.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 61

Recommended Core Courses
50.808 Seminar in Child Development
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Department and/or State Requirements

55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other

Handicapping Conditions
55.880, 881 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and
Emotional Dysfunction

55.841 Methods and Materials

55.842 Methods and Materials

55.844 Measurement and Evaluation

55.855 Fieldwork and Seminar

55.856 Student Teaching — Mentally Retarded

Electives chosen from:

55.843 Industrial Arts & Crafts — Vocational Education
55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems
53.810 Elementary School Guidance

55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers
55.847 Seminar in Mental Retardation

55.833 Mental Health

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life

55.839 Multiply Handicapped
Others in consultation with adviser

Emotional Disturbance — Learning Disabilities

This area of specialization prepares students to work with mildly
handicapped pupils in a self-contained class or to work as a resource
teacher where classes have been integrated. Courses are designed to
meet present state requirements in the areas of Emotional Disturbance
and Learning Disabilities:

Recommended Core Courses

50.808 Seminar in Child Development
50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Department and/or State Requirements
55.807 Learning Disabilities
55.880, 881 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and

Emotional Dysfunction
55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other

Handicapping Conditions
55.842 Methods and Materials
55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers

62 / FIELDS OF STUDY

55.850 Field Work and Seminar

55.851 Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed

Electives chosen from
55.833 Mental Health

55.837 Seminar: Problems of the Emotionally Disturbed
55.844 Measurement and Evaluation

55.839 The Multiply Handicapped
55.841 Methods and Materials

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life

55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems

55.849 Special Education for the Gifted
Others in consultation with adviser.

Teaching the Severely Handicapped
Modifications of either of the two programs described above may be
made for the student who desires to teach severely handicapped chil-
dren or adults in an institution or community-based facility.

Special Education Community Personnel
(A Noncertification Program)

Northeastern University, Department of Rehabilitation and Special
Education, in response to identified needs and national trends, offers
a program for individuals with broad interests and abilities to prepare
them to function as advocates for handicapped children and youth and
to act as liaison between community agencies and the school.

Implied in such a program is the possession or acquisition of knowl-
edge of social problems, teaching, community and school organization,
child development, problems of multiple handicaps, and facilities for
care, treatment, and remediation. Implied also are skills in working with
the handicapped, with peers in numerous professions, and with tech-
niques of survey research. Integrated course and field work experiences
will be designed to complement each applicant's background of edu-
cation and experience. Approximately four to five quarters are estimated
for demonstration of competence in the specified areas.

Recommended Core Courses
50.810 Psychology of Personality
50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education

Department Requirements
55.880, Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and
55.881 Emotional Disfunction

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and other

Handicapping Conditions
55.807 Learning Disabilities

55.853 Field work and Seminar

55.854 Practicum

FIELDS OF STUDY / 63

Electives chosen from
50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Service
50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation
55.835 Socio-Psychodynamics of Family Life
55.839 Multiply Handicapped

55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers
51.920 Methods and Materials in Adult Literacy Education
Other courses in consultation with adviser.

Speech Pathology and Audiology

The program leading to the degree of Master of Education in either
Speech Pathology or Audiology is designed to qualify candidates for
membership in and certification by the American Speech and Hearing
Association. Graduates of the program are also qualified for further
graduate study and for employment as speech pathologists or audi-
ologists in clinics, hospitals, public schools, and rehabilitation centers.

This program assumes that students have completed an undergrad-
uate preprofessional program in speech and hearing. Those without
such preparation will be required to complete additional courses beyond
the 48 quarter hours normally required for the master's degree.

This program is conducted with the cooperation of a large number
of community agencies.

Speech Pathology

Each student's program is individually designed with the assistance
of a faculty adviser to assure that course work is distributed in all major
professional areas including: diagnostics, articulation, language, fluency,
voice, and audiology. The student is also advised about how his program
prepares him to meet certification requirements established by the
American Speech and Hearing Association.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 42 and 43.

Speech Pathology Courses
A minimum of nine courses selected from the following or appro-
priate electives:

55.803 Cerebral Palsy

*55.804 Aphasia

55.805 Disorders of Voice

*55.806 Language Disturbances in Children

55.811 Clinical Management in Stuttering

*55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech and Language Pathology

*55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice

*55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology

55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology and Physiology of Speech-
Hearing Mechanism

'Required or an equivalent graduate level course.

64 / FIELDS OF STUDY

55.822 Seminar in Oro-facia! Anomalies

55.823 Psycho-social Aspects of Communication Disorders
55.861 Neuropathology

55.824 Seminar in Speech Pathology

55.860 Aphasia Rehabilitation

55.861 Neuropathology

55.863 Advanced Study of Articulation Disorders
55.891 Thesis (optional)
55.899 Directed Study (optional)

Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination is a re-
quirement of this program.

Audiology

Each student's program is individually designed with the assistance
of a faculty adviser to assure that course work is distributed among
evaluation, diagnosis, and aural rehabilitation. The student is also
advised about how his program prepares him to meet certification
requirements established by the American Speech and Hearing
Association.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses defined on pages 42 and 43.

Audiology Courses

A minimum of nine courses selected from the following or appro-
priate electives:

*55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

55.815 Clinical Audiology

*55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of

Speech-Hearing Mechanism
*55.818 Pathologies of the Ear

55.819 Clinical Audiometry II

55.820 Physiological Acoustics

55.821 Seminar in Audiology

55.823 Psycho-social Aspects of Communication Disorders

55.862 Psycho-acoustics

55.825 Teaching Speech to Deaf Children

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to Deaf Children
55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

55.891 Thesis (optional)
55.899 Directed Study (optional)

Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination is a re-
quirement of this program.

'Required or an equivalent graduate level course.

FIELDS OF STUDY / 65

Teaching the Deaf
(Program not offered 1974-75)

The following curriculum in the preparation of teachers of the deaf is
offered in affiliation with the Beverly School for the Deaf. Candidates
lacking prerequisite courses will be required to complete them prior to
the following program.

Master of Education Core (required of all candidates)
Three courses as defined on pages 42 and 43.

Teaching the Deaf Requirements

55.801 Special Education for the Regular Classroom Teacher

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

55.815 Clinical Audiology

55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology

55.825 Teaching Speech to the Deaf

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to the Deaf

55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education

55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

55.852 Practicum: Teaching the Deaf (8 quarter hours)

NONDEGREE PROGRAM FOR CERTIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY TEACHERS

This program is designed to qualify college graduates for certifica-
tion as elementary or secondary teachers in the Commonwealth. Stu-
dents who are interested in qualifying to teach in other states should
obtain a copy of that state's certification requirements and bring it to
the initial interview with their advisers.

This program does not lead to any higher degree. However, individuals
who are able to be full-time graduate students may apply for simultane-
ous admission to the Master of Education program in Curriculum and
Instruction.

This program is open to college graduates who meet the general
admissions requirements of the Master of Education degree and who
have completed a course in either child or adolescent psychology.
(These courses are offered by the Graduate School of Education and
may be taken while the student is enrolled in the program.) In addition,
candidates for secondary certification must have completed, before ad-
mission, at least 36 quarter hours of courses in the field in which they
are preparing to teach with a QPA for all courses taken in that field of
at least 2.000.

The program consists of (a) three successive courses which meet
in the late afternoon or evening two days a week for two hours each day,
and (b) student teaching which requires the student to student teach
full time during the spring quarter and to attend a two-hour seminar
every other week.

66 / FIELDS OF STUDY

The program may be most conveniently completed in four consecu-
tive quarters, beginning in tlie Summer Quarter. However, students may
enter the program in the Fall Quarter and by taking two courses in that
quarter and one in the Winter Quarter be prepared for student teaching.
It is expected that students enrolled in this program will complete
their student teaching during the Spring Quarter. Because of the unique
demands of student teaching, participants should plan to devote full
time to that aspect of the program.

Students may apply for credit in a recognized graduate school degree
program a maximum of two Teacher Certification courses, not to exceed
twelve quarter hours, with permission of their advisers.
Course Sequence

(The courses must be taken in the order listed):
51.801 Curricula of American Schools

(Offered in the Summer and Fall Quarters only)
51 .800 Principles of Teaching

(Offered in the Fall Quarter only)

51 .806 Methods and Materials in the Education of Adolescents

and Adults
(Offered in the Winter Quarter only)
or

51 .807 Methods and Materials In the Education of Children
(Offered in the Winter Quarter only)

51 .805 Student Teaching with Related Seminar
(Offered in the Spring Quarter only)

Applications for Student Teaching must be received by the Director
of Field Placement no later than October 15.

CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDY

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study is available to applicants
who have demonstrated a strong background in the special field of study
at the master's level and who meet the specific requirements of the
Graduate School of Education and the appropriate department. CAGS
programs are offered in the areas of:

Counselor Education

Pupil Personnel Services Administration
Community Mental Health
Rehabilitation Counseling

Educational Administration
Cooperative Education
Educational Administration
Higher Education
Instructional Technology

Rehabilitation and Special Education

FIELDS OF STUDY / 67

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined in the
following pages. In most cases, the sequence is designed to be very
flexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendation
of the major adviser and approval of the Director of the Graduate School
of Education.

Counselor Education

The CAGS represents a second year of preparation beyond the mas-
ter's degree for the counseling and human services field. This is not a
pre-doctoral program but a terminal professional degree program.
There are three major options in the Counselor Education Department:
Pupil Personnel Services Administration, Community Mental Health, and
Rehabilitation Counseling. Students with master's degree work in re-
habilitation counseling who wish to emphasize administrative prepara-
tion at the CAGS level should enter the Rehabilitation Administration
program. Students with master's degrees in College Counseling and Stu-
dent Personnel who wish to pursue careers in higher education with an
administrative emphasis should enter the Higher Education Administra-
tion program.

Each of these counselor education program options presumes mas-
ter's level preparation in counseling the equivalent of that offered at
Northeastern. Students whose master's program in Counselor Educa-
tion lacked a practicum will be required to take 53.805-53.806 in addi-
tion to the minimum course requirements for the CAGS. Students with
master's degrees in fields other than counseling will, if otherwise ad-
missible, be required to make up a minimum of five courses from the
master's program. These students will need a minimum of two years to
complete the requirements for the CAGS.

In addition to the course requirements, students must pass a com-
prehensive examination (written and/or oral) before the certificate will
be awarded.

Applicants for the CAGS will be accepted during the period of April 1
to November 1, with a deadline of September 15 for completing all
application procedures. After filing all application materials required
by the Graduate School, applicants will be contacted by the Department
to arrange for admissions interviews during the admitting period. Since
there are a limited number of spaces in the CAGS program, early ap-
plication is urged.

Pupil Personnel Services Administration

Students who have prepared themselves for school counseling posi-
tions and who are interested in leadership positions in guidance and
pupil personnel services should choose this option. The program pro-
vides for further work in counseling, but emphasizes administrative

68 / FIELDS OF STUDY

and organizational preparation for the effective delivery of personnel
services to students. Field placements will provide for the development
of skills and knowledge in planning, supervision, and delivery of serv-
ices within the context of the total educational program of the school
system.

Courses
53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work
53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change
53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

53.833 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and In-Service

Education
53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

52.810 Leadership I

52.811 Leadership II

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration
Two Electlves

Community Mental Health

Students whose primary interest is the delivery of individual and
group counseling services in a variety of settings, including but not
limited to, schools, college counseling centers, and mental health
centers, should choose this option. This program provides for a more
"therapeutic" orientation but is not as focused on a particular setting or
category of settings. Field placements will provide for the development
of the student's individual and group counseling skills and will be varied
according to individual need and interest. Mental health settings will
tend to predominate in the field assignments.

Courses

53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change
53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling
53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

53.835 Psychodiagnostic Measures

50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology
55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life
50.807 Abnormal Psychology

Two Electives

Rehabilitation Counseling

This is an advanced level program for students who desire to work
with the various populations described under the master's degree pro-
gram related to this area. The special emphasis of the program will be

FIELDS OF STUDY / 69

in the acquisition of 1) advanced counseling skills, 2) supervisory skills,
3) program development skills, and 4) administrative skills. The student
trained at this level will retain his identity and function as a counselor,
but he will also be prepared for supervisory and staff training functions.
In addition, he will acquire skill in the planning and development of new
and modified service programs, including the capability of preparing
necessary designs for grant applications, program evaluation, and other
related tasks. The administrative training will prepare the student for
possible assumption of leadership positions in the delivery of human
services.

Courses
53.840-53.841 Advanced Field Work
53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change
53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services
53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling
50.980 Psychological Problems of Disability

50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision

50.983 Rehabilitation of Alcoholic and Drug Dependent

50.984 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender
Two Electives

Educational Administration

Beyond the master's degree level, four advanced administrative
training programs at the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS)
level are offered. These programs are in the fields of Cooperative
Education, Educational Administration, Higher Education, and Instruc-
tional Technology.

Cooperative Education

A program of study at the master's level in the area of Cooperative
Education is located in the Counselor Education Department. The pro-
gram offered here is an advanced one aimed at the preparation of ad-
ministrators of cooperative education programs in a variety of settings:
the public schools, vocational-technical schools, and junior colleges, as
well as at other institutions of higher learning.

A typical program is as follows:

Required Core

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration
51.900 Cooperative Education in America

52.824 The Administration of Cooperative Education

70 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Electives

A minimum of seven to be selected in consultation with the stu-
dent's adviser. These courses will be drawn from the appropriate
areas of administration, counselor education, or other related offer-
ings depending upon the student's career goals in settings such as:
colleges, junior colleges, public schools, and other educational
agencies.

Upon completion of this program, a comprehensive examination is
given to each student.

Educational Administration

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) program in Edu-
cational Administration is designed to provide the student with a closer
examination of a particular administrative or supervisory position. Ex-
tending beyond the generic master's degree program, major emphasis
is given to role specialization and the particular skills that should be
acquired by prospective and practicing school administrators. Comple-
tion of this program should develop further the leadership capabilities
essential to the student's area of specialization such as: the principal-
ship of a large school; the assistant superintendency; the superin-
tendency of a small district or supervisory union; directorship of federal
system-wide, or state education department programs.

A minimum of 12 courses beyond ttie master's degree is required for
completion of the program as well as satisfactory completion of a
comprehensive examination.

Core Courses (required)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

Electives

52.834 Educational Finance

52.835 School Business Management

52.836 Personnel Administration

52.837 School-Community Relations

52.838 School Plant Planning, Operation, and Maintenance
52.840 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated

Experience — The Superintendency

52.842 Problems in School Administration: A Simulated

Experience — Assistant Superintendent
for Instructional Services
52.899 Directed Study

52.843 Administrative Internship

(cont.)

FIELDS OF STUDY / 71

52.844 School Law

52.865 Systems Theory in Education

52.866 Politics and Educational Decision-Making

Higher Education

This program of study is directed toward the training of college ad-
ministrators. Emphasis is placed on the development of attitudes, under-
standings, and skills necessary to prepare the potential administrator
and to give this development the necessary philosophic base on which
the administrator can build an effective career.

A typical program is as follows:

Required Core

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

Electives

A minimum of nine to be selected in consultation with the student's
adviser. These courses will be drawn from appropriate areas of ad-
ministration, counselor education, and other related offerings depend-
ing upon the particular higher education specialization of the student.

Upon completion of this program, a comprehensive examination is
given to each student.

Instructional Technology

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) program in In-
structional Technology is designed to provide the student with advanced
administrative and instructional technology skills. Four areas of contact
are integrated into this advanced program. A broad exposure is pre-
sented in the field of educational administration through the core
courses. Instructional technology electives provide the student with
advanced techniques of using modern technology for instructional
purposes. By means of educational administration electives, reasonable
depth is provided in such areas as finance, physical facilities, and com-
munity relations. And finally, by means of additional electives throughout
the university, further contacts and expertise may be attained.

Upon completion of this advanced program, the student is prepared
to assume top leadership in the field of instructional technology in
central office positions of a public school system as well as directorship
of such specialized programs in industry, government, institutions of
higher learning, and privately operated instructional programs in urban
settings.

72 / FIELDS OF STUDY

A typical program is as follows:

Educational Administration Core Courses (3)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Cfiange in American Public Schools

52.832 Tlie Process of Administration

Instructional Technology Electives (minimum of 4 as approved by the

adviser)

Educational Administration Electives (minimum of 4 as approved by

the adviser)

Electives (optional number)

Upon completion of the above program, a comprehensive examination
is given to ^ch student.

Rehabilitation and Special Education

Rehabilitation Administration

The CAGS Program in Rehabilitation Administration is offered for
students who already possess a master's degree in rehabilitation
administration or its equivalent. It is intended to enable a student to
develop advanced skills in the areas of program planning, decision
making, communication and research design in administration. In
addition, the educational experience will be substantively focused in
areas of service to fields of corrections, alcohol and drug addition,
geriatrics, and social welfare.

A minimum of twelve (12) courses beyond the master's degree is re-
quired for completion of the program as well as satisfactory comple-
tion of a qualifying and a comprehensive examination.

Departmental Core Courses (Required)
50.959 Rehabilitation Research

50.980 Psychological Problems of Disability

50.981 Administrative Problems in Rehabilitation
50.986 Critical Issues in Rehabilitation Administration

Electives

50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision

50.983 Rehabilitation of Alcoholic and Drug Dependent

50.984 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender

50.985 Rehabilitation of the Geriatric Client
52.832 The Process of Administration
52.836 Personnel Administration

52.843 Administrative Internship

52.899 Directed Study

53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

55.832 Group Dynamics

55.833 Mental Health

FIELDS OF STUDY / 73

Special Education Administration

An interrelated program at the CAGS level is designed to prepare
administrators of Special Education programs in public schools and in
local and state institutions and agencies.

Students entering the CAGS program in Special Education Adminis-
tration must have a master's degree, equivalent to that offered at North-
eastern, in one or more areas of special education and at least three
years of classroom experience. Some students may have to take pre-
requisite courses to satisfy deficiencies.

Core Requirements

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

52.832 The Process of Administration

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory

Department Requirements
50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services
55.870 Seminar in Special Education Administration
55.839 Multiply Handicapped
52.843 Administrative Internship

Electives chosen are dependent upon student's past educational and
experiential background.

In addition to course requirements and demonstration of competencies
in both academic and practicum areas, students must pass a v^ritten
and/or oral comprehensive examination before the certificate will be
awarded.

description of courses

All courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless indicated other-
wise. Please see the current schedule for summer, fall, winter, and
spring quarter listings.

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

50.801 Educational Anthropology

Examination of schooling as a particular variety of socialization, with special
attention to characteristics of societies that rely heavily on formal instruction,
contrasted with less deliberately patterned techniques of child-rearing. Readings
will be mainly cross-cultural, ethnographic, and historical. The emphasis of the
course varies from quarter to quarter, and will be announced in the registration
materials distributed in advance of each quarter, (core course)

50.802 Sociology of Education

The functioning of educational institutions in their social and cultural milieu will
be examined from anthropological and sociological perspectives. The school as
a social system; influence of the stratification system, youth cultures, and racial
antagonisms upon the educational enterprise, (core course)

50.803 Child Psychology

A review of the principles of child development from birth to pre-adolescence.
Particular emphasis will be placed on intellectual, social, and emotional devel-
opment. The theoretical formulations of psychoanalysis, social learning theory,
and Piaget will be discussed in the context of relevant research in these areas,
as well as their educational implications, (core course)

50.804 Adolescent Psychology

Social, emotional, and intellectual development through the adolescent years.
Problems in family relationships and in the adolescent's social environment
as well as his adjustment in school. Case history material, (core course)

50.805 Personality and Social Structure

Human behavior from a combined psychodynamic and sociological point of
view, with special emphasis on socialization and the relations between the
individual and the collectivity. The integration of relevant theories from psy-
chology, sociology, and anthropology. Suggested Prep, a course in sociology,
cultural anthropology, or social psychology, (core course)

50.806 Psychology of Learning

The basic principles and conditions of acquisition, retention, and transfer of
learning. Suggested Prep, a course in psychology, (core course)

COURSES / 75

50.807 Abnormal Psychology

How personality becomes disordered. Problems of neurosis, character dis-
orders, psychosomatic disorders, and psychoses. Current methods of clinical
diagnosis and treatment will be reviewed. (With the approval of the adviser, may
serve as a core course for students majoring in Counselor Education, Rehabili-
tation Administration, Special Education, Speech Pathology and Audiology.)

50.808 Seminar in Child Development

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of child development theories
with special reference to personality and cognitive development. Critical eval-
uation of research related to child development theories with particular empha-
sis on recent trends, new approaches, and relevance to educational theories
and practices. Prep, a course in child psychology or human development, (core
course)

50.809 Seminar in Adolescent Development

A seminar course with emphasis on discussion of major problem areas facing
the adolescent in our society today. Particular emphasis will be given to social
and emotional development. Included will be a survey of research in such areas
as psychoanalysis, social learning, morality, and delinquency. Prep, a course
in adolescent psychology or human development, (core course)

50.810. Psychology of Personality

An examination of theoretical approaches to the study of personality, with
emphasis upon theories dealing with dynamic factors in personality develop-
ment. The role of social and cultural factors, as well as implications of various
theories for the therapeutic processes, will be considered. Suggested Prep,
a course in psychology, (core course)

50.811 Psychology of Cognition

A consideration of the processes involved in cognitive organization and func-
tioning. Topics will include: language, concept formation, and problem solving.
Suggested Prep, a course in psychology, (core course)

50.812 History of Education

An opportunity to explore some of the historical roots of contemporary educa-
tional theory and practice, with a focus on selected aspects of educational
history from antiquity to the present. Also, an opportunity to utilize any knowl-
edge gained for the development of a personal educational position, (core
course)

50.813 Philosophy of Education

An introduction to the basic precepts of philosophy as viable tools with which
to build a philosophy of education. An analysis of major philosophic world-
frames in their historical context; i.e. Aristotelian, Thomistic, idealistic, realistic,
and pragmatic. An examination of philosophies of education which cover the
broad spectrum of thought, ranging from authoritarian to democratic, deter-
mining from this examination where along the continuum to place the foundation
from which to build one's own personal philosophy of education to be translated
into conduct in the classroom, (core course)

76 / COURSES

50.814 The Nature and Theory of Psychological
and Educational Measurement

An examination of the logic of measurement and the nature of human capaci-
ties, aptitudes, and abilities. Characteristics of tests, ratings, questionnaires,
and similar instruments are reviewed with emphasis on their reliability, validity,
and useability. Item analysis procedures and test standardization are covered.

50.815 Research Design in Education

An introduction to scientific methods of research in education and related
fields. Stress will be placed on a critical reading and understanding of research
literature, formulating research hypotheses, constructing a research proposal,
and carrying out an individual or group project. This course must be included
among the first six courses taken by each student, (core course)

A course in statistics, or competence in this field, as demonstrated by successful
completion of a statistics proficiency exam, is required prior to taking this
offering. A no-credit, no-charge programmed course in statistics has been ar-
ranged for this purpose and is available through the University's Learning Center,
406 Dodge. The regular tuition course, 50.841, is also available. Students choos-
ing the proficiency exam route may also use the services of a special teaching
assistant who has been appointed to advise and assist them. The office hours
and location of the teaching assistant will vary from quarter to quarter and may
be obtained from the Foundations Department Secretary in 306 Cushing.

50.817 Research Problems in Education

Each student will identify a research problem, review the relevant research litera-
ture, design an appropriate methodology, and prepare a written research pro-
posal. Prep. 50.815, Research Design in Education or 50.840, Introduction to
Educational Research.

50.818 Comparative Education

Introduction to education in other nations to explore relationships with the politi-
cal, economic, social, and cultural milieu: Western and Eastern Europe, South
America, and Africa will be considered, (core course)

50.819 Theories of Developmental Psychology

The major developmental theories and related research of Havighurst, Erickson,
Piaget, and others. Prep, permission of instructor.

50.820 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in American Education

Discussion of selected issues in contemporary American education such as
school desegregation, compensatory education, learning problems of the dis-
advantaged, professionalization of teachers, etc. Review of relevant research
and opinions. The topic or topics of the seminar for a particular quarter will be
announced in the registration materials distributed in advance of that quarter,
(core course)

50.840 Introduction to Educational Research

An introduction to the rationale and procedures for educational research: the
use of theory in the formulation of research problems and hypotheses; review

COURSES / 77

and summarization of research literature; isolation and definition of variables;
and design of educational studies and experiments. Open only to Educational
Research majors.

50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

Basic descriptive statistics for measurement and research. Topics include use
of statistical notation, measures of central tendency and variability, probability
and sampling techniques, theoretical distributions, linear regression and corre-
lation, and an introduction to statistical inference.

50.842 Intermediate Educational Statistics

Statistical inference of normal populations and discrete data; estimation; test-
ing of hypotheses; multiple correlation; analysis of variance and covariance;
contingency; the chi-square test and other non-parametric tests. Emphasis is
given to application in educational research.

50.843 Research {Methods I

Each student will begin a research study designed in a prior research course.
Prep. 50.817, Research Problems in Education or 50.845, Research Internship
and Field Seminar I. (May not be offered 1974-1975.)

50.844 Research Methods 11

Each student will complete the research study designed in 50.817 Research
Problems in Education. Prep. 50.843, Research Methods I. (May not be offered
1974-1975.)

50.845 Research Internship and Field Seminar i (6 Quarter Hours)
Open only to Educational Research majors. (May not be offered 1974-1975.)

50.846 Research Internship and Field Seminar II (6 Quarter Hours)
Open only to Educational Research majors. (May not be offered 1974-1975.)

50.847 Introduction to Computer Programing: FORTRAN iV

A laboratory course designed to develop facility in the use of a wide range of
data processing equipment in educational research. Students will be introduced
to the basic principles of computer programming, but emphasis will be placed
on the applicability and use of existing statistical programs.

50.850 Communications Theory

An introduction to communications theory, covering models of the communica-
tion process, attitude changes, information, innovation, dissemination and flow,
communication modalities and language processing, (core course)

50.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

50.895 Institute in Foundations of Education

(see general institute description on page 108)

78 / COURSES

50.898 Workshop in Foundations of Education

(see general workshop description on page 108)

50.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the Department. Prep, approval of the Chairman of the Department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

51.800 Principles of Teaching (6 quarter hours)
A consideration of the rational bases for effective teaching. Efforts are made
to relate learning theory and educational objectives to various strategies and
tactics of teaching. The functions of the teacher are examined as components
of learner development. Prep, a course in child or adolescent psychology and

51.801 Curricula of American Schools. Fall Quarter only. Open only to students
in the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.801 Curricula of American Schools (6 quarter hours)

Methods of organizing material to be learned at the state, district, school, and
classroom level to meet the needs and to match the abilities of the students.
Attention will be given to innovative practices which are found both within and
outside of the public school system. Summer and Fall Quarters only. Qpen only
to students in the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.805 Student Teaching with Related Seminar (8 quarter hours)
A University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools offering
comprehensive programs within reasonable commuting distance of Northeastern.
Participating on a full-time basis, the student is expected to develop planning
and communication abilities within his major field. Biweekly seminars at the
University provide additional opportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships
and to examine generic problems of teaching. Prep, course in child or adoles-
cent psychology; 51 .800, Principles of Teaching; 51.801 , Curricula of American
Schools; 51.806, Methods and Materials for Teaching Adolescents and Adults or
51.807, Methods and Materials for Teaching Children. Generally completed
during the Spring Quarter. Qpen only to students in the Nondegree Certifica-
tion Program.

51.806 Methods and Materials for Teaching Adolescents

and Adults (6 quarter hours)

Teaching methods and learning materials used in teaching adolescents and
adults in a number of educational setttings and for a number of purposes. The
course will help students identify objectives, plan and execute appropriate
learning experiences, and evaluate outcomes. From time to time, special sections
will be organized for students within a particular subject field. Prep. 51.800
Principles of Teaching. Winter Quarter only. Qpen only to students in the Non-
degree Certification Program.

COURSES / 79

51.807 Methods and Materials for Teaching Children (6 quarter hours)

Teaching methods and learning materials used in teaching children in a number
of educational settings. This course will help students establish objectives, plan
and execute appropriate learning experiences, and evaluate outcomes. Prep.
51.800 Principles of Teaching. Winter Quarter only. Open only to students in
the Nondegree Certification Program.

51.810 Modern Topics in Elementary School Mathematics

An introduction to the modern elementary school mathematics curriculum
for teachers and students preparing to teach who are not acquainted with these
topics.

51.811 Mathematics of the Primary Grades

The concepts of arithmetic and geometry found in modern mathematics courses
for grades K-3. Prep, teaching experience.

51.812 Mathematics of the Middle Grades

The concepts of arithmetic and algebra found in modern mathematics courses for
grades 4-6. Prep, teaching experience.

51.813 Informal Geometry for Teachers

The concepts of geometry found in the modern mathematics curriculum of grades
4-8. Prep, teaching experience.

51.824 The Teaching of Geometry in the High School

A study of students, teaching methods, and courses in geometry with re-exam-
ination of selected background topics, including two-value logic, methods of
proof, postulational systems, and analytical methods.

51.825 Seminar in Mathematics Education

Each student is expected to analyze a mathematics learning problem, to in-
vestigate relevant research, and to prepare materials embodying his own pro-
posed solution. Prep, permission of instructor.

51.828 The Teaching of Elementary Calculus

An examination from an advanced viewpoint of selected topics in elementary
calculus, including limits applied to formal differentiation, continuity, uniform
continuity and intermediate values, boundedness and existence of extremes,
differentiable functions, areas and integration, and properties of the Riemann
integral. Prep, teaching experience.

51.830 Concepts of Earth Science for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the earth sciences considered from a philosophical and/or
historical point of view to illustrate and emphasize man's interrelationship with
his ecological environment; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831, and 51.832 are
not sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.831 Concepts of Biology for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the biological sciences considered from a philosophical
and/or historical point of view; a realistic consideration of man's place in his

80 / COURSES

biological world; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831, and 51.832 are not
sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.832 Concepts of Physical Sciences for Elementary Teachers

Selected topics in the physical sciences considered from a philosophical and/or
historical point of view; the appraising of claims and counter-claims relative to
the pollution of man's physical environment; with laboratory work. (51.830, 51.831,
and 51.832 are not sequential, and may be taken in any order.)

51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and Mathematics Education

The process of identfying problems and evaluating proposed solutions, taking
into consideration the needs of the student population, the dichotomy of theory
and applications in course design, and the role of common processes and con-
ceptual schemes in integrating seemingly disparate courses. Traditional and
modern programs will be investigated in terms of the problems they were de-
signed to solve, their success or failure in this mission, and the relevance of
such programs to present problems. Prep, teaching experience or certification.

51.838 Seminar in Science and Mathematics Teaching

The analysis and evaluation of a number of types of teaching strategies and
learning materials, including laboratory materials and techniques, printed matter
of all types, games, kits, multimedia materials, and interactive computer pro-
grams. Each student will be expected to undertake an extensive project apply-
ing his knowledge of strategies and materials to the achieving of previously
identified objectives and appropriate to a given class, group, or individual
student. Prep, teactiing experience or certification.

51.839 implementing Change in Science and Mathematics Education

The planning, organization, and execution of inservice experiences for teachers
related to all phases of science and mathematics education from subject-matter
courses to curriculum planning to materials workshops. Prep, teacfiing experi-
ence or certification.

Recommended: 51.837 Curriculum Problems in Science and f\^atfiematics Edu-
cation, 51.838 Seminar in Science and Matfiematics Teactiing, and 51.881 The
Dynamics of Curriculum Development.

51.842 The English-Language Arts Curriculum

The design and function of the English-language arts curriculum; selected cur-
rent issues as they impinge upon the English-language arts curriculum; the
design and function of research in the English-language arts curriculum. Open to
certified or experienced teachers; required of all candidates for the Master of
Education in Curriculum and Instruction: English, and the Master of Education
in Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep, permission of instructor.

51.846 English As a Second Language I

First course in teaching ESL introducting the basic linguistic, cultural, and
psychological concepts. Analysis of current approaches to teaching ESL locally
and internationally from the standpoint of diagnosis, grouping, use of particular
methods, and materials. Observations of ongoing ESL programs locally will be
include. Prep. 51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I or permission of
instructor.

COURSES / 81

51.847 English As a Second Language II

Second course in the ESL sequence which emphasizes innovative means in
teaching ESL. Specific projects according to student need and interest will be
developed, and supervised clinical work. Prep. 51.846 English as a Second
Language I.

51.849 Topics in English-Language Arts Education

An investigation of a matter of immediate concern to English-language arts edu-
cation but for which no organized study is ordinarily available. Typical topics
are: media in the English-language arts program; behavioral objectives in the
English-language arts program; the English-language arts program for the dis-
advantaged. Each year the seminar topic for that year is announced prior to
registration.

51.851 Seminar in Current Issues in the Social Studies

A content approach to problems of political, economic, and social significance
which have contemporary relevance for teachers of the social sciences.

51.853 History and the Social Studies in the School Curriculum

Permits the student to explore some of the fundamental concepts of anthro-
pology, sociology, economics, political science, and history. Emphasis will be
given to the interrelatedness of disciplines and to the extraction of operating
principles from those that aid in the analyses of social problems. As a conse-
quence of such analysis, the student should be equipped to find a greater variety
of conceptual relationships within the historical social science field. From there
a framework for evolving courses of study can be generated. Prep, teaching
experience or certification.

51.854 Social Science Materials Seminar

A curriculum course wherein the knowledge previously acquired will be used
to establish criteria for the selection and development of curriculum materials.
All materials of instruction will be viewed as means of implementation of ob-
jectives relating to specific social science concepts and skills. An effort will be
made to personalize and concretize abstract phenomena and to demonstrate
their impact on the quality of human lives. Students will examine and analyze
prepared curricula and will be asked to develop original materials that include
provision for the integration of a variety of thinking, reading, and social skills.
Prep, teaching experience or certification.

51.861 Principles of Programmed Instruction

The development and current status of self-instructional devices. A survey of
available programs and teaching machines, with emphasis on the details of the
construction and evaluation of programs.

51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing

Reading and writing as the receiving and generating of language; current
developmental reading, writing and related language skills; selected research
findings bearing on relevant topics. Required of candidates for Master of Edu-
cation in Curriculum and Instruction: Reading Certification; Curriculum and In-
struction: English; Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep, permission
of instructor.

82 / COURSES

51.871 Reading and Language Disabilities I

Reading and language disabilities; causes and correlates of disability; language
differences; aspects of measurement; diagnostic and corrective procedures in
reading, writing, and related language skills; selected research findings bear-
ing on relevant topics. Required of candidates for Master of Education in Cur-
riclum and Instruction: Reading Certification; Curriculum and Instruction: Eng-
lish; Curriculum and Instruction: Language Arts. Prep. 51.870 Developmental
Reading and Writing.

51.872 Literature and Materials Seminar

Literature for children, adolescents and adults; the sources of interest in litera-
ture as they relate to the reader; the inter-relatedness of literature and the other
components of the language arts program; investigation of materials available.
Students will develop projects related to their needs and interests. Required of
candidates for Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction; Reading
Certification; Curriculum and Instruction: English; Curriculum and Instruction:
Language Arts.

51.873 Reading Clinic I

Practicum in clinical experience. Children and adults with severe reading dis-
abilities will be tutored in the Reading Clinic twice a week for ^VA hours each
session, under close staff supervision. A one-hour seminar will follow each
tutoring session for purposes of discussion and case presentation. A diagnosis,
lesson plans, daily logs, complete case history, and a final progress evaluation
will be required of each student. May be taken concurrently with 51.871.
Prep. 51.870 Developmental Reading and Writing.

51.874 Reading and Language Disabilities II

Second course on Reading and Language Disabilities, including an examina-
tion of selected models of language processes; cognitive and affective dimen-
sions; problems in language pathology; and other learning disabilities including
academic, perceptual-motor, and neurological areas. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities I and 51.873 Reading Clinic I.

51.875 Reading Clinic II

A continuation of the Practicum. Requirements and format will be the same as
Clinic I. May be taken concurrently with 51.874. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities I and 51.873 Reading Clinic I.

51.876 Teaching Reading in Junior and Senior High School

Developmental or corrective reading programs at the secondary level. Develop-
ment of reading rate, comprehension, interpretation, study skills, in the con-
tent areas.

51.877 Linguistics and Reading

An introductory course in linguistics. The following topics will be examined as
applied to the reading process and the teaching of reading: characteristics
and systems of natural languages; development of the English language; lan-
guage acquisition and dialectology. Selected models of language processes
will be examined in light of recent linguistic theory. Prep. 51.871 Reading and
Language Disabilities I.

COURSES / 83

51.880 Evolution and Revolution in the School Curriculum

Examination of the curriculum of the American school as an expression of con-
flict between subject-centered and student-centered curricula, traditionalists
and revisionists, behaviorism and psycho-dynamism, and the interplay of forces
generated by students, teachers, administrators, and other interested groups.
Present school curricula will be analyzed as the outcomes of such conflicts,
and trends for the future development of school curricula will be hypothesized.
Prep, experience or certification.

51.881 The Dynamics of Curriculum Design

Identification and analysis of problems in curriculum and instruction in light
of the forces affecting the curriculum within the student's area of specialization;
design and implementation of solutions to such problems; evaluation, and field-
testing where feasible, of these solutions. Prep. 51.880 Evolution and Revolu-
tion in the School Curriculum.

51.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours,) with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

51.894 Workshop in Supervision of Instruction (6 quarter hours)
For teachers and other specialists in English, mathematics, science, social
studies, and reading in schools and other educational institutions which em-
phasizes the nature of the supervisory role and appropriate tasks for profes-
sional people overseeing the work of other professional people, at all levels
of education. The workshop will focus upon the critical role of the relationship
between supervisory functions and the quality of the performance and the
needs for improvement of the individual being supervised. The supervising pro-
fessional will be seen as a skilled, experienced, and sensitive person who can
oversee the work of others as well as understand a great deal about the cur-
riculum and the specific content, skills, and understandings it embraces and how
to communicate these to students. Will include a weekly seminar dealing with
matters of a generic nature concerning the nature of supervision at all levels
and within the total curriculum of schools or other educational programs and
small group seminars in which participants may consider the problems related
to more specific content areas and levels and supervised field work.

51.895 Institute in Elementary Education

(see general institute description on page 108.)

51.896 Institute in Secondary Education

(see general institute description on page 108.)

51.897 Workshop in Elementary Education

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

51.898 Workshop in Secondary Education

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

84 / COURSES

51.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

51.900 Cooperative Education in America

An examination of cooperative education as a complex tool for achieving goals
of education. Attention w'\\\ be directed to its psychological implications for the
individual, its social implications for the nation, and its place in educational
thought. American higher education will be the principal focus of these con-
siderations.

51.920 Methods and Materials in Adult Literacy Education

This introductory course includes a review of current ABE programs around the
country with particular emphasis on the programs in Boston, e.g., OIC (Op-
portunities Industrialization Center), New Urban League, WIN (Work Incentive
Program), and public school programs for adults. This review of the programs
will include a study and some observation of ongoing programs in the area,
especially the WIN program presently being run by Northeastern. Specifically,
students will discuss, observe, and study various approaches to ABE programs
in terms of curriculum, methodology, materials used, grouping, and evaluation.

A major objective of the course will be to become more aware of the psycho-
logical problems of adult readers and nonreaders. Adult behavior and learning
will be studied; the effects on learning of particular environmental forces (e.g.,
black ghetto, Indian reservation, rural-urban factors, etc.); methods of teaching
adults, at various levels, will be studied and observed, as will a wide range of
currently available books and materials for adult programs. All students may do
some supervised clinical work with adults in the Reading and Learning Clinic;
logs will be kept on the diagnostic and corrective work developed for each
student. Prep, permission of instructor.

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

52.805 Simulated Problems: Secondary School Administration

The workshop is designed to place each student in a simulated decision-making
situation as a principal or administrator of a secondary school. Background
materials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school
system, including its publics, its policies, its certified and noncertified staff
members, and its geographical and socio-economic makeup. These background
data are disseminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews
with influential people in the fictitious community as well as through written
materials. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.806 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration
of the Elementary School

Required of all master's candidates who major in school administration. Study
and discussion of administrative functions will be coordinated with selected field

COURSES / 85

trips to administrative settings and with guest lectures by practicing elementary
school administrators. These experiences usually involve visits to such settings
as: an elementary school, a middle school, a superintendent's office, a school
committee meeting, and appropriate federal and state agencies. In addition, each
student will be expected to participate in an administrative field experience in
an elementary setting for a minimum of four hours per week. Prep. 52.810 or
permission of instructor.

52.807 Directed Field Experiences in the Administration
of the Secondary School

A companion course to 52.806; required of all master's candidates in school
I administration. Study and discussion of administrative functions will be co-
I ordinated with selected field trips to administrative settings and with guest lec-
|tures by practicing secondary school administrators. These experiences are
I aimed at educational agencies at the secondary level and will include visits to a
comprehensive high school, a junior high school, a regional vocational-technical
school, a superintendent's office, a school committee meeting, and appropriate
federal and state agencies. In addition, each student will be required to partici-
pate in an administrative field experience in a secondary school for a minimum
of four hours each week. Prep. 52.810 or permission of instructor. (52.807 may
be a continuation of 52.806 or may precede it.)

52.808 Seminar in Educational Administration

A culminating experience for students majoring in school administration at
the master's level. A student is confronted with major issues facing the school
and its administrators. Great emphasis is placed upon applying knowledge
1 gained in previous administrative courses to an understanding of contemporary
educational problems. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.810 Leadership in Education, Part I

. Part one of a two-term core course designed to introduce the student to con-
cepts of formal organization. This core, consisting of a two-part sequence, is
prerequisite to further study in the Department of Educational Administration.
; Part I provides the student with an overview of formal organizations as social
! systems with emphasis given to the leadership function. Relationships between
individuals and organizations are considered. Communications and decision-
making functicJns are analyzed and examined.

52.811 Leadership in Education, Part II

Part II continues an emphasis on the leadership function in organizations. It
examines selected informal organization elements such as motivation, normative
order, social power, conflict, conformity, and creativity. Attention is given to
processes of change and innovation in organizations. Prep. 52.810 must be
completed before enrollment in 52.811.

52.813 Instructional Leadership: Curriculum Development and Supervision

Views the responsibilities of administrative personnel relating to the improve-
ment of curricular and instructional practices. Evaluative techniques, inservice
education, supervisory procedures, and innovative programs are among the

86 / COURSES

areas of consideration. Opportunities are extended for students to become en-
gaged in supervisory projects individually or in small teams. Prep. 52.810 &
52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.814 Simulated Problems: Elementary School Administration

The worl<shop is designed to place each student in a simulated decision-making
situation as a principal or administrator of an elementary school. Background
materials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school
system, including its publics, its policies, its certified and noncertified staff
members, and its geographical and socio-economic makeup. These background
data are disseminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews
with influential people in the fictitious community as well as through written
materials. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission of instructor.

52.815 Simulated Problems: Administration of Occupational Education

Each student is confronted with a series of simulated decision-making situa-
tions such as those which are usually faced by administrators of programs in
the area of occupational education. Readings, audio-visual material, and class
interactions all aid in making this experience a most rewarding one.

52.816 Seminar in Career Education

Students will be confronted with a sampling of the major issues facing ad-
ministrators and supervisors of such programs in their efforts to organize,
promote, and operate programs in occupational and career education. Emphasis
will be placed on applying the knowledge acquired in previous courses and
other program experiences to arrive at a better understanding of contemporary
occupational and career education problems and their solutions.

52.817 Design, Production, and Utilization of Instructional Materials

Deals with all aspects of instructional media surveying types, techniques, advan-
tages, limitations, sources and methods of use of materials and equipment in
specified areas. Emphasis is on the selection of appropriate media to suit given
learning objectives. Laboratory experience in operation of equipment and the
production of instructional materials is provided.

52.818 Developing Curriculum Learning Packages

During this course each student will produce a self-correcting, self-pacing, self-
directing learning package. Individualized programs currently using the con-
cept of contract learning will be reviewed and evaluated.

52.819 Introduction to Instructional Television

Concerned with operation of an instructional television studio and the produc-
tion of television programs for direct instruction. Each student will write,
direct, and evaluate a short television program in any curriculum field and area
of his choice.

52.820 Principles of Programmed Learning

Will cover the development and current status of self-instructional devices and
programs. Students will survey available programs and teaching machines, with

COURSES / 87

emphasis on details concerning construction, selection, evaluation, administra-
tion and use of programs.

52.821 Administration of Instructional IVIedia Programs

Addresses itself to the various aspects and problems involved in the manage-
ment and operation of educational media programs. Public school, university,
medical center, commercial, and industrial training program settings are con-
sidered in terms of service, instruction, and research.

52.822 Foundations of Instructional Communications and Technology

Introduction to the concepts and principles of the learning process, communica-
tions, multi-media instruction and instructional sysems. Surveys will include
programmed instruction, instructional television, games and simulation, audio-
tutorial laboratories, computer-assisted instruction (CAI), computer-managed
instruction (CMI), curriculum learning packages, mediated teaching units, in-
dividualized instruction, performance contracting, validated instruction, and
criterion-referenced testing. Discussion will involve problems of administra-
tion and economics of instructional communications and technology in school
systems and training centers.

52.823 Principles of Instructional Systems Development

Introduction to the concept of a system as it relates to the instructional process.
Each student will select a problem in any area of his choice and conduct a com-
plete systems analysis and systems synthesis to resolve the problem. The con-
tributions of the behavioral sciences as they relate to systems development
will also be reviewed.

52.824 Administration of Cooperative Education

An examination of significant elements in the planning, implementation and
operation of a cooperative education program. Areas of concern include: agents
for institutional change, intra-institutional relationships, program costs and
funding sources, cooperative education calendars, development of cooperative
work assignments, relationships with cooperative employers, and operational
policies.

52.826 Administration of the Elementary School

A survey of the operational tasks performed by the elementary school admin-
istrator. Included will be: school-community relations, student personnel, staff
personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical facilities, finance and business
management, and organizational structure. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission
of instructor.

52.827 Administration of the Secondary School

A survey of the operational tasks performed by the secondary school admin-
istrator. Included will be: school-community relations, student personnel, staff
personnel, curriculum and instruction, physical facilities, finance and business
management, and organizational structure. Prep. 52.810, 52.811 or permission
of instructor.

52.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendations of the adviser.

88 / COURSES

52.895 Institute in Educational Administration

(see general institute description on page 108.)

52.898 Workshop in Administration

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

52.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of
the department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be submitted
during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

CAGS COURSE OFFERINGS IN
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

(Open only to CAGS degree candidates in Educational Administration or by
special permission of the chairman of the department granted prior to reg-
istration.)

52.830 Current Issues in Educational Administration

A seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Critical and contem-
porary issues which face school administrators will be examined closely. The
status of the administrator; federal, state, and local revenue sources; accounta-
bility; the voucher plan; teacher militancy; equal educational opportunity;
conflicts with religious organizations; control of schools; urban education
problems; cultural deprivation; and human rights are examples of topics that
will be analyzed.

52.831 Innovation and Change in American Public Schools

A seminar required of all students pursuing the CAGS. Although major em-
phasis will be given to curriculum and instruction, attention will also be given
to planned change in other critical areas such as team teaching, modular
scheduling, nongradedness, educational parks, programmed instruction, in-
service education, individualizing education, and teacher-learner relationships.

52.832 The Process of Administration

Simulation, case analysis, and role-playing will be utilized to gain insight into
such topics as the improvement of organizational morale, professional job
satisfaction, and current issues of involvement and conflict. Alternative courses
of action are studied to cope with problematical events confronting educational
administrators.

52.834 Educational Finance

The study of school finance deals with the principles and problems of financing
education and also considers the basic concepts of economics relative to the
place of school finance in the field of public finance. The sources and rationale
for public support of schools are examined. Selected state and federal aid
programs, capital outlay programs, current practices and issues of local support
and bond issue campaigns are included in this study.

COURSES / 89

52.835 School Business Management

Practices and issues in the administration of school business affairs are the
major concern of the course. The role of the school business administrator and
the educational budget will be examined. Attention will be paid to principles of
budget preparation and development, purchasing, supply management and dis-
tribution, school accounting and data processing systems, auditing, financial
reporting and management of payroll, transportation programs, school food serv-
ices, and the operation and maintenance programs for the physical plants. In
addition, each student will be placed in a simulated decision-making situation.
Background materials have been prepared which describe aspects of a fictitious
school system including its publics, policies, and other relevant information.
Each student will have the opportunity to deal with matters typically faced by
the school business administrator.

52.836 Personnel Administration

The purposes, patterns, and issues in personnel administration are the major
considerations of the course. Study will include the skills, attitudes, and
knowledge which an institutional staff needs to have and which are essential
to the accomplishments of organizational goals. Personnel administration pro-
grams and problems of student personnel, para-professional, nonprofessional,
and professional staff members will serve as the focus for the course.

52.837 School-Community Relations

This course includes the study and design of school-community relations pro-
grams based on the principles and practices of the intercommunications between
the school and its several publics. Selected research findings relative to public
relations programs in business, industry, and governmental agencies will be
reviewed in addition to those involving educational systems. Stress will be
placed on the role of the administrator in the development of a comprehensive
program of school-community relations for his administrative unit.

52.838 School Plant Planning, Operation, and Maintenance

This course seeks to have the student develop a basic understanding of the
processes involved in the planning, maintenance, and operation of school plants.
Such items as educational specifications, the process of school construction,
techniques used to provide clean, safe and healthy environments for the teach-
ing-learning process along with the selection, assignment and supervision of
custodial and maintenance staff will be involved. Statutes or regulations pertain-
ing to these processes used by state and local regulatory bodies will also be
reviewed.

52.840 Problems in School Administration:

A Simulated Experience — The Superintendency

52.842 Problems in School Administration:

A Simulated Experience — Assistant Superintendent for
Instructional Services

These courses are designed to place each student in a simulated decision-
making situation in his area of concentration. Background materials have been

90 / COURSES

prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious school system including its
publics, policies, certified and noncertified staff members, and the geographical
and socio-economic makeup of the community. These background data are dis-
seminated through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with in-
fluential people in this community as well as through written materials.

52.843 Administrative Internship

This is an individualized offering involving supervised observations, internships,
and externships in educational administration and it is designed to provide
further practical experience in the student's area of administrative preparation.
The administrative internship program must be worked out well in advance with
the adviser.

52.844 School Law

The student will be expected to develop a basic understanding of federal and
state laws that apply to school systems, educational programs, and personnel
as well as of the legal prerogatives available to the practicing administrator and
the local boards of education. This study will include consideration of the con-
stitutional, statutory, and common-law foundations of educational systems and
the school administrator's role with respect to them.

52.845 Seminar in Media Research and Learning

Provides for surveys, critical analyses, and discussions of current research deal-
ing with learning principles, communication theory, media, and instructional
systems design. Oral and written reports are required. Experimental and field
research are considered for additional credit in subsequent terms.

52.846 Developing Curriculum in Learning Packages — Advanced

Using the instructional development techniques acquired in the introductory
course, students will design a more sophisticated learning package, field test
it, and using the test data, revise the package until the predetermined criteria
are met.

52.847 Cataloguing and Classification of Instructional Materials

The principles, codes, and techniques utilized in organizing both print and non-
print materials in an integrated collection. Emphasis on the application of biblio-
graphic methods of control to films, records, slides, cassettes, kits, and other
media. Acquaintance with the sources and tools listing instructional materials
for the purpose of ordering them and the development of the skill which assists
the user in locating them.

52.860 Academic Administration in Higher Education

Recruitment of properly qualified faculty and staff is only one problem of the
academic administrator. This course will also consider the problems of: pupil
services, admissions, athletics, curriculum development, accreditation, instruc-
tional resources, registration and scheduling, faculty organization, continuing
education, faculty rights and responsibilities, and personnel policies.

52.861 Problems in College Administration: A Simulated Experience

This seminar is designed to place each student in simulated decision-making
situations as an administrator of a college or junior college. Background mate-

COURSES / 91

rials have been prepared which describe all aspects of a fictitious college in-
cluding its policies, make-up of faculty and student body, its financial situation,
the community it serves, and its board of control. These data are disseminated
through motion pictures, film strips, and taped interviews with fictitious people
as well as through written materials.

52.862 Institutional Planning and Facilities

This course will consider the planning of new colleges as well as the expansion
and maintenance of existing ones. Systems analysis, needs surveys, and devel-
opment of educational specifications for college facilities will constitute half
of the course. The other half will involve the operation and maintenance of the
physical plant including provisions for housing, safety, parking, communica-
tions, and health service.

52.863 Financial Management in Higher Education

This course seeks to combine a knowledge of fund-raising activities with the
study of proper financial management in higher educational institutions. The
problems of fund raising for both public and private, two- and four-year insti-
tutions will be considered. Modern techniques of budget preparation and control
will include purchasing, school accounting, data processing, providing benefits
for faculty, financial reporting, food services, housing, and operation and main-
tenance of physical plant.

52.864 Typologies of Higher Education

A study of the types of higher educational institutions, with emphasis on organ-
izational structure, modes of governance, and administration. The history of
higher education, particularly the development of colleges, universities, and junior
colleges in the United States, will be considered to provide perspective for the
modern college administrator. Important issues and the problems they presented
for administrators will provide the major focus of this course.

52.865 Systems Theory in Education

A course open to ail students pursuing the Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study. This course will provide the student with an introduction to general sys-
tems theory and the implications of systems theory to leadership, administra-
tion, and supervision. The course will include examination of systems applica-
tions such as PERT, PPBS, and flow chart development. Special consideration
will be given to systems study as a method of planning and evaluation.

52.866 Politics and Educational Decision Making

This course examines federal, state, and local governmental arrangements and
political processes which influence educational policies of school systems.
Emphasis is given to the application of political science concepts and research
methods to educational policy-making processes and to the political environ-
ment surrounding the educational administrator.

52.899 Directed Study

92 / COURSES

Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

COUNSELOR EDUCATION

53.800 Foundations of Guidance and Human Services

A philosophically-, theoretically-oriented course dealing with the current social
context of the "counter-culture," the nature of humanness, and the relation of
these two aspects to guidance services in schools and human services in other
educational and community settings. Course procedures will emphasize the
development of student self-understanding and increased awareness of social
and institutional structures and their effect on human beings. The helping person
as an agent of social and institutional change will be the focus of the latter half
of the course.

53.801 Tests and Test Procedures

The principles and problems of psychological testing as applied to the work
of the counselor are discussed. Some consideration is given to technical con-
cepts as they apply to the treatment, use, understanding, and interpretation
of test scores. The student is made familiar with some of the currently used
tests of intelligence, scholastic aptitude, differential aptitudes, achievement,
interest, and personality. Tests are evaluated for use in education and guid-
ance. Problems of test interpretation are emphasized.

53.802 Vocational Development and Occupational Information

A dual-emphasis course dealing, first, with theories about how individuals make
decisions concerning their choice of vocation, and second, with the kind of
data which is needed to assist people with these decisions. This requisite data
deals with the following areas: the relationship of social and economic change
to occupational trends; the classification and description of occupational fields;
methods of collecting, evaluating, filing, and disseminating vocational informa-
tion; and the role of the counselor in fulfilling these functions.

53.804 Counseling Theory and Process

A required course for all Counselor Education degree candidates which must be
taken in the Fall Quarter concurrently with the beginning of Practicum. The
course will provide the student, through self-instructional materials, with a basic
cognitive understanding of several major theoretical approaches to counseling.
Classroom content will help the student to become familiar with a wide range
of individual counseling strategies; to develop listening, understanding, and
communications skills; and to further probe his own self-understanding as a
counselor. These skills and understandings will be discussed and simulated
in the context of a variety of settings with a variety of clients. Role playing,
case material, and audio and video materials will be utilized in the instruction.
This course will not be open to special students, but may be elected by degree
candidates in other departments.

53.805-53.806 Counseling Practicum (8 quarter hours)

The counseling practicum is a supervised counseling experience extending over
the academic year. Although registration for this course occurs only during the

COURSES / 93

Winter and Spring Quarters, students will actually begin their practicum in the
Fail Quarter. Emphasis in the fall will be on small group seminars dealing with
counseling and other related matters. The Winter and Spring Quarters will con-
centrate on the supervised counseling assignment. Assignment to practicum
settings will be made according to the student's major area of concentration.
Students must make themselves available a minimum of one and a half days per
week for the academic year (October to June) for placement in a field setting.
Seminars will stress material germane to the student's major and will meet a
total of 24 times during the year.

Part-time students must submit an application for practicum (available from the
Department) by March 30 for approval to enroll in the practicum the following
Fall Quarter. Prep. 53.800 Foundations of Guidance and Human Services and
53.804 Counseling Theory and Process, both of which may be taken concurrently
with the beginning of Practicum.

53.807 Administration of Guidance Services

An advanced level guidance course designed to help meet the certification re-
quirements for guidance directors in Massachusetts. The course will cover
philosophies, principles, and methods of establishing and administering guidance
programs in the public schools. Simulated materials are used to replicate
actual guidance problems dealing with testing programs, budgeting, interper-
sonal relationships, and other practical matters.

53.808 Group Counseling

An introduction to theory, principles, and techniques of counseling with groups
of individuals at different levels of development and for varying purposes. A
basic mode of approach will be to involve students in a genuine group counsel-
ing experience in order to understand the phenomenon of group experience.
Prep. 53.804, Counseling Theory and Process or permission of instructor.

53.809 The College Student and His Campus

The relationship between college students and their environment will be ex-
amined. Focus is on student rights, emotional concerns, and the search for
identity. The impact of societal forces and nontraditional patterns of study on
student behavior are stressed. Varying concerns of personnel services in dif-
ferent types of college climates, including the community college, are discussed.
Current issues in higher education are examined as they relate to services to
students.

53.810 Elementary School Guidance

Required for elementary counseling majors, this course has three principal
objectives: 1) to gain a theoretical understanding of the personal, social, aca-
demic, and vocational development of children between the ages of 5 and 12
years; 2) to conceptualize the roles, functions, and goals of the elementary
school counselor; and 3) to begin to consider a variety of programmatic strate-
gies to operationalize the goals of the elementary school counselor. Topics to
be studied include values clarification, decision-making, developmental guidance,
major theoretical approaches to development, the issue of exceptionality, occu-
pational information and vocational development, and confluent education. These

94 / COURSES

topics are set in the context of the elementary school counselor's role as a
counselor/consultant/coordinator for the total elementary school population.

53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

The family will be studied as an institution, as an arena of interpersonal trans-
action, and as a seed-bed both of distress and of health. Various modes of
counseling families will be presented, together with the theoretical notions
underlying their use. The course will also demonstrate counselor-parent relations
in the context of the school setting. Prep. 53.804, Counseling Theory and
Process or permission of instructor.

53.812 Seminar in Student Personnel Work

Relevant topics and cases for personnel workers and administrators in higher
education will be discussed and studied in depth. The expertise of appropriate
specialists will be utilized.

53.813 School Counseling Strategies

Intended primarily for students who will counsel in school settings or other
settings emphasizing work with children and adolescents. A broad range of
approaches will be considered, including but not limited to, behavior modifica-
tion, Gestalt and Adierian strategies. Special emphasis will be placed on the
development of strategies designed to help alleviate typical school-related and
developmental problems such as nonachievement, decision-making, negative
self-identity, and disruptive behavior. Consideration will also be given to the
counselor's role as a consultant to teachers, parents, and administrators in
effecting positive behavior change. Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and
Process.

53.814 Vocational Counseling Strategies

Develops an understanding of the essential ingredients of a self awareness
program especially in relation to a person's role expectations in the world of
work. Vocational counseling is viewed as dealing with the entire individual in-
cluding his values, underlying psychological needs and drives, and the influence
of the environment on one's present level of development and career aware-
ness. Other topics to be developed in this course will include counseling with
females, with nonachievers, the decline of the work ethic, community resource
development, job placement, and information giving as a perceptual process.
Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and Process. The course is intended for a
variety of client populations from adolescence through adulthood.

53.815 Rehabilitation Counseling Strategies

Primary emphasis will be on the roles and functions of the rehabilitation coun-
selor, relevant issues in the field, and an overview of the rehabilitation process.
Special problems and techniques of counseling with the disabled (physical,
mental, and behavioral disorders) will be examined through case studies and
role playing. Disability in the context of social deviance will be discussed, and
psycho-social approaches in understanding human behavior, including self-
concept, social role theories, and rational-behavioral approaches, will also be
examined. Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and Process. (This prerequisite is
waived for Rehabilitation Administration majors.)

COURSES / 95

53.816 Psychological Counseling Strategies

Focuses on a variety of strategies designed to alleviate problems of older
adolescents and adults. Perceptual-Gestalt insight approaches, and behavioral
approaches to counseling will be analyzed for their effectiveness with a variety
of psychological problems. The context for considering this eclectic approach
to psychological counseling will be communications theory and organizational
psychology, with the latter being related to the effective delivery of counseling
and mental health services. Prep. 53.804 Counseling Theory and Process. This
course is primarily intended for the student working with client populations in
mental health settings and college counseling centers.

53.818 Case Studies in Marriage and Family Counseling

An advanced level course for students with previous experience or preparation
in marriage and family counseling. Skills to be emphasized will include 1) the
preparation of case studies of family and marriage histories and current func-
tioning; 2) the design of service, counseling, and referral programs based upon
comprehensive studies of needs and resources; and 3) the practice of counsel-
ing strategies through role playing, taped interviews, and progress reports of
current counseling activities. Prep. 53.811 Family and Parent Counseling

53.824 Individual Intelligence Testing (6 Quarter Hours)

Preparation to administer, score, and interpret the Stanford-Binet Intelligence
Test, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Test, and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale
for Children. Consideration will be given to the theories of intelligence upon
which the tests are based and the use of the tests in educational and clinic
settings. Students will be required to administer and score 30 tests including
some from each of the three tests included in the course. Prep. 53.801 Tests
and Test Procedures or permission of instructor.

53.831 Advanced Group Counseling

This course will be a continuation of the content presented in Group Counseling,
placing greater emphasis on developing skill in conducting group counseling at
a variety of age levels. Greater attention will be given to relevant readings and
research on group process and methods for behavior modification. Prep.
53.808, Group Counseling or permission of instructor.

53.833 Seminar in Counseling Supervision and In-Service Education

Supervisory methods of improving the effectiveness of school counselors' skills
in counseling and other aspects of guidance work, of involving counselors in
the improvement of the guidance program, and of enhancing the personal
growth of the counselor. Prep, master's degree in guidance or permission of
the instructor.

53.834 Advanced Theories of Behavior Change

An advanced level counseling course required of all CAGS students and de-
signed to provide greater depth of cognitive understanding of a variety of
approaches to counseling. Original readings from a number of major theorists
will be required. A major goal of the course will be to identify the major simi-
larities and differences of assumptions, goals, and strategies of the theorists

96 / COURSES

studied and to build a strong conceptual basis for a counseling eclecticism
from this analysis. Some of the theorists studied will include Freud, Adier,
Perls, Ellis, Glasser, Rogers, Sullivan, May, Franki, Bandura, and Skinner. Prep,
at least two counseling courses emphasizing both theory and process.

53.835 Psychodiagnostic Measures

An advanced level course in the use and interpretation of interest and person-
ality measures for more clinically oriented settings. The course will place heavy
emphasis on the case study method. Some of the tests typically studied in this
course may include the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory, the Cali-
fornia Psychological Inventory, Edwards Personal Preference Schedule, the
Semantic Differential, and various interest measures. The course will introduce
the student to projective techniques beginning with the sentence completion
test. Prep. 53.801, Tests and Test Procedures; Abnormal Psychology or Per-
sonality Theory; and permission of instructor.

53.836 Systems Approach to the Development of Human Services

Concepts and techniques of systems analysis will be applied to the develop-
ment, management, delivery, and evaluation of human services in schools, col-
leges, and mental health and rehabilitation systems. Students will be taught the
skills of analysis and synthesis of problems, writing goals and objectives, PERT
charting, and flowcharting. These skills will be applied to problems of the
student's choosing. This course stresses applications of systems techniques
rather than systems theory. Only those concepts necessary to the understanding
of the skills will be emphasized.

53.840, 53.841 Advanced Field Work (8 quarter hours)

Required of all CAGS students. The student will be assigned a field work place-
ment consistent with his major professional goal and/or the setting in which
he intends to work. The activity of the field work will extend across the academic
year from September to June and require a minimum of one and a half days per
week, or the equivalent, in the field work setting. Seminars will meet on alternate
weeks with additional individual supervision on campus. Supervision will also be
provided in the field setting. Both quarters must be completed before credit will
be given for the course. Prep. Counseling Practicum or the equivalent in ex-
perience.

53.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

53.895 Institute in Counselor Education

(see general institute description on page 108.)

53.898 Workshop in Counselor Education

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

53.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
Department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the Di-
rector of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be submitted
during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

COURSES / 97

REHABILITATION ADMINISTRATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION

Rehabilitation Administration

50.950 Introduction to Rehabilitation

An overview of and orientation to the field of rehabilitation, including its
historical development, legislative involvement, psychological implications, and
sociological dimensions. Emphasis is placed on coordinating and integrating
services as they relate to the field of rehabilitation as a community process.

50.951 Principles of Medical Rehabilitation

The wide spectrum of disabilities that could profit from rehabilitation, including
orthopedic, neurological, medical, surgical, and mental disabilities. Basic prin-
ciples of medical rehabilitation important for the administrator to know will be
presented. Psychological aspects of disability will also be discussed.

50.952 Rehabilitation and Social Services

The use of vocational rehabilitation as an effective rehabilitation process in
federal, state, and private agencies as supported and encouraged by the most
recent social and rehabilitation services legislation. This will include use of the
rehabilitation model in programs for the physically handicapped, mentally re-
tarded, emotionally disturbed, aging, welfare populations, youthful offenders,
culturally disadvantaged, and other special community programs. There will be
emphasis on the administrative involvement in developing and supporting the
diagnostic, evaluative, counseling, and placement procedures used in such re-
habilitative programs.

50.953 Organization and Administrative Theory

The body of conceptual knowledge regarding organizational and administrative
theory will be examined. Formal and informal organizations, organizations as
social systems, status and role concepts, leadership in organizations, power
structure, relationships to authority, decision-making, and communication in
and between organizations. An organizational analysis will be made of all the
different types of rehabilitation settings currently in use.

50.956 Community Planning in Rehabilitation

What the administrator needs to know about community planning to plan a
program in his area. Basic principles of community planning, community organ-
ization, and community dynamics, as well as interdisciplinary relations in re-
habilitation. Examples of community planning from different rehabilitation
agencies and the referral process among these agencies will be studied.

50.957 Federal-State Relations in Rehabilitation

The complex network of federal-state relations and their implications for re-
habilitation. Grant procedures, matching formulas, public relations and VRA
directives, state and federal legislation pertinent to rehabilitation.

50.958 Social Welfare and Rehabilitation

Acquainting rehabilitation administrators with the broad field of social welfare.
The course will review the historical backgrounds of the relationship between
vocational rehabilitation and social welfare and the more recent fast-moving
developments in the relationship of these fields.

98 / COURSES

50.959 Rehabilitation Research

The emphasis in this course will be on administrative research, program evalua-
tion, grantsmanship, etc. in addition, students will have the opportunity to de-
velop a research design on some aspect of rehabilitation administration and
carry out the necessary research operations involved.

50.960 Practicum in Rehabilitation Administration (8 quarter hours)
Students will be assigned to a variety of rehabilitation agencies for their prac-
ticum experience. Problem-solving relevant to experiences encountered in in-
ternship. A seminar will be regularly conducted by a senior faculty member in
conjunction with the practicum experience. This seminar will enable students to
share their field work experiences and resolve problems in rehabilitation ad-
ministration which are connected with their field placements.

50.961 Rehabilitation Administration I

An in-depth study of management practices within a rehabilitation organization
from a behavioral stand-point. Areas to be covered include need surveys, goal
setting practices, job descriptions, recruitment, staffing, training, professional
development, caseload management, program planning, utilization of research,
community relations, leadership patterns, performance appraisal, and external
relationships. Special cases will be used in classroom exercises.

50.962 Administration of a Sheltered Workshop

Special problems of administering a sheltered workshop, such as community
planning, work evaluation, job-training, labor relations, contracting, production,
and occupational placement.

50.963 Rehabilitation Administration II

Understanding the fiscal management of the typical rehabilitation setting includ-
ing basic rehabilitation agency accounting, planned program budgeting, dis-
bursements, cost-analysis, contracting, taxation, forecasting, and funding. The
implication of data processing for fiscal management will be covered in the
course. Special problems will be assigned during the course.

50.964 Rehabilitation and the Law

This course is designed to sensitize rehabilitation administrators to the impact
of legislative developments upon the field of rehabilitation. Special emphasis
will be placed on understanding the legal implications for rehabilitation of the
latest Vocational Rehabilitation Administrative Amendments, workmen's com-
pensation laws, eligibility determination criteria, and Social Security Amend-
ments.

50.965 Occupational Placement

A study of the dynamics of moving the rehabilitation client into the world of
work within the framework of the specific community structure. Development
of facility in use of resource materials in occupational information, job de-
scription and analysis, performance appraisal, training, and vocational assess-
ment. The personnel point of view toward the handicapped will be discussed
and analyzed, and more effective placement practices will be developed.

COURSES / 99

50.980 Psychological Problems of Disability

In depth study of the disabled from the viewpoint of psychosocial factors, inter-
personal relationships, and cognitive versus noncognitive functioning in those
with motor and sensory disabilities; problems of dependency and motivation.

50.981 Administrative Problems in Rehabilitation

Seminar designed to analyze in depth critical issues and selected rehabilitation
problems. Operations and systems research as applied to rehabilitation will be
highlighted. Students will make use of institute research studies and studies
available through Social and Rehabilitation Services completed research and
demonstration projects.

50.982 Essentials of Case Management and Supervision

The relationship between case management and casework supervision will be
explored. Topics covered will be dynamics of the communication process,
decision-making, conflict, resolution and compliance, management of resources
external to the organization, and structural and functional analysis of super-
visory process. Management of case load.

50.983 Rehabilitation of the Alcoholic and Drug Dependent

A study of comprehensive factors including the nature of etiology dynamics
involved in alcoholic and drug dependency; techniques for evaluation; rehabili-
tation administration, planning, and treatment.

50.984 Rehabilitation of the Penal Offender

The rehabilitation of the penal offender will be examined from an eclectic point
of view. Psychodynamic elements will be stressed as well as social factors in
the etiology, evaluation, treatment and rehabilitation seminar planning and
administration.

50.985 Rehabilitation of the Geriatric

This course will present a comprehensive treatment of the problems, dimensions,
and parameters involved in the administration of the various services and
facilities for the rehabilitation of the geriatric. Special emphasis will be placed
on the rehabilitation philosophy versus disengagement.

50.986 Critical Issues in Rehabilitation Administration

This course will be built around the exploration and in-depth discussion of
current issues which are highly problematical to the field. Among these issues
are the breadth of the concept of disability, appropriate training sequences for
the various rehabilitation disciplines, the resolution of conflict over role overlap
among disciplines, appropriate models for service delivery systems, etc. The
most current and relevant research will be brought to bear upon these areas as
well as knowledge from the reservoir of experience of instructors, visiting
experts, and the student participants themselves. Students will be prepared to
cope with these issues as they exist in the profession and in the community. A
theoretical orientation frame of reference will be brought to bear upon problems
wherever feasible.

100 / COURSES

50.991 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two electives*
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

50.995 Institute in Rehabilitation Administration

(see general institute description on page 108.)

50.998 Workshop in Rehabilitation Administration

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

50.999 Directed Study

Special Education
(For sequence requirements refer to Fields of Study.)

55.801 Special Education for the Regular Classroom Teacher

This course is designed as an introductory course for students and for teacherspi
in the field to consider the nature and needs of exceptional children. Educa-
tional adjustments which will need to be made both in and out of the regular
classroom are given major emphasis. The roles of the regular class teacher,
the resource teacher, and other remedial specialists will be examined, and uses
of the team approach will be explored.

55.807 Learning Disabilities

Survey of characteristics of children who possess adequate mental ability,
sensory processes, and emotional stability but who present specific deficits in
perceptual, integrative, or expressive processes which impair learning efficiency.
An overview of diagnostic tests, the reading process, curriculum materials, and
teaching methods combined with observation and practice in clinical diag-
nosis and prescription.

55.831 Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed

A study of approaches used to deal with disruptive behavior. Curriculum and
facilities adjustments and techniques of classroom management are also con-
sidered. Prep. 55.880 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and Emo-
tional Dysfunction (may be taken concurrently with 55.880).

55.832 Group Dynamics

Emphasis on understanding group growth, behavior, and action fundamental to
developing solutions to the complex problems of group life. Students will learn
to examine their strengths and weaknesses, to make decisions, to become alert
to new ideas and actions, to discover the pulse of a group, and analyze reasons
for being productive while another group may be nonproductive. The group will
examine such areas as sociodrama, sociometric techniques, attitude testing,
social action project development, and communication blocks in human rela-
tions.

COURSES / 101

55.833 Mental Health

A study of conditions leading to optimal social adjustment. Consideration of
the relationship between the maturation process and mental health, possible
predeterminants of maladjustment, and factors which encourage the attainment
of emotional maturity. Special emphasis will be paid to the role of the school.
Contributions from the fields of psychiatry, psychology, sociology, physiology,
and medicine will be synthesized and evaluated.

55.834 Case Conferences on Emotionally Disturbed Children

This course will be conducted as a seminar in connection with the student's
practicum. Case presentations by outstanding resource persons will be thor-
oughly examined and discussed. Students will also be expected to make their
case presentations to the seminar. Prep. 50.807 Abnormal Psychology, 55.831
Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed.

55.835 Socio- and Psychodynamics of Family Life

A consideration will be given to the internal and external dynamics of family
life and the significance of such dynamics to the mental health of the handi-
capped child. Approaches to working with parents are explored.

55.837 Seminar: Problems of the Emotionally Disturbed Child

This course will be devoted to an intensive study of the special problems of the
emotionally disturbed child. It will provide an opportunity to proceed in depth
in areas of special interest to the seminar students. Special attention will be
paid to problems presented by the autistic child, the neurotic child, the child
with character disorders, the child with psychosomatic disorders, and the
multihandicapped child. Prep. 55.880-881 Developmental Aspects of Physical,
Mental, and Emotional Dysfunction.

55.839 The Multiply Handicapped

A review of handicapping conditions and consideration of the educational
implications of multiple handicaps. Tutoring a child with two or more handicaps,
consulting with agencies and school personnel will be among projects assigned.
Prep. Either 55.880 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and Emotional
Dysfunction or 55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other Handicapping
Conditions, or permission of the instructor.

55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and Other Handicapping Conditions

A study of the social and emotional adjustment of handicapped children and of
the psychological significance of mental, sensory, and motor variations in the
adjustive process. The effects of limitations imposed by attitudes of society,
the attitude of the individual toward his handicap, and the effect of the handicap
itself are evaluated. Implications for educational programs are analyzed.

55.841 Methods and Materials — Trainable Retarded

Approaches and techniques utilized in working with the severely handicapped.

55.842 Methods and Materials — Educable Retarded

Techniques used in special education to provide for assessment, diagnosis, and
prescriptive teaching for the educable retarded and other mildly handicapped
pupils. Roles of the learning specialist, resource teacher, and the regular class
teacher will be examined.

102 / COURSES

55.843 Industrial Arts and Crafts and Vocational Education for the
Handicapped -^

Designed to develop fundamental skills in the teaching of basic arts and crafts
and home management, and in projects assigned in such areas as: use of tools
for simple projects, household repairs, basic sewing, and essentials of food
preparation. Visits are made to sheltered workshops and vocational adjustment
centers.

55.844 Measurement and Evaluation in Special Education

Emphasis on the assessment of abilities of handicapped children and 'nterpre-
tation of test results. Demonstrations of the WISC, the ITP, ., and other fre-
quently used diagnostic tests. Emphasis is on interpretation of test results for
educational remediation. Either 55.840 Psychology of Mental Retardation and
Other Handicapping Conditions or consent of instructor.

55.845 Rehabilitation for Special Education Teachers ■

The course is designed to assist in developing effective working lauoiibi-.^c 1
between vocational rehabilitation counselors and special education teachers
through exposure of the two groups to a number of similar experiences.
Elementary and secondary school personnel concerned with exceptional
children will also find the course valuable. Consideration will be given to
present legislation, the teacher's role in vocational rehabilitation, an under-
standing of the counseling process, and vocational rehabilitation resources
available to school personnel.

55.848 Identification of Preschool Learning Problems

Consideration and evaluation of tests and procedures currently in use for the
purpose of evaluating preschool children in areas of physical, percepu'^l, and
intellectual functioning. Clinical experience will be an integral part of the
course and work with parents will be emphasized. Prep. 55.844 Measurement
and Evaluation.

55.849 Special Education for Gifted Children

Identification, characteristics and problems of gifted, creatine, = ...v .j^
children and youth. Emphasis on administrative and instructional adjustments
needed to provide for this group of exceptional children.

55.850 Field Work and Seminar

55.851 Student Teaching of the Emotionally Disturbed (4 quarter hours each)
Courses designed to satisfy Massachusetts certification requirements for
teaching, under clinical supervision, children designated as emotion?lly dis-
turbed. The courses extend over a full year in a series of experiences as
participant observer, tutor, and teacher. Students must make available a mirfl"
mum of 2 days per week for the first 2 quarters and 5 full days per week for
the 3rd quarter. Part-time students who are employed will need to rri'^ke pro
vision for evening, weekend, or summer assignments to satisfy the field ex.^f?''!-
ence, and to satisfy the student teaching requirement, 5 days per week. Provisldn
for attendance at seminars must also be made. ^'

COURSES / 103

;5.853 Field Work and Seminar

' 854 Practicum in Special Education (4 quarter hours each)

bourses designed to satisfy Department requirements for field experience and
jxtended practicum for SECP or other students who do not need certification.
The courses extend over a full year and cover a series of experiences. Students
Tiust make available a minimum of 2 days per week for the first 2 quarters and
5 full days per week for the 3rd quarter. Application for field placement is made
2 quarters prior to that for which field work is planned. Part-time students who

'e employed will need to make provision for evening, weekend, or summer
jssignments to satisfy the requirement for field experience, and a full quarter
jf field \)\/ork, 5 days per week. Provision for attendance at seminars must also
)e made.

>5.855 Field Work and Seminar

"^856 Student Teaching of the Mentally Retarded (4 quarter hours each)

iesigned to satisfy present Massachusetts certification requirements for
•Idren designated as mentally retarded. The courses extend over a
if, ,yy.^-;,. series of experiences as participant observer, tutor, and teacher.
Students must make available a minimum of 2 days per week for the first 2
quarters and 5 full days per week for the 3rd quarter. Part-time students who
are employed will need to make provision for evening, weekend, or summer
assignments to satisfy the field experience, and to satisfy the student teaching
'equirement, 5 days per week. Provision for attendance at seminars must also be
Tiade.

55.870 Administration and Supervision of Special Education

Designed for advanced graduate students preparing for administrative or
supervisory positions in special education programs. Facilities and curriculum
adjustments, staff roles, methods and content for in-service training, and the
use of the team approach are studied. Field trips to observe and evaluate
programs are required. Prep. 52-810, 52-811 Leadership in Education I & II.

55.880, 55.881 Developmental Aspects of Physical, Mental, and

Emotional Dysfunction (8 quarter hours)

The etiology, dynamics, diagnosis, and treatment of physical and mental
^nd of emotional disturbance in children with special reference to
their influent.., on learning. The nature and role of concerned agencies are
discussed and emphasis is placed on the multidisciplinary approach for life-
span .^'anning. This course meets two consecutive quarters. Prep. 50.803 Child
Psychology (may be taken concurrently during the first quarter).

55.882 Seminar in Mental Retardation

A study of research in the field and its implications for teaching. Intervention
strategies will be studied and evaluated.

Co.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
vts quartr hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

5b>.d95 Institute in Special Education

(scj general institute description on page 108.)

104 / COURSES

55.898 Workshop in Special Education

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

55.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY

55.803 Cerebral Palsy

Neuromuscular involvements and concomitant language and speech disorders;
intellectual deficits, psychological deviations, communicative disorders of a
cerebral palsied population; testing, placement, and management of the cere-
bral palsied child and adult with emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach.

55.804 Aphasia

Emphasis on clinical analysis of aphasic verbal behavior, physiology and path-
ology of aphasia, review of literature, and a brief review of current attitudes con-
cerning therapy.

55.805 Seminar: Voice Disorders

Physiology and neurology of the laryngeal mechanism; the laryngoscopic ex-
amination. Voice disorders as learned behavior as a result of organic, neuro-
logical, and psychological deviation. Evaluation, referral, and management.

55.808 Language Disturbances in Children

Minimal cerebral dysfunction and its effect on language acquisition and use
in the communicatively disturbed child; behavioral patterns of the nonverbal
child; concepts of delayed development of language; evaluation and manage-
ment.

55.811 Clinical Management in Stuttering

This course will emphasize diagnostic techniques, a review of the current thera-
peutic approaches, consideration of the individual's needs in therapy and the
process of behavioral and attitudinal change. Also to be considered are
termination, referral, and group therapy.

55.812 Differential Diagnosis in Speech and Language Pathology

Evaluation, interpretation, and integration of test results; the application of
standard psychological tests to speech and hearing disorders; analysis of pa-
tients' premorbid and morbid histories, medical and psychological diagnoses;
design and execution of therapeutic procedures; proper referral techniques and
report writing; practicum situation. Prep. 55.816, Test Procedures in Speech
and Language or permission of instructor.

55.813 Advanced Clinical Practice (8 quarter hours)
Supervised clinical practicum in speech pathology and audiology in the North-
eastern University Speech and Hearing Clinic and medical settings, educational
settings, and rehabilitation centers. A minimum of 150 clock hours of experience

COURSES / 105

with patients is required, to extend over a three quarter time period. An "I"
grade will be awarded until all the requirements are met and then a pass-fail
grade will be awarded. Prep. 50 clock hours of clinical experience and permis-
sion of the clinical staff.

55.814 Clinical Audiometry I

The use of pure tone and speech reception instrumentation and hearing aid
evaluation, the results and interpretation in the diagnosis of functional and
organic disorders. Lectures, demonstration, observations, and practicum. Prep.
Introduction to Audiology and consent of instructor.

55.815 Clinical Audiology

The process of identification and evaluation of hearing loss. Differential diagno-
sis. Tests for conductive, sensorineural, and retrocochlear involvements. A
consideration of research findings in the area of hearing aid selection, audi-
tory training, lip reading, and language training for hearing handicapped indi-
viduals. Prep. Introduction to Audiology (see undergraduate Education catalog).

55.816 Test Procedures in Speech and Language Pathology

Procedures in evaluating organic and functional communication disorders using
standard and nonstandard speech and language tests in University clinic situ-
ations. Demonstration and application of techniques, and objective reporting.

55.817 Advanced Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech-Hearing
Mechanism

Lectures and demonstrations by medical personnel. Emphasis on the head and
neck. Admission by consent of adviser and medical supervisor. For advanced
standing students. Prep. Anatomy, Neurology, and Physiology of Speech and
Hearing I; Introduction to Audiology, and Pathologies of the Ear.

55.818 Pathologies of the Ear

Lectures and observations in the organic and neurological pathologies of the
ear; i.e., otitis media, Meniere's disease, and otosclerosis. Consideration of
approaches to treatment (medical setting).

55.819 Clinical Audiometry II

Specialized techniques (Bekesy, FGSR, EEC, group testing, and screening) the
results and interpretation in the diagnosis of functional and organic hearing
disorders. Prep. Introduction to Audiology and Audiometry I, lectures, demon-
stration, observations, and practicum.

55.820 Physiological Acoustics

Particular emphasis is placed on the biophysics of the hearing mechanism,
especially in terms of actual clinical utility. Comparative anatomy and physio-
logical analysis and dissections will accompany many of the class lectures.
Prep. Introductory courses in Speech and Hearing, 55.815 Clinical Audiology.

55.821 Seminar in Audiology

Advanced study of the rationale and development of principles associated with
special procedures and methods used in audiology.

106 / COURSES

55.822 Seminar in Oro-facial Anomalies

Course material will be presented via lectures, class discussions, and frequen
visits to and participation in several plastic surgery clinics. Guest lecturers in
the areas of plastic surgery, genetic counseling, and otolaryngology will be
invited to participate in the course. Major content areas will be embryology,
etiology, cleft lip and palate, and other syndrome classifications, speech and
language considerations, surgical, dental, and otologic considerations, psycho-
logical and social considerations, and an analysis of the total team habilitative
effort. Prep. Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech Mechanism.

55.823 Psycho-social Aspects of Communication Disorders

This course is concerned with the psychological and social aspects of organic
and nonorganic communication disorders. It will include personality dynamics
in aphasia, cleft palate, cerebral palsy, deafness, and other primarily organic
disorders, and psychogenically motivated disorders such as stuttering, language,
and articulation.

55.824 Seminar in Speech Pathology

Individual research and/or critical review of the literature in some area of basic
science, speech sound learning, language, voice, fluency, or multiple disorders.
Class presentations of material and class discussion will be included. Prep,
open to graduate students who have completed the equivalent of two quarters
of graduate work in Speech Pathology and who have permission of the instructor.

55.860 Aphasia Rehabilitation

Emphasis on current attitudes toward therapy and new methods, clinical methods
of evaluation which are preparatory to therapy, observation of therapeutic
methods, and supervised clinical practice at the Veterans Administration Hos-
pital. Prep. 55.804, Seminar: Aphasia or an acceptable equivalent.

55.861 Neuropathology

The intricacies of neurological disease. Application of functional neuroanatomy
in comprehending the various disease processes involving the nervous system.
Derangements of speech with a neurological basis, an understanding of the
disease process in relation to the diagnosis and treatment of patients with
neurological diseases: cerebrovascular disease tumors or malformations, Par-
kinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, and others. Case presentations, neuro-
anatomy, laboratory experience, and analysis in the hospital environment. Prep,
permission of instructor.

55.862 Psycho-acoustics

Particular emphasis will be placed on masking, frequency vs. intensity rela-
tionships, evoked response procedures, brieftone and temporal integration,
binaural summation, impedance foundations, and general behavioral responses
to sound stimuli. Prep. Introduction to Speech and Hearing, 55.815 Clinical
Audiology, 55.820 Physiological Acoustics.

55.863 Advanced Study in Articulation Disorders

An exploration into advanced theories of normal and abnormal phonological
development with emphasis on distinctive feature theory and phoneme theory;

COURSES / 107

rect application of theories to diagnosis and treatment of various phonological
isorders.

55.864 Parent Education in Communication Disorders

This course is designed to develop the student's understanding of the role of
the parent in the therapeutic process. Content of the course includes various
approaches to parent education, including group therapy, client-centered coun-
seling, and filial therapy. Prep. 55.823 Psycho-social Aspects of Communica-
tion Disorders.

55.891 Thesis

A research activity that may be elected by the student in lieu of two courses
(8 quarter hours), with the approval and recommendation of the adviser.

55.895 Institute in Speech Pathology and Audiology

(see general institute description on page 108.)

55.898 Workshop in Speech Pathology and Audiology

(see general workshop description on page 108.)

55.899 Directed Study

This experience is provided for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of the scheduled courses of the
Department. Prep, approval of the chairman of the department and of the
Director of the Graduate School of Education. (Approval forms must be sub-
mitted during the quarter prior to registration for the Directed Study.)

Teaching the Deaf

(Will not be offered 1974-75.)

55.825 Teaching Speech to Deaf Children

Utilization of vibration, visual aids, kinesthetic and proprioceptive cues, resid-
ual hearing and imitation in combination to elicit intelligible speech from the
deaf.

55.826 Teaching Language and Reading to Deaf Children

Modern methods in use such as the Fitzgerald Key and the Natural Language
Approach. Emphasis on how to use language in natural situations through lip
reading and writing, with later emphasis on the formal presentation of language
principles.

Methods used to develop reading experiences that focus on content rather than
mechanics. Development of a balanced reading program that will provide
adequate motivation, provision for evaluation, a wide variety of rich materials,
and a well-organized sequence of reading experiences.

55.827 Methods and Materials in Deaf Education

Special methodologies in teaching the deaf. A wide view of the field and a
comprehensive consideration of methods and materials. Emphasis placed on how
to provide concrete experiences and activities, trips, and demonstrations to
assist the child in understanding. There will also be demonstrations in the use
of visual and auditory aids.

108 / DIRECTORY

55.828 Aural Rehabilitation

Various speechreading methods, auditory training techniques, and materials.,
An integrated approach to the treatment of the hearing handicapped.

55.852 Practicum: Teaching of the Deaf (8 quarter hours)^

An opportunity for observing and teaching deaf children at various levels, under
regular supervision in the Beverly School for the Deaf.

INSTITUTES

50.895, 51.895, 51.896, 52.895, 53.895, 50.995, 55.895

A department may offer a special institute in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. The institute may be a collaborative one offered by the several
departments in the College of Education and will usually include a special
institute faculty drawn from resources outside the University, as well as from the
College of Education faculty. The institute will focus on a specific area of aca-
demic study and may be interdisciplinary in nature; it involves total time com-
mitments on the part of participants in morning, afternoon, and evening sessions
five or six days per week for one to eight weeks, depending upon the nature and
scope of the institute. Institutes are customarily designed for participants who
are currently employed in a common field of work and who are desirous of
receiving additional preparation in new methods, new materials, and new content
areas. Graduate credit will be granted for successful completion of an institute
but may not be applied toward a degree program at Northeastern without the
approval of the department in which the student is doing his major field of
specialization degree work. All institute participants must be degree candidates
in the Graduate School of Education or must qualify, prior to registration, as
special graduate students. Prep, permission of institute instructor.

WORKSHOPS

50.898, 51.897, 51.898, 52.898, 53.898, 50.998, 55.898

A department may offer a special workshop in a specific field of interest from
time-to-time. Emphasis in the workshop will be focused on development of in-
structional materials or resolution of practical problems within a single school
or institutional setting, or for a group of potential workshop participants who are
currently employed in a common field of work. Graduate credit will be granted
for successful completion of a workshop but may not be applied toward a degree
program at Northeastern without the approval of the department in which the
student is doing his major field of specialization degree work. All workshop par-
ticipants must be degree candidates in the Graduate School of Education or
must qualify, prior to registration, as special graduate students. Prep, permis-
sion of worl<sliop instructor.

DIRECTORY / 109

DEPARTMENTAL DIRECTORY

Counselor Education
Curriculum & Instruction
Director of Field Placement
Educational Administration
Foundations of Education
Graduate School of Education
Rehabilitation Administration
Special Education
Speech Pathology & Audiology

Telephone

Office

Number

405 CU

437-3276

227 CU

437-3302

90 KB

437-3280

82 KB

437-3286

306 CU

437-3282

118 CU

437-2708

232 UP

437-2485

232 UP

437-2485

133 PR

437-2493

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Offering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate
degrees

College of Liberal Arts

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

Offering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to
associate and baccalaureate degrees

Lincoln College
University College

Lincoln College

I :

^>'

idex

3mic Council, 13
?ess of Graduate School
Education, 1
inistration

Graduate Division, 14
University, 10
ission
GAGS, 39

•Master's Degree, 36
jNondegree Certification, 39
^Assistantships, 29 & 30

|rd of Trustees, 9
Iding and Facilities, 21

endar, 5-6

npus Description and

location, 21

Map, 4
ijtificate of Advanced
graduate Study, 39
See also Fields of Study)
ss Hours and Credits, 26
gsifications, Academic, 37

fges, Undergraduates, 109

littee of the Graduate

jool of Education, 17
rehensive Examination, 38

luing Education, Center for, 20
srative Plan of Education, 19

Requirements, 42, 43

oration, 7

fses. Description of

Counselor Education, 92

Educational Administration, 88

Foundations of Education, 74

Curriculum and Instruction, 78
Rehabilitation Administration

and Special Education, 97
Speech Pathology and

Audiology, 104
Credits, 26, 38
Transfer, 38

Departmental Directory, 109

Executive Committee, 10

Faculty, 31

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 27

Fields of Study

Advanced Graduate Study, 66
Teacher Certification, 65
Programs in Professional

Specializations, 43
Speech Pathology and
Audiology, 63

Financial Information, 28-31

Full-Time Study, 37

Grading System, 25
Graduate and Professional
Schools, 19 &20

Henderson House, 24
Honor Society, 26

Institutes, 108

111

112 / INDEX

Libraries, 21

Map of Campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 23
Master's Degree, Admission, 36-39

Part-Time Study, 37
Programs of Study, 34
(See also Fields of Study)

Refunds, 29
Registration, 24
Dates, 5-6
Regulations, 24-27
Research Activities, 20
Residence Requirement, 25

Special-Student Status, 37
Student Center, 21
Student Teaching, 65, 66
Suburban Facilities, 21, 22

Teacher Certification Program, 65
Traineeships, 30
Transfer Credits, 38
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 28

Undergraduate Colleges, 109
University Council, 12
University Graduate Council, 14

Withdrawals, 26
Workshops, 108

-•Tr

-t*^

■iiiiiii

■.^i^^r>^ A^.nr>ir^iotrofir^r» iQ7A-7

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

224 Hayden Hall

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Telephone (617) 437-2714

Graduate School of Business Administration 1974-75

Accredited by the Annerican Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.

^*?\ l^S', ItkVlLX tH^'-'^'^S&i

contents

4 Academic Calendar

5 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

19 The University, Graduate Level Programs, and Research Activities

22 Buildings and Facilities

22 Main Campus Facilities

23 Suburban Facilities

25 The Graduate School of Business Administration

25 Full-Time Internship

26 Full-Time Non-internship

26 Full-Time Assistantship

27 Part-Time Study

28 General Regulations
33 Financial Information

37 The Faculty

41 Master of Business Administration Curriculum

47 Description of Courses

61 Undergraduate Universities Attended by Students

62 Faculty Office and Telephone Directory

63 Index

64 Campus Map

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1974-1975

Fall Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
Interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination period

Tuesday-Wednesday
Monday-Thursday

Tuesday-Thursday
Monday
Wednesday
Monday-Saturday

Sept. 17-18
Sept. 23-26

Sept. 17-26
September 30
November 27
Dec. 16-21

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Tuesday

Dec. 3

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Dec. 9-12

Interview period for new students by

appointment*

Monday-Thursday

Dec. 9-12

Classes begin

Monday

January 6

Last day to drop a course

Saturday

March 8

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

Mar. 24-29

Spring Quarter 1975

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Tuesday

March 11

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 17-20

Classes begin

Monday

April 7

Last day to file commencement card

for June commencement

Tuesday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

June commencement

Wednesday

April 30

Last day to drop a course

Saturday

June 7

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

June 6

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

June 16-21

Spring commencement

Sunday

June 22

Examinations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate
examination schedule.

"Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before the
date of the interview.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1974-1975

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriots' Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Saturday

Monday

Friday

Monday

October 14
October 28
Nov. 28-Nov. 30
Dec. 23-Jan. 4
February 17
April 21
May 26
July 4
September 1

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is comnfiitted to a policy of providing equal oppor-
tunity for all. In all matters Involving admission, registration, and all official
relationships with students. Including evaluation of academic performance,
the University Insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Uni-
versity Is also an equal opportunity employer; It Is Institutional policy that
there shall not be any discrimination against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin.
In addition. Northeastern takes affirmative action in the recruitment of
students and employees.

~ A ir

.#*'-

-r

isS«¥«

^^■^^^^^mm.,

^<*

^*-*M^^#s-

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry

^Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beal

*Roy H. Beaton

*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

*George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota

(Dorothy Dodge)
Erwin D. Canham

^Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

* David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.

^Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
*Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
*William R. Driver, Jr.

-Carl S. Ell
*Byron K. Elliott
^William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

*Louis W. Cabot
*Norman L. Cahners

Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan

'Member of the Board of Trustees
♦Robert Cutler, deceased May 8, 1974

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
*Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.
Allan M. Hale
William Hellman
^Ernest Henderson III
Walter F. Henneberry
James S. Herbert
Richard D. Hill
Charles E. Hodges
^Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert W. Holmes
Harvey P. Hood
Hartwell G. Howe
John S. Howe
Howard M. Hubbard
Carl R. Hurtig

''Eli Jacobson
^Robert L. Johnson
^Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
''Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
^Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus

*Kenneth A. Loftman
Edward A. Loring

*John Lowell

Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon
^Lawrence H. Martin
*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell
*Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.
**Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

*Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

''Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

"Honorary Trustee

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
*Frank L. Richardson
*Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
♦Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall

David T. Scott

Donald W. Seagor

Sydney Shaftman
*James L. Shanahan

Donald B. Sinclair

Philip A. Singleton
*Donald W. Smith
*Farnham W. Smith
*George A. Snell

Bernard Solomon

John V. Spalding

Robert C. Sprague
*Russell B. Stearns
*Earl P. Stevenson

David B. Stone

♦Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson
*^D. Thomas Trigg
''Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
*Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
*Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Ctiairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Ctiairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

^Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

*Frank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
++Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
James L. Shanahan
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1977

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Eli Jacobson
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Stephen P. Mugar,

^Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Cfiairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
++Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
*Asa S. Knowles
Harold A. Mock

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis

♦President of the University
++President Emeritus of the University

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A.,

Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President
Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed.,

President Emeritus
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for

Cooperative Education
Arthur E, Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean

of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and

Associate Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College

and Director of Boston-Bouve
Graduate School

Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business

Administration
Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of

Administrative Services of the Division of
Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President
Ralph S. Blanchard, Jr., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Malcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education

and Director of the Center for
Continuing Education
Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate

School of Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to ttie

Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of tiie Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education
Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Researcfi
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of tlie Graduate School

of Professional Accounting
Charles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering

and Director of the Graduate
School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration
Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administration

and Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration
Ruth H. Karp, B.A., M:A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students
Alvin Kent, B.A., M.Ed., Director of the Office of Educational Resources
Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Liberal

Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts
and Sciences
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering

and Director of Lincoln College

Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and

Director of Environmental Health

Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions

Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration

and University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic
Colleges

Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean

of the Division of Cooperative
Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administra-
tion and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of the Sctiool of Law
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of tfie Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of thie Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

and Director of the Graduate
Program of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts
Albert H. Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Personnel
Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr. Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Wee Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Catherine L. Allen Martin W. Essigmann

Kenneth W. Ballou Joseph M. Golemme

Malcolm J. Campbell George W. Hankinson

Philip T. Crotty, Jr. James S. Hekimian

John A. Curry Sidney Herman

.eRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King
Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.

Roland H. Moody
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Albert H. Soloway
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
'Kenneth W. Ballou

Charmarie J. Blaisdell

Robert L. Cord

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora M. DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.
'Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
'James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Walter S. Jones, Jr.

Maurice Kaufman
'Christopher Kennedy

Robert D. Klein

°Melvin Mark
Edward S. Marshall
Robert W. Miller
Richard G. Natoli
Irene A. Nichols
Welville B. Nowak

°Paul M. Pratt
John F. Reinhard

°Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

°Norman Rosenblatt
J. Spencer Rochefort

"Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan
Kathryn J. Shaffer

"Robert A. Shepard
Ruth E. Sullivan
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School
Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of thie Graduate Schools

"Appointed by the President

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration
Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering
Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Associate Registrar of the Graduate Schools
John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of

Business Administration
Thomas J. Kerr, B.S.I.E., M.S. I.E., Assistant Director of the Graduate

School of Engineering
Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences
John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial

Science
Norman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate Program in

Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education
Albert Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School

of Education
Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1974-1975

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the
conduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved
by the Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of

Boston-Bouve College Graduate School
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director of the

Graduate School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration
John W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director

of the GraduateSchool of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the

Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

David Barkley, Professor of Political Science
Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of l^anagement
Ernest M. DeCicco, Associate Professor of Economics
David I. Epstein, Professor of hAathematics

and Chairman of the Department
Austin Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management
Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology
Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology
George Goldin, Professor of Special Education

and Director of Rehabilitation Institute
Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management
Morton Loewenthal, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Wesley Marple, Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance
Albert McCay, Professor of Recreation Education
and Chairman of the Department
Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education
John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry
Irene Nichols, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education
Welville B. Nowak, Snell Professor of Engineering
Barbara Philbrick, Associate Professor of Physical Education
John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

Robert Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry
John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology
Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Joseph Senna, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice

Albert Soloway, Cfiairman of tfie Department of f\^edicinal Chemistry

and Pfiarmacology and Director of ttie

Graduate Scfiool of Pfiarmacy

and Allied Healtfi Professions
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics
Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology
Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing
Elizabeth Van Slyck, Professor of Physical Therapy
Arthur Weitzman, Professor of English
Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry
Richard Zobel, Professor of Physical Education

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Barbara Burke, Executive Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law

of the Graduate School of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of the College of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education
Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and

Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the School of Law
Barbara Philbrick, Associate Professor of Physical Education and

Coordinator of Programs for Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School
Marianne Radziewicz, Registrar of the School of Law

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of Criminal Justice and Director

of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Albert Soloway, Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration 1974-75

Joseph M. Golemme, Cochairman, Professor of Accounting, and Director
of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting

John W. Jordan, Cochairman, Assistant Dean and Director of the Graduate
School of Business Administration

James S. Hekimian, Dean of the College of Business Administration

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

Robert H. Farrar, Assistant Professor of Accounting and Management

Michael Fetters, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

Robert J. Minichiello, Professor of Marketing

Ralph C. Porter, Associate Professor of Cooperative Education

Raymond Ward, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a
Drivately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under
:he General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by
special enactment has given the University general degree-granting
powers. The University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected
by and from the Northeastern University Corporation, which is
composed of nearly 180 distinguished business and professional
men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its domi-
nant purpose the discovery of community educational needs and
the meeting of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The
University has not duplicated the programs of other institutions,
but has sought to pioneer new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative
Plan, initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subse-
quently adopted by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922),
Liberal Arts (1935), Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing
(1964), Boston-Bouve College (1 964); the College of Criminal Justice
(1967); and by Lincoln College's daytime Bachelor of Engineering
Technology program (1971). This educational method enables
students to gain valuable practical experience as an integral part
of their college program and also provides the means by which
they may contribute substantially to the financing of their education.
The Plan has been extended to the graduate level in engineering,
actuarial science, rehabilitation administration, professional ac-
counting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been
developed to meet a variety of needs. University College offers
evening courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and
adult-day courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to
offering day undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering
Technology and Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln Col-
lege offers evening/part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor
degree programs in technological areas. All formal courses of study
leading to degrees through part-time programs are approved by
the Basic College faculties concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The ten graduate and professional schools of the University offer day
and evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master
of Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master
of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master ^
of Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy. I

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of '
Master of Science, with specialization in Physical Education or Recreation
Education.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate Program in Criminal Justice offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of
Education and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of
Science, Engineer degree. Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philoso-
phy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of
Master of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960
to relate the University to the needs of its community in a period
of accelerated change. Adult education programs offered by the
Center and University College have since been consolidated. Its
programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes,
iforums, and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve
specific needs. The Division of Special Programs, working coopera-
tively with trade associations and professional societies, offers a
wide variety of programs dealing with current needs and problems.
Through its Division of Community Services, working with govern-
mental agencies and community organizations, the Center is be-
coming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House,
Northeastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachu-
setts. I

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES '

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of
basic research projects in business, science, social science, phar-
macy, and engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of

THE UNIVERSITY / 21

Research, whose services are University-wide and available to the
acuities of all the Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most
3ffective teaching and learning take place in an environment char-
acterized by research activities directed toward extending the
'rentiers of knowledge.

AS'..",.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. IVIany of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

The campus of 48 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, ail of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which isi
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, andi
Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy.
There are additional subject collections for the Center for Management
Development at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Insti-
tute In Nahant.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

Cabot Physical Education Center

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed In 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

24 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

portions of undergraduate programs leading to the associate and
bachelor's degrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit
state-of-the-art programs are offered.

Warren Center ||

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve
College in outdoor education and conservation, in group practicum,
and in camping administration, programming, and counseling. At
this Center in Ashland, completed in 1967, there are tennis courts,
field hockey and lacrosse fields, waterfront for swimming and
boating, overnight camp sites, fields and forests, heated cottages,
the Hayden Lodge with a recreation hall, library, crafts shop, dining
facilities, and conference accommodations.

Henderson House *

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located
in Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education
conducts short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for
business, professional, and research groups. Henderson House is
12 miles from the main campus.

Marine Science Institute i

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a
research and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of
marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year,
and is about 20 miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses
at this institute are applicable toward an advanced degree in biology
or health science.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses I

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and north-
eastern Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion offers a significant portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities
in Brockton, Massachusetts. These facilities, made available by
the Knapp Corporation, are located on West Chestnut Street in
Brockton.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take
a significant portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, |
New Hampshire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Asso- ■
ciates. Inc. and are located in their headquarters on Route 3, just
over the Massachusetts line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a significant
portion of the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities
located in Framingham, Massachusetts.

graduate school of
Dusiness administration

The Graduate School of Business Administration at Northeastern
Jniversity offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Business
\dministration. Broad in concept, the program is aimed at preparing the
;tudent for a career in administration rather than for an immediate or
)articular position. The curriculum and teaching methods center around
he development of basic skills and knowledge appropriate to administra-
ion, rather than emphasizing specialized functional techniques. Although
he case method of study is used extensively, a variety of teaching methods
s employed that is consonant with particular course objectives. The basic
objectives of the program are to increase skills and knowledge in basic
disciplines underlying administrative practice, and to develop judgment
and skills of problem analysis and decision making in complex organiza-
:ions.

There is no prescribed undergraduate background recommended for
admission. Undergraduate experiences typically include literature and the
arts, mathematics and the sciences, and engineering and other applied
fields. The program provides all managerial preparation appropriate to a
graduate business curriculum. Flexibility allows for more intensive work
in a specialized area or more general study in several fields to accommodate
specific needs.

The student may choose one of four methods of securing an M.B.A.
degree: full-time internship, full-time non-internship, full-time assistantship,
and part-time study.

FULL-TIME STUDY

Internship

A feature which makes the Northeastern M.B.A. Program unusual in
graduate education is the management internship. Following the philoso-
phy that a balanced exposure to theory and practice is the most effective
approach to management education, the 18-month program is in accord
with this approach. Class work begins with basic disciplines vital to sound
progress in a management-oriented course. The functional areas of busi-
ness are treated next, with process courses and electives following.

26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

This program encompasses six months of work experience in the world
of business and management and 12 months of classroom study. The intern
student is employed in a professional capacity within an organizational
environment which provides both a realistic experience and a major source
of funds for continuance of the program. The nature of the job assures
ample opportunity to observe some aspect, element, or problem of the
organization.

Because of economic, academic, and individual variables, the Graduate
School cannot guarantee placement; however, the University has a full-time
experienced staff to assist the student in obtaining his internship. A student
is also encouraged to investigate employment opportunities on his own
in order to facilitate final placement by the intern coordinator.

For students entering class in June an illustration of term sequence within
the 18-month internship program is shown below.

1st Year 2nd Year

SUMMER QUARTER In Class In Class

FALL QUARTER In Class In Class

WINTER QUARTER Management Internship In Class

SPRING QUARTER Management Internship

During each academic quarter the student normally carries 18 quarter
hours of credit.

Thus, the full-time internship blends one full calendar year of academic
study with six months of coordinated work as an intern in a business or
nonprofit organization. This combination of theory and practice gives the
intern excellent preparation for a career in management.

Non-internship

The full-time, non-internship allows students wide latitude in determining
their pace toward the M.B.A. degree. Although most students take four
courses each quarter, some take as many as five or six courses. This
enables a candidate to complete degree requirements in a period from
one calendar year to two academic years.

Assistantship

Under the full-time assistantship, students combine their studies with
academic experience in the College of Business Administration. A student
may be a teaching assistant, a graduate administrative assistant, or a tuition
assistant. Appointees to these positions work directly with members of
the faculty and staff of the College of Business Administration. This work
affords the student interested in developing a college or university career
the opportunity to explore and gain experience in teaching, research, or
administration.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 27

Teaching assistants and graduate administrative assistants receive re-
Tiission of tuition and a stipend of $2,600 in return for devoting their time
'espectively to assisting directly in the teaching process or in administrative
juties within the College. These appointees must not take less than a
naif-time academic load in the M.B.A. Program. Assistants who are in the
second year of study and receive a reappointment are paid a stipend of
52,900.

Tuition assistants receive remission of tuition in return for sharing in
[he administrative work of the College. These awards are normally given
to full-time, non-intern students in their first year of graduate work. Tuition
assistants devote eight hours a week to their assigned administrative work.

PART-TIME STUDY

Part-time students may continue their full-time employment while acquir-
ing the background, skills, and knowledge that will help them advance
their careers in administration.

These students normally take two courses per quarter and may complete
the degree program in three to four years, depending upon whether course
work is taken during the summer quarter. All degree requirements may
be completed at the Boston or suburban campuses.

Students maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition the
Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration for permission
to take more than two courses per quarter.

Thus, part-time students have the advantage of attending classes in the
late afternoon and evening to learn the theory behind the practical applica-
tion of their employment.

APPLICATION INFORMATION AND PROCEDURE

All applicants should address inquiries to the Graduate School of
Business Administration. Application forms and reference blanks will be
mailed to them. This material, together with one official transcript, the
Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business (ATGSB) scores, and the
results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, required
by all applicants whose native language is not English), should be returned
to:

Northeastern University

Graduate School of Business Administration

224 Hayden Hall

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Applications for the ATGSB Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 966

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

28 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Applications for the TOEFL Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 899

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Full-time non-internship, internship, and assistantship applications should
be submitted by April 1.

Applications for part-time study must be completed no later than two
weeks prior to the registration period for the quarter in which the applicant
plans to enter the M.B.A. Program.

To be admitted for graduate work in the College of Business Administra-
tion, applicants must have completed undergraduate work of high quality
and must have obtained a bachelor's degree from a recognized institution
of higher learning. The overall quality of undergraduate achievement is
considered to be of more importance than the particular field of specializa-
tion. Official transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate work
must be submitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration
before admission can be considered or an evaluation made.

Applicants are also required to submit three letters of reference from
individuals who are familiar with their qualifications for graduate study in
business administration.

The basic criteria considered in the admissions procedure are: under-
graduate grades, previous graduate work, the score on the Admission Test
for Graduate Study in Business, job experience, and present job level. ■
An overall impression of strength, past success, and motivation to succeed
in the Graduate School is sought in the applicants for the program.

Although the M.B.A. Program presumes no particular level of competence
in the areas of accounting, economics, statistics, mathematics, and behav-
ioral science, prospective applicants are advised to acquire some back-
ground in these areas in their undergraduate work.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate'
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate Council.
In some matters the committee of each graduate school is allowed discre-
tion to establish regulations within limits defined by the Council. The
regulations and academic requirements which follow have been formulated
in accordance with this general policy.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the M.B.A. degree, an average grade of B must
be obtained in the total credit hours required for graduation. No more
than three extra courses or repeated courses may be taken in order to
satisfy this grade requirement.

■I

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 29

Any student who receives a grade of less than B in four or more degree
:redlt courses may be withdrawn from the program by action of the
Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of
or F is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may
36 repeated only once. If a grade of I or F is received in an elective
30urse, that course may be repeated once with a grade of C or better,
Dr another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once to obtain
a grade of B or better.

The continuing development of the Graduate School forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some revisions are indicated.
When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, and
when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to meet
the requirements of the latest bulletin.

Application for the Degree

A commencement card must be filed with the Registrar's Office before
the date specified on the University calendar. This assures the student's
graduation the same year all degree requirements are completed. Prompt
filing of the commencement card also insures the correct spelling on the
diploma.

Classifications

Students initially entering the M.B.A. Program are classified into one
of two groups depending upon their admission credentials.

Regular Students are those individuals who meet in full all admittance
standards established by the Committee on Graduate Study in Business
Administration.

Students in the Program for Advanced Study in Business Administration
are those who already hold an M.B.A. degree. See page 45 for full
information.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a degree.
Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one quarter
without notifying the program director will be classified as inactive.

All inactive students must submit a written petition to the director of
the program in order to be readmitted to graduate study. Petition forms
may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall.

30 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Credits and Class Hours

All credits at Northeastern University are entered as quarter-hour credits,
with a quarter hour of credit being equivalent to three fourths of a semester
hour: i.e., 12 semester hours equal 15 quarter hours. I

All classes in the Graduate School of Business Administration meet on
a quarter basis, with an academic quarter defined as a term of approximately
12 weeks' duration. In the summer quarter, classes meet in two six-week
sessions. The academic calendar at the front of this bulletin should be
consulted to determine the opening dates of each quarter.

A minimum of 11 classes must be scheduled for each course during
the fall, winter, and spring quarters. In a split summer session (5 and 6
weeks), a minimum of 10 classes must be scheduled in the first 5 weeks
and a minimum of 11 classes in the second 6 weeks.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor through use of the following grades:

A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course

has been of very high graduate caliber.
B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course

has been at a satisfactory level.
C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course

is not at the level expected in graduate work.
F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course

is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete

This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work

of the course.
S Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students who fulfill the requirements oi

the course without a specific grade designation.
U Unsatisfactory

This grade is given to those students who do not meet the requirements

of the course, although no specific grade designation is made.

These grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter sequence
in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both the first and
second quarters of the sequence.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 31

The designation I will be changed to a grade upon removal of the
jficiencies which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies must
J made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of I is
•ceived, unless the instructor grants an extension of time. However, such
(tension may not exceed two additional consecutive calendar quarters.

A make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate
chool of Business Administration during the sixth week of each quarter,
ny student who wishes to take a make-up examination must obtain
srmission of the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
Dn by the second week of the quarter succeeding that in which the
omination was missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that
jcceeding quarter unless circumstances warrant the Director's permission
) defer it to one of the next two quarters.

egistration

Part-time students must register during the periods listed on the school
alendar. Dates of registration are specified by letter for students accepted
)r full-time study.

esidence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence at the
niversity, unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the
iraduate School of Business Administration for work taken elsewhere,
tudents who are in residence and are using the facilities of the University
lust register for such work.

ime Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
y transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

ransfer Credit

A maximum of 15 quarter hours of graduate credit obtained at another
nstitution may be accepted toward the master's degree, provided that the
;redits transferred carry grades of A or B, have been earned at a recognized
nstitution, have not been used toward any other degree, and are relevant
0 the M.B.A. Program. Students should petition the Graduate School of
Business Administration in writing for all transfer credit. Petition forms may
)e obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall. Grades on transfer courses are
excluded in the computation of the academic average necessary for the
jompletion of the degree requirements.

A^aiver of Courses

Certain required courses may be waived if a student can demonstrate
:hatthe course material would be a repetition of previous academic training.
3ourse waivers are subject to faculty approval and do not entitle a student
:o transfer credit. An elective must be substituted for each required course
iwhich is waived. Questions concerning course waivers should be directed

32 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

to the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration at leasl
30 days prior to the quarter in which the student is scheduled to take
the course.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must submit an officia
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburbar
Campus Main Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class
meeting of the quarter. Students are withdrawn as of the date on whicf
they submit the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructo
does not constitute an official withdrawal.

Petitions for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class meeting o
the quarter must be submitted to the Director of the Graduate School
and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. Petitior
forms may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall.

financial information

I FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

ruitlon

Tuition for master's degree candidates and special students is $55.00
)er quarter hour of credit. Since each graduate course is three credit
lOurs, the cost for each course is $165.00.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
ire payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

=ees

All applications must be accompanied by an application fee (nonrefund-
able) of $15.00. No applications will be processed until the fee has been
'eceived by the Graduate School of Business Administration. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent directly to
the Office of the Graduate School of Business, 224 Hayden Hall.

Upon notification of admission, all full-time applicants are required to
pay a tuition deposit of $50.00. This deposit is credited to the student's
tuition, and is not refundable for those who do not register.

Other fees include: a charge of $10.00 for late payment of tuition; a
final examination make-up fee of $5.00; and a fee of $25.00 for all degree
candidates, payable before commencement by the applicable date listed
on the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for tuition assistants,
teaching assistants, and administrative assistants is $6.25 each quarter.
All part-time students on the Huntington Avenue Campus are charged $.75
a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University Health Services
fee of $75.00 each year. This fee provides Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage
and entitles the student to the medical care furnished by the University
Health Services.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged before
graduation.

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance doesi
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should bei
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:
Official Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition Refunded

First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

The Graduate School of Business Administration grants financial aid!
in the form of assistantships, internships and Sloan scholarships. A de-
scription of assistantships and internships can be found on page 27.
The Sloan program is described below. Northeastern University also hasi
a limited amount of financial aid for full-time students enrolled in the
Graduate School of Business Administration. Information in addition to
that below, and application forms, are available from the Northeastern
Office of Financial Aid. These forms are not available in the Graduate School
of Business Administration Office.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Huntington
Avenue Campus is available each year. Appointments carry a minimum
compensation of room and board. Further information and application
forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candidates, |
enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may borrow
from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms and conditions
vary from state to state, but a student generally may borrow up to $1,500
a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per year) depending on financial
need. The Federal government pays the interest while the student is in
school if the student is eligible for interest subsidy. i

The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship
Service, a Parents' Confidential Statement; or if he has been declared
financially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Confidential
Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office. ^.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the !
Education Office of your state government. Additional information and
necessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available from
the Financial Aid Office.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

ilartin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships

A limited number of full-time Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships are
available. Holders of these appointments devote full time to graduate work.

\Jational Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-half
he normal academic work load, are accepted as degree candidates, and
/vho show evidence of financial need.

The Federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow while
Dursuing a post-baccalaureate degree is $5,000.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at
an institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be
extended over a 10-year period with the interest at the rate of three percent
per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years while
a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

The Sloan Scholarship Program

The Sloan Program provides funding for certain minority students who
are pursuing the MBA degree on a part-time basis. Under terms of the
grant, minorities eligible for funding are Americans who are black, Spanish
speaking, or of oriental descent. By attending classes in the late afternoon
and evening, part-time students combine practical work experience from
their regular responsibilities with appropriate theoretical knowledge.

Qualified students who have been out of school at least five years and
feel their career progress has not fulfilled expectations should apply.
Additional graduate study leading to an MBA degree facilitates career
progress.

faculty

Robert F. Abbanat, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology; M B.A , D.B.A., Harvard University
Dean S. Ammer, Director. Bureau of Business and Economic Research, and Professor of Management,

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University
Harley H. Anderson, Assistant Dean, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; J.D., Suffolk University
Matthew D. Arnett, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., Purdue University; B.D.,

University of Chicago; Ph.D. Candidate, University of Cincinnati
Robert H. Caplan, III, Professor of fVlanagement: B.C.E., Cornell University; MB. A., DBA., Harvard

University
Clairmont P. Carter, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B.A , Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A.,

Akron University; D.B.A., Kent State University
John J. Castellano, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., University of New Hampshire;

MBA., St Louis University; Ph.D. Candidate, State University of New York at Buffalo
Saverlo Cerullo, Associate Professor of Finance: B.S., M.B.A., Boston University
Lai C. Chugh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: Bachelor of Commerce, Delhi Polytechnic

Institute; M.A., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Harvard University
Charles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marketing: B A., Northeastern University; M.C.S., M.A., Boston

University; Ph.D.. Columbia University
Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management: A.B., M.B.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Rensselaer

Polytechnic Institute
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean, College of Business Administration and Associate Professor of

Management: A.B., Holy Cross College; A.M., Harvard University; MB. A., Ed.D., Boston University
Joseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,

Columbia University
Charles H. Dufton, Coordinator, Marketmg Group, and Professor of Marketing: A.B., Yale University;

M.A., University of Michigan
Paul R. Egan, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., St. Mary's College; MB. A., Xavler University
Edwin F. Estle, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S.. Purdue University; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

University
Robert H. Farrar, Assistant Professor of Accounting and Management: B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Michael Fetters, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., Ohio State University; MB. A.,

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Ralph W. Fingar, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Union College; Ph.D., University of Texas
Angelo Fiumara, Associate Professor of Business Law: A.B., J.D., Boston College
Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: A.B., B.S., Columbia University; M.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; DBA., Harvard University
Joseph M. Golemme, Harold A. Mock Professor of Accounting, and Director, Graduate Sctiool of

Professional Accounting: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Boston University; C PA.
Herbert Graetz, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S , Chemical Engineering, Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology; MBA. Harvard University; D.B.A. Candidate, Harvard University

38 / FACULTY

Carlo E. Gubellini, Coordinator. Accounting Group, and Professor of Management; B.S., Northeastern

University; MB. A., Boston University
Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance and Accounting; B.S., M.S., Columbia University; |

MB. A., D.B.A., Indiana University; C.P.A.
James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration and Professor of Management; A.B., M.B.A.,

DBA., Harvard University
Richard B. Higgins, Professor of Management; A.B., Tufts University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Christine L. Hobart, Associate Professor of Management; A.B., Radcliffe College; DBA., Harvard

University
Geoffrey G. Jacl<son, Lecturer in Business Administration; B.A., Amherst College; M.S., Columbia

University
Paul Janell, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., Northeastern University; M.B.A.,

Babson College; Ph.D., Michigan State University
John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean and Director. Graduate Sctiool of Business Administration; B.S., M.S.,

State College at Boston
Lyman A. Keith, Professor of Managemenf, B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., MB. A., Boston University
Raymond M. Kinnunen, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., MB. A., Northeastern

University; D.B.A., Louisiana State University
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management: B.S., Duquesne University; M.B.A., DBA.,

University of Maryland
Richard Lindhe, Associate Professor of Accounting; B.S., M.Ed., Kent State University; Ph.D., University

of Chicago
John Macey, Lecturer in Business Administration; B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,

Northeastern University
Lawrence H. Malchman, Professor of Accounting; B.S., Ed.M., Boston University; C.P.A.
Maureen Malin, Lecturer in Business Administration; A.B., Radcliffe College; MB. A., Ed.D. Candidate,

Harvard University; Ph.D. Candidate, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Wesley W. Marple, Jr., Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance; A.B., Princeton

University; MB. A., D.B.A., Harvard University
Edward S. Marshall, Associate Professor of Management; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., State

University of Iowa
Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management; A.B., M.B.A., Dartmouth College; DBA., Harvard

University
Philip R. McDonald, Professor of Marketing and Management; B.A., University of British Columbia;

M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University
Robert J. Minichiello, Professor of Marketing: A.B., Harvard University; MB. A., Boston University;

D.B.A., Harvard University
Mark M. Moriarty, /\ss/sfar7f Professor of /War^cef/ng and Management; B.S.I.M., Purdue University; M.A.,

University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Purdue University
Richard P. Nielson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., MA, Wharton School of

Finance; Ph.D., Syracuse University
Russell W. Olive, Coordinator. General Management Group, and Professor of Management: B.S.,

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A. , Boston University; D.B.A., Harvard University;

P.E.
Robert A. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Management: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; M.A.,

Ph D Candidate, Boston College
Andre P. Priem, Associate Professor of Management: B.B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati
Paul C. Richards, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Herman Rochwarg, Associate Professor of Management: B.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
Anghel N. Rugina, Professor of Economics and Finance: B.S., College of Business, Golatz, Rumania;

M.A., Ph.D., Academy of High Studies in Economics, Bucharest, Rumania; Ph.D., University of

Freiburg, Germany
Richard J. Santos, Associate Dean and Director. Center for Management Development, and Associate

Professor; B.S., Salem State College; M.A., Emerson College
Daniel C. Scioletti.yAssoc/afe Professor of 8us/ness/.aiv, B.B.A., Colby College; LL.B. Suffolk University;

Ed.M., Boston University
Henry H. Seward, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.A., Yale University; M.B.A., Michigan State

University; DBA., Harvard University
Charles Shelley, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.B.A., University of Massachusetts;

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

FACULTY / 39

Albert Slavin, Lillian L. and Harry A. Cowan Professor of Accounting: Ed.B , Ed.M , Boston University;

C.P.A.
Frederick J. Stephenson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.A., B.S., University of

Minnesota: Ph D Candidate. University of Minnesota
Jeffrey A. Timmons, Associate Professor of fJlanagement: A.B., Colgate University; MB. A., D.B.A.,

Harvard University
Raymond Ward, Assistant Professor: B.S., Purdue University; Ph D. Candidate, University of California

at Berkeley
Edward R. Willett, Professor of Finance: B.S . Northeastern University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
Frederick Wiseman, Associate Professor of Marketing: B.S., Tufts University; MS., Ph.D , Cornell

University

master of business
administration curriculum

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration must
complete successfully 24 courses (72 quarter hours of credit), 17 of which
are required courses and 7 are elective courses.

Required Courses

Number Courses Credit Hours

41 .81 1 Financial and Managerial Accounting 3

41 .81 2 Control I 3

41.813 Control II 3

43.81 1 Marketing Management I 3

43.81 2 Marketing Management II 3

44.81 1 Financial Management 1 3

44.812 Financial Management II 3

45.805 Operations Management I 3

45.806 Operations Management II 3

45.81 5 Behavioral Concepts 3

45.816 Organizational Behavior I 3

45.81 7 Organizational Behavior II 3

45.836 Policy: the Social, Political,

Economic, and Legal Environment 3

45.837 Policy: the Formulation and Implementation of

Strategy 3

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis 3

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I 3

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II 3

Total Required Credit Hours 51

Elective Credit Hours 21^

Total Credit Hours for Degree 72

42 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Elective Courses

In addition to the required courses, students must complete course work
in electives to bring their total program to the 72 quarter hours of credit
required for the Master of Business Administration degree. All elective
courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

Courses may also be selected from other graduate programs at North-
eastern University with the permission of the director of the appropriate
program and the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion.

Administration and Its Environments

39.805 Business Cycles and

Forecasting
39.823 Government Finance
39.825 Fiscal Policy
39.831 Money and Banking
39.835 Labor Economics
41.862 Tax Factors in Business

Decisions
45.821 Policy Formation in

Non-Business Institutions
45.841 Public/ Private Service Systems
45.962 Institutional Environment

of Business I
45.964 Institutional Environment

of Business II
45.969 Government and Business
45.989 Science and Technology:

The Challenge of Management

45.991 Business Law— Law of
Contracts, Agency and Sales

45.992 Law of Business
Organizations and Negotiable
Instruments

Financial IVIanagement

44.814 International Financial

Management
44.816 The Management of

Financial Resources
44.818 Working Capital Management
44.901 Finance III— Advanced

Financial Management
44.921 Investment Analysis
44.924 Mergers and Negotiable

Instruments

44.935 Management of Financial
Institutions

General IVIanagement

45.81 1 Purchasing and Materials

Management
45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies

for Corporate Management
45.830 Formal Planning Systems
45.839 Women Managers

45.997 Special Topics in Business
Administration (1 to 3 Q.H.)

45.998 Administration (1 to 3 Q.H.)

45.999 Administration (1 to 3 Q.H.)

49.932 Introduction to Computer
Applications

49.933 The Computer and Its
Applications II

49.935 Computer Applications in
Management Science

Health Care Administration

45.808 Comparative Management
45.833 Operations Management in

the Health Care System
45.838 Policy Formation in

Health Care

45.975 Introduction to Health
Care Systems

45.976 Workers in the Health
Care System

45.977 Information Systems for
Health Care Facilities

49.918 Information Theory and
Systems

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 43

International Business Management

39.827 Economic Development
39.829 Comparative Economic

Systems
39.833 International Economics
44.814 International Financial

Management

Management of Human Resources

45.808 Comparative Management

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

45.820 Psychological Dynamics of
Leadership

45.823 Career Planning and
Development

45.824 Organizational Behavior

in a Non-Profit Environment
45.835 Seminar in Organizational

Development
45.951 Executive Development

45.971 Personnel Management

45.972 Labor Relations

45.973 New Sectors of Collective
Bargaining

45.976 Workers in the Health Care

System
45.985 Management of Research and

Development
45.993 Labor Law

Management of Transportation and
Logistics

48.801 Seminar in Inter-city

Transportation
48.805 Urban Transportation
48,901 Physical Distribution

Management

Marketing Management

43.814 Consumer Behavior

International Marketing

Sales Management

Advertising Management

Marketing Research

New Product Development

Strategy Problems of Mass

Distributors

Marketing in the Public

Sector

Industrial Marketing

43.910
43.925
43.926
43.931
43.934
43.936

43.937

43.941

Operations Management

45.809 Advanced Operations

Management
45.833 Operations Management in the

Health Care System
45.902 Planning and Control of

Manufacturing Operations
45.965 Management of Small Business

Enterprises
49.904 Contemporary Problems in

Managing Complex Operating

Systems
49.907 Operations Management Game

Small Business Management

45.829 New Ventures:

A Career Choice
45.965 Management of Small

Business Enterprises
45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Managerial Control

41.815 Management Control Systems

41.816 Management Control of Health
Service Systems

41.825 Management Performance

Appraisal
41.862 Tax Factors in Business

Decisions

44 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM
Recommended Part-Time Program

While the part-time student has some flexibility in the order in which
he takes his required work, the schedule below is recommended as a guide:

Course

Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis

Behavioral Concepts

Control I

Organizational Behavior I

Control II

Organizational Behavior II

Managerial Economic Analysis

Quantitative Analysis I

Quantitative Analysis II

Elective

Marketing Management I

Financial Management I

Marketing Management II

Financial Management II

Operations Management I

Elective

Operations Management II

Elective

Policy: the Social, Political, Economic,

and Legal Environment

Elective
11th 45.837 Policy; the Formulation and Implementation of

Strategy

Elective
12th Elective

Elective

OTHER GRADUATE-LEVEL PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS

The Center for Management Development

The Center for Management Development offers the Management Devel-
opment Program, designed for experienced managers who have had
responsibility for a major task, function, department, division, or indepen-
dent enterprise. Its general aim is to improve the manager's overall
performance.

Quarter

Number

1st

41.811

45.815

2nd

41.812

45.816

3rd

41.813

45.817

4th

49.901

49.902

5th

49.903

6th

43.811

44.811

7th

43.812

44.812

8th

45.805

9th

45.806

0th

45.836

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 45

alternative to organizations which recognize the need for management
training, but find it difficult to release a key man for long periods of study.
A certificate is awarded upon successful completion of course work.

Management Development Program

The Management Development Program is a graduate-level course in
business, designed for experienced managers who have had responsibility
for a major task, function, department, division, or independent enterprise.
Its general aim is to improve the manager's overall performance.

There is a choice of two six-week sessions spaced over five months,
October through February or January through May. Participants attend
two consecutive weeks of classes at the outset and thereafter one week
in each of the remaining four months. This approach offers a tested
alternative to organizations which recognize the need for manager training
but find it difficult to release a key man for lengthy periods of study. A
certificate is awarded to all who successfully complete the course work.

Graduate School of Professional Accounting

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers a 15-month
program for non-accounting majors that leads to the degree of Master
of Science in Professional Accounting. This unique program combines
12 months of class work with a three-month internship in a public account-
ing firm.

Information may be obtained by writing to:
Graduate School of Professional Accounting
206 Hayden Hall
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115

The Program for Advanced Study in Business Administration

The Program for Advanced Study in Business Administration has been
instituted through the Graduate School of Business Administration. The
main objective is to provide advanced work in business administration to
meet the needs of a rapidly changing environment. Anyone who holds
an M.B.A. or its equivalent is eligible. For further information contact the
office of the Graduate School of Business Administration.

description of courses

39.805 Business Cycles and Forecasting

Analysis of positive and negative characteristics of modern capitalism followed by
a presentation of short- and long-run problems of economic and financial instability.
Dynamic models of economic fluctuations, development of economic indicators, and
survey data are used to understand the problem of forecasting. An evaluation of
conceivable stabilization policies and programs is included. Prep. 15 Q.H. Grad.
Credit.

39.823 Government Finance

A survey of governmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis
upon their economic effects and their relationship to principles of economic welfare.
Discussions of taxation, tax incidence, tax theory, debt management, and employment
levels. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.825 Fiscal Policy

Development of a conceptual framework to assess the impact of government policies
on attaining full employment, price stability, economic growth, and other economic
goals of the public sector. Special emphasis is given to conflicts resulting from
simultaneously trying to achieve all goals while combating the problems of inflation
and stagnation. Prep. 15 Q.i-I. of Grad. Credit.

39.827 Economic Development

The study of the process of structural change in the course of economic development,
with emphasis on the causes and consequences of growth. Models depicting the
mobilization and allocation of resources are presented, along with an examination
of the cultural and political obstacles to production and distribution in underdeveloped
countries today. The theoretical analysis is supplemented with case studies. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.829 Comparative Economic Systems

A comparative study of central economic theories and institutions of Capitalism,
Socialism, Communism, and the Welfare State. Particular attention to criteria for
evaluating success in meeting diverse goals, techniques and problems of planning,
and real growth rates. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.831 Money and Banking

A study of the nature and function of the monetary and banking systems of the United
States and of alternative theoretical models of the relationships between money and
economic activity. Current issues in monetary theory and policy and international
finance are considered. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.833 international Economics

Four areas, history, theory, policy and doctrine, are considered in relating the United
States to the rest of the world, with emphasis on theory and policy. A study of money,
gold- and/or paper-currency, in international trade and capital movements and the
balance of payments are combined with evaluated proposals for international mone-

48 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

tary system reforms and other trade agreements recommending more cooperation
and integration. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.835 Labor Economics

The economics of wage determination, impact of unions on wages and inflation,
the economics of full employment and unemployment, and private and public remedial
policies; the labor force, governmental labor legislation, security, unionism, and
democracy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

41.811 Financial and IVIanagerial Accounting

An introduction to accounting systems, including the development of financial state-
ments. Includes a critical appraisal of analytical techniques of evaluating the firm's
potential through historical data. Prep. none.

41.812 Control I

After examining the role which profit maximization plays as an entity objective,
alternative courses of action for goal achievement are integrated into a programmed
budgeting process. Emphasis is given to the budget as a planning, motivating,
coordinating, evaluating, and re-planning device. Prep. 41.811.

41.813 Control II

A study of the integration and coordination of short-range programs with long-range
plans and the control mechanisms which enhance appropriate conformance with
the strategic budget. Primary emphasis is on organizations decentralized into divi-
sional units. Prep. 41.812.

41.815 Management Control Systems

Management control is the process by which management translates the organiza-
tional objectives and strategy into specified goals for attainment in a specified period
of time, and secures the effective accomplishment of these goals in an efficient
manner. This course deals with systems that facilitate this process, with particular
attention to those designed for use at divisional and top management levels. Prep.
41.813.

41.816 Management Control of Health Service Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a competence in conceptualizing and
managing the planning and control requirements of organizations operating in the
health services domain. Major topics include: planning, budgeting, responsibility
accounting, cost analysis, and cost control. The role of the controller in these activities
is also examined. The course embodies the idea of a system's integrating these
requirements. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

41 .825 Management Performance Appraisal

A critical examination of traditional management appraisal, as well as recently
proposed techniques. External appraisal of aggregate management performance and
internal appraisal of individual management performance are covered. Prep. 41.812.

41.862 Tax Factors in Business Decisions

A survey of the Internal Revenue Code and its implications for choicfe of organizational
form, corporate reorganizations, compensation policies, and foreign business opera-
tions. Mergers and acquisitions and the management of depreciable property are

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 49

examined in the light of decisions made by the Internal Revenue Service and the
tax courts. The emphasis is on discussion and research into corporate income tax
problems that affect business decisions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit

43.811 Marketing Management I

The objectives of Marketing Management I and II are twofold: 1 . to provide the student
with a comprehensive understanding of basic marketing functions, institutions, and
concepts; and 2. to develop the student's ability to analyze and make recommen-
dations about business problems that involve the creation, distribution, and sale of
goods and services. Marketing Management I emphasizes the definition of marketing
problems, demand analysis, consumer analysis, and market research. Prep. none.

43.812 Marketing Management II

A continuation of Marketing Management I, with emphasis on the formulation and
implementation of marketing strategy. Emphasis is placed on product policy, channels
of distribution, pricing, advertising, personal selling, and the development of inte-
grated marketing programs of action. Prep. 43.811.

43.814 Consumer Behavior

Development of an understanding of consumer attitudes and behavior processes.
Various economic and behavioral models of consumer behavior are examined and
evaluated as bases for the planning and evaluation of marketing strategies. Text,
readings, project. Prep. 43.811.

43.910 International Marketing

Objective is to develop an understanding of: 1. the opportunities and challenges
facing the international marketing executive; 2. the decision-making process in
marketing goods abroad; and 3. the environmental forces— economic, cultural and
political— affecting the marketing process and acting as constraints on the develop-
ment of marketing strategies abroad. Lectures, discussions, reports, and
cases. Prep. 43.811.

43.925 Sales Management

Designed to help the student develop both the understanding and decision-making
skills necessary to build and maintain an effective sales organization. Cases and
readings are used which examine the strategic and operating problems of the sales
manager. Four major topic areas are: 1 . the selling function, 2. sales management
at the field level, 3. the sales executive, and 4. sales and marketing manage-
ment. Prep. 43.812. or permission of the instructor.

43.926 Advertising Management

An overview of management's role in the creation, administration and evaluation
of advertising. Readings, discussions, and cases develop knowledge of the four
fundamental steps in advertising management and strategy — markets, media, mes-
sages, measurement — in marketing consumer and industrial goods and services,
and in communications. Topics covered include the role of promotion and com-
munication within the marketing mix, market identification and media strategy,
development of advertising messages, program evaluation, the advertiser-agency
relationship, and advertising and social issues. Prep. 43.812 or permission of the
instructor.

50 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

43.931 Marketing Research

Major methods and techniques of marketing research are examined to understand
the function of research in marketing decision making. Specific topics include
research design, determination of information requirements, data collection methods,
experimentation, sampling, data analysis, and use of the canned program. Prep.
43.811 and 49.902.

43.934 New Product Development

The importance of new products to the survival and prosperity of firms continues
to grow with increasing shortening of product life cycles; with changes in technology,
competition, and consumer tastes; and with increasing operating costs. For most
firms, coping with the problems of environmental change through modification of
the product line is both vital and difficult. This seminar will have as a primary concern
the examination and analysis of some of the problems firms face in directing and
managing their new product development activities. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Man-
agement II.

43.936 Retail Management

Examines selected major strategy problems facing large-scale food and general
merchandise distributors; selects store locations; determines merchandising and
promotional policies; and formulates long-range plans. Cases and issues are explored
from the viewpoint of the management of prominent supermarket, department store,
and discount retailers, with some attention to wholesalers. Designed primarily for
students interested in retailing or wholesaling, and those concerned about mass
distribution in marketing consumer goods. Prep. 43.812.

43.937 Marketing Public Goods and Services

Examines public/ private institutional systems involved in providing public goods and
services (e.g., health care, housing, education, transportation, defense-aerospace-
oceanographic, pollution control, law enforcement) from the standpoint of business
markets and participation. Emphasis on the relevant marketing (buyer-seller) and
non-marketing relationships between firms and other institutions involved in policy
making, service provision, and procurement. Prep. 15 Q.H. or permission of the
instructor.

43.941 Industrial Marketing

The problems of industrial concerns in marketing their products and services to
industrial, business, and organizational customers. Emphasis is placed on determining
these customers' needs and on developing programs to satisfy these needs. Topics
include the roles and responsibilities of the marketing executive engaged in industrial
distribution, advertising, and research, as well as roles and responsibilities of industrial
salesmen, sales supervisors, and selling agents. Prep. 43.812.

44.811 Financial Management I

This course and its required sequel, 44.812, acquaint students with concepts,
practices, and procedures of financial management and offer training in analytical
approaches which help them make wise decisions affecting the flow of funds within
an organization. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep. 41.813.

44.812 Financial Management II

Concentrates on long-term sources and uses of funds, with an introduction to capital
budgeting techniques and the concept of cost of capital. Risk and return trade-offs

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 51

are included. Broad topics of overall financial strategy and timing are examined.
Frequently, evening students are required to prepare a term report based upon data
gathered on their jobs and/or from financial literature. Prep. 44.811.

44.814 International Financial Management

Comprehensive coverage of the field of international financial management, including
the fundamental problems of financial forecasting, multinational capital budgeting,
affiliate financial structures, international fund movements and instruments of interna-
tional finance, import-export financing, and the characteristics of foreign environ-
ments. Background information is sought in the interpretation of U.S. foreign
investment controls and the reaction of foreign governments to U.S. interfer-
ence. Prep. 44.812.

44.816 The Management of Financial Resources

Conceptually, decisions regarding the sources and uses of long term funds should
be made simultaneously. This course examines both aspects of the decision. A
thorough analysis of capital budgeting techniques are combined with an assessment
of factors affecting a firm's capital structure. Company assets and how they should
be financed are the central questions. Prep. 44.812.

44.818 Working Capital Management

The current assets and liabilities sections of an organization's balance sheet deter-
mine the amount of long term capital committed to working capital uses. This course
examines strategies and analytical approaches for making wise decisions affecting
these amounts. Material on money market conditions is included. Prep. 44.812.

44.901 Finance III— Advanced Financial Management

An opportunity to study several important areas of financial management in greater
depth than is possible in the basic finance courses. Some of the topics are: corporate
capital structure, dividend policy, capital budgeting, and the management of current
assets. Instruction is primarily through assigned readings and classroom case discus-
sions. Prep. 44.812.

44.921 Investment Analysis

Investment principles and risks. The objective is the development of a sound invest-
ment program, with attention to identification of investment objectives and risks.
Emphasis is placed on the techniques of analysis and evaluation of various types
of securities and the associated risks, the operation of the securities markets, and
the various methods of portfolio management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

44.924 Mergers and Acquisitions

This seminar explores the economic environment which has recently given rise to
a large number of corporate mergers and the business factors underlying these
corporate combinations. The financial, managerial, accounting, and legal factors
affecting mergers are studied. Students learn how to appraise a potential merger
and structure a merger on advantageous terms. Instruction is through directed
readings, case discussions, and independent research. Prep. 44.812.

44.935 Management of Financial Institutions

The intent is to acquaint students with the broad range of decision-making problems
faced by major financial institutions such as commercial banks, savings and invest-
ment institutions, and finance companies when viewed as competitive, profit-seeking

52 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

business entities. Major areas of concern in the course are: sources and uses of
funds by financial institutions, competition, regulation, and strategic policy planning
by financial institutions. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep.
44.812.

45.805 - 45.806 Operations Management I & II

The primary objective is to develop understanding of management in the operations
system— its design operation, control, evaluation, and modification. Two second
objectives: (1) to increase capability for managerial decision making in technical
matters; and (2) to develop an appreciation of the operations manager's job. Topics
include: design of product, design of process, human factors engineering, develop-
ment of capacity, line balancing, man-machines systems, work measurement, job
evaluation, wage payments system, project network models, production planning,
inventory management, production scheduling and control, and management of
product quality and statistical quality control. Operations Management I concentrates
on the design of the operations system; whereas Operations Management II focuses
on the operation and control. Prep. Basic courses in accounting and control, finance,
quantitative analysis, and organizational behavior or permission of the instruc-
tor. Prep. 45.805 for 45.806.

45.808 Comparative Management

An analysis of the management process in different types of organizations with
emphasis on similarities. Among the types of organizations examined are: business
firms, school systems, colleges and universities, unions, political parties, prisons,
hospitals, churches, and military organizations. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.809 Advanced Operations Management

This course is designed for those whose career goals are positions of responsibility
in the management of the manufacturing or operations function of an enterprise.
Although the primary focus is upon manufacturing enterprises, complex operating
problems in service-oriented institutions are included. Drawing primarily upon case
studies, the course focuses on the development and implementation of detailed
responses to the management requirements of operating systems. Emphasis is given
to emerging technological developments, such as computer-based mechanization
and automation, and to new developments in several areas of production and
operations management. Prep. 45.806.

45.810 Operations Management in ttie Service Sector j

Since the concepts and techniques of Operations Management were first developed
in manufacturing settings, traditional courses in operations management have dealt
with manufacturing. These concepts and techniques have wide applicability in service
and non-profit sectors which need the tools and techniques already used in manufac-
turing. Concentration is on application of concepts and techniques in the service
sector. Industries include: restaurant, health-care, recreation, brokerage, insurance,
and airline. Prep. 45.805 or permission of the instructor.

45.811 Purchasing and Materials Management

Specialized managerial skills are related to purchasing and other materials manage-
ment activities. Although primarily industrial, the same principles are applied to
non-profit, non-manufacturing organizations. Instructor uses both text and cases,
as well as extensive personal experience. Prep. 15 Q.l-i. of Grad. Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 53

45.815 Behavioral Concepts

A brief examination of major concepts and findings of the behavioral sciences which
have particular pertinence to business and administration. Systematic ways of under-
standing behavior are developed, taking account of technical, economic, political,
and human factors. Individual development is studied from the standpoint of character,
perception, learning, and motivation. Behavior of people in small groups is also
examined in terms of the structure and dynamics of the individuals in the group. Prep,
none.

45.816 Organizational Behavior I

Basic findings and concepts of the behavioral sciences are related to the specific
aspects of behavior in formally constituted organizations. Supervisory behavior is
examined in the t>ehaviorai context, as well as relations between groups, in order
to develop ways of achieving collaboration. Prep. 45.815.

45.817 Organizational Behavior II

The study of behavior in organizations is expanded to larger organizations in order
to understand and deal systematically with the complex relationships found at this
level. This course also provides an opportunity to apply knowledge about people
in organizations to the improvement of organizational systems and to the process
of achieving changes in organizations. Prep. 45.816.

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

An intensive inquiry into communications from one person to another, the longest
distance of all. Makes use of unconventional media for learning (selected films, drama,
and the short story) in which universal qualities of the interactions between people
are described, analyzed, and reinterpreted to different settings in today's
world. Prep. none.

45.820 Psychological Dynamics of Leadership

Reviews the existing approaches and hypotheses about the nature of leadership.
Focuses on psychoanalytic theory as a foundation from which to understand leader-
ship behavior. An extensive case history provides material for class discussion and
illustration of the theories of leadership. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.821 Policy Formulation in Nonbusiness Institutions

This seminar focuses primarily on the decision-making process in government
institutions, primarily at the Federal level. Readings portray nonrational perspectives
on behavior, such as the cybernetic and political models of decisions. Their larger
aim is to develop awareness of cognitive limitations of public policy decision-makers
and the inherent dysfunctions of bureaucracies in which they operate. Class sessions
explore the evolution of public policy, the role of analysis in policy formulation and
implementation, and the methodology of policy analysis. The seminar is concerned
with strategic decisions rather than with day-to-day operating problems. Prep. 15
Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.823 Career Planning and Development

Effective career planning and development is best viewed through the larger context
of an individual's actualization process in life. Career evaluation considers personal
values, interests, aspirations, sense of self-worth and managerial skills; and on the
other hand, the realities of specific occupational and professional choices. Each

54 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

participant will generate and analyze a wide variety of data to provide better insight
into his goals, interests, and managerial skills. Greater career fulfillment is the
objective. Prep. 45.816.

45.824 Organization Behavior in Nonprofit Environment

Human services organizations involved in health care, welfare, and education are
studied in reference to recent behavioral theories and concepts dealing with the
internal and external complexities and inter-relationships of large-scale organizations.
Term projects are designed to conduct and analyze a problem situation and develop
plans for implementing change. Readings, cases, and seminars. Prep. 45.815,
45.816.

45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies for Corporate Management

An opportunity for in-depth research and analysis of growth strategies available to
business firms. In a seminar setting, students examine firm and industry approaches
to growth through expansion and diversification. Special emphasis is placed on the
use of research and acquisition as means for achieving growth objectives. Prep.
45.825, and permission of the instructor.

45.829 New Ventures: A Career Choice

This course enables students to examine the nature of entrepreneurship and the
appropriateness of self-employment for an individual. The focus is on the decision
to own and operate one's own business. Students examine the nature of the values,
motivations, goals, and life style required by the entrepreneurial role. Guest speakers,
cases, selected readings, and self-assessment exercises help students identify the
congruency between their own interests and goals and an entrepreneurial career.
The course also offers potential value for prospective loan officers, investment
bankers and venture capitalists, CPAs, management consultants and others whose
career activities may involve them with entrepreneurs and managers of new ventures
or smaller companies. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit, or permission of instructor. \

45.830 Formal Planning Systems

Although plans that extend five or more years into the future are no longer a novelty,
the formal planning concept itself is still in its infancy. This course focuses on the
present-day "state-of-the-art" in planning for both profit and nonprofit organizations
of various sizes. Students are expected to develop hypothetical plans based upon
their own assessment of economic and other environmental factors. Prep. 15 Q.H.
of Grad. Credit.

45.833 Operations Management in the Health Care System

This course serves those whose career goals are positions of responsibility in the
management of the health care system. The objectives of the course are: 1 . to provide
a basic understanding of operations management problems existing in the health
care system, and 2. to develop decision-making ability to deal effectively with these
problems. Topics covered in the course are: the fundamentals of management in
the health care system, organizational planning, operations planning and control,
utilization of resources, and policy considerations in effective and efficient operation
of the health care system. Prep. 45.805 and 45.806, or permission of instructor.

45.835 Seminar in Organizational Development

Organizational development is the process of deliberate organizational change that
is planned, organization-wide, and managed from the top so as to increase organiza-

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 55

tional effectiveness through planned intervention by change agents. This course
examines organizational development as an emerging professional discipline, focus-
ing on identifying variables affected by a change program and developing an
understanding of methods and techniques. Prep. 45.817

45.836 Policy: The Social, Political, Economic, and Legal Environment

Both business and nonbusiness organizations exist in a multifaceted environment
of social, political, economic, and legal entities whose influences must be identified
and dealt with by a responsive decision-making process. The concept of corporate
strategy is developed as a medium in which to achieve these objectives. Prep, all
other required courses.

45.837 Policy: The Formulation and Implementation of Strategy

A continuation of course =t 45.836, with emphasis on the formulation and implementa-
tion of organizational strategy. Approaches to strategy formulation and implementa-
tion in both profit and nonprofit organizations are compared and contrasted. Topics
include: organizational structure and behavior, long-range planning, control and
motivation systems, information systems, and leadership. All topics are considered
within the systems framework of organizational strategy. Prep. 45.836.

45.838 Policy Formation in Health Care

A focus on the problem of defining and implementing policy in the health care sector.
The various internal and external components of the health care system are analyzed
as they relate to policy making and implementation. The course also includes a
discussion of nontraditional methods of health care delivery such as neighborhood
health care centers and national health insurance. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.839 Women Managers

A systems approach to an emerging type of manager— the woman. An examination
in historical perspective of women in the labor force with attention to the changing
socio-economic, technological, and legal environments of the business and service
community. Problems encountered for businesses and individual men and women,
as well as possible changes. Cases, readings, films and an individual project re-
view. Prep. 15 Q.H. or by permission of tf)e instructor.

45.841 Public/ Private Service Systems

Examines public/ private institutional systems involved in providing public goods and
services e.g., health care, housing, education, transportation, defense-aerospace-
oceanographic, pollution control, law enforcement. The perspective involves the roles
of various participants, and the alternative strategies appropriate for particular
participants. Prep. 15 O.H. or permission of tfie instructor.

45.902 Planning and Control of Manufacturing Operations

A study of the problems of managing the flow of materials, operations, and information
within an organization in response to, or anticipation of, market demands. The
concepts and techniques discussed are applicable in a variety of institutional settings.
Topics include: inventory management, demand forecasting, manpower and opera-
tions scheduling, project management, and integrated operations control systems.
The tone of the course is pragmatic; particular emphasis is on practical evaluation
and problems of implementing the analytic methods discussed. Prep. 45.806 or
permission of tfie instructor.

56 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.951 Executive Development

An examination of the executive position in an organization and the personal
characteristics and skills which it requires. The course examines the effects of cultural
change and shifting mores on motivation and management control, with their implica-
tion for developing appropriate organizational relationships. Report writing, oral
reports, and leading of group discussions are dominant techniques. Student evalua-
tion is encouraged. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.962 Institutional Environment of Business I

The relationship of the business corporation to various elements in its environment:
political, social, economic, scientific, and educational. Developing interactions and
mutual responsibilities, with emphasis on initiating and planning, to influence these
external institutional relations rather than only to respond to them. Responsibilities
of business and of businessmen for community, national, international, and ecological
welfare. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.964 Institutional Environment of Business II

Further examination of the relation of business to its environment and the responsi-
bility of the businessman and the firm to external and internal interests in a dynamic
and pluralistic system. Emphasis on situations involving conflicting values and
personal, organizational, moral, and public interest, with role playing to allow student
participation in corporate conflict determination. Prep. 45.962.

45.965 Management of Small Business Enterprises

Problems in various beginning stages of management of new small enterprises. Case
studies develop analytical approaches for appraising the risks and rewards of potentia
growth opportunities, as well as operating problems. Problems range from locating
evaluating and financing a small company, to the survival and growth of an establishec
business. Guest speakers relate pertinent business experiences to in-class activi-
ties. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Oriented toward the entrepreneur. Consideration given to locating and evaluating
business opportunities introduced by new ideas, product development, licensing,
inventions, patents, etc. The organization, start, and growth of a new business or
the acquisition of a going concern, including fund raising and related state regula-
tions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.969 Government and Business

Analysis of the role of government as a regulating force, as well as the nature anc
impact of government fiscal, economic, and socio-economic policies on the conduci
of business. The political and economic philosophies behind greater governmeni
participation in the economic structure of the nation as indicated by public-utility
antitrust, labor, and socioeconomic legislation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.971 Personnel Management

Significant developments of labor relations and employment theory; the principles
of personnel management and of management-union relations; policy considerations
for the managing of manpower resources; policy impact of current developments
in work theory; and resource management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

' DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 57

t5.972 Labor Relations

fraditional labor policy in relation to management, unions, and the public; manage-
ment-union relations as joint control over human resources of private and public
organizations; history of the labor movement and collective bargaining; work rules
and productivity; labor disputes and supplements to negotiations; political and
economic power; legal responsibilities of labor and management; management
authority and employee discipline; and types of management-union relations.
Prep. 45.971.

45.973 New Sectors of Collective Bargaining

A focus on new sectors of bargaining: 1. by public employees, including municipal,
state, and Federal; 2. by professional associations, including those of teachers,
doctors, nurses, and engineers; and in the mainly unorganized sectors; i.e., agricul-
ture, health care industry, and so-called white-collar-service areas. The purpose is
to study the variety of patterns emerging in these sectors as a result of the interplay
of the following forces; 1. presence or absence of a national labor law or policy;

2. relationship to existing trade union structure and industrial relations system;

3. occupational characteristics and industry or service technology, and 4. produc-
tivity and growth. Varying issues in collective bargaining are discussed through cases,
readings, and a group term project, and by invited practitioners. Prep. 15 Q.H. of
Grad. Credit.

45.975 Introduction to Health Care Systems

Health care systems from the administrator's point of view. Subjects include environ-
mental factors, strategic planning, identification and implementation of objectives,
and allocation of resources. A seminar format utilizes both text and cases; students
are also expected to prepare a research paper which identifies a health care
administration problem and proposes a solution. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.976 Workers in the Health Care System

The present health care system in the United States is in the process of major change
generated by both the internal and external social, legal, and professional environ-
ments. The purpose of this course is to describe and analyze some of the dynamics
and complexities of these changes and to consider how these changes affect the
worl<ers in the system. In turn, the worker's influence on these changes is studied.
The foci are the past, present, and future of major occupation levels and groupings
servicing the system, their relationship to each other and to the total system. A major
feature of the course is a group research project. Case studies, readings, lectures,
and guest speakers are also used Prep 45.815. 45.816.

45.977 Information Systems for Health Care Facilities

Introduction to the complexities of the quantity and variety of information requirements
in the field and the state of the technology capability, as well as an understanding
of the system's components through use of this information. Course covers systems
information flow and new computer techniques. Cases, readings, and on-site
visits. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.985 Management of Research and Development

Some corporations grow more rapidly than their competitors because of better
management of their technical programs. This course focuses on the unique problems
of R & D management through readings and case studies of the important consider-

58 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

ations involved in dealing with scientists and engineers as individuals; planning,
organizing, and controlling research; and establishing a climate for research. Prep.
41.811 and 45.817. 1

45.989 Science and Technology: The Challenge to Management

Greater understanding of the growing importance of the results of science and
technology on business activity and of the special problems and opportunities
encountered by management in using this knowledge. The course examines the
complex interaction of social, economic, political, and technical variables affecting
the climate for technological change. The critical role of the manager in the innovative
process is studied, examining the great array of techniques which help him keep
abreast of new R&D results. The contribution of various organizational structures
to the creative application of technology is also examined. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit.

45.991 Business Law— Law of Contracts, Agency, and Sales

Designed to give the student a basic knowledge of the legal aspects of contracts
and the results of contractual obligations. Attention is paid to the employment contract
in general, with emphasis on the principal and agent, and the master and servant
relationships. The law governing the sale of personal property as reflected in the
Uniform Commercial Code is incorporated. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.992 The Law of Business Organizations and Negotiable Instruments

The Law of Negotiable Instruments as reflected in the Uniform Commercial Code,
with special consideration given to commercial paper used in business transactions.
The law governing formation and operation of partnerships, corporations, and other
business organizations, with emphasis on the legal results and operations of those
concerned with the liability of members thereof. A study of the legal framework within
which the formal business organization must operate. Prep. 45.991 and 15 Q.H.
of Grad. Credit.

45.993 Labor Law

An overview of constitutional and legal problems involved in labor organizing,
industrial relations, labor negotiations, labor contract enforcement, and dispute
resolution in both private and public sectors of labor administration. Cases are studied
for the legal principles underlying common law, state and federal laws, and constitu-
tional questions of power and authority. Prep. 15 Q.H. Grad. Credit.

45.997 Special Studies in Business Administration (1 to 3 Q.H. Credit)

A special tutorial arrangement between a student and a faculty member for a guided
reading, research, laboratory, fieldwork, report, or teaching experience. It is for
graduate students who desire to do advanced work or carry out some special
investigation of a problem in business administration not specifically covered else-
where in the curriculum. Students must petition the Committee on Graduate Study
in Business Administration for permission to register in this course. This petition
should include an outline, a brief description of the work planned, and an indication
of the professor to whom the student will be responsible The professor will submit
to the Graduate Office a letter outlining in some detail the nature of the work that
the student will be doing in the course. The petition will be submitted after the student
has received permission to take the course from a member of the College of Business
Administration faculty. The course carries variable credit, ranging from one to three
quarter hours. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 59

45.998 Special Studies in Business Administration (3 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

45.999 Special Studies in Business Administration (3 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

48.801 Seminar in Transportation

The objectives are twofold: 1 . to provide a basic understanding of the functions and
importance of the domestic transportation system, and 2. to develop the student's
ability to analyze government policies related to transportation. The cost, service,
and pricing characteristics of the several modes of transportation are examined.
Emphasis is given to the special problems which confront both carriers engaged
in the various forms of transportation and shippers who rely upon their ser-
vices. Prep. 75 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

48.901 Physical Distribution Management

Study of the design and management of physical distribution systems to facilitate
the flow of goods through distribution channels. It covers aspects of plant and
warehouse locations, inventory controls, and selection of transportation carrier. The
course includes the use of case problems in logistics. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis

Managerial economic analysis establishes the economic foundations and framework
for managerial decisions. The course provides an introduction to the principles of
economic analysis, economic institutions, and issues of public policy. It stresses
the interdependency of the economic decisions of the firm with industry structures
and national economic policies. Topics covered include: sources, market decisions
and market structure, employment and growth, and the economic role of governmental
resource allocations. Prep. none.

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I

Decision making takes place in a probabilistic environment. The concept of statistical
inference is emphasized, with the objective of generating and understanding the
process by which the analyst draws conclusions from a small sample compared to
the characteristics of a large data set. The techniques employed in decision making
under uncertainty (payoff tables, decision trees) are also discussed. Prep. None.

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II

Introduction to the theory and practice of management science and operations
research. The topics of regression analysis, linear programming, and simulation are
discussed in text and case material; emphasis is on practical application of these
techniques. Issues of problem definition, model building, relevant cost determination,
solution generation, and implementation of results are considered. Prep. 49.902.

49.907 Operations Management Game

The Operations Management Game is a computer game of considerable complexity
focusing on operations problems. Teams are formed to make several decisions
affecting the operation of the firm for the next day: i.e., on hiring-firing, overtime,
machine sequencing, maintenance, and capital expenditures. These decisions are
then submitted to the computer and their consequences are provided as output to
each team. The team reacts by preparing another set of entries to guide the firm's
operation for the next day. During the game models covered in operations research

60 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES |

and the operations management courses are explored to determine their usefulness
as decision aids. Prep. 49.903, 45.806.

49.918 Information Theory and Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a framework for the analysis of com-
munication and information systems in organizations. Aspects of communications
theory are studied as background for building this framework and its underlying theory
is tested. Topics include development of an analytical framework for viewing informa-
tion systems and communication in organizations. Various aspects of communication?
theory are discussed and analyzed. A major objective of the communications anc
informations flow in organizations is to tie these events back to the underlyinc,
theory. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.932 Introduction to Computer Applications

A business-oriented introduction to data processing functions and systems. Introduc-
tion to the history, terminology, technology, and economics of data processinc
hardware and software. Management issues in the design, selection, evaluation, anc
use of computers and computer services. Individual familiarization with elementary
computer programming by using either batch or time-shared computer facilities tc
solve simple business-oriented exercises. When feasible, a visit to a data processinc
center is conducted. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit or permission of tlie instructor

49.933 The Computer and Its Applications II

The Management Information System (MIS) concept which stresses how a computer
powered information system can benefit all levels of management is emphasized
The course illustrates the economics of MIS and computers, describing the steps
necessary for successful installation and employment of MIS concepts. An extensive
case study illustrates systems design, dollar/ benefit tradeoffs, and the proper leve
of management involvement. Familiarization with the systematic or systems approach
to analyzing and solving computer and information systems problems as well a?
general business problems. Business management rather than computer technology
is stressed. Prep. 49.932.

49.935 Computer Applications in Management Science

Discussion of the technical, economic, and procedural aspects of applying quantita-
tive techniques of management science to planning and operations problems. Heav^
emphasis is on the computer's role in this process. Concentration is on selectee
techniques such as linear programming, simulation, and multiple regression analysis
Practical problems of designing computer programs, selecting canned packages
gathering data, and implementing results are considered. The required term projed
allows an in-depth study of an area and/or technique of the student's choosing
This project may take a variety of forms: a computer model written by the student
use of a canned package or a model written by others, library research report,
formulation of a practical problem for future solution. Ability to program is not required,
nor is computer programming emphasized; however, extensive time-sharing and
batch-processing computer service is available for those who wish to use it. Prep.
49.902, 49.903, and 49.932.

undergraduate
universities attended
by students

ur Force Academy

vmherst College

vrizona, University of

vssumption College

Sates College

ientley College

ioston College

ioston University

5owdoin College

irandeis University

iridgeport, University of

irooklyn Polytecfinic Institute

irown University

Jucknell University

Calcutta, University of (India)

California. University of

!;anisius College

)ase Institute of Techinology

iattiollc University of America

!;athiolic University (Venezuela)

Cincinnati, University of

Dity College of New York

cOlby College

Colgate University

Columbia University

Connecticut, University of

Cornell University

Dartmouth College

Delaw/are, University of

Denison University

Drake University

Drexel University

Duke University

Fairfield University

Florida, University of

Fordham University

Franklin and Marshall College

Gettysburg College

Hartford University

Harvard University

Hawaii, University of

Hiram College

Hobart College

Hofstra University

Holy Cross College

Houston, University of

Illinois, University of

Institute of Science (India)

Ithaca College

Johns Hopkins University

Lafayette College

Lake Forest College

Lehigh University

Lowell Technical Institute

Loyola University (Chicago)

Maine, University of

Maryland, University of

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Massachusetts Maritime Academy

Massachusetts, University of

McGill University (Canada)

McMaster University (Canada)

Merrimack College

Nebraska, University of

New Hampshire, University of

Northeastern University

Notre Dame, University of

Ohio Wesleyan University

Pennsylvania State University

Pennsylvania, University of

Plymouth State College

Providence College

Radcliffe College

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Rhode Island, University of

Rochester Institute of Technology

Rochester, University of

Rutgers, The State University (New Jersey)

St. Anselm's College

St. John University

St. Lawrence University

Simmons College

Smith College

Stanford University

State College at Boston

State University of New York, at Buffalo

State University of New York, at Genesco

State University of New York, at Oneonta

Stonehill College

Suffolk University

Sydenham College (India)

Syracuse University

Tennessee, University of

Texas, University of

Tufts University

United States Merchant Marine Academy

United States Military Academy

United States Naval Academy

Vermont, University of

Villanova University

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Wesleyan University

Worcester Polytechnic Institute

Yale University

faculty directory

Name Room

Ammer, Dean S. 213 HA

Anderson, Harley H. 202 HA

Arnett, Matthew D. 305 HA

Caplan, Robert H. 302 HA

Carter, Clairmont P. 205 HA

Castellano, John J. 213 HA

Cerullo, Saverio 209 HA

Chugh, Lai C. 209 HA

Collazzo, Charles J. 322 HA

Croke, Paul V. 305 HA

Crotty, Philip T. 202 HA

Curran, Joseph R. 213 HA

Dufton, Charles H. 322 HA

Farrar, Robert H. 205 HA

Fetters, Michael 205 HA

Fiumara, Angelo 204 HA

Godin, Victor B. 204 HA

Graetz, Herbert 305 HA

Gubellini, Carlo E. 206 HA

Hehre, Robert J. 222 HA

Hekimian, James S. 202 HA

Higgins, Richard B. 304 HA

Hobart, Christine L. 213 HA

Janell, Paul 205 HA

Jordan, John W. 224 HA

Keith, Lyman A. 204 HA

Kinnunen, Raymond A. 302 HA

Lieb, Robert 204 HA

Lindhe, Richard 205 HA

Malchman, Lawrence 114 HA

Marple, Wesley W. 209 HA

Marshall, Edward 213 HA

McCarthy, Daniel J. 302 HA

McDonald, Philip R. 322 HA

Minichiello, Robert J. 322 HA

Moriarty, Mark M. 322 HA

Nielson, Richard 322 HA

Olive, Russell W. 302 HA

Parsons, Robert A. 302 HA

Priem, Andre P. 305 HA

Richards, Paul C. 205 HA

Rochwarg, Herman 305 HA

Rugina, Anghel N. 209 HA

Santos, Richard J. 212 HA

Scioletti, Daniel C. 204 HA

Shelley, Charles 204 HA

Slavin, Albert 205 HA
Stephenson, Frederick J. 204 HA

Timmons, Jeffry 213 HA

Ward, Raymond 209 HA

Willett, Edward 209 HA

Wiseman, Frederick 322 HA

Extension
437-3252
3230
3257
3255
3240
3252
3248
3248
3260
3257
3230
3252
3260
3240
3240
3236
3236
3257
3244
3248
3230
3255
3252
3240
2714
3236
3255
3236
3240
2167
3248
3252
3255
3260
3260
3260
3260
3255
3255
3257
3240
3257
3248
3272
3236
3236
3240
3236
3252
3248
3248
3260

Index

Academic Council, 13
Academic Requirements, 28
Address of University, 1
Administration

University, 11

Graduate Division, 14, 15
Application Procedure and

Admission Requirements, 27, 29
Assistantship, 26

Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings and Facilities, 22
Brockton Campus, 24
Burlington Campus, 23

Calendar, 64

Campus Description and Location, 22

Map, 64
Changes in Requirements, 29
Class Hours, 30
Classifications. Academic, 29
Colleges, Undergraduate, 61
Committee on Graduate Study in

Business Administration, 18
Committees, General University, 13
Continuing Education, Center for, 20
Continuity of Program, 29
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of, 47
Credits, 30

Transfer, 31
Curriculum, 41
Contents, 3

Degree, Application for, 29
Degree Requirements, 28
Dormitory Proctorships, 34

Henderson House,
Holidays, 5

Internship, 25

Libraries, 22

Living Accommodations, 23

Loans, 34, 35

Map of Campus, 64
Marine Science Institute, 24

National Direct Student Loan, 35
Nashua Campus, 24

Part-time Recommended Program, 27
Program for Advanced Study in

Business Administration, 45
Programs, types of, 25

Part-Time, 27

Fuii-Tlme, 25, 27

Refunds, 34
Registration, 31
Regulations, 28
Research Activities, 20
Residence, Academic, 31

Facilities, 23
Required Courses, 41

Schools, Graduate and Professional, 19
Sloan Scholarship Program

for Minority Students, 35
Student Center, 22
Suburban Facilities. 23

Elective Courses, 42, 43
Executive Council, 13

Faculty, 37
Faculty Directory, 62
Faculty Senate, 14
Fellowships, 35
Financial Information, 33
Full-Time Program, 25
Framingham Campus, 24

Grading System, 30

Graduate and Professional Schools, 19

Guaranteed Student Loan Program, 34

Time Limits, 31
Transfer Credit,
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 33

Undergraduate Universities Attended

by Students, 61
University Council, 13
University, Description of, 19
University Graduate Council, 15

Waiver Procedure, 31
Warren Center, 23
Withdrav\/als, 32

^ O O >- J= TO

DQ 00 <_3 tJ C-> Q

■DC a>

TO .2 c

= fe " ^ 1 1 = = _

^.-S ='ScQOQ"t=T"ro
o o ^r o o

^ ^ LU Ll- U-

o Jt; *; <u

Q0>

S ^ -2 ■£ c -

' c5

I ^ ^ ^ ;t ^^ «i:

a> DO
, o = _ :
1«^:5 TO.
<i> °3 ^ '
— ; CD i/}
— ^ i_ "^

TO S TO

= TO.y

S Q. QC I

S Q=:

li_u-luU<CSli.liJC:3U-C}C}>-i.Li-UC0lijllj— {ZU.U-LUZU

Proaram in Criminal Justice 1974-

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

144 Knowles-Voipe

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (61 7) 437-3327

graduate Program in Criminal Justice 1974-75

•ff ! m

1 imiir.:

'V;

'■J*

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

11 Administrative Organization

13 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools
19 The University

22 Buildings and Facilities

25 College of Criminal Justice Graduate Program

26 Part-Time Study

26 General Regulations

28 The Master of Science Degree

33 Financial Information

33 Financial Obligations

34 Financial Aid

37 Faculty

38 Fields of Study

38 Programs in Professional Specializations

40 Model Program

41 Specimen Programs
44 Courses

48 Index

■= " CD :

^r^

■s^

<2 -£=

O-

O'O

.^J

ro o

03 CO

TO TO CTJ 1^

TO .S

caD tU) •— c — V ^

- ~ 2 ^ -2 oJ c o .£ .

. i gj

■§1

-O 2 Z3

— .— CQ = = a3 Qj^- ""rE

— c c a> ™ c/1 -o
m CO "^ af TO
^ -= ^ c ^ - _

C_3 C_3 C3 Q C3 LU

2J •-. CO oo

.E OJ
o c

Li_ c33:^iCiti^^^<:SQ-Q:Q;:3

U_Ll-LlJC3^3;Li_LlJOU_C30 Li_Li-OCDLiJLlJ — ,^Li-U-LljmC3

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1974-1975

Fall Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Boston

Classes begin

Thesis committee approval forms due

(full-time students)
Last day to drop a course
Examination period^

Monday-Thursday

Monday

Friday

Wednesday
Monday-Friday

Sept. 23-Sept. 26
September 30
November 15

November 27
Dec. 16-Dec. 20

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Boston

Approved thesis proposals due

(full-time students)
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination period^

Monday-Thursday
Monday

Monday

Saturday

Monday-Friday

Dec. 9-Dec. 12
December 16

January 6

March 8

Mar. 24-Mar. 28

Spring Quarter 1975

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Boston Monday-Thursday Mar. 17-Mar. 20

Classes begin Monday April 7

Last day to drop a course Saturday June 7

Examination period^ Monday-Friday June 16-June 20

Summer Quarter 1975

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Boston

Classes begin

Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement
Thesis due (full-time students)
Last day to pay fee for fall

commencement
Fall commencement

Wednesday-Thursday
Monday

Friday
Monday

Friday
Thursday

June 18-June 19
June 30

August 1
August 11

August 29
Sept. 11

♦Examinations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate examination
schedule.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1974-

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Cinristmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriots' Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

1975

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Friday

Monday

Thursday

Monday

October 14
October 28
Nov. 28-Nov. 30
Dec. 23-Jan. 3
February 18
April 15
May 27
July 4
September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is connmitted to a policy of providing equal oppor-
tunity for all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official
relationships with students, including evaluation of academic performance,
the University insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Uni-
versity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional policy that
there shall not be any discrimination against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin.
In addition, Northeastern takes affirmative action in the recruitment of ^
students and employees. I

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
^Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Seal
*Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
*George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

William H. Bruce, Jr.

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota
(Dorothy Dodge)

Erwin D. Canham
*Richard P. Chapman

Theodore Chase

Robert F. Chick

Vessarios G. Chigas

Carl W. Christiansen
*David H. Cogan

Abram T. Collier

William A. Coolidge

Edward Creiger

H. James Crossan, Jr.

Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
* Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
*William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
-Byron K. Elliott
*William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners

Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan

*Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
*Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.
Allan M. Hale
William Hellman
*Ernest Henderson III
Walter F. Henneberry
James S. Herbert

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
*Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

*Eli Jacobson
*Robert L. Johnson
*Henry C. Jones

Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon
^Lawrence H. Martin
*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell
*Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.
**Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)
E. Douglas Kenna
Edward M. Kennedy
Fenton G. Keyes
Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus

*Kenneth A. Loftman
Edward A. Loring

*John Lowell

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

*Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

*Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
*Francis J. Quirico

**Honorary Trustee

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
♦Frank L. Richardson
*Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
*Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall

David T. Scott

Donald W. Seager

Sydney Shaftman
*James L. Shanahan

Donald B. Sinclair

Philip A. Singleton
*Donald W. Smith
*Farnham W. Smith
*George A. Snell

Bernard Solomon

John v. Spalding

Robert C. Sprague
*Russell B. Stearns
*Earl P. Stevenson

David B. Stone

■Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

•^Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William 0. White
^Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
*Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

^Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

♦Frank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
++Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
James L. Shanahan
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1977

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Eli Jacobson
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Stephen P. Mugar,

+Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
++Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
*Asa S. Knowles
Harold A. Mock

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis

♦President of the University
++President Emeritus of the University

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A.,

Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President
Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed.,

President Emeritus
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for

Cooperative Education
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean

of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and

Associate Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College

and Director of Boston-Bouve
Graduate Sctiool

Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business

Administration
Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of

Administrative Services of the Division of
Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

and Director of the Center for
Continuing Education
Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate

School of Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the

Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of ttie Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education
Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Researcli
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School

of Professional Accounting
Charles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering

and Director of the Graduate
School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administratior
Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administration

and Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration
Ruth H. Karp, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students
Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Liberal

Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts
and Sciences
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering

and Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and

Director of Environmental Health
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

and University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic
Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean

of the Division of Cooperative
Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administra-
tion and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

and Director of the Graduate
Program of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Catherine L. Allen Martin W. Essigmann

Kenneth W. Ballou Joseph M. Golemme

Malcolm J. Campbell George W. Hankinson

Philip T. Crotty, Jr. James S. Hekimian

John A. Curry Sidney Herman

LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King
Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.

Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Albert H. Soloway
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
"Kenneth W. Ballou

Charmarie J. Blaisdell

Robert L. Cord

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora M. DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.
"Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
°James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Walter S. Jones, Jr.

Maurice Kaufman
"Christopher Kennedy

Robert D. Klein

°Melvin Mark
Edward S. Marshall
Robert W. Miller
Richard G. Natoli
Irene A. Nichols
Welville B. Nowak

°Paul M. Pratt
John F. Reinhard

"Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

"Norman Rosenblatt
J. Spencer Rochefort

"Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan
Kathryn J. Shaffer

"Robert A. Shepard
Ruth E. Sullivan
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School
Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

'Appointed by the President

3eoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., IVI.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration
Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Associate Registrar of the Graduate Schools
John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of

Business Administration
Thomas J. Kerr, B.S.I.E., M.S. I.E., Assistant Director of the Graduate

School of Engineering
Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences
John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial

Science
Norman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate Program in

Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education
Albert Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School

of Education
Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1974-1975

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the
conduct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved
by the Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of

Boston-Bouve College Graduate School
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director

of the GraduateSchool of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the

Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

David Barkley, Professor of Political Science
Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management
Ernest M. DeCicco, Associate Professor of Economics
David I. Epstein, Professor of Mathematics

Robert Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry
John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology
Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Joseph Senna, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice

Albert Soloway, Cliairman of tiie Department of Medicinal Chemistry

and Pharmacology and Director of the

Graduate School of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics
Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology
Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing
Elizabeth Van Slyck, Professor of Physical Therapy
Arthur Weitzman, Professor of English
Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry
Richard Zobel, Professor of Physical Education

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Barbara Burke, Executive Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law

of the Graduate School of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean of the College of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education
Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and

Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the School of Law
Barbara Philbrick, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and

Coordinator of Programs for Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School
Marianne Radziewicz, Registrar of the School of Law

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of Criminal Justice and Director

of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Albert Soloway, Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty

Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration

Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice 1974-1975

Joseph Senna, Chairman, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice
Frederick Cunliffe, Professor of Criminal Justice
Romine Deming, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice
Reynold Perry, Administrative Assistant,

Graduate Program in Criminal Justice
Norman Rosenblatt, Director, Dean of the College of Criminal Justice
Stephen Schafer, Professor of Criminal Justice
Donna Turek, Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a
privately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under
the General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by
special enactment has given the University general degree-granting
powers. The University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected
by and from the Northeastern University Corporation, which is
composed of 170 distinguished business and professional men and
women.

From its beginning. Northeastern University has had as its domi-
nant purpose the discovery of community educational needs and
the meeting of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The
University has not duplicated the programs of other institutions,
but has sought to pioneer new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative
Plan, initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subse-
quently adopted by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922),
Liberal Arts (1935), Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing
(1 964), Boston-Bouve College (1 964); the College of Criminal Justice
(1967); and by Lincoln College's daytime Bachelor of Engineering
Technology program (1971). This educational method enables
students to gain valuable practical experience as an integral part
of their college program and also provides the means by which
they may contribute substantially to the financing of their education.
The Plan has been extended to the graduate level in engineering,
actuarial science, rehabilitation administration, professional ac-
counting, business administration, and law.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The ten graduate and professional schools of the University offer day
and evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of IVIaster
of Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master
of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master
of Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of
Master of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate Program in Criminal Justice offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of
Education and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of
Science, Engineer degree. Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philoso-
phy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of
Master of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960
to relate the University to the needs of its community in a period
of accelerated change. Adult education programs offered by the
Center and University College have since been consolidated. Its
programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes,
forums, and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve
specific needs. The Division of Special Programs, working coopera-
tively with trade associations and professional societies, offers a
wide variety of programs dealing with current needs and problems.
Through its Division of Community Services, working with govern-
mental agencies and community organizations, the Center is be-
coming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House,
Northeastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachu-
setts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of
basic research projects in business, science, social science, phar-
macy, and engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of

THE UNIVERSITY / 21

Research, whose services are University-wide and available to the
faculties of all the Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most
effective teaching and learning take place in an environment char-
acterized by research activities directed toward extending the
frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360
Huntington Avenue in the Bacl< Bay section of Boston. IVIany of
the city's famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions
are situated in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts,
Symphony Hall, Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner
Museum, the Harvard teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library,
and many schools and colleges. Most are within walking distance
of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter-
and intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the
metropolitan-suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the
campus. For motorists, the best routes to the campus are the
Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington
Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 48 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with
the main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the
other. The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed
since 1938, are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most
are interconnected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student
recreation and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium,
with a seating capacity of 1 ,300, is part of the Center. Also included
are special drama facilities, a ballroom main lounge, fine arts
exhibition area, student offices, conference rooms, and a dining
area seating more than 1 ,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which
is the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington;
the School of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and
Electrical Engineering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and
Psychology, and Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and
Physical Therapy. There are additional subject collections for the
Center for Management Development at Andover, Massachusetts,
and the Marine Science Institute in Nahant.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

The library collections number 360,000 volumes supplemented
by some 267,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche
forms. The collection includes, in addition, some 3,500 periodical
titles, 90,000 documents, and 4,600 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of
the best equipped in New England. The large gymnasium contains
four basketball courts. In addition, the Center consists of an athletic
cage, a small gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative
offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Educa-
tion Department of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses
a 105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball
courts, and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a
large gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory,
college library, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center,
dark and music rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms,
offices, classrooms, conference room and lounge, storage facilities,
and a research laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which
accommodates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments
are available which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath.
Apartments are furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refriger-
ator, and kitchen table. The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apart-
ments. Applications are available in the Office of University Housing.
Students are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-
term basis but may live in the apartments both while on cooperative
work assignments and in school if they wish. All reservations are
made on a first come, first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128
and 3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the
needs of individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathe-
matics, business administration, science, education, and the arts,

24 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

portions of undergraduate programs leading to the associate and
bachelor's degrees, special programs for adults, and noncredit
state-of-the-art programs are offered.

Warren Center

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located
in Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education
conducts short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for
business, professional, and research groups. Henderson House is
12 miles from the main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a
research and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of
marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year,
and is about 20 miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses
at this institute are applicable toward an advanced degree in biology
or health science.

Brocl(ton, Nashua, and Framingfiam Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and north-
eastern Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion offers a major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in
Brockton, Massachusetts. These facilities, made available by the
Veterans Administration Hospital, are conveniently located just off
Route 24.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take
a major portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New
Hampshire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates,
Inc. and are located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over
the Massachusetts line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion
of the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located
in Framingham, Massachusetts.

college of
criminal justice
graduate program

The Graduate Program in Criminal Justice at Northeastern Uni-
versity offers both a full- and part-time program leading to a Master
of Science degree. Students have the opportunity to choose among
three major concentrations of study: administration, policy develop-
ment, and planning; behavioral science theory; and research. De-
velopment of leadership qualities is stressed in each specialization.
The purpose of the graduate program is to provide innovative
concepts in academic study and research of crime using the criminal
justice process.

The master's program in criminal justice concentrates on the
problem of crime as a form of deviant behavior through a system
established in response to that problem. The muitidisciplinary
academic program emphasizes a systems approach to criminal
justice, and stresses organizational and management theory. Broad
in concept, the program is to be understood as encompassing such
related disciplines as law, sociology, political science, psychology,
criminology, and public administration. Its primary educational
function is to prepare individuals for research, teaching, and admin-
istration within a changing criminal justice system.

Faculty members represent several academic disciplines. Teach-
ing activities vary in nature and depend on the instructor's specific
objectives. Specialized areas include courses in community treat-
ment, delinquency, correctional management, criminology, and
criminalistics.

The goals of graduate study in the College of Criminal Justice are:

1 . To develop leaders capable of assuming responsibility for policy
planning, administration, and group leadership.

2. To prepare individuals for criminal justice teaching positions in
community colleges and other educational institutions.

3. To provide students with the necessary skills and knowledge
for applied research and facilitate their ability to discern problem
areas.

4. To provide a foundation for advanced doctoral study.

26 / COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM

FULL-TIME STUDY

Graduate study in criminal justice may be pursued through either
a full- or part-time program. Full-time study allows for completion
of course work within one academic year, beginning in September
and ending in June of the following year. A substantial portion of
the full-time student's time is devoted to academic study; however,
simultaneous work on the thesis is expected during this period.
Most students finish the thesis requirement in one additional
quarter, thereby completing the program within one calendar year.

PART-TIME STUDY

Graduate study is also possible on a part-time basis. The part-time
student is allowed to carry a maximum of two courses per quarter.
Close consultation with a faculty adviser helps the part-time student
determine a workable sequence of courses, and decide the number
of credits to be carried each quarter. All degree requirements must
be completed within five years from the date of enrollment.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for alii
graduate programs are established by the Northeastern University i
Graduate Council. In some matters the committee of each graduate I
school is allowed discretion to establish regulations within limits |
defined by the Council. The regulations and academic requirements I
which follow have been formulated in accordance with this general
policy.

Application

All applicants should address inquiries to the Graduate Program
of Criminal Justice. Application forms and information will be mailed
promptly.

Registration

Students must register within the period listed on the school
calendar. Registration is not permitted after this period.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence
at the University, unless approval has been obtained from the
Director of the Graduate Program of Criminal Justice for work taken
elsewhere. Students who are in residence and using the facilities
of the University must register for such work.

COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM / 27

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses is recorded
by tine instructor, using the following grades:

A Excellent

For performance of high graduate caliber
B Satisfactory

For performance at a satisfactory level
C Fair

For performance not at the level expected in graduate work
F Failure

For unsatisfactory performance
I Incomplete

For failure to complete course work

The designation I will be changed to a grade upon removal of
the deficiencies which caused the I to be reported. Deficiencies
must be removed within a period stipulated by the professor.

Any student who wishes to take a make-up examination must
obtain permission from the professor teaching the course. A rea-
sonable time period for the examination is discussed and set by
the professor.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits at Northeastern University are entered as quarter-hour
credits, with a quarter hour of credit being equivalent to three-
fourths of a semester hour: i.e., 12 semester hours are equal to
16 quarter hours.

All classes in the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice meet
on a quarter basis, with an academic quarter defined as a term
of approximately 12 weeks' duration. The academic calendar in
the front of this bulletin should be consulted to determine the
opening dates of each quarter.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward
a degree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period
of one year must apply for readmission.

Witlidrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an
official withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office. With-
drawals may be made through the ninth class meeting of the quarter.
Students will be withdrawn as of the date on which they complete

28 / COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM

the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor does
not constitute an official withdrawal. Petitions for withdrawal from
a course after the ninth class meeting of the quarter must be
submitted to the Director of the Graduate Program, and may be
approved to avert unusual hardships on the student.

Students who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped
from the class unless they notify the Registrar of their intention
to continue.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of the Graduate Program requires
occasional revision of curricula. In every new bulletin, some impro-
vements are indicated. When changes impose no hardships on the
student and school facilities permit, the student is expected to meet
the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it impossi-
ble to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Application for the Diploma

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office
on or before the applicable date listed on the calendar, there is
no assurance that the degree will be granted in that particular year,
even though all other requirements have been fulfilled.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

Admission Requirements for Degree Candidacy

All applications for graduate study in Criminal Justice are reviewed
by the Graduate Admissions Committee, and must include:

1 . A completed application accompanied by a nonrefundable $15
application fee.

2. Official transcript(s) from accredited institution(s) as evidence
of earning a baccalaureate degree with a gradepoint average
of approximately 3.0 or higher.

3. Official scores from the aptitude test of the Graduate Record
Examination or Law School Aptitude Test; above-average
scores are preferred.

4. Three letters of recommendation from academic, professional,
or personal sources; academic references are preferred.

5. An essay of not more than 400 words which expresses aca-
demic and personal objectives.

No one factor is used to select candidates for the program. The
Graduate Admissions Committee receives all applications and con-
siders a variety of factors including previous work experience and
professional potential, in addition to academic record and test

COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM / 29

scores. When possible, students are asked to participate in an
admissions interview to help the Committee make a complete
evaluation.

Consideration for admission is given only after all application
material, including the $15 application fee, has been received by
the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice."

Student Classifications

Students whose credentials meet the criteria listed above are
classified as full- or part-time regular students.

Part-time provisional students are individuals who did not meet
admission standards but, in the opinion of the Graduate Committee,
have the potential for graduate work. Applicants for full- or part-time
regular status whose credentials do not warrant acceptance are
automatically considered for part-time provisional status.

Upon completion of 12 quarter hours of course work at North-
eastern, the provisional student must request a transfer to regular
student status in the Graduate Program. To be considered for
transfer, six of the 12 credits must be from required courses offered
by the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice with a grade of at
least B. An overall cumulative grade average of B must be main-
tained in courses taken outside the College of Criminal Justice.

Special students may take courses on a nondegree basis only
by obtaining permission from individual instructors. Should a special
student desire admission to the degree program as a regular
student, he/she must meet standard admission requirements. Up
to 12 credits (no more than two courses per quarter) may be taken
as a special student before applying for admission. All courses must
result in a grade of B or better; if 12 credits have been completed,
six must be from required courses.

Academic Requirements for the IVIaster's Degree

All candidates for the Master's Degree in Criminal Justice are
required to complete the following:

1. A total of 42 hours of course credit.

2. Thirty-six of the total 42 hours completed in classroom work,
18 of which are required courses and 18 elective courses.

3. Completion of an acceptable thesis valued at six credits.

4. Satisfactory performance on a comprehensive written exami-
nation. Full- and part-time students may apply to take the
comprehensive examination when they have completed all
course requirements.

Students in the program must earn a grade of B or above in
all required and elective courses offered within the Graduate Pro-
gram in Criminal Justice. An average of B or above is also required
in all other elective courses taken within the University. Each student

30 / COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM

is expected to maintain an overall average of B or better in all
course work to remain in the program.

Within the above limitations, a criminal justice required or elective
course for which a grade of F is received must be repeated with
a grade of B or better, and may be repeated only once. If a grade
of F is received in a university elective course, that course may
be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or another elective
course may be substituted. If a grade of C is received in a required
course, provisions may be made with the professor to correct the
deficiency.

Program Selection

Upon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student is assigned
a temporary adviser in his/her major area of concentration. In
consultation with his/her adviser, the student develops a program
of study, including program objectives, anticipated courses, and
estimated dates of completion of the various degree requirements.
The temporary adviser also helps the student select a thesis
committee which assists him/her in all academic matters, as well
as in the development and completion of the thesis.

Transfer Credits

Individuals who have been enrolled in other graduate degree
programs, who have earned a graduate degree, or who have taken
graduate courses on a non-degree basis may be granted credit
at the discretion of the Graduate Committee. A maximum of 12
quarter hours of credit from another institution is acceptable provid-
ing it meets specified requirements. Courses should be the equiva-
lent of or comparable to courses offered in the Graduate Program
in Criminal Justice. If accepted, each course represents three
quarter hours of credit. A petition for transfer of credit, obtainable
from the College of Criminal Justice, together with official transcripts
and course descriptions from the institution(s) attended, must be
provided before committee action will be taken.

Compreliensive Examination

Each candidate takes a comprehensive examination no later than
one month prior to the expected date of graduation. This examina-
tion may be taken when the candidate has completed all course
requirements, as the subjects tested are commensurate with the
student's area of concentration.

A grade of B or better must be achieved in the examination. A
student who fails may be given a reexamination under conditions
determined by the Director of the Graduate Program or his desig-
nate.

COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE GRADUATE PROGRAM / 31

Thesis

Each candidate must submit a thesis which exhibits his research
ability, and increases his scope of individual specialization. The
thesis proposal is submitted for approval to the candidate's thesis
committee: a chairman and one or two members proposed by the
student. Once approved, the thesis committee serves as an advisory
board on idea development. The completed thesis must be approved
by the thesis committee, graduate committee, and Director of the
Graduate Program.

financial infornnation

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
Tuition

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of
Trustees at any time. However, any change in tuition and fees will
become effective at the beginning of the school year which follows
the one in which the change was announced.

Tuition for master's degree candidates and special students is
$57 per quarter hour of credit.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office
and are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before
the date specified.

Fees

All applications must be accompanied by a nonrefundable appli-
cation fee of $15. No application will be processed until the fee
has been received by the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice.
Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University and
sent, with the application, to the Graduate Program in Criminal
Justice, Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston,
Massachusetts 02115.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition
and a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, payable before com-
mencement by the applicable date listed on the academic calendar.

Full-time students are charged $1 2.50 per quarter for the services
available in the Student Center; part-time students pay $.75 a
quarter.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged prior
to graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance
does not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds
should be discussed with the Bursar's Office.

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the followinc
schedule:

Official Withdrawal

Percentage of

Filed Within

Tuition Refunded

First week of quarter

100

Second week

Third week

Fourth week

FINANCIAL AID

There is a limited amount of financial aid for part-time students
enrolled in the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice. Graduate
assistantships and/or fellowships in the College are not available
to part-time students. A limited number of research fellowships may
be available to qualified full-time graduate students. Research
fellows are selected on the basis of academic background, research
potential, and a written research proposal. Assigned duties require
18-20 hours per week for which the student receives a stipend of
$3450 per calendar year and a tuition waiver.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

A limited number of full- and part-time Martin Luther King, Jr.
Fellowships are available. These scholarships provide for remission
of tuition and all fees, and are awarded to qualified black students
on the basis of financial need. Additional information and application
forms are available from the Office of Financial Aid.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the
Huntington Avenue Campus are available each year. Appointments
carry a minimum compensation of room and board. Further infor-
mation and application forms may be obtained from the Office of
University Housing.

National Direct Student Loan

Under provisions of an act of the Federal government, students
carrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans
up to $2,500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for
undergraduate and graduate work. The actual amount of any award
will be determined on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower
ceases to carry a half-time load and extends 10 years from that
point at an annual interest rate of three percent. Up to 100 percent
may be cancelled for teachers in special education. Additional

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

iformation and application forms are available from the Office of
inancial Aid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time
tudents and one month prior to the start of the quarter for which
lid is requested for other students.

ligher Education Loan Plan (Guaranteed Student Loan Plan)

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks
n the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state
igencies, carry an interest charge of seven percent, three percent
)f which is paid by the Federal government. Graduate students
nay borrow up to $2,500 for each year of study up to a maximum
)f $10,000 for both undergraduate and graduate work. Monthly
epayment begins nine to 12 months after completion of study, and
extends up to five years for amounts less than $2,000 or to 10
/ears for amounts greater than $2,000. Applicants for this loan are
equired to complete a need analysis form. Additional information
and application forms are available from the Office of Financial
\\6.

^aw Enforcement Assistance Administration

The Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, U.S. Depart-
ment of Justice, has set up an Office of Academic Assistance under
authority of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of
1 968, Public Law 90-351 . Through the University, loans up to $2,200
per year for tuition and grants up to $250 per academic quarter
for tuition and fees are available to law enforcement personnel In
undergraduate or graduate programs leading to degrees or certifi-
cates in areas directly related to law enforcement.

The loans, limited to full-time students in or preparing for law
enforcement or corrections careers, are cancelled at the rate of
25 percent for each year the recipient subsequently serves in law
enforcement at federal, state, or local level.

The grants are available to full-time or part-time students em-
ployed in a publicly-funded law enforcement agency, and involve
a signed agreement to remain in the service of a law enforcement
agency employing such applicant for two years following completion
of the course for which aid was given.

Applications for loans or grants should be obtained from the
Office of Financial Aid, Room 252 Richards Hall.

Please note: Aid granted from programs sponsored by the federal
government is dependent upon the amount of funds allocated to
Northeastern. The University does not award financial assistance
in any form to non-citizens of the United States.

\l.

f'*

faculty

GRADUATE TEACHING FACULTY AND STAFF OF THE
COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Ames, Lois, B.A., M.A., A.C.S.W. certified, Assistant Professor of

Criminal Justice
Croatti, Robert, B.S., Assistant to the Dean of Criminal Justice
Cunliffe, Frederick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Criminal Justice
Deming, Romine, B.A., IVI.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Criminal

Justice
Jimenez, Robert, B.S., i\/I.D., Lecturer in Criminal Justice
Kassler, Haskell, B.A., J.D., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
Natoli, Richard, B.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
Perry, Reynold, B.S., Administrative Assistant Graduate Program

in Criminal Justice

Reed, James, B.F.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
Rosenblatt, Norman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean of the College of

Criminal Justice, Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal

Justice

Schafer, Stephen, D. Jur., Prof. Agrege, Professor of Criminal
Justice

Senna, Joseph, B.A., M.S.W., J.D., Associate Professor of Criminal

Justice
Sheehan, Robert, B.A., M.A., Professor of Criminal Justice
Siegel, Larry, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
Turek, Donna, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice

Wintersmith, Robert, B.A., M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., Lecturer in Criminal
Justice

fields of study

PROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS
Master of Science

The master's curriculum is divided into three categories of majoi
concentration: Criminal Justice Administration, Behavioral Science
Theory, and Research. Model and specimen programs for each
concentration can be found on pages 40-43 in this bulletin.

Students must choose one of the three concentrations anc
complete one of the programs outlined in the following pages.

Group I Core Curriculum (18 Credits)

This group consists of all required graduate courses offered and
taught by the faculty of the College of Criminal Justice. Core courses
are taken by all students regardless of major concentration or
elective interest. The core curriculum encompasses a broad area
of topical information, and comprises a solid foundation for graduate
study in criminal justice.

Course

Administration of Criminal Justice

Theories in Criminology

Legal Issues in Criminal Justice

Criminal Justice Planning and Development

Statistical Analysis

Research Methods in Criminal Justice I

THESIS

Elective Courses

TOTAL PROGRAM

3
18 credits

6
24 credits
18
42 credits

FIELDS OF STUDY / 39

roup II

The following list is of elective courses which are offered and
ught by the faculty of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice,
nese courses involve more specific problems of crime and criminal
stice, while the required courses are more general in nature and
Tiphasize the comprehensive systems approach to criminal justice.

Course

Conflict Management in Criminal Justice 3

Deviance, Stigma, and Justice 3

Correctional Services in the Community 3

Penology 3

Juvenile Justice and Delinquency 3

Forensic Science 3

Research Methods II 3

Field Practicum 3

aroup Mi Elective Curriculum

Elective courses offered by and taught in the following graduate
)rograms may be credited toward meeting degree requirements
or the Master of Science in Criminal Justice.

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Graduate School of Business Administration

School of Law

Graduate School of Professional Accounting

Graduate School of Engineering

Graduate School of Education

Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Graduate School of Boston Bouve College

40 / FIELDS OF STUDY

MODEL PROGRAM
MASTER'S DEGREE PROGRAM IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE

QUARTER I

Course Credit;

Administration of Criminal Justice 3

Theories in Criminology 3

Statistical Analysis 3

Elective 3

Total IT

QUARTER II

Course Credit!

Research Methods I 3

Legal Issues in Criminal Justice 3

Elective 3

Total 12

QUARTER III

Course Credits

Criminal Justice Planning and Development 3

Elective 3

Total 12

SUMMARY

Credits

Thesis 6

Required Courses in Criminal Justice 18

Electives from Criminal Justice and University j\8^

TOTAL 42

FIELDS OF STUDY / 41

SPECIMEN PROGRAM I
1AJ0R CONCENTRATION
.dministration, Policy Development, and Planning

QUARTER I

' Course Credits

Administration of Criminal Justice 3

Theories in Criminology 3

Statistical Analysis 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Total 12

)UARTER II

Course Credits

Research Methods I 3

Legal Issues in Criminal Justice 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3
Functions and Techniques of Public Management

(22.874) _3

Total 12
QUARTER III

Course Credits

Criminal Justice Planning and Development 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Urban Sociology (21.885) 3

Organization and Administrative Theory (50.953) 3

Total 12

SUMMARY

Credits

Thesis 6

Required Courses in Criminal Justice 18

Elective Courses in Criminal Justice 9

Elective Courses from University _9

TOTAL 42

42 / FIELDS OF STUDY

SPECIMEN PROGRAM II
MAJOR CONCENTRATION
Behavioral Science Theory

QUARTER I

Course CreditI

Administration of Criminal Justice 3

Theories in Criminology 3

Statistical Analysis 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Total 12

QUARTER 11

Course CreditI

Research Methods I 3

Legal Issues in Criminal Justice 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Personality and Social Structure (50.805) 3

Total 12

QUARTER III

Course Credits

Criminal Justice Planning and Development 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Foundations of Social Theory (21.805) 3

Social Psychology I (19.920) 3

Total 12

SUMMARY

Credits

Thesis 5

Required Courses in Criminal Justice 18

Elective Courses in Criminal Justice 9

Elective Courses from University 9

TOTAL 42

FIELDS OF STUDY / 43

SPECIMEN PROGRAM III
AJOR CONCENTRATION
isearch

JARTER I

Course Credits

Administration of Criminal Justice 3

Theories in Criminology 3

Statistical Analysis 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Total 12

UARTER II

Course Credits

Research Methods I 3

Legal Issues in Criminal Justice 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Operations Research for Criminal Justice 3

Total 12

"^iUARTER III

Course , Credits

Criminal Justice Planning and Development 3

Criminal Justice Elective 3

Research Methods II 3

Introduction to Data Processing 3

Total 1 2

SUMMARY

Credits

Thesis 6

Required Courses in Criminal Justice 18

Elective Courses in Criminal Justice 12

Elective Courses from University _6

TOTAL 42

courses

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwis
specified.

92.904 Administration of Criminal Justice

A description and analysis of the criminal justice process fro
prevention and arrest to release after incarceration. Concentratio
is on a systems approach to understanding criminal behavior. Th
philosophies, practices, and procedures of agencies responsibi
for the administration of justice are viewed and critical efforts mad
to deal with the effectiveness of different approaches to crime
control.

92.907 Theories in Criminology

The history and development of criminological theories from ancienH
to contemporary times. It examines the assumptions of theoretical
models and relates them to the development of criminal policies^
Psychological, sociological, and cultural theories underlying deviant
criminal behavior are reviewed.

92.910 Nature and Extent of Crime

An extensive examination into the nature and volume of crime in
the U.S. and foreign countries. Course content includes types of
crimes and offenders, geographic distribution of crime patterns,
cost of crime, and a critical review of techniques used to measure
crime.

92.913 Criminal Justice Planning and Development

Introduction to planning techniques and their impact on criminal
justice program development, now and in the future. Policy and
decision making procedures pertaining to affiliated agencies and
organizations are analyzed. The extent of planning for crime control
on local, state, regional, and national level is studied. The peculiar
nature of urban crime problems in relation to planning is also
reviewed. Planning involves identification of problem areas, diag-
nosing causation, formulating solutions, alternative strategies, and
mobilizing resources necessary to effect change in the system.

' COURSES / 45

>.916 Statistical Analysis

1 analysis of the application of statistics in research, and the basic
jsumptions underlying statistical procedures. The course covers
sscriptive and inferential statistical procedures such as sampling,
ws of probability theory, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance,
nd multiple regression.

)tudents with a background in statistics may make a special request
I replace this course with an elective.)

2.957 Research Methods In Criminal Justice I

urvey of methods and approaches utilized for independent re-
Barch, as well as the evaluation of existing criminal justice pro-
rams. It considers research methods and empirical findings
irough assigned research techniques including design, instrument
onstruction, data processing, and analysis interpretation.

2.958 Research Methods in Criminal Justice II

dvanced research design problems are examined. Criminal justice
rograms are evaluated quantitatively, with concentration placed
n coding, schedule construction, sampling theory, and statistical
lodels measuring causation.

2.841 Criminal Law

aeneral principles of the criminal law, including the concept of
esponsibility for crimes, limitations on capacity and basic elements
)f crimes. The sources and purposes of criminal law are analyzed,
md different conceptions of crime and current law reform are
iiscussed.

)2.800 Law Enforcement Practices

This course involves a study of the current theory and practices
n the field of law enforcement. Major problems which confront
:he law enforcement process are considered, as well as the methods
now used by law enforcement agencies.

92.804 Correctional Services in the Community

An analysis of treatment and supervisory activities, including proba-
tion and parole for offender groups while in the community. There
is a thorough exploration of community resources and services such
as vocational rehabilitation, welfare services, mental health clinics,
employment services, and legal aid. Effectiveness of community
treatment is examined through case studies.

92.810 Penology and Corrections

This course deals essentially with the process of incarceration and
the social structure of the prison community. Consideration is given
to management, operation effects, and the effectiveness of different

46 / COURSES

institutions. Modern correctional approaches and current rehabili-
tation practices are also discussed.

92.816 Social Deviance

Crime as a form of social deviance is studied through intensive
reading of a wide range of sociological literature on deviant behavior
and its relationship to crime. Included are relevant selections from
Durkheim, Merton, Cohen, Goffman, Becker, Matza, Ohiin and
Schur.

92.851 Juvenile Justice and Delinquency

A study of the juvenile justice system beginning with community
concern to the subsequent disposition. The class analyzes juvenile
and family court procedures, as well as questions of jurisdiction.
Various theories of delinquency developed from law, sociology,
psychology, and related disciplines are also covered.

92.822 Forensic Science

The development of forensic science is summarized according to
its effects on the criminal justice system. Lecture and laboratory
work examine various ways the physical sciences contribute to the
establishment of scientific criminal evidence. Designed primarily for
students who plan to enter a profession requiring an understanding
of criminalistics.

92.828 Field Practicum

Field instruction in a criminal justice agency where the instruction
may be given in administration, research, teaching and/or related
activities. Students have the opportunity to apply theoretical con-
cepts in a practical, applied fashion by observing and contributing
to the daily activities of operating agencies and organizations.

92.860 Conflict Management in Criminal Justice

An examination of problems in conflict management. Concepts and
definitions of social conflict are explored, as well as comparisons
between functional and dysfunctional conflict. Inquiries into repre-
sentative conflict management strategies and techniques are made
which afford the opportunity to relate general theory and research
results to practical situations of criminal justice conflict manage-
ment. A variety of heuristic techniques are anticipated, such as:
scenarios, roleplaying, and use of audio-visual media.

92.809 Deviance, Stigma and Justice

Stigmatization is accurately defined as it is found to exist in different
segments of our society. Its history in the United States is traced
through examples of specific topics, such as: employment of ex-of-
fenders, social acceptance of mental patients, ethnic discrimination,
and homosexuality.

COURSES / 47

)2.806 Conflicting Values and the Criminal Justice System

^n investigation of ideologies, institutions, and ethnic mores as
:hey affect black values and reactions to the criminal justice system,
ntegration, rebellion, and institutionalization are subjects of discus-
sion.

32.830 History of Police in the United States

^ review of the history of police activities in the United States
emphasizing black community relations. The study of previous
Dolicy provides a broad, revealing perspective from which to view
:ontemporary departments. From this framework, the class analyzes
societal expectations of the police.

92.808 Criminal Behavior, Psychiatry, and the Public

An introduction to the field of psychiatric criminology which exam-
nes the known psychological sources of criminal behavior. Psychi-
atric concepts are applied to crime prevention, the examination
and rehabilitation of the offender, and the legislative process.

92.862 Drug Abuse, Mental Health and the Public

An introductory course concerning drug abuse. The mental health
and medico-legal aspects of the problem are emphasized by con-
centrating on the areas of prevention and rehabilitation, public
attitudes on drug abuse, and drug abuse education.

92.905 Legal Issues in Criminal Justice

An in-depth study of contemporary legal questions faced by criminal
justice professionals. Emphasis is placed on constitutional prob-
lems, as well as the judicial review of administrative decisions made
by criminal justice organizations. Topics to be considered are;
selected provisions of the United States Constitution with particular
emphasis on amendments 4, 5, 6, and 14; questions of electronic
surveillance; right to counsel; line-up, bail and right to speedy trial;
sentencing; legal aspects of probation and parole; and prisoners'
rights.

index

Academic Council, 13
Academic Requirements, 28
Address of University, 1
Administration
University, 11
Graduate Division, 14
Application Procedure and
Admission Requirements, 28

Grading System, 27

Graduate and Professional Schools,

Henderson House, 24

Higher Education Loan Plan, 35

Holidays, 6

Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings and Facilities, 22

Calendar, 5

Campus Description and Location, 22

Map, 4
Changes in Requirements, 28
Class Hours, 27
Classifications, Academic^ 29
Colleges, Undergraduate, '19
Committee on Graduate Study in

Criminal Justice, 18
Committees, General University, 13
Comprehensive Examination, 30
Contents, 3

Continuing Education, Center for, 20
Continuity of Program, 27
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of, 44
Credits, 29

Transfer, 30
Curriculum, 38

Libraries, 22

Living Accommodations, 23

Loans, 34, 35

Map of Campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 24

National Direct Student Loans, 34

Part-Time Program, 26
Programs, types of, 26

Refunds, 34
Registration, 26
Regulations, 26
Research Activities, 20
Residence, Academic, 26

Facilities, 22
Required Courses, 38

Degree Requirements, 29
Dormitory Proctorships, 34

Schools, Graduate and Professional,
Student Center, 22
Suburban Facilities, 23

Elective Courses, 39
Executive Council, 13

Faculty, 37

Faculty Senate, 14

Fees, 33

Fields of Study, 38
Criminal Justice Administration, 41
Behavioral Science Theory, 42
Research, 43

Financial Information, 34

Full-Time Program, 26

Thesis, 31
Transfer Credit, 30
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 33

University Council, 13
University, Description of, 19
University Graduate Council, 15

Warren Center, 24
Withdrawals, 27

fcd

,„mI1

!i:

nil

' 1

•1

^i^STERN t/JV/^^

School 1974-75

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

1 00 Dockser Hall

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (61 7) 437-31 54

Boston-Bouve College Graduate School 1 974-75

m v..ir

, T* *«if w^ "■■'> jtWC^T^"- —

(» BUSS •m* »•«"'"* ^ I

:)ontents

4 Campus Map

i 5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

1 Administrative Organization

3 General University Committees

!4 Organization of the Graduate Schools

19 The University

' M Buildings and Facilities

!4 Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

15 Part-Time Study

1 15 General Regulations

^17 The Master of Science Degree

}1 Financial Information

31 Financial Obligations

32 Financial Aid
i 35 Faculty

1 36 Fields of Study

36 Programs in Professional Specializations

39 Courses

39 Physical Education

42 Recreation Education

44 Interdepartmental Courses

47 Index

zi— OQ3:=3«a:it:t3o_i£t<roe<ti— cQ>-t30Li.2<c ca a:

T3 p <u

-^ Q-^o— «« OJ^— tit; c= <u t^i'

_ O O <- .CZ TOJC cio*r«i g^^Toj-O'^ c

roo<^.c:z3cT300zz oo ^-.
OQCQCJCJCJQOQlu

"o a^ ^

S aJ i: .a =

iZLi.c3:E3:i^^^^<s:

<u '5 3: ■

'*", CO oo
— ' ^ tD

(5 9i TO

oo-^ -c ■

S Q. CC I

o o _

li_u-LUCS<CZU.liJCSll.C3ULi-U-C?C0ujlij— {Zli-U.lu3:cs

< oo

iCADEMIC CALENDAR 1974-75

Fall Quarter 1974

egistration period

Burlington Wednesday-Thursday

Boston Monday-Thursday

iterview period for new students by

appointment*
/lasses begin

Wednesday-Th u rsday
Monday

Winter Quarter 1974-75

Sept. 18-19
Sept. 23-26

Sept. 23-26
September 30

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
nterview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin

Tuesday
Monday-Thursday

Monday-Thursday
Monday

December 3
Dec. 9-12

Dec. 9-12
January 6

Spring Quarter 1975

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

March 11

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 17-20

Classes begin

Monday

April 7

.ast day to file commencement

card

for spring commencement

Tuesday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Wednesday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates takir

third quarter course

Friday

June 6

Spring commencement

Sunday

June 22

Summer Quarter 1975

Registration period

Burlington

Monday-Tuesday

June 16-17

Boston

Wednesday-Thursday

' June 18-19

Classes begin

Monday

June 30

Duration of summer quarter

Monday-Friday

June 30-Aug. 8

Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement

Tuesday

July 1

Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement

Friday

August 1

Fall commencement

Thursday

September 11

'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before
the date of the Interview.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1974-75

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriots' Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

IVlonday

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Tuesday

Monday

Friday

Monday

October 14
October 28
Nov. 28-30
Dec. 23-Jan.
February 17
April 21
May 26
July 4
September 1

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity f
all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationshii
with students, including evaluation of academic performance, the University insis
on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an equal oppc
tunity employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any discriminatic
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religio
sex, age or national origin. In addition, Northeastern takes affirmative action in tf
recruitment of students and employees.

he governing boards

and officers

of the university

HE CORPORATION

ulius Abrams
/harles F. Adams
'ernon R. Alden
Villiam T. Alexander
). Kelley Anderson
)iana J. Auger

vllen G. Barry
.incoln C. Bateson
'homas P. Beal
^oy H. Beaton
-. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Serald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke
George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota

(Dorothy Dodge)
Erwin D. Canham

*Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

* David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.

^Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
*Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
*William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
=-=Byron K. Elliott
*William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

Louis W. Cabot
Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.
Henry F. Callahan

Member of the Board of Trustees
'Robert Cutler, deceased May 8, 1974

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
*Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
*Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

James S. Herbert

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
^Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

'Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon

•'Lawrence H. Martin

='J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell

■'Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.

■'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

George S. Kariotis
'Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
■'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus

'Kenneth A. Loftman
Edward A. Loring

'John Lowell

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons
'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou
'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

** Honorary Trustee

illiam M. Rand

illiam H. Raye, Jr.

jthleen M. Rice
< ank L. Richardson
«)seph G. Riesman

Earl Roberson
'(Wight P. Robinson, Jr.

alph B. Rogers

sverett Saltonstall
avid T. Scott
onald W. Seager
ydney Shaftman
ames L. Shanahan
onald B. Sinclair
hilip A. Singleton
onald W. Smith
arnham W. Smith
ieorge A. Snell
•ernard Solomon
ohn V. Spalding
iobert C. Sprague
iussell B. Stearns
iarl P. Stevenson
)avid B. Stone

'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

*Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
■=Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
*Alvin C. Zises

HE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

^Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Trank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
^Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
James L. Shanahan
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1977

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Eli Jacobson
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Stephen P. Mugar,

+Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Cliairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
++Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
*Asa S. Knowles
Harold A. Mock

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis

♦President of the University
♦^President Emeritus of the University

DMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

sa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus.
Ed., Ped.D., President

arl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed.,

President Emeritus
enneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
oy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for

Cooperative Education
incoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business
>rthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic

Affairs and Dean of Faculty
ailbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
iugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
.oring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean

of Planning
^oyal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and

Associate Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

3atherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College

and Director of Boston-Bouve
College Graduate Scfiool

Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business

Administration

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of

Administrative Services of the Division of
Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to tfie President
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing
Malcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education

and Director of the Center for
Continuing Education
Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate

School of Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to tin

Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of tfie Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education
Martin W. Esslgmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of tfie Graduate Scfioc

of Professional Accounting
Charles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering

and Director of tfie Graduate
Schiool of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administratis
Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administratio

and Director of ttie Graduate School of
Business Administration
Ruth H. Karp, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students
Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Libera

Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts
and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering

and Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services anc

Director of Environmental Health
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., C.A.G.S., Dean of Nursing
Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Donald H. MacKenzie, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Engineering
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration

and University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic
Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean

of the Division of Cooperative
Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

Enund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administra-
tion and Associate University Registrar

J in C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of tlie Scfiool of Law
F jl M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education
sgory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of ttie Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
I rman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

and Director of the Graduate
Program of Criminal Justice
I ilip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
ibert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts
Dert H. Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Phar-
macy and Allied Health Professions
irl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Personnel
)nald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges
ary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic

Colleges

ENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonaid Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary
Catherine L. Allen Martin W. Essigmann

Kenneth W. Ballou Joseph M. Golemme

Malcolm J. Campbell George W. Hankinson

Philip T. Grotty, Jr. James S. Hekimian

John A. Curry Sidney Herman

LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King
Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.

Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Albert H. Soloway
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
"Kenneth W. Ballou

Charmarie J. Blaisdell

Robert L. Cord

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora M. DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.
"Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
°James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Walter S. Jones, Jr.

Maurice Kaufman
"Christopher Kennedy

Robert D. Klein

°Melvin Mark
Edward S. Marshall
Robert W. Miller
Richard G. Natoli
Irene A. Nichols
Welville B. Nowak

°Paul M. Pratt
John F. Reinhard

°Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

°Norman Rosenblatt
J. Spencer Rochefort

"Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan
Kathryn J. Shaffer

"Robert A. Shepard
Ruth E. Sullivan
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School
Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

"Appointed by the President

G)ffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Plip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration
J eph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
Gorge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

L da D. Johnson, B.A., Associate Registrar of the Graduate Schools
J in W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of

Business Administration
1 Dmas J. Kerr, B.S.I.E., M.S. I.E., Assistant Director of the Graduate

School of Engineering
f bert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences
. in J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial

Science
I rman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate Program in

Criminal Justice
I ilip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education
)ert Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
nry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School

of Education
nice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
I 1974-1975

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the
induct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved
' the Council.

OFFICERS

rthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
Dhn L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
idney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

■atherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of

Boston-Bouve College Graduate School
hilip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director of th

Graduate School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration
John W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Directo

of tine GraduateSchool of Business Administration
LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of tfie College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Science:
Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education
Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of the College of Criminal Justice and

Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justia
Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the
Graduate School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

David Barkley, Professor of Political Science
Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management
Ernest M. DeCicco, Associate Professor of Economics
David I. Epstein, Professor of Mathematics

and Director of Rehabilitation Institute
Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management
Morton Loewenthal, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
Wesley Marple, Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance
Albert McCay, Professor of Recreation Education
and Chairman of the Department
Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education
John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry
Irene Nichols, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education
Welville B. Nowak, Snell Professor of Engineering
Barbara Philbrick, Associate Professor of Physical Education
John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

Robert Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry
John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology
Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

iseph Senna, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice

Dert Soloway, Ciiairman of the Department of Medicinal Cfiemistry

and Phiarmacology and Director of the

Graduate School of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
)gendra N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics
chael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology
larmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing
izabeth Van Slyck, Professor of Physical Therapy
thur Weitzman, Professor of English
Dbert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry
chard Zobel, Professor of Physical Education

Administrative Committee of tiie Graduate Sclioois

dney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

ancis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

atherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Ivah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

arbara Burke, Executive Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law

and Director of Placement for the School of Law
eoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science
hilip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration
oseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
ieorge W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering
ames S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration
ohn W. Jordan, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director

of the Graduate School of Business Administration
.eRoy C. Keagle, Dean of the College of Pharmacy

and Allied Health Professions
Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
\1elvin Mark, Dean of Engineering
"rank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education
Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and

Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the School of Law
Barbara Philbrick, Associate Professor of Physical Education and

Coordinator of Programs for Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School
Marianne Radziewicz, Registrar of the School of Law

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of Criminal Justice and Director

of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Albert Soloway, Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty

Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration

Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School 1974-75

Catherine L. Allen, Director, Dean of Boston-Bouve College
Carl S. Christensen, Representative for Physical Education, Chairman o)
Physical Education

H. Marie Garrity, Representative for Health Education, Executive Officer
and Associate Professor of Health Education

Albert H. McCay, Representative for Recreation Education, Chairman of

Recreation Education
Barbara Philbrick, Representative for Physical Education and

Coordinator of Graduate Programs
Alae-Eldin Sayed, Representative for Recreation Education, Assistant

Professor of Recreation Education
Elizabeth W. Van Slyck, Representative for Physical Therapy,

Professor of Physical Therapy
Richard C. Zobel, Chairman, Professor of Physical Education

:he university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
ately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
nent has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
Jniversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
>iortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of nearly 180
distinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
Df these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The 10 graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master oi
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master ol
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science, with specialization in Physical Education and Recreation Education.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree ot
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate Program in Criminal Justice offers the degree of Master of
Science.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree. Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate Schpol of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the"
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of its connmunity in a period of accelerated
change. Adult education programs offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

(uildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-

■ igton Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. IVIany of the city's

nous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated

the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,

)rticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard

aching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and

illeges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan

ternational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and

trastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-

iburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-

ts, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike

jixit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 48 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the

ain educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.

he principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,

re of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-

ected by underground passageways.

II Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
on and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
eating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
!rama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
lent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
,000.

.ibraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
he main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
)f Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, and
Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy.
There are additional subject collections for the Center for Management
Development at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Insti-
tute In Nahant.

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

The library collections number 360,000 volumes supplemented bv
some 267,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. Th^
collection includes, in addition, some 3,500 periodical titles, 90,00{
documents, and 4,600 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. The large gymnasium contains fou
basketball courts. In addition, the Center consists of an athletic cage
a small gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative office:
for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education Depart
ment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses :
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelie Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a larg
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college I
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and musi
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classroom!
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a researc
laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accorr
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are aval
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments ar
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen tablf
The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartment;
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Student
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis bL
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignment
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 an
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs c
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematic£
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions c
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pre
grams are offered.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

arren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
ge in outdoor education and conservation, in group practicum, and in
imping administration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in
jhland, completed in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and
crosse fields, waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp
tes, fields and forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a
■creation hall, library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference
jcommodations.

enderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
eston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
lort-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
ssional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
ain campus.

arine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
id instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
nd oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
liles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are
pplicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

lOvernment Center Campus

With the cooperation of the Federal Executive Board, the Graduate
chool of Liberal Arts' Department of Political Science offers an entire
laster of Public Administration program at the John F. Kennedy Build-
ig in downtown Boston. This program is primarily for individuals
mployed in Federal, state, or local civil services.

irockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
^hode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers
1 significant portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton,
Massachusetts. These facilities, made available by the Knapp Corpora-
ion, are located on West Chestnut Street in Brockton.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a
significant portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New
Hampshire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc.
md are located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massa-
chusetts line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a significant portion
3f the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
-ramingham, Massachusetts.

boston-bouve college
graduate school

The purposes of advanced study in Boston-Bouve College are con
sistent with the philosophy of Northeastern University, and with the goal:
of advanced study in the professions. The programs are designed tc
fulfill the needs and interests of personnel in physical and recreatior
education in an era of social and educational change and redirection

Graduate study is founded in the fields of knowledge and specializatior
which are extensively explored in upper-division or upper-class years o
undergraduate preparation. The nature of advanced study leading to th(
master's degree demands of students and faculty attitudes of intensive
critical analysis; cognitive development of idea and thought reliably
tested in scholarly search and discussion, with application involvinc
educational resources and practice; specialized research and creative
experimentation in emerging theories, with application in the primary
specialized field and its ancillary contexts; exploration and developmen'
of new trends in curriculum theory, process, and evaluation; critiques o
professional reading and related literature; conversance with diverse
methods and interpretation of scientific, philosophic, historical, and de-
scriptive research; and a depth study using the appropriate research
method in an approved investigation or thesis under faculty advisement.

The goals of graduate education in Boston-Bouve College are:

1. To provide advanced preparation for administrators, supervisors,
teachers, recreation specialists, coaches, and researchers through
specific professional study and interdisciplinary experience.

2. To develop appreciation for the orderly approach to discovery
through research, philosophical thought, and discussion.

3. To provide a sound basis for research and to facilitate student
research experiences and applications.

4. To contribute to the development and refinement of dance,
games, sports, recreation, and outdoor education within their
cultural settings, and through comparative study.

5. To develop leaders and teachers capable of designing current and
innovative approaches to learning and curriculum development.

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 25

6. To encourage intensive study in a specialized area of concern,
with awareness of problems in education and society.

7. To provide a foundation for advanced study at the doctoral level.

PART-TIME STUDY

Students normally take one or two courses per quarter and can com-
plete the degree program in two to three years, depending upon whether
or not course work is taken during the summer quarter.

Students maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition
the Director of the Graduate School for permission to take more than
two courses per quarter.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Application

All applicants should address inquiries to Boston-Bouve College Grad-
uate School. Application forms and information will be mailed promptly.

Registration

Students must register within the period listed on the school calendar.
Registration will not be permitted after this period.

Residence

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses is recorded by the
instructor, using the following grades:

26 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

A Excellent

For performance of high graduate caliber
B Satisfactory

For performance at a satisfactory level
C Fair

For performance not at the level expected in graduate work
F Failure

For unsatisfactory performance

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete

For failure to complete course work
S Satisfactory without quality designation

For satisfactory completion of course work
U Unsatisfactory without quality designation

The grades S and U are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter
sequence in which the second-quarter grade applies to both the first and
second quarters of the sequence: e.g., Thesis I and II.

Class Hours and Credits

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 27

julletin should be consulted to determine the opening dates of each
quarter.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a de-
gree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one
/ear must apply for readmission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Burlington
Campus. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class meeting of
the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on which they
complete the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor
does not constitute an official withdrawal. Petitions for withdrawal from
a course after the ninth class meeting of the quarter must be submitted
to the Director of the Graduate School, and may be approved to avert
unusual hardships on the student.

Students who do not attend the first two sessions will be dropped from
the class unless they notify the Registrar of their intention not to withdraw.

Changes in Requirements

Application for the Diploma

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

Admission to Degree Candidacy

For admission to the Boston-Bouve College Graduate School, a degree
candidate must have presented the following to the Director of the Grad-
uate School:

28 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

1. A completed application and $15 application fee.

3. Record of an interview with the Director of the Boston-Bouve
Graduate School or her designate. This requirement may be
waived for out-of-state applicants.

4. Three references from persons familiar with the applicant's pro-
fessional, academic, and character background.

5. An official record of the Miller Analogies Test score.

Academic Classifications

Students whose materials meet the criteria listed above are classified
as regular students.

The Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School may admit any
person as a special student who presents evidence of a bachelor's de-
gree and who appears otherwise prepared to undertake study in the
Graduate School. Admission is on the provision that the applicant: a) files
an application and b) acknowledges that should he subsequently wish to
be reclassified as a degree candidate, only 12 quarter hours of academic
credit earned as a special student may be applied toward a degree.

Academic Requirements

BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL / 29

An average grade of at least B must be obtained in tlie quarter hours
f credit required for the degree, excluding any transfer credits. Not
lore than eight quarter hours of extra or repeated courses are allowed to
atisfy grade requirements for the degree.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of F
5 received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may be
9peated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course, that
curse may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or another
lective course may be substituted. If a grade of C is received in a re-
uired course, that course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of B
r better.

A degree candidate's record is subject to review by the Boston-Bouve
College Graduate Committee upon completion of his sixth course at
Jortheastern University. At this time, he must have made reasonable
irogress in achieving his program objectives, and have obtained at least
1 8 average. If the requirements are met, he is encouraged to continue
he program. In the event his record is unsatisfactory, he may be dropped
is a degree candidate from the Boston-Bouve College Graduate School.

'rogram Selection

Upon acceptance as a degree candidate, the student is assigned to a
urogram adviser in his major area of concentration. In consultation with
lis adviser, the student develops a program of study, including program
objectives, anticipated courses, and estimated dates for completion of
he various degree requirements. Prior to completion of the first 12 quarter
lours of credit, the program requires approval by the Boston-Bouve Col-
ege Graduate Committee. Any subsequent changes in program require
'urther Committee approval.

Transfer Credits

30 / BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE GRADUATE SCHOOL

Time Limitations

Course credits earned in the graduate study program or accepted b\
transfer are valid for a maximum of six years from the date of course
completion unless an extension is granted by the College Graduate
Committee.

Comprehensive Examination

A comprehensive subject-matter examination is taken by each candi
date no later than two weeks before his commencement. This examine
tion may be taken when the candidate has completed at last three-fourth;
of the designated course work, and received consent of his program ad
viser. The comprehensive examination is prepared by selected graduati
faculty with whom the student has studied. The areas to be tested an
commensurate with the student's specialization, area of concentratior
and core subject matter appropriate to his professional field. The pre
gram adviser makes arrangements for the preparation of the test. Facult
members preparing the examination assume responsibility for its readini
and grading, and for informing the adviser of results. Test results are re
ported by the program adviser to the Director of the Boston-Bouv6 Coi
lege Graduate School.

Each section of the examination is graded on the basis of A, B, C, o
F. The candidate's total grade must average to the grade of B. Grade
of F are not acceptable. A student failing all or part of the examinatioi
may, upon the recommendation of his adviser, be given one re-examina
tion. Conditions governing re-examination are determined by the Directc
of the Graduate School or an appropriate designate.

Thesis

Each candidate must submit a thesis which clearly exhibits his re
search ability, and is designed to increase the scope of his individua
specialization. The thesis proposal is submitted to the program advise
for approval. Upon initial approval, a thesis adviser and two additiona
committee members are appointed by the Director of the Graduati
School at the recommendation of the program adviser. The thesis pro
posal and completed thesis must be approved by the thesis committe*
and the Director of the Graduate School.

inancial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

jjtlon

Tuition rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees

any time. However, any change in tuition and fees will become

fective at the beginning of the school year which follows the one in

hich the change was announced. Tuition for master's degree candidates

nd special students is $45 per quarter hour of credit.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
re payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
oecified.

ees

All applications must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application
ie of $15. No application will be processed until the fee has been re-
eived by the Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College. Checks should
e made payable to Northeastern University and sent, with the applica-
on, to Dr. Barbara Philbrick, 117 Dockser Hall.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a fee of
2 for deferred tuition (with approval of Bursar); a final examination
lake-up fee of $5; and a fee of $25 for all degree candidates, payable
efore commencement by the applicable date listed on the academic
alendar.

All part-time students on the Huntington Avenue Campus are charged
> .75 a quarter for the services available in the Student Center.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing on
he official withdrawal form filed by the student. Non-attendance does not
:onstitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Official Withdrawal Filed Within: Percentage of Tuition Refunded:
First week of quarter 100

Second week 75

Third week 50

Fourth week 25

32 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL AID

There is a limited amount of financial aid for part-time students en
rolled in Boston-Bouve College Graduate School. Graduate assistant
ships and/or fellowships in the College are not available to part-tim
students. There are a limited number of teaching assistantships availabi
to qualified full-time graduate students. Assigned duties require 18-2
hours per week for which the student receives a $2,600 stipend and tui
tion waiver. Further information and applications may be obtained fror
the Boston-Bouve College Graduate Office.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King, Ji
Awards are made as openings occur to qualified minority graduate sti
dents who show financial need and are accepted to full-time study in th
graduate schools of the University. Stipends will cover tuition and all fee;

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Huntinc
ton Avenue Campus are available each year. Appointments carry
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information an
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housinc

National Direct Student Loan I

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one*
half the normal academic work load, are accepted as degree candidates
and who show evidence of financial need.

The Federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow whih
pursuing a post-baccalaureate degree is $5,000.

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine month;
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at ai
institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be ex
tended over a 10-year period with the interest at the rate of three percen
per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years whiU
a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candidates
enrolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may bor-
row from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms anc
conditions vary from state to state, but a student generally may borrow
up to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per year) de-

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 33

ending on financial need. The Federal government pays the interest
hile the student is in school if the student is eligible for interest subsidy.

. The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship
ervice, a Parents' Confidential Statement; or if he has been declared
nancially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Con-
dential Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
ducation Office of your state government. Additional information and
ecessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
cm the Financial Aid Office.

laculty

JRADUATE TEACHING FACULTY OF BOSTON-BOUVE COLLEGE

I en, Catherine L., B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv^ Col-
ege. Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School, and Professor
•yf Health, Physical Education and Recreation

( rlisle, Katherine, A.B., Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
'he Department; Lorraine C. Snell Professor in Health Care (1973-75)

■ ristensen, Carl S., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education
and Chairman of the Department

I rtis, Joseph, B.S., M.S., Visiting Lecturer in Recreation Education
X, John W., A.B., M.A., Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education
irrity, H. Marie, B.S.Ed., Ed.M., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Health
Education and Executive Officer of the Department
ffrey, Howard, A.B., M.A., D.R., Associate Professor of Recreation
Education

ssabian, Kerkor, B.S., Ed.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education
ttgens, Kathryn, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education
:Cay, Albert H., B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Professor of Recreation Education
and Chairman of the Department

:Kenney, Joseph, A.B., M.A., Ed.M., Visiting Lecturer in Physical Edu-
cation

Drrison, Richard, B.A., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor of Recreation
Education

lilbrick, Barbara, B.A., M.S.Ed., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical
Education

Dbinson, Frank, B.A., M.S., Associate Professor of Recreation Education

Dbinson, Sarah, B.S., M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education

Dwiands, Jeanne L., B.A., B.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Physical
Education

ayed, Alae-Eldin, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Recreation
Education

haffer, Kathryn, J., B.S., M.S., Professor of Physical Therapy and Coordi-
nator of Clinical Education

anderpool, Kenneth G., B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Physi-
cal Education

an Slyck, Elizabeth W., B.S., M.A., Professor of Physical Therapy and
Associate Chairman of the Department

obel, Richard C, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education

fields of study

PROGRAMS IN PROFESSIONAL SPECIALIZATIONS
Master of Science

Description

All students must complete one of the programs as outlined in the fol
lowing pages. In almost all cases the sequence is designed to be ver
flexible. Any variations or changes must have the prior recommendatio
of the student's program adviser and approval of the Boston-Bouve Coli'
lege Graduate School Director.

Core Courses Required of All Candidates
50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

66.802 or 50.815 Research Design in Physical Education and Recrej
tion Education

66.890 Thesis I

66.891 Thesis II

Competency, as demonstrated by the successful completion of a pra
ficiency examination, is accepted in lieu of Statistics and/or Researc
Design. The candidate must petition the Director of Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School for permission to attempt the proficiency examinatiorl
An elective course must be substituted for a core course which ha
been waived.

Specialization in Physical Education I

For a specialization in Physical Education, 20 quarter hours of depart'
mental courses are required. Eight quarter hours are selected fron
foundation courses taken within Boston-Bouve College and 12 quarts
hours from one of the four areas of concentration. In addition, 12 quarts
hours of free elective courses appropriate to the student's program an
selected from within Boston-Bouve College or from other Colleges a
Northeastern University. Foundation electives, areas of concentration
and the courses therein follow.

Foundation Electives within Boston-Bouve College
62.870 Philosophies in Physical Education
62.872 Comparative Physical Education

62.874 Seminar in Issues and Trends in Education

62.875 Perspectives in Graduate Education
62.886 Critical Thinking and Evaluation In Physical Educatior

FIELDS OF STUDY / 37

Areas of Concentration

Area I — Administration and Supervision

62.810 Administration in Physical Education

62.812 Development and Maintenance of Facilities

62.814 Supervision in Physical Education

62.820 Athletic Administration

62.822 Problems in Contemporary Athletics for Men and Women

Area II — Curriculum and Instruction

62.830 Curriculum Development

' 62.833 Applied Evaluation in Curriculum and Instruction

62.835 Seminar in Curriculum and Instruction

62.840 Advances in Instructional Concepts

'' 62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child

62.884 Movement and the Learning Process

Area III — Development and Learning in Movement and Perception
62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child
62.860 Early Childhood Movement Patterns
62.864 Perceptual Motor Development
62.884 Movement and the Learning Process
66.894 Independent Study (Movement Education Laboratory)

Area IV — Sports Medicine (non-clinical)

62.851 Anatomic Kinesiology

62.852 Mechanical Analysis of Sport

62.854 Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance

62.857 Trauma Diagnosis and Treatment in Sport

62.859 Rehabilitation from Injury in Sport

62.880 Sociology of Sport

62.882 Psychology of Coaching and Sport

»ecialization in Recreation Education

To specialize in Recreation Education, four quarter hours of depart-
sntal course work are required. Each candidate is registered for either
1.812, Seminar in Contemporary Issues and Problems in Recreation
jrvices or 63.830, Organization and Administration of Recreation Serv-
es. In addition, seven courses (28 quarter hours) appropriate to the
udent's needs and professional objectives are selected from the follow-
g list:

Community Recreation
63.834 Programs in Recreation
63.840 Recreation, Politics, and Bureaucracy
63.842 Recreation and the Community School
63.844 Leisure and Delinquent Behavior

38 / FIELDS OF STUDY

Therapeutic Recreation

63.850 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services
63.852 Recreation Services for III, Disabled, and Aging Persons
63.854 Observation of Recreation Services in Treatment Settin*
63.856 Seminar in Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

Outdoor Education
63.824 School Camping

63.826 Administration of Resident Camp Programs
63.856 Seminar in Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

General Recreation Courses
63.810 Seminar in Literature and Research in Recreation
63.814 Grantsmanship
63.816 Management Information Systems
63.836 The Marketing of Recreation
63.838 Planning and Developing Recreation Facilities
66.894 Independent Study in Recreation Services
Selected Interdisciplinary Courses

Electives Offered by Boston-Bouve College

66.899 Seminar/Workshop

66.901 Health Issues: Implications for Education

66.902 Toward Accountable Health Curriculum

66.903 Teaching Strategies: School and Community Health
Education

66.904 Contemporary World Health

66.905 Environmental Health

66.906 Consumer Health

courses

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless Indicated other-
se. Please see the current brochure for summer, fall, winter, and spring
larter course offerings.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

' :.810 Administration of Physical Education

cploration of principles and practices applied to elementary, junior, and
nior high schools, and college physical education programs. Emphasis
placed on the interrelationship between education and physical educa-
)n. Problems of personnel management, legal aspects, class sched-
ing, budgeting, and other administrative concerns are discussed.

Fall1974

!.812 Development and Maintenance of Facilities

onsideration of principles, terminology, and standards for planning,
Dnstruction, use, and maintenance of outdoor and indoor physical edu-
ition and recreation facilities. Spring 1975

2.814 Supervision in Physical Education

n investigation of the interpersonal relationships which effect improved
istruction in physical education. Emphasis is placed on selected aspects
f personality and human dynamics, job analysis, and teaching effective-
ass, processes effecting change, and current problems in supervision.

Winter 1975

2.820 Athletic Administration

tandards and principles connected with the conduct of school and col-
jge athletics for both men and women. The course is intended to aid
lose persons responsible for both intramural and interschool athletic
rograms. Consideration is given to the welfare of participants, public
Blations, contracts, scheduling, conduct of tournaments, officials, and
wards. Summer 1975

i2.822 Problems in Contemporary Athletics for Men and Women

/Urrent problems, practices, and national issues pertinent to the conduct
)f athletic competition. National, state, and conference organizations are
studied. Winter 1976

40 / COURSES

62.830 Curriculum Development In Physical Education

The theory, practice, research, and evaluation of curriculum and curricil
lar processes in American education. Special emphasis is placed upc
elementary and secondary school programs of physical education ar
innovation in curricular designs. Fall 197

62.833 Applied Evaluation in Curriculum and Instruction

A practical approach to the application of current educational evaluatic
theory to concepts of instruction and curriculum development. Include
formative and summative techniques applied for the improvement of ij
struction, assessment of product and process in the educational progratf
and teacher/learner interaction analysis. Prep. 62.830, Curriculum D
velopment or equivalent. Spring 19' ,

62.835 Seminar in Curriculum and Instruction i

Problems of special interest in instructional theory, curriculum theot'
and applied evaluation theory. Practical papers and class presentatioi
emphasize scholarship in the solution of educational problems or issue
Prep, two courses from the Curriculum and Instruction concentration.

Summer 19'
62.840 Advances in Instructional Concepts

Current practices in and a search for new approaches to all levels
instruction in physical education. Includes analyses of team teaching, tl
master teacher plan, programmed instruction, videotaped feedback, ar
other instructional aids and techniques. Winter 19/

62.842 Physical Education for the Atypical Child

An investigation of techniques, equipment, methods, and graded pn
grams for atypical children. Spring 19/

62.851 Anatomic Kinesiology

A study of the human musculo-skeletal system and its relationship 1
human movement patterns. Electromyography is used in assessin
muscle-movement relationships. Current electromyographic researc
and techniques are investigated. Fall 197

62.852 Mechanical Analysis of Sport

Application of mechanics of motion to the analysis of human motion. Err
phasis is placed on cinematography and film analysis procedures I
teaching and research. Prep. 62.851, Anatomic Kinesiology or permissio
of instructor. Spring 197

62.854 Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance

Physical fitness tests, developmental and rehabilitation programs, Io\a
fitness groups, fitness-producing activities, and current trends in testin
and research. Prep. Physiology and Measurement and Evaluation, or pei
mission of instructor. Summer 197

COURSES / 41

6B57 Trauma Diagnosis and Treatment in Sport

/) investigation of injury pathology, evaluative testing, diagnosis, and
a)ropriate treatment modalities. Prep, undergraduate Athletic Training
c experience. Spring 1976

d 859 Rehabilitation from Injury in Sport

Mabilitation procedures and techniques appropriate to the post-injury
r -aining of athletes. Prep. Adapted Physical Education or permission
c'nstructor. Summer 1974

( 860 Early Childhood Motor Patterns

" 3 sequential development of fundamental motor patterns from age
; 0 to 10 years. How to observe youngsters in a movement situation
, d assess their motor patterns. Fall 1974

i 864 Perceptual-Motor Development

, overview of major theories of learning and perception as they apply

• learning and refining motor skills. The interrelationships of movement

havior and perceptual-motor organization of vision, audition, proprio-

ption, kinesthesis, and psycho-social effects are studied. Winter 1975

.870 Philosophies in Physical Education

exploration of major philosophies, past and present, and their influ-
ce on modern physical education. The student delineates his personal
ilosophy, explores philosophical analysis as a research technique, and
^iews philosophical research. Prep. Philosophy, Philosophy of Educa-
»n, or permission of instructor. Spring 1975

.872 Comparative Physical Education

)th past and present philosophies and practices of national and inter-
itional programs in physical education are compared. Historical analy-
"5 is introduced as a research technique. Summer 1974

!.874 Seminar in Issues and Trends in Education

lalysis of current issues and trends in education and physical educa-
)n, with emphasis on systematic and practical solutions, resolutions,
nd adaptations. Spring 1976

2.875 Perspectives in Graduate Education

itroduction to goals of graduate education study and research; their his-
)ry, standards, and operating codes. The dimensions of and preparation
)r academic and professional disciplines, dimensions of science and
le scientific method, professional and scientific research, scientific
riting, and thesis format. Summer 1975

2.880 Sociology of Sport

n analysis of the sociological principles and factors operative in the
iteraction between sport and society. Pertinent literature and research

42 / COURSES

are reviewed. Prep. General Sociology or permissior) of instructor.

Winter 19

62.882 Psychology of Coaching and Sport

Group dynamics, leadership, and mental and emotional values of spo
Emphasis is placed on stress, maturation, motivation, and learning
each relates to the teacher and participant. Prep. General Psychology
permission of instructor. Winter 19

62.884 Movement and the Learning Process

Major theories and research in learning and their application to learnii
motor skills. Perceptual-motor development and learning are examine
the programs evolving in this area and their implications for the teachin
learning process of motor skills are presented. Prep. Educational Ps
chology or permission of instructor. Summer 19

62.886 Critical Thinking and Evaluation in Physical Education ai
Recreation Education

Investigation of various approaches to the acquisition of knowledge ai
evaluation processes. Included are experiences in decision-making, lo(
cal and critical thinking, and test analysis. Fall 19

RECREATION EDUCATION
63.812 Seminar in Contemporary Issues and Problems in Recreatii
Services

Discussion of national and international issues, current trends, and co
temporary problems as they affect recreation services. Winter 19"

63.814 Grantsmanship

A seminar in which the student develops a grant proposal for submissi(
to a funding source of his choice. Government and foundation grant pr
grams are explored. Fall 19^

63.816 Management Information Systems

The process of gathering, storing, and retrieving data for the purpose >
making timely, accurate, organizational decisions. Emphasis is placed c
decision-making in the areas of budget, service delivery, and staff effei
tiveness. Where appropriate, the systems are adapted for computer us
at the community or agency level. Neither a mathematics nor comput(
background is necessary. Winter 197

63.824 School Camping

An independent study of the nature and conduct of outdoor recreatio
education as implemented in school camping programs. Problems ir
vestigated and methods developed under supervision of the facuM
adviser and staff. Spring 197

COURSES / 43

1.826 Administration of Resident Camp Programs

.1 in-depth study of staffing, sanitation and health; purchasing and
;)rage of food, materials, equipment, and supplies; kitchen manage-
jnt; insurance, construction, and maintenance of buildings; and pro-
am areas as they affect resident camping programs. A study of
tionwide aims and trends in the camping movement is included. This
urse is conducted at Warren Center, Ashland, Massachusetts, as an
ensive, residential, one-week workshop during the March quarter
erim. 1975

.830 Organization and Administration of Recreation Services

itterns for the implementation of recreation service by school systems,
luntary agencies, national service organizations, municipal govern-
3nts, and state and Federal agencies investigated in depth. Fall 1974

1.834 Programs in Recreation

1 examination and evaluation of program content, leadership, adminis-
ation, and facilities in recreation service, sponsored under public, pri-
ite, religious, industrial, and voluntary auspices. Summer 1974, 1975

t.836 The Marketing of Recreation

ethods by which the underlying rationale and values of recreation can
B effectively communicated to the public. Emphasis is placed on docu-
lenting the values of recreation. Spring 1975

3.838 Planning and Developing Recreation Facilities

he development by each student of a master plan for recreation in a city
r town. Integrated planning among all municipal departments is
tressed. Summer 1974, 1975

3.840 Recreation, Politics, and Bureaucracy

'ractical problems faced by recreation professionals in public service
re investigated. Students study relationships between elected officials,
tureaucrats, peers, subordinates, and supervisors in state and local
jovernments. Summer 1974, 1975

i3.842 Recreation and the Community School

"he concept of the role of recreation in community schools studied in
jepth. School visitation provides insight and discussion related to the
characteristics, needs, programming, evaluation, and problems of various
:ommunity schools. Spring 1975

33.844 Leisure and Delinquent Behavior

Recreation studied as an intervention strategy to prevent and rehabilitate
delinquent behavior. Fall 1974

44 / COURSES

63.850 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services

The type, nature, cause, and prognosis of different disabilities. The in'
pact of disability on the individual, his family, and community, and th
role of therapeutic recreation programs in rehabilitation are discussei

Fall 197

63.852 Recreation Services for III, Disabled, and Aging Persons

A study of recreation services in relation to progressive patient-care pa
terns; limitations on activity participation imposed by impairment
disability; effect of activity participation on these people. Prep. 63.851

Winter 1911

63.854 Observation of Recreation Services in Treatment Settings

A guided observation under supervision of resident administrators In
clinical setting. Individual and group conferences are held with the ii-
structor, and reports and readings assigned based on observations.

Spring 191

63.856 Seminar on Outdoor Education for the Handicapped

A practical approach to outdoor education programs appropriate for tf
disabled who lack the advantage of summer programs. Experiences, ai
tivities, natural resources, and environmental conditions which relate
outdoor education are investigated. Summer 1974, 19

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES

50.841 Introduction to Educational Statistics

Basic statistical techniques such as measures of central tendency, var
ability, probability, correlation and regression, chi square, t test, an
analysis of variance are covered. This course is conducted by the Grac
uate School of Education in the College of Education. All Quartei

66.802 Research Design

Research methods and designs used in health, physical education, an
recreation education, with emphasis on critical reading and understanc
ing of research material. Prep. 50.841, or permission of instructor.

Winter and Summer Quarter

66.890 Thesis I

Initiation of a scholarly investigation under the auspices of the appro
priate department. A written research proposal submitted to and approvei
by the student's thesis committee. A student must have the permission o
his program adviser before registering for this course.

66.891 Thesis II

The investigation proposed in Thesis I implemented with and culmlnatec
in an approved written report in thesis form. In partial fulfillment of thi;

COURSES / 45

rfuirement, the student attends a series of research seminars. Upon
cipletion, the candidate presents his thesis orally before the College
s linar group. Eight quarter hours for Thesis I and Thesis II.

6 394 Independent Study in Physical Education or Recreation
Education

t jer the guidance and direction of his program adviser, each student
c elops and conducts a small project related to his professional interest
V ich includes: a statement of problem or purpose, hypothesis, an ex-
\ jstive review of literature, an appropriate research design, a standard
i estigating instrument or one of his own design, a small sample of the
p )ulation subjected to investigation, presentation and discussion of re-
{ ts, and a statement of conclusions. The project is reported in thesis
1 mat when appropriate. (Credit arranged with program adviser.) Prep.
I -mission of program adviser.

I 899 Seminar/Workshop

■ e College may offer a special seminar or workshop from time to time in
alth, physical education, physical therapy, or recreation. Graduate
3dit may be granted for successful completion of a workshop, but credit
ly not be applied toward a degree program wiithout the approval of the
Dgram adviser. All participants must be degree candidates in the
•ston-Bouve Graduate Program or must qualify, prior to registration, as
ecial graduate students. Credit of one, two, three, or four quarter hours
determined by the workshop director. Prep, permission of workshop
■ector.

.901 Health Issues: Implications for Education

entification and analysis of today's critical health issues. Increased
lucational involvement to fill the gap between current health knowledge
id overt behavior.

>.902 Toward Accountable Health Curriculum

<ploration, assessment, and analysis of the professional team and
ilected health curriculum. Involvement of current educational philoso-
iy to strengthen the ultimate goal of producing humane individuals by
^countable health curriculum.

3.903 Teaching Strategies: School and Community Health Education

ssential contemporary strategies for achieving a humanizing base to
3duce the time lag between relevant health information, action, values,
nd the modification of health behavior regarding school and community
ealth education. Selected student projects in developing models for
ersonal concerns.

46 / COURSES

66.904 Contemporary World Health

A survey of the state of the world's health, the progress which has be'
made, and the difficulties yet to be overcome. The importance of "pa
ners in health," as compared to the solitary research worker, in reachi
the current health needs. The contributions of WHO, UNESCO, UNICE
and FAO.

66.905 Environmental Health

The study of some of the most serious problems facing mankind as ml
continues to pollute and ravage his environment. Student involvement
selected problem areas associated with air, water, and noise pollutic
solid waste accumulation; and the use of pesticides and other pollutan

66.906 Consumer Health

Analysis and evaluation of the concepts concerned with the careful seln
tion of health products and services. Decision making relative to 1'
selection of health products and services; evaluating advertising; quaw
ery; protection against useless or dangerous products through consum
organizations as areas for student exploration and study projects.

idex

A demic Council, 13

A demic Requirements, 28

A ress of Boston-Bouve College

raduate School, 1
A linistration

raduate Schools, 14

niversity, 10
P nission to Degree

;andidacy, 27
/! irtments, Graduate Students, 22
/ )lication for Diploma, 27

E ard of Trustees, 9
f ickton, Nashua, and
•ramingham Campuses
(M.B.A. Program), 23
I Idings and Facilities, 21

I bot Physical Education
3enter, 22
' lendar, 5
mpus Description and
Location, 21

Map, 4
langes in Requirements, 27
ass Hours and Credits, 26
assifications, Academic, 28
)lleges. Undergraduate, 19
)mmittee of Boston-Bouve
College Graduate School, 18
Dmprehensive Examination, 30
Dntinuing Education, Center
for, 20

Continuity of Program, 27
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Core Requirements, 36
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of

Interdepartmental, 44

Physical Education, 39

Recreation Education, 42
Credits, 26

Transfer, 29

Diploma, Application for, 27
Dockser Hall, 22
Dormitory Proctorships, 32

Electives Offered by

Boston-Bouve College, 38
Equal Opportunity Policy, 6
Examination, Comprehensive, 30
Executive Committee (Trustees),
10

Faculty, 35

Faculty Senate, 14

Fees, 31

Fields of Study
Physical Education, 36
Recreation Education, 37
Programs in Professional
Specializations, 36

Financial Aid, 32

Financial Obligations, 31

48 / INDEX

Grading System, 25
Graduate and Professional

Schools, 19
Graduate Committee,

Boston-Bouve, 18

Henderson House, 23
Holidays, University, 6

Interdepartmental Courses, 44

Libraries, 21
Loans, 32

Map of Campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 23

Master's Degree, Admission, 27

Refunds, 31
Registration, 24

Dates, 5
Regulations, 25
Requirements, Changes in, 27
Research Activities, 20
Residence Requirements, 24

Scholarships, Martin Luther
King, Jr., 32

Specializations

Physical Education, 36
Recreation Education, 37

Student Center, 20

Suburban Campus, 22

Thesis, 30
Time Limitations, 30
Transfer Credits, 29
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 31

National Direct Student Loan, 32

Undergraduate Colleges, 19
University Executive Council, 13
University Graduate Council, 15

Part-Time Study, 25
Proctorships, Dormitory, 32
Program Selection, 29

Warren Center, 23
Withdrawals, 27

4L^

lupit^ f^nhool of

nr\ J^nionr.iaQ 1 Q7Zl-7fi

NEA
Sc C

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massaclnusetts 021 1 5

Tel. (617)437-2705

Office hours at 403 Hayden Hall:
Monday through Friday: 8:30 A.M. -4:30 P.M.

Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 1 974-76

t:; ^= .y "3 ^ iz

Cfl OJ

03 00 <L> C_> CJ Q

KTt

X '^ a>

T3 p O) a> fc -!- I

TO .S C -^ ?" ■ —

C3C3LLJ ul u- CD ^ 3Z ^ ^1

— ^ ^ •=
■:s — ^ oj <"
« — 03 C_j <-j> i

C O T3 '

■ <u OO

;■"■--

: >2^5 -

■ m ^

— I <j: S Q- o: o: ^

LL.U-LlJC3<C^la-LlJC3Ll-C3C7Ll-Ll.CJ03LlJLLj— ;^Li.U-

contents

2 Campus Map

4 Academic Calendar

5 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

5 The Northeastern University Corporation

7 Board of Trustees

8 Administration Organization

10 General University Committees

11 Organization of the Graduate Schools
15 The University

17 Buildings and Facilities

1 9 The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

19 General Regulations

23 The Master's Degree

24 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree
26 Interdisciplinary Programs

28 Financial Information

28 Financial Obligations

29 Financial Aid
32 Fields of Study
32 Biology

44 Chemistry

51 Clinical Chemistry

55 Economics

65 English

74 History

82 Mathematics

93 Physics

101 Political Science

112 Psychology

117 Sociology and Anthropology

127 Index

128 Departmental Directory

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1974-1975

Fall Quarter 1974

Registration period

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Sept. 23-26

Classes begin

Monday

Sept. 30

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

Dec. 16-21

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Registration period

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Dec. 9-12

Classes begin

Monday

Jan. 6

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

Mar. 24-29

Spring Quarter 1975

Registration period

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 17-20

Classes begin

Monday

April 7

Last day to file commencement

card for Spring Commencement

Tuesday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

Spring Commencement

Wednesday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

June 6

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

June 16-21

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 22

Summer Quarter 1975

Registration period

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for Fall Commencement
Last day to pay fee for

Fall Commencement Friday

Wednesday-Thursday
Monday

Tuesday

June 18-19
June 30

July 1

August 1

Examination period

Wednesday-Saturday Aug. 6-9

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1974-1975

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Saturday

Monday

Friday

Monday

October 14
October 28
Nov. 28-30
Dec. 23-Jan.
February 17
April 21
May 26
July 4
September 1

he governing boards

md officers

)f the university

•IE CORPORATION

lius Abrams
larles F. Adams
irnon R. Alden
illiam T. Alexander
Kelley Anderson
ana J. Auger

len G. Barry
ncoln C. Bateson
lomas P. Beal
oy H. Beaton
Gregg Bemis
everly Ann Bendekgey
dward L. Bigelow
obert D. Black
erald W. Blakeley, Jr.
aymond H. Blanchard
. Whitney Bradley
exford A. Bristol
dward W. Brooke
ieorge R. Brown
lartin Brown
/illiam L. Brown
Villiam H. Bruce, Jr.
ohn L. Burns
lyman H. Burstein
'ictor C. Bynoe

.ouis W. Cabot
Jorman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.
Henry F. Callahan

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota

(Dorothy Dodge)
Erwin D. Canham

•Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutlerf

Marshall B. Dalton
Roger C. Damon

* Edward Dana
William O. DiPietro
Alfred di Scipio
Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)

'William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
*Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

* Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

tGeneral Robert Cutler, deceased f^ay 8, 1974

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

James S. Herbert

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

*Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
* Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon
'Lawrence H. Martin

*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell

*Haroid A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.

"Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
tFrank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

verett Saltonstall
ivid T. Scott
)nald W. Seager
dney Shaftman
mes L. Shanahan
)nald B. Sinclair
lilip A. Singleton
•nald W. Smith
rnham W. Smith
jorge A. Snell
irnard Solomon
hn V. Spalding
bert C. Sprague
ssell B. Stearns
rl P. Stevenson
vid B. Stone
bert G. Stone
iorge B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
*Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
*Alvin C. Zises

HE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

tFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

ass of 1 974

avid H. Cogan
t arl S. Ell
ank L. Farwell
3nry C. Jones
Edwin Matz
arold A. Mock
irnham W. Smith
Jorge A. Snell
jssell B. Stearns
Thomas Trigg
naplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

'Member of the Board of Trustees

(■Frank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

("President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1976 Class of 1977

Diana J. Auger Lincoln C. Bateson

George R. Brown Norman L. Cahners

William R. Driver, Jr. Richard P. Chapman

Harold D. Hodgkinson Edward Dana

Robert L. Johnson William P. Ellison

Mrs. John B. Kenerson Ernest Henderson III

(Frances Comins) Eli Jacobson

Amelia Peabody Joseph G. Riesman

Thomas L. Phillips Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

James L. Shanahan Donald W. Smith

Robert G. Stone Alvin C. Zises
Robert H. Willis

^:Asa S. Knowles, ex officio; Stephen P. Mugar, tFrank L. Richardson,
Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Cfiairman; A\\/\n C. Zises, Wee Chairman
George R. Brown Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Norman L. Cahners Donald W. Smith

William R. Driver, Jr. Farnham W. Smith

ttCarl S. Ell Russell B. Stearns

Byron K. Elliott Earl P. Stevenson

Frank L. Farwell Robert G. Stone

Donald B. Guy D. Thomas Trigg

tAsa S. Knowles Chaplin Tyler

Harold A. Mock Robert H. Willis

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., Pad.,
President

Carl S. Eli, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Err. iti
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative Edut 'ic
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs a

Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Wee President for Development and Dii'tc

of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Wee President for Business and

Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Wee President and Dean of Plaiifi

^President of the University

tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974.
ttPresident Emeritus of the University

lyal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Wee President for Alumni Affairs and Associate

Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

itherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate
Scfiool
jrley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business Administration
dney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education
jnneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
chard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President
ilph S. Blanchard, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
vah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
alcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education and

Director of the Center for Continuing
Education
eoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
liiip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration
)hn A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the
Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
ichael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and

Assistant Dean of Adult Education
iartin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research
3seph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
harles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
leorge W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering
ames S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration
•idney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
homas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering
ohn W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration
iuth H. Karp, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
;hristopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students
^Ivin Kent, B.A., M.Ed., Director of Office of Educational Resources
iobert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and |

Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director o

Environmental Healtfi
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., C.A.G.S., Dean of Nursing
Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and »

University Registrar I

Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of th

Division of Cooperative Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration

and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Laiv
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice and Director of the

Graduate Program of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts
Albert H. Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of the College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions and Director of the
Graduate School
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of Personnel
Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic College^'
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic College

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr. Roy L. Wooldridge

CGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

( herine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College

Graduate School

" ncis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

( Dffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

I lip T. Crotty, Jr., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business Administration

, eph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

( Drge W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

' da D. Johnson, B.A., Associate Registrar of the Graduate Schools

. -n W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

3mas J. Kerr, M.S. I.E., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of
Engineering

jert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences
in J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

rman Rosenblatt, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate Program in

Criminal Justice
ilip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Dert Soloway, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

nry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

nice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

I University Graduate Council

" 1974-1975

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
ct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
)uncil.

OFFICERS

1hur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

)hn L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council

dney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

atherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Philip T. Crotty, Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Director of ttie Graduate Scfiool of Engineering i

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration !

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of th
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of tiie College of Ptiarmacy and Allied

Health Professions

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of the College of Criminal Justice and

Director of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

David Barkiey, Professor of Political Science

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

Ernest M. DeCicco, Associate Professor of Economics

David I. Epstein, Professor of Mathematics and Chairman of the Department

Austin Fisher, Professor of Engineering Management

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

George Goldin, Professor of Special Education

and Director of Rehabilitation Institute

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Albert Kovner, Associate Professor of Education

Harlan Lane, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of Management

Morton Loewenthal, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Wesley Marple, Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance

Albert McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Irene Nichols, Associate Professor of Psychology in Education

Welville B. Nowak, Snell Professor of Engineering

Barbara Philbrick, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

, hn D. Post, Associate Professor of History

bert Raffauf, Professor of Ptiarmacognosy and Medicinaf Chemistry

hn F. Reinhard, Professor of Ptiarmacoiogy

;hard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

seph Senna, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice

jert Soloway, Chiairman of the Department of Medicinal Chemistry

and Pharmacology and Director of the Graduate School
of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

gendra N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

armendra Verma, Associate Professor of l\Aarketing

zabeth Van Slyck, Professor of Physical Therapy

thur Weitzman, Professor of English

bert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

:hard Zobei, Professor of Physical Education

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

dney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

ancis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

i-itherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

vah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

irbara Burke, Executive Assistant to the Dean of the School of Law
and Director of Placement for the School of Law

3offrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

lilip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

jseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

eorge W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

imes S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

)hn W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

obert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Ian A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

elvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

rank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

dmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and
Associate University Registrar

Dhn C. O'Byrne, Dean of the School of Law
I 13

Barbara Philbrick, Associate Professor of Physical Education and

Coordinator of Programs for Boston-Bouve College
Graduate Sctiool

Marianne Radziewicz, Registrar of tfie School of Law

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean of Criminal Justice and Director

of the Graduate Program in Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Albert Soloway, Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

Ex Officio

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
1974-1976

Robert H. Ketchum, Chairman, Director of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences

David W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science

Francis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department

David I. Epstein, Professor of I^Aathematics and Chairman of the Department

Morris A. Horow^itz, Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department

Norman Kaplan, Professor of Sociology and Chairman of the Department

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Raymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

Harlan Lane, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department

Roy Weinstein, Professor of Physics and Acting Chairman of the Department

Karl Weiss, Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department

Arthur J. Weitzman, Associate Professor of English

he university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
ately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
ieneral Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
lent has given the University general degree-granting powers. The

niversity is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
ortheastern University Corporation, which is composed of nearly 180
istinguished business and professional men and women.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
urpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
f these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
uplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
ew areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
litiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
ty the Colleges of Business Administratio*n (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
iducation (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouv6 Col-
3ge (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967), and by Lincoln
/Ollege's day Bachelor of Engineering Technology Programs (1971).
"his educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
ixperience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
ides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the fi-
lancing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate
evel in engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed
0 meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening courses —
offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day courses leading to
he bachelor's degree. In addition to its day undergraduate programs in
Electrical Engineering Technology and Mechanical Engineering Tech-
nology, Lincoln College offers evening/part-time certificate, associate,
and bachelor degree programs in technological areas. All formal
:ourses of study leading to degrees through part-time programs are
approved by the Basic College faculties concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The ten graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed:

16 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science, with specialization in Physical Education and Recreation Education.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of'
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate Program in Criminal Justice offers the degree of Master of
Science.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Engineering in Chemical
Engineering.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change
Its programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums
and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs,
The Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade
associations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of pro-
grams dealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division o1
Community Services, working with governmental agencies and com-
munity organizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in
social problems on both the local and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic:
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are conducted by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

I uildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

"he main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
t ^ton Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
f 10US cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
i the Back Bay, including the f^useum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
I rticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
t ching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
I leges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

t/lajor transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
I 3rnational Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
i rastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
! Durban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
; 3, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
I (it 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 48 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
lin educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other,
e principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
3 of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
cted by underground passageways.

)raries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
3 main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical
gineering. Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology,
ysical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy. There are
ditional subject collections for the Center of Management Develop-
3nt at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Institute
Nahant.

The library collections number 360,000 volumes supplemented by
me 267,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
llection includes, in addition, some 3,500 periodical titles, 90,000
icuments, and 4,600 sound recordings.

18 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accor
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are ava
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartmeni
are furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchf'
table. The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartmenil
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Studen
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis b
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignmen
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first coir
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 a!
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, business administi
tion, science, education, and the arts, portions of undergraduate pi
grams leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees, special pr
grams for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art programs are offeree

Marine Science Institute i

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a resear
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biolo
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at the institute a
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Government Center Campus

With the cooperation of the Federal Executive Board, the Departme
of Political Science offers an entire Master of Public Administratic
Program at the John F. Kennedy Building in downtown Boston. Th
program is primarily for individuals employed in federal, state, or loc
civil services.

he graduate school
)f arts and sciences

Thirty years ago the Department of Chemistry and the Department
i Physics inaugurated the first graduate programs at Northeastern. In
' e succeeding years the creation of degree programs in other depart-

ants of the College of Liberal Arts led to the formation of the graduate

ogram of arts and sciences in 1958 and finally the Graduate School
Arts and Sciences in 1963. Ten departments now offer work at the

aduate level.

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English,
story, political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthro-
)logy. The Master of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry,
inical chemistry, mathematics, and physics. The Master of Science in
jalth Science and the Master of Public Administration degrees are
30 offered. In addition, there are programs leading to the Doctor of
lilosophy degree in biology, chemistry, economics, mathematics,
lysics, psychology, and sociology.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations of the graduate school that follow are mini-
al requirements shared by the several degree programs. The student

advised to consult the appropriate departmental section for a state-
ent of specific requirements.

pplication

All applicants should address inquiries to the Director of the Graduate
chool of Arts and Sciences. Initial correspondence directed elsewhere
lay result in valuable time lost in initiating the admissions procedure,
pplication forms and reference blanks will be mailed to the applicant,
fiis material, together with complete official transcripts, the Graduate
ecord Examination scores when required, and the results of the Test
f English as a Foreign Language, required of all applicants whose
ative language is not English, should be returned to the Director of the
raduate School of Arts and Sciences. Applications for those desiring
ssistantships should be submitted no later than March 15, however,

20 / ARTS & SCIENCES

some departments have earlier deadlines. Applications receive|
after this date may not be given equal consideration. All necessa
supporting documents must be on file with the graduate school offic
at least four weeks before the date of registration for the quarter
which the student expects to begin his scholastic program. For moi
detailed information see departmental requirements for admission.

All applicants to the graduate school are strongly urged to tal'
both the aptitude and advanced portions of the Graduate Record Exarr
nation. These tests are presently required in biology, economics, Eni
lish, history, mathematics, political science, psychology, and socioloc;
and anthropology. At least tvwD letters of recommendation are require i
of all candidates. In biology, physics, psychology, and sociology ar
anthropology, three letters are necessary. Candidates for financi
awards should so indicate to those supplying references.

Applications for the Graduate Record Examination can be obtained I
writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 955

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Applications for the Test of English as a Foreign Language can t
obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 899

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work, an applicant must submit a con
plete official transcript indicating the award of a bachelor's degre
from a recognized institution and provide evidence that he is able 1
pursue creditably a program of graduate study in his chosen field. H
scholastic record must therefore show distinction, and his undergrac
uate program show breadth as well as adequate preparation in th
field in which the applicant expects to do advanced work. Admissio
to the graduate school is for a specific academic quarter. Student
who fail to attend must reapply if they wish to do course work in a sut
sequent quarter. Acceptance to the school is granted upon recorr
mendation of the departmental graduate committee after a review (
the completed application. Foreign students who do not receive
graduate award or whose award is insufficient to cover all educationc
and living expenses must certify that they are able to meet all the
expenses while at Northeastern. A visa may not be granted withoi
such certification.

ARTS AND SCIENCES / 21

i jdent Classifications

fgular Student Those students admitted with a bachelor's degree

! Dwing a high quality of previous work.

nvisional Student Students whose records do not qualify them for
'ollment as regular students. Provisional students must obtain a B

, 9rage in the first 12 quarter hours of study for continuation in the de-

1 36 program.

, ecial Student Students not matriculated in a degree program. Ac-

. ptance as a special student is in no way related to admission into a

. partmental degree program. However, those special students sub-
quently admitted into a degree program may apply the first twelve
arter hours of credit earned as a special student toward degree
^uirements. Special students are expected to maintain a B average
the first 12 quarter hours of study.

ctoral Student Students admitted to a doctoral program.
'Ctoral Degree Candidate Doctoral students who have completed 40
arter hours of acceptable graduate work and have passed the quali-
ng examination.

gistration

Students must register within the dates and times listed on the school
lendar. The place of registration will be announced prior to each
riod.

isidence

All work for advanced degrees must be registered for and completed
the University unless approval has been obtained from the director
the graduate school for work taken elsewhere.

ograms of Study

The study load for full-time students is usually four courses per quar-
r. Part-time students are limited to two courses per quarter unless
jrmission to carry a heavier load is given by the departmental chair-
an or his designate. Courses in most fields are offered both in the
ternoon and evening.

rading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
e instructor by use of the following grades:
A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance In the

course has been of very high graduate caliber.
B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the

course has been at a satisfactory level.

22 / ARTS & SCIENCES

C Fair y

This grade is given to those students whose performance in th
course is not at the level expected in graduate worl<.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in th
course is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used: I

I Incomplete without quality designation.

This grade may be given to those students who fail to complel^
the work of the course.

L Audit without credit.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

An S or U grade is used for the first quarter of a two-quarter si
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to bo
the first and second quarters of the sequence.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade when the deficienc
which led to the I is made up to the satisfaction of and in the manm
prescribed by the instructor in the course, or, in his absence, by tf
chairman of the department in which the grade is given. The peric
for clearing such a grade will be restricted to one calendar year fro
the date of its first being recorded on the student's permanent recor

Students must indicate their preference for auditing a course
registration. No credit will be given for the course. It will, howeve
appear on the student's transcript. Registration changes from an auc
to a graded status, or vice versa, may only be made prior to the fir
day of classes.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit
equivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward
degree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period <
one year must apply for readmission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an officii
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburba
Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth week
the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on which they f

ARTS & SCIENCES / 23

3 the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor does
1 constitute an official withdrawal.

: inges in Requirements

he continuing development of the graduate school forces frequent
vision of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indi-
; 9d. When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes,
il when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to
I3t the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
: ;sible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
■ entered becomes the binding one.

I Plication for the Diploma

f a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
: ore the applicable date listed in the calendar, there is no assurance

t the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all
: er requirements have been fulfilled.

THE IVIASTER'S DEGREE

Tiission

specific requirements for each degree program will be found in the
Dropriate paragraphs for each department.

ademic Requirements

\ candidate for the master's degree must complete a minimum of 40
arter hours of correlated work of graduate caliber and such other
dy as may be required by the department in which he is registered.

During the first half of the total number of hours of course work
juired for the degree, the candidate will be expected to maintain a
nimum quality point average of 2.5. At the completion of three-fourths
the total number of hours of course work required for the degree,
} candidate will be expected to have a quality point average of 2.8.
qualify for the degree, a final average of 3.0, equivalent to a grade
B, must be obtained. This average will be calculated quarterly by the
iduate school on the basis of A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, and F = 0 and
i exclude any transfer credits.

Not more than six quarter hours of repeated courses, additional
urses, or permanent I's may be allowed in order to satisfy the re-
irements for the degree.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of

is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may

repeated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course,

it course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or

24 / ARTS & SCIENCES

another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once 1
obtain a grade of B or better.

Comprehensive Examination

A final written or oral comprehensive examination may be require
This examination will be given at least two weeks before the commenc
ment at which the degree is expected.

Thesis

A thesis must show independent work based on original material, I
approved by the departmental graduate committee, and must recei>
a grade of B or better to be accepted.

Language Requirement

An examination to show evidence of ability in one or more forei(
languages is required in some graduate programs. This knowledge
established by an examination which will be administered by the gra
uate school at least twice yearly.

Transfer Credit

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another i
stitution may be accepted toward the master's degree provided th
the credits transferred consist of A or B grades in graduate le\
courses, be in the candidate's field, have been earned at a recogniz'
institution, and have not been used toward any other degree. Studer
should petition the director of the graduate school in writing for
transfer credit. Transfer credit grades may not be used for the purpo
of obtaining the academic average necessary for the completion of t
degree requirements.

Time Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accept
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extensii
is granted by the Committee of the Graduate School of Arts ai
Sciences.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who gi'
evidence of high attainment and research ability in their major fie
The degree requirements are administered by committees in charge f
each degree program. These committees may be departmental gradus^

ARTS & SCIENCES / 25

)mmittees or the committee of the graduate school depending upon
e nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman of the
immittee to certify to the Graduate School Office the completion of
ich requirement for each candidate.

Jmission

Each degree program has an established admission procedure for
jdents starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University.

isidence Requirement

Candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the
luivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University
; a full-time graduate student. The committee of each degree program
)ecifies the method by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

jalifying Examination

Students must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by
e committee of each degree program.

)mprehensive Examination

Degree programs may require a comprehensive examination during
e time in which a student is a degree candidate.

}urse Requirements

The minimum course requirement of 40 quarter hours constitutes
e work normally required for a master's degree. The course require-
ents beyond this in each doctoral program are specified by the com-
ittee in charge of the doctoral program.

issertation

Each doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies
e results of extended research and makes an original contribution

the field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability

carry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner
8 results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation

established by the committee in charge of the degree program.

snguage Requirement

The foreign language requirement is established by the committee in
large of each degree program.

nal Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the
)ctoral dissertation and significant developments in the field of the

26 / ARTS & SCIENCES

dissertation. Other fields may be included if recommended by the exam
ining committee.

This examination will be taken after completion of all other requin,
ments of the degree and must be held at least two weeks prior to \h
commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

Transfer Credit

Approval for transfer credit may be given by the committee in charg
of the degree program.

Time Limitation

After the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five yeai
will be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements.

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approve
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the fir
registration for doctoral work, registration must be continuous unles
withdrawal is allowed by the committee in charge of the degree pn
gram. Students must be registered for dissertation during the quarts
in which they take the final oral examination.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS

Some graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs whic
involve substantial work in two or more departments. To meet this nee(
an interdisciplinary program may be established which corresponds i
scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree exactly wit
the individual departmental regulations. For such possibilities, th
following option is available:

Admission

Application for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consist
of the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describin
the areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a pai
of the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeaster
University, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It ma
be directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the directo
of the graduate school who forwards it to the appropriate departmen
In either case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study require
favorable recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-grantin-
department and approval by authorized representatives of the gradual
study committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines cov
ered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department become
the registration base of the student.

ARTS & SCIENCES / 27

Fmation of Interdisciplinary Committee

\ student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must
c ain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral dissertation.
1 s adviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration de-
f tment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this
f dent. A second member will be appointed from the registration de-
f tment by its chairman. These two members will obtain one or more
i jitional members or request the director of the graduate school to do
s At least two departments must be represented on the committee and a
r jority of the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting de-
f tments. The chairman of the registration department will notify the
( ector of the graduate school of the membership of the committee as
[ )n as arrangements are complete.

[ ties of Interdisciplinary Committee

k member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member
c the registration department will serve as the registration officer to
c Drove the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved
I jrse registration must also be filed with the other committee members
i i with the graduate study committee of the registration department.

'he interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis-
t tion of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of
I dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must
c 0 certify to the registration department the completion of the require-
I nts for the award of the doctoral degree.

The interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the
I dent represents standards comparable to those of the registration
( Dartment and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate
( 3th in any area.

The program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the
I ector of the graduate school to determine whether objectives of the
I )gram are being met.

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationsfiips witfi students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, tfie University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Nortfieastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. In addition. Northeastern
takes affirmative action in the recruitment of students and
employees.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Master's Degree Candidates

The tuition rate for 1974-1975 is $57 per quarter hour of credit.

Doctoral Candidates

Tuition for full-time doctoral candidates in 1974-1975 is $57 per quar
hour of credit. Doctoral candidates actively utilizing the resources
the university in their Ph.D. dissertation are charged an additional $6
per quarter. Those doctoral candidates registered for dissertation wc
perfornned off campus are charged $200 in addition to tuition chare
each quarter, and those doctoral candidates who are no longer activi ^
utilizing university resources are charged a continuation fee of $50 |:
quarter.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office a
are payable by check to Northeastern University.

Fees

An application fee of $15 is charged all students when they apply
the first time in the graduate school at Northeastern.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a fee
$25 for all degree candidates, payable before commencement by 1
applicable date listed on the academic calendar.

For full-time students there ik,a charge of $12.50 per quarter for 1
services available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistat
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. All part-time students
the Huntington Avenue campus are charged $.75 a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University health se
ices fee of $90 each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shi(f5
coverage and entitle the student to the medical care furnished by t
University Health Services. Tuition and fees are subject to change wi' c
out notice.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 29

> financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
rsuation.

ends

' ition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
rf le official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
0' ;onstitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
is jssed with the Bursar's Office.

I ifunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund

Official Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition
First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

'5rtheastern University has available fellowships and assistantships
:)j ull-time students who are working toward the master's or doctor's
je ee. Candidacy for these awards may be established by completing
1 relevant section of the application for admission. Those students
' ady enrolled should consult their departmental adviser.

'^ ;hing Assistantships

3aching assistantships allowing remission of tuition and a stipend
ill available in all departments. Holders of such awards devote half time
academic assistance directly related to the teaching function and the
)^ nee to course work.

ilciuate Administrative Assistantships

Dme University departments offer the graduate student an oppor-
uty for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
nssisting with nonteaching, administrative duties.

ri Ion Assistantships

lany departments provide remission of tuition to full-time students
iJisting eight hours a week in the administrative work of the depart-
mt. These awards are normally given to students in the first year of
jiduate work.

Viearch Fellowships

, number of departments offer research fellowships including N.I.H.,
M.F., and N.D.E.A. carrying a stipend and remitting tuition. Certain of
t^se grants require half-time work on research in the department,

30 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

with the remaining time devoted to course work. Others provide for fu
time work on research used for a thesis or dissertation.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships

A limited number of full- and part-time Martin Luther King, Jr., Fello\
ships are available. These scholarships provide for remission of tuiti(
and all fees, and are awarded to qualified black students on the bas
of financial need. Additional information and application forms a
available from the Office of Financial Aid.

Robert A. Peer Scholarship

This scholarship is awarded yearly to the outstanding candidate f
the Master of Arts degree in History. The scholarship was establish!
in memory of Professor Robert A. Peer who was a member of the D
partment of History from 1963 to 1970.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily a
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of three quarters and are n
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships and resear
fellowships are expected to devote full time to their studies and tl
duties of the award. They may not accept outside employment withe
the consent of their faculty adviser and the director of the gradua
school.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships for men in dormitories on or near the Hu
tington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information ail
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housin

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least on
half the normal academic work load, are accepted as degree candidate
and who show evidence of financial need.

The Federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow whi,.
pursuing a post-baccalaureate degree is $5,000. |

Repayment and interest on these loans do not begin until nine montf
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at i
institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be e
tended over a 10-year period with the interest at the rate of three perce
per annum. Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years whil
a borrower is serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 31

Caranteed Student Loan Program

Jnder this program, students who are matriculated degree candidates,
e oiled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may bor-
r/ from a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms and
ciditions vary from state to state, but a student generally may borrow
I. to $1,500 a year (the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per year) de-
[ iding on financial need. The Federal government pays the interest
V ile the student is in school if the student is eligible for interest subsidy.

'he student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship
J -vice, a Parents' Confidential Statement; or if he has been declared
f incially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Con-
f ;ntial Statement. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Vpplications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the
E jcation Office of your state government. Additional information and
r pessary application forms for Massachusetts residents are available
f Ti the Financial Aid Office.

1 i federal aid programs listed above are available to citizens and
I manent residents of the United States.

lelds of study

'he departmental sections that follow list courses available to a
sdent during the typical period of attendance required to obtain a
c-jree. The quarter in which a specific course will be offered will be
f nd in the course announcement made available in May for the sum-
r. r quarter and in June for the following academic year.

biology

Professors

Francis D. Crisley, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Charles Gainor, Ph.D.
Abdul-Karim Khudairi, Ph.D.
John F. Reinhard, Ph.D.
Nathan W. Riser, Ph.D., Director,

Marine Science Institute

Associate Professors

Charles H. Ellis, Jr., Ph.D.
Janis Z. Gabliks, D.D.S., Ph.D.
Charles A. Meszoely, Ph.D.
M. Patricia Morse, Ph.D.
Joseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Ernest Ruber, Ph.D.
Brunhild I. E. Stuerckow, Dr.

rer. nat.
Henry O. Werntz, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Troy L. Best, Ph.D.
Harvey S. Bialy, Ph.D.
Helen Lambert, Ph.D.
Dale F. Levering, Jr., Ph.D.
Daniel Scheirgr, Ph.D.
Phyllis R. Strauss, Ph.D.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Full-Time Program

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SCIENCE DEGREE
Part-Time Program
Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 20 applicants shou
have a background which includes one year of organic chemistr
physics, and mathematics and six quarter courses of the biology unde
graduate core curriculum or its equivalent. Students admitted with d
ficiencies should remove them during the first 20 quarter hours of grad
ate work.

Program

Forty-six quarter hours of academic work are required. A Candida
for either degree is expected to take forty hours of course work inclui
ing four hours of seminar, and one laboratory course in microbiolog
unless previously taken elsewhere. Transfer credits will be accepte
only from those schools offering graduate programs in biology. AppI
cation for such credit should be made in writing to the director of Vr
graduate school during the first quarter following the student's assigi
ment to an academic adviser. Other limitations on transfer credit ai

BIOLOGY / 33

;ted on page 26 Graduate courses in departments other than Biology
II be accepted for credit up to a limit of 12 quarter hours, including
ose credits previously accepted as transfer credits, upon written
commendation from the student's adviser to the graduate director
r final approval.

During his tenure, in addition to the above course requirements, each
udent pursuing work toward the master of science degree in the full-
ne program must enroll for a minimum of six credits of work in 18.990,
jecial Topics in Biology, or 18.991, Research for the Master of Science
;gree. After initial election of either 18.990 or 18.991 the student must
gister for either of these courses for each quarter until the work is
impleted. Work in 18.990, Special Topics in Biology, is pursued under
e supervision of an individual faculty member, by mutual agreement. It
ay take the form of a comprehensive, critical review of the literature in
specialized area and/or a specific program of experimental work on a
igle topic. If experimental work has been elected under 18.990 it may
:er be expanded, with permission of the departmental graduate com-
ttee, into a master's thesis with a topic and adviser and a committee

three members approved by the departmental graduate committee,
ades in 18.990 or 18.991 are recorded as "Satisfactory" until all
)rk is completed, culminating in either a comprehensive, well-written
port — which must be reviewed by the department graduate commit-
e — or a thesis. A comprehensive examination in the last six months

the master's program is required of all students, except those pre-
;nting a thesis. For the latter a final oral examination on the thesis is
quired. The department encourages the pursuit of a thesis wherever
asible.

The program leading to the Master of Science in Health Science
jgree is designed for part-time students who may progress according

their abilities, the time available, and the need or desire to extend
eir education into interdisciplinary work involving biology or allied
eas such as the health sciences. Students may elect to substitute
x quarter hours of course work credit for the required 18.990, Special
, Dpics in Biology or 18.991, M.S. Thesis. Those students electing the
)urse option must take a comprehensive examination in the last six-
onth period of their program, similar to the examination required of
udents pursuing Special Topics work. With the permission of the
jpartmental graduate committee the two master's degree programs
e interchangeable. If their schedules permit, students in the M.S. in
ealth Science program may carry out their work on a full-time basis.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY PROGRAM
Amission

Applicants who will have a master's degree or its equivalent at entry
ay be considered for direct admission to the doctoral program. Those

34 / BIOLOGY

who will not may be considered only for admission to the master'
program, and, after satisfactory completion of 30 quarter hours of grac
uate study, may then be considered for admission to the doctor;
program.

Residence Requirement |

After he has been admitted to the doctoral program, the student ms
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time gradual
work or by two years of half-time graduate work. However, a studei
should expect to spend at least two years or the equivalent in full-tinri»
study. I

Degree Candidacy I

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the gener
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

Students entering the doctoral program will be expected to have ha
the equivalent of an M.S. degree at Northeastern before taking the
qualifying examination. Students who have been accepted into th
doctoral program will normally be expected to complete the qualifyin
examination by the end of three quarters at Northeastern University ;
a time specified by the departmental graduate committee. The cand
date will be expected to demonstrate an advanced knowledge of bi(
logical concepts. The examination will be oral and approximately tw
hours in duration. Eligibility to continue in the program toward tl"
Doctor of Philosophy degree is contingent upon satisfactory perforn
ance on the qualifying examination.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination requirement will be fulfilled by tw
written examinations, one in the major area of specialization and th
other in closely related areas. The candidate may apply through hi
adviser after completing the foreign language requirement and at lea;
one quarter prior to the oral examination.

Course Requirements

After the establishment of candidacy, any further course requirement
will be established by the dissertation adviser and approved by th
departmental graduate committee.

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for the dissertation director will hav
been made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If no
such arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degre'

BIOLOGY / 35

indidacy has been established. The dissertation director advises the
mdidate on the research for the dissertation, which is to be performed
accordance with general graduate school regulations. He serves as
lairman of the dissertation committee, which must approve the dis-
irtation before the degree may be conferred. The doctoral committee
lall consist of at least five members.

inguage Requirement

Ability to read and translate biological literature in one foreign
nguage must be established by the candidate. In order to maximize
e usefulness of this language as a tool of research, the student should
ke the language examination as early as possible. The examination
II be administered by the Department of Biology, or in certain cases,
the Modern Language Department. French, German, and Russian are
3 three most important foreign languages for the biologist. Students
II be expected to choose one of these languages for their examination.
It another language may be substituted where there is significant
erature in the area of interest.

tol of Research

A tool of research is required in addition to the above language. This
quirement may be fulfilled through either passing a second foreign
nguage examination in a language in which there is significant
erature, or completion of a program in the general principles of
atistics, biometry, and/or computer programming.

nal Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general regula-
)ns of the graduate school.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
dmission

Application and credentials for admission to interdisciplinary pro-
'ams involving the Biology Department, where this department is
early the department of registry, as described under "General Regu-
tions," should be submitted as described under the heading of
\dmission" in the section "The Doctor of Philosophy Program" for
ology. The interdisciplinary committee will consist of at least five
embers. The composition of this committee will be determined by
utual consent between the departments involved, but will have at
ast three members from the Biology Department if the dissertation
dviser is from this department. Upon admission, suitable interdiscipli-
ary course requirements will be determined by the interdisciplinary
Dmmittee.

36 / BIOLOGY

Qualifying Examination

Students accepted into the program will normally be expected to com
plete the qualifying examination by the end of three quarters at North
eastern University. At least five areas of study will be covered by thi
qualifying examination, at least three of which will be oral examination
chosen by the candidate from the following areas: biochemistry, botany
ecology, genetics, microbiology, physiology, and zoology. The remaining
components of the examination will be specified and evaluated by th
other participating department. With the exceptions of the procedure
for admission and examinations for qualification, the remaining require
ments and procedures are as specified under "The Doctor of Philosoph
Program" for biology.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry four quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

18.803 Biometrics

Statistical methods applied to biological samples and analysis of bioiogica
research data. Prep. Algebra

18.804 Lower Invertebrates

Taxonomy, morphology, embryology, and life histories of acoelomate phyi
(Marine Science Institute).

18.805 Coelomate Invertebrates

Biology of annelida, arthropoda, mollusca, and echinodermata (Marine Scienc
Institute).

18.806 Malacology

Functional morphology, embryology, systematics, and ecology of the majc
groups of mollusks. Prep. Invertebrate Zoology.

18.808 Vertebrate Zoology (5 q.h.)

Evolution, phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, population dynamics, r(
production, etc., of the vertebrates. Field collection, preparation, and study (
local vertebrates will be carried out in the laboratory. Prep. Comparative Ana
omy or Embryology.

18.809 Mammalogy (5 q.h.)

Phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, reproduction, population dynamic:
and natural history of the mammals. The course will include student presentatio
of the recent advances in mammalogy. Field collection and laboratory prepare
tion and study of specimens will be included. Prep. Comparative Anatomy c
Embryology.

18.810 Ichthyology

Natural history and systematics of fishes, with emphasis on marine specie
(Marine Science Institute).

BIOLOGY / 37

.813 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology I (3 q.h.)

lemical, physical and biotic factors influencing coastal and lake comnnunities.

ctures. Prep. 18.134 or 18.834 or equivalent.

.814 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology II (3 q.h.)

16 hour of lecture and one full day (7 hours) of laboratory-field work. Prep.

.813.

.815 Biological Factors in Ocean Engineering (2 q.h.)

tural biological phenomena and their relationship with man-nnade alterations

the sea. Prep. Registration in a graduate engineering program.

.818 Ecology of Salt Marshes (3 q.h.)

rvey of fauna and flora, environmental factors affecting them and current bio-

lical and social problems associated with this habitat. This course will meet

2 lectures of IVa hours each and 1 full day of laboratory for 6 weeks during

; summer quarter. Prep. A basic ecology course or consent of the instructor.

819 Principles of Systematics (3 q.h.)

des of nomenclature. Biological principles basic to methodology of the prep-

ition of monographs and of faunas and floras.

.823 Human Ecology

rameters of the human ecological niche, man's effect on them, and their con-
quences for him. Prep. Basic Ecology or consent of instructor.

.825 Plant Nutrition and Metabolism

neral nutrition, photosynthesis, metabolic pathways, and translocation in
jher plants.

.826 Plant Growth and Reproduction

ant hormones, growth, development, and physiology of reproduction.
9p. 18.825.

.827 Physiology of Plant Growth and Development (2 q.h.)
general coverage of the internal and environmental factors that influence
; physiology of plant growth and development. The mechanisms by which
int growth hormones regulate the physiology of plants will be discussed with
rticular emphasis on the roles of auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins, and
ytochrome. Alternates yearly with 18.833.

.829 Fossil Plants (3 q.h.)

ant forms from past times.

.830 Marine Algae

'stematics, life histories, and ecology of marine algae, with emphasis on the
ra of the Gulf of Maine (Marine Science Institute).

.831 Plant Morphogenesis I

study of the continually unfolding series of changes in the life of the plant,
le origin of form, experimentally controlled development, and external and
ternal factors that govern development of form. Prep. 18.137, 18.234.

38 / BIOLOGY

18.832 Plant Morphogenesis II

Plant tissue, organ, and cell culture techniques employed in the study of moi»
phogenetic processes. Prep. 18.831.

18.833 Photosynthesis (2 q.h.)

A general discussion of the biochemistry and physiology of photosynthesis witi
particular emphasis on recent discoveries in electron transport, chloroplas'
structure, and CO2 assimilation. The evolution and requirements of photosyr
thesis will also be discussed. Prep. 18.827. Alternates yearly with 18.827.

18.834 Environmental and Population Biology (2 q.h.)

Physico-chemical factors influencing and influenced by organisms. Interaction
among individual organisms and among species. Students will participate i
lectures and laboratories given for 18.134. Individual work on specialize
aspects of ecology will be assigned. Prep. One year of General Biolog]
including plant and animal biology.

18.836 Cardiovascular Physiology (3 q.h.)

Physiology of blood cells, anemia, polycythemia immunity and allergy. Eiectrc
physiology of the heart, cardiac cycle, EKG, hemodynamics, daptliary dynamic;
pulmonary circulation, cardiovascular reflexes, cardiac output and venous returr
Cardiac failure, coronary circulation, atherosclerosis, hypertension, cerebr;
circulation,, circulatory shock.

18.837 Cardiovascular Physiology Laboratory (1 q.h.)
Three hours of laboratory study per week. Prep. 18.836.

18.838 Animal Nutrition (2 q.h.)
Detailed consideration of organic and inorganic nutritional requirements of ma|
and selected animals. Digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrier
materials. Role of vitamins, minerals, and trace elements in metabolism. Vari^
tion in nutritional needs among normal individuals and in various physiologi
and genetic pathologies. Evaluation of food additives and of permissible leva
of toxic materials in food.

18.840 Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Mechanisms (2 q.h.)

Principles and selected examples of physiological response to environment^

variation. Prep. Basic Physiology.

18.842 Vertebrate Endocrinology (2 q.h.)

Principles of hormonal regulation of physiological processes in vertebrates
mechanisms of hormone action, neuro-endocrine relationships. Prep. Phys,
ology.

18.843 Procedures in Endocrinology (3 q.h.)
Laboratory techniques used in the study of endocrine activity in vertebrates
Prep^18.842.

18.845 Physiological Ecology (2 q.h.)
Study of biological and chemical mechanisms involved in adaptation; homea
stasis and its regulation, salt and water metabolism; respiratory and circulator
control systems; adaptation versus acclimation. Control systems within the bod
versus set points. Prep. College Biology, Organic Chemistry.

BIOLOGY / 39

.846 Nuclear and Radiobiology (2 q.h.)

eraction of radiation and biological matter; isotopic tracer techniques; iso-

3es and biochemical reactions, radiation ecology, activation analysis and its

plication in biological and forensic sciences. Prep. College Biology, Organic

■emistry.

.847 Scientific and Legal Interactions of Environmental Management (2 q.h.)
e kinds of scientific information required for implementation of the legal and
litical aspects of environmental management. The role of the scientist as an
pert witness. Scientific and legal predictability. Analyses of suitable dynamic
)dels and case law with the goal of improving the results of legal, political,
d scientific decisions bearing upon remedial environmental management.
ap. Biology core and first course in physiology, e.g., 18.158 and 18.159.

.852 Advanced Developmental Biology (3 q.h.)

alysis of development at the biochemical and cellular levels. Nucleic acid
d protein synthesis, gene action and differentiation, cell-cell interactions,
ichanisms of animal morphogenesis. 3 hrs. of lecture. Prep. 18.135, 18.136 or
nsent of ttie instructor.

.853 Advanced Developmental Biology Laboratory (2 q.h.)
alysis of the fundamental problems of development through experimental tech-
|ues. Culture of vertebrate and invertebrate embryos; microsurgical analysis
morphogenesis; biochemistry of development, cell-cell interactions; organ and
sue culture will be studied. 5 hours of laboratory per week. Prep. 18.852 or
nsent of the instructor.

.857 Advanced Mammalian Physiology (4 q.h.)

ensive study of the physiological systems of mammals. For students with pre-

lus background in physiology. Prep. Consent of the instructor.

.858 Advanced Mammalian Physiology Lab (3 q.h.)

perimental study of the circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, repro-
ctive, nervous, and endocrine systems in mammals, with emphasis on labora-
■y procedures and surgical techniques used with living animals — chiefly, the
:. Prep. 18.857 or consent of the instructor.

^60, 18.861 Cell Biophysics and Biochemistry I, II (5 q.h.)
agenesis and ultrastructure of the cell considered together with the biophysi-
I procedures and biochemical patterns used in the study of cellular and tissue
mponents. Prep. Organic Chemistry and General Biology.

.863 Neurophysiology (2 q.h.)

e biophysical function of nerve cells including the resting potential energy, the
i^eption and transmission of stimuli, and the coding of neuronal signals.

.864 Neurophysiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

I reduction into neurophysiological methods. Prep. 18.863 (may be taken
I ncurrently).

.870 Tropical Field Studies (1 q.h. per week)
Hd work under direct supervision of faculty.

40 / BIOLOGY

18.871 Evolution (3 q.h.) ;D

Current concepts and selected examples of the process and results of evoli
tion. The modern synthesis draws upon biochemical, physiological and genethlm
evidence as well as classic morphological and biogeographical evidence. Di
cussion led by students and faculty. Prep. 18.131-18.136, or equivalent.

18.880 Computers in Biology

Programming and use of computers as a tool to solve research problems. Sped,
emphasis will be placed on problems arising in biological research and relate-'
fields. Students will solve a spectrum of problems on the University computer.

18.903 Environmental Microbiology

The microbial environment and ecology of the cell. Interactions between micrc
bial populations, stressing soil and fresh-water associations. Prep. 18.220 i
equivalent.

18.905 Marine Microbiology

Morphological, physiological, and ecological factors concerning marine micr(
organisms. Taxonomic problems, microbial association, and general methodolo(
ical approaches to the study of marine microorganisms. Prep. 18.220 (
equivalent.

18.907 Food Microbiology (2 q.h.)

Microbiology of food with emphasis on the pathogenic types and their inte
actions with other groups indigenous to food. Prep. 18.220 or equivalent.

18.908 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Detection, quantification, and isolation of microorganisms and their products (
significance in food with emphasis on the pathogenic types. Prep. 18.907 (ma
be taken concurrently).

18.909 Animal Virology

Physical and chemical properties of viruses. Viruses as intracellular parasite;
Viral replication and genetics, host-virus interaction, pathogenesis, disease;
tumor viruses, and serological reactions. Laboratory sessions will consist c
demonstrations emphasizing use of animals, eggs and animal cell cultures fc
cultivation, isolation, and identification of viruses. Prep. 18.220 and 18.242 c
their equivalent and Biochemistry.

18.910 Microbial Genetics (3 q.h.)
Principles of bacterial and bacteriophage genetics. Nature of variation and ir|
heritance and the mechanisms of exchange of genetic material. Prep. 18.22i
or equivalent.

18.911 Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Origin, isolation, and characterization of mutants. Mechanisms of genetic e>

change in bacteria and bacteriophage. Prep. 18.910 (may be taken concu

rently).

18.914 Medical Mycology (2 q.h.)

Morphological, pathological, and epidemiological factors of pathogenic opportii^-
nistic and common fungal contaminants from human sources. Prep. 18.220 an
18.224 or equivalents.

J BIOLOGY / 41

:.915 Medical Mycology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

isic methodology for demonstration and isolation of fungi in clinical specimens.

entification on morphologic and biochemical basis. Prep, or co-requisite

'.914.

1.920 Industrial Microbiology (3 q.h.)

icroorganisms and methods employed in production of products of economic
id medical importance, decomposition of wastes, and control of desirable and
iwanted processes and biodeterioration. Fermentation processes emphasized,
ep. 18.240 or equivalent or consent of instructor.

1.921 Industrial Microbiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

iboratory and discussion seminar sessions devoted to the study of selected
)mmercial processes.

.940 Microbial Biochemistry

udy of the enzymatic reactions, intermediate products, and metabolic pathways
solved in carbohydrate, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism by micro-
ganisms. Prep. 18.220 and 18.240 or equivalents, and Biochemistry.

.980 Seminar (1 q.h.)

irious topics and newer developments in botany, microbiology, physiology, and

ology covered in depth. Student presentations are emphasized.

1.990 Special Topics in Biology (credit variable)

Decial study of a selected topic under direction* of a faculty member. Topic

id direction of study to be arranged with the faculty member supervising the

udy.

t.991 M.S. Thesis

asearch methods of some special field and their application to a specific prob-
m, under direction of a faculty member.

3.992 Special Investigations in Biology (credit variable)

aboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research being pursued for a
lesis or dissertation.

3.993 Biological Electron Microscopy

lectron Microscopy as a tool in research with emphasis on specimen prepara-
on, particularly ultra-thin sectioning. Lectures and student seminars will cover
leory, laboratory procedures, and discussion of methods not used in the labora-
)ry. Classes will meet at Henderson House, Weston, one day per week (3 hours
f lecture, 4 hours of laboratory) on a day selected by mutual agreement between
ie class and the instructor. Given in cooperation with the Center for Continuing
ducation. Limited to 8 students upon certification in writing by their thesis
dvisers to the department chairman that the course is to be significantly applied
1 thesis research. Students are accepted subject to approval by the instructor.

8.995 Ph.D. Dissertation

riginal research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new bio-
)gical knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
iculty member.

42 / BIOLOGY

73.814 Concepts in Pharmacology I (2 q.h.)

Selected areas of pharmacology are examined in depth with special referenci
to interactions of drugs and other chemical agents with biological systems
Emphasis is placed on biochemical mechanisms, experimental design, evalua
tion of data utilizing conventional statistical procedures, and techniques em
ployed in pharmacological evaluations. Alternates yearly with 73.816.

73.815 Concepts in Pharmacology II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.814.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology I (2 q.h.)

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemicj
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemicj
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology, includin
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal. Cor
sideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effects in mar
Alternates yearly with 73.814.

73.817 Concepts in Toxicology II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.816.

01.952 Industrial Hygiene (2 q.h.)

Factors in the industrial environment that adversely affect the health, comfort, an
efficiency of the worker. Industrial surveys, and application of engineering prir
ciples to control of dust, toxic metals, gases and vapors, organic compound;
radiation, pressure, temperature, and humidity.

01.957 Air Pollution Science (2 q.h.)

Theory and practice related to engineering management of air resources, cor
trol of gaseous emission, investigation and study of air pollution, sampling an
analysis methods.

90.821 Biochemistry I (2 q.h.)

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids
nucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year Organic Chemistry.

90.822 Biochemistry II (2 q.h.)

Bioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism, includin'
carbohydrate catabolism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I (90.821).

90.823 Biochemistry III (2 q.h.)

Continuation of intermediary metabolism from Biochemistry II, or 73.842, includ
ing lipid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis, and cell regula
tion. Prep. Biochemistry II (90.822).

All undergraduate biology courses in the series designated 18.200-18.300, ani
selected other courses as indicated below, are available for graduate credit
Please consult the undergraduate or other appropriate bulletin for course details

18.208 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 3 cl. 6 lab. 5 q.h

18.209 Developmental Anatomy 3 cl. 6 lab. 5 q.h

18.210 Invertebrate Zoology 3 cl. 6 lab. 5 q.h

18.211 Parasitology 3 cl. 3 lab. 4 q.h

BIOLOG\

' / 43

1.212

Vertebrate Paleontology

Sol.

Slab.

4q.h.

1.214

Current Topics in Parasitology

3cl.

Sq.h.

1.215

Advanced Parasitology Lab

4 lab.

1 q.h.

1.220

General Microbiology

3cl.

6 lab.

Sq.h.

1.227

Animal Histology

Sol.

3 lab.

4 q.h.

1.228

Histological Technique

1 cl.

6 lab.

Sq.h.

1.231

Lower Plants

Sol.

Slab.

4 q.h.

1.232

Higher Plants

3cl.

Slab.

4 q.h.

1.233

Systematic Botany

2cl.

6 lab.

4 q.h.

1.234

Plant Anatomy

2cl.

6 lab.

4 q.h.

1.235

Economic Botany

3cl.

Slab.

4 q.h.

1.236

Horticulture

3cl.

Slab.

4 q.h.

1.237

Introduction to Plant Physiology

3cl.

6 lab.

Sq.h.

1.238

Local Flora

Sol

4 lab.

4 q.h.

1.239

Terrestrial Ecosystems of North America

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h.

1.240

Microbial Physiology

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h.

1.242

Medical Microbiology

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h.

1.245

Serology-lmmunology

3cl.

3 q.h.

1.246

Serology-lmmunology Laboratory

6 lab.

2 q.h.

1.251

Comparative Animal Physiology

3cl.

Slab.

4 q.h.

1.252 Mammalian Physiology I 2 cl. Slab. Sq.h.
ructural and biochemical aspects of mammalian cells. Bioelectric phenomena;

uscle and nerve function; renal physiology. Prep. Course in Vertebrate An-
omy or consent of the instructor.

{.253 Mammalian Physiology II 2 cl. S lab. S q.h.

lysiology of cardiovascular, respiratory and digestive systems. Reproductive
id endocrine physiology. Prep. 18.252.

chemistry

Assistant Professors

Thomas F. Brennan, Ph.D.
Thomas R. Copeland, Ph.D.
Geoffrey Davies, Ph.D.
Arthur M. Halpern, Ph.D.
Henry E. Keller III, Ph.D.
James E. Quick, Ph.D.
William M. Reiff, Ph.D.

Professors

Karl Weiss, Ph.D.

Chairman
Bill C. Giessen, Dr. Sc. Nat.
Barry L. Karger, Ph.D.
Albert H. Soloway, Ph.D.
Alfred Viola, Ph.D.
Associate Professors
William E. Cass, Ph.D.
David M. Howell, Ph.D.
Conrad M. Jankowski, Ph.D.
Elmer E. Jones, Ph.D.
Philip W. LeQuesne, Ph.D.
John L. Roebber, Ph.D.
Robert N. Wiener, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 20 an appi
cant must have completed not less than four full-year chemistry course
of the level required of an undergraduate major in chemistry. These mus
include organic, physical, and analytical chemistry. Admission polio
favors those who have taken more chemistry than these minima. I
addition, one year each of college physics and calculus are requirec
and further work in these subjects is desirable.

For the full-time program, these admission requirements may be modi
fled to accommodate applicants who have taken fewer courses the
indicated above, but who have outstanding records and a strong interes
in chemical or interdisciplinary research. See also the description c
interdisciplinary programs.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

The normal full-time program consists of a total of 40 quarter hour
of courses, seminars, research, and a thesis based on this research
Each student is required to take at least 24 quarter hours of credit i
courses. A minimum of 6 hours, but no more than 14 quarter hours c
credit may be assigned to 12.991, Research and Thesis for the Maste
of Science degree. Each student is required to attend 12.990, Seminai
in each term. One credit is assigned to a student for each term i
which he conducts a seminar, up to the maximum of two credits.

CHEMISTRY / 45

art-Time Program

The admission requirements for this program are the same as for the
ill-time program, but course requirements differ, and students may
regress according to their abilities and the time available.

Thirty-two credits must be taken in graduate offerings of the Depart-
lent of Chemistry. Eight additional credits may be taken in any gradu-
te courses for which the student has the necessary prerequisites. The
:udent's program shall include:

(a) Four credits of organic chemistry. These will normally be 12.861 and
12.862.

(b) Four credits of inorganic chemistry. These will normally be 12.841 and
12.842.

(d) Four credits of physical chemistry. These may be chosen from 12.881,
12.882, 12.885, 12.886, and 12.893.

In cases of unusual preparation, more advanced courses may be
jbstituted within the given subdiscipline.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

he doctoral program in chemistry may be pursued only in residence,
he additional requirements beyond those of the master's degree are
esigned to demonstrate superior proficiency in original research, in-
luding technical reading ability in a foreign language and familiarity
'ith current advances in one of the main divisions of chemistry.

esidence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied after one year of full-time
raduate work or two years of half-time work. If a student holds a teach-
ig assistantship which occupies one half of his time, his residence
3quirement is being discharged at half rate. Other arrangements re-
uire faculty approval. If a candidate has a research fellowship which
upports his research for the doctoral dissertation, his residence re-
uirement is discharged at full rate. Normally, the equivalent of two
ears of work after establishment of doctoral candidacy is necessary
D complete research.

•egree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
raduate school regulations.

46 / CHEMISTRY

Qualifying Examination

Qualifying examinations are offered in the fields of analytical, in-
organic, organic, and physical chemistry. There are eight examinations
offered each year in each field. A student must pass four of these.

A student is eligible to take the qualifying examination if:

(a) he has entered with a bachelor's degree and has achieved a 3.0
average in eight courses taken in the first year of residence;

(b) he has been admitted to the doctoral program with an awarded
master's degree;

(c) he is a part-time student who has petitioned the department aftet
having completed at least sixteen credits of graduate courses
which include fulfillment of three of the four distributional re-
quirements listed for the part-time program. A 3.0 average is
required for all courses taken.

Students in category "a" must pass the qualifying examinations by
July 1 of their second year of residence. Students in category "b" musl
pass the qualifying examinations by July 1 of their first year of resi-
dence. Students in category "c" will have the conditions set at the time
their petition is approved.

Course Requirements

A candidate is normally required by his faculty adviser to do some
course work beyond the 40 quarter hour minimum. The number and
nature of these courses are individually determined for each candidate

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for a dissertation adviser will have been
made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not, such
arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree candidacy
has been established. The dissertation adviser directs the research for
the dissertation and serves as chairman of the dissertation committee,
which must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

Language Requirements

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language as speci-
fied by the departmental graduate committee in accordance with the
general graduate school regulations. French, German, and Russian are
the acceptable foreign languages. Normally, proficiency is demonstrated
by taking examinations administered by the Chemistry Department.

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate school
regulations.

CHEMISTRY / 47

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit except seminar and research.

2.806 Chemical Aspects of the Environment

;onsideration of problems related to air, water, food, drugs, energy, and ma-
jrials. The lectures are given by experts in various fields, and are followed by
iscussions. The course is open to all students with a bachelor's degree in
cience or engineering. It may not be used by full-time students to establish
octoral student status.

2.821 Analytical Separations

heory and practice of analytical separation techniques. Emphasis will be on
jndamentals as they relate to practice. Topics will be based mainly on chromat-
graphic processes including gas and high speed liquid chromatography. Other
)pics will include zone refining, liquid-liquid extraction, and electrophoresis.

2.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry

he principles and practice of electroanalytical chemistry will be discussed,
opics will include potentiometry and ion-selective electrodes, normal and thin-
lyer coulometry, polarography, and electrochemical relaxation methods. Appli-
ation of these techniques to titration endpoint detection will also be discussed.

2.823 Optical Methods of Analysis

he theory and practice of absorption and emission spectroscopy. Instruments,
lethods, and applications will be considered.

2.824, 12.825, 12.826 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry I, II, III

■elected topics of current importance in analytical chemistry.

2.827 Computers in Chemistry

. laboratory-lecture course illustrating the use of small digital computers for
3ai-time control of chemical instruments. Topics will include digital logic, real-
me data structures, A/D and D/A conversion, noise, and other aspects of real-
me computer interfacing. Programming will be done on a PDP-11 computer in
IIRACL, a language designed for real-time processing. Prep. Consent of
istructor.

2.828 Chemical Instrumentation

'rinciples of instrument design will be considered with emphasis on practical
spects. instrument limitations and sources of error will be considered along
/ith modular instruments and interfacing. Prep. Consent of instructor.

2.841 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I

.pplication of basic quantum chemistry to inorganic systems. Russell-Saunders
nd j-j coupling. Stereo chemistry of non-transition-metai compounds; bonding
nd structure of electron deficient systems.

2.842 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II

Magnetic properties; electronic spectra and selection rules. Thermodynamic
tability of coordination compounds. Experimental techniques of inorganic chem-
5try. Prep. 12.841.

48 / CHEMISTRY

12.843 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry III

Crystal symmetry. Introduction to theory of lokids; semi-conductors and metals;
non-stoichiometric compounds; solid state reactions. Application of molecular
orbital theory. Determination of electron distribution in transition metal com-
pounds. Moessbauer spectroscopy and advanced magneto-chemistry. Prep.
12.842 and 12.885.

12.846 Coordination Chemistry

Coordination compounds: their experimental detection, calculation of stability
constants, factors affecting solubility and stability constants. Ligand field theory.
Acidity, color, and lability of complexes. Kinetic and stereochemical studies of
inorganic reaction mechanisms. Prep. 12.843.

12.847, 12.848, 12.849, 12.850 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III, IV

Selected topics of current importance in inorganic chemistry. Prep. 12.842 and
consent of instructor.

12.851 Structure Determination in Solids

X-ray, electron, and neutron diffraction; elements of crystallography; computer-
aided calculations. Analytical techniques; important inorganic and organic struc-
ture types. Prep. 12.843.

12.852 Ligand Field Theory

Crystal field theory of ions in weak and strong fields. Molecular orbital theory
of transition metal complexes. Magnetic properties and electron spin resonance
effects. Prep. 12.843 and 12.886.

12.861, 12.862 Advanced Organic Chemistry I, II

An intensive survey of organic reactions. Modern concepts of structure and
mechanism are used to correlate factual material. Prep. One year of Organic
Ctiemistry.

12.863 Physical Organic Chemistry

Topics in basic physical organic chemistry: molecular polarity, equilibrium and
kinetics, reactivity and structure, solvent effects, acid-base catalysis, orbital
symmetry, aromaticity, etc. Prep. 12.862 or consent of instructor.

12.864, 12.865 Stereochemistry I, II

Interrelation of steric arrangements of atoms in organic molecules with their
physical and chemical properties. Conformational analysis. Spatial relationships
between atoms and groups during chemical reactions and consequent effects on
chemical equilibria and reaction rates as an introduction to the study of reaction
mechanisms. Prep. 12.863.

12.866 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds

Interpretation of the ultraviolet, infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance and
mass spectra of organic compounds. Prep. One year of Organic Cliemistry.

12.867, 12.868, 12.869 Natural Products I, II, III

Isolation, structure determination, synthesis, and transformations of selected
classes of organic compounds of biological interest. Prep. 12.862 (need not be
tal<en in sequence).

CHEMISTRY / 49

- 871, 12.872, 12.873 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry I, II, III

; acted topics of current importance in organic chemistry. Prep. 12.862 and
( isent of instructor.

876, 12.877 Mechanisms of Organic Reactions I, II

nsideration of tiie fundamental factors influencing the course of a chemical
iction. Utilization of these considerations in the prediction of synthetic ap-
cability of a reaction. Prep. 12.865.

881 Thermodynamics I

st Law of Thermodynamics, Thermochemistry, Second and Third Laws, Equi-
'ium. Prep. Consent of instructor.

882 Thermodynamics II

iial Molar Properties, Mixtures, E.M.F. Prep. 12.881.

885 Atomic and Molecular Structure I

'oduction to quantum mechanics. Application to simple systems, and the
ctronic structure of atoms and molecules. Prep. One year of Pfiysical Cfiem-

886 Atomic and Molecular Structure II

)mic spectroscopy. Rotational, vibrational, electronic, and magnetic spectra of
all polyatomic molecules. Prep. 12.885 or consent of tfie instructor.

i891 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry

lected topics of current importance in physical chemistry. Prep. Consent of
•tructor.

.892 Selected Topics in Solid State Chemistry

nd theory. Metals, semiconductors and insulators. Thermal, magnetic, and
.nsport properties. Alloy phases. Phase transformations and crystal defects,
rface effects. Material preparation techniques. Prep. 12.885.

.893 Kinetics

)llision and transition state theories of reaction rates. Relaxation theory,
leory of unimolecular reactions. Kinetics in liquid solutions. Photochemistry,
ep. One year of pliysical cliemistry.

.894 Statistical Thermodynamics

'Stems of independent particles. Distribution functions. Partition functions and
ermodynamic properties. Prep. 12.881 and 12.885 or their equivalents.

.895 Statistical Mechanics I

jantum statistics; fermions and bosons. Application to electrons in metals,
lonons, and photons; superfluidity and superconductivity. Prep. 12.894.

!.896 Statistical Mechanics II

uctuations, noise, and irreversible thermodynamics. Boltzmann transport equa-
)ns. Phase transitions of higher order; Ising model. Prep. 12.895.

!.897 Quantum Chemistry I

near algebra and the formulation of quantum theory. Angular momentum. Sys-
ms with spherically symmetric potentials and the one-electron atom. Prep.
1886.

50 / CHEMISTRY

12.898 Quantum Chemistry II

Variational method and perturbation theory. Electron spin. SCF method and
many-electron atoms. Prep. 12.897.

12.899 Quantum Chemistry III

Group theory. Small molecules. Time-dependent theory and selected advanced |
topics. Prep. 12.898.

12.901 Polymer Chemistry I I

Introduction to polymers. Major emphasis on synthesis. Step-reaction, chain-'
reaction, and ring-opening polymerizations. Copolymerization. Three-dimensional i
polymers and crosslinking. Prep. One year of Organic Chemistry and one yearl
of Pliysical Cfiemistry.

12.902 Polymer Chemistry II

Physical chemistry of polymers in solution and bulk. Molecular characterization.
Mechanical and physical properties in the glassy, rubbery, viscous, and semi-
crystalline states. Prep. 12.901.

12.903 Polymer Chemistry III

Industrial practice. Polymer processing. Fibers. Elastomers. Coatings. Adhesives. I
Reinforced plastics. Relationship of polymer structure to usage. Prep. 12.902.

12.910 Special Projects in Chemistry

Laboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research pursued for a |
thesis. Prep. Permission of ttie departmental faculty is required.

12.990 Seminar (1 q.h.) I
Oral reports by the participants on current or recent investigations in chemistry. I

12.991 Research and Thesis for M.S. (maximum: 14 q.h.) I
Original research and a w/ritten thesis thereon, under supervision of a faculty'
member. I

12.995 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D.

Original research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new chemi-
cal knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
faculty member.

90.821 Biochemistry I

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids,
nucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year organic cfiemistry.

90.822 Biochemistry II

Bioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism including
carbohydrate catabolism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi-
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I, 90.821.

90.823 Biochemistry III

Continuation of intermediary' metabolism from Biochemistry II, including lipid,
protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis and cell regulation. Prep.
Biochemistry II, 90.822.

See Biology Department offerings and College of Pharmacy offerings for other
courses on chemical topics.

clinical chemistry

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY

Part-Time Program
Jmisslon

In addition to the admissions requirements listed on page 20, the
iplicant must have completed a baccalaureate program in biology,
emistry, medical technology, or pharmacy. Undergraduate require-
ents in this program are a minimum of two quarters of organic chem-
:ry, two quarters of analytical chemistry (each with a laboratory or its
luivalent), two quarters of human physiology, and two quarters of
lysical chemistry. An individual who has deficiencies in any of these
eas may take appropriate evening courses at Northeastern Univer-
:y concurrently with those graduate courses which do not require the
ificient prerequisites. The appropriate evening courses offered at Uni-
rsity College of Northeastern University are: Analytical Chemistry
.521-6, Organic Chemistry 12.531-3, Physical Chemistry 12.541-3, Hu-
an Anatomy and Physiology 18.524-6. Equivalent courses from this
liversity or other universities will be accepted.

ogram

The Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry is an interdisciplinary
ogram with the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions.
)rty quarter hours of academic coursework are required. In addition,
student must have at least one year of acceptable clinical laboratory
;perience prior to completion of academic degree requirements. The
ogram is available on a part-time basis with courses offered primarily
jring the evening hours. Courses are scheduled in the Fall, Winter,
Dring, and Summer Quarters. The following are core courses required
the program:

Total Credits
12.821 Analytical Separations 2

12.823 Optical Methods of Analysis 2

72.834 Clinical Chemistry I 2

72.835 Clinical Chemistry II 2
72.837 Seminar and Report in Clinical Chemistry* 2
73.845 Radioisotopes in Biological Systems 2
87.807 Biometrics 2
87.810 Functions of Human Systems 2

90.821 Biochemistry I 2

90.822 Biochemistry II 2

90.823 Biochemistry III 2

*The first quarter of 72.837 is a required course. However, the course
lay be repeated twice as an elective.

52 / CHEMISTRY

Twelve additional credits must be taken from the following electiv*
core courses:

Credits

12.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry 2

12.824 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry I 2

12.825 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry II 2

12.827 Computers in Chemistry 2

12.828 Chemical Instrumentation 2

72.836 Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry 2

72.837 Seminar and Report in Clinical Chemistry 2

72.861 Central Nervous System Depressants 2

72.862 Autonomic Drugs 2

72.863 Anti-infectives 2

72.864 Cancer Therapy 2

72.865 Special Topics in Medicinal Chemistry 2

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology I 2

73.817 Concepts in Toxicology II 2
73.844 Drug Metabolism 2

87.811 Pathophysiology I 2

87.812 Pathophysiology II 2

Taken with the approval of the Admissions Committee and the course
instructor, selection may be made from the above courses as well as
the following and other appropriate graduate courses in the University

Credits

12.841 Inorganic Chemistry I 2

12.842 Inorganic Chemistry II 2
12.846 Coordination Chemistry 2
12.855 Atomic and Molecular Structure I 2

12.861 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 2

12.862 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 2

12.863 Physical Organic Chemistry 2

12.866 Spectrometric Identification of Compounds 2
12.881 Thermodynamics I 2
12.893 Kinetics 2
18.245 Immunology 3
18.840 Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Mechanisms 2

18.842 Vertebrate Endocrinology 2

18.843 Procedures in Endocrinology 3
18.860 Cell Biophysics and Biochemistry 5
18.909 Animal Virology 4
18.940 Microbial Biochemistry 4
72.837 Seminar and Report in Clinical Chemistry 2

73.814 Concepts in Pharmacology I 2

73.815 Concepts in Pharmacology II 2

73.818 Special Topics in Pharmacology 2

73.819 Pharmacological Instrumentation 2
72.866 Phytochemistry 2
87.802 Advanced MLS Hematology and Immunology 2

CHEMISTRY / 53

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit uriless otherwise indicated.

Courses with the prefix number 12 are chemistry offerings. Their
lescriptions may be found in the preceding section of this bulletin along
/ith interdisciplinary biochemistry courses (prefix number 90).

'2.834 Clinical Chemistry I

rinciples, instrumentation, methodology, and interpretations in clinical ctiem-
;try. Prep. 90.823.

2.835 Clinical Chemistry II

. Continuation of Clinical Chemistry I. Prep. 72.834.

2.836 Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry

lecent advances and techniques in clinical chemistry. Prep. 72.835.

2.837 Seminar and Report in Clinical Chemistry

leports and discussions of current journal articles in clinical chemistry. Prep.
2.835.

2.861 Central Nervous System Depressants*

•resentation and discussion of the chemistry, structure-activity relationships,
■nd mechanism of action of general anesthetics, hypnotics and sedatives, anti-
pileptics, analgetics, tranquilizers, and muscle relaxants. A consideration of the
nechanics of drug design and methods of modification will be undertaken.
^rep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, offered alternate years.

'2.862 Autonomic Drugs*

\ discussion of drugs acting on the central nervous system with a special em-
)hasis on the mechanism of action of the chemical mediators of the peripheral
lervous system. The role of agents affecting this system — adrenergic and cho-
inergic and reversible and irreversible inhibitors of these systems will be
Jiscussed in relation to their chemical structure and biological activity. Prep,
rwo semesters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.863 Anti-infectives*

^ study of the various chemotherapeutic agents employed in the treatment of
nfectious diseases. Included will be the sulfonamides, antibiotics, antivirals,
antitubercular, antifungal, and antimalarial agents. Special emphasis will be on
structure-activity relationships, mechanisms of action, and modern research in
3ach area. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.864 Cancer Therapy*

decent developments in new approaches to the treatment of cancer from a
chemotherapeutic standpoint will be considered: including alkylating agents,
antimetabolites, hormones, and miscellaneous compounds, and combinations of
the above with radiation and immunology. Possible mechanisms of action will
be explored. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

54 / CHEMISTRY

72.865 Special Topics in Medicinal Chemistry*

A consideration of a special area of medicinal chemistry including either CN
compounds, pharmacodynamic agents or chemotherapeutics; their chemisti
and structure-activity relationships will be presented. Prep. Two quarters t
Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.866 Phytochemistry*

The important classes of chemical compounds produced by plants considers
from the standpoint of their biogenetic origin, methods for their detection, is(
lation and characterization; application of these techniques to research in pha
macy, medicine, economic botany, taxonomy; and introduction to the literatui
of plant chemistry. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, two quarters (
Biology. Offered alternate years.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology I*

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemic
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemic
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology includir
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal ar
man. Consideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effec
in man. Prep. Permission of Instructor. Offered alternate years.

73.817 Concepts in Toxicology II*

Continuation of Concepts in Toxicology I. Prep. 73.816. Offered alternate year

73.844 Drug Metabolism

Presentation of detoxication mechanisms relating to drug metabolism and e;
cretion patterns: adaptive factors influencing metabolism will be discussei
Prep. Biochemistry I, 90.821.

73.845 Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

Methodology of radioactive nuclides and application of these isotopes to biolog
and medicine with special emphasis on their use in clinical analysis.

Other biology, chemistry, and pharmacy courses may be taken with th
approval of the admissions committee and the course instructor.

economics

Assistant Professors

Hyun Sik Chung, Ph.D.
Craig Coelen, Ph.D.
Pawan K. Sawhney, Ph.D.
Andrew Sum, M.A.
Steven Swanson, Ph.D.

rofessors

Morris A. Horowitz, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Harold M. Goldstein, Ph.D.
Irwin L. Herrnstadt, Ph.D.
Gustav Schachter, Ph.D.
Donald Shelby, Ph.D.

ssociate Professors

Conrad P. Caligaris, Ph.D.
Ernest M. DeCicco, Ph.D.
Daryl A. Hellman, Ph.D.
Sungwoo Kim, Ph.D.
Peggy Musgrave, Ph.D.

The Econonnics Department offers three terminal programs with dif-
3rent admission requirements and program form and content in an
ffort to serve students with varying backgrounds, interests, and goals,
hese programs are: a non-degree certificate program, a master's de-
ree program with specialization in one of four available fields and a
iQctoral degree program with specialization in the fields of manpower
ind urban/regional economics.

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

The Economics Department offers a non-degree program in the Eco-
lomics of Manpower and Development Planning. Upon completion of
he prescribed program, students will receive a certificate issued by the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Northeastern University. The
)rogram is designed for students interested in a specialized program
)f courses in manpower and development planning but who do not wish
0 meet the requirements of a degree program.

Vdmission

Admission to the program will be considered for graduates of recog-
lized universities or institutes of technology, although practical experi-
3nce in manpower planning or development planning may be substituted
or the admission requirements at the discretion of the faculty. All
'oreign students must submit a TOEFL test score or an equivalent cer-
ification of the applicant's proficiency in English along with the appli-
cation and academic transcripts.

56 / ECONOMICS

Program I

This certificate program is designed to be completed in one yes
Students admitted to the program may not transfer into the regular d
gree programs. Evidence of completion of a course and of the progra
shall be attendance, all required reading, and all written work. Succes
ful completion of a course shall be noted by a pass designation.

Fall Quarter (All four courses required)
39.9B0 Introductory Macroeconomics
39.9A0 Introductory Microeconomics
39.9G1 Economics of the Labor Market
39.9P1 Economic Development

Winter Quarter (Select any two of three electives listed)
39.250 Statistics (Required)
39.9G4 Manpower Planning I (Elective)
39.9P4 Regional Development (Elective)
39.901 Development Finance (Elective)

Spring Quarter (Select any three of four courses listed)
39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development
39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning
39.9G5 Manpower Planning II
39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development

Variations in this basic program are possible only with prior approv
of the Graduate Director.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This progra
comprises 16 quarter hours of required core course work and 24 quart(
hours of electives of which a minimum of twelve quarter hours must t
selected from one of the economic fields listed below. The required cor
courses must be completed as soon as possible. With the approval c
the graduate adviser, a student may select a maximum of six quarts
hours from graduate courses offered by other departments, or two ac
vanced undergraduate courses in economics carrying three quarte
hours of graduate credit.

Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 20, applicants shoul
have had a minimum of 12 semester hours of economics, or the equivs
lent, of which three semester hours, or the equivalent, should be sta
tistics. Admission is only possible in the Fall and Winter Quarters. Ap
plication for admission to the Fall Quarter will be given consideratio
if received by August 31. Applications for admission to the Winte
Quarter will be given consideration if received by November 30.

Applications for financial aid should be submitted no later thai
March 15. See page 33 for information on financial aid available.

ECONOMICS / 57

omprehensive Examination

A comprehensive examination, which will be held in accordance with
le general graduate school regulations, must be taken by all students
uring the quarter in which the student completes the 40 quarter hours
f academic work. The examination may be repeated only once.

laster's Thesis

A master's thesis for six quarter hours of credit is optional with the
Dproval of the graduate adviser. Approval will be granted only in those
stances in which previous graduate work of the student indicates
apacity for independent study.

equired Core Courses

The required core courses are:

Credits

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory* 4

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory* 4

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economists** 4

39.9E1 Statistical Inference 4

conomic Fields

Available economic fields are listed below. Under each field are stated
16 required field courses and the elective field courses. Students must
ike at least twelve quarter hours in one field of concentration. In all
elds the first listed required course in the field ordinarily should be
aken first by the student majoring in the field. For students not major-
ig in the field, courses in the field may be taken in any sequence.

ianpower Economics

Required field courses:
39.9G1 Economics of the Labor Market and Labor Force
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Elective field courses:
39.9G5 Economics of Manpower Planning II
39.907 Public Policy in Manpower

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower
39.9H3 Economics of Education

Jrban/Regional Economics

Required field courses:
39.9K1 Regional Economics
39.9L1 Urban Economics I
39.9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

* Candidates deficient in intermediate theory may not be admitted into these core

courses until they have completed 39.9A0 and/or 39.9B0.
■* New candidates must take a mathematics examination given by the department during

registration period. Those who fail may not enroll in 39.9D1 until they have completed

39.9D0.

58 / ECONOMICS

Elective field courses:

39.9K5 Economics of Crime

39.9L2 Urban Economics II

39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation

39.9L7 Economics of Inter-City Transportation

39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

Development Economics

Required field courses:
39.9P1 Economic Development
39.9P3 Regional Development
39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

Elective field courses:
39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development
39.901 Development Finance
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9K1 Regional Economics

Economics of Money and Finance

Required field courses:
39.9S1 Monetary Theory
39.9S3 Monetary Policy
39.9V1 Seminar in Money and Finance

Elective field courses:

39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance

39.9T5 Capital Markets

39.901 Development Finance

39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The doctoral degree program in economics is offered in the fields (
manpower economics and urban/regional economics.

Admission

Applicants who will have a master's degree in economics or i1
equivalent at entry may be considered for direct admission to th
doctoral program. Applicants who will not have a master's degree I
economics or its equivalent at entry may apply for admission to th
doctoral program after the satisfactory completion of 40 quarter hour
of graduate work.

Admission to the doctoral program is possible only In the fall tern-
Applications for the doctoral program must be submitted no later thai
March 15.

Residence Requirement

After acceptance to the doctoral program, the student may satisf;
the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate work

ECONOMICS / 59

iaching assistants may satisfy the residence requirement by two con-
cutive years of half-time graduate course work. A student should ex-
■ct to spend at least two academic years in full-time study, or its
luivalent, completing the requirements for the doctoral degree.

igree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
aduate school regulations.

)urse Requirements

A. At least 32 quarter hours of graduate work beyond the master's
■gree will be required. These include:

Required Core Courses:
39.9A2 Microeconomics II
39.9B2 Macroeconomics II
39.9E7 Econometrics I
39.9E8 Econometrics II

B. Concentration in the two academic fields of manpower economics
)d urban/regional economics. Course work in each field must include
e doctoral seminars 39.9J3 and 39.9N3. Each of these seminars has
prerequisite of 12 quarter hours of graduate work in the field.

ualifying Exam

Each student must pass a comprehensive qualifying examination
ter the completion of the required core and field courses. This com-
'ehensive will be given in parts: (1) A two-hour written exam in each

the general areas of microeconomic theory, macroeconomic theory
id quantitative methodology; (2) a three-hour written exam covering
le two doctoral fields; (3) A two-hour oral exam covering the two doc-
)ral fields. Passing the qualifying exams signifies that the student has
Dmpleted all course requirements and can now devote all his time to
is dissertation. The examination may be repeated only once.

octoral Dissertation

An original doctoral dissertation is required of all students in accord-
nce with the general graduate school regulations and the regulations
stablished by the department. After the successful completion of his
ualifying examination, each student shall work with a dissertation ad-
iser under whose guidance he will write his doctoral dissertation. The
issertation adviser serves as chairman of the dissertation committee
hich must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

inal Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be established in accordance with the
eneral graduate school regulations.

60 / ECONOMICS

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

39.9A0 Introduction to Intermediate Microeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of microeconomic theory. This course offers no credit towa
a degree in economics.

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

A non-math treatment of microeconomic theory at the beginning graduate levi'
An investigation of the conditions underlying consumer and producer eqi
librium under different objective functions and various market structures. Deriv
tion of product demand curves, supply curves, and factor demand curves f
alternative market structures in product and factor markets are surveyed. I

39.9A2 IVlicroeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

An examination of contemporary microeconomic problems and theory wi
specific emphasis on welfare economics, general equilibrium, distribution, tl
theory of the firm, and the ability of modern value theory to reach meaning!
and feasible policy conclusions. Prep. 39.9A1 and consent of instructor.

39.9B0 Introduction to Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of macroeconomic theory. This course offers no cret
toward a degree in economics.

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

Income and employment theory; classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian a

gregate demand and supply systems.

39.9B2 Macroeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

Theory and problems of macro-dynamics, growth, inflation, cycles, and stabi

zation policy. Prep. 39.9B1 and consent of instructor.

39.9D0 Introduction to Mathematics for Economists (4 q.h.)
This course acquaints the student with the algebra and elementary calculi
necessary for quantitative economics: simultaneous linear systems; polynomic
logarithmic, and exponential functions; and elementary differential and integr
calculus (meets four hours a week). This course offers no credit toward a degre
in economics.

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economics (4 q.h.)

Application of matrix algebra and simple multivariate calculus to econom

analysis. Static organization and dynamic analysis, difference and differenti.

equations. Examples from economic theory. Prep. 39.9D0 or mathematii

examination.

39.9E1 Statistical Inference (4 q.h.)

Estimation of population values and testing hypotheses. Classical estimation an
testing compared to Bayesian Probability. Topics covered include the norma
t, binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, exponential, X', F, and other probabilH
distributions and the design of sample surveys.

ECONOMICS / 61

.9E5 Economic Programming

onomic programming with emphasis on linear programming, including the
■ nsportation and simple problems, and simulation and queuing theory with
plications to the computer. Prep. 39.9D1.

,9E7 Econometrics I

view of matrix algebra; single equation least squares estimates and their
ioretical properties; hypothesis testing and measures of goodness of fit;
finitions of and tests for autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, and multicollin-
. 'ity; simultaneous equations estimation: identification, bias, and alternative
timation techniques. Prep. 39.9D1, 39.9E1.

9E8 Econometrics II

symptotic and small sample properties of various estimators; rank-order con-
ions for identification; specification error and error in variables; remedies for
tocorrelation and multicollinearity; dummy variables; distributed lags; fore-
sting and simulation; non-linear estimation; alternative estimation technique
'o-stage least squares, three-stage least squares, maximum likelihood esti-
itors, etc.). Prep. 39.9E7.

)13 Data Processing

study of digital computers and computer programming techniques. The
)RTRAN language is utilized for programming and running several projects.

.9G1 Economics of the Labor Market and Labor Force

3cro- and micro-analysis of labor supply and demand. Labor force measure-
3nt and change. Functioning of labor markets. Labor allocation. Wage and
iployment determination. Changes in the composition of labor demand. Impact
technological change. Unemployment. Income distribution and poverty. Prep.
.9A1 co-requisite.

.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I

le role of manpower planning and its integration with general development
anning. Analysis and evalution of different techniques of manpower planning,
jchnological versus economic methods. Practice of manpower forecasting and
ita problems. Skill training versus educational strategies. Models of educa-
)nal planning and their applications to different countries. Prep. 39.9A1 co-
quisite.

).9G5 Economics of Manpower Planning II

^plications of manpower planning methods and techniques to problems of
itional economic development. Cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness of educa-
3nal and manpower programs. Special problems of health manpower, scien-
;ts, engineers, and technicians. Evaluation of methods and prediction used in
3tional manpower plans. Prep. 39.9G4.

>.9G7 Public Policy in Manpower

nalysis and evaluation of national manpower programs and their implementa-
3n on the local level. Relationships between public policy and policies of
nployers and unions; relationships between programs at different levels of
overnmenL

62 / ECONOMICS

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

The organization of medical care, the problems associated with various altern
tive delivery systems, the utilization and availability of physicians and otM
categories of paramedical personnel, the growth and pressures exerted by thii
party payers; and consideration of federal, state, and municipal participation
the delivery of quality medical care under various alternatives for national heali
insurance.

39.9H3 Economics of Education

An examination of the contribution of education to the process of econorr
growth and the way education is produced and distributed. Special topics
include: inequalities in returns to education; the role of intelligence and cla
background in educational success; and socializing role of education in pt
duction.

39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Selected topics on the development and use of human resources. Prep. Co
sent of instructor.

39.9J3 Manpower Economics Research Seminar (4 q.h.)

Prep. 12 q.h. of Manpower Economics, and consent of instructor.

39.9K1 Regional Economics

Delineating regions. Theories of location for firms, industries, and peop
Regional income accounting systems, and models of intra- and inter-regior
income determinants and impact analysis. Prep. 39.9A1 co-requisite.

39.9K4 Externalities

Theoretical foundations for urban and regional economics. Survey of econom
theory related to externalities and welfare economics. Prep. 39.9A1 and conse
of instructor.

39.9K5 Economics of Crime

A discussion of the resource allocation problem as it relates to criminal behavi
and effective law enforcement. Evaluation of costs and benefits of alternati'
law enforcement policies. Criminal activity, including organized crime, will I
analyzed in an economic context.

39.9L1 Urban Economics I

The economy of cities. Analysis of intra-metropolitan spatial relationships inclU'
ing residential location, land, and housing markets. Prep 39.9A1 co-requisit,

39.9L2 Urban Economics II

Continuation of Urban Economics I. Problems in urban economics including sei
regation, housing, transportation, urban renewal, and related policy issue
Prep. 39.9 L1.

39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation

Urban agglomeration, economic activities, residential concentration and tran;
portation network; urban and suburban densities in relation to the central plac(
capital budgeting; pricing; costs incidence and externalities of various mode:
cost-benefit analysis; effects of transportation patterns on urban socio-economi
life; modal split and forecasting economic requirements for integrated urba
transport needs.

[

ECONOMICS / 63

1 9L7 Economics of Inter-City Transportation

I estigates the rationale for intercity freight and passenger movements within
t framework of interregional commodity flows. The choice of mode once traffic
\ ume has been determined. The economic and environmental impacts of the
( )ice of mode is studied.

:: 9M1 intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

/ .tudy of the development of the federal system, interstate and interarea fiscal
( nparisons, grants-in-aid, tax credits, revenue sharing, state and local taxes,
r i-tax revenues, borrowing and budgeting at the state and local level, and a
r cussion of the process and prospects of state and municipal equalization of
t burden and effort. Prep. 39.9A1.

; 9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

acted topics in urban/regional economics. Prep. Consent of instructor.

', 9N3 Urban/Regional Research Seminar (4 q.h.)
I ^p. 12 q.h. of Urban /Regional Economics.

; 9P1 Economic Development

, itudy of the prospects of economic growth in less developed areas. Measure-
nt and theories of economic development. Role of human and natural re-
jrces, education, technology, and capital formation in national, regional, and
;toral development. Changes in institutions.

9P3 Regional Development.

ra-regional dynamics, dualism, and spontaneous polarization. Growth poles,
< persion, and spread effect; inter-regional factor migration and social cost;
jional structural change and dynamic analysis; public policies and planning;
:io-economic variables and measurements; feasibility and simulation in short-
1 analysis. Examples of regions at county, province, state and "area" level;
ferentiation between political and economic boundaries; bootstrapping vs.
tside source approach. Application of the FS and UN multiregional models.

.9P6 Comparative Economic Development

imparison of economic systems in differing stages of economic development
exemplified by Yugoslavia, Southern Italy, Turkey, the Middle East, and China.

.9Q1 Development Finance

lurces of investment finance in developing countries; role of taxation and tax
ucture reform; development of financial institutions and capital markets;
ivate and official finance from abroad and debt-service problems; problems of
jnetary management and export instability.

.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

anning techniques at the national, regional project and plan level. Planning
r system of regions; interindustry economic programming; interdependence,
source use, and structural change. Application of input-output and linear and
tn-linear optimal decision techniques to short-run planning and long-run pro-
ction. Evaluation of discontinuities, linkages, and "openness." Planning in
osed and open economy. The role of the private sector and the governments,
nits, sequence, and optimality in planning. Application of techniques to em-
rical examples. Prep. Consent of instructor.

64 / ECONOMICS

39.9S1 Monetary Theory

A study of the relationships between money and economic activity with emphas
upon various quantity theory models and theories of the demand for money ar
velocity. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

39.9S3 Monetary Policy

A study of the interrelationships between aggregate economic activity, financi*
markets and central banking instruments, objectives and policy.

39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance

Techniques of fiscal policy, fiscal policy norms, public sector debt; tax polici
federal tax reform; the conflict between social implications of price stabilizatic
and full employment; public expenditure policy and the interrelationship b'
tween monetary and fiscal controls. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

39.9T5 Capital Markets

Primary sources of savings and demand for financial assets; role of financi
intermediaries; banking system and government lending agencies. Demand f
funds and real investment — mortgage, corporate and government securiti(
markets; interdependence of rate structures. Flow of funds data in relation
national income accounts.

39.9V1 Seminar in money, credit, and banking.

Selected topics in the economics of money, credit and banking. Prep. Conse
of instructor.

39.9Z1 Master's Thesis Seminar (maximum 6 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by members of the department; approval of graduate advisi

required.

39.9Z2 Readings in Economics (up to 3 q.h.)

Supervised reading in selected topics in economics. Prep. Consent of instru*

tor and approval of graduate adviser.

39.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation Seminar (no credit)
Prep. Approval of graduate adviser required.

English

Assistant Professors

Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.
Irene R. Fairley, Ph.D.
Gerald Griffin, Ph.D.
Norma Kroll, Ph.D.
James Nagel, Ph.D.
Donald Roemer, Ph.D.
Joseph E. Westlund, Ph.D.

3fessors

Paul C. Wermuth, Ph.D.,

Chairman
'Arthur J. Weitzman, Ph.D.,

Director of Graduate Studies
James T. Barrs, Ph.D. (Emeritus)
Raymond E. Blois, Ph.D.
Victor E. Howes, Ph.D.
Samuel French Morse, Ph.D.
Stanley J. Trachtenberg, Ph.D.

sociate Professors

Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.
M. X. Lesser, Ph.D.
Jane A. Nelson, Ph.D.
Robert B. Parker, Ph.D.
Kinley E. Roby, Ph.D.
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The Department of English offers a program leading to the M.A.
;gree. The courses emphasize training in research and criticism in
e fields of English and American literature, and they provide the
udent the comprehensive background necessary for a career as a
;holar, teacher, and writer.

dmission

Applicants are judged favorably if they do superior work in their
idergraduate preparation and do significantly better than average in
18 verbal and advanced sections of the Graduate Record Examination,
le scores of which are required before an application will be con-
dered. An applicant is expected to have had at least 24 semester
redits in English beyond the freshman level and have achieved a 3.0
i/erage in English courses on a 4 point scale. Recommendations should
e submitted by former English professors. An applicant who is deficient
1 any one of these areas may be admitted as a provisional student.

The category of special student is provided for those nondegree
tudents who wish to take a summer course or those already enrolled

66 / ENGLISH

in a graduate program in another institution who wish to transfer credit.
A holder of a graduate degree in English may also enroll as a special
student.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. The course
work must include 30.8A1, Bibliography and Literary Historiography
which should be taken as soon as the student enters the program
Required also are three hours from courses in Group II; three hourj
from courses in Group III; and three hours from courses in Group IV
three hours from courses in Group V (or their equivalents among the
seminars); and fifteen hours in designated seminars, which are limited ir
enrollment to twelve students. The remaining twelve hours may be
elected from any courses in the program.

Transfer Credit

A student may transfer from another institution no more than 1;
quarter hours (9 semester hours) of graduate credit in English. Withit
this limit, graduate courses in other fields may also be transferred i
their relevance to the student's specialized interest can be demon
strated. In every case, a petition for graduate credit must be sent to th(
Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences with a copy o
an official transcript.

Thesis

A thesis is optional. A student wishing to write a master's paper mus
secure the approval of a graduate faculty member and write the thesi:
under the supervision of his adviser. Six credits in lieu of course worl
are allowed. The student must enroll in 30.9Z1, Thesis, to obtain credit
Papers must conform to the guidelines laid down in the MLA Stylt
Sheet.

Comprehensive Examination

A three-hour comprehensive examination is required. It will be giver
during the Fall and Spring Quarters. Copies of previous examination;
are available in the graduate director's office. A student must accrue
30 quarter hours of credit before he is eligible to take the examination
The examination may be taken only twice. As an option, students ma;
choose an oral examination in lieu of the written comprehensive.

Language Requirement

Normally a degree candidate must pass a reading examination ir
French or German or Latin. Substitutions must have the approval of the
graduate director. Exemption from the examination may be obtainec
by submitting evidence of having passed with at least a grade of C ar
advanced undergraduate language course carrying six credits.

ENGLISH / 67

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

GROUP I
(three quarter hours required)

0.8A1 Bibliography and Literary Historiography

laterials and techniques of research in English and American literature;
ibiiography, form, and content of papers and theses; problems of literary
istory.

GROUP II
(three quarter hours required)

0.8B1 Theories of Criticism

lodern critical theories including New Critical, psychoanalytic, and Marxist.
"■ourse may not be used to satisfy group requirement.

0.8C1 Historical Linguistics I

Written records; the classification of language; phonetics and phonetic change;
^e comparative method; dialect geography.

0.8C2 Historical Linguistics II

:ontinuation of 30.8C1. Fluctuation; analogic and semantic change; cultural,
itimate, and dialect borrowing. Prep. 30.8C1.

0.8C4 Semantics

'he relation between language and behavior; the concept of change, variety,
;nd uniqueness; symbols; levels of abstraction; habits of evaluation of linguistic
ihenomena; and modification of such habits in the direction of human adjust-
nent, understanding, and survival.

0.8C5 History of the English Language I

'he nature and origin of language; ancestry and early growth of English;
)honetics, sound-change, and history of English sounds; history of English
nflections; sources of the vocabulary; the making of words.

I0.8C6 History of the English Language II

;emantic change; syntax and usage; dictionaries, spelling, pronunciation, varia-
ions, and usage. Prep. 30.8C5.

I0.8C7 Language and Its Structure

ntroduction to the study of language, the principles and methods of linguistic
Jescription; the development of the science of language, of descriptive and gen-
irative linguistics. Emphasis on goals of modern linguistic theory.

(0.8D1 Introduction to Old English

I0.8D6 Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde and Other Poems

''he Book of the Duchess, The House of Fame, and Troilus and Criseyde, with
I look at The Romaunt of the Rose.

t0.8D7 Chaucer's Canterbury Tales

68 / ENGLISH

GROUP III
(three quarter hours required)

30.8E1 Tudor Literature

Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Raleigh and the beginnings of prose fiction.

30.8E4 Renaissance Drama

Twelve representative Elizabethan and Jacobean comedies and tragedies.

30.8F1 Seventeenth-Century Literature

Major prose and poetry of the seventeenth century, excluding drama: Bacon
Hobbes, Browne, Bunyan, Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Marvell, and others.

GROUP IV
(three quarter hours required)

30.8G1 Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century |

A critical study of neoclassical drama, poetry, and criticism: Restoration drama "
Dryden, and Pope.

30.8G6 Age of Johnson I

Johnson, Boswell, and the Club: Burke, Goldsmith, and Gibbon; poetry o '
Cowper, Gray, and Burns.

30.8H1 Romanticism |

General introduction to English Romanticism as an intellectual and artisth
movement.

30.8J1 Victorian Literature I

General survey touching upon major genres of Victorian literature with emphasis
on the transition from the Victorian to the "modern." Such writers as Carlyle
Ruskin, Brontes, Swinburne, Pater, Wilde. J

30.8K1 Twentieth-Century British Literature

Theme and structure in the work of several dramatists from Shaw to Osbornt
and of several novelists from Conrad to Anthony Powell with an emphasis or
major trends in the novel and in drama during the present century. Course ma) ^
not be used to satisfy group requirement.

GROUP V
(three quarter hours required)

30.8L1 American Literature to 1830

A survey of American literature during its first two centuries, from the Puritans
to the Knickerbockers, from William Bradford to James Fenimore Cooper.

30.8M1 Nineteenth-Century American Literature

A critical examination of the major works of the period including Cooper's The
Pioneers, Emerson's Nature, Thoreau's Walden, Hawthorne's Marble Faun, Mel-
ville's Moby Dicl<, Whitman's Leaves of Grass, Twain's Huckleberry Finn, Adams's
Education, and James's Wtiat Maisie Knew.

30.8N1 Twentieth-Century American Literature

Chance collisions: Adams, Dreiser, Crane, Dos Passos, Fitzgerald, Cozzens,
Faulkner. The beginnings and development of Naturalistic fiction.

ENGLISH / 69

SEMINARS

(Fifteen quarter hours of seminar courses are required, of whichi tliree
credits must be in a pre-nineteenth-century period.)

).9B1 Critical Schools

ie subject of this year's seminar will be structuralism and formalism.

).9B3 English Prose

).9B4 Short Fiction

ie short stories of Sherwood Anderson and Ernest Hemingway and their con-
bution to American literature.

).9B5 Comic Drama

^e Comic Spirit and its manifestations in dramatic literature and performance.
ie nature and forms of comic playwriting from Aristophanes to the present,
n examination of the theater's comic forms: farce, comedy, satire, parody.

).9B6 Tragic Drama

lis course will consider important theories of tragedy and certain plays in an
fort to consider the relation, if any, which exists between theory and practice
the tragic genre.

).9B7 Theatrical Styles

n examination of modern dramatic expression and theory. The course will give
irticular attention to absurdist drama, existentialist drama, and Brecht's
eatre of alienation.

).9C1 Phonetics and Dialectology

astering of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and of a standard pho-
3mic alphabet; their application to practical work in recording and studying
Dth standard speech and dialects.

3.9C2 Descriptive Linguistics

itonation (stress, pitch, juncture); phonemics; morphemes and morphology;
mtactic devices; the process of communication; variation in speech; etc.
-■ep. 30.9C1.

3.9C5 Transformational and Generative Grammar of English

eep and surface structures and transformations necessary to generate the
tter; graphic representations of structure; deep-structure nature of adjectives,
ronouns, prepositions, auxiliaries, possessives, etc.; comparison with tradi-
onal grammar.

0.9C7 Linguistics and Literary Study

ormal properties of poetry and prose. Linguistic approaches to problems of
tyle, metaphor, form, and meaning. Contribution of linguistic analysis to literary
riticism, and to a theory of literature.

0.9D1 Beowulf
rep.30.8D1

70 / ENGLISH

30.9D2 Old English Poetry

Prep. 30.8D1

30.9D5 Middle English Lyrics and Drama

A study of the epic and romance, concentrating on the transformation of the epic
to the courtly hero: works to include in translation Beowulf, Chretien de Troyes
the Nibelungenlied, and Le Morte D' Arthur.

30.9D8 Studies in Fourteenth-Century Literature

Major works in fwliddle English including Sir Gawaine and The Green Knight
The Pearl, and Piers Plowman.

30.9E1 Studies in Renaissance Poetry

Shakespeare, Marlowe, Jonson ef a/.

30.9E4 Jacobean Drama

About ten plays, mostly tragedies (except for Jonson); the course presumes i
knowledge of Shakespeare's late tragedies and romances.

30.9E5 Shakespeare's Histories

The English history plays from Richard III to Henry V, plus Titus Andronicus
Julius Caesar, and Troilus and Cressida.

30.9E6 Shakespeare's Tragedies

Eight Plays from Richard II to Antony and Cleopatra.

30.9E7 Shakespeare's Comedies

Eight plays from Comedy of Errors to The Tempest.

30.9E8 Problems of Shakespearean Interpretation

Present and historical approaches will be considered for the light they shed or
several Shakespearean works; a general knowledge of Shakespearean drami
and poetry is presumed.

30.9F1 Metaphysical Poetry

Analysis of the structure and texture of poems by Donne, Herbert, and Marvel
to determine the distinguishing characteristics of the metaphysical approach tc
poetry.

30.9F4 Seventeenth-Century Thought

Discussion of seventeenth century theories on science, religion, politics, and ar
as expressed in Bacon, Burton, Browne, Locke, and Hobbes.

30.9F6 Milton's Major Poetry

Milton's poetic and intellectual achievement will be studied by analyzing hi;
major works. Particular emphasis will be given to Paradise Lost as an expres
sion of Renaissance humanism and the culmination of the epic tradition.

30.9G2 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama

Plays of Etherege, Wycherley, Dryden, Vanburgh, Congreve, Gay, Lillo, Gold
smith, and Sheridan.

30.9G5 Intellectual Prose of the Eighteenth-Century

ENGLISH / 71

I.9G7 Eighteenth-Century Fiction

Dvels by Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Smollett, Sterne and Austen.

).9G8 Individual Eighteenth-Century Novelist

3nry Fielding.

I.9H1 Romantic Poetry I

18 First Generation: Wordsworth and Coleridge.

I.9H2 Romantic Poetry II

le Second Generation: Byron, Keats, and Shelley.

I.9H3 Problems of Romanticism

leoretical and historical concepts of Romanticism; defining imagination; the
insition to Romanticism; critical readings of the Romantic poets.

.9H8 Individual Romantic Writer

ake.

.9J1 Victorian Poetry I

ose study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold.

.9J2 Victorian Poetry II

le Pre-Raphaelite circle, the movement toward modernism: D. G. Rossetti,
vinburne, G. M. Hopkins, Hardy, Wilde.

I.9J5 Intellectual Prose of the Victorian Age

le relation between ideas and literary form in the major works of such writers
Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Ruskin, Pater, Carroll, Wilde.

I.9J7 Victorian Novel

ose study of major works by Dickens, Eliot, the Brontes, Hardy.

I.9J8 Individual Victorian Novelist

Jcent critical approaches to the novels of Charles Dickens.

).9K1 Early Twentieth-Century British Poetry

ventieth-century poets whose work has shaped the modern tradition, or
;tended our understanding of the traditions of the past: Hardy, Yeats, Law-
nce, Muir, Auden, Owen, Thomas.

).9K2 Contemporary British Poetry

raves, Larkin, Hughes, et al.

).9K3 Individual Modern British Poet

. H. Auden. A study of Auden's achievement as poet, critic, dramatist, and
anslator, in the context of his age.

).9K4 Twentieth-Century Irish Renaissance

study of the emergence of a distinctive Irish literary tradition through concen-
ation on the work of the main figures of the Irish Literary Revival, with par-
:ular emphasis on Yeats, Joyce, Synge, and O'Casey; minor concentration will
2 on post-Revolutionary and contemporary Irish writers: O'Faolain, O'Connor,
Id Behan.

72 / ENGLISH

30.9K7 Twentieth-Century British Fiction

Major figures of the modern and the contemporary periods: Conrad, Joyce
Cary, Orwell, Beckett, Compton-Burnett, Braine, Burgess, Fowles.

30.9K8 Individual IVIodern British Novelist

James Joyce and William Beckett.

30.9L1 Puritanism

Edward Taylor and Jonathan Edwards.

30.9L2 Literature of the New Republic

The beginning of the American literary tradition in poetry, fiction, and drame
from Freneau to Cooper, 1765-1830.

30.9M1 Transcendentalism

From religious or metaphysical idealism to theories of self-transformation, wit
emphasis on Emerson and Thoreau and consideration of related figures sue
as Kant, Coleridge, Carlyle, William James, Mumford, Jung.

30.9M2 Nineteenth-Century American Poetry

The legacies of Whitman and Dickinson.

30.9M7 The Romance in America

An attempt to define American Romance through the study of Cooper's Leathei
stocking novels, the major novels of Hawthorne and Melville's Moby Dick an
Billy Budd.

30.9M8 The Rise of Realism

An examination of Local Coiorism, Realism, and Naturalism in the works c
Twain, Howells, James, Dreiser, Norris, and readings in European Realism.

30.9N1 Twentieth-Century American Poetry

Twentieth-century poets who have struggled to establish a tradition for Amei
ican poetry and whose examples have dominated poetry up to the presen
Robinson, Frost, Stevens, W. C. Williams, M. Moore, Eliot, Pound, Crane, Cunr
mings, and the Fugitives.

30.9N2 Individual Modern American Poet

Wallace Stevens.

30.9N3 Contemporary American Poetry

Lowell, Bishop, Bronk, Roethke et al.

30.9N7 Modern American Novel

Comic Resistance: West, Ellison, Mailer, Hawkes, Barth. The exhaustion c
possibilities and the post-modern idea of self.

30.9N8 Individual American Novelist

The Comic Faulkner.

30.9N9 Modern American Drama

Philosophic and aesthetic trends among such playwrights as O'Neill, Williamf
Miller, Albee, Simon, and others.

ENGLISH / 73

0.9P4 The American 1890s

itensive study of the works of Stephen Crane with some attention to other
inters of the period, including Howells, Frederic, Garland, and to the cultural
lilieu.

0.9P5 Literature of the American South

study of the southern literary experience from early nineteenth century to
lid-twentieth, from Simms to Faulkner.

0.9P8 Art and Literature in the Victorian Period

elationships of visual art, literature, and aesthetic theory in the Victorian period,
mphasis on Ruskin, Pre-Raphaelite circle. Pater, Whistler, Wilde.

0.9P9 Twain and James

19R1 Creative Writing I

rose fiction.

3.9R2 Creative Writing II

rose fiction.

3.9Z1 Thesis (maximum: 6 q.h.)
y arrangement.

).9Z2 Directed Research

y arrangement.

Charmarie J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.
Ballard C. Campbell, Ph.D.
William M. Fowler, Ph.D.
Gerald H. Herman, M.A.
John D. Post, Ph.D.
Martin R. Ring, Ph.D.

Lecturer

Helen S. Frothingham, M.A.

history

Professors

Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Philip N. Backstrom, Jr., Ph.D.
Wallace P. Bishop, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Martha E. Frangois, Ph.D.
Norbert L. Fullington, Ph.D.
Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Stanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Donald R. Allen, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 20, applicants
must have had a program which includes at least 15 semester hours olj
history. Applicants for the Fall Quarter who submit their application anc
all supporting documents by IViarch 15 will be notified on or about Apr!
1. Students who are interested in financial assistance must file all ma^
terial by March 15.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. Full-time
students take four courses each quarter, thereby completing 36 quarter
hours during the Fall, Winter, and Spring Quarters. The remaining cred-
its may be taken during the summer sessions preceding or following the
normal academic year.

All students must take the following courses: ij

23.800 Methodology and Theory I

either 23.801 European Historiography or 23.900 American Historians

Two courses specifically labeled "seminar," except that students writing
theses need take only one seminar.

Students must complete 23.800 prior to enrolling in seminars, and
grades of at least B must be obtained in the seminars.

HISTORY / 75

Students must complete at least one course (three quarter hours) in
3ch of three areas: Group I, Europe; Group II, United States; and
roup III, Other Regions.

Group requirements will not be satisfied by the historiography
Durses, 23.801 and 23.900, or by 23.894, 23.895, 23.896, 23.898, and
3.899. Courses are identified by group in the course list below.

With the approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter
5urs may be elected from graduate courses in other departments and
maximum of 12 quarter hours may be elected from advanced under-
aduate courses in history.

A thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart-
ent. If approved, a thesis carries nine quarter hours of credit.

In addition to the foregoing program leading to the M.A. in History,
ere may be other options available: one in American Studies and an-
her in European Studies. Those interested in information about the
■oposed programs should contact the Department of History.

amprehensive Examination

All degree candidates must pass a comprehensive examination.

mguage Requirement

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language approved
/ the department.

nanclal Aid

In addition to teaching and tuition assistantships, there is a scholar-
lip in memory of Professor Robert A. Peer who was a member of the
epartment of History from 1963 to 1970.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

t.800 Methodology

ie objectives, methods, and resources of the historian.

i.801 European Historiography

18 developnnent of historical writing from ancient times to the present.

t.802 Ancient Greece (Group I)

elected topics in the history of ancient Greece.

1.803 Ancient Rome (Group I)

jlected topics in the history of Rome in the period of the Republic or the

npire.

1.806 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-1789 (Group I)

le broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought, with emphasis on scientific,

iigious, and political ideas.

76 / HISTORY

23.807 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-1870 (Group I)

The great age of liberal and nationalistic thought. Social problems created by
industrialism and various proposals to solve these problems will be examined.

23.808 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-1950 (Group I) I

The intellectual developments which have brought Europe to its present position
in world affairs. Topics considered include theories of evolution, scientism,
radical socialism, and fascism.

23.809 Seminar in European Intellectual History (Group I)
Research and writing on special topics in European intellectual history.

23.810 Social History of Europe, 400-1350 (Group I)

A study of society in the "Age of Faith," with special emphasis on aspirations,
way of life, and cultural achievement.

23.811 Social History of Europe, 1350-1650 (Group I)

A study of social structure, standards of living, aspirations and frustrations, and
cultural achievement in an age of Black Death, Renaissance, and religious con-
troversy.

23.812 Social History of Europe, 1650-1850 (Group I)

Exploration of social development and cultural achievement in an age of revolu-
tions — intellectual, political, agricultural, and industrial.

23.813 Economic History of Europe since 1850 (Group I)
Topical analysis of the economic development of modern Europe.

23.817 Medieval Institutions (Group I)

Political, economic, and religious institutions in England and France from the
fourth to the thirteenth centuries.

23.818 Seminar in the Renaissance (Group I)
Research and writing concerning the Renaissance.

23.819 Seminar in the Reformation (Group I)
Research and writing concerning the Reformation.

23.820 The Renaissance (Group I)

European political and cultural life from the thirteenth to the seventeenth cen-
turies, with attention to Humanism and to the rebirth of classicism in literature
and the arts.

23.821 The Reformation (Group I)

The development of the Christian Church from the thirteenth to the seventeenti"
centuries, with attention to the conflict between church and state, the impact
of the Renaissance, the rise of the Protestant sects, and the wars of religion.

23.822 European Urban History to 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places from Roman times to 1750 with special consideratior
of origins; layouts; political, economic, and social life; and the effects of towns
on society.

23.823 European Urban History since 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places since 1750 with attention to the growth of population
industrialization, and bureaucratization and attendant problems.

HISTORY / 77

23.826 English Medieval Constitutional History (Group I)

A study of the traditions and institutions which contributed to the development
of common law and parliamentary government from the time of Alfred through
the reign of Henry VIII.

23.827 Seminar in England, 1558-1660 (Group I)

A study of political, religious, social, and economic problems from Elizabeth I
to the Restoration.

23.830 Britain, 1688-1815 (Group I)

Topics include constitutional evolution, political parties, social and economic
change, religious and intellectual developments, cultural achievements, and
Scotland and Ireland.

23.831 Britain, 1815-1914 (Group I)

Aspects of nineteenth-century Britain, including reform of parliament, liberal-
sm and socialism, the Irish question, imperialism, and Victorian ideals and
attitudes.

23.832 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Britain (Group I)

The seminar will focus on British political parties in the 1930s, with special
emphasis on the development of their foreign policies.

23.833 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Group I)

-iberalism, conservatism, and the progress of the English people will be the
;heme of the seminar.

23.835 France, 1180-1661 (Group I)

The history of France from the time of Philip II to the majority of Louis XIV with
special emphasis on the problems of cultural, political, and economic unity and
:he effects of the Renaissance and the Reformation.

23.836 France, 1661-1830 (Group I)

A study of the "Old Regime," including an examination of the reign of Louis
XIV, the decline of the French monarchy in the eighteenth century, and the
general effects of the Enlightenment; an analysis of the revolutionary period,
1789 to 1830.

23.840 France and Germany, 1870-1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in the Third French Republic and Wilhelmian
Germany.

23.841 France and Germany since 1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in French and German history since the First
World War.

23.842 Seminar in IVIodern France (Group I)

Research and writing on a special topic or period in modern French history.

23.845 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Europe (Group I)
Research and writing in European history from 1850 to 1900.

23.850 Seminar in Russian History (Group I)

^ narrow period or special topic in Russian history. The course presupposes a

basic knowledge of Russian history and will require extensive work on a research

oaper.

78 / HISTORY

23.855 European Socialist Thought (Group I)

Studies in the history of socialism from the early nineteenth-century Utopias t<l

the New Left.

23.860 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914 (Group I)

The foreign policies of the chief European powers, with emphasis on changini

alliances and alignments, imperialistic rivalries, and efforts at Internationa

cooperation.

23.862 Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

The political history of Europe since 1900, with attention to World War I, thi
rise of Communism and Fascism, the struggle for security in the western demoo
racies. World War II, and the Cold War.

23.863 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

A study of a selected controversy in contemporary European History.

23.870 China to 1800 (Group III)

History of Chinese civilization from antiquity through Confucianism to thI
period of Western impact.

23.871 Modern China (Group III)

Revolution and institutional change in China from the nineteenth century to 192;

23.872 Communism in China (Group III)

A study of the Chinese Communist movement from its origins in the 1920s to th
present.

23.873 Japan to 1600 (Group III)

A survey of early Japanese history with special emphasis on the social, politi
cal, intellectual, and literary history of the medieval period.

23.874 Japan, 1600-1868 (Group III)

A study of the Tokugawa period, emphasizing the problems of late feudal cor
trol, urban and rural developments, social, intellectual, and literary history.

23.875 IVIodern Japan (Group III)
The history of Japan since the fall of the Tokugawa, emphasizing political an<
economic developments, especially after World War II.

23.881 IVIodern Africa (Group III)

A topical approach to the history of Africa since 1850.

23.883 History of the Islamic Peoples (Group III)
A study of the history, culture, and religion of the followers of Muhammad fror
600 to 1800.

23.884 Modern Middle East (Group III)

A study of the Middle East in the twentieth century.

23.894 Seminar in History and Media

Students will explore such topics as the advantages and drawbacks of specifi
media, the uses and abuses of media in research and teaching, and the cor
struction of media. Each student will participate in a research project involvim
the creation and/or evaluation of historically valid films, slide tapes, and othe
materials.

HISTORY / 79

23.895 Approaches to World History

An interdisciplinary examination of the study of civilization emphasizing various
methodologies and theories and testing them by studying specific historical
periods and cultures.

23.896 Psycho-History

An introduction to the concepts, scholarship, problems, and directions of psycho-
historical studies.

23.898 Population in History

An application of demographic theory to history.

23.899 Studies in Comparative History

The American image in Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

23.900 American Historians

The writing of American history by Americans from colonial times to the present
with emphasis on changes in both form and substance.

23.901 Recent Interpretations of American History (Group II)
The literature of American history since 1945.

23.905 Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century (Group II)

Exploration of the New World, settlement of the English North American main-
land colonies, and the adaptation of European institutions and ideas to New
World conditions.

23.906 Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century (Group II)
The expansion of the English colonies in the New World, the development of
political and social institutions, and the sources of friction with England.

23.909 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary America (Group II)
Research and writing on some topic in American history prior to 1789.

23.910 American Social History, 1607-1815 (Group II)

The ethnic foundation of American society; the ways Americans made their
living, and the ways in which they lived during the colonial and early national
periods.

23.911 American Social History, 1815-1900 (Group II)

The King Cotton society of the South, the ferment of reform and industrialism
in the North, the Civil War, and the materialistic civilization of the late nine-
teenth century.

23.912 American Social History, 1900-1950 (Group II)

The transformation of the naive and idealistic America of the early twentieth
century to life in a world in which technology has far outstripped man's mental
and moral capacity to cope with it.

23.913 American Intellectual History, 1750-1865 (Group II)

American attitudes toward the individual and toward government during the
Enlightenment, the romantic movement, and the slavery controversy.

23.914 American Intellectual History since the Civil War (Group II)

The adaptation of the ideas of an agricultural society to the conditions of an
urban and industrial society.

80 / HISTORY

23.915 Seminar in American Intellectual History (Group II)

The seminar will focus upon a single figure in American intellectual history.j

His writings and writings about him will be analyzed. i

23.918 Seminar in American Cultural History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of American culture.

23.920 Seminar in American Urban History (Group II)

The political, economic, and social history of America's major cities, with
special emphasis on Boston's last century.

23.921 American Social Structure (Group II)

Survey of population, residential, family, ethnic, and class patterns in American
history.

23.922 American Immigration and Ethnicity (Group II)

Analysis of immigration to the United States and its impact on American society.

23.924 Topics in American Reform (Group II)

Selected studies of movements to change aspects of American Society.

23.925 Seminar in American Economic History (Group II)

The development of the American economy from 1800 to the present, with
special attention to the history of transportation. Topics include the develop-
ment of highways, canals, railroads, and airlines, with an examination of the
roles of private enterprise and government.

23.930 The Westward Movement in the United States in the Nineteenth
Century (Group II)

Westward migration into the various geographic provinces will be traced, with
emphasis upon its causes, processes, and its economic and political influences.
Economic aspects stressed will be those relating to the land: agriculture,
mining, lumbering, and grazing.

23.931 Man and Land in the United States in the Twentieth Century (Group II)
Aspects of land use in America since the closing of the frontier, with attention
to agriculture and mining and to conservation programs.

23.935 Seminar in Recent American History (Group II)

Special topics from the period 1896 to 1960 will be studied in detail, and

students will present a research paper on a major person, action, or movement.

23.937 American Politics, 1800-1877 (Group II)

The development of politics and parties in the nineteenth century.

23.938 American Politics, 1877-1920 (Group II)
Analysis of political patterns in the "transition" period.

23.939 Seminar in American Political History (Group II)
Research and writing on problems in American political history.

23.940 American Politics since 1920 (Group II)

Analysis of recent politics, emphasizing the Presidency, voting behavior, and
party activity.

HISTORY / 81

3.941 American Diplomatic History, 1775-1889 (Group II)

he history of American foreign policy and foreign relations from the American
levolution to 1889.

3.942 American Diplomatic History since 1889 (Group II)

he United States in the age of world involvement and responsibility; the im-
erialistic episode; the world wars; international organizations and alliances.

3.943 Seminar in American Diplomatic History (Group II)

esearch and writing on selected topics in the history of American foreign
jiations.

3.945 Topics in the Civil War and Reconstruction (Group II)

>nalysis of key issues surrounding the events leading up to the Civil War, the

'ar itself, and the Reconstruction period.

3.967 Afro-American History I (Group II)

he history of Afro-Americans to 1900, with emphasis on the role of black people
I slavery and freedom.

3.968 Afro-American History II (Group II)
he history of Afro-Americans since 1900.

3.969 Seminar in Afro-American History (Group II)
esearch and writing on some aspect of Afro-American history.

3.970 The United States and the Caribbean Region (Group II)

he Caribbean policy of the United States from the Monroe Doctrine to the
resent.

3.971 Mexican History (Group III)

he making of modern Mexico from its Indian and Spanish beginnings to the
resent.

3.973 South America to 1900 (Group III)

he European impact oci South America, the movements for independence, and
le nineteenth-century history of the new republics.

3.974 South America since 1900 (Group III)

he internal developments of the South American republics and their relations
/ith one another and with other nations in the twentieth century.

!3.975 Seminar in South American History (Group III)

(esearch and writing on special topics in the history of the South American

epublics.

3.990 Assigned Reading in History (1 q.h.)

assigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

3.991 Thesis (9 q.h.)

hesis supervision by members of the department.

mathematics

Assistant Professors

Harriet Fell, Ph.D.
John Frampton, Ph.D.
Charles J. Freifeld, Ph.D.
Nishan Krikorian, Ph.D.
Jayant Shah, Ph.D.
Brian Smith, Ph.D.
Betty Stark, Ph.D.

Instructor

John Casey, B.S.

Professors

David I. Epstein, Ph.D.

Chairman
Bohumil Cenkl, D.Sc.
Holland C. Filgo, Jr., Ph.D.
Arshag Hajian, Ph.D.
Flavio B. Reis, Ph.D.
Gabriel Stolzenberg, Ph.D.
Harold L. Stubbs, Ph.D.
Jack Warga, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Samuel J. Blank, Ph.D.
Mark Bridger, Ph.D.
Alberto R. Galmarino, Ph.D.
Maurice E. Gilmore, Ph.D.
Eugene Cover, Ph.D.
Robert D. Klein, M.S.
Nancy J. Kopell, Ph.D.
Richard A. Rasala, Ph.D.
Thomas O. Sherman, Ph.D.
Victor R. Staknis, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 19, applican
should have a background which includes courses in linear and modet
algebra and mathematical analysis.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

Forty hours of course work are required for the degree. The followin
courses are required.

Credits

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology 4

10.9A2 Algebra A 4

10.9A3 Integration 4

10.9A4 Algebra B 4

10.9A5 General Topology 4

10.9A6 Complex Variables 4

10.9A7 Geometry 4

MATHEMATICS / 83

The remaining 12 credits required for the master's degree may be
elected from any graduate mathematics courses with the approval of
he student's faculty adviser. In some cases, courses in other depart-
nents may be approved.

A full-time candidate for the master's degree \n\\\ normally take the
;ourses listed above in the first four quarters of graduate study, accord-
ng to the following schedule:

■all Quarter Credits Winter Quarter Credits

0.9A1 Basic Analysis and 10.9A3 integration 4

Topology 4 10.9A5 General Topology . . 4

0.9A2 Algebra A 4

>pring Quarter Credits 2nd Fall Quarter Credits

0.9A4 Algebra B 4 10.9A6 Complex Variables . 4

0.9A7 Geometry 4

'art-Time Program

Students in this program may progress according to their abilities and
he time available. If students are deficient in any of the mathematics
:ourses required for admission to the degree program, they will be re-
luired to satisfy their deficiencies by tal<ing courses given for this pur-
)0se. Such courses will carry graduate credit, but the credit will be in
iddition to the regular degree requirements. The following courses are
equired:

Total Credits

10.8C1 General Topology I 2

10.8D1, 10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, II 4

10.8J1, 10.8J2, 10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex

Variable I, II, III 6

10.8P1, 10.8P2, Algebra I, II 4

The remaining 24 quarter hours may be selected from graduate mathe-
Tiatics courses. With the approval of the department, a maximum of 10
Df these elective credits may be selected from courses in other depart-
ments in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences or the Graduate
School of Engineering.

Other Requirements

There is no comprehensive examination and no language requirement
for the master's degree. A thesis is not required but may in some cases
be substituted for an elective course with the approval of the department.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE
Admission

Students who have completed the first year of the full-time master's
degree program or who have obtained a master's degree at another

84 / MATHEMATICS

institution are eligible for admission to the doctoral program. A studen
who wishes to earn the doctor's degree should inform the chairman c
the graduate committee of his desire to be a doctoral candidate.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grac
uate work.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the genera
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

A doctoral candidate will be required to do some sort of independer
work during his second year of graduate study (see below). A cand
date's performance in course work and in independent work will b
used to judge whether he should continue in the doctoral program. Afte
the second year, a student's adviser and the graduate faculty in geners
will monitor his work. He will be permitted to remain a doctoral cand
date as long as his progress is satisfactory.

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the minimum master's degre
requirements of 40 quarter hours of credit, are established by the d«
partmental graduate committee for each candidate. In most cases, 4
quarter hours of additional work will be required.

Independent Work

A doctoral student in his second year of graduate study will be r€
quired to do some kind of independent project. The aim of the project
to start a student on independent work and to give him a practical We
to learn research techniques. The student should, with the help of hi
adviser, choose a topic he wants to investigate. In studying his topic
a student should read texts and journal articles and learn what to rea^"
and what not to read. In addition, he should try to solve problem?
compute examples, modify proofs, and see whether or not the know
results can be extended. A student should report on his work either i
seminars or by giving a special lecture or writing up a short paper. Thi
work of the project can in some cases be done in conjunction witi
departmental seminars or courses.

Minor Specialty

Each doctoral candidate will select some specific mathematical sub
ject of an advanced nature and by means of reading, lecture courses
and/or seminars master the equivalent of one full year's course worl

MATHEMATICS / 85

1 this area. Approval of the area in which the student intends to work
lould be obtained in advance from the Ph.D. committee. The topic
lUSt be reasonably unrelated to that area in which the student plans to
rite a dissertation.

anguage Requirements

Ability to read and translate mathematical texts and journals in two
ireign languages must be established by each candidate. The lan-
jages may be chosen from French, German, and Russian; any other
loice requires special approval. The student should notify the chair-
an of the departmental graduate committee when he is prepared to be
<amined on each language. At least one language examination must be
assed before beginning work on the dissertation. The examinations
re conducted by members of the faculty of the mathematics depart-
lent.

eaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
atisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
jitable teaching duties.

issertation

After the successful completion of his independent work, each stu-
ent shall select a dissertation adviser under whose guidance he will
/rite his doctoral dissertation. If the student wishes it, the departmental
raduate committee will assist him in the selection of a dissertation
dviser. The dissertation itself must represent an original solution of a
roblem in the chosen area of mathematics which makes some con-
'ibution to mathematical knowledge.

inal Oral Examination

This examination on the dissertation will be held in accordance with
le graduate school regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

The following courses are offered for tfiose who wish to enter the master's
'egree program in mathematics, but who fail to satisfy the admission require-
lents in algebra and/or analysis. These courses will be taken in addition to the
squired course work in mathematics.

0.8B1, 10.8B2, 10.8B3 Abstract Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

iroups, subgroups, normal subgroups, rings, ideals, integral domains, and

elds. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

86 / MATHEMATICS

10.8B4 Advanced Calculus I (2 q.h.)

Functions of one independent variable; limits, continuity, differentiability
Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded interval. Rolle's thee
rem and the mean-value theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

10.8B5 Advanced Calculus ft (2 q.h.)

Functions of several independent variables. Distance and open sets; limit;
continuity. Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded set. Diffe
entiability and differentials, mean-value theorem, implicit function theorem; _
Jacobians and transformations. Prep. 10.8B4.

10.8B6 Advanced Calculus III (2 q.h.)

Sequences, sequences of functions, uniform convergence, series. Integration

line and surface integrals. Prep. 10.8B5.

The following courses may be used toward the degree requirements
mathematics.

10.8C1, 1G.8C2 General Topology I, II (2 q.h.)

Sets and maps, metric spaces, topological spaces, separation axioms, compac

ness, connectedness. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8D1 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I (2 q.h.)

Lebesgue measure on real line, measurable functions, Lebesgue integral, coi

vergence theorems, bounded variation, absolute continuity. Prep. 10.8C1.

10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II (2 q.h.)

Classical Banach spaces, integration theory on abstract measure spaces, signe

measures, Radon-Nikodym theorem, product measure, Fubini theorem. Pref,

10.8D1.

10.8E1 Advanced Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

First order differential equation; existence and uniqueness theorems; depeni

ence of solution on parameter. Stability theory. Periodic solutions. Prep 10.8B\

10.8E2 Advanced Differentia! Equations II (2 q.h.)
Systems of first order differential equations. Prep. 10.8E1.

10.8E3 Advanced Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)

Selected topics, including asymtotic behavior of situations. Prep. 10.8E2.

10.8E4 Partial Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

Partial differential equations of first order; Cauchy-problem; Cauchy-Kowalewsi

theorem. Method of characteristics. Prep. 10.8B6.

10.8E5 Partial Differential Equations II (2 q.h.)

Classification of second order equations. Well-posed problems. Emphasis c

hyperbolic equations. Prep. 10.8E4.

10.8E6 Partial Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)
Emphasis on elliptic equations. Prep. 10.8E5.

MATHEMATICS / 87

I.8E7 Nonlinear Differential Equations (2 q.h.)

)nlinear differential equations of the first order; systems of differential equa-
•ns; singular points and stability; second-order nonlinear equations; results of
)incare and Lyapunov; problems in nonlinear mechanics. Prep. 10.8E3.

.8E8, 10.8E9 Integral Equations I, II (2 q.h.)

juations of Volterra and Fredholm. Symmetric kernals. Orthogonal systems of

nctions. Applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

I.8F1 Difference Equations (2 q.h.)

rmulation and solution of difference equations; approximate solution of engi-

ering problems by finite-difference methods; relaxation techniques; stability

d convergence of approximate methods; applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or

'uivalent.

.8F3, 10.8F4 Calculus of Variations I, II (2 q.h.)

e concept of the first variation of a functional; the simplest variational
Dblem; Euler's equation. Generalization to several variables. Hamilton-Jacobi
3ory. Sufficient conditions for extrema. Fields of extremals. Direct methods in
national problems. Prep. 10.8B6.

.8G1 Probability I (2 q.h.)

ndamentals of probability theory; discrete and continuous probability distri-
tions, including binominal, Poisson, and normal; law of large numbers and
ntral limit theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

I.8G2 Probability 11 (2 q.h.)

irther study of probability distributions for one or more random variables.

jecial topics such as occupancy problems and Markov chains. Prep. 10.8G1.

I.8G4 Mathematical Statistics I (2 q.h.)

indamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and estimation based on
rge or small samples; simple correlation and linear regression. Prep. 10.8G1
equivalent.

).8G5 Mathematics Statistics II (2 q.h.)

nalysis of variance; further topics in statistical inference. Prep. 10.8G4.

).8G6 Estimation Theory I (2 q.h.)

5view of probability with application to multidimensional random vectors.
:ate space approach to dynamic systems with uncertainties. Estimation theory
r static and dynamic linear systems based on Bayesian, maximum likelihood,
inimum variance, Kalman-Bucy, and weighted least squares methods. Deter-
ination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for discrete linear systems. Prep.
').8A4 and 10.8G1.

).8G7 Estimation Theory 11 (2 q.h.)

etermination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for continuous linear systems.
eview of stochastic processes with application to estimation theory. Estimation
eery for static and dynamic nonlinear systems. Introduction to hypothesis
isting. Prep. 10.8G6.

88 / MATHEMATICS

10.8G8 Stochastic Processes I (2 q.h.)

Probability spaces for an infinite family of random variables. Gaussian process
Processes with independent increments. Strict and wide sense stationary pn
esses. Ergodicity. Random harmonic analysis. Prep. 10.8G2.

10.8G9 Stochastic Processes II (2 q.h.)

Marl<ov chains with discrete and continuous time parameter. Markov process

Counting processes. Renewal processes. Queuing problems. Prep. 10.8G8

10.8J1 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable I (2 q.h.)

Geometry of the complex plane, analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem. Pr .

10.8C1 (may be taken concurrently).

10.8J2 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable II (2 q.h.)

Infinite sequences and series, singularities, residues, applications. Prep. 10.8<

10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable ill (2 q.h.)

Meromorphic functions, Mittag-Leffler theorem, conformal mapping. Pr

10.8J2.

10.8K1 Fundamental Questions of Mathematics: An Introduction to

Mathematical Logic (2 q.h.)
A discussion of truth tables, prepositional calculus with applications, theor ;
and models, and Godel's incompleteness results. The course stresses the v
in which Mathematical Logic raises and solves problems in number theory, t
theory, analysis, and geometry. Prep. none.

10.8K2 A First Course in Mathematical Logic (2 q.h.)

Prepositional calculus, quantificational logic, first order theories through t

Skolem-Lowenheim Theorem. Prep. none.

10.8K3 An Introduction to Recursive Function Theory (2 q.h.)
Turing machines. Partially computable functions. Primitive recursive and gene I
recursive functions and predicates. Unsolvable decision problems. Recursiv '
enumerable sets of integers. The unsolvability of Hilbert's Tenth ProbU .
Prep. none.

10.8K4 Godel's Incompleteness Theorems (2 q.h.)

Formal number theory. Arithmetization. Godel's First and Second Incompletend
Theorems for formal number theory. Prep, a knowledge of the methods f
mathematical logic.

10.8K5 Set Theory (2 q.h.)

The informal study of sets, including detailed discussion of the axiom of choi,

well-ordered sets, and transfinite arithmetic. Prep. none.

10.8K6 Formal Set Theory (2 q.h.)

Versions of axiomatic set theory. The consistency of the continuum hypothes
and the axiom of choice. As time permits, the independence of the continuM
hypothesis and the axiom of choice. Prep, the equivalent of 10.8K2 and 10.81.

MATHEMATICS / 89

0.8L1 Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

olutions of systems of linear algebraic equations by reduction and iterative

lethods. Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Prep. 10.8B6 or

quivalent.

0.8L2 Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

pproximation and interpolation. Use of difference techniques in interpolation
id quadrature. Approximation by series of orthogonal functions; rational ap-
roximation. Prep. 10.8L1.

0.8L3 Numerical Analysis III (2 q.h.)

umerical solution of ordinary and partial difference equations with emphasis

n stability and accuracy of solutions. Prep. 10.8L2.

0.8L4 Linear Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

ector space, Jordan canonical form, norms and seminorms, direct solution of
near systems, special systems, error analysis, iterative methods. Prep. 10.8B1
Id 10.8B6.

0.8L5 Linear Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

cceleration of iterative methods, the eigenvalue and eigenvector problem.

rep. 10.8L4.

9.8L6 Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
pplications of linear numerical analysis to the solution of partial differential
quations. Prep. 10.8L5.

0.8M1, 10.8M2 Approximation Theory I, II (2 q.h.)

arious techniques for the approximation of given functions, including inter-

olation, rational approximation, and orthogonal functions. Applications to such

roblems as numerical integration and solution of differential equations. Prep.

0.8B6.

0.8M4 Interpolation and Approximation (2 q.h.)

leview of Taylor's theorem, elementary interpolation formulas, difference tables,
lewton's formulas, lozenge diagram. Uniform approximation, Weierstrass
leorem, Chebychev polynomials. Rational approximation. Fade table, Maehly's
nethods. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

0.8M5 Approximation and Quadrature (2 q.h.)

east-squares approximation, orthogonal functions, properties of orthogonal
olynomials. Trigonometric approximation, filtering and smoothing. Numerical
itegration schemes, including Newton-Cotes, Gaussian and Romberg methods,
ntroduction to Monte Carlo methods and evaluation of higher dimensional
ntegrals. Prep. 10.8M4.

10.8M6 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
ixistence of solutions of differential equations, direction field plots. One-step
lethods: Euler's method, second-order methods, Runge-Kutta schemes; multi-
tep methods: predictor-corrector methods, stability, automatic error control,
esults of Dahlquist, Butcher, Stetter, and Gragg. Higher-order equations and
jystems of equations. Introduction to boundary-value problems. Prep. 10.8M5.

90 / MATHEMATICS

10.8P1, 10.8P2, 10.8P3 Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

The content of these courses is the same as 10.9A2 and the first part of 10.9/^

Prep. 10.8B2 or equivalent.

10.811 Matrix Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Solutions of systems of linear equations by direct and iterative methods; mati
inversion, characteristic values, canonical forms. Prep. 10.8B6or equivalent.

10.812 Matrix Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Discussion of Hermitian, orthogonal, and unitary matrices and their physic
significance. Functions of matrices and matrix calculus. Prep. 10.8T1.

10.8T3 Tensor Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Tensor algebra; review of three-dimensional point and vector spaces in t!
setting of tensor analysis. Linear algebra and n-dimensional affine space. T
coordinate tensor, tensor products, invariants, physical components. Pre
10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8T4 Tensor Analysis II (2 q.h.) [

Symmetric and alternating tensors, rank and support, duality. The metric tensi
Tensor Calculus: curvilinear coordinates, tangent spaces. Prep. 10.8T3.

10.8T5 Tensor Analysis III (2 q.h.)

Tensor fields, covariant derivative. Riemannian geometry, geodesies, curvatu

tensor. Parallel displacement, linear connections, exterior forms. Prep. 10.8T4,

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology (4 q.h.)

Sets and functions. Metric spaces with examples. Continuous functions. Notio
of compact, complete, paracompact spaces. Function spaces, especially Bana
and Hilbert spaces. Multilinear maps. Coordinate-free calculus, inverse and I
plicit function theorems, Taylor formula, first-order differential equations. L

10.9A2 Algebra A (4 q.h.)

Groups, rings, modules: basic properties and examples. Linear algebra frc
an advanced standpoint; exactness and techniques of ring theory. Free grou|:
generators and relations, finitely generated abelian groups, Sylow theorerr
Other topics as time permits.

10.9A3 Integration (4 q.h.)

Measure spaces. Abstract Lebesgue integral. Convergence theorems. Constru
tion of Lebesgue measure on R". Radon-Nikodym theorem. Product measu
theorem. Fubini's theorem. i

10.9A4 Algebra B (4 q.h.) '

Polynomial functions and formal polynomials. Polynomial rings and uniqi
factorization. Construction of extension fields. Splitting fields of polynomia
Theory of fields and Galois theory. Examples.

10.9A5 General Topology (4 q.h.) I

General topological spaces. Moore-Smith convergence. Compactness and co
nectedness. Separation properties. Products. Quotient spaces. Inductive ar
projective limits. Function spaces. Elementary homotopy. Some of the functori
viewpoint.

MATHEMATICS / 91

.9A6 Complex Variables (4 q.h.)

jmentary properties of holomorphic functions, harmonic functions, maximum
)dulus principle, approximation theorems, conformal maps, zeroes of holo-
)rphic functions, analytic continuation.

.9A7 Geometry (4 q.h.)

ndamental group, covering spaces, simplicial complexes, manifolds, orienta-

n, linear group manifolds. Some attempt to tie up algebra and topology.

.9B3 Constructive Algebra (4 q.h.)

constructive development of some of the old familiar areas of algebra: prin-

)al ideal domains, Dedekind domains, factorial domains, Noetherian rings.

.9B9 Seminar: Constructive Analysis (4 q.h.)

pics in classical mathematics and analysis of them from the constructive

mdpoint.

,9C1, 10.9C2 Functional Analysis A, B (4 q.h.)

pological vector spaces, Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces, algebras of opera-
's, representations.

.9E1 Advanced Differential Equations (4 q.h.)

e material of 10.8E1 and 10.8E2 is covered as a unit in 10.9E1. Prep. 10.9A1.

.9E3, 10.9E4 Partial Differential Equations A, B (4 q.h.)

eats a selection of the material of 10.8E4, 10.8E5, and 10.8E6. Prep. 10.9A1

d 10.9A6.

.9E6 Integral Equations (4 q.h.)

ivers material from 10.8E8, 10.8E9. Prep. 10.9A1.

.9G1 Probability (4 q.h.)

obability spaces. Probability laws of families of random variables. Distribution
nctions and characteristics functions on R". Strong limit laws of sums of inde-
jndent random variables. Central limit theorem. Conditional expectations.

).9H1 Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.)

lis course embodies the material in 10.8G4 and 10.8G5. Prep. 10.8G1 or

:iuivalent.

).9M5, 10.9M6 Lie Groups and Fourier Theory A, B (4 q.h.)
ertain questions in analysis take on a special simplicity due to the benevolent
'esence of an algebraic structure. Starting with simple classical examples, the
jurse will work toward a deeper and more contemporary vision of Lie groups
Id Fourier theory. Ideas will outweigh proofs.

0.9N1 Advanced Mathematics A (4 q.h.)

sgendre and Bessel functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier integrals, boundary-
alue problems, introduction to matrix algebra. Prep. Differential Equations.
of to be used for credit toward tfie program in mattiematics.

92 / MATHEMATICS

10.9N2 Advanced Mathematics B (4 q.h.)

This course embodies tiie material in 10.8A3 and 10.8A4. Prep. 10.9N1.

Not to be used for credit toward the program in mathematics.

10.9P0 Seminar: Classical Groups (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in classical groups as chosen by participants.

10.9P1 Representations of Groups (4 q.h.)

A basic course in group representations and character theory.

10.9Q1 Homological Algebra (4 q.h.)

Maps, sums, tensor products, exact sequences, homology, derived functors

adjoints, applications to algebra and topology.

10.9Q2 Module Theory (4 q.h.)

Techniques of commutative and homological algebra applied to modules

ideals. Applications to regular and Gorenstein rings.

10.9Q6 Ring Theory (4 q.h.)

A survey of ring theory. Commutative algebra and its geometric significann
Ideal and decomposition theory, semi-simple rings. Additional topics to
decided upon.

10.9U1, 10.9U2 Algebraic Topology A, B (4 q.h.)

Topics from: Homology groups, homology sequences, fiber spaces, sheav ,
products in homology and cohomology, cohomology algebra, Kunneth theorei
Steenrod operations, Poincare duality, higher homotopy groups and
Hurewicz theorem, characteristic classes.

10.9W1, 10.9W2 Dynamical Systems A, B (4 q.h.)

Structural stability and qualitative theory of dynamical systems.

10.9W9 Seminar: Dynamical Systems (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in dynamical systems as chosen by participants.

10.9Z1 Master's Thesis (up to 6 q.h.)

10.9Z2 Readings in Analysis (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z3 Readings in Algebra (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z4 Readings in Topology (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation

10.9Z6 Seminar in Analysis (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z7 Seminar in Algebra (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z8 Seminar in Topology (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

)hysics

jfessors

^oy Weinstein, Ph.D.

Acting Chairman
Ronald Aaron, Ph.D.
Petros N. Argyres, Ph.D.
Richard L. Arnowitt, Ph.D.
'Man H. Cromer, Ph.D.
\^arvin H. Friedman, Ph.D.
Vlarvin W. Gettner, Ph.D.
\/lichael J. Glaubman, Ph.D.
Bernard Gottschalk, Ph.D.
i/Valter Hauser, Ph.D.
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D.
Bertram J. Malenka, Ph.D.
3live H. Perry, Ph.D.
Eugene J. Saletan, Ph.D.
3arl A. Shiftman, Ph.D.
Yogi N. Srivastava, Ph.D.
Michael T. Vaughn, Ph.D.
Eberhard von Goeier, Ph.D.
Thomas H. Wallace, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Evangelos M. Anastassakis, Ph.D.
Robert I. Boughton, Ph.D.
David A. Garelick, Ph.D.
Hyman Goldberg, Ph.D.
William L. Faissler, Ph.D.
Robert P. Lowndes, Ph.D.
Pran Nath, Ph.D.
James E. Neighbor, Ph.D.
Jeffrey B. Sokoloff, Ph.D.
Allan Widom, Ph.D.
Fa Yueh, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

David R. Earles, Ph.D.
Chian-Yuan Young, Ph.D.

Research Associates

Harald Johnstad, Ph.D.
Michael Jordan, Ph.D.
Huan Lee, Ph.D.
Douglas M. Potter, Ph.D.
Giulia Srivastava, Ph.D.
Neal E. Tornberg, Ph.D.

Imission

Applicants for admission must have had, in addition to the require-
9nts of the college, an undergraduate program vy/hlch includes at least
semester hours of upperclass physics (beyond general physics) and
'Urses in calculus and ordinary differential equations.

Students planning to enter graduate school should have in their
)per-class undergraduate program the follov^ing courses or their
luivalent:

11.200-11.201 Mechanics
11.211 - 11.212 Electricity and Magnetism

11.220 - 11.230 Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Modern Physics
11.240-11.241 Quantum Mechanics

us courses in advanced calculus, functions of a complex variable,
urier series and boundary value problems. (The numbers correspond
Northeastern courses which are listed among the introductory
>urses below.) Students whose background in one or more of these
eas is weak will be asked to satisfy the prerequisites to the required
)urses by taking up to 9 q.h. of introductory courses.

94 / PHYSICS

All students admitted to the program must be interviewed by the
partment and arrangements for a program of study must be conciucS
before registration. Appointments may be made in advance (though Is
is not usually necessary during regular office hours) by writing or c
ing the department [tel. (617) 437-2902].

The Program

There exists only one graduate program in the department, thoi
some of our students are full-time, some are part-time, some leave v»
the M.S. and some continue on to the Ph.D.

The department is very active in research as evidenced by a pu
cation rate of over 50 journal articles per year, a research support le i
of close to $1 million per year, and an internationally established re ■
tation in experimental and theoretical high energy (particle) and S( :
state physics. The research done in the department is basic resea '
of high quality, and is of significance to the fundamental developm '
of physics.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Course Requirements

Forty-two quarter hours (q.h.) of graduate credit are required,
which up to 12 q.h. may be transfer credit on departmental appro
and up to 9 q.h. may be in introductory courses.

The following courses are required, for a total of 30 q.h. of gradufe
credit:

Mathematical Methods A,B (3 q

Classical Mechanics A,B (3 q

Electromagnetic Theory A,B,C (3 q

Quantum Theory A,B,C (4 q

*NOTE: Only one of these two courses is required for the M.S.

Students may take as electives any courses carrying graduate crc
in physics, mathematics, engineering, chemistry, psychology, or b
ogy, for which the student has adequate preparation.
Detailed course descriptions are listed below.

Sample Programs for Part-time Students

11.820M 1.825
11.824, 11.826
11.834, 11.835, 11.836
11.841,11.842,11.843

YEAR F

1 11.820

11.211

11.212

F
11.820

11.240

11.241t

F
11.820t
11.824

11.825

11.8

II 11.824

11.825

11.826

11.824

11.825

11.826

11.834

11.835

11.8

III 11.834

11.835
11.240

11.836t

11.834

11.835
11.285t

11.836t

11.841

11.842

11.81

IV 11.841

11.842

11.843

11.841

11.842

11.843

11.827t

11.828t

11.81

tElectives

PHYSICS / 95

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE
Jmission

A student's eligibility to take the Ph.D. qualifying examination is
cided by a committee of the department on the basis of the student's
erall performance. Full-time students will be notified of their status
metime in their second year of study. Students enrolled in the part-
)e master's degree program who wish to qualify for Ph.D. candidacy
ly so indicate by petition to the graduate committee of the depart-
int. The petition should include a timetable for completing the addi-
nal 33 (30 if he has had 11.836) quarter hours of required courses
:ed below and for taking the qualifying examination.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The following courses are required in addition to the required courses
the M.S. degree:

Statistical Physics A,B,C

Electromagnetic Theory C

Advanced Quantum Theory

Particle and Nuclear Physics A, B, C

Solid State Physics A,B
Notice that while these courses add up to 33 q.h., 12 q.h. of the total
ly have been taken for the M.S., leaving only 21 q.h. of additional re-
ired courses for the Ph.D.

Sample Programs for Full-Time Ph.D. Students

827, 11.828, 11.829

836

848

86A, 11.86B, 11.86C

87A, 11.87B

(3 q.h.)
(3 q.h.)
(4 q.h.)
(3 q.h.)
(4 q.h.)

RAR F W Sp

11.820 11.211 11.212

11.824 11.825 11.826

11.240 11.285t 11.241

F W Sp

11.820 11.240 11.241

11.824 11.825 11.826

11.834 11.835 11.836

F W Sp

11.824 11.825 11.826

11.834 11.835 11.836

11.841 11.842 11.843

11.834 11.835 11.836
11.841 11.842 11.843
11.827 11.828 11.829

11.841 11.842 11.843
11.827 11.828 11.829
Electives

11.827 11.828 11.829
11.848 11.87A 11.87B
11.86A 11.86B 11.86C

Qualifying Exam

11.848 11.87A 11.87B

11.86A 11.868 11.86C

Electives

11.848 11.87A 11.878
11.86A 11.868 11.86C
Electives

Thesis Research

Qualifying Exam

I V Thesis Research and Advanced Electives

'lalifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of a written and an oral part,
e written examination covers the material in the required courses

uggested electives.

96 / PHYSICS

for the Ph.D. program. This examination is given twice a year, once i
September and once in February. A student must take this examinati i
during the next Fall Quarter following the quarter in which he becari
eligible to take it. If the examination is failed, it may be repeated for 1 1
second and last time on the next occasion it is given.

Residence Requirement

After a student has completed the required 63 q.h. (60 q.h. for s
dents exempted from 11.820) of course work and has passed his qu£
tying examination, he becomes a doctoral degree candidate and mi
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate wo

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be s
isfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by sl
able teaching duties.

Dissertation

The student should arrange for a dissertation adviser by the time
wishes to take the oral part of the qualifying examination. An outii
of the dissertation must be approved by the departmental graduj
committee at least eight months before the final dissertation examir
tion (see below).

The student may choose his field of research according to one of t
following options: I

a) In one of the research areas in the department, under direct sup<
vision of his adviser.

b) In one of the other research areas of the University, under t
direct supervision of a researcher in that field. In that case,
joint committee including his direct supervisor, his departmen
adviser, and one other member of the department will constitt
his thesis committee.

c) In an area of applied research in one of the industries or non-prc
institutions associated with the department's Industrial Ph.D. Pr
gram. His direct supervisor will be an employee of the instituti*
where the research is done (and will have been accredited by tl
physics department); the rest of the thesis committee will be as
option (b) above. u

Final Dissertation Examination |

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate scho
regulations.

PHYSICS / 97

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
INTRODUCTORY COURSES
.200 Mechanics I (3 q.h.)

ctor analysis. Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion, generalized co-
jinates and Lagrange's equations of motion. Prep. Basic Physics and
ierential Equations.

201 Mechanics II (3 q.h.)

nservation theorems, central force motion, systems of particles, rigid body

ition, Hamilton's equations. Prep. 11.200.

208 Introduction to Mathematical Physics

view of linear algebra and vector calculus, special functions and partial dif-
ential equations of physics, potential theory, functions of a complex variable.
?p. Differential Equations.

211*, 11.212* Electricity and Magnetism I, II (3 q.h.)

:wo-quarter sequence in electromagnetic theory, Maxw/ell's equations and their
jerimental basis, electrostatics and magnetostatics, the electromagnetic field
empty space, electromagnetic waves, energy and momentum in the electro-
gnetic field, electrodynamics, the interaction of matter and the field, radia-
1. Prep. 11.208.

230 Modern Physics (3 q.h.)

review of experiments demonstrating the atomic nature of matter, the prop-
ies of the electron, the nuclear atom, the wave-particle duality, spin, and
! properties of elementary particles. The course discusses, mostly on a
enomenological level, such subjects as atomic and nuclear structure, prop-
ies of the solid state, and elementary particles. Prep. 11.200.

240* Quantum Mechanics I (3 q.h.)

e first of a two-quarter sequence in quantum mechanics. Observations of
icroscopic and microscopic bodies. The uncertainty principle, wave particle
ality, probability amplitudes, Schrodinger wave theory, and one-dimensional
)biems. Prep. 11.208.

241* Quantum Mechanics II (3 q.h.)

ntinuation of 11.240. Discrete and continuous states, Schrodinger equation
three dimensions, angular momentum, general theory of quantum mechanics,
plication. Prep. 11.240.

285* Introduction to Nuclear Physics (3 q.h.)

clear structure, nuclear masses, radioactivity, nuclear radiation, interaction
radiation and matter, detectors, fission, nuclear forces, elementary particles.
?p. 11.230.

846, 11.847 Electronics and Data Analysis I, 11 (4 q.h.)

:wo-quarter course intended to teach those electronic and data-analysis tech-

lues that are common to research in all fields of experimental physics.

"hese courses meet twice a week in the late afternoon or evening for 2 hours
ach time. The others usually meet 3 times a week in the day (except for
1.871. 11.872).

98 / PHYSICS

Subjects in electronics will be: principles of semiconductor devices; analo
techniques including feedback and servo loops, and wide-band amplificatior
digital techniques including integrated circuits and logic techniques; design (
electronic subsystems such as counters, analog-to-digital converters and phas(
sensitive detectors. Subjects in data analysis will be probability theory; distribi
tion functions; fitting data with a hypothesis; error estimation. Time permittim
high-vacuum techniques, cryogenic techniques, and lasers may also be coverei

11.871 Radiation Physics (2 q.h.)

Introduction to atomic and nuclear physics for graduate students in biology ar
pharmacy. Topics include quantum mechanics and atomic structure, nude;
structure, radioactivity, properties of nuclear radiation, detection of radiation.

11.872 Radiation Biology and Health Physics (2 q.h.) j
The effects of radiation on biological systems and the uses of radiation |
medicine and biological research. Topics include dosimetry, effects of radiatic
on chemical reactions; effects of radiation on cells, organs, and individual
theories of radiation damage; imaging and tracer techniques using radi
pharmaceuticals; radiation safety and standards. Prep. 11.871.

II. REQUIRED REGULAR COURSES (Offered every year)

11.820 IVlathematical Methods A (3 q.h.)

Theory of functions of complex variable. Analytic functions. Taylor and Laure

infinite series. Analytic continuation and classification of functions. Calculus

residues. Asymptotic series. Applications to ordinary differential equations ar

the study of special functions.

11.825 Mathematical Methods B (3 q.h.)

Finite dimensional linear vector spaces. Matrices and determinants. Functi(
spaces, Hilbert space and Hermitian forms. Linear integral equations. Coi
pletely continuous operators. Generalized Fourier expansions generated I
solutions of the Sturm-Liouville problem. Linear response theory. Greer
functions. Prep. 11.820 or equivalent.

11.824 Classical Mechanics A (3 q.h.)

Newton's law. Central force motion. Constraints and generalized coordinate

Lagrangian formulation. Hamilton's variational principle. Transformation syt

metries. Small oscillations and normal modes. Scattering theory and cros,

sections.

11.826 Classical Mechanics B (3 q.h.)

Rigid body motion. Hamiltonian formulation. Poisson brackets and canonic
transformations. Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalist!
of continuous media and fields. Prep. 11.824.

11.827 Statistical Physics A (3 q.h.)
The phenomenological theory of thermodynamics. Fundamental relations ar
thermodynamic potentials. Extremal principles of thermodynamics. Applicatioi
to simple systems. Stability conditions. Phase transitions. Thermodynamics ■
electric and magnetic systems. Principles of irreversible thermodynamics.

11.828, 11.829 Statistical Physics B, C (3 q.h.)

The principles of statistical mechanics and statistical thermodynamics. Densi

matrix. Theory of ensembles. Derivation of the laws of thermodynamics. Fernr

PHYSICS / 99

lirac and Bose-Einstein statistics. Application to gases, liquids, and solids,
heory of phase transitions. Second-quantization formalism for interacting
ystems. Cooperative phenomena. Prep. 11.827.

1.834, 11.835, 11.836 Electromagnetic Theory A, B, C (3 q.h.)
laxwell's equations. Static field and boundary value problems; multipole
xpansion. Phenomenology of dielectrics, conductors, and magnetic materials,
araday's Law. Energy and momentum; Poynting vector; Maxwell stress tensor,
lane waves; polarization. Reflection and refraction; diffraction. Relativity,
adiation from sources. Motion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields;
lagnetic mirrors, particle accelerators. Introduction to plasma physics; mag-
etohydrodynamics. Radiation from accelerated charges; bremsstrahlung, syn-
hrotron radiation. Scattering of radiation; interaction of radiation with matter.
rep. 11.212, 11 .820 (concurrently).

1.841, 11.842, 11.843 Quantum Theory A, B, C (4 q.h.)

xperimental basis of quantum theory. Schrodinger equation and probability
terpretation of wave mechanics. Uncertainty principle. Application to one
imensional problems, the harmonic oscillator, orbital angular momentum, and
le central force problem. Quantum theory of scattering. Born approximation,
hase shift analysis. Introduction to S-matrix theory. General formulation of
uantum mechanics in Hilbert space. Spin. Identical particles and symmetriza-
DH principle. Time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory. Semi-
assica! theory of radiation and atomic spectra. Addition of angular momentum.
'igner-Eckart theorem. Quantum theory of radiation. Absorption, emission, and
mattering of photons. Prep. 11.240.

t.848 Advanced Quantum Theory (4 q.h.)

itroduction to the formulation of a relativistic quantum theory. Study of the
irac equation and its Lorentz covariance. Plane wave solution of the Dirac
quation, and projection operators. Bound state solutions of the Dirac equation
I a Coulomb field, and the hydrogen atom. Parity, charge conjugation, and
me reversal symmetries. Propagator theory. Prep. 11.843.

1.86A, 11.86B, 11.860 Particle and Nuclear Physics A, B, 0 (3 q.h.)
he first quarter is a study of nuclear physics with emphasis on the nature of
uclear forces and its connection to particle physics. Phenomenological models
re examined and compared with experimental results. The second and third
Liarters are a study of elementary particles and their interactions. A basic
assification of elementary particles is made, along with a summary of their
rong, weak, and electromagnetic interactions. Lorentz invariance and other
/mmetry principles are used to extract theoretical statements about scattering
nd decay amplitudes, and particle mass spectra. Prep. 11.843 and concurrent
ith 11.848.

I.87A, 11.87B Solid State Physics A, B (4 q.h.)

diabatic approximation and theory of lattice vibrations of perfect crystals.
nonons, polaritons, and their measurement. One-electron approximation of
5lids and theory of Bloch electrons. Metals, semiconductors, and insulators,
nermal properties. Boch electrons in external fields. Electron-phonon inter-
:;tion. Electrical and thermal conductivity. Theory of transport phenomena,
agnetic properties. Amorphous solids. Prep. 11.827, 11.842.

100 / PHYSICS

III. ADVANCED ELECTIVES

11.804, 11.805, 11.806 Advanced Solid State Physics A, B, C (4 q.h.)
Selected advanced topics in the theory of solids to be chosen each time b)
the interested students and instructor. E.g.: Theory of normal metals. Hartree
Fock and Random phase approximations. Optical and transport properties
Solid-phase plasmas. Raman spectroscopy. Quasiparticles and collectiv<
excitations. Quantum solids. Amorphous solids, etc. Prep. 11.829, 11.84c
11.87B. Offered every other year.

11.857, 11.858, 11.859 Many-Body Theory A, B, C (4 q.h.)
Introduction to some many-body problems and the required mathematics
techniques. Theory of linear response and correlation functions. Landau'
theory of Fermi liquids and applications to solids. Theory of superconductivit
and superfluidity. General theory of Green's functions and diagrammatic tech
niques. Prep. 11.829, 11.843, 11.87B. Offered every other year.

11.854, 11.855, 11.856 Fields, Particles, and Currents A, B, C (4 q.h.)
Introduction to a local field theory. Symmetries of the Lagrangian and cor
servation laws, Lorentz group, spin, and helicity. P, C, and T. Klein-Gordor
Dirac, vector meson and photon fields. The S-matrix and LSZ reductio
formulae. Spectral representations. Feynman diagrams. Green's functions i
large Euclidean momenta. Renormalization and finiteness. The renormalizatio
group and asymptotic freedom. Gauge theories, spontaneous breaking an
Higgs phenomenon. Weinberg's unified theory of weak and electromagneti
interactions. Currents. Prep. 11.848.

11.837 Electromagnetic Theory D (3 q.h.)

Advanced topics in electromagnetic theory such as problems involving radij
tion reaction, energy, momentum, and the equations of motion of a high-spee
particle, Cerenkov radiation, the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulation (
electromagnetism. Prep. 11.836.

11.838, 11.839 General Relativity A, B (3 q.h.)

A brief survey of differential geometry, physical basis of the Einstein equj
tions, simple solutions and experimental tests, cosmology, asymptotic prope
ties of the Einstein equations (radiation, energy, momentum), quantization (
the theory. Prep. 11.837 and 11.826.

11.91A, B, C (1 q.h.)

11.92A, B, C (2 q.h.)

11.93A, B, C (3 q.h.)

11.94A, B, C (4 q.h.)

Reading course, or theoretical or experimental work under individual faculH
supervision. Prep. Consent of faculty member.

11.995 Doctoral Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

political science

rofessors

David W. Barkley, M.P.A.
R. Gregg Wilfong, Ph.D.

Ph.D.

Lecturers

Elizabeth D. Bennett, S.IVI.
Gordon Bowen, M.B.A.
Thomas J. Cahill, Ph.D.
Ernest W. Cool<, Ph.D.
Richard M. Doherty, M.A., J.D.
Kevin T. Fitzpatrick, IVI.B.A.
W. Arthur Gagne, Jr., S.B., IVI.B.A.
Richard Gladstone, M.A., M.C.P.
Harry Grossman, L.L.B.
Demeter J. Kollias, M.P.A.
Ronald E. Lawson, M.B.A. , M.P.A.
Robert H. McClain, Jr., M.P.A.
Harold J. Mezoff, M.P.A.
Walter W. Mode, M.P.A.
Robert J. M. O'Hare, M.S.
Richard A. Siegel, Ph.D.
Marvin Siflinger, M.P.A.
William A. Sommers, M.P.A.
Wallace Stickney, M.S.
Richard E. Wall, M.A.
John S.Warren, M.P.A.
John A. Wolaver, M.B.A., M.U.A.

dmission

In addition to the admission requirennents listed on page 20, applicants
)r the Master of Arts program should have had a background which
icludes at least 15 semester hours of political science or government.
II applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination.

Applicants for the Master of Public Administration program should
emonstrate a clear and strong interest in public administration. All
pplicants for admission must furnish a statement that supports his or
er interest in public administration and provides reasons for wishing to
nter this program. Although it is anticipated that most candidates for
lis program will come with a major concentration in the social sci-
nces, this is not mandatory, and applicants from other fields such as
ngineering, law, the sciences, and business administration will be con-
idered for candidacy.

;sociate Professors

George E. Berkley, Ph.D.
L. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D.
Robert L. Cord, Ph.D.
Robert E. Gilbert, Ph.D.
Minton F. Goldman, Ph.D.
Walter S. Jones, Ph.D., Chairman
James A. Medeiros, Ph.D.
David E. Schmitt, Ph.D.
Steve Worth, Ph.D.

ssistant Professors

Dennis R. Goldenson, M.A.
Seth I. Hirshon, Ph.D.
Suzanne Ogden, Ph.D.
Wendell C. Lawther, M.A.

101

102 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

THE MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. With th(
approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter hours ma'
be elected from graduate courses in other departments and a maximun
of eight quarter hours may be elected from advanced undergraduatt
courses.

A thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart
ment. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit.

Comprehensive Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general gradual
school regulations. Every candidate for the degree must pass examine
tions in two fields as prescribed by the department. Choice may b
made from the following fields: American Government, Comparativ
Government, International Relations, Political Theory, or Public Ac
ministration.

THE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
Program

Forty-two hours of academic work are required. All students mu;
complete the following five courses:

22.871 Public Budgeting

22.872 Public Fiscal Management, or

22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

22.880 Survey of Public Administration

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

22.885 Quantitative Methods in Public Administration
At least five additional courses must be selected from course
designated public administration electives. Not more than four course
may be selected from other graduate courses offered by the departmer
or the University, and these must have the approval of the facult
adviser.

Comprehensive Examination

A candidate for the degree must pass a general examination in th
field of public administration as a whole which will test both master
of the literature and the ability to apply concepts in the field to cor
Crete problems of government.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.
All courses are seminars.
22.800 American Government

Analysis in depth of selected problems in American government. Examples c
problems are: transition of American political parties, legislative reapportior
ments, and the decline of Congress as a law-making body. M.P.A. elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 103

2.810 Models of Political Systems.

detailed examination and critique of current models of political systems.

2.812 Political Psychology and Socialization

n examination of theories of political psychology, opinion formation and atti-
ide change; of political ideology; of processes of individual political develop-
ent and socialization; of effects on mass and elite political behavior; of
titudinal differences and differential socialization experiences; of individual
Dlitical behavior and the political system.

2.815 Politics and the Mass Media

tudy of the role of mass media in the formation of public opinion, with special
tention to use of the media in the electoral process.

!.820 Legislative Process

udy of Congress and of the influence of the President, administrative bureauc-
cy, parties, interest groups, and public opinion on the development of legis-
tive policy. Comparisons will be made with legislative process in the states.
.P. A. elective.

!.822 American Constitutional Law

Tiploying excerpts of U.S. Supreme Court decisions and other primary legal
aterials, this course examines the constitutional rationale for judicial review;
irious philosophical approaches to the exercise of judicial power; and the
;ope of judicial authority to settle questions challenging the legitimacy of
jvernmental actions in the American constitutional system.

!.823 American Constitutional Law II

sing excerpts of primary legal materials, this course builds upon the judicial
Dctrines developed in 22.822 and specifically examines the constitutional
eories behind the growth of congressional prerogatives in economic and
)cial affairs, and expanding presidential power in internal and foreign matters,
•ep. 22.822 or consent of the instructor.

!.824 The Presidency

omination of the place and function of the chief executive in the formulation
id execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

2.826 American Electoral Behavior

ie theoretical and methodological assumptions of election studies of the
Tierican political system will be analyzed and the substantive conclusions
arefully reviewed.

!.827 Campaigns and Elections.

study of campaign tactics and strategies. Field Work required.

!.828 The Judiciary

lalysis of the role of the judiciary in the American governmental process.
)ecial attention is given to those areas of constitutional law where the Court's
icisions have a profound impact on the basic structure of American politics
pportionment, economic regulation, federalism, etc.).

104 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.830 Civil Rights

Examination of tine doctrine of constitutionalism illustrated and amplified t
a study of the substance and process of the Bill of Rights as developed i
decisions of Federal courts, and Congressional enactments.

22.831 Procedural Due Process

Utilizing excerpts from U.S. Supreme Court decisions and other legal material
this course examines the philosophical and constitutional relationships betwet
Amendments 4, 5, 6, 8 and the Fourteenth Amendment. The substance of tt
right to fair trial, counsel, confrontation, protection against self-incriminatic
and unreasonable searches and seizures are among the many procedur
rights examined through the decisions of the Roosevelt, Vinson, Warren, ar
Burger Courts.

22.832 Intergovernmental Relations

An institutional-behavioral analysis of the changing relationship between tl
various levels of American government — national, state, and local — relating tl
pattern of change to the social and economic forces which underlie it. M.P.
elective.

22.834 Constitutional Law

A case development in the basic structural aspects of the American constit
tional system including an evaluation of federalism, separation of powers, at
the formal and informal processes of amendment and constitutional change.

22.835 Administrative Problems in Criminal Justice

An examination of the criminal justice system in the United States with pe
ticular emphasis on political and administrative factors. Emphasis on the role
police, courts, judges, juries, parole, probation and incarceration. M.P.
elective.

22.836 Federal Bureaucracy

Examination of dynamic and structural aspects of the national government, wi
attention to the place of the national administration in the federal systei
M.P. A. elective.

22.837 Local Government and the New Federalism

An examination of problems of local government in the light of new patterns
intergovernmental relations. M.P. A. elective.

22.838 Bureaucracy and Public Control

An analysis of problems of democratic control in American administratio
Topics include technological change, size and complexity, executive-legislatii
relations, interest groups, and political culture. Stress upon problems for a
ministration in dealing with the multiple pressures of a complex, democrat
political system. M.P. A. elective.

22.839 Systematic Policy Making

A systematic approach to public policy making, its planning and implement
tion. Policy making in currently significant subject areas will be discussed ar
made the basis for illustration of sequential procedures and systems technique
M.P.A. elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 105

2.840 Problems in State Government

.ppraisal of the problems of contemporary state government in the U.S.
■articular emphasis is given to the state government of Massachusetts. Indi-
idual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

2.841 Problems in Urban Planning

,n exploration of the devices available to the urban planner for policy imple-
lentation, including zoning, subdivision regulation, and capital Improvement
rograms. Special emphasis is given to the planning of individual sites. M.P.A.
lective.

2.842 Techniques of Urban Planning

study of the history and techniques of city planning, stressing the elements of
lanning. M.P.A. elective.

2.843 The Politics of Urban Planning

n investigation of the relationships of planning to other governmental func-
ons with stress on practical processes, particularly at the municipal govern-
ent level. M.P.A. elective.

2.844 Urban Government

ie contemporary crisis in urban government — problems of political inde-
sndence, government finance and administration, rapid growth of suburban and
etropolitan areas, and decline and decay of the core city are stressed. Par-
:ular emphasis is given to the Boston metropolitan area. Individual research
stressed. M.P.A. elective.

2.845 Problems of IVIunicipal Administration

elected case problems and topics in municipal administration including
'ganization, financial management, personnel and labor relations, municipal
srvices, and public and political relations. Individual research is stressed.
IP.A. elective.

2.846 Problems of Regional and Urban Development

n examination of the role of government and politics in the planning, pro-
ramming, and administration of regional and urban development in the United
tates. Consideration is given to urban renewal; interurban and interregional
Dmpetition; interstate compacts; public authorities; T.V.A., Appalachia, and
ew England regional development; anti-poverty programs; and conflicts be-
(/een public and private interests. Individual research is stressed. M.P.A.
lective.

2.847 The Politics of Transportation

xamination of the role of politics, governmental mechanisms and public policy
the transportation planning process. Particular attention is given to political
terest groups and the manner in which they affect transportation policy on the
deral, state and local levels. M.P.A. elective.

^848 Problems of Urban Renewal

xamination of the role of government, politics, and public policy in the urban
inewal process and related problems of housing in the United States. M.P.A.
'ective.

106 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.849 Urban Management and Systems Planning

A non-technical, step-by-step application of systems and computer technology t(
problems in urban management. M.P.A. elective.

22.850 Comparative Politics i

Comparative analysis of politics and political systems with special attention t(
fundamental problems of theory and practice. The chief focus is on contem
porary political systems and contemporary theories in the field of comparative
politics. Traditional models are also treated, but more briefly. Particular atten
tion will be paid to British and American political experience.

22.851 Comparative Politics 11

Extends and intensifies the comparative analysis of politics undertaken in Corr
parative Politics I by examining a broader range of institutional experience
Special attention will be given to European political experience, particularly th£
of France and Germany. Prep. 22.850.

22.853 Crisis Politics in Democracies and Dictatorships

Analysis of governmental response to crises and emergencies. Consideration c
such topics as war powers, riots and rebellions, martial law, transfer of regimi
succession problems, economic crises, presidential emergency powers, nation,
security powers, executive privilege, impeachment, etc.

22.854 Totalitarianism

An analysis of totalitarianism and dictatorship including study of historic!
background; fundamental characteristics; theories of origin, nature, and sic
nificance; and evaluation of techniques, ideologies, policies, and instrument
of power. Special attention will be given to the government and politics of th
Soviet Union.

22.855 Government and Politics in Germany

A study of political culture, federalism, and executive-legislative relations o
the national level with a view to appraising the quality and durability of th
present democratic system.

22.856 Government and Politics of France

A study of governmental organization and political behavior in France toda\
Special attention is given to the role of the presidency, executive-legislativ
relations, and the political party system.

22.858 Government and Politics of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland

An analysis of government organization and political behavior in the Unite
Kingdom. Special attention will be given to executive-legislative relations, th
political party system, and the politics of Northern Ireland.

22.860 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector

Study of the mechanisms for labor relations in federal, state and local govern
ment with its impact on the public manager. Emphasis is placed upon collectiv
bargaining processes, tactics, and techniques. M.P.A. elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 107

2.861 Grantsmanship

istruction in ways to prepare well-conceived, adequately documented, and
gicaiiy developed grant proposals. Consideration will also be given to the
jlitical strategies of proposal submission. M.P.A. elective.

>.865 Computer Techniques in Public Administration

troduces nonspecialists to the uses of computers for management purposes,
ith special attention to their use in federal, state and local governments,
ttention will be given to computer use for planning and problem solving, as
sll as data processing. M.P.A. elective.

!.868 Politics and Health Care Administration

1 examination of the politics and administration of health services delivery
stems, including a discussion of current topics in health care administration
id politics (e.g., national health insurance, health maintenance organizations,
lysician assistants, citizen participation, administrative decentralization), and
I introduction to current developments in policy evaluation methodology and
iaith services research.

.871 Public Budgeting

nphasizes the public budgeting function in its relationship to other functions
public administration. Business budgeting in contrast with public, conflicting
gislative, and executive interests are examined; illustration is given of the
idget cycle and the mechanics of budget preparation; attention is given to
sans for improving budget decision-making and administration with use of
lantitative and other methods.

.872 Public Fiscal Management

study of the interrelationships in public administration between systems of
ance and the achievement of program objectives. Emphasis is placed upon
Dse aspects of the budgetary process that bear on fiscal policy and appro-
iations.

.873 Systematic Analysis and Public Finance

conceptual examination of the Planning, Programming and Budgeting System
PBS) and its application to the decision-making and budgetary processes in
9 public sector. An overview of the elements of the system and their applica-
■n in determining optimum allocation of public funds. Specific examples will
discussed. M.P.A. elective.

.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

I introduction to problems in public management and techniques for dealing
th them. This will include functions of middle management, supervision, ad-
nistration of staff activities (e.g. planning, personnel, budget), organization
d methods, public relations, managerial use of computer-based techniques,
d tactics and strategies of management.

.875 Administrative Procedures in Democratic Society

.876 Administrative Behavior

i analysis of the sociological and psychological aspects of organization and
anagement. Topics include: bureaucratic leadership; interaction of individual
■ d organization; dynamics of the small group; pathology of bureaucratic
. havior. M.P.A. elective.

108 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.877 Public Policy and Environmental Control

Consideration of tiie legal, political, administrative, and intergovernmental fa
tors involved in the formulation of public policy and the exercise of publ
power in regulating the use of the environment. Individual research is stresse
M.P.A. elective.

22.878 Research in Public Administration

Development and application of research designs in public administratio
M.P.A. elective.

22.879 Science, Technology, and the Administration of Public Policy

An analysis of central administrative and policy issues raised by the interrel
tionships of science and public affairs. Some issues to be discussed: effects
technological development upon the development of policy alternatives and the
implementation; national policy for support of science and technology; the a
ministrative role of the expert. M.P.A. elective.

22.880 Survey of Public Administration I

Introduction to the literature and the major topics in public administration wi •
special attention given to the interrelationships of politics and administratio

22.881 Special issues in Public Personnel Administration

Selected issues and problems will be examined in depth. Prep. 22.882. M.P:
elective.

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

Technique, practice, and organization of personnel functions in public admini
tration, including recruitment, compensation, training, discipline, and relatioi
with employee organizations.

22.883 Comparative Public Administration

A comparative study of the approaches to public administration in selecte
democratic governments in the United States and Europe. M.P.A. elective.

22.884 Comparative Metropolitan Government and Politics

An examination of structure, administration, and politics of selected maji
European cities in the context of the metropolitan problem in the United State
with special emphasis on problem solution and comparative administratio
M.P.A. elective.

22.885 Quantitative Methods in Public Administration

Application of statistical techniques to Public Administration. M.P.A. elective, j

22.887 Regionalism and Regional Administration

An examination of the growth and development of intrastate and intersta
regional councils, together with their relations with local, state, and feder
governments. Examples throughout the nation will be studied, and a detaile
analysis made of regional councils in Massachusetts. M.P.A. elective.

22.888 Administrative Law

Study of rule-making, adjudication (formal and informal), administrative finalU
and judicial review, administrative procedure, scope of administrative power
and enforcement techniques.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 109

!.889 Governmental Accounting

omination of principles and procedures involved in governmental accounting.
.P. A. elective.

!.890 Research Seminar in Public Administration

ill require each student to develop and report upon an individual research
eject in public administration. This seminar will normally be taken in the last
larter of study for the M.P.A. degree.

.895 Motivation and Management

1 examination of current sociological and psychological theories on the
bject of motivations of individuals in organizations and of the effects of their
plication. M.P.A. elective.

.900 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought

e development of political thought from Greek antiquity to the end of the
ddle Ages. Both historical and analytical approaches will be utilized. Atten-
n is also paid to the cultural, social, and intellectual context within which
ilitical theories develop.

.910 Modern Political Thought

amination of political thought from Machiavelli to Marx.

.920 Contemporary Political Theory

e main currents of political thought in the latter half of the nineteenth and
5 twentieth centuries with special emphasis on the relations between political
;ory, philosophy, and political science.

.922 The Measurement of Political Events

e purpose of this course is to acquaint political science majors with some
alytical and mathematical tools appropriate for use in studying politics.

.924 Strategy in Politics

I examination of formal theories of political behavior, stressing elements of
ategy and their implications. Relationships between political actors, patterns
political processes, bargaining, decision making, and voting will be covered.

.926 Trends in American Political Thought

amination of intellectual concepts and movements that have informed and
luenced American political life with emphasis upon those relating to the
aking and execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

.928 Organization Theory

in-depth study of the major organization theories including the scientific
sis for organization theory; models and ideal types; decision-making; applica-
'n of game theory; systems analysis. M.P.A. elective.

.929 Organizational Analysis and Change

study of the structure and processes of organization essential for problem-
Iving and for effecting organizational change. Emphasis is placed upon the
plication of social science theory and administrative principles in administra-
e problem identification and problem resolution. M.P.A. elective.

.930 Positive Political Theory

I examination of the works of Anthony Downs, William Riker, and others in
s current school of political analysis.

110 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.942 Asia and the Politics of Development

This course relates the theoretical literature on political development to th
concrete attempts to develop in Asia. Because of the diversity in levels an
types of political development in Asian states, each student is encouraged t
concentrate on one state and explore different ideas about political develop
ment within the context of that state.

22.943 The Governments and Politics of Latin America

This course investigates contemporary Latin American politics with particuli
emphasis on militarism, revolution, executive dominance, and social changi
It then focuses on three representative nations such as Mexico, Argentina, an
Cuba.

22.944 Nationalism

The evolution and role of nationalism in both theory and practice. Represent;
five nationalistic movements and theories are analyzed.

22.946 The Politics of Revolution and Change j

Analysis of the nature of political change with attention to both theory an
practice. Topics discussed are revolution, major trends in contemporary politic
and the relationship between political change and technological, scientific, (
social change.

22.948 Government and Politics of North Africa and the Middle East

Comparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of Africa
states north of the Sahara. Also stressed is the relationship of this area wi1
the Middle East. j

22.950 United States-Soviet Relations

The relations between the United States and the Soviet Union from 1917 1
the present. Topics stressed are: the "nonrecognition" period, the breakdow
of the World War II "Grand Alliance," and the nature of the present pow(
conflict.

22.951 United States-Far Eastern Relations

American diplomacy in the Far East, with primary concentration on Japan sine
World War II, the two Chinas, and Southeast Asia.

22.952 Communist China's Foreign Policy

A study of the Peking government's relations v;ith Afro-Asia, the Soviet orbi
and the West. Attention is given to policy objectives, strategy, tactics, and th
method of decision making in both the party and state apparatus.

22.954 Soviet Relations with Eastern Europe

An analysis of Soviet policy in Eastern Europe, especially Russian efforts afte
World War II to develop communism and maintain a position of pre-eminenc
in this region.

22.955 Chinese Politics

This course concenrates on the objectives of the Chinese revolution from 191
to the present. It examines the political theory and institutions which hav
been established to promote "permanent revolution" and evaluates the "ration
ality" of Chinese Communist policies in terms of Chinese goals.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 111

2.956 Government and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa

omparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of selected
frican states south of the Sahara. Special attention is given to the Republic
f South Africa and its policy of apartheid.

2.958 The Formulation and Conduct of American Foreign Policy

he governmental mechanism for foreign policy formulation and its conduct,
roblems in decision making and execution are emphasized.

2.959 American Foreign Policy

xamination in depth of selected issues concerning the role of the United
tates in world affairs since 1945.

2.960 Problems of World Order I

mphasizes such topics as appraisal of diverse systems of public order, ap-
roaches of international law and international organization to the problem of
orld order, and the problem of world peace enforcement.

2.961 Problems of World Order II

ontinuation of 22.960: political problems of world order are stressed. Repre-
;ntative topics considered are arms control, disarmament, strengthening the
nited Nations, and evaluation of world government proposals. Prep. 22.960.

2.964 The United Nations

elected topics on the "non-political" work of the United Nations: human rights;
:onomic, social, health and related problems; decolonization and the trustee-
lip system.

2.966 International Law

Examination of selected topics in International Law not covered in 22.960 and
2.961.

2.967 Regional Organization

study of international organization at the regional level, concerned with
xamining the capability of institutions to foster integration of policy and author-
y, and with the effect of this progress upon broader international cooperation.

2.968 The Atlantic Community

topical analysis of European-American diplomacy from the Marshall Plan to
le present, with attention to security matters. United States policy regarding
le European integration movement, the Anglo-American "special relationship,"
le Franco-American discord, and the German dilemma. Continuing focus will
e upon Europe as part of the global diplomacy of a superpower as world
olitics assumes a multipolar configuration.

2.969 The United States and the United Nations

. study of the pursuit of American foreign policy through the United Nations,
'ith emphasis on the uses and effects of parliamentary diplomacy.

2.990 Assigned Reading (maximum: 6 q.h.)

ssigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

2.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

hesis supervision by individual members of the department.

psychology

Professors

John C. Armington, Ph.D.

Harlan Lane, Ph.D., Doc. 6s Lettres

Chairman
Helen Mahut, Ph.D.
Bertram Scharf, Ph.D.
Murray Sidman, Ph.D.
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.
Roger F. Brightbill, Ph.D.
Perrin S. Cohen, Ph.D.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.
Harry A. Mackay, Ph.D.
Michael Terman, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Martin Block, Ph.D.
Karen Busby, Ph.D.
Isaac M. Colbert, Ph.D.
Thomas Corwin, Ph.D.
Frangois Grosjean, Ph.D.
Alexander A. Skavenski, Ph.D.

Senior Research Associates

Leila R. Cohen, Ph.D.
Jiuan S. Terman, Ph.D.

Research Associates

Matthias Korth, M.D.
Stuart M. Zola, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirennents listed on page 20, applicants
are expected to have had at least 15 semester hours of psychology, in-
cluding experimental psychology and statistics. This requirement may
be waived in some cases. The Miller Analogies Test is desirable but nol
required. All application materials must be submitted prior to February
1 of the year in which the applicant plans to begin study. The Graduate,
Record Examination should be taken by December 15 to insure com-
pletion of admissions credentials by February 1.

THE IVIASTER'S DEGREE I

The master's degree Is usually taken en route to the Ph.D. Require-
ments for this degree are 42 quarter hours of academic work Includingi
research for six quarter hours of credit, and passing the written quali-
fying examination as outlined below. The academic work, planned as
an integral part of the doctoral program, is outlined on the following
pages.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE
Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time gradu-
ate work after admission to doctoral candidacy.

112

PSYCHOLOGY / 113

I gree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general grad-
i te school regulations.

. lafifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of evaluation of written mate-
1 Is based upon proseminar discussions.

I urse Requirements

^ minimum of 27 quarter hours of academic work beyond those re-
• red for the master's degree is required. The nature and number of
» jrses must be approved by the adviser and the departmental gradu-
{ : committee. Approved courses may be taken in other departments.

I isertation Requirement

\ student may start his dissertation during his first year of doctoral
> rk. A dissertation committee will be appointed by the chairman of the
( oartment upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate
( nmittee. The dissertation committee will be responsible for initial
J proval of the dissertation in its final form.

I nguage Requirement

There is no general language requirement, although advisers may
:ommend preparation of a foreign language by individual students,
pending on their specialty areas.

aching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
. tisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
; itable teaching duties.

I lal Oral Examination

The final oral examination is taken after completion of all other re-
(irements for the degree. This examination will not be held until at
list two weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by the
( partmental graduate committee and must be passed at least two
^;eks before the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

The final oral examination will deal with the subject matter of the
< ctoral dissertation, significant developments in the field of the disser-
:ion, and subject matter as required by th3 examining committee.

114 / PSYCHOLOGY

Program

The program will normally be taken in accordance with the followin
pattern:

FIRST YEAR

Fall

19.808

19.817
19.980

Credits

Quantitative

IViethods I

General Experimen-
tal Psychology I . . .
Research Methods I

Winter

19.809

19.818
19.981

Credit

Quantitative

Methods II 3

General Experimen-
tal Psychology II . . . 4
Research Methods II 2

Spring

19.810

19.819
19.982

Credits

Quantitative

Methods III

General Experimen-
tal Psychology III . .
Research
Methods III

SECOND YEAR

Six quarter hours of research and at least 9 quarter hours of ele(
fives must be taken during the second year.

AM course work beyond the first year is elective and is determined fc
the student and his adviser with the approval of the graduate committe(

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

19.807 Mathematical Psychology

Several theories which generate quantitative predictions of behavior ar
presented.

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, Hi

A survey of the quantitative methods used in experimental psychology, emphc
sizing applications of computer programming, theory of functions and relation;
curve fitting, probability functions, set theory, and analysis of variance.

19.814 Information-Processing Models in Psychology

Sensory systems considered as information-flow channels, with emphasis on th
visual system. Topics to be discussed include: Selection and encoding of ser
sory information, the effects of neural inhibition and feedback, and application
of linear systems analysis to sensory systems.

PSYCHOLOGY / 115

).815 Signal Detection Theory Seminar

tils seminar is directed towards the general theory of signal detectability and
5 application to psychophysical experiments. First, the seminar will consider
e general theory of signal detectability at its current state of development,
len, it will consider appropriate procedures for data collection and analysis
order to fit them into the signal detection context.

).817, 19.818, 19.819 General Experimental Psychology I, II, III (4 q.h.)
le Departmental proseminar. Student presentations and discussions of the
<perimental literature relating to faculty research interest areas. Includes units
1 scientific method, learning, sensory processes, physiological variables, per-
jnality and developmental variables, and applications of basic research.

).828, 19.829 Modern Psychophysics I, II

(/aluation and practice of scaling procedures developed by Stevens, and con-
deration of neuro-physiological evidence supporting the power law.

1.833 Perception

detailed consideration of research in such areas as form, space and pattern
jrception, recognition, and the effects of set and motivation on perception,
lysiological concomitants of perceptual phenomena will be considered.

).835, 19.836, 19.837 Learning and Behavioral Analysis I, II, III

nese seminars cover contemporary research in operant conditioning, with
Tiphasis on relating the techniques of behavioral analysis to problems of rein-
ircement, comparative psychophysics, and physiological psychology.

3.838 Human Learning and Cognition

ritical evaluation of current problems in human learning, including concept
arning, directed thinking, attention, memory, probability learning, serial and
aired-associate learning.

3.844, 19.845, 19.846 Physiological and Comparative Psychology I, II, III

eminars: a shared background, key concepts, and central issues of the field of
nysiologicai and comparative psychology.

9.860, 19.861, 19.862 Vision I, II, III

eminars: classical and modern problems in vision. Recent journal articles will
rovide primary source materials for discussion. Consideration will be given to
roblems of stimulus specification, retinal structure, photochemistry, and psycho-
hysical measures of sensitivity, color vision, and electrophysiology.

3.880, 19.881 Sensory Psychophysiology I, II

oncentration on the anatomy and physiology of the various sensory systems,
nd correlation of these data with psychophysical and perceptual concepts,
aboratory work will be included.

9.901, 19.902, 19.903 Personality Theory and Research I, II, III

survey of representative theoretical formulations of the normal personality
nd its development, and an examination of experimental evidence bearing upon
Jlevant concepts and assumptions (e.g. anxiety, repression, aggression, cog-
itive styles).

116 / PSYCHOLOGY

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, III

A survey of the quantitative methods used in experimental psychology, empha-
sizing applications of computer programming, theory of functions and relations,
curve fitting, probability functions, set theory and analysis of variance.

19.912, 19.913, 19.914 Behavior Modification I, II, III

Survey and demonstrations of applied behavior analysis, with emphasis or
behavior therapies, retardate training techniques, and classroom behavioi
modification.

19.980, 19.981, 19.982 Research Methods I, 11, III (2 q.h.)

Instrumentation and laboratory techniques through instruction and participatior

in ongoing laboratory projects.

19.990 Special Topics in Psychology (maximum: 9 q.h.)

19.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

Experimental work for the master's degree requirement.

19.995 Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

jociology and
■inthropology

ofessors Associate Professors

Norman Kaplan, Ph.D., M. Catherine Bateson, Ph.D.

Chairman Patricia Golden, Ph.D.

Morris Freilich, Ph.D. Elliott A. Krause, Ph.D.

Blanche Geer, Ph.D. Lila Leibowitz, Ph.D.

Frank F. Lee, Ph.D. Jack Levin, Ph.D.

Morton Rubin, Ph.D. Assistant Professors

Earl Rubington, Ph.D. Marcia Garrett, Ph.D.

Wilfred Holton, Ph.D.

Carol A. Owen, Ph.D.

Alex Rysman, Ph.D.
Jmission

The general procedures and requirements are set forth on page 20.
udents will normally be admitted to begin their graduate work in the
ill Quarter only. Applications received after March 15 will usually not
3 considered. Each application will be reviewed on its own merits. Any
jestions concerning the adequacy of the undergraduate background
sociology or anthropology will be considered individually. In some
ises, students may be asked to make up certain deficiencies before
oceeding to the basic requirements. Exceptions will be made with
spect to procedural or substantive requirements on an individual
asis if the circumstances seem sufficiently compelling.
In addition to examining the catalog and course offerings, all prospec-
le candidates are urged to learn something about the scholarly inter-
5ts and writings of our faculty and to talk with graduate students now
residence to ascertain whether or not we have something to offer
terms of their capabilities, needs, and interests.

B. Some of the requirements listed below for both the M.A. and
1.D. will undoubtedly have been modified. Please check with the de-
artment and/or the graduate school for the most recent information,
lis applies also to course offerings.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The department offers graduate programs that lead to a master of
ts degree in sociology or social anthropology. Forty-two quarter hours
B or better academic work are required for the degree. Certain
jvanced undergraduate courses offered by the department may be
ken for graduate credit with the approval of the department. Students
ust maintain a better than B average.

117

118 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

In general, students are encouraged to fashion a program of studie
best suited to their needs and capabilities instead of following an;
single set of rigid requirements. To this end, all entering studeni:
should consult with members of the faculty and make a tentative choici
of faculty adviser before registering for courses. !

For the Master of Arts in Sociology, students are generally require
to take three quarter courses in theory (usually 21.805, 21.806, am
21.807) and two in methodology (usually 21.810 and 21.811). The stati;;
tics requirement may be satisfied by achieving at least a B in 21.814 ci
its equivalent. All students are strongly advised to take some work i|
social anthropology. i

For the Master of Arts in Social Anthropology, students are general i
required to take two quarter courses each in theory (usually 20.8C
and 20.802) and methodology. Other requirements will be individual
determined. All students are strongly advised to take some work ifl
sociology.

Students who can demonstrate proficiency in any of the requiremen
need not take those particular courses.

A master's paper is required and earns four quarter hours of cred
This paper piay be based on empirical or library research, and mu
be of publishable quality. It is expected that the full-time student w
complete his master's paper no later than the end of his second yea
Students -planning to go on for the Ph.D. are urged to take the qualif;
ing examination during their second year of residence as the resul
will be a major determining factor in deciding whether to encourag,
the student to try to go on or not. ,

Deadlines for Submission of Master's Paper i

A student must have substantially finished his master's paper e'
certified by his first reader on or before April 1 of the year in which h'
expects to be awarded the degree. Those who miss the April 1st deac'
line will normally have to wait until the subsequent fall quarter, an
should not expect that a defense can be set up much before Novembe'

Istof that quarter. I

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The department offers the Ph.D. in sociology. A limited number ('
students will be enrolled in the Ph.D. program so as to provide highl
personalized study and research training with individual supervision.'

Admission

Applicants to the doctoral program should apply for admission nc
later than March fifteenth of the year in which they expect to complet
the requirements for the master's degree.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 119

I Students seeking admission whose master's degree is not in soci-
ogy will be considered on an individual basis. A tentative evaluation of
■3 probability of advanced standing will be made at the time the
udent is admitted with the final determination after the qualifying
amination has been completed.

Students completing their master's at Northeastern will be considered
I' admission to the doctoral program only after the results of their
lalifying examination have been evaluated. Students completing their
I ister's at another institution are admitted with the expectation
lit they will take the qualifying examination at the first available
1 portunity.

; sidence Requirement

I The university's residence requirement can be satisfied by one year

I full-time graduate work, or its equivalent, beyond the Master of Arts
I gree. If the M.A. has not been in sociology, a longer period of resi-
I nee will undoubtedly be essential. Most students should expect to
I 9nd approximately two years or the equivalent in full-time graduate
dy beyond the requirements of the master's degree.

gree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
lulations of the graduate school.

I alifying Examination

I Students will be examined on their basic knowledge of sociology,
i Decially theory and research methods. The main purpose of this test
' diagnostic and should help both the department and the student
iaiuate strengths and weaknesses and chart a course for the future
i the light of these results. Excessive weaknesses and lack of sufficient
: pth will lead to a recommendation to consider pursuing other alterna-
: 3S elsewhere.

Students completing their master's work at Northeastern must take
: i qualifying examination before being admitted to the doctoral pro-
;im. Students entering the program with a master's degree from an-
:ier institution should take the qualifying examination at the earliest
:3ortunity after enrolling at Northeastern University.

! urse Requirements

generally, forty-two hours of academic work beyond the master's
:3ree are required. However, the actual number needed by any par-
ijlar student will be specially determined in each case. Depending
: background, experience, and performance, a greater or lesser
ruber of formal courses may be required. Decisions on special cases
f\ be made by the Committee on Graduate Studies (COGS), acting
; conjunction with the student, his adviser, and the chairman of the

120 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

department. Students entering from another university may be requi
to take certain basic courses before proceeding with the docto
program.

Language Requirements

A reading knowledge of French and German is required. Petitions
substitute any other language in which there is substantial sociologic
literature will be considered. Petition for such substitutions must
submitted for approval to COGS. The language requirements must
satisfied before admission to the comprehensive examination. Statistic
and/or advanced mathematics as well as languages needed primar.
for field research are considered an integral part of the training !
students specializing in such directions, and are therefore not t;
equivalent of the general language requirement.

Comprehensive Examination I

During the period of doctoral degree candidacy, each student mi'
pass a comprehensive examination. This will cover sociology (includi
theory and methods) and social anthropology. The comprehensive ( ;
amination must be passed at least nine months before the commenc,
ment at which the Ph.D. is to be awarded.

Doctoral Dissertation

The student must submit a prospectus describing the topic of Ij
doctoral dissertation, his methods of research, and the theoretical re -
vance of his problem. This prospectus is to be discussed with a
approved by the dissertation committee consisting of the major adviS'i
two readers within the department and at least one reader frc
outside the department. The revised prospectus is then filed with t '
department. i

Deadlines for Considering a Doctoral Dissertation i

The chairman of the dissertation committee should be fully satisfii,
that a dissertation is substantially complete on or before April 1 of tl'
year in which the candidate expects to defend. ^

Final Oral Examination /

The dissertation will be defended after completion of all other ri
quirements for the doctoral degree. This oral defense will be hei
approximately four weeks after the dissertation has been accepted I
the dissertation committee, and at least two weeks before the cor'
mencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

NB. Some of the requirements listed above for both the M.A. ar
Ph.D. will undoubtedly have been modified. Please check with the d
partment and/or the graduate school for the most recent informatio!
This applies also to course offerings.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 121

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

nny undergraduate courses in the 20.200 series may be offered for graduate
edit. Students should check the current course announcements to take ad-
fitage of these offerings.

.801, 20.802 Theory I, II

story of major contemporary orientations: evolutionary approaches, culture
5a, cultural ecology, functionalism, structuralism, and analysis of current
itus of these and related theories.

.805, 20.806 Field Work I, II

ta collection through participant observation and related anthropological
thods. Data analysis and reports.

815 Tribal Societies and Culture

3 structures and institutions of bands, tribes, and chiefdoms: comparative and
ctional studies of tribal societies and the dynamics of change under contact
! jations.

: 820 Peasant Society and Culture

I titutions of peasant society. The structure of traditional civilizations and the
i 3rrelations between urban and local communities: comparative and functional
J alysis of the peasant community and the dynamics of change from peasant to
1 3t-peasant and industrialized societies.

: 825 Language and Communication

I man communication, including language. Theories of the evolution of lan-
! age and the application of models derived from the study of language to
< ler aspects of behavior.

' 830 Individual and Culture

lamination of current theory and method in the study of the interplay between
f'sonality and culture. Contributions by various disciplines are discussed.

4 835 Kinship and Social Structure

//ariety of kinship systems and their terminological and structural components
ej the way in which their systems articulate with other social institutions.

! 836 Family in Evolutionary Perspective

l3 emergence of family from pre-human patterns, its biological and behavioral
cnponents, and its cross-cultural variations examined from an evolutionary
I spective.

5 840 Urban Anthropology

•Elected problems in anthropological studies in urban societies.

122 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

20.850 Religion and IMyth

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient, and contemporary religioni
Exploration of religious concepts and movements in relation to social, religlou
and political organization.

20.860 Cultural Ecology

Examines man's adaptation to environment and the effect of different huma
adaptations on natural systems.

20.870 Evolution of Society

The development of political and economic institutions: specialization, socil
stratification and the emergence of civilization.

20.880, 20.881, 20.882, 20.883, 20.884, 20.885

Ethnographic area courses (India, Africa, Mediterranean and others) will h
offered as resources permit

20.950, 20.951, 20.952 Directed Study in Social Anthropology (maximum: 9 q.lv
Reading and empirical research in social and cultural anthropology supervise!
by members of the anthropological staff.

20.980 Contemporary Issues in Social Anthropology

Contemporary issues in the field of anthropology. Supervised readings an
written reports on special problems.

20.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.)
Discussion of selected topics in the field of anthropology.

20.991 Master's Paper in Social Anthropology

Empirical or library research meeting the criteria for publication in a profei
sional journal. Supervision by members of the department

SOCIOLOGY

21.189 Essentials of Statistical Theory

This course reviews concepts essential to an understanding of statistical theol
relevant for sociologists. It will include a review of measures of central tendend
and dispersion, elementary probability theory, standard probability distributiow
(Normal, Chi-square, F distribution, student's T distributions, binomial, Poissof
etc.), sampling theory, sampling distribution, and the theory of hypothesis tes "
ing. It may be used to remedy deficiencies in prior statistical training but it dot ■
not carry graduate credit.

21.805,21.806 Foundations of Social Theory I and II

The classic theorists (Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Simme, and others) will fc..
considered intensively. .,

21.807 Contemporary Sociological Theories l(i

Analytic treatment of major contemporary theories such as functionalism, cor»l<5
flict, neo-Marxism, and others. Prep. 21.806.

21.808 Recent Developments in Sociological Theory It:

New horizons in theory and the relation of theory to research. Topics to b^
selected each year and announced by the instructor. Prep. 21.807. Hi

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 123

2 110 Introduction to Research Methods I

W hods of empirical social research including survey techniques, interviewing,
q stionnaire construction, sampling procedures, experimental design, and
c< tent analysis.

2 111 Introduction to Research Methods II

i| ontinuation of work begun in 21.810. Students will conduct individual re-
si 'ch projects.

2 112 Current Issues in Social Research

S ;cted topics will be examined.

2: 13 statistical Methods for Sociologists

r . course is a detailed introduction to statistical methods most relevant to
>! ology. Topics include tabular analysis, non-parametric statistics, analysis of
r, ance, regression analysis, path analysis, measures of association, estima-
lit and univariate and multivariate hypothesis testing. The approach will
31 iume a knowledge of elementary statistical theory — especially of sampling
ji 'ibution and the effects of sampling procedure and samples size on their
;i 'acteristics. Laboratory work including computer processing will be required.

214 Mathematical Models and Advanced Statistical Methods for Sociologists

r . course will include selected topics in advanced sociological statistics: in-
tr uction to Markov chains, factor analysis, multiple classification analysis, and
T iel building. The orientation will be toward the more advanced students and
■\ approach will be somewhat mathematical. Some mathematical aptitude or
1 east one previous college course in mathematics is suggested. Graduate
51 sties (21.813) is a prerequisite.

I 17 American Society

3i iy of the development of and the changes in the institutional structure of
\t jrican society in comparison with certain other social systems.

t 20 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

\ lications of sociological concepts and principles to some problems of social
li irganization in industrial societies. Analysis of such problems as suicide,
)i ;titution, physical handicaps, unemployment, alcoholism, sexual deviance,
i\ gambling. Prep. 21.806.

I 127 Sociology of Delinquency

3 iai and psychological factors of delinquency and their implications for pre-
rttion, rehabilitation, and treatment

2' 130 Penology and Corrections

^ ce, court, corrections. The penal system and its treatment methods. Prison.
D'lital punishment. Probation and conditional sentencing. The inmate society.
^ole. After-care. Social consequences of crime.

2' 135 Theories of Criminology

riories and philosophies, underlying various correctional systems. Schools of
thjght in criminology and penology. Theoretical approaches to the crime and
linquency problem from the beginnings of criminology to current thinking.

124 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

21.837 Sociology of Law

Fundamentals of law. The concept of social control. Order and Law. Consensi
and conflict. Analysis of the normative-formative influences of law. Mores ai,
morals. The concept of justice. Analysis of some legal institutions. ,

21.840 Sociology of Medicine

Social aspects of illness and medicine, historically and cross-culturally. Illne(
and the medical profession in modern society and their structural settings: t!
community, the hospital, the medical school. Research studies in the field v\
be examined critically and problems for future research will be specified. 1

21.843 Sociology of Education <

The structure and functioning of educational institutions. Student, faculty, ai
administrative perspectives. Emphasis will be placed on the role of educatii !
in processes of socialization, social mobility, social change, and social contr i

21.847 Formal Organizations

Analysis of the goals, functions, and consequences for the individual in mode
organizations. Aspects of bureaucratization will be examined within busine
firms, public institutions, and private associations.

21.850 Sociology of Occupations and Professions

The relations between the occupations and professions and society. Spec
topics may include occupational stratification, professional group behavior, i !
cruitraent and socialization of occupations and professions, and political activis

21.855 Political Sociology

Sociological analysis of power relations and power systems with special atte
tion to the bases of political power, processes of change in power, and tl
part played by violence and revolutionary movements.

21.857 Economic Sociology i

The role of economic factors in the social process. Consideration will be giv(j
to both classic economic theory and its impact on classic social theory, and tl|
potential interrelations between modern economic theory (especially mod*
building approaches) and general sociological problems.

21.860 Intergroup Relations I

The relations between various racial, nationality, cultural, and religious grou|i
with emphasis on historical development. Particular attention will be paid
American society with its specific problems of adjustment and assimilation. t

21.863 Sociology of Religion '

A sociological analysis of religious institutions and experiences in their histoi'
cal and contemporary content. Religion and political content will be considere

21.865 Sociology of Knowledge

The relationship between the social base of a society and its intellectu
products. The view points of authors such as Marx, Weber, Mannheim, G. 1
Mead, the Neo-Marxian, and other modern schools will be considered. Pren
Three terms of graduate theory. i

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 125

1 70 The Family

3 al structure and social functions of the family as a social institution. Rela-
j> between the family and other institutions in society will be examined
iparatively and historically.

t 73, 21.874 Childhood and Adolescence I, II

ivth and development of the child in the social context. Primary socialization
: le family including the transmission of role expectations, values, and the

■ jjopment of self concept. Secondary group socialization in school, neighbor-
: i, and peer group.

I 77 Theories of Socialization

itical examination of the major theories in the field. Attention will be focused
1 ie work of Freud, Piaget, Cooley, Mead, Parsons, and Merton.

[ 30 Community Analysis

[ ogical theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development
le concept, and discussion of methods for community study. Comparison
: een rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evalua-
: of community action programs.

I B1 Community Research Lab.

!^^ 35 Urban Sociology

)ries of the development of urban life. Comparisons between pre-industrial
1 industrializing urban areas. Methods for the study of urban social structure
1 change. Evaluation of contemporary metropolitan action programs.

E66 Seminar in Urban Social Research Policies

i al science theories and methods are evaluated from the perspectives of
I m affairs research. Consent of instructor.

i- 90 Middle East Area Study

: o-cuitural analysis of the Middle East. Ecological, structural, institutional,

■ normative factors in nomadic, rural, and urban life. Comparative regional
"> ysis.

1 95 Latin American Societies

t y and analysis of selected Latin American societies with particular atten-
: to such countries as Cuba, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. Emphasis on urban-
son and industrialization, social and political change.

100 Issues in Social Psychology

nan behavior and theories of self from a sociological and psychological per-
3:tive. Special consideration of interpersonal relations, socialization, and
^Dolic interaction.

110 The Sociology of Science

( cted topics dealing with interactions between science and society. Con-
i of instructor.

112, 21.913 Experimental Methods in Social Research I, 11

h course covers experimental design and laboratory methods in sociology.
li small groups laboratory is treated as a setting for testing sociological theory.

126 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

The emphasis is upon techniques and problems in the creation and manipulati
of social variables in the laboratory situation, although the techniques of 1
natural experiment are also considered.

21.915 Seminar in Symbolic Interaction

The social psychology of groups as found in the works of Mead, Becker, Blum
Goffman, and others.

21.916, 21.917 Seminar in Qualitative Analysis I, II

First Quarter: Social Structure process and meaning in interacting groups. Ea
student studies a face-to-face group by means of participant observation usi
symbolic interaction concepts. Second Quarter: Situational analysis of field da
The relation of method and theory.

21.920 Social Stratification

Theories of inequality between groups in historical perspective, from class!
to modern industrial times. Discussion and evaluation of sociological reseai
in social stratification in regard to different social and cultural groups.

21.930, 20.930 Social and Cultu.al Change S, A

Two-quarter course, in conjunction with Anthropology.

Analysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutio

Modern social trends are discussed.

21.940, 21.941 Social Control I, 11

Seminar in research, theories, and methods in the sociology of social control.

21.950, 21.951 Seminar in Social Structure I, II

Seminar relating current theories and research in sociology, social psycholo
and social anthropology.

21.960, 21.961, 21.962 Seminar on Socialization I, 11, III

I. Instructor reviews theories and findings in organizational socialization.
Students design studies in organizational socialization. III. Students prest
results of their studies. Not open to first year students.

21.980 Contemporary Issues in Sociology

Contemporary issues in sociology. Supervised readings and written reports ;
special problems.

21.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.) i
Discussion of selected topics in the field of sociology.

21.991 Master's Paper in Sociology

Supervision by members of the department. Empirical or library research me
ing the criteria for publication in a professional journal.

21.992, 21.993, 21.994 Directed Study in Sociology (Maximum: 9 q.h.)
Reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.Open to doctoi
candidates with the consent of the graduate committee.

21.995 Doctoral Dissertation

index

;ademic calendar, 4
idress of University, 1
Jministration

University, 8-10

Graduate, 11
jmission (see also Courses), 20

Doctor's degree, 24-27

Master's degree, 23-24
)plications, 19
jsistantships, 29

ology, 32

Courses, 36-43

Faculty, 32

Programs, 32-36
jard of Trustees, 7
jjidings, 17-18

Psychology, 112
Sociology, 117
Credits, 22

Degree programs, 23-27

(see also Courses)
Doctor of Philosophy degree

Admission, 25

Comprehensive examination, 25

Course requirements, 25

Dissertation, 25

Final oral examination, 25

Foreign language, 25

Interdisciplinary programs, 26-27

Qualifying examination, 25

Registration, 26

Residence requirement, 25

Time limitation, 24

Transfer credit, 24

alendar, 4

ampus description and location, 17

Map, 2
enter for Continuing Education, 16 .
hemistry, 44

Courses, 47-50

Faculty, 44

Programs, 44-46
iinicai Chemistry, 51

Program, 51-52

Courses, 53-54
lass hours, 22

ommittee of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences, 14
ooperative Plan of Education, 15
(see also Courses)
orporation, 6-8
curses

Anthropology (see Sociology)

Biology, 32

Chemistry, 44

Clinical Chemistry, 51

Economics, 55

English, 65

History, 74

Mathematics, 82

Physics, 93

Political Science, 101

Economics, 55

Courses, 60-64

Faculty, 55

Programs, 55-59
English, 65

Courses, 67-73

Faculty, 65

Program, 65-66
Evening programs (see Courses)
Executive Council, 10

Fees, 28-31

Fellowships, 29-30

Fields of Study (see Courses)

Financial aid, 29-31

Grading system, 21-22
Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences, 19

Fields of study, 32-126
Registration, 4, 21
Regulations,

History, 74

Courses, 75-81

127

128 / INDEX

Faculty, 74
Program, 74-75

Interdisciplinary programs, 26-27

Library, 17-18
Loan program, 30-31

Map of campus, 2

Marine Science Institute, 18

Mathematics

Courses, 85-92

Faculty, 82

Programs, 82-92
Master's degree
(see also Courses)

Admission, 23

Comprehensive examination, 24

Language requirement, 24

Thesis, 24

Time limitation, 24

Transfer credit, 24

NDEA loan program, 31

Part-time programs

(see Courses)
Physics, 93

Courses, 97-100

Faculty, 83

Programs, 93-96

Political Science, 101
Courses, 102-111
Faculty, 101
Program, 101-102

Programs of study, 23-27
(see Courses)

Psychology, 112

Courses, 114-116
Faculty, 112
Programs, 112-114

Registration, 21

Regulations

For doctor's degree, 24-26
For master's degree, 23-24
General, 19-23

Research activities, 16

Residence requirement, 21, 29

Sociology and Anthropology, 117

Courses, 121-126

Faculty, 117

Programs, 117-120
Suburban campus, 18

Tuition, 28
Trustees, 7

University Graduate Council, 11-11

Withdrawals, 22-23

DEPARTMENTAL DIRECTORY

Department

Room

Biology

403 Rl

Chemistry

102 HT

Economics

301 UR

English

170 UR

History

358 Rl

Mathematics

504 UR

Physics

109 DA

Political Science

340 KV

Psychology

440 UR

Sociology/Anthropology

580 UR

Telepl ne
Numir

437-2 0

437-2 2

437-2: 2

437-21?

437-20

437-2')

437-25!

437-271

437-3C

437-26

t!l

AuTgqst Issue

'.-^W^-'^ '-'>'^W?3**4niiaf^'".Ai^-f'' i.'* ;''-;V^ff r* '■'fii'c

University Colleqe 19/4-7

Part-Time Day and Evening

Undergraduate Programs in:

business administration

health-professions

law enforcement

liberal arts

education

therapeutic recreation services

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02 11 5

(617)437-2400

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

The Northeastern University Bulletin is issued at 360 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts, 02115, ten times a year: twice in January, twice in
March, once in May, twice in August, once in September, once in October,
and once in November. Second Class Postage paid at Boston, Massachusetts.
Volume II, No. 2, August 1 , 1 974.

University College 1974-75

contents

General Information

4 Boston Campus Map

5 Office Hours

6 Calendar

8 Governing Boards and Officers

18 The University

24 Buildings and Facilities

University College

28 Introduction

30 Academic Policies

39 Tuition and Fees

42 Financial Aid

47 Student Activities

51 Programs of Study

54 Business Administration

78 Liberal Arts

102 Lav\/ Enforcement

123 Health Professions Programs

147 Education

152 Therapeutic Recreation Services

155 Course Descriptions

287 Faculty

309 Index

313 Suburban Locations Maps

CT3 "O *^ ^

■op: oj

<-^ .-t; no tu3 • —
c -o c: t= IP

CQl iS -C Q.

CT3 ^

CT3

<T3

: CO

.^ .Si o'J CD

oo "r >i=

o o >- -c ro

CD CQ c_3 C_3 C_3 Q

<_> -O "^J
o o

c:: d^ Lu

.^ CO on
J J— -1— _:r i— T^
: ">> >^
■ i2 i^ a.

Li_Li_ CDiE^iiric:^

CD -o :^ cr 5 S

o 3 ^ V

<U CD

: S Q- q:

Li_Li.LiJCJJ<I:^U_LUCJ3Li_C3C3Li_Li_CJ3CDLULU— ;:nLi_Li_UJ3:CJ3

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OFFICES

Office for General Information 102 Churchill Hall 437-2400
Office of the Registrar 120 Hayden Hall 437-2300

Regular Office Hours

Boston (120 HA& 102 CH)

Monday-Friday

30 a.m.-8:30 p.m. i

(102 CH)

Saturday

30 a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Burlington

Monday-Friday

00a.m.-10:00 p.m.

Saturday

00 a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Framingham North

High School

Monday-Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Lynn English High School

Monday & Wednesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Haverhill High School

Monday-Tuesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Norwood Junior High North

Monday-Tuesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Weymouth High Schools

Monday-Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Boxford (Masconomet)

Tuesday & Thursday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Milford High School

Monday-Tuesday

5:30-9:30 p.m.

Monday-Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Monday-Thursday

Friday

Monday-Friday

Saturday

8:30 a.m.-8:30 p.m.

8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.

Closed

8:30 a.m.-8:30 p.m.

8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.

8:00a.m.-10:00 p.m.

8:00 a.m.-l:00 p.m.

Summer Office Hours

Boston 102 Churchill Hal

120 Hayden Hall
Burlington

Program Advisers

Program advisers are available each day and evening by appointment in the
University College Office. They are competent to assist the student in plan-
ning a program suitable to his general educational and career objectives.
They can also ansv\/er questions relating to degree requirements, course
sequence, and proper scheduling of courses. Appointments may be arranged
by calling the University College Office (437-2400) or by coming in person
to 102 Churchill Hall. There is no charge for this service.

Program advisers are also available during registration at all registration
sites. No appointment is necessary.

Counseling and Testing Center

Counseling and testing to aid a student or prospective student with career,
educational, or personal concerns are available days and certain weekday
evenings until 8:30 p.m. Information regarding fees and appointments may
be obtained by calling 437-2142, or by going to the Counseling and Testing
Center, 302 Ell Student Center.

1974-1975 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Fall Quarter 1974

Classes Begin Monday, September 30, 1974

FALL REGISTRATION

DATES

Boston

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Monday-Friday,
September 16-20

Boston

9:00 a.m.-12 noon

Saturday, September 21

Boston

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Monday-Thursday,
September 23-26

Burlington

5:30-8:30 p.m.
12 noon-8:30 p.

Monday-Thursday,

September 23-26
Tuesday, September 17

Boxford (Masconomet

Regional)

Framingham North H. S.

Haverhill H. S.

Lynn English H. S.

Weymouth North H. S.

Norwood Jr. H. S. North

Milford H. S.

Classes begin
Columbus Day Observed
Veterans Day Observed
Thanksgiving Recess

Final Examination Period
For Fall Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes
No Classes

Tuesday, September 17 and
Monday, September 23

Monday, September 16, and
Monday, September 23

September 30
Monday, October 14
Monday, October 28
Thursday-Saturday,
November 28-30
Monday, December 16-
Saturday, December 21

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Classes Begin Wednesday, January 6, 1975

WINTER REGISTRATION DATES

Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Boxford (Masconomet) 5:30—8:30 p.m.

Burlington 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Framingham North H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Haverhill H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Lynn English H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Milford H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Norwood Jr. H. S. North 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Weymouth North H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Christmas Vacation No Classes

Winter Quarter Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday

Observed
Final Examination Period for

Winter Quarter

No Classes

Monday-Friday,

December 16-20
Tuesday and Thursday,

December 17 and 19
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16-17
Monday and Wednesday,

December 16 and 18
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16 and 17
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16-17
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday, December 23-

Saturday, January 4
Wednesday, January 6
Monday, February 17

Monday, March 24—
Saturday, March 29

ACADEMIC CALENDAR / 7

Spring Quarter 1975

Classes Begin Monday, April 7, 1975

SPRING REGISTRATION DATES

Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Boxford (Masconomet) 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Burlington 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Framingham North H. S. 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Haverhill H. S.
Lynn English H. S.
Milford H. S.
Norwood Jr. H. 8. North
Weymouth North H. S.

5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.

Spring Recess* (Or Make Up

Period for Lost Snow Days)
Spring Quarter Begins
Patriot's Day Observed No Classes

Memorial Day Observed No Classes

Final Examination Period

for Spring Quarter
Commencement

Monday-Friday,

March 24-28
Tuesday and Thursday,

March 25 and 27
Monday-Thursday,

March 24-27
Monday-Thursday,

March 24-27
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday and Wednesday,

March 24 and 26
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday— Thursday,

March 24-27

Monday, March 31-
Saturday, April 5

Monday, April 7

Monday, April 21

Monday, May 26

Tuesday, June 17—
Monday, June 23

Sunday, June 22

Summer Quarter 1975 Classes Begin Monday, June 30, 1975

REGISTRATION FOR ENTIRE SUMMER QUARTER
Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Burlington 12 noon-8:30 p.m.

Classes Begin

Monday-Friday,

June 16-20
Tuesday, June 17

Monday, June 30

Registration for Second Six Week Term

Boston

Burlington

Independence Day Observed
Labor Day Observed
Final Examination Period
for Summer Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes

Monday and Tuesday,

August 4 and 5
Monday, August 4

Thursday, July 4
Monday, September 1
Monday, September 15-
Thursday, Sept. 18

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity
for all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relation-
ships with students, including evaluation of academic performance, the Univer-
sity insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an
equal opportunity employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any
discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
*Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry

"Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beal

*Roy H. Beaton

*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

*George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

*Louis W. Cabot
*Norman L. Cahners

Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota

(Dorothy Dodge)
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

*David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
* Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
•William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
•William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwel!
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan. Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden. Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

James S. Herbert

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell

'Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.

'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
'Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon
'Lawrence H. Martin

*Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
fFrank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tPrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott
Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
*James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

*Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
•Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman
Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman
William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

tFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
ttCarl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

"Member of the Board of Trustees
tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974
ttPresident Emeritus of the University

Class of 1976 Class of 1977

Diana J. Auger Lincoln C. Bateson

George R. Brown Norman L. Cahners

William R. Driver, Jr. Richard P. Chapman

Harold D. Hodgkinson Edward Dana

Robert L. Johnson William P. Ellison

Mrs. John B. Kenerson Ernest Henderson III

(Frances Comins) Eli Jacobson

Amelia Peabody Joseph G. Riesman

Thomas L. Phillips Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

James L. Shanahan Donald W. Smith

Robert G. Stone Alvin C. Zises
Robert H. Willis

4:Asa S. Knowles, ex officio; Stephen P. Mugar, fPrank L. Richardson,
Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Cfiairman; Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Norman L. Cahners Donald W. Smith

William R. Driver, Jr. Farnham W. Smith

ttCarl S. Ell Russell B. Stearns

Byron K. Elliott Earl P. Stevenson

Frank L. Farwell Robert G. Stone

Donald B. Guy D. Thomas Trigg

tAsa S. Knowles Chaplin Tyler

Harold A. Mock Robert H. Willis

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D.. Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Car! S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D,, L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development and Director

of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance

^President of the University

tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974.
ttPresident Emeritus of the University

Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate

Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate
School
Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business Administration
Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and Dean of

University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and Assistant to

the President
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing
Malcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education and Director

of the Center for Continuing Education
Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial

Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration
John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the Executive

Vice President, and Acting Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and Assistant

Dean of Adult Education
Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research
Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting
Charles F. Haley, B.S., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Education
George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering
James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration
Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Business Administration and

Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration
Ruth H. Karp, B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and Director of Lincoln

College
Philip LaTorre. B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Environmental Health
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Healtfi Professions
Donald H. MacKenzie, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Engineering
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M.. Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark. B.S., M.S., Sc.D.. Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and Director of

Admissions for tfie Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody. A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library

Rudolph M. Morris. B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration and

Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of Cooperative Education
Gregory!. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and Assistant

Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice and Director of the

Graduate Program of Criminal Justice
Philip J. Rusche, B. A., B.S.Ed., M. A., Ed. D., /\ssoc/afe Dean of Education and

Director of the Graduate School of
Education
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts
Albert H. Soloway, B.S., Ph.D., Acting Dean of the College of Pharmacy and Allied

Health Professions and Director of the Graduate

School
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of Personnel
Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles. Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln 0. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Malcolm J. Campbell
Philip T. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King
Juanita A. Long

Asa

Arthur E.
Loring

S. Knowles, Chairman
Fitzgerald, Vice Cliairman
M. Thompson, Secretary

Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Albert H. Soloway
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aiuf

°Kenneth W. Ballou
Charmarie J. Blaisdeli
Robert L Cord
Alan H. Cromer
Robert S. Curtin
Flora M. DeScenza
Charles H. Dufton
John F. Dunn
Ramona H. Edelin
James M. Feldman
Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.

°Arthur E. Fitzgerald
Norbert L. Fullington
Robert J. Hehre

°James S. Hekimian
Conrad M. Jankowski
Walter S. Jones, Jr.
Maurice Kaufman

°Christopher Kennedy

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles
or
Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Robert D. Klein

°Melvin Mark
Edward S. Marshall
Robert W. Miller
Richard G. Natoli
Irene A. Nichols
Welville B. Nowak

°Paul M. Pratt
John F. Reinhard

°Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

°Norman Rosenblatt
J. Spencer Rochefort

°Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan
Kathryn J. Shaffer

°Robert A. Shepard
Ruth E. Sullivan
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
M. Delaine Williamson

"Appointed by the President

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of University College

Ann A. Barto, A.S., Assistant to Director, Administrative Services

Richard J. Comings, A.B., M.A., Assistant Director of Admissions

Joseph N. Connors, A.S., B.S., M.P.A., Assistant Dean and Assistant Director of

Law Enforcement Programs
Edward J. Czarnowski, B.S., Ed.M., C.L.U., Director Elect, Insurance Institute
Helena M. DeLory, Assistant Registrar

Charles W. Earnshaw, B.S., M.A., J.D., C.L.U., Director Insurance Institute
William T. Edgett, A.B., M.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Admissions
E. Forest Hallet, B.S., M.B.A., Admissions Officer
Henry R. Hilliard, Jr., A.B., Assistant to the Dean of Adult Education
David R. Kane, B.S., Registrar
Paul J. Mclnerney, B.S., Assistant Registrar
Paul D. Maxwell, B.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean and Director of Business

Administration Programs
Timothy F. Moran, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Law

Enforcement Correctional & Security Programs
Harold Naidus, A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean and Director of Liberal

Arts Programs
Helene A. Loux, Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Debra Snyder, B.A., Assistant Registrar
Kenneth C. Solano, A.B., Associate Director of Admissions and

Director of Student Activities
Ralph T. Vernile, Jr., B.S., Assistant Dean and Director of

Administrative Services
Marilyn S. Wiener, A.B., M.A., Assistant Director of Liberal Arts and Coordinator

of Adult Day Programs

Committee on Academic Standing

Kenneth W. Ballou, Chairman

William T. Edgett, Vice Chairnhan

Sidney Herman Timothy F. Moran

Helene A. Loux Harold Naidus

Paul D. Maxwell Kenneth C. Solano

Ralph T. Vernile, Jr.

Committee on Regulations & Discipline

Kenneth W. Ballou, Chairman

William T. Edgett Harold Naidus

Sidney Herman Kenneth C. Solano

William F. King President Adult Student Council

Helene Loux Faculty Member

Paul D. Maxwell Ralph T. Vernile, Jr.

Timothy F. Moran

Library Committee

Marilyn S. Wiener, Chairwoman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Marvin Lesser

Harold Naidus William Kidney

Timothy F. Moran Two Students

Business Administration Curriculum Committee

Paul D. Maxwell, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Thomas J. McNamara

Sidney Herman Joel M. Rosenfeld

James W. Earley Three Students
Robert J. Hehre

Law Enforcement Curriculum Committee

Timothy O. Moran, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Three Faculty Members

Joseph Connors Norman Rosenblatt

Robert Croatti Three Students
Sidney Herman

Liberal Arts Curriculum Committee

Harold Naidus, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Lila Leibowitz

Fletcher Boig Marvin X. Lesser

Francis D. Crisley Roland L. Nadeau

Ernest DeCicco Raymond H. Robinson

Sidney Herman Three Part-Time Faculty Members

Charles Karis Three Students

Walter Jones Robert L. Wells

Health Professions Curriculum Committee

Helene A. Loux, Chairman

Kenneth W. Ballou (ex-officio) Britta Karlsson
Constance Bean Robert Lovejoy

Annalee Collins Sydney McNeil

Paul Cowan Harold Naidus

Sidney Herman Matthew Stevens

Louise Hord Two Students

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately
endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the General Laws
of Massachusetts. By special enactment, the State Legislature has given
the University general degree-granting powers. The University is governed
by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the Northeastern University
Corporation, which comprises more than 178 distinguished business and
professional men and women.

From its beginning Northeastern University's dominant purpose has been
to identify community educational needs and to meet these in distinctive
and serviceable ways. The University has not duplicated the programs of
other institutions, but has pioneered new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
under which students alternate periods of work and study. The Plan was
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922); Liberal Arts (1935);
Education (1953); Pharmacy (1962); Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).

This time-tested method of education offers students the opportunity to
gain valuable practical experience as an integral part of their college
programs and also enables them to contribute substantially to the financing
of their education. The "Co-op" Plan has been extended to the graduate
level in engineering, actuarial science, professional accounting, business
administration, rehabilitation administration, and law.

In the field of adult education. Northeastern University offers graduate
and undergraduate degree programs and non-credit programs which are
specifically designed to meet the needs and interests of adults who wish
to further their education on a part-time basis.

All formal courses of study leading to degrees in the Graduate Division,
Lincoln College, and University College are approved by the undergraduate
faculties concerned, and are governed by the same qualitative and quanti-
tative standards as the regular day curricula. Courses are scheduled in the
day and evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington,
and at other off-campus locations near Boston.

THE UNIVERSITY / 19

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers four major programs of study: physical educa-
tion, recreation education, and health education, leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education; and physical therapy, leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy.

The combined programs of liberal arts, science, and professional prepara-
tion include field experience and student teaching as well as leadership
training in camping and outdoor education at the Warren Center for Physi-
cal Education and Recreation in Ashland. In accordance with Northeastern's
Cooperative Plan of Education, students are offered varied opportunities for
alternate terms of work-study experience during upper-class years.

College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study in the
principal fields of business leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in
Business Administration. These programs are offered on the five-year Co-
operative Plan, under which students gain substantial practical experience
as an integral part of their undergraduate course of study.

The College also sponsors a Center for Management Development, which
annually conducts an intensive program designed to provide professional
growth for middle management executives. The plan of instruction, based
on a modification of the Northeastern Cooperative Program, permits the
participants to maintain their job responsibilities during the six-month
period of the course. The Management Development Program is conducted
at Andover, Massachusetts, on the campus of Andover Academy.

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research, concerned particularly
with problems of the New England region, is an integral part of the College.
The Bureau conducts research projects under faculty leadership using un-
dergraduate cooperative students as research assistants.

College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice offers a full-time day curricula on the Coop-
erative Plan leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science.

College of Education

The College of Education offers programs leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Education. These are designed to prepare students for teach-
ing or administrative positions in elementary and secondary schools. Cur-
ricula are offered on the five-year Cooperative Plan, which provides employ-
ment in libraries, social service agencies, and school systems.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

College of Engineering

The College of Engineering offers five-year cooperative curricula in civil,
mechanical, electrical, chemical, and industrial engineering leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Science with specification according to the engineer-
ing department In which the student qualifies, and a more general program
without specification leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. A six-year
program in power systems engineering in collaboration with public utilities
leads to both the bachelor's and master's degree in electrical engineering.
The College also offers during evening hours part-time programs leading to
Bachelor of Science degrees in Civil and Electrical Engineering. These pro-
grams extend over eight years, cover the identical courses given in the day
cooperative curricula, and meet the same qualitative and quantitative stan-
dards of scholarship.

College of Liberal Arts

The College of Liberal Arts offers majors in the arts and sciences leading
to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degrees. With the exceptions
of preprofessional programs, curricula are normally five years in length and
operate on the Cooperative Plan.

Lincoln College

Lincoln College offers engineering technology programs leading to the de-
grees of Associate in Engineering, Associate in Science, and Bachelor of
Engineering Technology. These programs are made available as:

(a) A full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Engineering Technology (B.E.T.) in Mechanical
and Electrical Engineering.

(b) A part-time evening program including pretechnology preparatory
courses and degree programs leading to the Associate in Engineer-
ing (A.E.); and the Bachelor of Engineering Technology (B.E.T.) in
Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering. The Associate in Sci-
ence degree may be earned in the mathematical, physical, and
chemical sciences.

The day B.E.T. program is designed to meet the needs of the high school
graduate or the student transferring from a community college or technical
institute and who desires the full time day curricula on the Northeastern
Cooperative Plan.

In addition to its traditional curricula, Lincoln College Evening School offers
interdisciplinary and certificate programs providing technological and pro-
fessional development opportunities to meet special needs of the part-time
student. These programs are designed to provide trained people for ready
assimilation by the engineering field and to prepare students for the chal-
lenge of interfacing technology and society.

THE UNIVERSITY / 21

Recognizing the increasing need for higher levels of technical efficiency
in firefighters, Lincoln College, in collaboration with local firefighting agen-
cies, has designed a part-time evening program leading to an Associate in
Science degree in Fire Technology. The curriculum includes a broad spec-
trum of those science technologies which are basic in coping with the fire-
fighting problems attendant to the complexities of today's society.

College of Nursing

The College of Nursing offers two separate and distinct programs of study,
both organized on the Cooperative Plan:

(a) A three-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations,
and leading to the Associate in Science degree.

(b) A five-year curriculum in preparation for the R.N. Examinations, and
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing.

Five of Boston's leading hospitals — Beth Israel, Children's Hospital Medi-
cal Center, New England Deaconess, Peter Bent Brigham, and Massachu-
setts General — collaborate with Northeastern by providing suitable cooper-
ative work opportunities during the students' upper-class years in these
programs.

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers five-year
cooperative curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Phar-
macy, and to the Bachelor of Science degree with majors in medical labora-
tory science (medical technology, cytotechnology, and hematology) medical
record administration, and management in health care agencies and institu-
tions. Associate degree programs are offered in medical laboratory science,
respiratory therapy, dental hygiene, and cytotechnology. The College has
academic responsibility and, in cooperation wtih the medical schools and
teaching hospitals in the Boston area, offers the professional program for
physician assistants.

University College

University College, so called because it draws upon the resources of the
other colleges of the University, offers part-time day and evening programs
in liberal arts, business administration, law enforcement, education, health
professions, and therapeutic recreation service programs, leading to the As-
sociate in Science, Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science degrees. It does
not duplicate the offerings of the day colleges, but provides curricula which
cut across traditional subject-matter areas to meet the particular needs of
adult students. Students may pursue a degree or simply take courses, based
on needs and interests, up to a total of forty quarter hours of credit. Courses
are offered in Boston as well as in Boxford, Burlington, Framingham, Lynn,
Haverhill, Milford, Weymouth, and several other convenient locations.

22 / THE UNIVERSITY

Adult Day Programs refers to University College courses that are offered
Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., to meet the needs of adults
with family or other obligations who wish to engage in part-time study dur-
ing the day. In addition to the daytime offering of regular University College
credit courses, Adult Day Programs also offers daytime workshops and con-
ferences, sometimes over weekends, with the option for credit. Adult Day
Programs are offered primarily on the Boston and Burlington campuses,
with a limited number of courses offered at other off-campus locations.

Students may enroll as degree candidates or elect single courses appro-
priate to their needs and interests. Courses are scheduled in the day and
evening at the Boston Campus, Suburban Campus in Burlington, and other
off-campus locations near Boston.

GRADUATE SCHOOLS
Actuarial Science

Master of Science in Actuarial Science.

Arts and Sciences

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English, history,
political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthropology. The Mas-
ter of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and
physics. The Master of Science in Health Science and the Master of Public
Administration degrees are also offered. In addition, there are programs
leading to the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in biology, chemistry, economics,
mathematics, physics, psychology, and sociology.

Boston-Bouve College

Master of Science in Physical Education and Master of Science in Recre-
ation education.

Business Administration

Master of Business Administration.

Criminal Justice

Master of Science in Criminal Justice

Education

Master of Education, and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

Engineering

Master of Science with course specification, including a special six-year
program in Power Systems Engineering leading to both bachelor's and
master's degrees in Electrical Engineering; a similar six-year program in
Mechanical Engineering leading to both bachelor's and master's de-
grees; the Master of Science degree in Civil Engineering; master's degrees
in the fields of Industrial Engineering and Engineering Management; the
professional Engineer degree in Electrical Engineering; the Ph.D. in the fields
of Electrical, Chemical, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering; and Doctor of En-
gineering degree in Chemical Engineering. In addition, the intermediate
degree of Engineer is offered.

THE UNIVERSITY / 23

Law

The School of Law offers a full-time program of professional instruction
leading to the degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) The three-year curriculum in-
cludes twelve months of experience in law offices. There are no courses for
part-time or evening students.

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Master of Science with specialization in Hospital Pharmacy, Industrial Phar-
macy, Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmacology, Medical Laboratory Science, and
Doctor of Philosophy in Medicinal Chemistry.

Professional Accounting

A five-quarter curriculum leading to the degree of Master of Science in
Accounting.

INSURANCE INSTITUTE

The Insurance Institute, which is sponsored by local insurance organizations
and companies, has recently joined University College. It offers a number of
non-credit courses in preparation for the Chartered Life Underwriter and
Chartered Property-Casualty Underwriter Designations as well as for the
General Insurance, Insurance Adjuster, and Risk Management Certificates.
(437-2506).

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated change. Its
programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and
a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs. The
Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade associations
and professional societies, offers several programs dealing with current
needs and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center is
becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local and
national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, Northeastern
University's conference center in Boston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The faculties of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and engi-
neering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose services
are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective teach-
ing and learning takes place in an environment characterized by research
activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and faciiities

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Huntington
Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. iVIany of the city's famous cul-
tural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated in the Back
Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall, Horticultural Hall,
the Isabella Stev\/art Gardner Museum, the Harvard teaching hospitals, and
many schools and colleges. Most are within walking distance of North-
eastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan Interna-
tional Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and intrastate
lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-suburban
area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motorists, the
best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike (Exit 22) and
Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the main
educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other. The princi-
pal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938, are of glazed
brick in contemporary classic style. Most are interconnected by under-
ground passageways.

Carl S. Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recreation
and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a seating
capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special drama
facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student
offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than 1,000.

The University Library

The Dodge Library is the main library on the Boston campus and maintains
an open-stack system. Bound volumes in the library system exceed 360,000,
and microfilm titles, 267,000. Collections are located in these areas:

1. The General Collection in the book stacks as indicated by the classifica-
tion number given in the upper left corner of the catalog card.

2. The Reference Collection in the Cabot Reading Room to the left of the
Circulation Desk, which includes bibliographies, maps, company publi-
cations, the pamphlet file, and association publications. Theses, under
the supervision of the Reference Dept., housed in the basement, and
available on request in the Reference Room.

3. The Periodical Collection in the Webster Reading Room to the right of
the circulation desk, consisting of current periodicals, periodical in-
dexes, and abstracts, with two adjacent stack levels for back files of

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 25

bound volumes. The Microfilm Collection in room 108, adjacent to the
Webster Reading Room.

4. The Reserve Book Collection on the second floor.

5. The Foreign Literature Collections in the Webster Reading Room to the
right of the Circulation Desk.

6. The Collections of Fine Arts, housed in the Richardson Room on the
second floor. The Audio Facility for spoken and music recordings and
magnetic tapes for instructional and individual use also located in this
room.

7. The American and English Literature Collections in the Literature Read-
ing Room.

8. Government Documents maintained on the basement level.

The Card Catalog is a union list of materials in the University libraries and
is located in the Webster Reading Room. There are also book catalogs of the
collections in the Math/Psych Library, Chemistry Building Library, Docu-
ments and Reserve Rooms. There is an Information Desk in this room to
assist people in using the card catalog during the day.

The Circulation Dept. has a printed list of all materials charged out, v^/hich
may be consulted by all users. To borrov*^ materials, University identification
must be presented. For extensive research, \Nhere the University Library
does not have the material, application should be made to the Inter-Library
Loan Librarian for materials needed from other libraries. Information service
is available in this department in the evenings.

Library Hours — Boston Campus

Monday — Thursday 7:45 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

Friday 7:45 a.m. to 7:30 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.

The University Library System includes three graduate libraries in the Divi-
sion of Research. Physics-Electrical Engineering is housed in 325 Dana
Research Center. Mathematics-Psychology is housed on the fifth floor of
the United Realty Building and Chemistry is located on the first floor of
Hurtig Hall.

Library Hours — Suburban Campus, Burlington

Monday — Friday 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the best
equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an athletic
cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative

26 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

offices for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education De-
partment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a 105foot
swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts, and shower
and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large gym-
nasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college library, com-
munity recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music rooms, recre-
ation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms, conference room
and lounge, storage facilities, and a research laboratory.

Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and 3 in
Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of individuals
and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics, busi-
ness administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of under-
graduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's degrees, special
programs for adults, and non-credit state-of-the-art programs are offered.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in Weston,
Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts short-term
courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, professional, and
research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the main campus.

Warren Center

The Warren Center for Physical Education and Recreation In Ashland,
Massachusetts, serves as a year-round outdoor laboratory for students in
Boston-Bouve College. There are facilities for conferences, special edu-
cation in arts and crafts, and sports-including aquatics. Buildings include
a lodge, cottages, and an infirmary.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, about 20 miles
northeast of Boston, is a research and instructional facility primarily en-
gaged in studies of marine biology and oceanography. The Institute is
operated the year around.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers a
major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massachusetts.
These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration Hospital, are
conveniently located just off Route 24.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 27

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a major
portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hampshire.
These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are located
in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

university coliege

The Programs

University College is committed to the education of mature, adult students
who wish to live effectively in today's complex society. The programs in
University College are specifically designed to satisfy the changing pro-
fessional, cultural, and social needs and interests of adults.

Degree programs have been developed in 39 major fields of study in the
areas of business administration, education, liberal arts, law enforcement,
and health-related programs. Flexible curricula are offered on a part-time
basis Monday through Saturday during day and evening hours convenient to
adult students. Students may elect single courses or may enroll in full de-
gree programs leading to the Associate in Science or the Bachelor of
Science degree. Short-term seminars are also offered for credit. Classes
are scheduled in locations which are accessible to the urban and the sub-
urban community. Students may attend classes at the Huntington Avenue
Campus, Boston, or the Suburban Campus, Burlington, Massachusetts, as
well as other off-campus locations north, south, and west of Boston.

University College programs are constantly evaluated and redesigned when
necessary in order to keep pace with the changing needs and interests of
its students and the community.

The Faculty

Approximately 800 men and women comprise the part-time teaching staff
of University College. Included are members of the full-time faculty of the
Basic Colleges of Northeastern University and other educational institu-
tions in New England, as well as outstanding New England business and
professional leaders with backgrounds of training and experience in
specialized areas. The faculty are selected because they are highly suc-
cessful in their fields and are well qualified to provide sound methods of
teaching for adults in an interesting, inspiring, and effective manner.

The Student Body

The student body of University College represents diversified interests
which properly recognized and utilized become one of the basic strengths
in adult education. There are approximately 12,000 students in University
College who range in age from 18 years to beyond retirement. While some

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE / 29

students enroll in University College immediately after high school gradu-
ation, others may have graduated 25 years prior to enrollment in college-
level courses.

University College students are men and women who have full-time com-
mitments to their jobs, families, or other responsibilities. They may enroll
in a single course or in a full degree curriculum, depending on whether their
goal is job advancement, a new career, or personal enrichment.

academic policies

Admission

All applicants who satisfy the requirements as regular or special students
are admitted as part-time students in University CoHege. It is advisable for
students to have an interview with an admissions counselor to help plan
their academic program in University College, particularly in cases where
previous credit has been completed at other institutions, in order to avoid
possible duplication of courses. Because of the diversity of the student body
in terms of background, age, interests, needs, etc., there are no entrance
examinations and college board examination scores are not required. In lieu
of entrance examinations, students must maintain a C average in order to
be admitted to degree candidacy.

Regular Students

To be enrolled as a regular student, that is, to become a degree candidate,
the applicant must have completed an approved secondary school course
or the equivalent 15 units* of a high school diploma. Equivalency certifi-
cates are accepted. Regular students are those students who expect to
follow a degree program.

Special Students

Special students are those students who do not wish to enroll in a full
degree program, but are interested in taking only one or more courses
appropriate to their needs or interests. Credits for these courses may be
transferred to a degree program if the student desires to pursue a degree
at a later time.

Foreign Students

Only those University College students who have matriculated as degree
candidates and are attending as full-time students are eligible for an 1-20
Certificate of Eligibility for a student visa.

Information concerning foreign students should be requested from the
Office of International Student Affairs, 205 Ell Building. Office hours: 8:30
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.

Procedure for Admission As a Degree Candidate: Matriculation

Petition forms for admission to the status of a degree candidate are avail-
able at offices on all University College Campuses. There are two methods
of matriculation:

'A unit represents a year's work In any subject in any approved secondary school consti-
tuting approximately a quarter of a full year's work, or the equivalent. A four-year day high
school course is regarded as representing at least 15 units of work, or 3 units in junior
high school and 12 units in a three-year high school.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 31

A. Standard Method of Matriculation

1. If a student has completed 40 quarter hours of credit in Univer-
sity College, he cannot register for additional courses unless he
has been officially accepted as a degree candidate.

2. In order to matriculate as a degree candidate, the student must
have a high school diploma or its equivalent and must achieve a
cumulative quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C)
for all courses completed before filing the petition. In the Liberal
Arts Program, the 8 quarter hours of required English must be
completed prior to matriculation.

B. Optional Method of Matriculation by Transfer Students.

1. If a student has successfully completed an associate degree pro-
gram at another accredited institution, he may file for matricula-
tion following one quarter in residence in University College.

2. If a student has completed 40 quarter hours at another accredited
institution, he may file for matriculation following one quarter in
residence in University College.

3. If a student has completed 40 quarter hours of combined credit
from another accredited institution and University College, he may
file for matriculation.

All students who file for matriculation must have a high school diploma or its
equivalent, a cumulative quality point average of 2.00, and, if in the Liberal
Arts Program, 8 quarter hours of required English.

A student who matriculates via Method B, is required to obtain written per-
mission from his Program Director before takng courses in another institu-
tion subsequent to matriculation in University College.

The Committee on Academic Standing may require a student to take one or
more aptitude or interest tests if his credentials or academic record fail to
give evidence of probable academic success. In this case, the student will be
notified in writing that arrangements for testing should be made by him with
the University Counseling and Testing Center. A fee is charged for adminis-
tering these tests.

Advanced Standing Credit

After completion of matriculation requirements in University College (40
quarter hours in residence) Advanced Standing Credit may be obtained in
two ways:

By Transfer of Credit from Another Institution

Subject to approval by the Director of Admissions, credit may be granted
for work completed in other approved schools, colleges, or universities. An
applicant who wishes to receive credit by transfer should petition for trans-
fer credit with the Director of Admissions. He should then write to the
Registrar of the institution previously attended and request that an official

32 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

transcript be sent to the Director of Admissions in University College. The
transcript indicates honorable dismissal, courses completed, credits and
grades received. The transcript should be sent well in advance of the regis-
tration period, and after filing the petition for transfer credit, the applicant
should inform the Director of Admissions of his major field of interest so
that the transcript will be evaluated appropriately.

Students who anticipate taking courses at other Colleges or Universities
while enrolled in University College must secure permission in advance from
the appropriate program director in University College.

Students who have been dismissed from another institution for academic
reasons must accompany their application with a statement from the dean
or other appropriate official of their previous institution setting forth the
reasons for dismissal or probationary status with recommendation for con-
tinued study. All applicants will be considered on their own merits.

By Examination

Credit is granted for successful completion of appropriate examinations in
the College Level Examination Program (CLEP). Credit may be disallowed
for work previously completed because of the remoteness of the time of
study; however, these applicants may take CLEP Examinations where appro-
priate. Credit is also granted for non-collegiate experience in both the Liberal
Arts and Law Enforcement Programs. See pages 80, and 102.

In all cases students admitted by transfer or advanced standing credit from
any other institution must meet the requirements for matriculated status as
set forth under the regulations applicable to regular students.

Residence Requirement

Every candidate for the baccalaureate or associate degree must fulfill the
residence requirement. The residence requirement is defined as the satis-
factory completion in University College immediately preceding graduation
of 46 consecutive quarter hours of work in course, with the further provision
that at least 12 of the 46 quarter hours must be in the candidate's major
field. All programs to meet the residency requirement must have the approval
of the Dean. Students whose attendance in degree programs is interrupted
for a period of one year or more will be reinstated into the program in effect
at the time of their re-entry into University College.

In the case of students who for causes beyond their control move outside
of the reasonable commuting area of the College, and who have completed
134 or more quarter hours of credit in course, the Committee on Education
will entertain a petition to allow them the privilege of completing their
degree requirements at some other approved college. Under no circum-
stances will a degree be awarded to any student who has completed less
than 46 quarter hours of credit in courses in University College.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 33

Quality Requirement for Graduation

A cumulative quality point average of 2.00 (an average grade of C) is
required for graduation. Advanced standing credits are not averaged in the
cumulative score.

Graduation with Honor

Candidates who have achieved distinctly superior attainment in their aca-
demic work will be graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a
limited number of this group may be graduated with high honor or with
highest honor. To be considered for graduation with honor, a student must
have completed a minimum of 72 quarter hours of work at University
College. Courses credited by advanced standing will be eliminated in
determining honor graduates.

Attendance at Commencement

Attendance at commencement for all University College degree candidates
is optional. Degree candidates will be polled by the commencement com-
mittee in this regard during the Spring Quarter.

A petition to receive a degree in absentia must be presented to the Dean.
Each petition will be acted upon by the Dean.

Quality Points

The requirement for graduation from University College is 174 quarter hours
with attainment of a quality point average of 2.00. Although the credits
allowed for acceptable work completed elsewhere by transfer students count
toward fulfillment of quantitative graduation requirements, neither the credits
nor the grades earned in such courses are included in quality point com-
putations for graduation.

The method of figuring quality points is as follows: Each quarter hour credit
of A grade is multiplied by 4, B grade by 3, C grade by 2, D grade by 1,
and F grade by 0. The total number of quality points, divided by the total
number of quarter hour credits completed, shall be the quality point average.

Students receiving an F grade in a required course must repeat the course
in its entirety including term work, examinations, and attendance.

Quality Point Averages

The Registrar's Office will not be able to recalculate or confirm the calcu-
lations of quality point averages for individual students. Each student's
record will be brought up to date before his graduation. In the meantime,
borderline cases will be checked by the Director of Admissions of Univer-
sity College.

Dean's List

All matriculated students who have taken a minimum of 18 quarter hours
in three consecutive quarters (Fall, Winter, Spring) of an academic year and

34 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

have completed all their courses with an average of 3.0 or better shall be
placed on the Dean's List. Each student shall receive a letter of commenda-
tion from the Dean of University College.

Pass- Fail Courses

Any student who is not on academic probation and who has completed 40
Q.H. of academic work may register for one pass/fail course and, thereafter,
for one course on a pass/fail basis for each 10 Q.H. of successfully com-
pleted work. Written permission of the appropriate academic dean must be
obtained for each pass/fail course. At no time may a student register for
more than one pass/fail course per quarter.

Such courses will be restricted to free electives outside the major field of
specialization, so that no part of the specifically prescribed curricula will
be affected.

The grades recorded on the basis of the pass/fail system of grading will not
figure in the computation of the QPA.

Satisfactory completion of the work in all courses taken on the pass /fail
system of grading will be designated on the transcript by the letter "S."
Unsatisfactory work will be designated on the transcript by the letter "U."
Any unsatisfactory grade must be handled according to the existing policy
of the University, but must never be cleared through the election of the
same course on the basis of the pass/fail system of grading.

An incomplete in a course taken on a pass/fail basis will be designated by
the letter "X" on the transcript and must be treated according to the normal
procedure for incomplete grades.

The following REGISTRATION PROCEDURES shall prevail:
Students wishing to use the pass/fail system of grading for a course must
meet all prerequisites for such course and should signify their desire to
apply for a specific course on the basis of this system of registration.

The student's decision to take a course on a pass/fail basis must be made
prior to the second meeting of the course and no changes will be permitted
thereafter.

Class Changes

University College reserves the right to cancel, split, or combine classes
when necessary.

Registration

Before attending classes, students must report to the registration area to
register. All students must complete their registration properly before
attending class. Attendance at class, even with the instructor's permission,
does not constitute registration.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 35

No academic credit will be recorded for students not properly registered.

In order to insure academic success, students are strongly advised to ad-
here to course prerequisites.

Class Attendance and Preparation

Students are expected to attend all exercises in the subjects they are study-
ing unless excused in advance.

Absence from regularly scheduled exercises in any subject will seriously
affect the standing of the student. Consecutive absences may cause the
removal of the subject or subjects from the student's schedule.

Two hours of preparation are normally required for each hour spent in the
classroom.

Withdrawal Policy

A student may be withdrawn from a course in several ways:

VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL — The student completes a drop course form in
the Registrar's Office or notifies the Registrar in writing of his intention to
withdraw from the course.

INITIAL ABSENCE WITHDRAWAL — If a student is absent without permission
from the first three meetings of a course, he will be withdrawn by the
Registrar.

END OF COURSE WITHDRAWAL — If, by the ninth or tenth week of the
quarter, the Registrar, after examining the attendance book, has every
reason to believe the student has dropped from the course, he will officially
withdraw the student and so note in the attendance book.

Change of Address

Change of address and/or name should be reported immediately to the
Registrar's Office.

Absence Because of Illness

All students who are absent from school because of extended illness, and do
not wish to be withdrawn, should inform the Registrar's Office by letter.

Examinations

Term tests are scheduled in each quarter at the option of the instructor
and are regarded as part of the term's course work. A final examination
will be held at the end of each quarter in each course unless an announce-
ment to the contrary is made.

Homework Assignments

Students are responsible for obtaining their homework assignments by
contacting their instructor or another student in their class. Homework
assignments are not available in the University College Office.

36 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

Missed Final Examinations

A student does not automatically have the right to make up a missed final
examination. Students must petition for this privilege and must pay a fee of
$5.00 for each special examination v^^hen filing for the special make-up
exam. All students who wish to clear an I (incomplete) grade must pay the
fee and file the proper petition in the Registrar's Office, 120-HA, or in each
off-campus administrative office. Petitions for missed finals must be filed in
accordance with the schedule listed below:

final examination file petition make-up final exam

missed during: no later than: during week of:

Fall Quarter 1974 January 24, 1975 February 17, 1975

Winter Quarter 1975 April 25, 1975 May 19, 1975

Spring Quarter 1975 July 8, 1975 August 11, 1975

Summer Quarter 1975 October 10, 1975 November 3, 1975

Students will be notified by mail when and where to take the missed final
examination. All examinations will be administered on the Boston Campus.

Students who do not take makeup final examinations as scheduled (see
below for I grade explanation) and clear an incomplete through the instruc-
tor, will be billed the $5.00 make-up exam fee by the Bursar before the I
grade is changed.

Grading System

The following system of grading is used. The numerical equivalent for each
grade is in parentheses.

A (4.0) — Outstanding L — Audit (No Credit)-UC and LC only

B (3.0) — Good S — Satisfactory (Pass-Fail Grade)

C (2.0) — Satisfactory U — Unsatisfactory (Pass-Fail Grade)

D (1.0) — Poor X — Incomplete (Pass-Fail Grade)

F (0.0) — Failure * — Grade not received
I ( — ) — Incomplete

A general average of "D" is unacceptable and will not allow a student to
continue in University College or to receive a degree from Northeastern
University. The "F" grade is a definite failure and requires repetition of
course in its entirety. The "I" grade is given only when the student fails to
take the final examination.

The I Grade

The I grade may be given only when the student fails to take the final
examination.

An instructor may decide that a student has done so poorly in the course
that even a perfect grade in a makeup final could not raise the grades from
F, in which case F is the proper grade, irrespective of the missed final.

ACADEMIC POLICIES / 37

If the student fails to complete some other major portion of the course work
(examination, quizzes, major paper, etc.) a letter grade (A, B, C, D, F)
should be assigned. This grade can be changed, upon petition, when the
deficiency which led to the assigned letter grade is made up to the satisfac-
tion of and in the manner prescribed by the instructor.

All deficiencies must be made up in the prescribed manner no later than the
quarter following the recording of the grade.

*Grade Reports

An official grade report will be mailed approximately three weeks after the
quarter is completed to each registered student. Grades will not be given
over the telephone or at the Registrar's Office.

Auditing Policy

Students are permitted to audit courses upon filing the usual registration
forms and paying the regular tuition fees. There is no reduction in fees for
auditing. An auditor may participate in class discussion, complete papers
and projects and take tests and examinations for informal evaluation, if
desired. However, regardless of the amount or quality of work completed,
no academic credit will be granted at any time for courses audited.

Audit Procedure

The student's decision to take a course on an audit basis must be communi-
cated in writing to the Registrar prior to the fourth class meeting of the
course. No exception to this procedure can be approved without authoriza-
tion by the Academic Standing Committee of the College.

Calculation of Quality Point Average

1. When the student has more than one grade in the same course, the
most recent grade will be used in the calculation of the quality point
average.

2. A grade of "I" will not be considered in the calculation of quality
point average.

3. Although advanced standing credits (ASC) allowed for acceptable
work completed at other institutions by transfer students count to-
ward completion of the quantitative credit requirements, neither the
credits nor the grades earned in such courses are included in quality
point average computations.

For example, a student who has registered for seven courses, cleared a
failure in one of them, and received advanced standing credit (ASC) in an-
other, may calculate his quality point average as follows:

*A supplementary grade report will be issued when the missing grade is received. Please
do not call the Registrar's Office for it. University regulations prohibit issuing grades by
telephone.

S. U, X, I and L grades are not included in the Quality Point Average. "S" grades are in-
cluded in "Earned Hours" toward the degree. Cumulative totals do not appear on reports
for non-matriculated students.

38 / ACADEMIC POLICIES

Grade

Numerical

Credit

Achieved

Equivalent

Hours

4.0

X 4

3.0

X 4

2.0

X 3

1.0

X 3

0.0

X 2

FB
1

3.0

X 2

1
ASC

—

X —
X

Totals 18

Quality

Points

16.0

12.0

6.0

3.0

0.0

6.0

43.0

^ ,•* o • X A Total Quality Points (43.0)

Quality Point Average = -r , . ,^ L ^ ' p, = 2.389

Total Credit Hours (18)

Academic Probation

Students whose scholarship in any given period is unsatisfactory may be
dropped from the College or may be placed on probation.

Disciplinary Action

The Committee on Regulations and Discipline has the authority to dismiss
from the College or place on probation at any time or to strike from the list
of candidates for the degree, any student deemed unworthy because of con-
duct or character.

Maximum Course Load

New students may elect up to five (5) subjects per quarter without special
permission.

Former students, who are not on the Dean's List, may also elect up to five
(5) subjects per quarter without special permission. Program Directors may
allow six (6) subjects if the student has a 2.50 Q.P.A. or better.

Dean's List students may elect any number of subjects per quarter not to
exceed sixteen (16) quarter hours without special permission.

Not all the courses listed in this bulletin will be offered. A final list of those
classes to be offered will be contained in the University College Schedule
of Courses which gives the hours, days and location of classes. This sched-
ule is issued prior to the Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.

Changes in Requirements

The continuing development of University College forces frequent revision
of curricula. In every new bulletin some improvements are indicated. When
no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, and when the
facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to meet the require-
ments of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it impossible to meet these
requirements, the bulletin for the year in which he entered becomes the
binding one.

tuition and fees

Tuition and fees are refundable only as stated under "Refund of Tuition."
Checks and drafts for all charges are to be drawn to the order of North-
eastern University.

Initial Registration Fee

A ten dollar ($10.00) registration fee, required of all new students is due
and payable upon registration. This fee is nonrefundable.

Tuition

Tuition for all credit courses is $32.00 per quarter hour of credit. Charges
for registration and tuition for special courses are at the rate specified for
each course. Students are permitted to audit courses, however, there is no
reduction in fees for auditing.

Non-credit courses are charged at quarter hour rates comparable to those
of credit courses meeting on an equivalent contact hour schedule.

Students are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any examination
or test until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satisfactory ar-
rangements for payment.

Students will not be advanced in class standing, or permitted to re-enroll in
the University, nor will degrees be conferred until all financial obligations
to the University have been met.

No certificate of honorable dismissal will be issued to any student who has
not fully met his financial obligations to the University.

Tuition Budget Payment Plans

Occasionally situations develop — usually beyond the control of the student
— which make it difficult to meet the payments in the manner outlined
above. Under such circumstances the student is advised to discuss his
problem personally at the Bursar's Office, where one of the budget plans
or a deferred payment agreement may be worked out. Such arrangements
should be made before the end of the first week of the quarter or within one
week of the date of registration if the student enters late. A charge of $2.00
will be made. Failure to take immediate action will result in a late payment
fee of $10.00.

40 / TUITION AND FEES

Tuition Underwritten by Employers

An increasing number of companies are underwriting part or all of the
cost of tuition of students in their employ. In cases where payment is to
be made directly by the employer to the University, the student should
furnish to the Bursar's Office a purchase order covering his registration or
a statement from an officer of his company certifying that the company is
underwriting the tuition.

Veterans' Benefits

Any veteran covered by Public Law 89-358 should report to Room 245
Richards Hall to fill out the proper enrollment forms.

Late Payment Fee

Bills for tuition and fees are payable on or before Saturday of the week of
issuance. A late payment fee of $10.00 is charged for all students failing
to comply unless special payment arrangements are approved by the
Bursar's Office.

Refund of Tuition

The general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with respect
to refunds of tuition to students is as follows:

The University provides all instruction on an academic quarter basis for
which students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds will be
granted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific condi-
tions are met. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with the
Bursar.

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing on
the official withdrawal application when filed with the Registrar in Room
120 Hayden Hall. Non-attendance does not constitute official withdrawal.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule;

official withdrawal filed within: percentage of tuition
1st week of quarter 100%

2nd week of quarter 75%

3rd week of quarter 50%

4th week of quarter 25%

Courses in Other Departments of the University

University College students assigned to courses in other departments of
the University are charged the tuition rates and other fees effective in the
departments in which they are enrolled.

Student Center Fee

All students in University College on the Huntington Avenue Campus are
charged $.75 each quarter for the services available in the Student Center.

TUITION AND FEES / 41

Laboratory Fee

All students enrolled in chemistry, biology, or health professions courses
which include laboratory must purchase from the Bursar's Office a Labora-
tory Fee and Deposit Card for $15.00 ($5 for extra cards). The fee for arts
and crafts courses is $5.00. Upon completion of the course or withdrawal
during the quarter, the student must check out his status with the laboratory
attendant. The Bursar's Office will then refund any unused balance shown on
the Laboratory Fee and Deposit Card.

Graduation Fee

The University graduation fee, charged to those who are candidates for the
baccalaureate or associate degree, is $25.00 payable on or before May 1 of
the year in which the student expects to graduate.

Missed Final Examination Fee

Students absent from the regularly scheduled final examination at the end
of a course may petition for a "Missed Final Examination." The fee for each
examination requested by the student is $5.00. The fee must be paid when
the petition is filed in the University Registrar's Office.

Transcripts

Students may request transcripts of their grades at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $1.00 per copy, payable in advance.

financial aid

General information pertaining to financial aid opportunities and specific
scholarship applications for part-time students are available in the Univer-
sity College Admissions Office, Room 102 Churchill Hall.

The following scholarships and awards are available to students enrolled
in University College.

Professor Joseph A. Mullen Scholarships

The Massachusetts Chapter of the American Society of Training and De-
velopment has established a fund to provide annual scholarship awards
to deserving part-time students upon the recommendation of the Dean of
University College.

Dean Russell Whitney Memorial Scholarship

Alpha Chapter of the Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity sponsors an annual tuition
scholarship in memory of former Dean Russell Whitney. The award is made
available to the man in University College whose qualities of leadership and
influence on his fellow students, strength of character, and record of schol-
arship and broad achievement mark him as outstanding. The award is made
available to the student who has completed a minimum of 80 quarter hours.
To be eligible for this scholarship, the student must pursue a normal sched-
ule during the year in which the award is made.

Martin Luther King Jr. Scholarships

Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev. Martin Luther King Jr.
Awards are made as openings occur, to adults from minority groups who
would otherwise be unable to continue their education. Stipends will cover
tuition expenses not to exceed six quarter hours in any academic quarter
(excluding Summer Quarter).

Kappa Tau Phi Scholarships

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority annually makes available scholarship awards. They
are granted to women students in the liberal arts, business, and engineering
programs, respectively, who rank highest in their class at the end of the
upper-middle year. In the event the student is eligible for an award of
greater monetary value, the award will be made to the next highest-ranking

FJNANCIAL AID / 43

woman student. To be eligible for this scholarship, the student must be
enrolled in a program of at least two evenings per week and must be a can-
didate for the bachelor's degree. In determining this award, grades of all
courses completed in prior years shall be considered.

Harry Olins Scholarship

The Harry Olins Scholarship Fund was established as an expression of
firm belief in University College students and "what they stand for." The
fund, presented by Mrs. Harry Olins in recognition of her husband's long
service on the faculty, makes available an annual tuition award to two stu-
dents who in terms of scholastic achievement, character, and personal need
best typify the spirit of Northeastern University.

To be eligible for this award, the student must be a degree candidate and
carry a full academic load during the school year.

Northeastern University Alumni Club of Lowell Scholarships

The Northeastern University Alumni Club of Lowell awards scholarships
annually to evening students in University College from the Greater Lowell
area who demonstrate high scholastic ability and are in need of financial
assistance. Students interested should obtain an application in the Univer-
sity College office, 102 Churchill Hall. Upon filing an application and sub-
mitting a resume, the student will be required to complete an interview with
the Scholarship Committee of the Alumni Club of Lowell.

Pilot Freight Carriers Scholarships

Pilot Freight Carriers, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, awards $500 annually
to advanced transportation students who have achieved high academic
standing and who have paid their tuition expenses without prior aid. The
award may be shared by more than one student. Potential recipients are
designated by the Director of the Transportation Institute, and a final
determination is made by the Dean of University College.

University College Faculty Club Memorial Scholarship Awards

The Faculty Club of University College, Northeastern University, offers
two awards annually, primarily for excellence in studies, to Bachelor of
Science degree candidates in University College who have carried, and are
currently carrying, a minimum of 24 quarter hours annually. Applications,
available during the Winter Quarter, must be returned before the Spring
Quarter.

These awards shall be known as University College Faculty Club Memorial
Scholarship Awards in commemoration of the Club's deceased members.

U.S. Navy Field Training Supervisors Association Memorial Scholarship

A scholarship fund has been established by the generosity of the United
States Navy Field Training Supervisors Association, in commemoration of
the Association's deceased members. The Scholarship is awarded annually

44 / FINANCIAL AID

to a deserving student, selected by the Committee on Scholarships, who is
a Management major, working toward a Bachelor of Science degree in the
evening program of University College.

Traffic Club of New England Scholarship

The Traffic Club of New England provides 12 basic and four advanced
scholarships annually for persons employed in transportation and industry
traffic departments. The scholarships are divided equally between industry
and carrier applicants, and each award is applicable toward tuition, books,
and incidental expenses involved in Transportation Management courses.
The purpose of the plan is to afford a limited number of young men an
opportunity to expand and improve their education by systematized study
in courses in the field of transportation and traffic management. The
scholarships are administered cooperatively with the Scholarship Com-
mittee of the Traffic Club of New England. Applications may be secured
from and filed with the Secretary, The Traffic Club of New England, 294
Washington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Scholarships

University College's scholastic honor society, Sigma Epsilon Rho, annually
awards plaques and scholarships for outstanding scholastic achievement to
the highest-ranking students in University and Lincoln Colleges at the end
of their junior year.

Community Sources

Students and their families are urged to explore community, industrial, and
foundation sources for collegiate financial aid. Parental employers or the
appropriate union organization may be a source. In addition, local, civic,
political, religious or educational leaders are often aware of aid sources
in immediate community. Some typical sources may include: P.T.A.,
Kiwanis, Lions, Elks, Knights of Columbus, Masons, Sons of Italy, Rotary,
State Rehabilitation, American Legion, etc.

University Grants

Each year Northeastern University grants a substantial number of full and
partial tuition grants to students who have demonstrated both above-
average scholastic achievement and financial need. All applications for aid
are automatically considered for all grants administered by the University.
It is not necessary for an applicant to specify the grant in which he is
interested.

National Direct Student Loan

This program is available to students who are carrying at least one-half
the normal academic workload, are accepted as degree candidates, and who
show evidence of financial need.

FINANCIAL AID / 45

The Federal maximum which a graduate student may borrow while pursuing
his post-baccalaureate degree is $5000.

Repayment and interest on these loans does not begin until nine months
after the student ceases to carry at least a half-time academic load at an
institution of higher education. The repayment of principal may be extended
over a ten-year period with the interest at the rate of 3 percent per annum.
Repayment may be deferred up to a total of three years while a borrower is
serving as a Peace Corps or VISTA volunteer.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program

Under this program, students who are matriculated degree candidates, en-
rolled for at least one-half the normal academic work load, may borrow from
a participating bank or other financial institution. Terms and conditions vary
from state to state, but a student generally may borrow up to $1,500 a year
(the law allows a maximum of $2,500 per year) depending on financial
need. The federal government pays the interest while the student is in
school if the student is eligible for interest subsidy.

The student must have submitted, through the College Scholarship Serv-
ice, a Parents' Confidential Statement, or if he has been declared finan-
cially independent by the Financial Aid Office, a Students' Confidential State-
ment. These forms are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Applications for the loan itself are available from local banks or the Educa-
tion Office of your state government. Additional information and necessary
application forms for Massachusetts residents are available from the Finan-
cial Aid Office.

Veterans' Benefits

Any veteran covered by the Veterans Readjustment Act of 1966, Public Law
89-358, should report to Room 245 Richards Hall to fill out the proper
enrollment forms. These forms will be made available during registration
periods for all students in the Law Enforcement Programs at special
off-campus locations.

Students needing additional information as to eligibility, allowances, or other
details are urged to contact their local office of the Veterans Administration
as early as possible.

Law Enforcement Assistance Administration

The Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, U.S. Department of Jus-
tice, has set up an Office of Academic Assistance under authority of the
Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, Public Law 90-351.
Through the University, loans up to $2200 per year for tuition and grants
up to $250 per academic quarter for tuition and fees are available to law
enforcement personnel in undergraduate or graduate programs leading to
degrees or certificates in areas directly related to law enforcement.

46 / FINANCIAL AID

The loans, limited to full-time students in or preparing for law enforcement
or corrections careers, are cancelled at the rate of 25 percent for each year
the recipient subsequently serves in law enforcement at federal, state, or
local level.

The grants are available to full-time or part-time students employed in a pub-
licly-funded law enforcement agency, and involve a signed agreement to re-
main in the service of a law enforcement agency employing such applicant for
two years following completion of the course for which aid was given.

Applications for loans or grants should be obtained from the Office of
Financial Aid, Room 252 Richards Hall.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society Scholarship Award

The Sigma Epsilon Rho Society Scholarship Award, established in 1974
by the membership of the Society, is awarded annually to an undergraduate
Student of University and/or Lincoln College at Northeastern University.
Eligible students must have a cumulative Quality Point Average of 3.0 or
better after completing 80 percent or more of their required studies.

Please note that aid granted from programs sponsored by the federal gov-
ernment are dependent upon the amount of funds allocated to Northeastern.

The University does not award financial assistance in any form to non-citizens
of the United States.

student activities

student activities for part-time students are planned, organized, and oper-
ated by the student body with the assistance of the Director of University-
Lincoln College Student Activities. The programs are designed to keep pace
with the changing needs of adult students and to provide maximum oppor-
tunity for student participation. All part-time students in University College
and Lincoln College are welcome to participate.

The program is flexible in nature and pioneering in spirit to meet the needs
of adult students. The Office of University-Lincoln College Student Activities
is particularly interested in developing new clubs which will benefit students
professionally and educationally. If students wish to start clubs related to
their professions, this office will help them plan and organize clubs on the
local and national level. The program is dedicated to assisting the adult stu-
dent in the development of his fullest potential. The University-Lincoln
College Student Activities Office is located in 102 Churchill Hall.

Purpose

The purposes of part-time student activities are:

To provide opportunities for the development and pursuit of cultural in-
terests and professional objectives.

To encourage the development of leadership activities and skills.

To enable the student to identify more closely with the University.

To include the family, as an important and vital motivating force, in the
part-time student's educational career.

Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society

Sigma Epsilon Rho is the honor society of University College. Its pur-
poses are:

To promote acquaintance and good fellowship among those students who
have attained highest scholastic standing in the College.

To stimulate the student body to higher scholastic accomplishment through
the bearing, influence, and work of these selected men and women.

48 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES

To develop methods of mutual improvement and advancement among
members.

To support high moral, professional, and scholastic ideals.

Only honor graduates or seniors with honor standing at the end of the
junior year are eligible for admission to the society. Admission is by invita-
tion after nomination by the society.

An outstanding book is awarded each year by Sigma Epsilon Rho Society
to the highest-ranking student at the conclusion of the junior year. Students
will receive the award only in the event that they enroll for the subsequent
year.

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority

Kappa Tau Phi Sorority is a social organization open to all part-time women
students. Its purpose is to promote fellowship among the women students
so that they may become better acquainted and form a closer tie with the
University. Two scholarships are awarded annually to scholastically superior
women students.

Lambda Alpha Epsilon

Lambda Alpha Epsilon is a national law enforcement fraternity founded in
1957. The Northeastern Chapter Kappa Phi Beta is open to part-time and
day students enrolled in Law Enforcement and Security Programs, and also
to professional men in the fields of law enforcement and security. The
fraternity is dedicated to the furtherance of professional standards in law
enforcement.

Pi Tau Kappa Fraternity

Pi Tau Kappa is a social fraternity open to all evening students. It is or-
ganized to enhance their social welfare and promote closer affiliation with
the University.

Evening Student Council

The Evening Student Council was formed to provide a representative body
to promote the welfare of the student body in non-academic areas and to
foster extracurricular activities which will enrich University life. It affords
participants opportunities to meet and develop close personal relationships
with fellow students and the administrative staff.

The Evening Student Council provides students with opportunities to develop
leadership skills and gives them a chance to discuss matters of professional
interest with experts in their chosen field.

The Council is made up of interested students in University and Lincoln
College, representatives of part-time interest groups, and those specially

STUDENT ACTIVITIES / 49

certified by the Council because of their demonstrated interest in the overall
adult programs of the University.

The E.S.C., a member of the United States Association of Evening Students,
meets evenings on a monthly basis in the Student Center. Students are wel-
come to visit, observe, and express opinions concerning part-time student
life. Free refreshments are served at all meetings.

Use of Gymnasium Facilities

Specific schedules for use of the Pool, Weight Training Room, Indoor Ath-
letic Field and Track, Handball Courts, Gymnasium, and Wrestling Room are
set up each quarter for use by all part-time students. In order to become
eligible, students must obtain a temporary Gymnasium Pass each time they
wish to use the Cabot Gymnasium Complex. Passes are available in the
Cabot Complex, Monday through Friday from 4:30 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. and
on Saturday and Sunday from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. All students request-
ing a pass must present their Student Identification Card prior to receiving a
pass. Passes are issued on a first-come, first-served basis. Students using
the Cabot Gymnasium Complex are required to abide by all the Rules of the
Gym and may be asked to complete a Medical Release form.

Evening Ski Club

The Evening Ski Club was established as a special interest club by students
in University and Lincoln College to give skiers an opportunity to meet other
skiers for the purpose of promoting the sport and its related activities.
Events sponsored by the Evening Ski Club include wine and cheese parties
held locally and in the various ski areas of Maine, New Hampshire, and
Vermont. A summer clambake is also arranged on a local beach, usually
in July or August. Meetings are held from October through April on a bi-
weekly basis on the main campus. Students interested should contact the
Evening Student Activities Office in 102 Churchill Hall.

Alumni Association

More than 52,000 alumni are members of the all-University Alumni Asso-
ciation which has as its prime purposes the promotion of the welfare of
Northeastern University, the establishment of a mutually beneficial relation-
ship between the University and its alumni, and the perpetuation of fellow-
ship among members of the Association.

The Alumni Relations office is located in Room 101, Ell Student Center. The
official records and addresses of alumni are maintained in Room 260,
United Realty Building.

Activities of the Association, including the Homecoming Day celebration
and the annual presentation of Professional Promise Awards to outstanding
seniors in Lincoln and University Colleges, are directed by the Vice Presi-

50 / STUDENT ACTIVITIES

dent for Alumni Affairs. Alumni officers also attend meetings of the under-
graduate classes to form a closer relationship between the Association and
its future members.

The Alumni Relations Office assists the various class officers in planning
class reunions. Each class normally holds a reunion every five years during
the month of June. The Vice President for the Alumni Class Council is re-
sponsible for coordinating class activities and organizing class functions.

The Vice President for Alumni Clubs vjorks in close association with officers
of the more than 50 Regional Alumni Clubs which have been established
from coast to coast. All alumni are eligible to become members of these or-
ganizations. The alumni clubs meet periodically, often in conjunction with
visits from members of the faculty or with athletic events.

For Boston area alumni, monthly luncheon meetings are held in both the
downtown and uptown sections of the city.

The Association also sponsors and assists the Alumnae Organization and
the Varsity Club, both of which have their own officers and conduct various
programs throughout the year. Through the Varsity Club, the Association
presents trophies to the outstanding athlete of the year in each of the five
major sports.

One of the most recent developments in alumni activities is the organiza-
tion of seminars which are conducted by the Association in cooperation with
the University's Center for Continuing Education. The seminars are designed
particularly for alumni who have a special interest in current events and the
field of adult education.

The Northeastern University Alumni Association is a member of the Ameri-
can Alumni Council, a professional organization composed of representa-
tives of all major colleges and universities in the United States and Canada.

Alumni Relations

The Alumni Association is providing a uniquely valuable service to both the
University and the community by sponsoring admissions conferences for
parents of high school students who are interested in attending college.
These meetings, held in cooperation with the Northeastern Department of
Admissions, have been extremely well attended. Local residents as well as
Alumni of the University have been invited to these conferences which help
to clarify many of the questions today's parents and young people have
concerning application procedures of colleges and universities.

programs of study

University College conducts part-time educational programs at the under-
graduate level during day and evening hours. The programs are designed
to meet the varying needs and interests of adult students who may enroll
as (1) Regular students follov/ing degree programs or as (2) Special stu-
dents taking single courses or special programs.

University College programs leading to the Bachelor of Science and Bachelor
of Arts degrees provide opportunities for cultural and professional develop-
ment equivalent in quality and scope to those offered in the conventional
four-year college enrolling full-time students. The bachelor's degree requires
174 quarter hours of credit.

Programs leading to the Associate in Science degree provide students a
background in fundamental areas in business administration, liberal arts,
health professions, therapeutic recreation services, and law enforcement.
The Associate degree requires 96 quarter hours of credit and is equivalent
to the conventional two-year or junior college in scope and quality.

Degree curricula are offered in the following areas;

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Major Degree Page

Business Administration Associate in Science 56

Electronic Data Processing Associate in Science 58

Purchasing Associate in Science 60

Real Estate Associate in Science 62

Accounting Bachelor of Science 64

Finance Bachelor of Science 65

Industrial Management Bachelor of Science 67

Industrial Technology Bachelor of Science 68

Insurance Bachelor of Science 69

Management Bachelor of Science 70

Management Information Systems Bachelor of Science 71

Marketing Bachelor of Science 73

Personnel and Industrial Relations Bachelor of Science 74
Transportation and Physical Distribution

Management Bachelor of Science 75
Combined Program in Liberal Arts

and Management Bachelor of Science 77

52 / PROGRAMS OF STUDY

LIBERAL ARTS

Major

Degree

Page

Economics

Bachelor of Arts

English

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science

Fine Arts

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science

History

Bachelor of Arts

Liberal Arts

Associate in Science

Music

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science

Political Science

Bachelor of Arts

Psychology

Bachelor of Arts

Sociology-Anthropology

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science

Chemical-Biological Technology

Associate in Science

Chemical-Biological Tech

nology

Bachelor of Science

100

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Major

Degree

Page

Correctional Practices

Bachelor of Science

104

Associate in Science

108

Law Enforcement

Bachelor of Science

110

Associate in Science

114

Security

Bachelor of Science

116

Associate in Science

120

HEALTH

Major

Health Science
Management in Health

Agencies and Institutions
Medical Laboratory Science

Cytotechnology

Medical Technology

Medical Record Administration

Nursing Home Administration
Radiologic Technology
Respiratory Therapy
Medical Laboratory Science
Hematolgy

PROFESSION PROGRAMS

Degree

Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Science
Associate in Science
Bachelor of Science
Associate in Science
Bachelor of Science
Certificate
Certificate

Associate in Science
Associate in Science

Bachelor of Science

137
137
140
140
130
132
128
143
134

145

EDUCATION

Major Degree Page

Teaching of English (in grades 7-12) Bachelor of Science 150

Course descriptions are listed in numerical order by department beginning on
page 151.

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

Major Degree Page

Therapeutic Recreation Services Certificate 153

Associate in Science 153

{

business administration

Paul D. Maxwell, Assistant Dean

Director, Business Administration Programs

Telephone 437-2418

Aims

Business Administration programs of study are offered to meet the needs of
adult men and women wishing to acquire a college education on a part-time
basis. The opportunity to achieve professional competence in a chosen field,
while developing potential for further managerial growth, is one of the pro-
gram's principal objectives. Degree programs are designed to create both a
breadth of perspective and a degree of specialization. Bfeadth of perspec-
tive will be obtained through exposure to a well-balanced sequence of liberal
arts courses, which emphasize fundamental economic laws, and the social
and cultural foundations of our changing American society. Specialized
knowledge for future managerial growth will be acquired through the study
of basic business courses, in addition to a self-determined study of a major
business area.

Requirements

Associate in Science Degree

The Associate in Science degree is offered in the following fields of study:
Business Administration, Electronic Data Processing, Purchasing, and Real
Estate. To qualify for the associate degree 96 quarter hours must be suc-
cessfully completed in one of the four associate programs. Detailed
information on these programs together with a recommended sequence for
Completing them appears on the following pages.

New Students — Please Note:

In an effort to achieve a certain level of analytic and academic sophistica-
tion among students taking upper level business administration courses
(designated by an asterisk wherever they appear in the catalog). University
College instituted a new procedure in the Fall Quarter of 1969 whereby all
new students are required to successfully complete an appropriate associate
degree program before they become eligible to take upper level business
administration courses. Special students (students not pursuing a degree
program) may take upper level courses if they can demonstrate to a pro-
gram adviser (always present during registration) or to one of the deans in
University College that they have an adequate background to cope with

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 55

upper level course content. In determining whether a student has "an ade-
quate background," the program advisers and the deans will evaluate, but
not be limited to, such factors as work experience, former college work,
independent study, etc.

The "appropriate" program for all bachelor degree students, except the
Management Information Systems (MIS) degree student, is the Associate
degree program in Business Administration. The "appropriate" program for
the MIS degree student is the Associate degree program in Electronic Data
Processing (EDP). Students pursuing one of the other associate programs
or students pursuing an "inappropriate" associate program (e.g., student
following EDP associate program who wants to major in finance in his bach-
elor's program) may make special arrangements with the Dean of Admis-
sions or the Director of Business Programs for a bachelor's program.

A student with a 2.0 average or better in an Associate degree program will
be considered by University College as having "successfully completed"
the program. It should be noted that students do not have to formally re-
ceive Associate degrees; successful completion of the Associate degree
program (or demonstration of an "adequate background" in the case of
special students) is ail that is necessary for entry into upper level business
administration courses.

The Bachelor of Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration is offered in the
following fields of study: Accounting, Finance, Industrial Management,
Industrial Technology, Insurance, Management, Management Information
Systems, Marketing, Personnel, and industrial Relations, Transportation and
Physical Distribution Management, and in the Combined Program in Liberal
Arts and Management.

In general, the Bachelor of Science degree requires successful completion
of the following areas of study:

Liberal Arts quarter hours

Basic Courses and Electives 70

Business Administration

Basic courses 66

Major Field of Study 30

Electives (Business Administration or Liberal Arts) 8

Total 174

Detailed information on these programs appears on the following pages.

English Requirements

The English requirements shall be fulfilled by taking Composition and
Rhetoric I, II (30.601, 30.602), Introduction to Literary Forms I, II (30.604,
30.605) and four additional hours of literature. Please review the appro-
priate detailed program information. For new English requirements see
explanation on page 209.

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts

10.327,

10.328,

10.329

16.501,

16.502,

16.503

19.501,

19.502,

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

56 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Associate In Science Degree

quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, Mi 6

Earth Science I, II, III 6

Psychology I, II, III 6

Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4
Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 44

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

43.501, 43.502, 43.503 Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance & Risk Management I, II, III 6
45.506, 45.507, 45.508 Production Management and

Manufacturing Systems I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management & Organization I, II, Mi 6

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

45.599 Basic Computer Programming 2

45.610, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2 48

Electives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8*

23.509, 23.510 Western Civilization A, B 6
30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4
30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4
41.541 Accounting Principles 6
43.504 Introduction to Marketing 6
44.504 Finance & Risk Management 6

45.641 Human Relations In Organization 4

45.642 Production Management and

Manufacturing Systems 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

"Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts Electives in B.S. degree
programs.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 57

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

1st
Year

2nd
Year

3rd
Year

4th
Year

Quarter I

Comp. & Rhet. I
Accounting I
Mgmt. & Org. I
Earth Science I

Economics I
Math. I
Marketing I
Fin. & Risk I

West. Civ. I
Psych. I
E.D.P. I
Labor Mgmt. I

Intro. Lit. Forms I
Stat. I

Prodn. Mgmt. I
Basic Computer
Programming

Quarter II

Comp. & Rhet. 11
Accounting I!
Mgmt. & Org. II
Earth Science II

Economics II
Math. II
Marketing II
Fin. & Risk II

West. Civ. II
Psych. II
E.D.P. II
Labor Mgmt. II

Intro. Lit. Forms II
Stat. II

Prodn. Mgmt. 11
Hum. Rel. I

Quarter III

Elective
Accounting III
Mgmt. &Org. Ill
Earth Science III

Economics III
Math. Ill
Marketing III
Fin. & Risk III

West. Civ. Ill
Psych. Ill
E.D.P. ill
Elective

Project Planning
Stat. Ill

Prodn. Mgmt. Ill
Hum. Rel. II

58 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses — Liberal Arts

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

16.501, 16.502, 16.503 Earth Science I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

29.501, 29.502, 29.503 Effective Speaking I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4
39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 44

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance & Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24

Major Field of Study

10.332, 10.333, 10.334 Mathematics for Business

Management I, II, III 6
45.573, 45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for

Business I, II, Mi 6

45.577 Data Systems Administration 2
45.578, 45.579 Business Data Processing

Applications I, 11 4

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2

45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6 26

Electives Liberal Arts 2 2

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

19.508, 19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8*

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

44.504 Finance and Risk Management 6

45.644 Computer Programming for Business 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.689 Systems Design and Techniques 6

'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 59

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

1st
Year

2nd
Year

3rd
Year

4th
Year

Quarter I

Comp. & Rhet. I
E.D.P. I

Mgmt. & Org. I
Math. I

Economics I
Accounting I
Math, for Bus.

Mgmt. I
Comp. Prog. Bus. I

Fin. & Risk I
Psych. I

Sys. Des. Tech. I
Stat. I

Intro, to Lit. Forms
Effective Spking. I
Data Sys. Adm.

Earth Science I

Quarter II

Comp. & Rhet. II
E.D.P. II
Mgmt. & Org. II
Math. II

Economics II

Accounting II

Math, for Bus.

Mgmt. 11

Quarter III

Elective
E.D.P. Ill
Mgmt. & Org. Ill
Math. Ill

Economics III

Accounting III

Math, for Bus.

Mgmt. Ill

Comp. Prog. Bus. II Comp. Prog. Bus. Ill

Fin. & Risk II
Psych. II

Sys. Des. Tech. II
Stat. II

Fin. & Risk ill
Psych. Ill
Sys. Des. Tech. Ill
Stat. Ill

Intro, to Lit. Forms II Project Planning
Effective Spking. II Effective Spking. Ill
Bus. Data Proc. Bus. Data Proc.

Appl. I Appl. II

Earth Science II

Earth Science III

60 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

PURCHASING Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts quarter hours

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 32

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance and Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 24

Major Field of Study

43.520 Industrial Marketing 2

45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4
45.536 Principles of Material Inspection 2

45.537, 45.538, 45.539 Purchasing I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6

45.623, 45.624, 45.625 Manufacturing Processes I, II, III 6

45.627, 45.628 Value Management, I, II, 4

45.626 Professional Purchasing Techniques* 2 36

Eiectives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to suggested course sequence
on the opposite page.

Additional Departmental Offerings

45.666 Materials Acquisition Function 2

Please see page 242 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours
19.508, 19.509 Fund of Psych. I, II 8**

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

44.504 Finance and Risk Management 6

45.641 Human Relations In Organization 4

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

•Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken in the Purchasing Associate

Degree Program.
'•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts eiectives in B.S.
degree programs.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 61

PURCHASING

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate-in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. & Org. II

Mgmt. & Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. & Risk II

Fin. & Risk III

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

3rd

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Elective

Year

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

Purchasing 1

Purchasing II

Purchasing III

Manuf. Proc. 1

Manuf. Proc. II

Manuf. Proc. Ill

4th

Law 1

Law II

Law III

Year

Labor Mgmt. Rei. 1

Labor Mgmt. Rei. II

Industrial Mktg.

Hum. Rel. 1

Hum. Rel. II

Prin. Mat. Inspec

Value Mgmt. 1

Value Mgmt. II

Prof. Purchasing

62 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

REAL ESTATE Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — Liberal Arts quarter hours

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

23.501, 23.502, 24.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6 38

Basic Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

44.501, 44.502, 44.503 Finance and Risk Management I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 24

Major Field of Study

47.501, 47.502, 47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals'l, II, III 6

47.508, 47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis I, II 4

47.511 Fundamental Real Estate Appraisal 2

47.512, 47.513 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal I, II 4

47.521 Real Estate Development 2 18

Electives Literature 4

Liberal Arts 6

Business Administration 6 16

Total Credits 96

Students following a degree program should refer to the suggested course se-
quence on the opposite page.

Additional Department Offerings

45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6

47.524 Private Real Estate Law 2

47.525, 47.526 Public Real Estate Law I & II 4

47.527 Housing 2

47.528, 47.529, 47.530 Real Estate Management I, II, III 6

Please see page 255 for course descriptions.
The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours
Fundamentals of Psychology I, II 8**

Western Civilization A, B 6

Composition and Rhetoric 4

Introduction to Literary Forms 4

Accounting Principles 6

Finance and Risk Management 6

Management and Organization 6

•Upper level Business Administration course; may be taken In the Real Estate Associate

Degree program.
'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

19.508,

19.509

23.509,

23.510

30.603

30.606

41.541

44.504

45.652

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 63

REAL ESTATE

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Accounting 1

Accounting II

Accounting III

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

Economics 1

Economics II

Economics III

Year

Law 1

Law II

Law III

Fin. & Risk 1

Fin. & Risk II

Fin. & Risk III

R.E. Fund. 1

R.E. Fund. II

R.E. Fund. Ill

3rd

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Year

Stat. 1

Stat. II

Stat. Ill

R.E. Fin. Anal. 1

R.E. Fin. Anal. II

R.E. Development

Elective

4th

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Elective

Year

Fund. R.E. App.

Adv. R.E. App. 1

Adv. R.E. App. II

Elective

64 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

ACCOUNTING Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Libera! Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.504, 41.505, 41.506 Accounting — Intermediate I, II, III 6

41.507, 41.508, 41.509 Accounting — Cost I, II, III 6

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 24

Major Concentration Courses

41.510, 41.511, 41.512 Accounting — Advanced I, II, III* 6

41.513, 41.514, 41.515 Accounting — Specialized

Problems I, II, III* 6

41.516, 41.517, 41.518 Auditing I, II, III* 6

41.519, 41.520, 41.521 Federal Income Taxes I, II, III* 6

41.522, 41.523, 41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting

Problems I, II, III* 6 30

Electives

Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 2 12

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

41.525 Estate and Gift Taxes 2
41.526, 41.527 Corporate and Stockholder Tax

Problems I, II 4

41.528 Tax Factors in Business Decisions 2

45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, 11, III 6

45.618, 45.619 Retail Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.655, 45.656 Auditing Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.661, 45.662 Banking Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

Please see page 226 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

44.505 Corporate Finance 6

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
"•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 65

FINANCE Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Associate Degree Program 96
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, II! 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.504, 41.505, 41.506 Accounting — Intermediate I, II, III 6

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

44.521, 44.522, 44.523 Credit Management I, 11, III* 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, 11, III* 6 24

Major Concentration Courses — Students Specializing in Savings Banking and

Urban Economics 2

Estate Planning* 2

Investments I, II, III* 6

Law of Finance* 2

Real Estate Fundamentals I, II, III 6

Real Estate Financial Analysis I, II 4

Real Estate Appraisal 2 24

Electives

Liberal Arts 4
Business Administration or Liberal Arts 8 12

Total Credits 174

Major Concentration Courses — Students Specializing in Commercial Banking:

44.513 Estate Planning* 2

44.517, 44.518, 44.519 Investments I, II, III* 6

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* 4

44.533, 44.534 International Finance I, II* 4

44.544 Law of Finance* 2

47.501, 47.502, 47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals I, II, III 6 24

Real Estate:

39.561

44.513

44.517, 44.518,

44.519

44.544

47.501, 47.502,

47.503

47.508,

47.509

47.511

Electives

Liberal Arts 4

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 8 12

Total Credits 174

•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

66 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Major Concentration Courses — Students Specializing in Corporate Finance:

41.507, 41.508, 41.509 Cost Accounting I, II, III 6

41.528 Tax Factors in Decision Making 2

44.517, 44.418, 44.519 Investments I, II, III* 6

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* 4

44.533, 44.534 International Finance I, II* 4

44.544 Law of Finance* 2 24

Electives

Liberal Arts 4

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 8 12

Total Credits 174

Major Concentration Courses — Students Specializing in International Finance:

39.523, 39.524, 39.525 Government and Business I, II, III 6

39.528, 39.529 International Economics I, II 4

39.571 European Economic History 2

44.517, 44.518, 44.519 Investments I, II, III* 6

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* 4

44.533, 44.534 International Finance I, II* 4

44.544 Law of Finance* 2 28

Electives

Liberal Arts 4

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 4 8

Total Credits 174

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601,

quarter hours

21.602

Principles of Sociology 1

. II

8**

44.505

Corporate Finance

44.535

Investments

Additional Department Offerings

44.545, 44.546 Profit Planning and Control I, II 4

44.547 Advanced Financial Problems 2

44.548 Capital Strategy 2
45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6

45.616, 45.653 Government Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.655, 45.656 Auditing Data Processing Applications I, II 4
45.661, 45.662 Banking Data Processing Applications I, II 4
45.664, 45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty I, II 4

Please see page 232 for course descriptions.

"Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
' 'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 67

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

Associate Degree Program
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

10.332, 10.333. 10.334

16.511, 16.512, 16.513
19.532, 19.533, 19.534

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
96

Mathematics for Business
Management I, II, III

History of Science and
Technology I, II, III

Industrial Psychology I, II, III

39.523, 39.524, 39.525 Government and Business I, II, III

Core Courses — Business Administration

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III*

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III

Major Concentration Courses

45.533, 45.534, 45.535

45.595,
45.623,

45.638,

Electives

45.561,

45.596,
45.624,
45.636,
45.639,

45.562
45.563
45.597
45.625
45.637
45.640
45.695
(Liberal

Management Decisions and

Policies I, II, III
Statistical Quality Control I, II
Management of Quality Control
Manufacturing Seminar I, II, III*
Manufacturing Processes I, II, III
Production and Inventory Control I, II
Industrial Decision Making I, II, III*
Materials Management
Arts or Business Administration)

Total Credits

Additional Department Offerings

45.519 Work Methods

45.528

45.522

45.431

45.530

45.577

45.588

45.620

45.626

45.628

45.687

45.526,

45.586, 45.587,

45.685,

45.627,
45.686,

36
6

174

Work Measurement 2

Job Evaluation 2

Facilities Planning and Design I, II 4

Standard Data Development 2

Data Systems Administration 2

Systems Design and Techniques I, II, III 6
Industrial Safety 2

Professional Purchasing Techniques 2

Value Management I, II 4

Computer Programming for Scientific

Applications I, II, III 6

45.696 Principles and Practice of Management 2
Please see page 239 for course descriptions.
The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours
45.608 Quality Control 4

45.680 Production and Inventory Control 4

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
* 'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

68 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Engineering or Science Technology Courses 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, ill 6

23.501, 23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6 32

Core Courses — Business Administration

41.501, 41.502, 41.503 Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

43.514, 43.515 Marketing Fundamentals I, II** 4

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6

45.561, 45.562 Statistical Quality Control I, II 4

45.563 Management of Quality Control 2

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

45.610, 45.611 Labor-Management Relations I, II 4

45.673, 45.674 Industrial Processes I, II** 4 42

Electives Literature 4 4

Total Credits 174

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

quarter hours

23.509, 23.510 Western Civ. A, B 6

30.603 Composition & Rhetoric 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

41.541 Accounting Principles 6

45.652 Management and Organization 6

45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

45.608 Quality Control 6

45.648 Electronic Data Processing 6

*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
'*Course substitutions may not be effected.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 69

INSURANCE Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Associate Degree Program 96
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

44.511, 44.512 Life Insurance I, II 4

44.514, 44.515, 44.516 Property and Casualty Insurance I, II, III 6
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 16

Major Concentration Courses

44.513 Estate Planning* 2

44.525, 44.526 Health and Social Insurance I, II* 4

44.527 Group Insurance and Pensions 2

44.529 Advanced Property Insurance* 2

44.530 Advanced Property — Casualty Insurance* 2
44.543 Law of Insurance* 2 14

Electives

Liberal Arts 4

Business Administration or

Liberal Arts 26 30

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.664, 45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty I, II 4

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

Please see page 235 for course descriptions.

*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
* 'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied to Liberal Arts electives.

19.532,

19.533,

19.534

41.533.

41.534,

41.535

43.532,

43.533,

43.534

45.523,

45.524,

45.525

45.533,

45.534,

45.535

Electives

70 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

30.511, 30.512. 30.513 Business Writing and Reports I, II, III 6

39.531, 39.532, 39.533 Business Cycles I, II, III 6 24

Core Courses — Business Administration

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 12

Major Concentration Courses

Industrial Psychology I, II, III* 6

Accounting for Management

Decisions I, II, III 6

Marketing Management I, II, 111* 6

Management Seminar I, II, III* 6

Management Decisions and

Policies I, II, III* 6 30

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 12

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.577 Data Systems Administration 2

45.586, 45.587, 45.588 Systems Design and Techniques I, II. Ill 6
45.603, 45.604 Administrative Management and Office

Services I, II 4
45.616, 45.653 Government Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.618, 45.619 Retail Data Processing Applications I, II 4
45.655, 45.656 Auditing Data Processing

Applications I, II 4
45.661, 45.662 Banking Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.664, 45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty I, II 4

45.667 Project Planning and Control 2

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

45.696 Principles and Practice of Management 2

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6
Please see page 236 for course descriptions.
The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

44.505 Corporate Finance 6

•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
'•Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 71

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6

30.511, 30.512, 30.513 Business Writing and Reports I, II, III 6 18

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.501, 43.502, 43.503 Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

44.507, 44.508, 44.509 Corporate Finance I, II, III 6

45.510, 45.611 Labor Management Relations I, II 4

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 26

Major Concentration Courses

45.589, 45.590, 45.591 Advanced Systems Design I, II, III* 6

45.592, 45.593, 45.594 Advanced Systems Techniques I, II, III* 6

45.630 Introduction to Operations Research 2

45.631, 45.632 Operations Research Applications I, II* 4

45.668, 45.669 Peripheral Systems Techniques I, II 4 22

Electives

Liberal Arts 2

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 10

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.574, 45.575 Computer Programming for Business I, II 4
45.685, 45.686, 45.687 Computer Programming for Scientific

Applications I, II, III 6
45.516, 45.653 Government Data Processing

Applications I, II 4

45.617, 45.618, 45.619 Advanced Comp. Programming I, II, III 6

45.655, 45.656 Audit. Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.658, 45.659 Retail. Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.661, 45.662 Banking Data Processing

Applications I, II 4
45.664, 45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty

Insurance I, II 4

45.677, 45.678, 45.679 Operating Systems I, II, III 6
45.680, 45.681, 45.682 Computer Communications Systems

I, II, III 6

45.697, 45.698 Information Processing in Medicine 4

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning 6

Please see page 248 for course descriptions.

*Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

72 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

43.504 Introduction to Marketing 6

44.505 Corporate Finance 6
45.641 Human Relations in Organization 4
45.690 Labor Management Relations 4

'Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 73

MARKETING Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.518, 43.519, 43.522 Retailing & Mass Merchandising I, II, III 6
45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 12

Major Concentration Courses

43.507, 43.508, 43.509 Sales Management I, II, III 6
43.511, 43.512, 43.513 Creative Marketing Communications

I, II, III 6

43.520 Industrial Marketing 2

43.525, 43.526 Market Research I, II* 4

43.529 International Marketing 2
43.532, 43.533, 43.534 Marketing Management I, II, III* 6

43.537 Marketing and Sales Seminar* 2 28

Electives

Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration or Liberal Arts 16 26

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

43.530 Consumer Behavior Seminar 2
43.536 Introduction to Advertising 2

43.541, 43.542 Public Relations I, II 4

43.543, 43.544 Salesmanship I, II 4

45.577 Data Systems Administration 2

45.618, 45.619 Retail Data Processing Applications I, II 4

45.685, 45.686, 45.687 Computer Programming for Scientific

Applications I, II, III 6

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6

Please see page 229 for course descriptions.

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

•Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
""Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

74 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Associate Degree Program 96
Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

26.501, 26.502, 26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6 12

Core Courses — Business Administration

45.541, 45.542, 45.543 Law I, II, III* 6 6

Major Concentration Courses

45.513, 45.514, 45.515 Personnel Management I, II, III 6

45.517 Techniques of Employee Selection 2

45.518 Wage and Salary Administration* 2

45.521 Employee Benefits and Social Security 2

45.522 Job Evaluation 2

45.545 Law of Employment Standards* 2

45.546 Law of Employment Conditions* 2
45.548 Law of Labor Management Relations* 2
45.553 The Labor Agreement* 2

45.556 Negotiation, Mediation, Arbitration* 2
45.560 Seminar on Labor Issues* 2 26

Electives

Liberal Arts 10
Business Administration or Liberal

Arts 24 34

Total Credits 174

Additional Department Offerings

45.552 Advanced Human Relations 2

45.557 International Labor Movements 2
45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

46.691 Creative Problem-Solving 2

49.504, 49.505 Strategy for Planning I, II 6

Please see page 243 for course descriptions.

The following courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

45.607 Personnel Management 6

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.
"Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 75

TRANSPORTATION AND PHYSICAL

DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours
Associate Degree Program 96

Core Courses — Liberal Arts

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6 6

Core Courses — Business Administration

43.532,

43.533,

43.534

Marketing Management 1, II, III

45.533,

45.534,

45.535

Management Decisions & Policies
1, II, III

45.541,

45.542,

45.543

Law 1, II, Mi

48.514,

48.515,

48.516

Elements of Transportation
and Distribution 1, II, III

Major Concentration Courses — Students specializing
in the Management of Transportation companies:

45.553 The Labor Agreement 2

45.556 Negotiations, Mediation, Arbitration 2

45.670, 45.671, 45.672 Management of Change I, II, III 6

48.534, 48.535, 48.536 Surface Transportation I, II, III 6

48.537 Surface Transportation IV 2

48.541, 48.542, 48.543 Air Transportation Management I, II, III 6

48.547, 48.548 Urban Transportation I, II 4

48.549 Seminar in Selected Topics 2

48.600 Seminar in Northeast

Corridor Transportation 2 32

Electives Liberal Arts 10

Business Administration 6 16

Total Credits 174

Major Concentration Courses — Students specializing
in Physical Distribution Management:

45.526 Facilities Planning and Design I 2

Purchasing I, II, III 6

Production and Inventory Control I, II 4

Industrial Decision Making I, II, III 6
Transportation Regulation

and Promotion I, II, III 6

Traffic Management I, II, III 6

Surface Transportation IV 2

Management of Warehouse Operations 2
Organization and Control of

Physical Distribution Management 2

45.537,

45.538,

45.539

45.636,

45.637

45.638,

45.639,

45.640

48.504,

48.505,

48.506

48.527.

48.528,

48.529
48.537
48.538
48.539

76 / BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

48.540 Management Science & Physical

Distribution Management 2

48.549 Seminar in Selected Topics 2 40

Electives Liberal Arts 8 8

Total Credits 174

The following course is frequently offered as a single quarter intensive during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and
Registration Guide for details.

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8**

45.680 Production and Inventory Control 4

Please see page 256 for course descriptions.

"Additional 2 quarter hours of credit may be applied towards Liberal Arts electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 77

COMBINED PROGRAM
AND MANAGEMENT

IN LIBERAL ARTS

Bachelor of Science Degree

LIBERAL ARTS COURSES

Basic Courses

10.327, 10.328,

19.501,
23.501,

39.501,

19.502,
23.502,
30.601,
30.604,
39.502,

10.329
19.503
23.503
30.602
30.605
39.503

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, II

quarter hours
6
6

6
4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

Economic Principles and Problems I, II, III 6

Core Courses

16.501, 16.502,

21.501,

22.501,

23.504,

26.501,

39.511,

Fine Arts:

Literature:

21.502,
22.502,
23.505,
26.502,
39.512,

16.503 Earth Science I, II, III 6

21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

22.503 Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

23.506 American History I, II, III 6

26.503 Introduction to Philosophy I, II, ill 6

39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6

Art, Music or Theatre Arts 6

English, American, or other in

Translation 6 48

Electives

Literature
Liberal Arts

4
18

Core Courses

41.501,

41.502,

41.503

43.501,

43.502,

43.503
44.501
44.502
44.503

44.507,

44.508,

44.509

45.501,

45.502,

45.503

45.511,

45.512

45.541,

45.542,

45.543

45.570,

45.571,

45.572

45.610,

45.611

MANAGEMENT COURSES

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

Introduction to Marketing I, II, III 6

Principles of Finance 2

Principles of Investments 2
Principles of Insurance

and Risk Management 2

Corporate Finance I, II, III 6
Management and Organization I, II, III 6
Human Relations in Organizations I, II 4

Law I, II, III* 6

Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Labor Management Relations I, II 4

Electives — Business Administration

Total Credits

174

'Upper level Business Administration course— see p. 54.

'These Liberal Arts courses and all of the MANAGEMENT COURSES listed above with
the exception of LAW I, II, III are frequently offered as single quarter Intensives during
the regular school year. Please refer to the current Schedule of Courses and Registration
Guide for details. Any Liberal Arts courses taken as intensive for 8 quarter hours of
credit will permit applying the additional 2 quarter hours to the Liberal Arts electives.

liberal arts

Harold Naidus, Associate Dean
Director, Liberal Arts Programs
Telephone 437-2416
Aims

In providing the means to a modern liberal education, University College has
the main objective of stimulating and guiding the self-development of the
student in three main areas: first, his intellectual growth; second, the de-
velopment of his character and sense of values; and third, his preparation
for, or advancement in, a career.

Intellectual growth — the development of the ability to think independently
and creatively — rests upon the foundation of a sound general education.
Through the liberal arts curricula, students are guided toward an apprecia-
tive understanding of the active discovery of ideas and methods in the areas
of humanities, natural science, and social science. With this training, the
student can more fully realize the basic values upon which civilization rests
and can more fully participate in the intellectual, moral, and material
achievement of that civilization.

Through its many programs, University College endeavors to provide experi-
ences conducive to the development of strength of character and a sense of
personal responsibility, including such personal qualities as self-reliance,
integrity, perseverance, and the ability to work with others.

University College holds that there is no inconsistency between a truly liberal
education and preparation for a vocation. As an adventure in intellectual dis-
covery, a liberal education leads to the broadening and intensification of
interests as the student becomes aware of his own mental strengths and
weaknesses. This discovery is essential for making more intelligent and
realistic appraisals of himself and his career. His career brings meaning
and focus to his educational experience. His education presents both a
challenge to accept responsibility and an opportunity to seek knowledge and
skills for himself.

Methods

To enable each student to plan a college program in keeping with his own
interests and aptitudes, a wide range of electives is offered. This does not
mean that students are free to elect courses indiscriminately, for if they are
to obtain a liberal education they must have training in several basic fields.

LIBERAL ARTS / 79

Therefore, the Curriculum Committee of University College has established
basic minimum requirements in each of several fields. These distribution
requirements are outlined with each of the program offerings.

Bachelors Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Matriculated students must petition for the B.A. degree or the former B.S.
will be awarded. Matriculating students must indicate their choice of degree
programs, if the major department offers the option.

Major fields of study are offered in Economics, English, Art, Political
Science, History, Psychology, Sociology-Anthropology, and Music. Students
should choose their major field of study and their electives in consultation
with a program adviser.

The distribution requirements, including specific required courses are shown
with each curriculum.

Each curriculum normally provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of
work, including at least 40 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field,
and at least 30 quarter hours of elective liberal arts courses.

All candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must have satisfactorily
completed in college one full year of a modern language beyond the ele-
mentary level, 4 q.h. of Composition and Rhetoric and 4 q.h. of Introduction
to Literary Forms.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re-
ceive a degree, until at least 46 quarter hours of academic work have been
completed at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation.

New Bachelor of Science

Some departments have elected to offer a new B.S. degree, the requirements
for which are listed after the B.A. degree in the following pages (unless
otherwise stated, the requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree).

Chemical-Biological Technology Programs

Recognizing the need for technicians and technologists in modern society,
University College offers the following programs (formerly in Lincoln
College):

Chemical-Biological Technology (A.S.) page 99

Chemical-Biological Technology (B.S.) page 100

The Associate in Science Degree

The program leading to the Associate degree is offered for those desiring a
general cultural background in the liberal arts and humanities, but who do
not wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the baccalaureate
degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science degree in Liberal Arts must complete
a minimum of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of
the requirements (174 quarter hours) for the Bachelor of Science degree.

80 / LIBERAL ARTS

To provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objectives,
the faculty has set a minimum credit requirement in the several areas of
study as listed under each major.

Distribution Requirements

For the purpose of satisfying the distribution requirements in all Liberal
Arts Majors:

Math-Science includes only courses in Mathematics (10 ....). Physics
(11 . . . .). Chemistry (12 . . . .). Earth Science (16 . . . .), Biology (18 . . . .)-
and Psychology (lab. courses only) (19 ....).

Humanities includes only courses in Art (27 ....), Speech and Theatre Arts
(29 ....), English (except required) (30 ....), Journalism (38 ....), Mod-
ern Languages (31 .... to 34 ... .) (except required elementary or conver-
sational), Philosophy (26 ....), and Music (28 ....).

Social Sciences includes only courses in Economics (39 ....), History
(23 ....), Political Science (22 ....), Psychology (except laboratory
courses) (19 ....), Social Welfare (25 ....), and Sociology-Anthropology
(20 and 21 ).

English Requirement

The 8 q.h. of required English* must be taken prior to matriculation. These
are required courses which cannot be used to satisfy distribution require-
ments in any liberal arts course of study.

30.601, 30.602, (or 30.603) Composition and Rhetoric I, II,

or (Intensive) 4 q.h.

30.604, 30.605, (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4 q.h.

Honors Program

An upperclass honors program is provided in University College to enable
superior students to develop their potential to the highest degree by making
it possible for them to pursue studies in their major fields to greater depth
than is possible in the regular courses.

The nature of the program is determined by the academic department con-
cerned. Programs may involve any of the following elements: special re-
search projects culminating in honor theses, seminars, reading projects,
directed independent study, or creative work. Flexibility is the keynote, with
every consideration given to the individual needs and requirements of the
student.

Students who have earned 96 quarter hours of credit toward their Bachelor's
degree and who have a grade-point average of 3.0 or better are eligible to
apply to the Director of Liberal Arts in University College for admission to the
program. Acceptance as an honors candidate rests with the academic de-
partment concerned.

*For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

LIBERAL ARTS / 81

Acceptance of Credits by the College of Liberal Arts*

The College of Liberal Arts permits its students to enroll for credit in all
courses in University College offered on a quarterly basis, when they are
pertinent to the student's program and have been approved by the Dean of
the College of Liberal Arts. The credits for such courses may be applied:

1. To the total number of credits needed for graduation

2. To satisfy distribution requirements

3. To fulfill language and major deficiencies

Credits from University College, as well as those from other accredited in-
stitutions, may not be applied to the quality point average of students in the
College of Liberal Arts except when such credits are from courses taken as
substitutes for those College of Liberal Arts courses failed by students. In
such instances students must receive a grade of C or better in the University
College courses and then only 2.0 quality points are applied to the student's
record for each course. Courses taken in University College which are not
offered in the Liberal Arts College, may be transferred with the full grade
upon approval of the major department.

Transfer of Students to the College of Liberal Arts*

Those students enrolled in University College who wish to transfer to the
College of Liberal Arts must apply through the Department of Admissions of
the Basic Colleges.

Advanced Standing Credit — Credit for Non-Collegiate Experience (NCE)

A matriculated Liberal Arts student with a departmental major in University
College may obtain up to 16 quarter hours of credit (excluding CLEP credit)
for knowledge acquired in a non-traditional manner.

The student will petition his major adviser (with a copy to the Director of
Admissions) for such credit, listing the Liberal Arts course(s), as well as
the reasons, for which he feels he should receive credit. He may also peti-
tion for credit for subject matter which has no counterpart course in Uni-
versity College. The major adviser will contact the consultant of the
appropriate Liberal Arts department to arrange for an appraisal of the stu-
dent's credentials. At the discretion of the department, this appraisal may
or may not include a formal examination. Upon receipt of the consultant's
recommendation, the student may request the Director of Admissions to
inform him of the status of his petition.

In order to plan their last year and to expedite the evaluation of their petition
for NCE credit, students planning to graduate during a particular year are
urged to submit petitions prior to June 1 of the year preceding graduation.
No petitions can be considered after February 1 for June graduation or after
March 1 for September graduation.

In no case will this credit be considered as partial fulfillment of the resi-
dence requirement nor will a grade be assigned.

•One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University.

82 / LIBERAL ARTS

No credit will be assigned in this manner for courses which can be ac-
credited through the CLEP testing program at the time of the petition.

Wherever possible, credit will be assigned for specific courses.

It is possible that this credit may be applicable toward a degree in Univer-
sity College only.

Field Work Courses

To provide the opportunity for a student to apply his academic background
to practical problems, several departments have introduced courses in their
curriculum entitled "Field Work in . . .".

A field work course shall have the following characteristics (as voted by the
Curriculum Committee):

1. It shall be a one quarter course worth six quarter hours of credit.

2. Only matriculated majors within the department offering the course may
register.

3. The prerequisites shall be departmentally established.

4. Each student shall make his own arrangement for carrying on suitable
field work at a departmentally acceptable organization involving depart-
mentally acceptable field work experience(s). The department will par-
ticipate in student placement only in an advisory capacity.

5. Each student shall spend a minimum of fifteen hours per week at the
outside organization on a volunteer or paid basis.

6. Each student shall meet with the departmental field work adviser as
frequently as the adviser feels necessary but, in any case, no fewer than
three times per quarter (once to formulate the program of field work
experience, once to discuss on-going work and once to transmit and dis-
cuss the final written report.)

7. The student's grade shall be dependent upon both the quality of the ex-
perience as demonstrated in the final report and the discussions be-
tween the U.C. field work adviser and the outside supervisor.

8. So long as one student registers, the course will not be cancelled.

9. The outside supervisor will be offered a transferrable voucher for a tui-
tion-free course at Northeastern University.

Prior to registration, each student should consult with his major department.

All field work courses will be numbered as follows: — .699

LIBERAL ARTS / 83

ECONOMICS Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the UC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Litei«ry Forms I, II

(or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

Major Concentration Courses — required

39.507, 39.508, 39.509 Intermediate Economic Theory I, II, III 6

39.511, 39.512, 39.513 Statistics I, II, III 6

39.517, 39.518 Money and Banking I, II 4

39.519 Public Finance 2

39.521 Economic Growth and Development I 2
39.523 Government and Business I 2
39.527 Labor Economics 2

39.528, 39.529 International Economics I, II 4

39.530 Comparative Economic Systems 2

39.531, 39.532 Business Cycles I, II 4

39.581 Economic Policy Seminar 2

The remaining twelve hours must be taken from the following courses:

39.522 Economic Growth and Development II 2
39.524, 39.526 Government and Business II, III 4

39.525 American Economic History 2

39.533 Business Cycles III 2

39.536, 39.537, 39.538 Advanced Statistics I, II, III 6

39.539 Managerial Economics 2

39.540 History of Economic Thought 2
39.551 Industrial Organization 2
39.561 Urban Economics 2
39.571 European Economic History 2 48

Elective Courses** 30

Total Credits 174

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

84 / LIBERAL ARTS

ENGLISH Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the UC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64
Liberal Arts Program Requirements
*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4
*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32
Major Concentration Courses — required
Preliminary Courses — all courses required

30.541, 30.542, 30.543 English Literature I, II, III 6

30.544, 30.545, 30.546 American Literature I, II, III 6

30.517 Intermediate Writing 2 14
Major Figures in English Literature — three courses required

30.551, 30.552, 30.553 Chaucer I, II, III 6

30.561 Spenser 2
30.554, 30.555, 30.556 Shakespeare I, II, III 6

30.562 Milton 2 6
Major Periods in English Literature — six courses required

30.557 The 17th Century 2

30.558, 30.559 The 18th Century I, II 4

30.571, 30.572, 30.573 The 19th Century I, II, III 6

30.574, 30.575, 30.576 The 18th-Century English Novel

The 19th-century English Novel
The 20th-century English Novel 6 12

American Literature — three courses required
30.581, 30.582, 30.583 The American Short Story;

The 19th-century American Novel
The 20th-century American Novel 6

30.578 Afro-American Literature 2

30.584 Contemporary American Poetry 2 6

Literature in Translation — three courses required

30.531, 30.532, 30.533 Western World Literature I, II, III 6

30.534, 30.535, 30.536 Western World Literature IV, V, VI 6 6

English Electives 8

Open Electives 26

Total Credits 174

These may include 30.591, 30.592, 30.593 Honors Programs I, II, III

*These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 85

ENGLISH (cont.) Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.

Modern Language: none

English Electives: 16q.h.

Open Electives: 42 q.h.

FINE ARTS Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the DC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

Major Concentration Courses — required

27.504, 27.505, 27.506 History of Art I, II, III 6

In addition to History of Art I, II, III required of all Fine Arts majors, each stu-
dent will select a minimum of 38 quarter hours in Area I or 39 quarter hours
in Area II.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.

Modern Language: none

Elective Courses: 58 q.h.

(Continued on following page.)

*These must be completed prior to matriculation.

86 / LIBERAL ARTS

27.524, 27.525,

27.587, 27.588,

27.597,
27.600,

Area I — Art History Major

27.507 Ancient Architecture 2

27.508 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture 2

27.509 European Architecture 2
27.510, 57.511 Ancient Painting and Sculpture I, II 4

27.512 Medieval Painting and Sculpture 2

27.514 European Painting 2

27.515, 27.516 Modern Painting I, II, 4

27.518 20th-century American Architecture 2

27.519 20th-century European Architecture 2

27.520 Italian Renaissance Art II 2

27.522 French Painting 2

27.523 English Art 2
27.526 American Art I, II, III 6

27.535 African Art 2

27.536 Latin American Art 2

27.538 Chinese Art 2

27.539 Japanese Art 2
27.547 European Graphic Arts 2
27.560 Oriental Indian Art 2
27.589 History of Photography I, II, III 6
27.592 New York Art Seminar 2
27.594 European Art Seminar 2

27.598, 27.599 History and Technique of Film I, II, III 6

27.601, 27.602 Honors Program I, II, III 12

27.603 Mexican Art 2

Area II — Studio Art Major
Required:

27.541, 27.542, 27.543 Drawing I, II, III
27.561, 27.562, 27.563 Basic Color and Design I, II, III

Twenty one quarter hours must be taken from the following courses:

27.527,
27.544,
27.551,
27.554,
27.557,

27.528,
27.545,
27.552,
27.555,
27.558,

27.571, 27.572,
27.600, 27.601,
Elective Courses

27.529 Life Drawing I, II, III

27.546 Graphic Arts I, II, III

27.553 Painting — Basic Level I, II, III

27.556 Painting — Advanced Level I, II, III

27.559 Advanced Graphic Arts I, II, III

27.564 Advanced Color and Design

27.573 Basic Commercial Design I, II, III

27.574 Advanced Commercial Design
27.602 Honors Program I, II, III

9
9
9
9
9
3
9
3
12

44-45
34

Total Credits

174

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

LIBERAL ARTS / 87

HISTORY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the UC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

Major Concentration Courses — required

History majors are required to take 6 quarter hours of Western Civilization
(23.501, 23.502, 23.503) and 6 quarter hours of the American History survey
(23.504, 23.505, 23.506). These 12 credits are applicable to the social science
distribution requirements for History majors. 12

Required in addition are 40 quarter hours of history courses to be distributed
as follows:

quarter hours

23.500 Historian's Craft 4

At least 6 quarter hours in each of the following four areas:
I. Ancient Medieval, and Early Modern Europe
II. Modern and Contemporary Europe

III. American History

IV. Other Regions 24

(See specific History courses at back of catalog for area designations.)

The remaining 12 quarter hours of history may be chosen from any
of the above four areas. Students in the Honors Program (23.597,
23.598, 23.599) may use these 12 quarter hours. 12 40

Since September, 1972 some history courses carry 4
quarter hours of credit and may meet twice weekly.

Elective Courses** 26

Total Credits 174

(Continued on following page.)

'These must be completed prior to matriculation.

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

88 / LIBERAL ARTS

HISTORY (cont.)

Bachelor of Science Degree

(Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree)

Distribution Requirements —

uarter

hours

Math-Science

None

Humanities

Social Sciences

None

Modern Language

None

Other required courses

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Economic Princ. & Problems

1, II,

III

39.511,

39.512,

39.513

Statistics 1, II, III

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Sociology 1, II, III

21.512,

21.513,

21.514

Social Research Methods 1, 1

1, III

45.570,

45.571,

45.572

Electronic Data Processing 1,

II, III

Elective Course —

LIBERAL ARTS

Math — Science*
Humanities*
Social Sciences*
30.601,
30.604,

Electives

30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II
30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II

Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours

16
24
24

Total Credits

*See page 80 for courses included in the various designations.

LIBERAL ARTS / 89

POLITICAL SCIENCE Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the DC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

Major Concentration Courses — required

Prerequisites: Prmciples of Political Science I, II, III (22.501, 22.502, 22.503)

which may be taken out of sequence if necessary, or Principles

of Political Science (Intensive) (22.507).

(Continued on following page)

Bachelor of Science Degree

(A Bachelor of Science program in which quantitative requirements are substi-
tuted for modern language will be available to Political Science Majors effective
September 1974. For details on the curriculum, students are referred to the
adviser to Political Science majors in the Department.)

'These must be completed prior to matriculation.

90 / LIBERAL ARTS

Each student will select a minimum of 6 q.h. from the following four areas, as
indicated:

Area I — American Government quarter hours

22.511 American National Government 2

any additional two courses from among: 4

22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government 2

22.514 American Constitutional Law 2

22.515 Civil Rights 2

22.516 Public Administration I 2

22.517 Public Administration II 2

22.518 Government and Politics of States 2
22.551 Current Political Issues 2

Area II — Comparative Government

22.521 Comparative Government I 2

22.522 Comparative Government II 2

any additional one course from among: 2

22.537 European Political Parties 2

22.544 Government and Politics in the Soviet

Union I 2

22.545 Government and Politics in the Soviet

Union II 2

22.547 Government and Politics of Communist

China I 2

22.548 Government and Politics of Communist

China II 2

22.552 Government and Politics of the

Middle East I 2

22.553 Government and Politics of the

Middle East II 2

22.555 Government and Politics in Latin

America I 2

22.556 Government and Politics in Latin

America II 2

22.558 Government and Politics of South

East Asia 2

22.559 Government and Politics of Japan 2

22.560 Politics and Policies of Developing

Nations I 2

22.561 Politics and Policies of Developing

Nations II 2

22.562 Government and Politics of Sub

Saharan Africa 2

22.563 Government and Politics of

Northern Africa 2

LIBERAL ARTS / 91

Area III — International Relations

22.535 International Relations (not to be

taken by students who have credit

for 22.531) 4

any additional one course from among: 2

22.532 International Organization 2
22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy 2
22.538 Communist China's Foreign Policy 2

22.541 International Law 2

22.533 American Foreign Policy 2

22.542 American Foreign Policy I 2

22.543 American Foreign Policy II 2

22.564 Communism in Eastern Europe I 2

22.565 Communism in Eastern Europe I! 2

Area IV — Theory and Methodology

22.536 Introduction to Political Theory (not

to be taken by students who have
credit for 22.504) 4

any additional one course from among: 2

22.505 Contemporary Political Theory 2

22.506 American Political Thought 2
22.508 Research Methods 2

Political Science Electives. A total of 18 quarter hours of elective
courses from any or all of the above areas, and may include the
maximum number of quarter hours credit for Honors permitted by
the College. 18

Open Electives. Social Sciences other than Political Science, in-
cluding not fewer than 6 quarter hours of each of three different
disciplines selected from Economics, History, Psychology, and
Sociology-Anthropology. 18

Other 18

Total Credits 174

92 / LIBERAL ARTS

PSYCHOLOGY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the UC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours

Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

**Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, 11

or (Intensive) 4

*30.604. 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

(Continued on following page)

Bachelor of Science Degree

(None offered at this time.)

'*lt is recommended that Psychology majors substitute 19.508 and 19.509— Fundamentals

of Psychology I and II for 19.501, 502, and 503.
•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 93

Major Concentration Courses — required

19.504, 19.505, 19.506 Statistics in Psychology I, II, III 6

19.551, 19,552, 19.533 Experimental Psychology I, II, III 9
19.561, 19.562, 19.563 Historical Development of

Psychology I, II, III 6

In addition to the courses listed above, required of all Psychology majors, each
student will select a minimum of 22 hours from the following courses:

19.511, 19.512 Child Psychology I, II 4

19.513 Adolescent Psychology 2

19.521, 19.522 Personality I, II 4

19.523 Motivation 2

19.524, 19.525 Social Psychology I, II 4

19.526 Psychology of Aggression 2

19.527 Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion 2

19.528 Psychological Factors in National

and International Conflict 2

19.529 Interpersonal Behavior in the

Small Group I 2

19.530 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small

Group II 2

19.535 Psychological Factors in the

Creative Process 2

19.536 Psychology of Thought 2

19.537 Psychology of Language 2
19.538 Psychology of Learning 2

19.541, 19.542, 19.543 Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6

19.546 Psychological Testing I 2

19.547 Psychological Testing II 2
19.560 Psychology of Women 2
19.571 Seminar in Psychology 2 43

19.591, 19.592, 19.593 Honors Program I, II, III 8 only

Elective Courses* 35

Total Credits 174

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

94 / LIBERAL ARTS

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the UC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

I, II (or Intensive) 4

Modern Language: Elementary or Conversational 12

Intermediate 12 32

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.
Distribution requirements —

Math-Science none

Humanities none

Social Sciences 24 q.h.

(other than socanthro.)

Modern Language none

For those anticipating work in applied social welfare, it is highly
recommended that at least elementary or conversational courses
in an appropriate language be mastered.)

Major Concentration Requirements

Same as for the B.A. degree plus at least 10 additional quarter hours of ad-
vanced courses, of which 4 q.h. should be in anthropology.

Electives: 78 q.h.

(Students are encouraged to elect math-science and humanities for ade-
quate educational breadth.)

For students planning to attend graduate school, the B.A. degree is recom-
mended.

'These must be completed prior to matriculation.

LIBERAL ARTS / 95

Major Concentration Courses — required quarter hours

20.501, 20.502, 20.503 Anthropology I, II, III 6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

21.512, 21.513, 21.514 Social Research Methods I, II, III 6

21.517, 21.518, 21.519 Social Theory I, II, III 6

The student may choose to substitute for any of the course sequences
above more intensive versions under the following numbers and titles:

20.601, 20.602 Principles of Anthropology I, II 8

21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II 8

21.612, 21.613 Social Research Methods I, II (Intensive) 8

21.617, 21.618 Social Theory I, II (Intensive) 8

The major is required to take 30 quarter hours of advanced courses
from among the following offerings:

20.521 Culture and Personality 2

20.531 Primitive Social Organization 2

20.532 Primitive Religion 2

20.533 Acculturation 2
20.537 Anthropological Theory 2
20.541 North American Indian 2
20.544 African Peoples and Culture 2

20.547 Latin American Peoples and Culture 2

20.548 Studying the Family Cross-Culturally 2

20.549 Folklore 2

20.550 Peasant Society and Culture as an

Anthropological Problem 2

20.551 The Comparative Study of changing

Peasantries 2

20.552 Eastern European Peasantry in the

Modern World 2

21.505 Drugs and Society 2

21.506 Sociology of Religion 2

21.507 Sex in Society: The Study of Sex Roles 2

21.508 Sociology of Literature 2

21.509 Sociology of Socialist Societies 2
21.528 Social Stratification 2
21.531 Social Change 2

21.534 Social Control 2

21.535 Political Sociology 2

21.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 2

21.547 Social Problems 2
21.550 Juvenile Delinquency 2

21.551, 21.552 Family and Marriage I, 11 4

96 / LIBERAL ARTS

21.553, 21.554,

21.591, 21.592,

21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations I, II, III 6

21.556 Sociology of Poverty 2

21.557 Urban Sociology 2

21.558 Community Analysis 2

21.559 Seminar in Urban Studies 2

21.560 Medical Sociology 2

21.561 Sociology of Mental Health 2
21.563 Social Gerontology 2
21.567 Population 2
21.570 Sociology of Occupations and

Professions 2

21.573 Sociology of Industry 2

21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations 2

21.593 Honors Programs I, II, III 12

Elective courses*

Total Credits

174

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses in a variety of fields beyond the major.

! LIBERAL ARTS / 97

MUSIC Bachelor of Arts Degree

(Students who matriculated prior to September 1973 must petition the DC
Admissions Office for this degree.)

Distribution Requirements — (see page 80 for courses included in the three cate-
gories listed below:)

quarter hours
Math-Science 16

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24 64

Liberal Arts Program Requirements

*30.601, 30.602 (or 30.603) Composition & Rhetoric I, II

(or Intensive) 4

*30.604, 30.605 (or 30.606) Introduction to Literary Forms

1, II (or Intensive)

Modern

Language:

Elementary or Conversational
Intermediate

12
12

Major Concentration Courses

— required

28.599,

28.600,

28.601

Theory 1, II, III

28.605,

28.606,

28.607

Theory IV, V, VI

28.608,

28.609,

Contrapuntal Techniques 1, II

28.534,

28.535,

28.536

Pedagogy of Music 1, II, III

28.602,

28.603,

28.604

Music History 1, II, III

28.528,

28.529,

28.530

Ear Training 1, II, III

Bachelor of Science Degree

Unless otherwise stated, requirements are the same as for the B.A. degree.

Distribution Requirements — quarter hours

Math-Science 7

Humanities 24

Social Sciences 24

Modern Language 12

(Elementary or Conversational)

Electives 29

(May include Honors Program, 28.695, 28.696, 28.697)

(Continued on following page.)

•These must be completed prior to matriculation.

98 / LIBERAL ARTS

Major Concentration Courses— elective

Five of the following courses should be taken:

28.503 Women in Music 2

28.510 Music and Art 2

28.515 Contemporary Music 2

28.517 Music as a Means of Social Expression 2

28.520 Musical Forms 2

28.521 The Symphony 2

28.522 The Concerto 2

28.523 Great Literature for Piano 2

28.524 The World of Opera 2

28.525 Contemporary Opera 2

28.526 Jazz: Evolution and Essence 2

28.531 Life and Works of J. S. Bach 2

28.532 Life and Works of Mozart 2

28.533 Life and Works of Beethoven 2

28.543 Great Choral Literature 2

28.544 Chamber Music 2

28.545 Wagner's Ring Cycle 2

28.546 Life and Works of Stravinsky 2

28.547 The Music of Bruckner and Mahler 2

28.548 Great Love Songs through the Ages 2

28.549 A History of Musical Instruments in

Western Culture 2

28.550 Life and Works of Haydn 2

28.551 Life and Works of Brahms 2

28.552 Life and Works of Chopin 2

28.553 Melodrama and the Macabre 2

28.571 Piano Class I 2

28.572 Piano Class II Prereq. 28.571 2

28.573 Piano Class III Prereq. 28.572 2
28.595 Opera Seminar 2
28.587 Symphony Seminar 2 10

Free Electives 34

Total Credits 174

LIBERAL ARTS / 99

CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY

Associate in Science Degree

The program in Chemical-Biological Technology provides the chemistry
and biology foundation required by medical and industrial laboratory assist-
ants and technicians in clinically, chemically, or biologically oriented organi-
zations, and for persons having paramedical responsibilities. Employment
opportunities are in hospitals, health clinics, research foundations, chemical
and drug industries, public health organizations, water and sanitation de-
partments; and in the emerging fields of the oceanographic technologies.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test
or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The Mathe-
matics Placement Test must be taken prior to registration.

First Year

10.327, 10.328,

10.307,
11.304,
12.544,
12.547,
30.601,

10.308
11.305,
12.545,
12.548,
30.602

10.329

11.306
12.546
12.549

Mathematics I, II, III

or
College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II
General Physics I, II, III
General Chemistry I, II, III
General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
Composition & Rhetoric I, II
English Elective

quarter hours
6

Second Year

10.316, 10.317, 10.318 Probability and Statistics I, II, III

or
10.320, 10.321, 10.322 Calculus I, II, III

Social Science Elective I, II, III
18.511, 18.512, 18.513 Biology I, II, III

Third Ye

12.531,

lar

12.532,

12.533

12.534,

12.535,

12.536

12.521,

12.522,

12.523

12.524,

12.525,

12.526

18.524,

18.525,

18.526

Organic Chemistry I, II, III \

Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III /

or > 12

Analytical Chemistry I, II, III i

Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III /
Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

Humanities Elective I, II, III 6

Fourth Year

18.521, 18.522, 18.523 Microbiology I, II, III

Biology or Chemistry Elective I, II, III

Total Credits

12
6

96-100

Note: Associate degree graduates may transfer applicable credits tov^^ard the
requirements in Lincoln College programs leading to the Associate in En-
gineering, Associate in Science, or Bachelor of Engineering Technology de-
grees, as well as University College programs.

100 / LIBERAL ARTS

CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree

The Chemical-Biological Technology program is an interdisciplinary pro-
gram integrating theoretical and laboratory course sequences from the
fields of chemistry and biology which prepare the student to assume respon-
sibilities in laboratory careers which emphasize laboratory application and
teaching careers in general science. Employment opportunities are in a wide
variety of industrial, pharmaceutical, clinical, and hospital laboratories deal-
ing with analytical, production, and research functions and in secondary
school education in the teaching of general science, chemistry, biology, and
other related courses.

First Year

10.316,

10.317,

10.318

10.307,

10.308

11.304,

11.305,

11.306

12.544,

12.545,

12.546

12.547,

12.548,

12.549

30.601,

30.602

Second Year

10.316,

10.317,

10.318

quarter hours
6

10.320, 10.321,
18.511, 18.512,
23.501, 23.502,

Third Year

12.521, 12.522,
12.524, 12.525,
18.524, 18.525,
19.501, 19.502,

Fourth Year

12.531, 12.532,
12.534, 12.535,
18.521, 18.522,

Fifth Year

18.551, 18.552,
39.501, 39.502,

Probability and Statistics I, II, III

College Algebra & Trigonometry I, 11 ) 8

General Physics, I, II, III 6

General Chemistry I, II, III 6

General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 3

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

Probability and Statistics I, II, III

10.322 Calculus I, II, III \ 8

18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III 6

12.523 Analytical Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.526 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

12.533 Organic Chemistry I, II, III
12.536 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
18.523 Microbiology I, II, III

18.553
39.503

12.551, 12.552, 12.553

16.531, 16.532, 16.533

Histoiogy-Organology I, II, III
Economic Principles and Problems

I, II, III
Instrumental and Radiochemistry

I, II, III
Oceanography I, II, III

Sixth Year

18.561,

18.562,

18.563

12.541,

12.542,

12.543

12.515,

12.516,

12.517

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

Seventh

Year

18.557,

18.558

18.556

30.604,

30.605

LIBERAL ARTS / 101

Ecology I, II, III 6

Physical Chemistry I, II, III ) 6

or >

Biochemistry I, II, III \ 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

* Elective 6

Genetics I, II 4

Genetics Laboratory 2

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4

English Elective 2
"Electives as needed to complete
Total Credits

Total Credits 174

•General Science Teacher Option — Students planning to apply to the Northeastern Uni-
versity Graduate School of Education must include courses in Adolescent Psychology and
Principles of Teaching among the electives.

law enforcement

Timothy F. Moran, Associate Dean
Director, Law Enforcement Programs
Telephone 437-3324

Aims

Law Enforcement programs of study are offered to meet the needs of present
and potential practitioners in the fields of corrections, law enforcement,
and security who wish to acquire a liberal education as well as a profes-
sional competence, or to gain recognition for development and attainment
while pursuing a career in that profession.

Methods \

The distribution requirements, including certain required courses, are
shown with each curriculum. Upon petition, students may be permitted
under certain circumstances to substitute other courses which will more
adequately serve their specific objectives.

To provide a balanced program which will achieve the established objec-
tives, the faculty has set minimum requirements in the areas of study out-
lined on the following pages, with a recommended sequence of courses for
each program.

Bachelor of Science Degree Program

Major fields of study are offered in Correctional Practices, Law Enforce-
ment, and Security. Students should choose their major field of study and
their electives in consultafion with a program adviser.

Each curriculum provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of work, in-
cluding at least 60 quarter hours of advanced work in a major field.

No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to re-
ceive a degree until at least 46 quarter hours of academic work have been
completed at Northeastern University immediately preceding graduation.

Associate in Science Degree Program

The program leading to the associate degree is offered for those who wish
to obtain a general background in correctional practices, law enforcement,
or security, but do not wish to pursue a major field of concentration for the
baccalaureate degree.

Candidates for the Associate in Science degree must complete a minimum
of 96 quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of the require-
ments for the Bachelor of Science degree, and includes at least 40 quarter
hours of work in a major field.

102

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 103

Honors Program

*The Honors Program in the field of law enforcement is designed to provide
qualified students with the opportunity to achieve a broader and deeper in-
tellectual academic experience within their chosen fields: corrections, law
enforcement or security.

In general, the Honors Program consists of the following areas: independ-
ent study, directed reading seminar, independent research projects, and
special seminars.

The particular academic structure of a student's Honors Program will be
arranged in consultation with the Program Director and the Honors Faculty
Committee, to direct the student's program.

The Honors Program is open to all matriculated Law Enforcement Program
students in University College, who have obtained an associate degree or
equivalent, and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0. Students
who are eligible for this program may apply for admission and approval, to
the Director of Law Enforcement Programs.

Advanced Standing Credit — Credit for Non-Collegiate Experience (NCE)

A matriculated University College student with a department major in Cor-
rections, Law Enforcement, or Security, may obtain up to 16 quarter hours
of credit (excluding CLEP), by petitioning to take a comprehensive examina-
tion in the specific subject area based upon the student's knowledge
acquired in a non-traditional manner. Petitions for these examinations may
be obtained in 102 Churchill Hall or 200 Churchill Hall.

In no case will this credit be considered as partial fulfillment of the residence
requirement nor will a letter grade be assigned.

No credit will be assigned in this manner for courses which can be accredited
through the CLEP Testing Program at the time of the petition. Credit will only
be assigned to specific courses. It is possible that this credit may be applica-
ble toward a degree in University College only.

Course Sequence

The course sequence as listed is merely a frame of reference, a suggested
guide to assist students in arranging their program. Students who wish to
add a fifth course each quarter to this sequence may do so without approval
of the department.

Intensive Courses

Many courses are frequently offered as single quarter intensives during the
regular school year. Please refer to the listing of courses on page 283.

Intensive courses offer the opportunity for a student to achieve his objective
in a shorter period of time, i.e., a student could reasonably earn a B.S.
degree in five years, and an associate degree in three years.

*For course numbers see page 272.

104 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Basic Courses — requ

red

**10.327, 10.328,

10.329

19.501, 19.502,

19.503

23.501, 23.502,

23.503

*30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501, 39.502,

39.503

Bachelor of Science Degree

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, I!
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II
Economic Principles and
Problems I, II, III

quarter hours

4
4

Core Courses — requi

red

19.524,

19.525

19.541,

19.542,

19.543

21.501,

21.502,

21.503
21.534
21.547

21.553,

21.554
21.557

22.501,

22.502,

22.503
22.514
22.515

22.516,

22.517

23.504,

23.505,

23.506

45.511,

45.512

Social Psychology I, II 4

Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

Social Control 2

Social Problems 2

Racial and Cultural Relations I, II 4

Urban Sociology 2

Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

American Constitutional Law 2

Civil Rights 2

Public Administration I, II 4

American History I, II, III 6

Human Relations in Personnel I, I! 4

•For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

•94.601, 602, 603, L. E. Mathematics I, II, III may be taken in place of 10.327, 328, 329.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 105

Major Concentration Courses — Required

Human Rights in Corrections 2

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2

Correctional Counseling 2

94.517, 94.518, 94.519 Advanced Correctional Practices I, II, III 6

The Law and Institutional Treatment 2

Comparative Correctional Systems 2
Law Enforcement Identification

and Records I, II 4
Research Methods m Criminal Justice 2

The American Correctional System 2

Social Deviance I, II 4

Treatment of Offenders I, II 4

94.551, 94.552, 94.553 Correctional Administration I, II, III 6

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2

Probation and Parole Practices I, II 4

Juvenile Corrections I, II 4

Seminar in Correctional Practices 2

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 66

Elective Courses* 26

Total Credits 174

94.505

94.506

94.507

94.518,

94.519

94.523

94.524

94.525,

94.526

94.532

94.544

94.546,

94.547

94.549,

94.550

94.552,

94.553

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.567,

94.568

94.574,

94.575

94.593

94.627,

94.628

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

"For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see page 122. While students
may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number required, they
are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University College Catalog.

106 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7-year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with a program adviser before
attempting to undertake the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

94.505

Year

*Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Human Rts. in Corr.

94.627

94.628

94.544

Admin, of Justice

1 Admin, of Justice II

Amer. Corr. System

94.631

94.632

94.523

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Law & Inst. Treat.

94.633

94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. &Ct. Proc. II

Elective

2nd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

Soc. Deviance 1

Soc. Deviance II

Elective

94.567

94.568

Prob. & Par. Prac.

1 Prob. & Par. Prac. II Elective

94.574

94.575

94.507

Juvenile Corr. 1

Juvenile Corr. II

Corr. Counseling

3rd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.549

94.550

94.506

Treat. Offenders 1

Treat. Offenders 11

Basic Stats, in L. E,

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

22.514

22.515

94.532

Amer. Const. Law

Civil Rights

Res. Meth. Crim.
Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

21.553

21.554

21.557

Rac. &Cul. Rel. 1

Rac. &Cul. Rel. II

Urban Sociology

94.551

94.552

94.553

Corr. Admin. 1

Corr. Admin. II

Corr. Admin. Ill

23.504

23.505

23.506

Amer. Hist. 1

Amer. Hist. II

Amer. Hist. Ill

•For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

LAW

ENFORCEMENT / 107

5th

30.604

30.605

Elective

Year

Intro, to Lit.

Forms 1

Forms II

94.525

94.526

Elective

Law Enf. Id. &

Rec. 1

Rec. II

22.501

22.502

22.503

Prin. Polit. Sci. 1

Prin. Polit. Sci II

Prin. Polit. Sci. Ill

45.511

45.512

Elective

Hum. Rel. in

Pers. 1

Pers. II

6th

94.517

94.518

94.519

Year

Adv. Corr. Prac. 1

Adv. Corr. Prac. II

Adv. Corr. Prac. Ill

39.501

39.502

39.503

Ec. Prin. & Prob.

Ec. Prin. & Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

19.524

19.525

Elective

Soc. Psych. 1

Soc. Psych. II

7th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics II

Mathematics III

22.516

22.517

94.524

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Comp. Corr.
Systems

21.534

21.547

Elective

Social Control

Social Problems

94.593

Elective

Sem. Corr. Pract.

Elective

108 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — required quarter hours

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

**30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4 10

Core Courses — required

19.541,

19.542,

19.543

21.501,

21.502,

21.503

21.553,

21.554
21.557

Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

Racial and Cultural Relations I, II 4

Urban Sociology 2

22.514 American Constitutional Law 2

22.515 Civil Rights 2 22

— required

Human Rights in Corrections 2

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2

Correctional Counseling 2

The Law and Institutional Treatment 2

Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2

The American Correctional System 2

Social Deviance I, II 4

Treatment of Offenders I, II 4

Correctional Administration I, II, III 6

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2

Probation and Parole Practices I, II 4

Juvenile Corrections I, II 4

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 52

Elective Courses* 12

Total Credits 96

Major Concentration Course

94.505

94.506

94.507

94.523

94.532

94.544

94.546,

94.547

94.549,

94.550

94.551, 94.552,

94.553

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.567,

94.568

94.574,

94.575

94.627,

94.628

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

*WhiIe students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University

College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional offerings '''^'^

'*For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

see page 122.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 109

CORRECTIONAL PRACTICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with an adviser before undertak-
ing the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

94.505

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Human Rts. in Corr.

94.627

94.628

94.544

Admin, of Justice

Admin, of Justice II

Amer. Corr. Sys.

94.631

94.632

94.523

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Law & Inst. Treat.

94.633

94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. & Ct. Proc. II

Elective

2nd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

Soc. Deviance 1

Soc. Deviance II

Elective

94.567

94.568

Prob. & Par. Prac.

Prob. & Par. Prac. II

Elective

94.574

94.575

94.507

Juvenile Corr. 1

Juvenile Corr. II

Corr. Counseling

3rd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.549

94.550

94.506

Treat. Offenders 1

Treat. Offenders II

Basic Stats, in L. E.

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. 1!

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

22.514

22.515

94.532

Amer. Const. Law

Civil Rights

Res. Meth. Crim.
Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

21.553

21.554

21.557

Rac. &Cul. Rel. 1

Rac. &Cul. Rel. II

Urban Sociology

94.551

94.552

94.553

Corr. Admin. 1

Corr. Admin. II

Corr. Admin. Ill

Elective

110 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Basic Courses — required

**10.327, 10.328, 10.329

19.501, 19.502, 19.503

23.501, 23.502, 23.503

*30.601, 30.602

30.604, 30.605

39.501, 39.502, 39.503

Bachelor of Science Degree

quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, III 6

Psychology I, II, III 6

Western Civilization I, II, III 6

Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4

Introduction to Literary Forms I, II 4
Economic Principles and

Problems I, II, III 6 32

Core Courses — required

19.524,
19.541, 19.542,
21.501, 21.502,

22.501, 22.502,

22.516,
23.504, 23.505,
26.531, 26.532,

29.501, 29.502,

19.525
19.543
21.503
21.534
21.547
22.503
22.514
22.515
22.517
23.506
26.533
26.534
29.503

Social Psychology I, II 4

Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

Social Control 2

Social Problems 2
Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

American Constitutional L3w 2

Civil Rights 2

Public Administration I, II 4

American History I, II, III 6

Ethics I, II, III 6

Logic 2

Effective Speaking I, II, III 6

*For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.
'*94.601, 602, 603, L. E. Mathematics I, II, III, may be taken in place of 10.327, 10.328,
10.329.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 111

Major Concentration Courses — required quarter hours

Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement 2
Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

Comparative Police Systems 2

interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

Traffic Safety & Control I, II 4
Law Enforcement Identification

and Records I, II 4

Police Public Relations 2

Police Community Relations 2

Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2

The Patrol Function I, II 4

Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4

Social Deviance I, II 4

Investigative Report Writing 2

Police Supervision 2

Police Work with Juveniles 2

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2
Law Enforcement Management

and Planning I, II 4

Civil Liberties and the Police I, II 4

Administration of Justice I, II 4

Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, 11 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, 11 4 74

Elective Courses* 14

Total Credits 174

94.506

94.508,

94.509

94.512

94.514,

94.515

94.520,

94.521

94.525,

94.526

94.530

94.531

94.532

94.536,

94.537

94.541,

94.542

94.546,

94.547

94.557

94.560

94.561

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.571,

94.572

94.621,

94.622

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 122.

112 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7-Year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with an adviser before under-
taking the following sequence of courses:

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

26.534

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Logic

94.627

94.628

94.530

Admin, of Justice 1

1 Admin, of Justice

II Police Public Rel.

94.631

94.632

22.514

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Const. Law

94.633

94.634

22.515

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

1 Civil Rights

2nd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.536

94.537

94.560

Patrol Funct. 1

Patrol Funct. II

Police Supervision

94.541

94.542

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. II

Elective

94.514

94.515

Interv. & Interr. 1

Interv. & Interr. II

Elective

3rd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology ill

94.546

94.547

21.547

Social Deviance 1

Social Deviance II

Social Problems

94.508

94.509

94.557

Cr. Inv. Case

Inv. Report Writing

Prep. 1

Prep. II

94.629

94.630

94.532

Civ. Law Crim.

Res. Meth.

Just. 1

Just. II

Crim. Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology I

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

94.520

94.521

94.512

Traf. Sfty. & Cont. I Traf. Sfty. & Cont. II Comp. Pol. Systems
94.621 94.622 94.561

Civ. Lib. & Police I Civ. Lib. & Police II Pol. Work w/Juv.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 113

5th

26.531

26.532

26.533

Year

Ethics 1

Ethics II

Ethics III

23.504

23.505

23.506

Amer. History 1

Amer. History II

Amer. History III

94.571

94.572

94.506

Law Enf. Mgt.

Basic Stat, in

&PL 1

&PI. II

Law Enf.

30.604

30.605

94.531

Intro, to Lit.

Police Comm. Rel.

Forms 1

Forms II

6th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics 1!

Mathematics III

22.501

22.502

22.503

Prin. Polit. Sci. 1

Prin. Polit. Sci. II

Prin. Polit. Sci. Ill

94.525

94.526

Law Enf. Id. &

Elective

Rec. 1

Rec. II

19.524

19.525

21.534

Soc. Psych. 1

Soc. Psych. II

Social Control

7th

39.501

39.502

39.503

Year

Ec. Prin. & Prob. 1

Ec. Prin. & Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

29.501

29.502

29.503

Effec. Spkg. 1

Effec. Spkg. II

Effec. Spkg. Ill

22.516

22.517

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Elective

114 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

LAW ENFORCEMENT Associate in Science Degree

Basic Courses — required quarter hours

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, ill 6

**30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4 10

Core Courses — required

19.541, 19.542, 19.543 Abnormal Psychology I, II, III 6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

22.514 American Constitutional Law 2

22.515 Civil Rights 2
26.534 Logic 2 18

Major Concentration Courses — required

94.508, 94.509 Criminal Investigation and

Case Preparation I, II 4

94.514, 94.515 Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

94.520, 94.521 Traffic Safety & Control I, II 4

94.530 Police Public Relations 2

94.531 Police Community Relations 2

94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 2
94.536, 94.537 The Patrol Function I, II 4
94.541, 94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4
94.546, 94.547 Social Deviance I, II 4

94.557 Investigative Report Writing 2

94.560 Police Supervision 2

94.561 Police Work with Juveniles 2
94.563, 94.564 Criminology I, II 4

94.565 Delinquency Prevention 2

94.627, 94.628 Administration of Justice I, II 4

94.629, 94.630 Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

94.631, 94.632 Criminal Law I, II 4

94.633, 94.634 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 58

Elective Courses* 10

Total Credits 96

•While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 122.
**For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 115

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with their program adviser be-
fore undertaking the following sequence of courses.

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

30.601

30.602

26.534

Year

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Comp. & Rhet. II

Logic

94.627

94.628

94.530

Admin, of Justice 1

Admin, of Justice II

Police Public Rel.

94.631

94.632

22.514

Criminal Law 1

Criminal Law II

Const. Law

94.633

94.634

22.515

Evid. & Ct. Proc. 1

Evid. &Ct. Proc. II

Civil Rights

2nd

21.501

21.502

21.503

Year

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

94.536

94.537

94.560

Patrol Funct. 1

Patrol Funct. II

Police Supervision

94.541

94.542

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. II

Elective

94.514

94.515

Interv. & Interr. 1

Interv. & Interr. II

Elective

3rd

19.501

19.502

19.503

Year

Psychology 1

Psychology II

Psychology III

94.546

94.547

94.561

Social Deviance 1

Social Deviance II

Pol. Work w/Juv.

94.508

94.509

94.557

Cr. Inv. & Case

Inv. Report Writing

Prep. 1

Prep. II

94.629

94.630

94.532

Civ. Law Crim.

Res. Meth.

Just. 1

Just. II

Crim. Just.

4th

94.563

94.564

94.565

Year

Criminology 1

Criminology II

Del. Prevention

19.541

19.542

19.543

Abnorm. Psych. 1

Abnorm. Psych. II

Abnorm. Psych. Ill

94.520

94.521

94.512

Traf. Sfty. & Cont. I Traf. Sfty. & Cont. II Comp. Pol. Systems
Elective Elective Elective

116 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

SECURITY

Basic Courses — requ

red

**10.327,

10.328,

10.329

19.501,

19.502.

19.503

23.501,

23.502,

23.503

*30.601,

30.602

30.604,

30.605

39.501,

39.502,

39.503

Core Course

2 — required

19.532,

19.533,

19.534

21.501,

21.502,

21.503
22.514
22.515

22.516,

22.517

41.501,

41.502,

41.503

44.501,

44.502,

44.503

Bachelor of Science Degree

44.514, 44.515, 44.516
45.510

45.570, 45.571, 45.572
45.620

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, II
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II
Economic Principles and
Problems I, II, III

quarter hours

6
6
6

4
4

Industrial Psychology I, II, III 6

Sociology I, II, III 6

American Constitutional Law 2

Civil Rights 2

Public Administration I, II 4

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6
Principles of Finance,

Principles of Investments,

Principles of Insurance

and Risk Management 6
Property and Casualty Insurance I, II, III 6

Labor Management Relations 2

Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6

Industrial Safety 2 48

'For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

'94.601, 94.602, 94.603, L. E. Math I, II, III, may be taken In place of 10.327, 10.328,
10.329.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 117

Major Concentration Courses — required

94.508, 94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

Introduction to Industrial Security 2

Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

Security Administration 2
Law Enforcement Identification and

Records I, II 4

The Patrol Function I, II 4

Introduction to Criminalistics I, II 4

Investigative Report Writing 2

Criminology I, II 4

Delinquency Prevention 2
Law Enforcement Management and

Planning I, II 4

94.577, 94.578, 94.579 Government Security Programs I, II, III 6

Document Control 2

Industrial Fire Prevention 2

Physical Security I, II 4

Retail Security 2

Bank Security Measures 2

Seminar in Security 2

Administration of Justice I, 11 4

Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

Criminal Law I, II 4

Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 72

Elective Courses* 22

174

94.513

94.514,

94.515

94.516

94.525,

94.526

94.536.

94.537

94.541,

94.542

94.557

94.563,

94.564

94.565

94.571,

94.572

94.578,

94.579

94.582

94.583

94.584,

94.585

94.586

94.587

94.591

94.627,

94.628

94.629,

94.630

94.631,

94.632

94.633,

94.634

118 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

SECURITY

Recommended Course Sequence for the 7-year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

All new students should discuss their program with their program adviser before
undertaking the following sequence of courses:

Quarter I Quarter 2 Quarter 3

1st 30.601 30.602 94.513

Year Comp. & Rhet. I Comp. & Rhet. II Introd. Indust. Sec.

94.627 94.628 94.586

Admin, of Justice I Admin, of Justice II Retail Security

94.631 94.632

Criminal Law I Criminal Law II Elective

94.633 94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. I Evid. & Ct. Proc. II Elective

2nd 94.514 94.515

Year Interv. & Interr. I Interv. & Interr. II Elective

19.501 19.502 19.503

Psychology I Psychology II Psychology III

94.536 94.537 94.583

Patrol Funct. I Patrol Funct. II Indust. Fire Prev.

94.584 94.585 94.516

Phys. Security I Phys. Security II Security Admin.

3rd 21.501 21.502 21.503

Year Sociology I Sociology II Sociology III

94.508 94.509 94.557

Cr. Inv. & Case Cr. Inv. & Case Invest. Report

Prep. I Prep. II Writing

19.532 19.533 19.534

Int. Indust. Psy. I Int. Indust. Psy. II Int. Indust. Psy. Ill

94.629 94.630

Civ. Law in Crim. Civ. Law in Crim. Elective

Just. I Just. II

4th 94.563 94.564 94.565

Year Criminology I Criminology II Del. Prevention

45.570 45.571 45.572

Elec. Data Proc. I Elec. Data Proc. II Elec. Data Proc. Ill

94.577 94.578 94.579

Gov. Sec. Prog. I Gov. Sec. Prog. II Gov. Sec. Prog. Ill

22.514 22.515

Amer. Const. Law Civil Rights Elective

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 119

5th

30.604

30.605

Year

Intro, to Lit.

Elective

Forms 1

Forms II

23.501

23.502

23.503

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

94.541

94.542

94.582

Int. Criminalist. 1

Int. Criminalist. M

Document Control

94.571

94.572

45.510

Law Enf. Mgt.

Labor Mgt. Rel. 1

& Plan. 1

& Plan II

Elective

6th

39.501

39.502

39.503

Year

Ec. Prin. & Prob.

1 Ec. Prin. & Prob. II

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

41.501

41.502

41.503

Acctg. Prin. 1

Acctg. Prin. II

Acctg. Prin. Ill

94.525

94.526

Law Enf. Id.

Elective

& Rec. 1

& Rec. 11

44.501

44.502

44.503

Prin. of Finance

Prin. of Invest.

Prin. of Ins.
& Risk Mgmt.
Elective

7th

10.327

10.328

10.329

Year

Mathematics 1

Mathematics II

Mathematics III

44.514

44.515

44.516

Prop. & Cas. Ins. 1

Prop. & Cas. Ins. II

Prop. &Cas. Ins. Ill

94.587

45.620

94.591

Bank Sec. Meas.

Indust. Safety 1

Sem. In Security

22.516

22.517

Public Admin. 1

Public Admin. II

Elective

120 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

SECURITY Associate in Science Degree

quarter hours
Basic Courses — required

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

**30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II 4 10

Core Courses — required

19.532, 19.533, 19.534 Industrial Psychology I, II, III 6

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

22.514 American Constitutional Law 2

22.515 Civil Rights 2
45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III 6 22

Major Concentration Courses — required

94.508, 94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case

Preparation I, II 4

94.513 Introduction to Industrial Security 2

94.514, 94.515 Interviews and Interrogations I, II 4

94.516 Security Administration 2
94.536, 94.537 The Patrol Function I, II 4

94.557 Investigative Report Writing 2

94.563, 94.564 Criminology I, II 4

94.565 Delinquency Prevention 2
94.577, 94.578, 94.579 Government Security Programs I, II, III 6

94.583 Industrial Fire Prevention 2

94.584, 94.585 Physical Security I, II 4

94.586 Retail Security 2

94.627, 94.628 Administration of Justice I, II 4

94.629, 94.630 Civil Law in Criminal Justice I, II 4

94.631, 94.632 Criminal Law I, II 4

94.633, 94.634 Evidence and Court Procedure I, II 4 54

Elective Courses* 10

Total Credits 96

*While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog. For suggested electives and additional department offerings, see
page 122.
'*For new English requirements see explanation on page 209.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 121

SECURITY

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4-Year Program
Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

All new students should discuss their programs with an adviser before undertak-
ing the following sequence of courses:

Quarter I Quarter 2 Quarter 3

1st 30.601 30.602 94.513

Year Comp. & Rhet. I Comp. & Rhet. II Intro. Indust. Sec.

94.627 94.628 94.586

Admin, of Justice I Admin, of Justice II Retail Security

94.631 94.632

Criminal Law I Criminal Law II Elective

94.633 94.634

Evid. & Ct. Proc. I Evid. & Ct. Proc. II Elective

2nd 94.514 94.515

Year Interv. & Interr. I Interv. & Interr. II Elective

19.501 19.502 19.503

Psychology I Psychology II Psychology III

94.535 94.537 94.583

Patrol Funct. I Patrol Funct. II Indust. Fire Prev.

94.584 94.585 94.516

Phys. Security I Phys. Security II Security Admin.

3rd 21.501 21.502 21.503

Year Sociology I Sociology II Sociology III

94.508 94.509 94.557

Cr. Inv. & Case Cr. Inv. & Case Invest. Report

Prep. I Prep. II Writing

19.532 19.533 19.534

Int. Indust. Psy. I Int. Indust. Psy. 11 Int. Indust. Psy. Ill

94.629 94.630

Civ. Law in Crim. Civ. Law in Crim. Elective

Just. I Just. II

4th 94.563 94.564 94.565

Year Criminology I Criminology II Del. Prevention

45.570 45.571 45.572

Elect. Data Proc. I Elect. Data Proc. II Elect. Data Proc. Ill

94.577 94.578 94.579

Gov. Sec. Prog. I Gov. Sec. Prog. II Gov. Sec. Prog. Ill

22.514 22.515

Amer. Const. Law Civil Rights Elective

122 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

SUGGESTED ELECTIVES AND ADDITIONAL DEPARTMENT OFFERINGS

Suggested Electives*

94.595 The National Law Enforcement Seminar 3

94.596 Hospital Security 2

94.614 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Interviewing Practicum 2

94.619 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Forensic Laboratory 2

94.617 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Criminal Behavior 2

94.624 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Executive Development 2
94.626 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Data Processing 2

32.509 Conversational Spanish I 3

32.510 Conversational Spanish II 3

32.511 Conversational Spanish III 3

Additional Department Offerings

94.604 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Youth Crime Control 2

94.605 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Victimology 2

94.606 Seminar in Law Enforcement: International Crime Control 2

94.607 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Grantmanship 2

94.608 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Law Enforcement

Operational Intelligence 2

94.609 Independent Studies 2

94.610 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Collective Bargaining 2

94.611 Man, Law, and Society I 2

94.612 Man, Law, and Society II 2

94.613 Man, Law, and Society III 2

94.615 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Organized Crime 2

94.616 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Minorities and the Urban Crisis 2

94.618 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Prosecutive Development 2

94.620 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Intervention, Strategies, and

Tactics for Law Enforcement (Counseling Techniques) 2

94.623 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Drugs 2

94.625 Seminar in Law Enforcement: Mental Health and the Police 2

94.650 Fire Investigation and Arson I 2

94.651 Fire Investigation and Arson II 2
94.658 Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement 2

94.652 Law Enforcement Fiscal Management 2

94.653 Massachusetts Criminal Law 2

'While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College catalog.

health professions
programs

Helene A. Loux, Associate Dean
Director, Health Professions Programs
Telephone 437-3321
Aims

Programs in Health Sciences are offered through University College in order
to help mature students improve their educational preparation for advance-
ment and service in hospitals and other health agencies through part-time
study.

In addition to offering courses in the liberal arts and in business administra-
tion, specialized courses for particular categories of health personnel are
offered v^hen such offerings are justified in terms of community and student
need. The unique resources of the Boston area as a medical center offer
excellent support facilities for these health-related programs.
Degree programs, both associate and baccalaureate, are designed to pro-
vide professional specialization and general cultural development. All pro-
grams are designed to meet the accreditation standards of the Council on
Medical Education of the American Medical Association and of licensing or
registration boards where such exist.

Course Distribution

While students v^ill graduate from the programs in health science prepared
to assume a position in the health profession of his choice, and in which he
has specialized, it is the goal of Northeastern University that graduates will
have a balanced educative background. To this end, the following curricu-
lum design will be in effect for most programs.

Professional and Professionally Related 35-50%
Basic and Allied Sciences 25-40%

Liberal Arts (non-science) 25-40%

Students will choose electives to fulfill course distribution requirements and
to equal the number of credits required for the specific degree.

Clinical Assignments

Clinical assignments are available for students whose program requires
directed applied study in a clinical setting. In most instances didactic in-
formation is presented at the University while clinical practice is at various
hospitals or other health agencies in the Greater Boston community. Aca-
demic credit earned during the practicum is applicable in most instances,
toward the degree requirement.

Students accepting clinical assignments in hospitals, either as part of their
clinical rotations or cooperative assignments, are expected to adhere to
hospital dress codes and any other requirements of the hospital, all of which
are outside University control.

123

124 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

HEALTH SCIENCE Bachelor of Science in Health Science Degree

The Bachelor of Science in Health Science is available to students holding
an Associate Degree and /or certification, registration, or licensure (as de-
fined by University regulations) in a specific health profession.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Liberal Arts (non-science)

B. Basic and Allied Science

C. Professional and Professionally-related

D. Electives — to equal

A. LIBERAL ARTS

(Non-science)

25-40%
25-40%
35-50%
100%

quarter hours

44-70

62-86

174

Required

English
30.601,

30.602 or 30.603

30.604, 30.605 or 30.606

Humanities
(Recommended Courses)

Social Sciences
(Recommended Courses)

Electives

Composition and Rhetoric I, II,

(or intensive)

or equivalent

Introduction to Literary Forms I & II

(or intensive)

or equivalent

Introduction to Philosophy
Spanish or Other Modern Language
Communications or Speech
Literature
Arts

Psychology

History

Sociology

Principles of Political Science

to equal at least 12 quarter hours

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 125

B. BASIC AND ALLIED SCIENCES
Required

General

:nces

quarter hours

General and Animal Biology

Anatomy and Physiology

Microbiology

Math or Applied Math

(as profession demands)

General Chemistry

(if profession demands)

Advanced

To be taken after matriculation into B.S. program and to be
determined by profession.

C. PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONALLY RELATED

Required quarter hours

General 14

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

86.512,
86.541,

86.513
86.542

86.521, 86.522
87.544, 87.545
or equivalent
Basic Professional Courses

Medical Care and Current Social

Problems
Public Health
Epidemiology

4
4
4

(variable)

Those required for professional certification, registration, or licensure
as defined by University regulations.

Advanced Professional or Professionally-related Courses 18-24

To be taken after matriculation into B.S. program:

General Health area 6-8

(or profession) as determined
by program director
Health Science Education 6-8

OR
Related Education Courses
Health Science Administration 6—8

OR
Related Administration Courses

D. ELECTIVES

To equal 174 q.h. credits and to fulfill distribution requirements.

All students admitted to this program will be interviewed by Program Director
and/or Admissions Committee. Specific applications are available.

126 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MANAGEMENT IN

Basic Courses — required

10.327, 10.328, 10.329
19.502,
23.502,
30.601,
30.604,
39.502,

19.501,
23.501,

39.501,

HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Bachelor of Science Degree
quarter hours

Mathematics I, II, III
Psychology I, II, III
Western Civilization I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I, II
Introduction to Literary Forms I, II
Economic Principles and
Problems I, II, III

19.503
23.503
30.602
30.605
39.503

Core Courses — required

Liberal Arts

18.511, 18.512,

18.513

19.532

21.501, 21.502,

21.503

22.501, 22.502,

22.503

26.501, 26.502,

26.503

Literature:

Fine Arts:

Management

41.501, 41.502,

41.503

44.507,
45.501,

45.513,

44.508,
45.502,
45.511,
45.514,

44.509
45.503
45.512
45.515

Biology I, II, ill

Industrial Psychology

Sociology I, II, III

Principles of Political Science I, II, III

Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III

English, American, or other in translation

Art, Music, or Theater Arts

Accounting Principles I, II, III
Corporate Finance I, II, III
Management and Organization I, II, III
Human Relations in Personnel I, II
Personnel Management I, II, III

45.570, 45.571, 45.572 Electronic Data Processing I, II, III

Health Care Administration
86.502

86.504, 86.505, 86.506
86.507

In addition, each student wil

86.581, 86.582, 86.583

86.571, 86.572, 86.573

86.521, 86.522
86.511

Elective Courses:

Hospital Law and Ethics
Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III
Medical Terminology
I select one of the following" sequences:
Hospital Organization and \

Management I, II, III — OR I

Long-Term Care f

Administration I, II, III — OR ^
Public Health I, II 4 and i

Personal and Community I

Health 2 /

Liberal Arts
Management
From Any Area

12*
2
6

6
6
6

6
6
36 48

Total Credits

174

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 127

Note: In addition to the required coursework, proof of understanding of prin-
ciples of descriptive statistics must be demonstrated. This requirement may be
satisfied by: a) successful completion of the examination on descriptive statis-
tics administered by Northeastern's Center for Programmed Study; or b) com-
pletion of the program on descriptive statistics at the Center; or c) completion
of the University College course 39.511, Statistics I, with a grade of C or better.
This last option may also be included in the elective credits required in this cur-
riculum. This requirement should be satisfied before completion of the first 96
credits of coursework.

A significant number of elective courses are allowed, to permit each student to
select, with his adviser, a sequence of courses which will represent examination
in some depth of a subject of particular interest. Ordinarily, these courses
would not be distributed over more than two subject areas.

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS

Recommended Course Sequence for the 8- Year Program
Leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Medical Termi-

Comp. 1

Comp. II

Year

nology 1

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. & Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

2nd

Western Civ. 1

Western Civ. II

Western Civ. Ill

Year

Acctg. 1

Acctg. II

Acctg. Ill

Biology 1

Biology II

Biology III

3rd

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Year

Elective

Intro, to Lit. Forms 1

Intro, to Lit. Forms II

Hospital Law

4th

Ind. Psych.

Human Rel. 1

Human Rel. II

Year

Pers. Mgmt. I

Pers. Mgmt. II

Pers. Mgmt. Ill

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

5th

Econ. 1

Econ. II

Econ. Ill

Year

Fine Arts

Mgmt. Elective

Literature

6th

Soc. 1

Soc. II

Soc. Ill

Year

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

E.D.P. Ill

L. A. Elective

L.A. Elective

Corp. Fin. 1

Corp. Fin. II

Corp. Fin. Ill

7th

Pol. Sci. 1

Pol. Sci. II

Pol. Sci. Ill

Year

Hospital Org.,

Long-Term C. 1, or

Long-Term C. II, or

Long-Term C. Ill, or

Pub. Health 1

Pub. Health II

Per. Comm. Health

Elective

8th

Phil. 1

Phil. II

Phil. Ill

Year

Elective

19.501,

19.502,

19.503
19.532

41.501,

41.502,

41.503
45.501

45.511,

45.512
86.502

86.504,

86.505,

86.506

86.507,

86.508

86.571.

86.572,

86.573

86.577,

86.578,

86.579

128 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

NURSING HOME ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

Under the Social Security Law — Title XIX, programs for the licensure of
nursing home administrators must be available in each state. In order to
provide the educational preparation required by Title XIX and to meet the
immediate needs of long term care and nursing home administrators, while
still providing academically structured courses that will apply to a degree
program, the following sequence is offered.

Psychology I, II, III 6

industrial Psychology 2

Accounting Principles I, II, III 6

Management and Organization I 2

Human Relations in Personnel I, II 4

Hospital Law and Ethics 2

Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

Medical Terminology I, II 4

Long-Term Care Administration I, II, III 6

Long-Term Care Administration IV, V, VI 6

Total Credits 44

Successful completion of this course of study with a quality point average of
2.00 will entitle the student to a letter attesting to this accomplishment and
will prepare the student to write the present licensure examination in Massa-
chusetts. The Board of Registration in Nursing Home Administration in
Massachusetts will require two years of college level study (four years, part
time) by 1975 and a baccalaureate degree by 1978.

Completion of the above described sequence of courses and possession of
the letter documenting this fact does not constitute graduation from Uni-
versity College.

Program Consultant:

Robert Love joy, M.S.

Executive President, Waltliam l-lospital

Lecturer /n Healtii Science, Northeastern University

Course Consultant in Nursing Home

Administration Program:
Jack Ch;7n/ck, M.Ed.

Executive Director, Jewish Rehabilitation
Center for the Aged of the North Shore
Lecturer in Health Science, Northeastern University

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 129

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

The Profession

The medical record administrator has varied responsibilities relating to
health information systems. He designs systems; he plans, organizes, and
directs medical record services; he develops, analyzes, and evaluates medi-
cal records and indexes; he cooperates with the medical staff in developing
methods for evaluation of patient care; he cooperates with the medical and
administrative staff in research projects utilizing health care information;
and provides advisory services relating to health information systems on
local, national, and international level.

The Medical Record Administration Program leading to a baccalaureate
degree has been in effect at Northeastern University since 1966. The pro-
fessional certification program, open to students already holding bacca-
laureate degrees and offering the required professional courses was
instituted in 1967.

Northeastern University's Programs in Medical Record Administration are
approved by the American Medical Association's Council on Medical Educa-
tion, in collaboration with the Committee on Education and Registration of
the American Medical Record Association.

Note: This program is also offered on a full-time (day) basis.

The information following refers only to the part-time (evening) program.
Further information about this Program and /or information about the Day
Program may be obtained by contacting the Allied Health Professions Office,
201 Robinson Hall.

130 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION Bachelor of Science Degree

Completion of this program qualifies a student for admission to the profes-
sional registration examinations conducted by the American Medical Record
Association.

Basic Courses — required

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III

19.501,
23.501,

39.501,

19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, ill
23.502, 23.503 Western Civilization I, II, III
30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I, II
30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I, II
39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles and Problems
I, II, III

quarter hours
6
6
6

Core Courses — required

Liberal Arts:
18.511, 18.512,
18.524, 18.525,

21.501,
22.501,
26.501,
Literature
Fine Arts:

21.502,
22.502,
26.502,

18.513
18.526
19.532
21.503
22.503
26.503

General Biology and Laboratory I, II, III 12

Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

Industrial Psychology 2

Sociology I, II, III 6

Principles of Political Science I, II, III 6

Introduction to Philosophy I, II, III 6
English, American or other in translation 6

Art, Music, or Theatre Arts 6

Professional and Professionally-related Courses — required

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

45.511, 45.512 Human Relations in Organizations 4

45.570, 45.571 Electronic Data Processing I, II 4

86.585 Medical Computer Science 2 16

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics 2

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

86.507, 86.508 Medical Terminology I, II 4 12

86.551, 86.552, 86.553 Organization of the Medical Records

86.554, 86.555, 86.556

85.557, 86.558

86.586, 86.587, 86.588

Department I, II, III 6

Medical Record Science I, II, III 12

Medical Record Science IV, V 8

Applied Medical Record Science I, II, II 8

Elective Courses

Liberal Arts
From Any Area

Total Credits

28
175

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 131

Candidates who wish to major in this program must be interviewed by the
Program Director. Arrangements for this interview may be made through
the Allied Health Professions Office, 201 Robinson Hall. No candidate will
be considered as matriculated until this requirement has been met.

Note: In addition to the required coursework, proof of understanding of prin-
ciples of descriptive statistics must be demonstrated. This requirement may be
satisfied by: a) successful completion of the examination on descriptive statis-
tics administered by Northeastern's Center for Programmed Study; or b) com-
pletion of the program on descriptive statistics at the Center; or c) completion
of the University College course 39.511; Statistics I, with a grade of C or better.
This last option may also be included in the elective credits required in this cur-
riculum. This requirement should be satisfied before completion of the first 96
credits of coursework.

Recommended Course Sequence for the 8-Year Program Leading to the Bachelor
of Science Degree In Medical Records and qualification for examination.

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Comp. and Rhet. 1

Comp. and Rhet. II

Elective

Year

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. &Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Math. 1

Math. II

Math. Ill

2nd

West. Civ. 1

West. Civ. II

West. Civ. Ill

Year

Gen. Biol. & Lab. 1

Gen. Biol. & Lab. II

Gen. Biol. & Lab. Ill

Elective

3rd

Psych. 1

Psych. II

Psych. Ill

Year

Anat. & Physiol. 1

Anat. & Physiol. II

Anat. & Physiol. Ill

Med. Termin. 1

Med. Termin. II

Hospital Law

Lit. 1

Lit. II

Elective

4th

Literature

Year

Sec. 1

Soc. II

Soc. Ill

Ind. Psych.

Human Rel. 1

Human Relations II

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Found. Med. Sci. Ill

5th

Econ. 1

Econ. II

Econ. Ill

Year

Fine Arts

Med. Rec. Sci. 1

Med. Rec. Sci. II

Med. Rec. Sci. Ill

6th

Med. Rec. Sci. IV*

Med. Rec. Sci. V*

Year

Electives

7th

Pol. Sci. 1

Pol. Sci. II

Pol. Sci. Ill

Year

Org. Med. Rec. 1

Org. Med. Rec. II

Org. Med. Rec. Ill

L.A. Elective

L. A. Elective
Elective

8th

Phil. 1

Phil. II

Phil. Ill

Year

E.D.P. 1

E.D.P. II

Med. Comp. Sci.

Elective

Applied Med. Rec.

Sci. 1

Sci. II

Sci. Ill

'Required clinical experience hours must be arranged In relation to courses starred.

132 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MEDICAL RECORDS Certification Program

Candidates who wish to qualify for admission to the professional examination
leading to registration as a Medical Record Administrator, RRA, and who
already hold a baccalaureate degree in another field of study from a college
or university acceptable to Northeastern University, may undertake the fol-
lowing course work. Successful completion of this course sequence with a
cumulative point average of 2.00 will lead to certification from University
College that the candidate has completed a professional program in Medical
Records Science.

Courses required for Professional Certification:

quarter hours

18.524, 18.525, 18.526 Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III 9

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III 6

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics 2

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science I, II, III 6

86.507, 86.508 Medical Terminology I, II 4

86.554, 86.555, 86.556 Medical Record Science I, 11, III 12

86.557, 86.558 Medical Record Science IV, V 8

86.551, 86.552, 86.553 Organization of the Medical

Records Department I, II, III 6

45.570, 45.571 Electronic Data Processing I, II 4

86.585 Medical Computer Science 2
86.586, 86.587, 86.588 Applied Medical Records

Science, I, II, III 8

Total Credits 67

Candidates who wish to matriculate in this program must be interviewed
by the Program Director. Arrangements for this interview may be through
the Allied Health Professions Office, 201 Robinson Hall. No candidate will
be considered as matriculated until this requirement has been met.

Note: This sequence is available through the evening program only.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 133
MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Recommended Course Sequence for the 3-Year Program
Leading to a Certificate in Medical Record Administration

This program is open to candidates who hold an acceptable baccalaureate
degree only.

Prerequ/s/te: A Coliege-level course in General Biology

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

1st

Mgmt. & Org. 1

Mgmt. & Org. II

Mgmt. &Org. Ill

Year

Anat. & Physiol. 1

Anat. & Physiol. II

Anat. & Physiol. Ill

Found. Med. Sci. 1

Found. Med. Sci. II

Med. Termin. 1

Med. Termin. II

2nd

Med. Rec. Sci. 1

Med. Rec. Sci. II

Med. Rec. Sci. Ill

Year

Hospital Law

EDP 1

EDP II

Med. Comp. Sci.

3rd

-Med. Rec. Sci. IV

*Med. Rec. Sci. V

Year

Org. Med. Rec.

Dept 1

Dept II

Dept III

Applied Med.

Rec. Sci. 1

Rec. Sci. II

Rec. Sci. Ill

Hospitals Affiliated as Primary Teaching Units

Beth Israel Hospital, Boston

Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston

Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston

New England Medical Center

Boston Hospital for Women

Mt. Auburn Hospital, Cambridge
Curriculum Advisory Committee in Medical Record Administration

Sr. Margaret MacDougall, RRA

Holyoke Community College

Janice E. Gardner, RRA

Nashoba Community Hospital, Ayer

Joyce Gormley, RRA

Massachusetts Genera! Hospital, Boston

Marjorle Gurney, RRA

Massac/iuseffs Hospital Association, Burlington

Dorothy Richmond, RRA

Beth Israel Hospital, Boston

Susan WInshIp, RRA

Northern Essex Community College, Haverhill

Lillian Lleblch, RRA

North Adams Regional Hospital, North Adams
Northeastern University Representatives
(Ex officio)

RIna L. Zamczyk, RRA

Director, Medical Records Program

Helene A. Loux, Ph.D.

Associate Dean for Health Professions

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

•Required clinical experience hours must be arranged in relation to courses starred.

134 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS
RESPIRATORY THERAPY (full-time)

The Profession

As medical knowledge has advanced and become highly specialized,
trained personnel in the fields related to medicine have become important
members of the health care team. As members of this team, respiratory
therapists support and assist in the effort toward optimum patient care by
using a variety of treatments and rehabilitative procedures to help patients
with respiratory problems. They work in modern health care facilities with
sophisticated respirators, ultrasonic nebulizers, blood gas machines, pul-
monary function equipment, and oxygen administering devices.

As physicians rely more and more on specialized techniques and equipment,
the respiratory therapist will play an increasingly important role in
patient care.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 135

ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM

The first year of this program may be completed by study on a part-time
basis over two or more years. An interview with tlie program faculty is re-
quired prior to registration in 86.591, Introduction to Respiratory Therapy I.
The candidate who completes this part-time study with a cumulative average
"C" or better may then apply for admission directly into the second year
full-time program. Entrance to the full-time program is on a competitive
basis. The second and third years of the full-time program are spent in
alternating academic and co-operative quarters. Each academic quarter in-
cludes twelve hours per week of applied study in Respiratory Therapy as
well as didactic study, liberal arts, and electives.

Prerequisite: College-Level or College-Preparatory General Biology.

Freshman Year Courses quarter hours

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Math I, II, III 6

30.603 (or 30.601

and 30.602) and Composition & Rhetoric 4

30.606 (or

30.603 and 30.604) Introd. to Lit. Forms 4

18.524, 18.525, 18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology 9

19.501, 19.502 Psychology 4

86.502 Hospital Law & Ethics 2

18.521, 18.522 Microbiology I, II 8

86.591, 86.592, 86.593 Introd. to Respiratory Therapy 12

Suggested Sequence of Courses for Freshman Program

Quarter I Quarter II Quarter III

1st Math Math Math

Year Anatomy & Physiol. Anatomy & Physiol. Anatomy & Physiol.

Psychology Psychology Hospital Law & Ethics

2nd Comp. & Rhet. Introd. to Lit. Forms

Year Intro. Resp. Intro. Resp. Intro. Resp.

Therapy Therapy Therapy

Microbiology Microbiology

Students completing these courses must now apply to the full-time program
in order to complete the requirements for the Associate In Science Degree
and for eligibility to write the national examination for registration as a
Respiratory Therapist.

Students accepted into the full-time day program will follow the basic col-
lege curriculum in effect at the time of their acceptance.

136 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

Medical Advisory Committee

Leonard Bushnell, M.D., Beth Israel Hospital

Dean S. Crocker, M.D., Children's Hospital Medical Center

John Hedley-Whyte, M.D., Beth Israel Hospital

Henning Pontoppidan, M.D., Massachusetts General Hospital

LeRoy Van Dam, M.D., Peter Bent Brigham Hospital

Academic Representatives (Ex Officio)

Dean Crocker, M.D., Medical Consultant
Evelyn L. Cassara, B.S., R.N., A.R.I.T., Program Director
Helene A. Loux, Ph.D., Assoc. Dean for Health Professions, College of
Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 137
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE— CYTOTECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree or Associate in Science Degree

The Profession

Cytotechnology is a speciality in the broader field of medical laboratory
science. Cytotechnologists are employed in pathology laboratories, where
they expertly examine slides of ceils looking for minute abnormalities which
are the early warning signs of cancer and related disease. Cytotechnology
occupies a highly important place in clinical medicine, requiring a technolo-
gist with highly specialized laboratory training and a sound academic
background.

The programs are offered through University College and are conducted in
affiliation with the several hospitals which comprise the Boston School of
Cytotechnology. The programs lead to the Associate in Science or the
Bachelor of Science Degree, which are awarded by University College. Com-
pletion of the program qualifies a student for admission to the professional
examination conducted by the Board of Registry of the American Society of
Clinical Pathologists.

The basic sciences and the general education courses are offered evenings,
but the professional courses are offered only full-time, days, in cooperation
with the affiliated hospitals. Students planning to enter the professional
courses are advised to consult the program coordinator prior to the Winter
Quarter preceding entrance to the hospital program.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement
Test or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331). The
Mathematics Placement Test must be taken well in advance of the registra-
tion date.

FIRST YEAR

Course Number Course quarter hours

10.327, 10.328, 10.329 Mathematics I, II, III 6

or
10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry
30.603

or 30.601, 30.602 Composition & Rhetoric I, II 4

18.511, 18.512, 18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

87.100 Medical Laboratory Science

Orientation 1

86.541, 86.542 Medical Care and Current

Social Problems 4

138 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

Course Number

18.524, 18.525,

12.544,
12.547,
19.501,

12.545,
12.548,
19.502,

18.526
12.546
12.549
19.503

22.501, 22.502, 22.503

SECOND YEAR

Course quarter hours

Human Anatomy & Physiology I, II, III 9
General Chemistry I, II, III 6

General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 3

Psychology 6

or
Principles of Political Science

or
Other Social Science Elective

30.604,

30.605

30.606

Introd. to Literary Forms

86.502

Hospital Law and Ethics
THIRD YEAR

Course

Number

Course

quarter hours

87.101

Basic Medical Lab. Science (Fall)

87.102

87.542

Hematology

18.557,

18.558,

18.556

Genetics 1, II and Genetics Lab.

18.551,

18.552,

18.553

Histology — Organology 1, II, III

18.521

Microbiology
Humanities Eiectives

4
4

FOURTH YEAR

12 months at an AMA-approved Hospital School of Cytotechnology. Those
students admitted to the Boston School of Cytotechnology associated with
Northeastern University will take the following courses:

87.518, 87.548,

87.508 Introduction to Cytotechnology 2

87.528 Cytopathology I 2

87.538 Cytopathology II 2

87.558 Cytopathology III 2

87.568 Cytogenetics and New Concepts 2

87.598 Special Topics 2

87.608 Seminar: Cytopathology Criteria and

Correlations 2

87.578 Applied Cytology I, II, III, IV 14
87.618

Total A.S. Degree 111

FIFTH YEAR
Course Number Course quarter hours

86.504, 86.505, 86.506 Foundations of Medical Science 6

11.304, 11.305, 11.306 *General Physics I, II, III 6

or
86.581, 86.582, 86.583 Hospital Organization and Management

Modern Language 9

or
Eiectives

'Students planning to enter graduate school should take 4 quarter hours of Analytical
Chemistry aad 6 quarter hours of Physics.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 139

SIXTH YEAR

Course

Number

Course

quarter hours

12.531,

12.532,

12.533

Organic Chemistry 1, II, III, and

12.534.

12.535,

12.536

Organic Chemistry Lab. 1, II, III

86.574,

86.575,

Health, Disease, and Disability

29.501,

29.502,

29.503

Effective Speaking
or

Other Speech or Communications Course
SEVENTH YEAR

Course Number

39.501, 39.502, 39.503

86.521, 86.522

87.544, 87.545
87.588

87.546

87.547

Course

quarter hours

Economics, Principles & Problems

Other Social Science Elective

Public Health

Epidemiology

Cytopathology Seminar

Medical Laboratory Science

Education Seminar

Medical Laboratory Science

Administration Seminar

Electives

Total B.S. Degn

se 176

140 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE— MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree or Associate in Science Degree

The Profession

Medical Technology is a most respected and important health profession.
The medical technologist works as a professional in close association with
pathologists, doctors, and hospital and medical laboratory personnel. Work-
ing in a variety of specialized fields such as bacteriology, blood-banking,
histology, hematology, biochemistry, and nuclear and radiochemistry, the
medical technologist makes important observations necessary for critical
diagnosis by the doctor upon early detection and treatment of disease.

The Associate Degree Medical Laboratory Technician likewise is an impor-
tant member of the health team. His responsibilities are commensurate with
his background and he works in close association with medical technologists
and pathologists.

The Registered Medical Technologist and the Associate Degree Medical
Laboratory Technician are in constant demand in hospital laboratories,
clinics, public health agencies, pharmaceutical firms, research foundations,
and in the Armed Forces.

The baccalaureate program in Medical Technology (Medical Laboratory
Science) is conducted in affiliation with several Hospital Schools of Medical
Technology approved by the Council on Medical Education of the American
Medical Association. The program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree,
which is awarded by University College, and entitles the student to write the
registry examination in Medical Technology MT (ASCP) given by the Board
of Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists.

Students who have appropriate clinical experience may apply to write the
AD-MLT (ASCP), Associate Degree Medical Laboratory Technician Exami-
nation, upon completion of appropriate courses. University College students
will be eligible for an Associate degree upon the completion of the courses
indicated in the curriculum below and appropriate applied study.

The basic science and general education courses are offered evenings, but
the professional courses are offered only full-time, days, in cooperation with
the affiliated hospitals. Students planning to enter the professional courses
are advised to consult the program coordinator prior to the Winter Quarter
preceding entrance to the hospital program.

The Medical Laboratory Science Professional Courses, numbered 87 . . . .,
will be offered directly through the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 141

Course Number

10.307, 10.308
12.544, 12.545, 12.546
12.547, 12.548, 12.549
30.603 or 30.601 & 30.602
87.100

86.541, 86.542

Course Number

18.511, 18.512, 18.513
12.531, 12.532, 12.533

FIRST YEAR
Course

College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II
General Chemistry I, II, III
General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III
Composition and Rhetoric I & II
Medical Laboratory Science Orient.
Medical Care and Current Social
Problems

SECOND YEAR
Course

Biology I, II, III

Analytical Chemistry I, II, III

quarter hours

8
6
3
4
1

quarter hours

12.524, 12.525, 12.526 Analytical Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

30.604, 30.605 or 30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

THIRD YEAR
Course Number Course quarter hours

18.524, 18.525, 18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology 9

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III 6

or
Principles of Political Science

or
Other Social Science Elective
86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics 2

Microbiology I, II 8

22.501, 22.502, 22.503

18.521, 18.522

Course Number

87.101

87.102, 87.103

87.105

87.121

FOURTH YEAR
Course quarter hours

Basic Medical Laboratory Science 4

Basic Hematology; Basic Blood Banking 4
Basic Medical Laboratory Chemistry &

Instrumentation 4

Quality Control 2

Modern Language 9

or
Other Humanities Electives

Total A.S. Degree 102

Associate degree requirement completed for students who have appropriate
applied study, and have completed a minimum of 102 quarter hours of credit
including those courses listed above.

142 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

FIFTH YEAR

Course Number Course quarter hours

39.501, 39.502, 39.503 Economic Principles & Problems I, II, III 6

Other Social Science Elective

12.531, 12.532, 12.533 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.534, 12.535, 12.536 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

Electives (non-science) 6

SIXTH YEAR

Course Number Course quarter hours

11.304, 11.305, 11.306 General Physics, I, II, III 6

18.557, 18.558, 18.556 Genetics I, II, & Lab. 6

Elective 3

29.501, 29.502, 29.503 Effective Speaking 6

Other Speech or Communications course

SEVENTH YEAR

12 months internship at an affiliated AMA-Approved Hospital School of Medical
Technology.

87.202 Hematology-lmmunohematology 4
87.201 Pathogenic Microbiology 4
87.205 Clinical Chemistry 4

87.203 Medical Immunology-Serology 2

87.204 Medical Parasitology 2
87.111, 87.112, 87.115 Applied Studies (at hospital) 12

87.190 Undergraduate Research 2

87.221 Medical Laboratory Management

or
87.226 Health Science Education 2

Total B.S. Degree 179

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 143

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

Associate In Science Degree

The program in Radiologic Technology is a joint offering of the University
and several area hospitals. The classroom experiences are provided by the
University, and the laboratory practicum is conducted at approved Hospital
Schools of Radiologic Technology. These are accredited by the Council on
Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The Committee on
Radiologic Technology Education of the Massachusetts Radiological Society
and the Massachusetts Society of Radiologic Technologists serve in advisory
capacities concerning curriculum content.

The Radiologic Technologist is a respected member of the allied health team
in the diagnostic and therapeutic environment of the clinic or hospital
and an important functionary in the production, quality control, and inspec
tion laboratories of the industrial community. Medically related responsibili
ties demand effective rapport with internists, surgeons, pathologists, nurses
and laboratory personnel while industrial competency requires close associ
ation with metallurgists, production and manufacturing specialists, engi
neers, and scientists.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of the Mathematics Placement Test
or the Basic Mathematics I and II courses (10.330 and 10.331) and accept-
ance by an A. M. A. accredited School of Radiologic Technology which is
affiliated with Northeastern University.

Have an interview with the Radiological Technology Program Director, Pro-
fessor Matthew Stevens, 437-2818, 2819.

Be accepted to the affiliated hospital through an interview with the Radiolo-
gist.

FIRST YEAR

Two alternating twelve- week terms of full-time didactic study at Northeastern
University and two twelve-week terms of full-time radiologic practicum and
seminars at the affiliated Hospital Schools.

Didactics — 24 weeks (at Nortiieastern University)

Course number Course quarter hours

10.391, 10.392 Mathematics, A, B 6

18.570, 18.571 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I, II 6

86.620, 86.621 Radiologic Technology Orientation I, II 4

86.622, 86.623 Radiological Science I, II 8

86.624, 86.625 Principles of Radiology I, II 8

86.626, 86.627 Radiologic Photography & Exposure I, II 8

Practicum — 28 weeks (at Hospital Schools of Radiologic Technology)

86.647 Radiology Practicum 12

144 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

SECOND YEAR

Full-time attendance at the affiliated Hospital Schools of Radiologic Tech-
nology (52 wks @ 40 hrs/wk = 2080 hrs)

Students who satisfactorily complete the first and second year of didactics
and practicum are eligible to take the American Radiologic Technology exami-
nation for certification as a Radiologic Technician (R.T.)

THIRD YEAR

Three Quarters (36 weeks) part-time evening study at University College.

Course Number Course quarter hours

18.511, 18.512, 18.513 Biology I, II, III 12

30.601, 30.602 Composition & Rhetoric I, II 4

English Elective 2

86.614, 86.615, 86.616 Adv. Radiologic Technology I, II, III 6

FOURTH YEAR

19.501, 19.502, 19.503 Psychology I, II, III or

21.501, 21.502, 21.503* Sociology I, II, III 6

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management & Organization I, II, III 6

86.617, 86.618, 86.619 Radioactive Isotopes & Therapy I, II, III 6

Humanities Elective I, II, III 6

Total A.S. degree 100

Qualified students may accelerate completion of the program by enrolling
in third or fourth year evening courses during the second internship
year upon petition for approval by the Director of Radiologic Technology
in University College for the Radiologist in charge of the Hospital School
of Radiologic Technology involved.

Please see day school course descriptions for profes-
sional courses associated with the A.M. A. Hospital
Approved Programs.

*21.601, 21.602 Principles of Sociology I, II (8 q.h.) may be substituted for 21.501, 21.502,
21.503 Sociology I, II, III (6 q.h.)

HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS / 145

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE— HEMATOLOGY

Bachelor of Science Degree
The Profession

Hematology is a specialty in the broader field of medical laboratory science.
Hematology technologists are employed in hospitals and clinical labora-
tories where they perform specific laboratory tests — including differential
cell counts and bone marrow examinations and hemoglobin and hematocrit
determinations — which aid in the diagnosis, treatment, and follow up of
infections, anemias, and leukemias. The hematology technologist also per-
forms coagulation studies which aid the diagnosis and treatment of bleed-
ing disorders and the treatment of patients on anticoagulant therapy. The
modern hematology laboratory is well equipped with electronic instruments
which the technologist must operate and maintain. Additional responsibili-
ties include laboratory quality control and associated problem-solving.

The current requirements for categorical certification in hematology are
indicated by the Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists as follows:

A candidate for certification in hematology must meet at least one of the
following requirements:

1. Certification in Medical Technology by the Board of Registry of the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists, plus one year of satisfactory
hematology experience in an acceptable laboratory within the three years
immediately prior to application.

2. A baccalaureate degree in biological sciences or chemistry from a
college or university accredited by a recognized regional accrediting agency
plus two years of hematology experience in an acceptable laboratory.

Students should contact the American Society of Clinical Pathologists,
Board of Registry, P.O. Box 4872, Chicago, Illinois 60680, for details con-
cerning their eligibility to write the hematology examination.

The curriculum in hematology does not incorporate a clinical or applied
study component, but is primarily designed for one who works in this field,
giving him the opportunity to earn a baccalaureate degree with a concentra-
tion in his area of interest.

FIRST YEAR
Course Number Course quarter hours

10.307, 10.308 College Algebra & Trigonometry I, II 8

12.544, 12.545, 12.546 General Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.547, 12.548, 12.549 General Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 3

30.603 Composition & Rhetoric I & II 4

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms 4

87.100 Medical Laboratory Science Orientation 1

146 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS PROGRAMS

SECOND YEAR

Course Number

Course quarter hours

18.511,

18.512,

18.513

Biology 1, II, III 12
Humanities Elective 6

**12.531,

12.532,

12.533

Analytical Chemistry 1, II, III and ) 6

I or equiv.

12.524,

12.525,

12.526

Analytical Chemistry Lab. 1, II, III ) 6
THIRD YEAR

86.502

Hospital Law and Ethics 2

87.101

Basic Medical Laboratory Science 4

*87.102,

87.103

Basic Hematology, Basic Blood Banking

or Elective 4
87.105 Basic Medical Laboratory Chemistry and

Instrumentation 4

87.121 Quality Control 2

18.557, 18.558, 18.559 Genetics 6

FOURTH YEAR
18.524, 18.525, 18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology, I, II, III 9

Social Science Elective 6

18.521, 18.522, 18.523 Microbiology I, II or 8
18.520 Med. Microbiology (4) and Elective (4) 8

FIFTH YEAR

87.541, 87.542, 87.543 Morphologic Hematology (Basic Hem.

I, II, III) 6

12.531, 12.532, 12.533 Organic Chemistry I, II, III 6

12.534, 12.535, 12.536 Organic Chemistry Lab. I, II, III 6

Social Science Elective 6

SIXTH OR SEVENTH YEAR

**1 1.304, 11.305, 11.306 General Physics I, II, III or Elective 6

87.211 Coagulation 3

87.213 Immunohematology 2

87.222 Histochemistry 3

New Cell Biology Elective 4

Humanities Elective 6
SIXTH OR SEVENTH YEAR

86.574, 86.575 Health, Disease, & Disability or 4

Instrumentation or Electronics 6

Elective 6

87.203 Med. Immunology Serology (Intensive) 2

87.204 Hem. Parasitology 2
87.190 Undergrad Research 2
87.547 Med. Lab. Science Adm. Sem. 2
87.546 Med. Lab. Science Educ. Sem. 2

Ed. or Adm. Health Science Elective 6

Total B.S. Degree 175
Note: Strongly recommended electives are: Psychology, Economics

•Students with extensive labortory experience in a hematology laboratory, may be exempt
from these courses.
••An. Chem. and Physics recommended for students applying to graduate school.

education

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

The teacher education program in University College is deeply concerned
with the quality of those who teach. In the paragraphs that follow, quality is
generally described and the several ways of assessing it are outlined.

Objective I: Every teacher should be broadly educated.

All students are expected to develop breadth in their program in two ways.
First, students will be required to complete certain common course work:
social science. United States history, American literature, effective speaking,
human development, and English. Second, all students must complete a
minimum of 16 credits in each of the following areas: science and mathe-
matics, humanities, and social sciences.

Objective II: Every teacher should achieve an expertness /n some field of
knowledge.

The Teacher Education Program in University College offers an academic
major in the field of English. The major is designed to prepare English
teachers for the junior or senior high school. It will also provide a basis for
specialized graduate study in English as well as in education.

Objective III: Each teacher should be professionally prepared for the posi-
tion of his choice.

In addition to their general education and specialized concentration, all
students will share some common professional course work with related out-
of-class experience and, in addition, will take course work appropriate to
their level or field of teaching. Student teaching during the senior year will
serve as an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the previous years.
Beginning students will have about two years to estimate their abilities to
master college work, to discover the wisdom of their choice of a major field,
and to evaluate the strength of their commitment to, and qualifications
for, teaching.

147

148 / EDUCATION

Admission Requirements

Important to the future teacher is high ability in the communication skills
and adequate strength in the field of special interest. As important as the
pattern and quality of an applicant's preparation are the personal qualifica-
tions which contribute to success in teaching.

Upon completion of all courses (or their equivalent) listed under Quarters
1-6 on p. 150, students desiring certification must apply to the College of
Education* for admission to the professional sequence of the teacher educa-
tion program. They will be expected to present such evidence as the College
of Education shall require. Evaluations will be made on academic aptitude,
verbal fluency, interest in working with young people, and emotional ma-
turity. A serious attempt will be made to access these factors in their inter-
relationships rather than as isolated phenomena. Students accepted into
the professional sequence of the College of Education will be expected to
commit themselves to the remaining requirements of the program.

Transfers

Students admitted to advanced standing in University College (see p. 31)
may apply for admission to the professional sequence on the basis of satis-
factory grades received in courses which are the equivalent of those required
for entering Quarter 7 (see p. 150). Credit toward electives may be earned
by means of the College Level Examination Program (see p. 32).

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Degrees

University College will award the degree of Bachelor of Science to those
who successfully complete the program of preparation for teaching English
at the secondary school level.

Quantitative Requirements

The required courses in the curriculum for the teaching of English are listed
on a following page. The curriculum requires not less than 173 quarter
hours of class work, including one quarter of student teaching. At least 45
quarter hours will be required in education, including student teaching.

Elective Courses

Elective courses, approved by the College of Education adviser, will be se-
lected by the student from among courses in University College, or credit
may be earned by means of the College Level Examination Program.

Qualitative Requirements

Students in the Teacher Education Program in University College will be
expected to maintain an over-all average of C while doing work of C+ or
better in the field of specialization and in the professional sequence in order

'One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University

EDUCATION / 149

to be recommended for placement. Students are warned that any failure
seriously handicaps their records and must be made up at the earliest
opportunity.

Graduation with l-ionor

Candidates of distinctly superior achievement in their academic work will be
graduated with honor. Upon special vote of the faculty a limited number of
this group may be graduated with high honor or with highest honor. Students
must have been in attendance at the University at least six quarters before
they may become eligible for honors at graduation.

National Teacher Examinations

All students who plan to make teaching their career will be expected to take
the general and special National Teacher Examinations in their senior year.

Programs of Instruction

The teacher education program in University College offers an academic
major in the field of English (in grades 7-12). A specimen program is shown
on the following page.

Accreditation

Northeastern University's College of Education is accredited by the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The College is a member
of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

150 / EDUCATION

SPECIMEN PROGRAM IN TEACHING OF ENGLISH (IN GRADES 7-12)

This program is desigr)ed with the assumption that the student is attendir)g
college on approximately a half-time basis.

First Year

QUARTER 1

No. Course

16.501 Nat. Sci. I

23.501 West. Civ. I

29.501 Eff. Spkg. I

30.601 Comp. & Rhet. I*

QUARTER 2
No. Course

16.502 Nat. Sci. II
23.502 West. Civ. II

29.502 Eff. Spkg. II

30.602 Comp. & Rhet. II

QUARTER 3
No. Course

16.503 Nat. Sci. Ill
23.503 West. Civ. Ill
29.503 Eff. Spkg. Ill
30.604 Intro, to Lit. Forms I

Second Year

QUARTER 4

01.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

22.501 Prin. Pol. Sci. 1

30.605 Intro, to Lit. Forms

112

50.111 Soc:Sci. 1

QUARTER

CI.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

22.502 Prin. Pol. Sci. II

English Elective

50.112 Soc. Sci. Ill

QUARTER

CI.

q.h.

No. Course

CI.

q.h.

22.503 Prin. Pol. Sci. 1

English Elective

50.113 Soc. Sci. Ill

Total Credits

Students desiring certification must now apply to the College of Education**
for admission to the teacher education program.

Third Year

Fourth

Year

QUARTER 7

QUARTER

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h

23.527

England 500-1603

23.504

U.S. History 1

26.501

Intro. Phil. 1

30.541

English Lit. 1

30.525

English Language 1

50.121

Hum. Dev. &

39.501

Ec. Prin. & Prob. 1
QUARTER 8

Learn. 1
QUARTER

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h

23.548

England 1603-1815

23.505

U.S. History II

26.502

Intro. Phil. II

26.534

Logic

30.526

English Language II

30.542

English Lit. II

39.502

Ec. Prin. & Prob. II
QUARTER 9

Electives

QUARTER

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h,

23.549

England Since 1815

23.506

U.S. History III

26.503

Intro. Phil. Ill

30.543

English Lit. Ill

30.527

English Language IN 2

50.131

Hum. Dev. &

39.503

Ec. Prin. & Prob. Ill

Learn. II

'An English placement examination must be taken. If the score is not satisfactory, stu-
dents should enroll for 30.600. Elements of Composition, a 2 q.h. credit course designed
to improve command of written English. Then proceed with 30.601, 602, 603, 604 and a
2 q.h. English elective in Quarter 6.
••One of the Basic (day) Colleges of Northeastern University

EDUCATION / 151

Fifth Year

Sixth Year

QUARTER 13

QUARTER 16

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h

30.522

Intro. Semantics 1

30.517

Intermed. Wrtg.

30.544

Amer. Lit. 1

30.554

Shakespeare 1

51.135

Anal. Tchng. &
Ed. Proc.

QUARTER 14

50.141

Meas. & Eval.
QUARTER 17

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h

30.523

Intro. Semantics II

30.518

Creative Wrtg. 1

30.545

Amer. Lit. II

30.555

Shakespeare II

Electives

QUARTER 15

QUARTER 18

No.

Course

CI.

q.h.

No.

Course

CI.

q.h

Elective

30.519

Creative Wrtg. II

30.546

Amer. Lit. Ill

30.556

Shakespeare III

54.126

Sec. Reading

Electives

Seventh Year

QUARTER 19
No. Course CI. q.h.

Sci. or Math. Elec. 2 2
Art Music or Thea.

Art 2 2

50.151 Bckgrnds. Amer. Ed. 4 4

QUARTER 20

No. Course CI. q.h.

Sci. or Math. Elec. 2 2
Art Music or Thea.

Art 2 2

Electives 4 4

QUARTER 21

No. Course CI. q.h.

Sci. or Math. Elec. 2 2
Art Music or Thea.

Art 2 2

50.143 M&M — English 4 4

Eighth Year

QUARTER 22
No. Course CI. q.h.

51.151 Student Teaching 8

Total Credits

8
173

therapeutic recreation
services

for Nursing Home Activity Directors

Dr. Albert McCay, Consultant
Therapeutic Recreation Services
Telephone 437-3163

A certification and degree program for nursing home activity directors and
others, is being offered by University College. The program is designed to
meet the needs of directors of activity in the Commonwealth's nursing homes
and the needs of others entering this occupational field in the future.

The part-time program, leading to certification and an Associate degree,
will be taught by the distinguished faculty of Northeastern University's
Boston-Bouve College. Courses offered will be in the areas of therapeutic
recreation services, the process of aging, arts and crafts, social recreation,
geriatric care, utilization of resources, and many other professional courses.

CURRICULUM

1. Certification — 25 quarter hours

Professional courses

II. Associate Degree — 96 quarter hours

Psychology

2q.h

Social Sciences

Sq.h

Fine Arts

3q.h

Speech & Theatre Arts

4q.h.

English

2q.h.

Health Care Science

Sq.h.

Professional

51 q.h.

Electives

ISq.h.

152

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES / 153

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES Associate In Science Degree

Required Courses (Liberal Arts) quarter hours

19.501 Psychology I 2

21.501, 21.502, 21.503 Sociology I, II, III 6

21.563 Social Gerontology 2

27.541 Drawing I 3

29.501 Effective Speaking I 2

29.511 Introduction to Theatre Arts 2

30.601 Composition and Rhetoric I 2 19

Required Courses (Health Care Services)

86.571, 86.572, 86.573 Long-Term Care Administration I, II, III 6
86.577 Geriatric Care I 2 8

Required Courses (Therapeutic Recreation Services)

Note: Twenty five (25) quarter hours of credit in the following professional

courses will qualify a student for certification by Boston-Bouve College:
63.501 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation

Services 2

63.510 Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure 2

63.521 Recreation Skills I (Social Recreation) 2

63.522 Recreation Skills 11 (Music Therapy) 2

63.523 Recreation Skills III (Guitar or Auto Harp) 2

63.531 Techniques of Recreation Leadership 2

63.532 Interagency Planning for Community

Action 2
63.535 Recreation Skills VI (Special Events

and Programs) 2

63.547 Outdoor Education for Handicapped 2

63.549 The Process of Aging 2

63.550, 63.551 Group Dynamics I, II 4

63.552 Leadership and Program for III, Aged,

and Infirm 2

63.553 Techniques and Resources in Working

with Elderly 2

63.555 Therapeutic Recreation for Special Groups 2

63.556 Workshop in Adapted Hospital Recreation 2

63.557 Recreation Activities of Atypical

Individuals and Groups 2
63.560 Development and Utilization of

Recreation Education Resources 2

63.570, 63.571, 63.572 Arts and Crafts I, II, III 6

63.592 Independent Study 3

63.593 Independent Study 4
63.600 Seminar in Group Dynamics 2 51

Elective Courses* 18

Total Credits 96

*While students may elect courses in their major field in excess of the minimum number
required, they are encouraged to elect courses from any other curricula in the University
College Catalog.

154 / THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

Recommended Course Sequence for the 4- Year
Program Leading to the Associate in Science Degree

Quarter 1

Quarter II

Quarter III

1st

Process of Aging

Leadership & Prog.

Tech. & Resources in

Year

Arts & Crafts 1

for III, Aged, &

working w/Elderly

Group Dynamics 1

Infirm

Group Dynamics II

Intro. Ther. Rec.

Arts & Crafts II

Arts & Crafts III

Services

Independent Study

2nd

Sociology 1

Sociology II

Sociology III

Year

Rec. Skills 1

Rec. Skills VI

Recreation Skills II

Interagency Planning

Comp. & Rhet. 1

Psychology 1

for Community

Long-Term Care

Action

Admin. II

Admin. Ill

Long-Term Care

Admin. 1

3rd

Geriatric Care 1

Tech. of Rec.

Seminar in Group

Year

Leadership

Dynamics

Effective Speaking 1

Rec. Skills III

Dev. & Utilization

Drawing 1

Electives (2)

of Rec. Educ.

Elective (1)

Resources
Electives (2)

4th

Intro, to Theatre Arts

Workshop In Adapted

Rec. Activities of

Year

Ther. Rec. for Spec.

& Hosp. Recreation

Atypical Indiv. &

Groups

Social Gerontology

Groups

Electives (2)

Outdoor Educ. for

Philosophy of Rec. &

Handicapped

Leisure

Elective (1)

course descriptions

Not all the courses listed in this bulletin will be offered. A final list of those
classes to be offered will be contained in the University College Schedule of
Courses, which gives the hours, days and location of classes. This schedule is
issued prior to the Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters.

Abbreviations

Q.H. = Quarter Hours (credit earned)
CI. = Hours required in class per week
Prereq. = Prerequisite

10— MATHEMATICS (Lincoln College)

Students intending to enroll in Mathematics 10.327 or 10.335 will be given a
Mathematics Placement Test during the registration period. A satisfactory score
on this test will entitle the student to enroll in course 10.327 or 10.335, while
an unsatisfactory score will require that he enroll in the non-credit course
10.330 for additional preparation.

10.301 Introduction to Mathematics I (4cl., non-credit)

A comprehensive review of high school algebra including: first degree equations,
factoring, fractions, fractional equations, ratio and proportion, word problems,
and concepts of plane geometry. Prereq. none.

10.302 Introduction to Mathematics II (4 cl., non-credit)

Algebraic operations with complex fractions, mixed expressions, proportions,
square roots, radicals, quadratic equations, simultaneous equations, graphs,
and fractional zero and negative exponents. The geometry of the right triangle,
areas of polygons and circles, and loci problems. Basic slide rule operation.
Prereq. 10.301.

10.303 Introduction to Mathematics

An accelerated combination of 10.301 and 10.302. Primarily for day students.

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Fundamental algebraic operations; radicals and exponents; functions; quadratic
equations; variation; binomial expansion. Trigonometric functions of angles
in degrees; right triangles. Prereq. Math. Placement Test or 10.302.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Logarithms; applications of right triangles; radian measure; trigonometric
identities and equations; oblique triangles. Inequalities; complex numbers;
roots of polynomial equations. Prereq. 10.307.

155

156 / MATHEMATICS

10.316 Probability and Statistics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic tools, e.g., sets, permutations and combinations; probability and appli-
cations. Prereq. 10.308 or 10.329 or 10.335.

10.317 Probability and Statistics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Descriptive statistics, frequency distributions and probability density functions,
normal and other distributions. Prereq. 10.316.

10.318 Probability and Statistics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Bivariate distributions, correlation, statistical inference and estimation regres-
sion. Prereq. 10.317.

10.320 Calculus I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Plane analytic geometry. Differentiation of algebraic functions. Rate, motion,
maximum and minimum problems. Derivatives of higher order. Curve sketch-
ing. Basics in functions, limits, and continuity. Prereq. 10.308 or 10.329.

10.321 Calculus II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Integration of algebraic functions. Integration and differentiation of logarithmic,
exponential and trigonometric terms. Calculations of areas, volumes, and
length of arc by definite integrals. Prereq. 10.320.

10.322 Calculus III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Differentiation and integration of inverse trigonometric functions. Integration
by parts, substitution, and tables. The Trapezoidal and Simpson Rules. The
application of the differential and integral calculus to the Polar Coordinate
System. Vectors in the plane. Indeterminate forms. Prereq. 10.321.

10.323 Calculus IV (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vectors in three-dimensional space. Functions of more than one variable.
Partial differentiation. Multiple integration. Infinitive series. Taylor's and Mac-
laurin's Formula. Prereq. 10.322.

10.324 Differential Equations I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq. 10.323.

10.325 Differential Equations II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ordinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear differ-
ential equations, especially with constant coefficients. Variation of parameters.
Prereq. 10.324.

10.326 Differential Equations III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Series solutions of differential equations; Laplace transforms; Fourier series
and orthogonal functions. Prereq. 10.325.

10.327 Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra, graphical techniques. Prereq. Math.
Placement Test, 10.331 or 10.302.

10.328 Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Linear and quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, variation. Prereq.
10.327.

MATHEMATICS / 157

10.329 Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of geometry; topics of trigonometry, introduction to statistics and prob-
ability, logarithms. Prereq. 10.328.

10.330 Basic Mathematics I (2 cl., non-credit)

A review of elementary algebra; algebraic expressions and operations, equa-
tions, word problems. Prereq. none.

10.331 Basic Mathematics II (2 cl., non-credit)

Further review; operations with polynomials, factoring, fractional expressions,
word problems. Prereq. 10.330.

10.332 Mathematics for Business Management I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Introduction to mathematics underlying operations research, with emphasis on
applications to business management logic, set theory. Prereq. 10.329 or
equiv.

10.333 Mathematics for Business Management II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Probability and its uses in decision-making under uncertainty; introduction to
vector and matrix algebra. Prereq. 10.332 or equiv.

10.334 Mathematics for Business Management III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Mathematics of finance, linear programming and optimization techniques, game
theory. Prereq. 10.333 or equiv.

10.351 Advanced Mathematics I (Numerical Analysis) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Basic methods of numerical analysis — roots by iteration; approximating poly-
nomials and interpolation; least squares fitting; numerical integration; approxi-
mate solution of ordinary differential equations — problems employing the
electronic computer. Prereq. 09.353 and 10.326.

10.352 Advanced Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Introduction to partial differential equations, boundary-value problems, Sturm-
Liouville systems. Prereq. 10.351.

10.353 Advanced Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Special topics in analysis. Prereq. 10.352.

10.361 Modern Algebra I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Sets; binary operations; mappings; rings, integers, fields; rationals; reals,
bases for computer applications; Euclidean algorithm; primes. Prereq. 10.308,
10.329 or 10.335.

10.362 Modern Algebra II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Field of complex number; groups; subgroups; polynominal rings; homomor-
phisms; isomorphisms; ideals. Prereq. 10.361.

10.363 Modern Algebra III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Vector spaces; linear transformations; dependence, independence; dimension
applications to engineering, science, and business. Prereq. 10.362.

158 / PHYSICS

10.364 Modern Applied Algebra (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Introduce the language of abstract algebra to the following topics: graphs, finite
state machines, programming languages, Boolean Algebra, lattices, coding for
communication channels and radar. Look at algebraic theory of linear systems.
Prereq. 10.361, 10.362 and 10.363.

10.391 Mathematics — A (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra; graphical techniques. Linear and quad-
ratic; exponents and radicals. (No credit to students who have passed 10.327,
or 10.328, or 10.335). Prereq. Math. Placement Test, 10.302, or 10.331.

10.392 Mathematics — B (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Variation; review of geometry; topics of trigonometry; introduction to statistics
and probability; logarithms. (No credit to students who have passed 10.329.)
Prereq. 10.391.

10.401 Foundations of Mathematics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.402 Foundations of Mathematics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.403 Foundations of Mathematics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
(See General Interest Courses, pages 152-153.)

10.421 Calculus — A (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Applications of derivatives to curve-sketching; antidifferentiation; the definite in-
tegral, with applications; calculus of non-algebraic functions — logarithmic,
exponential, and trigonometric. Calculus of inverse trigonometric functions;
techniques of integration; polar coordinates; the conic sections; vectors in a
plane; indeterminate forms, L'Hospital's rule. Prereq. 10.320.

10.422 Calculus — B (3 cl., 4 q.h.)

Calculus of functions of several variables, partial differentiation, multiple in-
tegrals, infinite series. Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra. Prereq.
10.421.

10.423 Differential Equations (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Ordinary differential equations — standard types of the first order; linear
differential equations, especially with constant coefficients; Laplace transforms,
series solutions of differential equations. Fourier series and orthogonal func-
tions. Prereq. 10.422.

11_PHYSICS (Lincoln College)

11.301 Introductory Physics I (4 cl., non-credit)

A survey of physical principles and theories related to field of mechanics. Em-
phasis is placed upon the solution of applied problems. Prereq. None.

11.302 Introductory Physics II (4 cl., non-credit)

Extension of principles in mechanics and introduction of concepts in heat,
sound, light, electricity, and magnetism. Prereq. 11.301.

CHEMISTRY / 159

11.304 General Physics I (2 ci., 2 q.h.)

Survey of Newtonian mechanics; kinematics and dynamics of particle motion;
projectile and circular motion; rotational motion; conservation laws of energy
and momentum. Prereq. 10.501 or concurrently.

11.305 General Physics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Temperature; heat energy; mechanical equivalent of heat; wave motion; sound;
Doppler's effect; properties of light; simple optical systems. Prereq. 11.304.

11.306 General Physics III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; fields; potential; electric current;
inductance; capacitance; electromagnetism; a-c and d-c series circuits. Prereq.
11.305.

12— CHEMISTRY

Consultant: Prof. K. Weiss, Chairman, Chemistry Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coordinator: Prof. F. Boig, (L.A. College)

12.501 Introductory Chemistry I (4 cl., non-credit)

A non-mathematical approach to the concepts of chemistry including matter,
elements and compounds, chemical bonding, chemical equations. Prereq.
None.

12.502 Introductory Chemistry II (4 cl., non-credit)

A continuation of 12.501, including periodic system, forms of energy, oxidation
reduction, solutions, chemical and ionic equilibrium, nuclear reactions, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. Prereq. 12.501 or equiv.

12.507 Modern Chemistry I (Intro, to Inorganic Chemistry) (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Fundamental ideas of matter and energy, chemical bonding, chemical energy,
water and solutions, colloids, ionic reactions, oxidation and reduction, acidity,
radioactivity; all discussed from the viewpoint of recent developments.

12.508 Modern Chemistry II (Intro, to Organic Chemistry), (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Classes of organic compounds, including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, alde-
hydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates;
including their relationships with modern biology. Prereq. 12.507 or equiv.

12.509 Modern Chemistry 111 (Intro, to the Chemistry of Living Bodies)
(2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Includes fats, proteins, enzymes, chemistry of digestion, and the chemical re-
actions characteristic of body fluids. Prereq. 12.508 or equiv.

12.515 Biochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The first quarter of a three-quarter course sequence. The sequence will cover
introduction to the biochemistry of the cell, including the occurrence, chem-
istry, and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids.
Prereq. 12.533 or equiv.

12.516 Biochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Biochemistry I. Prereq. 12.515 or equiv.

12.517 Biochemistry II! (2 cl. 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Biochemistry II. Prereq. 12.516 or equiv.

160 / CHEMISTRY

12.518 Modern Chemistry Laboratory 1 (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, Modern Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation, properties, and reactions of substances discussed. Prereq. 12.507
taken concurrently. (Laboratory fee)

12.519 Modern Chemistry Laboratory II (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course. Modern Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation, properties, and reactions of substances discussed. Prereq. 12.518
(or 12.508 taken concurrently). (Laboratory fee)

12.520 Modern Chemistry Laboratory III (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course. Modern Chemistry III. Prereq. 12.519 (or
12.509 taken concurrently). (Laboratory fee)

12.521 Analytical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Analytical procedures and techniques. The principles of solution chemistry,
ionic equilibria, and oxidation potentials applied to solving problems in chem-
ical analysis. Prereq. 12.546 and 12.549 or equiv.

12.522 Analytical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Principles and practice of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis.
Prereq: 12.521 or equiv.

12.523 Analytical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Theory of spectrophotometry, chromatography, and selected electroanalytical
methods. Prereq. 12.522 or equiv.

12.524 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis. Separations by chemical means, chemical tests, and spot
tests for inorganic ions in solution. Prereq. 12.521 or concurrently or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

1^.525 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Chemical methods of quantitative analysis. Procedures and techniques of gravi-
metric and volumetric methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.522 or con-
currently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.526 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Instrumental methods of analysis. Instruments and procedures for electrometric
and optical methods of chemical analysis. Prereq. 12.525 and 12.523 or con-
currently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.527 Analytical Chemistry. (Lectures and laboratory, 4 q.h., summer term
only) Survey of principles and theories of volumetric, gravimetric, and instru-
mental analysis. Application made in the laboratory with analyses of unknown
samples. Prereq. General Chemistry or its equivalent.

12.531 Organic Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Nature of carbon in organic compounds. General principles of structure, nomen-
clature, preparation, uses, and reactions, of aliphatic hydrocarbons: alkanes,
alkenes, alkynes, dienes, cycloalkanes. Position and geometric isomerism. Intro-
duction to free radical and ionic mechanisms of reactions. Prereq. 12.546 and
12.549 or equiv.

CHEMISTRY / 161

12.532 Organic Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Structure of benzene, electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. General
principles of structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses, and reactions of the
various types of organic compounds, including: alcohols, aikyi and aryl halides,
ethers and epoxides, and carboxyiic acids. Optical isomerism and introductory
chemical kinetics will be discussed. Prereq. 12.531 or equiv.

12.533 Organic Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Continuation of Chemistry 12.532 with emphasis on the application of chem-
ical conversions to synthetic problems. Functional derivatives of carboxyiic
acids, sulfonic acids and their derivatives, amines, diazonium compounds, phe-
nols, aldehydes, and ketones. Prereq. 12.532 or equiv.

12.534 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Co-ordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.546 or equiv.
and 12.531 or concurrently, or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.535 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.534 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

12.536 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III (3 lab, 2 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, Organic Chemistry ill, and deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds discussed. Prereq. 12.535 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

12.541 Physical Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The three states of matter, atomic and molecular forces, physical properties and
molecular structure; heat, work, and heat capacity; thermochemistry. Prereq.
10.323, 11.306, and 12.546 plus 12.549 or equiv.

12.542 Physical Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical equilibria, phase diagrams, and chemical
kinetics. Prereq. 12.541 or equiv.

12.543 Physical Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Electrical conductance, electromotive force, ionic equilibria, colloids, quantum
theory, and photochemistry. Prereq. 12.542 or equiv.

12.544 General Chemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Fundamental concepts; symbols, formulas, and equations; atomic structure
and Periodic Law, chemical bonding; oxygen, ozone, and hydrogen; the gaseous
state and gram mole volume; the liquid and solid states; water and hydrogen
peroxide. Prereq. 10.327 or equiv. or concurrently. (Not open to those stu-
dents with credit for 12.311 or 12.314.)

12.545 General Chemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Solutions, solutions of electrolytes, colloids, oxidation and reduction reactions,
periodic properties, halogens, chemical equilibrium, electrochemistry; acids,
bases, and salts; sulfur family. Prereq. 12.544, or equiv. (Not open to those
students with credit for 12.312 or 12.315.)

162 / CHEMISTRY

12.546 General Chemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Ionic equilibrium and weak electrolytes; solubility product principle, hydrolysis.
Nitrogen, phosphorus, and their compounds; boron, silicon, and their com-
pounds; alkali and alkaline earth metals, metals of groups III and IV. Nuclear
chemistry. Carbon and its compounds. Biochemistry. Prereq. 12.545, or
equiv. (Not open to students with credit for 12.313 or 12.316.)

12.547 General Chemistry Laboratory I (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course. General Chemistry I, and deals with the
preparation and properties of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.544 or concurrently or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for
12.314.) (Laboratory fee)

12.548 General Chemistry Laboratory II (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Coordinated with the lecture course, General Chemistry II, and deals with the
preparation and properties of elements and compounds discussed. Prereq.
12.547, or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.315.) (Labora-
tory fee)

12.549 General Chemistry Laboratory III (2 lab, 1 q.h.)

Qualitative analysis experiments, including unknown solutions. Prereq. 12.548
or equiv. (Not open to those students with credit for 12.316.) (Laboratory fee)

12.550 Chemistry for the Citizen. (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The objective of the course is to give the non-science student an appreciation
and some knowledge of the role of chemistry in our technological society and
in our everyday lives. To provide background for subsequent discussion, im-
portant laws and theories relating to matter and its transformations will be
reviewed. There will then follow discussion of the chemistry of such basic
human needs as food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production.
Other topics may be included or substituted, since students will participate in
the selection of subjects for discussion. Prereq. none.

12.551 Instrumental and Radiochemistry I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Definitions, physical principles, scope and application; principles of measure-
ment; endpoint-detection systems for volumetric analysis, data treatment and
interpretation. Optical methods of analysis including spectrophotometry, ex-
citation methods, measurements of other optical properties, and mass spec-
trometry. Prereq. 12.523 or equiv.

12.552 Instrumental and Radiochemistry II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Methods of separation, vapor phase chromatography, ion exchangers; electrical
methods of analysis including potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, and
conductimetry; miscellaneous instrumental measurements. Prereq. 12.551
or equiv.

12.553 Instrumental and Radiochemistry III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Radioactivity and nuclear reactions, production and study of nuclear reactions,
equations of radioactive decay, nuclear states and radioactive processes, in-
teraction of radiation with matter, radiation detection and measurement,
statistics of radioactivity measurements, techniques for the study of radio-
nuclides, tracers in chemical applications and nuclear energy. Prereq. 12.552
or equiv.

EARTH SCIENCE / 163

12.554 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of viscosity, thermochemistry, and homogeneous equi-
librium. Prereq. 12.542 or concurrently or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

12.555 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (3 cl., 2 q.h.)

Experimental studies of phase equilibrium, solution thermodynamics and chem-
ical kinetics. Prereq. 12.554 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

16— EARTH SCIENCE

Consultant: Prof. D. Wiimarth, Earth Sciences (L.A. College)

16.501 Introduction to Earth Sciences I (2 q.h.)

The nature and role of the sciences of the Earth; the investigations that have
provided information of the Earth as an object in space; our conceptions of
the dynamic nature of the Earth. Prereq. none.

16.502 Introduction to Earth Science M (2 q.h.)

The issue of energy; the significance of energy for the dynamics of the Earth's
atmosphere, oceans, and land surfaces. Prereq. 16.501 or equiv.

16.503 Introduction to Earth Science Hi (2 q.h.)

The complex activities of the Earth's crust; the consequences of crustal dynam-
ics, both internally and externally; the history of the dynamics of crustal
activity; the origin of the earth; structure and origin of the Solar System; the
components of the Universe. Prereq. 16.502 or equiv.

16.504 Earth Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

A composite of 16.501, 16.502, 16.503 as a one quarter course. Prereq.
none.

16.505 Earth Science A (3 qh.)

A composite of 16.501 and the first half of 16.502. Prereq. none.

16.506 Earth Science B (3 q.h.)

The second half of 16.502 and all of 16.503. Prereq. 16.505.

16.511 History of Science and Technology I (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the varieties of cultures and civilizations from primitive man to
the Roman Empire, emphasizing the interrelationships of science, technology,
and society. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.512 History of Science and Technology II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of History of Science and Technology I covering the period
from the Roman Empire to Sir Isaac Newton. Prereq. 16.511.

16.513 History of Science and Technology III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of History of Science and Technology II covering the period
from Sir Isaac Newton to the present. Prereq. 16.512.

16.521 Introduction to Geology (2 q.h.)

Introduction to fundamental concepts of the earth and its crust. Consideration
of the nature and properties of the materials composing the earth; the areal
distribution of these materials, and the processes by which they are formed,
altered, transported, and deposited; and the nature and development of the
landscape. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

164 / EARTH SCIENCE

16.522 Economic Mineralogy (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the geological occurrence, mineralogy, use and economics of
the more important metallic and non-metallic minerals in the world today.
International mineral problems will be discussed. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.523 Gemology (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the precious and semiprecious minerals of the earth's crust.
Techniques of gem cutting, polishing, and faceting will be discussed in detail.
Opportunity will be available to view and handle actual gem stones. Prereq.
16.503 or equiv.

16.531 Oceanoiogy I (formerly Oceanography I) (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the origin of the global ocean; the physical and chemical prop-
erties of sea water; development of ocean currents and their effect on land
masses of the world; problems of ocean pollution. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.532 Oceanoiogy 11 (formerly Oceanography II) (2 q.h.)

The habitat zones and organisms of the sea; Phytoplankton, zooplankton, and
nekton; economic importance of marine resources for expanding world popu-
lation. Prereq. 16.531 or equiv.

16.533 Oceanoiogy III (formerly Marine Geology) (2 q.h.)

Physiography and structure of ocean basins; marine geological processes and
features; sedimentation, erosion, shorelines, and bottom topography; methods
and techniques of marine geological explorations. Prereq. 16.532 or equiv.

16.534 Fisheries Oceanography I (2 q.h.)

Survey of commercially important marine organisms; life and distribution of
commercially important seaweed, shellfish, and fishes; population dynamics
and fishery potential of the world's oceans; analysis of fishery stocks and sea
farming. Prereq. 16.533 or equiv.

16.535 Fisheries Oceanography II (2 q.h.)

Examination of fishery methods and techniques around the world; recent
technological advancement. Prereq. 16.534 or equiv.

16.536 Fisheries Oceanography III (2 q.h.)

Commercial products and applications of marine organisms; special emphasis
on marine products of commerce from the New England area; chemical, indus-
trial, and dietary applications of marine products. Prereq. 16.535 or equiv.

16.537 Marine Resources I (2 q.h.)

Quantitative and qualitative consideration of energy from the marine environ-
ment: current technological developments in the use of tidal power, off-shore
oil, natural gas, thermal and nuclear energy from the sea. Prereq. 16.533
or equiv.

16.538 Marine Resources II (2 q.h.)

Food resources of the sea; analysis of world marine food production; marine
food technology, conservation, and mariculture. Prereq. 16.537 or equiv.

16.539 Marine Resources III (2 q.h.)

Coastal zone recreational resources: beaches, artificial fishing reefs; shore ero-
sion; SCUBA, boating, sailing, angling and surfing. Prereq. 16.538 or equiv.

EARTH SCIENCE / 165

16.551 Principles of Astronomy I (2 q.h.)

The nature and scope of astronomy; the geocentric universe; the heliocentric
universe; celestial reference systems; time and the calendar; the sun-moon
earth system; astronomical instruments. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.552 Principles of Astronomy II (2 q.h.)

The solar system; the inner planets; the outer minor planets; the outer major
planets; the telescopic planets; the asteroid belt; meteors; comets; the sun as
a source of energy and center of organization. Prereq. 16.551 or equiv.

16.553 Principles of Astronomy III (2 q.h.)

The triangulation of space; stellar population; star color and motion; star sys-
tems; stellar evolution; galaxies. Prereq. 16.552 or equiv.

16.554 Observational Astronomy (3 q.h.)

An introduction to the planets, stars, and constellations that are visible to the
naked eye. Lectures, the planetarium, and actual viewing sessions are all used
during the course. Primary emphasis will be placed on those stars and con-
stellations easily seen from mid-northern latitudes.

16.557 Celestial Astronomy I (2 q.h.)

A thorough examination of the sun as a typical star; determination of stellar
physical properties — the instrumentation and the information: size, mass, den-
sity; chemical composition, surface temperature, rotation, axial tilt, distance.
Prereq. 16.553 or equiv.

16.558 Celestial Astronomy II (2 q.h.)

Star systems — the visual, telescopic, and spectroscopic doubles; simple star
systems; stellar populations; H-R diagrams and stellar evolution; multiple
stars; irregular stars; nova; nebulae. Prereq. 16.557 or equiv.

16.559 Celestial Astronomy III (2 q.h.)

Galactic detection; galactic distribution; forms, types, and possible galactic
evolution; the MILKY WAY; inter-stellar and intergalactic space; pulsars, qua-
sars, and black holes; cosmology. Prereq. 16.558 or equiv.

16.561 Physical Geography I (2 q.h.)

Physical assessment of the earth as a spheroid; relations with the sun; geo-
graphic grid; map projections; illumination of the globe; geographic time
studies and moon-tide relationships. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.562 Physical Geography II (2 q.h.)

Physical weather elements — temperature, pressure, moisture; cyclonic storms;
role of weather elements in world climate. Prereq. 16.561 or equiv.

16.563 Physical Geography III (2 q.h.)

The earth's landforms — their formation and description; particular emphasis
given to the agents of deposition and erosion: the volcano, the river, the glacier,
and ocean waves. Prereq. 16.562 or equiv.

16.567 Human and Cultural Geography (2 q.h.)

Spatial analysis of people throughout the world — their culture, cultural land
scapes, cultural history, and cultural ecology; provides for an understanding
of differences in world populations. Prereq. 16.563 or equiv.

166 / EARTH SCIENCE

16.568 Urban Geography I (2 q.h.)

In-depth analysis of historical and present structure of cities; comparative
world urbanism trends; historic city growth patterns; morphology; site and
situations; central place theories; external and internal relations; economic
base. Prereq. 16.567 or equiv.

16.569 Urban Geography il (2 q.h.)

An applied approach to urban problems through urban theories and planning
techniques; vertical classification of cities; methods of city development; land
utilization; land-use survey and mapping techniques; planning approaches;
zoning. Prereq. 16.568 or equiv.

16.571 Conservation I (2 q.h.)

Philosophy of conservation; historical development of the conservation move-
ment in the U.S. since 1900; interactions of economics and conservation
practices. Prereq. 16.503 or equiv.

16.572 Conservation II (2 q.h.)

Problems relating to the supply, use, and management of major renewable
natural resources: forests, soil, wildlife, and water. Prereq. 16.571 or equiv.

16.573 Conservation III (2 q.h.)

Application of the theories and techniques of conservation; problems of urban
resources; air and water pollution; recreational resources; the availability of
funds. Prereq. 16.572 or equiv.

16.574 Conservation and the Nation (2 q.h.)

In-depth study of the current practices and problems in our nation; mineral re-
sources availability and allocation; energy resources; atmospheric, fresh and
salt water pollution; wildlife and endangered species. Prereq. 16.573 or equiv.

16.575 Conservation and the Community (2 q.h.)

Examination of the conservation problems at the local level; identification of the
problem; the factors involved; the dimension of the problem; the responsibility
of the community. Prereq. 16.574 or equiv.

16.576 Conservation Management (2 q.h.)

Assessment of current practices of the local community; sources of knowledge
and assistance among the populace; agencies available to the community;
nature and scope of practices needed; practicality of community action. Pre-
req. 16.575 or equiv.

16.577 Environmental Conservation I (2 q.h.)

Identification of the natural resources of the land; history of the discovery and
use of natural land resources; the scientific, social, and political uses of natural
resources. Prereq. 16.573 or equiv.

16.578 Environmental Conservation II (2 q.h.)

The physical, chemical, and biological significance of the atmosphere; factors
that are removed, added or altered; the economic practices of the urban, subur-
ban, and rural communities; modern methods of detection of atmospheric
pollutants; modern techniques and practices designed to deal with the problem.
Prereq. 16.577 or equiv.

BIOLOGY / 167

16.579 Environmental Conservation III (2 q.h.)

An in-depth analysis of the natural resources of the ocean; reclamation of soil;
detection and procurement of mineral resources — especially metals and fuel
materials; chemical and thermal pollution problems; the biotic resources and
their conservation. Prereq. 16.578 or equiv.

16.580 Economic Geography I (2 q.h.)

Theoretical approach and case study examination of spatial manifestations of
the economy; spatial models and systems; the economic landscape. Prereq.
16.563 or equiv.

16.581 Economic Geography II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of 16.580 — the locational determinants of services, trade,
finance, and insurance; transportation and communications; manufacturing,
construction, and the extractive industries. Prereq. 16.580 or equiv.

16.582 Applied Climatology (2 q.h.)

Climatic effects on man — his agricultural and economic activities; macrocli-
matology and microclimatology in rural, suburban and urban situations; short
and long range extremes and their climatological consequences. Prereq.
16.581 or equiv.

18— BIOLOGY

Consultant Prof. F. D. Crisley, Chairman, Biology Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coordinator: Prof. F. A. Rosenberg (L.A. College)

18.507 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Fundamental concepts of living organisms, chemical and biological characteris-
tics of cellular metabolism. The skeletal system and its appendages. General
nomenclature, anatomical names and terms. Prereq. none.

18.508 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The systems of the body and the relationships between them. The structure
and function of each. Prereq. 18.507 or equiv.

18.509 Gross Anatomy and General Physiology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)
Continuation of the systems of the body and the relationship between them.
Prereq. 18.508 or equiv.

18.511 Biology I (General) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition
and cellular activities; inheritance and cellular control. Prereq. none. (Labora-
tory fee)

18.512 Biology II (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Functional anatomy of animal organ systems, their interactions and environ-
mental relationships. Prereq. 18.511 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.513 Biology III (Animal) (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals.
Diversity of animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.
Prereq. 18.512 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

168 / BIOLOGY

18.519 Plant Biology (3 cl., 3 lab., 4 q.h.)

Systematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascular
plants. Survey of the plant-like protists, and monerans. Prereq. 18.511 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.520 Medical Microbiology (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Major characteristics of disease-producing organisms. Prereq. A formal
course or professional laboratory experience in bacteriology. (Laboratory fee)

18.521 Microbiology I (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Morphology and biochemistry of the bacteria. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.
(Laboratory fee)

18.522 Microbiology II (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Survey of pathogenic microorganisms. Prereq. 18.521 or equiv. (Labora-
tory fee)

18.523 Microbiology III (2 cl., 4 lab., 4 q.h.)

Biology of the protista; the role of microorganisms in the environment and
industry. Prereq. 18.522 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.524 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Introduction to human anatomy, osteology, anatomy of the muscular system,
respiratory system, digestive system, the vascular system, urogenital system.
The laboratory includes a study of human bone and cat dissection. Prereq.
18.506 or 18.513 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.525 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Principles of physiology and continuation of the study of human anatomy. The
laboratory is mainly concerned with muscle physiology. Prereq. 18.524 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.526 Human Anatomy and Physiology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)
Continuation of the principles of physiology. The anatomy and physiology of
the nervous system, physiology of the endocrine system. The laboratory deals
with physiology of respiration and the physiology of blood. Prereq. 18.525 or
equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.530 Horticulture (3 q.h.)

The study of the science and art of plants, stressing the use of plants in the
home and community. Prereq. none. (Laboratory fee)

18.531 Cell Biology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Chemical composition of cells, structure of cells and organelles, transport proc-
esses, cell motion and excitability, growth. Prereq. 18.513, 18.556, 18.558
and 12.533 or equiv.

18.532 Cell Biology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Cellular energy supply, enzyme function, respiration and metabolism, photo-
synthesis and other synthetic pathways, control of cellular processes. Prereq.
18.531 or equiv.

BIOLOGY / 169

18.533 Cell Biology III (4 cl., 2 q.h.)

Laboratory techniques in cell biology; microscopy, structure and chemical com-
position of cells, enzyme measurements, photosynthesis, respiration, active
transport, growth. Prereq. 18.532 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.535 Advanced Horticulture (3 q.h.)
Prereq. 18.530. (Laboratory fee)

18.551 Histology-Organology I (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The morphology of cells and tissues. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv. (Laboratory
fee)

18.552 Histology-Organology II (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The tissue components of the integumentary, digestive, and respiratory sys-
tems. Prereq. 18.551 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.553 Histology-Organology III (1 cl., 2 lab., 2 q.h.)

The tissue components of the cardiovascular, excretory, reproductive, and
endocrine systems. Prereq. 18.552 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.556 Genetics Laboratory (4 lab., 2 q.h.)

Laboratory exercises involving Principles of Mendelian inheritance, linkage,
crossing-over. Classical genetics utilizing Drosophila; biochemical studies util-
izing Neurospora. Prereq. 18.558 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

18.557 Genetics I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Mitosis, meiosis, and mendelian genetics. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.

18.558 Genetics II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Chromosome mapping, mutations, translocation, chromosomal aberrations.
Prereq. 18.557 or equiv.

18.561 Ecology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Environmental factors. The soil system. Water. The atmosphere. Temperature,
light, wind, pressure. The physico-chemical factors — COj N and mineral nu-
trients. Habitat. Distribution of plants and animals in the world according to
temperature and precipitation. Prereq. 18.513 or equiv.

18.562 Ecology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The ecosystem. Ecological niche. The producers, consumers, and decomposers.
The pond ecosystem, desert ecosystem, forest ecosystem, and sea shore eco-
system. Energy cycle and efficiency of energy utilization. Mass, weight, and
energy pyramids. Prereq. 18.561 or equiv.

18.563 Ecology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Population ecology. Biotic community. Population growth. Relations between
the species. Symbiosis. Competition. Predation. Succession. Prereq. 18.562
or equiv.

18.564 Man and His Biosphere I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

An ecological analysis of the human situation and man's interaction with other
organisms. The necessary foundation of biological principles will be presented.

18.565 Man and His Biosphere II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A continuation of Man and his Biosphere I. Prereq. 18.564 or equiv.

170 / PSYCHOLOGY

19_PSYCH0L0GY

Consultant: Prof. M. Terman, Chairman, Psychology Dept. (L.A. College)
Associate Consultant: Prof. H. S. Zamansky (L.A. College)

19.501 Psychology I (2 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog-
ical measurement and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.

19.502 Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and so-
cial influences on behavior. Prereq. 19.501 or equiv.

19.503 Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Personality theory and measurement, behavior disorders, mental health and
psychotherapy. Prereq. 19.502 or equ/v.

19.504 Statistics in Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Scales of measurement in psychological research, measures of central tendency,
and variability. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.505 Statistics in Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Measures of correlation, introduction to probability and statistical distributions.
Prereq. 19.504 or equiv.

19.506 Statistics in Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Parametric and non parametric tests of significance, including chi square,
t-test, F test, and simple analysis of variance. Prereq. 19.505.

Note: 19.504, 19.505, and 19.506 may not be taken in addition to Statistics
(39.511, 39.512, 39.513). Psychology majors may substitute 39.511, 39.512,
and 39.513 with permission of the Dean.

19.507 Psychology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introductory survey of the historical backgrounds of psychology, psycholog-
ical measurements and testing, and principles of animal and human learning.
Principles of sensory processing, perception, motivation and emotion, and social
influences on behavior. Personality theory and measurement, behavior dis-
orders, mental health, and psychotherapy. (Not open to students who have
taken 19.501, 19.502, 19.503.)

19.508 Fundamentals of Psychology I (4 q.h.)

Basic concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
orientation to the study of behavior, including child development, individual
differences, learning, and social psychology. (Recommended for psychology
majors.) (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501, 502, 503.)

19.509 Fundamentals of Psychology II (4 q.h.)

The sensory basis of behavior, cognition, perception, motivation, emotions,
normal and abnormal personality. (Recommended for psychology majors.)
Prereq. 19.508 or equiv. (Not open to students who have credit for 19.501,
502, 503.)

PSYCHOLOGY / 171

19.511 Child Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Genetic factors in development; biological, social, intellectual, and personality
development during preschool years. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.512 Child Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Factors in psychological development during the middle-childhood years. Pre-
req. 19.511.

19.513 Adolescent Psychology (2 q.h.)

Psychological and physical changes during adolescence, attitudes toward peer
groups and parental figures, vocational choice, and the determination of moral
standards and values. Prereq. 19.512 or equiv.

19.521 Personality I (2 q.h.)

Systematic study of the normal personality. A number of prominent theoretical
approaches to personality will be considered including the psychoanalytic, con-
stitutional, field, and behavioral-response. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.522 Personality II (2 q.h.)

Problems of adjustment, frustration, conflict, and stress. Adjustive behavior,
mechanisms of defense, and minor personality maladjustments will be con-
sidered. Prereq. 19.521 or equiv.

19.523 Motivation (2 q.h.)

Survey of the various aspects of motivation. Such areas as primary and second-
ary reinforcement, unconscious motivation, effectance motivation, and the
assessment of motive will be considered. Prereq. 19.522 or equiv.

19.524 Social Psychology I (2 q.h.)

The socialization process, social motives, interpersonal perception, group mem-
bership and structure. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.525 Social Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Attitudes, prejudice and ethnic relations, leadership, mass behavior and social
movements, and the effects of mass media of communication. Prereq. 19.524
or equiv.

19.526 Psychology of Aggression (2 q.h.)

The role of aggressive and violent behavior in man and lower organisms. The
contribution of both learned responses and genetic constitution. Prereq.
19.503 or equiv.

19.527 Psychology of Conformity and Rebellion (2 q.h.)

Psychological factors in conforming or rebellious behavior. Specific attention
to psychological motives and attitudes of the individual with respect to deci-
sions on political participation, drugs, sexual behavior, educational policy, and
other current social problems. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.528 Psychological Factors in National and International Conflict (2 q.h.)
A review of the psychological images, dynamics, and decisions in national and
international loyalty and hostility. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

172 / PSYCHOLOGY

19.529 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small Group 1 (2 q.h.)

Participation and observation of personalities and role behaviors in small group
interaction. Each student will observe and analyze the behavior of both himself
and other group members. Prereq. 19.503 or equ/v.

19.530 Interpersonal Behavior in the Small Group II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.529. Prereq. 19.529 or equ/v.

19.532 Industrial Psychology I (2 q.h.)

Psychology as applied to industry, including such topics as history causation
of behavior, attitudes, morale, and supervision. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.533 Industrial Psychology II (2 q.h.)

The place of psychological tests in industry, individual differences, leadership,
training, design of jobs and practical application of these topics for the student
in industry. Prereq. 19.532 or equiv.

19.534 Industrial Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Topics studied this quarter include motivation, fatigue, safety, and job turnover
as related to industry. Special emphasis given to industrial mental health,
counseling, interviewing, and personnel selection. Prereq. 19.533 or equiv.

19.535 Psychological Factors in the Creative Process (2 q.h.)

Topics to be analyzed will include definitions of creativity, role of intelligence in
creativity, motives for problem solving, creative personalities, the encourage-
ment of creativity in the individual and groups, and computer duplication of
creative behaviors. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.536 Psychology of Thought (2 q.h.)

Psychological factors in intuition, imagination, problem solving, information
processing, and concept learning. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.537 Psychology of Language (2 q.h.)

The child's acquisition of language, verbal habits, the analysis and measure-
ment of meaning, cultural determinants of linguistic behavior, communication
processes, and recent research in psycholinguistics. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.538 Psychology of Learning I (2 q.h.)

The concept of learning will be examined critically on the basis of animal and
human studies. Techniques for initiating and maintaining learned behavior will
receive detailed attention.

19.539 Psychology of Learning II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.538. Prereq. 19.538 or equiv.

19.541 Abnormal Psychology I (2 q.h.)

An introduction of the study of the etiology and dynamics of the abnormal
personality. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.542 Abnormal Psychology II (2 q.h.)

The symptomatology and treatment of the neuroses and psychoses. Prereq.
19.541 or equiv.

PSYCHOLOGY / 173

19.543 Abnormal Psychology III (2 q.h.)

Psychosomatic, psychopathic, and organic disorders; varieties of psychotherapy.
Prereq. 19.542 or equiv.

19.544 Abnormal Psychology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 19.541, 19.542 and 19.543. Prereq. 19.503 or equiv.

19.546 Psychological Testing I (2 q.h.)

Basic principles of test theory, test administration, and test construction.
Familiarization with representative types of tests. Prereq. 19.506 or equiv.

19.547 Psychological Testing 11 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 19.546. Prereq. 19.546 or equiv.

19.551 Experimental Psychology I (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

The methods and techniques for the design, execution, and interpretation of
psychological experiments. Prereq. 19.506 or equiv.

19.552 Experimental Psychology II (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Laboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of
sensory and perceptual processes. Prereq. 19.551 or equiv.

19.553 Experimental Psychology III (2 cl., 2 lab., 3 q.h.)

Laboratory instrumentation and research methodology in the investigation of
animal and human learning, motivation, and thought. Prereq. 19.552 or equiv.

19.560 Psychology of Women (2 q.h.)

The examination, in both historical and contemporary context, the body of
knowledge studying woman, her function in social roles and her behavior as
determined genetically, physiologically and psychologically. The research im-
plications, future life styles, roles, and contributions of women.

19.561 Historical Development of Psychology I (2 q.h.)

The historical development of psychology from its philosophical beginnings.
Prereq. two full-year courses in psychology.

19.562 Historical Development of Psychology II (2 q.h.)

Major schools of psychology which have influenced modern psychological
research including functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalt psychology, and psycho-
analysis. Prereq. 19.561 or equiv.

19.563 Historical Development of Psychology III (2 q.h.)

The role of theory in current psychological research. Prereq. 19.562 or equiv.

19.571 Seminar in Psychology (2 q.h.)

Discussion of current problems in psychology. Prereq. 19.553 or equiv.

19.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. approval of the Dean.

19.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 19.591.

19.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 19.592.

174 / ANTHROPOLOGY

20— ANTHROPOLOGY

Consultant: (See Sociology)

20.501 Anthropology I (2 q.h.) (formerly Introduction to Physical Anthropol-
ogy). An introduction to elements of physical anthropology, covering such sub-
jects as the primates, fossil man and evolution, problems of heredity and
genetics, problems of race and racial classification, and the bases of cultural
behavior.

20.502 Anthropology II (2 q.h.) (formerly Cultural Anthropology I)

An introduction to cultural anthropology covering the nature of culture; methods
and theories. Prereq. 20.501 or equ/V.

20.503 Anthropology III (2 q.h.) (formerly Cultural Anthropology II)
Characteristic features of the language, family life, rituals, and values of tribal
peoples in different parts of the world. Prereq. 20.502 or equiv.

20.521 Culture and Personality (2 q.h.)

A cultural approach integrating concepts of social role, values, personality and

socialization, and linguistic considerations. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.504 Anthropology (Intensive)

Same as 20.501, 502, plus 503.

20.531 Primitive Social Organization (2 q.h.)

The institutions of primitive societies; comparative approaches and functional
explanations of a limited number of societies; the dynamics of continuity and
change of culture and social organization. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.532 Primitive Religion (2 q.h.)

A study of religious beliefs and rituals of tribal peoples in many parts of the
world, including the origin of religious behavior, the relationship of religious
behavior to other aspects of culture, and the psychological factors involved.
Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.533 Acculturation (2 q.h.)

An examination of the processes of acculturation in culture contact situations
of tribal and non-tribal peoples. Focus is on the role of the individual, and the
concepts of personality and values in relation to this process. Prereq. 20.503
or equiv.

20.537 Anthropological Theory (2 q.h.)

A history of major orientations, emphasizing the principal contemporary orien-
tations in the field. Evolutionary approaches, culture area and historical anal-
ysis, functionalism, role structure, comparative methods, social relations
approaches, and the theory of cognitive structure. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.541 North American Indian (2 q.h.)

Prehistory of the North American Indian, including the study of aboriginal
culture areas, utilizing a comparative analysis of representative Indian tribes
and their cultures as the method of study. Family life, religion, warfare patterns,
and political organization are described. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

ANTHROPOLOGY / 175

20.544 African Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.)

African geography, prehistory and cultures; the spectrum of cultures ranging
from the Pygmy to Ashanti Federation; the family, lineage, clan and tribe as
these relate to problems of political and economic change in contemporary
Africa. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.547 Latin American Peoples and Cultures (2 q.h.)

Tribal social systems, traditional values, and institutions of Latin America with

particular emphasis on Hispanic America. Prereq. 20.503 or equiv.

20.545 Studying the Family Cross Culturally (2 q.h.)

The course will focus on the formation of differing family systems according
to a variety of cultural settings. These will include: the Todas, the Hopi, the
Anglo-Saxon, the Kibbutz, and the Baganda.

20.549 Folklore (2 q.h.)

The general nature of folklore and methods employed in its study with emphasis
on the behavioral-structural approach.

20.550 Peasant Society and Culture as an Anthropological Problem (2 q.h.)
How are peasant societies distinguished from tribes? In what sense do peasant-
ries compose a general social type, and in what sense can we study peasantries
comparatively? The development of the concept of peasantry from its European
traditions through its modern uses. Analysis of representative case studies of
traditional peasant societies in the non-Western and Western world, and some
comparison of these findings to selected contiguous folk or tribal groups.
Prereq. 20.503 or 20.602 or equiv.

20.551 The Comparative Study of Changing Peasantries (2 q.h.)

Modern studies of peasant societies from Asia, Europe, Africa, and Latin
America will be analysed and compared from several points of view, including
differing historical traditions, relations with the world outside, economic, politi-
cal and social structure, change and modernization, and ideology. Prereq.
20.503 or 20.602 or equiv.

20.552 Eastern European Peasantry in the Modern World (2 q.h.)

An analysis and comparison of selected studies of peasant societies in East-
Central and Southeastern Europe from Russia to Greece, encompassing vary-
ing forms from the traditional peasant village to collectivized peasant units.
Consideration of similarities and differences in historical traditions and world
outlook, as well as the impact of modern societies and programs of modern-
ization, under varying forms of socialism and capitalism, upon the internal
structure and processes of change within the peasant village. Prereq. 20.503
or 20.602 or equiv.

20.601 Principles of Anthropology I (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to elements of physical anthropology covering such
subjects as the primates, fossil man and evolution problems of heredity and
genetics, problems of race and racial classification, the bases of cultural be-
havior, and the nature of culture.

176 / SOCIOLOGY

20.602 Principles of Anthropology II (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to cultural anthropology covering characteristic fea-
tures of tribal peoples, language, family life, rituals, values, social organization,
etc. Prereq. 20.601 or equiv.

20.699 Field Work in Anthropology (6 q.h.)
(Refer to page 82 describing field work courses.)

To be arranged with a departmental field work adviser prior to registration.
Prereq. Major in Sociology -Anthropology and completion of 12 credits in An-
thropology. (Students may receive credit for only one departmental field work
course. Credit for 20.699 precludes credit for 21.699)

21— SOCIOLOGY

Consultant: Prof. Lila Leibowitz, Sociology Dept. (L.A. College)
Coordinator: Prof. M. Garrett, Sociology Dept. (L.A. College)

21.501 Sociology I (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in
group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the
family.

21.502 Sociology II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology I with major emphasis on primary groups, associa-
tions, social stratification, collective behavior, and population. Prereq. 21.501
or equiv.

21.503 Sociology III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Sociology II emphasizing a critical analysis of American so-
ciety with particular attention to problems of social, political, urban, and indus-
trial change. Prereq. 21.502 or equiv.

21.504 Sociology (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and theories relating to the study of man as a participant in
group life with emphasis on social structure, culture, socialization, and the
family. Primary groups, associations, social stratification, collective behavior,
and population. The major institutional areas, with particular attention to prob-
lems of social, political, urban, and industrial change. (Not open to students
who have taken 21.501. 21.502, 21.503) Prereq. 30.506.

21.505 Drugs and Society (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the sociology of drugs. Examines social definitions of drugs,
conditions of their use, and socialization into drug use. Considers deviant drug
use and effects of social control on definitions and use. A range of licit and
illicit drugs will be considered but major emphasis will be given to alcohol,
marihuana, and heroin.

21.506 Sociology of Religion (2 q.h.)

An examination of the role of religious belief systems and institutions in various
societies, ancient and modern. Western and non-Western.

SOCIOLOGY / 177

21.507 Sex in Society: The Study of Sex Roles (2 q.h.)

Analysis of historical and contemporary development in how men and women's
changing roles are related to the society at large.

21.508 Sociology of Literature (2 q.h.)

A novel approach to novels and other literary productions from lyrics and love
songs to sci-fi and films. Sociological analysis of content and contexts.

21.509 Sociology of Socialist Societies (2 q.h.)

Comparative sociology of China, USSR, Cuba, others, focussing on ideology,
social organization, economy, polity, education, child care, women's positions,
etc. The course will emphasize processes of change and the interrelationships
between institutions.

21.512 Social Research Methods I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to social research methods with particular attention to problems
of theory and method in both anthropology and sociology. Prereq. Consent
of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.513 Social Research Methods II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods I with emphasis on data collection,
measurement, and scaling in both anthropology and sociology. Prereq. 21.512
or equiv.

21.514 Social Research Methods III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods II stressing the analysis of data.
Prereq. 21.513 or equiv.

21.517 Social Theory I (formerly Foundations of Sociological Theory) (2 q.h.)
An historical survey of sociological theorists including the work of de Tocque-
ville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley, and others. Prereq. Consent of the
Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.518 Social Theory II (formerly Contemporary Sociological Theory I) (2 q.h.)
A study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discussion concentrates on
systematic questions and topics, as opposed to particular theorists, but material
is drawn from theorists such as Weber, Simmel, Thomas, Mannheim, Merton,
and Parsons. Prereq. 21.517 or equiv.

21.519 Social Theory III (formerly Contemporary Sociological Theory II)
(2 q.h.) A seminar in which the principal focus will be upon questions of theo-
retical interest, e.g., the problem of order, the problem of change, the role of
the individual in change. Students will present their papers in class. Prereq.
21.518 or equiv.

21.528 Social Stratification: Class, Status, and Power (2 q.h.)
A comparative study of the nature of class structure with emphasis on the
United States and with reference to India and England. Discussion of such
topics as theories of class structure, factors determining class membership,
differential class behavior, and social mobility. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

178 / SOCIOLOGY

21.531 Social Change (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the changing patterns in social and economic institutions, a
discussion of modern social trends, and a review of current literature in a field.
Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.534 Social Control (2 q.h.)

The study of group membership as a determinant of behavior, analysis of status
and role, patterns of authority, and group ideology as factors in the evaluation
of conduct. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.535 Political Sociology: Who Gets What (2 q.h.)

The social structure of political life emphasizing relationships in the structure of
society with its classes, occupations, races, and levels of opportunity as they
affect political activity. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.538 (see 25.538)

21.539 (see 25.539)

21.540 (see 25.540)

21.543 (see 25.543)

21.544 (see 25.544)

21.545 (see 25.545)

21.546 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the variety of social problems and their relationship to the organiza-
tion of society. Particular attention will be given to alcoholism, sex offenses,
drug abuse, mental health, and other problems relating to an urban industrial
society. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.547 Social Problems (2 q.h.)

An overview of contemporary American social problems and the application of
sociological concepts, methods, and principles to these problems. Prereq.
21.503 or equiv.

21.550 Juvenile Delinquency (2 q.h.)

A study of factors in delinquency and an examination of the implications for
prevention, rehabilitation, and treatment. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.551 Family and Marriage I (2 q.h.)

A comparative and historical treatment stressing the past history and develop-
ment of the family. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.552 Family and Marriage II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Family and Marriage I emphasizing the backgrounds of con-
temporary problems in the context of functions, forms, and processes of this
institution. Prereq. 21.551 or equiv.

21.553 Racial and Cultural Relations I (2 q.h.)

A study of the relationships between various racial, nationality, cultural, and
religious groups with emphasis on the historical development of black-white
relationships in American society. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

SOCIOLOGY / 179

21.554 Racial and Cultural Relations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations I stressing the problems of
contemporary black-white relationships in both American and other societies.
Prereq. 21.553 or equiv.

21.555 Racial and Cultural Relations II! (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Racial and Cultural Relations II with specific attention to
religious nationality, and non-African racial groups in American and other
multi-racial societies. Prereq. 21.554 or equiv.

21.556 Sociology of Poverty (2 q.h.)

An analysis of American poverty in historical perspective, drawing on compari-
sons with other countries. Critical evaluation of sociological research and
theories relating to poverty. Consideration of causes and effects of poverty, as
well as societal responses to poverty and its consequences. Suitable for stu-
dents in applied fields, such as nursing, criminal justice, education, allied
health, premed, and pre-law.

21.557 Urban Sociology (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the various causes, characteristics, and effects of urbanization in
several different cultures of the world. Specific attention is given to the prob-
lems of urban and suburban living and the changing structure of the city.
Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.558 Community Analysis (2 q.h.)

Ecological theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development
of the concept, and discussion of community study methods. Contrasts between
rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evaluation of com-
munity action programs. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.559 Seminar in Urban Studies (2 q.h.)

Interdisciplinary approaches to analyses of urban issues, continuing student
projects. Prereq. One previous course in urban studies fie/d.

21.560 Medical Sociology (2 q.h.)

Sociological concepts and research relating to the study of patterns of behavior
in the areas of health and disease. Emphasis on the family, community, medical
organizations, class, and status as social subsystems related to the field of
health. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.561 Sociology of Mental Health

The emphasis of this course will be the sociological aspects of mental health
and mental disorder. There will be presentations and discussions of the social
history of mental illness, epidemiological and cross-cultural approaches to
mental disorder, the career of the mental patient, the functions of psychiatry in
society, community and social treatment modalities and other aspects of social
psychiatry. Prereq. 21.503 or 21.602 or equiv.

21.563 Social Gerontology: The Aged in Society (2 q.h.)

An examination of social factors involved in aging, with specific reference to
how biological and psychological age change influence behavior, social roles,
and cultural patterns. The relation of aging to social change, and special pro-
visions for the aged. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

180 / SOCIOLOGY

21.567 Population (2 q.h.)

The use of demographic methods in the analysis of social structures. Introduc-
tion to the use of population size and composition, birth rates, and other demo-
graphic data in the comparative analysis of societies. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.570 Sociology of Occupations and Professions (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the social relations within occupational groups, of occupational
structure, and of institutional aspects of an occupation. Relationships of super-
visors, peers, colleagues, subordinates, and clientele; their significance for work
role behavior. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.573 Sociology of Industry (2 q.h.)

Comparison of pre-industrial and industrial society, stressing the impact of
industry on society and the relationship between industry, culture, and values.
Diversification and specialization. Human relations in industry; analysis of
subordinate — super ordinate behavior, line and staff relationships, and formal
and informal groups. Prereq. 21.503 or equiv.

21.575 Sociology of Formal Organizations: Humans, Machines, and Bureauc-
racy (2 q.h.)

A study of formal organizations and the principles that govern organizational
life. Weber's theory of bureaucracy and the concept of authority; communica-
tion systems and other conceptions of formal organizations. The structure of
work groups and their effect on the larger organization. Prereq. 21.503 or
equiv.

21.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of Dean.

21.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 21.591.

21.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 21.592.

21.601 Principles of Sociology I (Recommended for Majors) (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to basic concepts and theories relating to the study of
man as a participant in group life. Emphasis is placed on socialization, culture,
social structure, primary groups, family, social stratification, and population.

21.602 Principles of Sociology II (4 q.h.)

A continuation of Principles of Sociology I with emphasis on a critical analysis
of American society with particular attention to problems of social, political,
urban, and industrial change. Prereq. 21.601 or equiv.

21.612 Social Research Methods I (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to social research methods in both anthropology and
sociology with particular attention to problems of theory, methods, and data
collection. Prereq. Consent of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-
anthropology.

21.613 Social Research Methods II (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

A continuation of Social Research Methods (Intensive) I, with emphasis on data
collection, measurement, scaling, and the analysis of data. Prereq. 21.612.

SOCIAL WELFARE / 181

21.617 Social Theory I (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

An historical survey of sociology theorists, including the work of de Tocque-
ville, Comte, Marx, Durkheim, Cooley, Weber, Simmel, and others. Prereq.
Consent of the Instructor or 12 q.h. in sociology-anthropology.

21.618 Social Theory 11 (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

A study of major theoretical issues in sociology. Discussion concentrates on
systematic questions and topics, but material is drawn from theorists such as
Mannheim, Merton, Parsons. Students will present papers in class on questions
of theoretical interest; e.g., the problem of order, the problem of change, the
role of the individual in change, etc.

21.699 Field Work in Sociology (6 q.h.)
(Refer to page 82 describing field work courses.)

To be arranged with a departmental field work adviser prior to registration.
Prereq. Major in Sociology-Anthropology and completion of Social Research
Methods 21.514 or 21.613. (Students may receive credit for only one depart-
mental field work course. Credit for 21.699 precludes credit for 20.699)

25— SOCIAL WELFARE

Course Coordinator: Prof. Lois Ames (College of Criminal Justice)

25.538 Introduction to Social Welfare I (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.538)

An introduction to the nature and scope of the social welfare institution, its
historical development, the effects of urban industrialization, and its relation-
ship to present day American Society.

25.539 Introduction to Social Welfare II (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.539)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare I, with particular attention to
the development of social security and the welfare state.

25.540 Introduction to Social Welfare 111 (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.540)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Welfare II, focusing on selected aspects
of the current social welfare system, its attempts to alleviate poverty and other
social problems.

25.543 Introduction to Social Work Practice I (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.543)

An introduction to the functions of the helping profession of social work, its
settings and methods. Specific techniques such as interviewing, history taking,
and recording skills are presented.

25.544 Introduction to Social Work Practice II (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.544)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice I, with particular atten-
tion to the functioning of social workers in selected settings.

25.545 Introduction to Social Work Practice III (2 q.h.) (formerly 21.545)

A continuation of Introduction to Social Work Practice II, with emphasis on en-
hancement of practice skills.

182 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22— POLITICAL SCIENCE

Consultant: Prof. W. S. Jones, Chairman, Political Science Dept. (L.A. College)
Course Coord/nator: Prof. Minton Goldman (L.A. College)

22.501 Principles of Political Science I (2 q.h.)

Evolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of
basic forms of the contemporary political system.

22.502 Principles of Political Science II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of constitutional and totalitarian models. Study of contemporary
British and Soviet political systems. Prereq. 22.501 or equiv.

22.503 Principles of Political Science III (2 q.h.)

The American political system including study of civil rights. International
politics and American foreign policy since 1945. Prereq. 22.502 or equiv.

22.505 Contemporary Political Theory (2 q.h.)

Political ideas and systems of political thought from Machiavelli to the present.
Prereq. 22.504 or equiv.

22.506 American Political Thought (2 q.h.)

Political thought from the colonial period to the present including a study of
the impact of religious, economic, and judicial theory on the structure of Ameri-
can ideas. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.507 Principles of Political Science (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Evolution of the nation-state. Analysis of basic political concepts. Study of basic
forms of the contemporary political system. Analysis of constitutional and
totalitarian models. Study of contemporary British and Soviet political systems.
The American political system including study of Civil Rights. International
politics and American foreign policy since 1945. Not open to students who have
taken 22.501, 22.502, 22.503, or equiv.

22.508 Research Methods (2 q.h.)

An introduction to some of the most common methods of carrying out research
in the discipline of political science. Problems of theory construction, data-
gathering, and a selection of analytical research tools including bibliographical
aids and the computer are examined.

22.511 American National Government (2 q.h.)

A study of the form and structure of the federal constitution and an analysis
of the legislative process at the national level. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.512 Urban and Metropolitan Government (2 q.h.)

The political, structural, and functional problems of an urbanizing United States,
including an analysis of urban, suburban, and metropolitan governments.
Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.513 Political Parties and Pressure Groups (2 q.h.)

Party government in the United States and Great Britain. A contrasting study
focusing on the interaction of party and government. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 183

22.514 American Constitutional Law (2 q.h.)

A case analysis of the development of federalism, the separation of powers,
and the role of the federal and state courts in constitutional development.

22.515 Civil Rights (2 q.h.)

An evaluation of the quality and content of civil liberties in the United States.
Emphasis will be placed on the first, fifth, sixth, fourteenth, and fifteenth amend-
ments to The Constitution.

22.516 Public Administration I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the theory, forms, and processes of administration at the
national and state level.

22.517 Public Administration II (2 q.h.)

Selected problems. Case-study approach to examination of relation between
the theory and practice of public administration. Prereq. 22.516 or equiv.

22.518 Government and Politics of the States (2 q.h.)

A study of state and local government and problems and the function and
operational responses to them.

22.519 The Legislative Process (2 q.h.)

An institutional, functional analysis of the roles of Congress, the executive, and
political parties in the legislative process.

22.521 Comparative Government I (2 q.h.)

A comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior in
England, France, and Germany. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.522 Comparative Government II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.521. Prereq. 22.521 or equiv.

22.532 International Organization (2 q.h.)

Development of international organizations with special emphasis on the United
Nations, specialized agencies, and regional organizations. Prereq. 22.503 or
equiv.

22.533 American Foreign Policy (2 q.h.)

The constitution and political instruments for the formulation of American
foreign policy. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv.

22.534 Soviet Foreign Policy (2 q.h.)

A study of the evolution of Soviet foreign policy since 1917 with emphasis on
the development of the international Communist movement.

22.535 International Relations (4 q.h.)

Elements and limitations on national power. Contemporary world politics, prob-
lems of war and peaceful coexistence. Prereq. 22.503 or equiv. (Not to be
taken by students who have credit for 22.531.)

22.536 Introduction to Political Theory (4 q.h.)

Development of the political ideas of the Western world. The major philosophers
of Greece, Rome, The Christian Era, and the Renaissance. Prereq. 22.503 or
equiv. (Not to be taken by students who have credit for 22.504.)

184 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.537 European Political Parties (2 q.h.)

A study of political party systems in England, France, and Germany emphasiz-
ing ideology, organization in and out of Parliament, electoral strategies, and
voter behavior.

22.538 Communist China's Foreign Policy (2 q.h.)

A study of the Peking government's relations with Afro-Asia, the Soviet orbit,
and the west. Attention is given to policy objectives, strategy, tactics, and the
method of decision making in both the party and state apparatus.

22.541 International Law (2 q.h.)

A procedural and substantive study of legal relations among nation states.

22.542 American Foreign Policy I (2 q.h.)

Recent and current American foreign affairs. Prereq. 22.533 or equiv.

22.543 American Foreign Policy II (2 q.h.)

Recent and current American foreign affairs continued. Prereq. 22.542 or
equiv.

22.544 Government and Politics in the Soviet Union I (2 q.h.)

An analysis of modern totalitarian theory and practice is followed by a study of
the ideological and historical bases of the Soviet dictatorship. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

22.545 Government and Politics in the Soviet Union II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.544. A study of the Soviet federalism, party and state
organization, with special attention to the problems of political succession.
Prereq. 22.544 or equiv.

22.547 Government and Politics of Communist China I (2 q.h.)

A study of Chinese political culture with emphasis on the nineteenth-century
cultural, economic, and political impact of the West, the emergence of the Com-
munist Party under the leadership of Mao, and the progressive disintegration
of Kuomintang leadership. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.548 Government and Politics of Communist China II (2 q.h.)

A study of ideology, party, and state organization and behavior, and the Cultural
Revolution. Prereq. 22.547 or equiv.

22.551 Current Political Issues (2 q.h.)

A topical analysis of the constitutional and political basis of selected problems
in American political life.

22.552 Government and Politics in the Middle East I (2 q.h.)

A study of political change, economic growth, and social adaptation in selected
countries of the Middle East. Foreign policies are also considered, especially the
ties of the Middle Eastern countries with northern Africa. Prereq. 22.522 or
equiv.

22.553 Government and Politics in the Middle East II (2 q.h.)
A continuation of 22.552. Prereq. 22.552 or equiv.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 185

22.555 Government and Politics of Latin America I (2 q.h.)

After a discussion of the historical background of the Latin American nations,
an analysis of the cultural, economic, social, and political characteristics of
these countries is undertaken. Political violence and the breakdown of demo-
cratic governments is given particular attention. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.556 Government and Politics of Latin America II (2 q.h.)

This course analyzes politics of Mexico, Cuba, and Chile; the Communist, one-
party, and democratic approaches to political development are compared, each
of the three countries is used as an example. Prereq. 22.555 or equiv.

22.558 Government and Politics of South East Asia (2 q.h.)

A study of political instability and problems of establishing democratic struc-
tures and processes in the Philippines, Thailand, and India. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

22.559 Government and Politics of Japan (2 q.h.)

The historical development of the Japanese nation is studied with particular
attention to the growth of fascism. Efforts to create a viable democracy since
World War II is a major concern of the course. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.560 Politics and Policies of the Developing Nations I (2 q.h.)
Colonialism and the struggles for independence are discussed and the common
problems of developing nations are analyzed. Topics include economic develop-
ment, urbanization, cultural fragmentation, and revolution. Prereq. 22.522
or equiv.

22.561 Politics and Policies of the Developing Nations II (2 q.h.)

Based on the foundation provided in Part I, this course deals with efforts of
developing countries to achieve rapid social, economic, and political modern-
ization. The frequency of military takeovers and the prevalence of corrupt,
inefficient government bureaucracies are discussed. The democratic and authori-
tarian avenues toward development are compared and evaluated. Prereq.
22.560 or equiv.

22.562 Government and Politics of Sub Saharan Africa (2 q.h.)
Comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior of African
states south of the Sahara. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.563 Government and Politics of Northern Africa (2 q.h.)

Comparative analysis of political culture, organization, and behavior of African
states north of the Sahara. Emphasis is on Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, and Egypt.
Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.564 Communism in Eastern Europe I (2 q.h.)

A study of the conditions and circumstances surrounding the establishment of
Communist regimes in Eastern Europe immediately after the Second World War
and their relations with the Soviet Union. Prereq. 22.522 or equiv.

22.565 Communism in Eastern Europe II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 22.564. A study of nationalism, popular revolt, and socio-
economic change in the 1950's and 1960's. Attention is given to the changing
role of the Soviet Union in bloc affairs and the development of polycentrism.
Prereq. 22.564 or equiv.

186 / HISTORY

22.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of the Dean.

22.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 22.591.

22.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 22.592.

22.601 introduction to Political Science I (4 q.h.)

Basic political concepts and forces of organization from the classical Greeks to
the modern nation-state. The Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are con-
trasted as contemporary illustrations of the institutional distinction between a
totalitarian and a constitutional system. (Not open to students who intend to
receive credit for 22.501, 22.502, 22.503)

22.602 introduction to Political Science li (4 q.h.)

The development of operational liberty in the United States and its constitu-
tional underpinnings are considered, together with an analysis of the national
American political process and the conduct of recent American foreign relations.
(Not open to students who intend to receive credit for 22.501, 22.502, 22.503)

23— HISTORY

Consultant: R. H. Robinson, Chairman, Department of History, College of Liberal
Arts, 358 Richards Hall, Tel. 437-2660.

Coordinator of Western Civilization and Adviser to History Majors: G. H. Herman,
Department of History, College of Liberal Arts, 375 Richards Hall, Tel. 437-2660.

23.500 The Historian's Craft (4 q.h.)

The ways in which the historian studies the past with emphasis on research
and writing.

23.501 Western Civilization I (2 q.h.)

The beginnings of Western Civilization with emphasis on the political, economic,
and social history of ancient and medieval times to 1300.

23.502 Western Civilization II (2 q.h.)

Early Modern Europe from 1300 to 1789 with an examination of the two major
intellectual movements, the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, and their
impact on the rise of national states, capitalism, and Protestantism.

23.503 Western Civilization III (2 q.h.)

Modern Europe from 1789 to the present emphasizing the rise of ideology in a
technological age.

23.504 American History I (2 q.h.)

America from 1763 to 1840 with emphasis on political institutions and policies
of the new republic.

HISTORY / 187

23.505 American History II (2 q.h.)

The United States from 1840 to 1900 with emphasis on the rise of the sectional
controversy, the Civil War, and the economic development of the nation after
the war.

23.506 American History III (2 q.h.)

The United States since 1900, an age of urbanized industrialism and inter-
national crisis.

23.509 Western Civilization A* (3 q.h.)

Western Civilization to 1648. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.501 and/or 23.502.

23.510 Western Civilization B* (3 q.h.)

Western Civilization since 1648. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.502 and/or 23.503.

23.511 American History A* (3 q.h.)

America from 1763 to 1877. Not open to students who intend to receive credit
for 23.504 and/or 23.505.

23.512 American History B* (3 q.h.)

The United States since 1877. Not open to students who intend to receive
credit for 23.505 and/or 23.506.

23.515 Women in American History (2 q.h., Group III)

An historical examination of the position and role of women in American history.

23.516 Women in European History (2 q.h.. Group II)

An historical examination of the position and role of women in European history.

23.520 Population in History (2 q.h.. Group I or II)

An application of the principles of demography to European history from
Roman times to the present.

23.521 Ancient Middle East (2 q.h.. Group I)

A study of ancient cultures and people in the Middle East to the rise of Islam.

23.522 Ancient Greece (2 q.h.. Group I)

The origin and development of Greek civilization.

23.523 Ancient Rome (2 q.h.. Group I)

Roman civilization in ancient times with emphasis on the rise of the Republic
and the decline of the Empire.

23.524 Early Middle Ages (2 q.h.. Group I)

Europe from the decline of the Roman Empire to 1050 with emphasis on bar-
barian migrations, the role of religion in medieval society, and the fashioning
of political and economic institutions of feudalism and manorialism.

•The course sequence 23.509, 23.510 is identical to 23.501, 23.502 and 23.503.
The course sequence 23.511, 23.512 is identical to 23.504, 23.505 and 23.506.
The A and B sequence is accomplished in two quarters rather than three for the I, II, III
sequence.

188 / HISTORY

23.525 Late Middle Ages (2 q.h., Group I)

The medieval period from 1050 to 1350 with emphasis on the church-state con-
troversy and the growth of classicism in the arts.

23.526 Early Modern Europe (2 q.h., Group I)

The political, economic, and social history of Europe from 1350 to 1648.

23.527 England, 500-1603 (2 q.h., Group I)
England to the coming of the Stuarts.

23.530 Byzantine History (2 q.h.. Group I)

A political and cultural history of the Eastern Christian world from the fourth
century to the sacking of Constantinople in 1453.

23.531 Islamic History (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The history of the Muslim Arab world from the seventh century to the end of the
Abbasid Caliphate in 1258.

23.532 Ottoman History (2 q.h.. Group IV)

A study of the rise, glory, decay, and attempts at reform in the Ottoman Empire
from the thirteenth century to World War I.

23.533 History of the Jews I (2 q.h., Group I)

A survey of the Jews from the end of antiquity to early modern times from a
cultural and intellectual perspective.

23.534 History of the Jews II (2 q.h.. Group II)
The role and position of the Jew in modern history.

23.537 European Intellectual History, 1350-1688 (2 q.h.. Group I)
The major ideas of the Renaissance and Reformation.

23.538 European Intellectual History, 1688-1815 (2 q.h.. Group I)

The broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought with emphasis on scientific,
religious, and political ideas.

23.539 European Intellectual History since 1815 (2 q.h., Group II)

The main currents of European thought considered in their social and political
context from Romanticism to the present.

23.541 Europe, 1648-1789 (2 q.h., Group I)

Europe from the end of the Thirty Years' War to the French Revolution.

23.542 Europe, 1789-1870 (2 q.h.. Group II)

Europe from the French Revolution to the Franco-Prussian War with a stress on
the struggles for liberalism and nationalism.

23.543 Europe, 1870-1914 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The background of World War I with an emphasis on the roles of nationalism,
militarism, imperialism, and the European alliance system.

23.544 Europe, 1914-1939 (2 q.h.. Group II)

Europe from World War I to World War II, emphasizing the failures of peace-
makers at Versailles and the subsequent rise of aggressive autocracies in Italy
and Germany.

HISTORY / 189

23.545 Europe since 1939 (2 q.h., Group II)

World War II and its aftermath with an emphasis on the Cold War and attempts

by European nations to unify the continent.

23.548 England, 1603-1815 (2 q.h., Group I)

England in the Stuart and Hanover age with emphasis on the victory of the
parliamentary institutions over the monarchy.

23.549 England since 1815 (2 q.h., Group II)

The democratization of English life in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
with emphasis on changing imperial and international relations.

23.552 English Constitutional History to 1485 (2 q.h., Group I)

The development of the English constitution from Anglo-Saxon roots to the com-
ing of the Tudors, with attention to local as well as central government.

23.553 English Constitutional History since 1485 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The victory of Parliament over the King and the subsequent democratization of
England's governmental institutions and processes.

23.554 France since 1815 (2 q.h.. Group II)

France after Napoleon with attention to continuing attempts by the French
people to find satisfactory political institutions.

23.555 Germany since 1815 (2 q.h.. Group II)

An analysis of the role of nationalism in German life after 1815 with emphasis
on unification, militarism, and imperialism.

23.556 Italy since 1815 (2 q.h., Group II)

The unification of Italy, the attempt to establish constitutional monarchy, the
rise of fascism after World War I, and the movement toward democratic repub-
licanism after World War II.

23.557 Ireland since 1800 (2 q.h.. Group II)

A study of the Irish question in British politics from the Act of Union to the
establishment of the Free State.

23.558 European Economy and Society to 1750 (4 q.h., Group I)

A topical survey of European economic and social development in the pre-
industrial period.

23.559 European Economy and Society since 1750 (4 q.h.. Group II)

A topical survey of European economic and social development from the begin-
nings of industrialization to the present.

23.560 American Indians (2 q.h.. Group III)

A survey of the American Indian from pre-Columbian times to the present.

23.561 Colonial America to 1689 (2 q.h., Group III)

The exploration and settlement of North America with emphasis on the estab-
lishment of political, social, and economic institutions.

23.562 Colonial America, 1689-1763 (2 q.h.. Group III)
North America in an age of international rivalry for the continent.

190 / HISTORY

23.563 American Revolution and Constitution (2 q.h., Group III)

America's quest for independence from England and the efforts to establish
governments in the new republic.

23.564 American Constitutional History, 1789-1900 (2 q.h., Group III)
Selected topics in the development of the American Constitution with primary
emphasis on federalism and the relations of government and the economy.

23.565 American Constitutional History since 1900 (2 q.h., Group III)
Topics include the conflict between the liberal and conservative attitudes toward
the role of government in the economy and the role of the Supreme Court in
the struggle for civil liberties and rights.

23.566 United States since 1945 (4 q.h., Group III)

The American people from the close of World War II to the present.

23.567 American Diplomatic History (2 q.h., Group III)

Selected topics in the history of American foreign relations and policy since
1789.

23.568 American Social History (2 q.h.. Group III)
Selected topics in the life of the American people since 1789.

23.569 American Economic History (2 q.h.. Group III)

Selected topics in the development of the capitalist economy in America since
1789 with attention to the role of government.

23.571 American Urban History (2 q.h., Group III)

The development of urban society in the United States since 1800.

23.574 Afro-American History (2 q.h.. Group III)

The history of Afro-Americans from colonial times to the present.

23.575 Populism and Progressivism (2 q.h., Group III)

A topical history of the United States from 1877 to 1917 concentrating on its
social and cultural reactions to the processes of industrialization and urbaniza-
tion.

23.576 The United States, 1917-1933 (2 q.h.. Group III)

A topical history of the United States in time of world war, prosperity, and
depression.

23.577 The Age of Roosevelt (2 q . h . , G rou p 1 1 1 )
America in the era of the Great Depression and World War II.

23.580 Perceptions of America (2 q.h.. Group III)

A study of the image of America and Americans as expressed by Americans and
others.

23.581 Latin America to 1826 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The fusing of Indian, Iberian, and Negro cultures in Latin America and the quest
for political independence.

HISTORY / 191

23.582 Latin America, 1826-1920 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The attempts by Latin Americans to establish stable societies and democratic
governments.

23.583 Contemporary Latin America (2 q.h., Group IV)

The struggles of Latin Americans for political, economic, and social develop-
ment since 1920.

23.584 The Far East to 1850 (2 q.h., Group IV)

The history of China and Japan prior to their opening by the West in the mid-
nineteenth century.

23.585 China since 1850 (2 q.h.. Group IV)

A century of China's history with emphasis on the western impact on Chinese
civilization, China's struggle to maintain independence, and the victory of com-
munism in the twentieth century.

23.586 Japan since 1850 (2 q.h., Group IV)

An analysis of Japanese domestic developments and foreign relations since the
mid-nineteenth century.

23.588 Africa to 1885 (2 q.h., Group IV)

African prehistory; the evolution of African government and society; the dy-
namics of Afro-European contact before 1885.

23.589 Africa since 1885 (2 q.h., Group IV)

The European impact on Africa; the rise of African nationalism; the emergence
of independent African states.

23.591 Modern Middle East (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The Middle East since 1914 with attention to Zionism, Pan Arabism, the effects
of two world wars, and the postwar settlements.

23.592 India and Pakistan (2 q.h.. Group IV)

The political and religious history of the peoples who formed India and
Pakistan with an account of internal developments and foreign relations since
independence.

23.593 Southeast Asia (4 q.h.. Group IV)

The cultures of the peoples of Southeast Asia with an examination of the impact
of European nations upon them and an account of their quests for national
identity and economic development.

23.594 Russia, 1450-1801 (2 q.h.. Group I)

The emergence of Russia as a recognized European power with an account of
westernization and expansion in the eighteenth century.

23.595 Russia, 1801-1917 (2 q.h.. Group II)

The history of the Russian people and their government from the days of Czar
Alexander I to the revolutions of 1917.

23.596 Russia since 1917 (2 q.h., Group II)

The revolutions of 1917 and the subsequent history of the Russian people and
their government with special emphasis on foreign relations.

192 / PHILOSOPHY

23.597 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. approval of Dean.

23.598 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 23.597.

23.599 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 23.598.

23.601 Western Civilization IV (4 q.h.)

The major ideas and institutions of Western Civilization from ancient times to
1648. (Not open to students who intend to receive credit for 23.501, 23.502,
or 23.509)

23.602 Western Civilization V (4 q.h.)

A continuation of 23.601, covering the period since 1648. (Not open to stu-
dents who intend to receive credit for 23.502, 23.503, or 23.510)

23.699 Field Work in History (6 q.h.)

Extra-collegiate experience in historical research or historical agencies. (Refer
to page 82 describing field work courses) Prereq. Survey courses in Western
Civilization and American History and 23.500.

25 — SOCIAL WELFARE (see page 181.)

26— PHILOSOPHY

Consultant: Prof. W. L. Fogg, Chairman, Philosophy Dept. (L.A. College)

26.501 Introduction to Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

An examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy by means of
a systematic study of one or two philosophers. Questions in ethics and moral
philosophy stressed in the latter part of the quarter.

26.502 Introduction to Philosophy II (2 q.h.)

Development of some of the major conceptions of the meaning of human exist-
ence, the nature of human knowledge, and the nature and existence of God.

26.503 introduction to Philosophy III (2 q.h.)

A study of some of the central views of the aims, structure, and functions of
society. One other area in philosophy will be discussed in the latter half of this
quarter.

26.510 Introduction to Philosophy (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An examination of the aims, functions, and methods of philosophy in com-
parison with other areas of human knowledge and valuation. Inquiry into the
nature of morality, kinds of moral judgments, and types of ethical theories
with particular attention to their application to moral issues of our day. Com-
parison of major conceptions of the ultimate meaning of human existence, the
nature of mind, freedom, and God. Not open to students who have taken 26.501,
26.502, 26.503, or equiv.

PHILOSOPHY / 193

26.504 The Greek and Roman Philosophers (2 q.h.)

Development of western thought from the seventh century B.C. until the time
of Christ with emphasis upon Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics.

26.505 The Ages of Belief and Adventure (2 q.h.)

The leading philosophers of the early Christian, Medieval, and Renaissance
periods with particular attention to St. Augustine, St. Thomas, Francis Bacon,
and Thomas Hobbes. Prereq. 26.504 or equiv.

26.506 The Ages of Reason and Enlightenment (2 q.h.)

Philosophy in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries with emphasis upon
Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, and Kant. Prereq. 26.505 or equiv.

26.507 Philosophy of the Nineteenth Century (2 q.h.)

Philosophic trends in the nineteenth century considered as background for the
understanding of ideas influential in the twentieth century. Prereq. 26.503,
26.506 or equiv.

26.508 Twentieth-Century Philosophy (2 q.h.)

Discussion of the major contemporary philosophic trends as represented by
logical positivism, analytic philosophy, and existentialism. Prereq. 26.507 or
equiv.

26.509 Major Thinkers of our Time (2 q.h.)

An in-depth study of two or three philosophers, representatives of which would
be Austin, Ayer, Carnap, Dewey, Lewis, Maritain, Moore, Sartre, or Whitehead.
Prereq. 26.508 or equiv.

26.511 Philosophyof Art I (2 q.h.)

The nature of art and the experience of beauty.

26.512 Philosophy of Art II (2 q.h.)

Theories concerning art and aesthetic experience such as those of Plato, Aris-
totle, Tolstoy, Santayana, Dewey, and Cassirer. Prereq. 26.511 or equiv.

26.513 Philosophyof Art III (2 q.h.)

A study of the problems of artistic taste, standards of criticism, and the ob-
jectivity of artistic judgments. Concludes with a discussion of the arts, the
artist, and society. Prereq. 26.512 or equiv.

26.514 The Human Search for Meaning (2 q.h.)

The role of selected recent philosophy and literature in the human struggle for
meaning and identity. Some of the themes to be explored: freedom and respon-
sibility; alienation and anxiety; death and finitude.

26.515 Images of Man in Philosophy (2 q.h.)

An exploration of selected concepts of the nature of man in philosophy and
literature.

26.516 Technology and Man (2 q.h.)

An exploration of the human issues which have arisen in a technological age.
Issues such as the relations between man and machine and the moral issues
surrounding organ transplants are representative.

194 / PHILOSOPHY

26.517 Utopias and Anti-Utopias (2 q.h.)

A study of Utopian and anti-utopian literature as expressions of social criticism

and as theories of social reform.

26.521 Philosophy of Religion I (2 q.h.)

A study of the nature of religious experience and beliefs about the nature of God.

26.522 Philosophy of Religion II (2 q.h.)

The origins, nature, and functions of religion. Prereq. 26.521 or equiv.

26.523 Philosophy of Religion III (2 q.h.)

Intensive study of some of the major problems such as natural and moral evil,
the soul, immortality, miracles, and religious knowledge. Prereq. 26.522 or
equiv.

26.524 The Great Eastern Religions I (2 q.h.)

The development of eastern primitive religions and their subsequent evolution
into the sophisticated forms of the contemporary eastern religions.

26.525 The Great Eastern Religions II (2 q.h.)

Study of Egyptian and Babylonian religions, Confucianism, and Taoism.
Prereq. 26.524 or equiv.

26.526 The Great Eastern Religions III (2 q.h.)

Study of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Shintoism. Prereq. 26.525 or equiv.

26.527 The Great Western Religions I (2 q.h.)

The development of western primitive religions and their subsequent evolution
into the sophisticated forms of the contemporary western religions.

26.528 The Great Western Religions II (2 q.h.)

Study of Zoroastrianism, Judaism, and Christianity. Prereq. 26.527 or equiv.

26.529 The Great Western Religions III (2 q.h.)

Study of the religion of Islam, contemporary religious sects, and religious
phenomena. Prereq. 26.528 or equiv.

26.531 Ethics I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to moral problems such as egoism and altruism, good and evil,
conscience, obligation, and human freedom.

26.532 Ethics II (2 q.h.)

Critical discussion of some of the major ethical theories and the implications
of modern psychological and sociological theories about man and society.
Prereq. 26.531 or equiv.

26.533 Ethics III (2 q.h.)

The relations of ethical theory and morality to religion, social philosophy, art,
and science. Prereq. 26.532 or equiv.

26.534 Logic (2 q.h.)

Emphasis upon logic as a practical discipline which enables the student to
analyze types of arguments and to detect fallacies in arguments.

26.535 Ethics (intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as 26.532, 533, and 534.

PHILOSOPHY / 195

26.541 Social Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

Critical examination of the leading socio-political ideologies in regard to their
conceptions of the character, structure and function of society. Plato and
Aristotle emphasized.

26.542 Social Philosophy II (-2 q.h.)

Continuation of 26.541 with emphasis upon Hobbes, Locke, Hegel, and Mill.
Prereq. 26.541 or equiv.

26.543 Social Philosophy III (2 q.h.)

Emphasis upon Marxism, contemporary communism, fascism, capitalism, and
contemporary social ideologies. Prereq. 26.542 or equiv.

26.544 Selected Topics in Philosophy I (2 q.h.)

Advanced course. Readings chosen jointly by students and instructor. Has in-
cluded such topics as aggression, Utopian literature, Marxism, pragmatism.

26.545 Selected Topics in Philosophy II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 26.544

26.546 Selected Topics in Philosophy 111 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 26.545

26.551 The Existentialist Revolt (2 q.h.)

Sources of existentialism in the Western tradition with emphasis upon Kierke-
gaard and Nietzsche.

26.552 The Existentialist Challenge (2 q.h.)

The existential view of man and his world with emphasis upon Heidegger, Sartre,
and the religious existentialists — Marcel, Tillich, and Buber. Prereq. 26.551
or equiv.

26.553 Existentialism Appraised (2 q.h.)

Contemporary assessments of the existentialism movement, its meaning,
significance, and truth. Prereq. 26.552 or equiv.

26.560 Buddhism (2 q.h.)

The principal teachings of the Buddhists.

26.561 Hinduism (2 q.h.)
The major Hindu teachings.

26.562 Islam (2 q.h.)

The major principles of Islam.

26.563 Judaism (2 q.h.)
The elements of Judaism.

26.567 Mysticism: East & West (2 q.h.)

An exploration of mystical experiences through a discussion of some repre-
sentative religious mystics.

26.570 Religion & Myth (2 q.h.)

A study of myths as the expressions of religious man's experience of the world
and himself. Examples will be drawn from primitive religions and the traditional
religions of East and West.

196 / FINE ARTS

27— FINE ARTS

Consultant: Prof. R. L. Wells, Chairman, Art Dept. (LA. College)

27.501 Introduction to the Arts (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the techniques and meanings of various artistic expressions in

painting, sculpture, drawing, architecture, and graphic arts.

27.504 History of Art I (2 q.h.)

History of Western art from prehistoric times to the end of the Roman Empire.

27.505 History of Art II (2 q.h.)

History of Western art from the end of the Roman Empire to the late sixteenth
century. Prereq. 27.504.

27.506 History of Art III (2 q.h.)

History of Western Art from the late sixteenth century to the twentieth century.
Prereq. 27.505.

27.507 Ancient Architecture (2 q.h.)

Developments in the builder's art from prehistoric times to the end of the
Classical Era.

27.508 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture (2 q.h.)

A study of architecture from the Early Christian Period through the Renaissance.

27.509 European Architecture (2 q.h.)

Seventeenth- eighteenth- and nineteenth-century architecture.

27.510 Ancient Painting and Sculpture I (2 q.h.)

A survey of art from pre-historic period through Egypt and Mesopotamia.

27.511 Ancient Painting and Sculpture II (2 q.h.)

A survey of art from Crete through Greece and Rome.

27.512 Medieval Painting and Sculpture (2 q.h.)

Early Christian era; Byzantine, Romanesque, and Gothic art.

27.514 European Painting (2 q.h.)

Development of painting from the late sixteenth century to the middle of the
nineteenth century in Northern and Western Europe.

27.515 Modern Painting I (2 q.h.)

The development of painting from late nineteenth century to the Surrealist
movement.

27.516 Modern Painting II (2 q.h.)

The various styles of painting from Surrealism to contemporary art.

27.518 Twentieth-Century American Architecture (2 q.h.)
Study of architecture from Richardson to the present.

27.519 Twentieth-Century European Architecture (2 q.h.)
Study of architecture from Le Corbusier to the present.

FINE ARTS / 197

27.520 Italian Renaissance Art (2 q.h.)

Study of painting and sculpture of the fifteentli and sixteenth centuries.

27.522 French Painting (2 q.h.)

Study of French painting of the nineteenth century.

27.523 English Art (2 q.h.)

English art from the Gothic to the nineteenth century.

27.524 American Art I (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture, and painting from
Colonial times to the War of Independence.

27.525 American Art II (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the
Revolution to the Civil War. Prereq. 27.524 or equiv.

27.526 American Art III (2 q.h.)

The development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from the
Civil War to the present. Prereq. 27.525 or equiv.

27.527 Life Drawing I (3 q.h.)

Basic life drawing involving anatomy and study of figure drawing. Prereq.
27.543 or other drawing courses on departmental approval.

27.528 Life Drawing I! (3 q.h.)

Life drawing of the figure in various media. Prereq. 27.527.

27.529 Life Drawing III (3 q.h.)

Figure drawing and figure composition in various media. Prereq. 27.528.

27.535 African Art (2 q.h.)

Various stylistic characteristics of sculpture and other artistic expressions of
the major cultures of Africa from the thirteenth to the twentieth century.

27.536 Latin American Art (2 q.h.)

Pre-Columbian and post-Columbian art forms of Latin America, including archi-
tecture, sculpture, painting, and the decorative arts — excluding Mexico.

27.538 Chinese Painting (2 q.h.;

A history of the Chinese art of painting from its inception to the twentieth
century.

27.539 Japanese Art (2 q.h.)

The arts of painting, sculpture, and architecture in Japan.

27.540 Free-hand Drawing (3 q.h.)

An elementary course in drawing. (Does not fulfill the drawing requirement for
the studio art major.)

27.541 Drawing I (3 q.h.)

Practice in the techniques and development of drawing in pencil, pen, and
ink, with concentration on basic drawing problems.

198 /FINE ARTS

27.542 Drawing II (3 q.h.)

Practice in the techniques of wash drawing, scratch board drawing, and mixed
medias. Prereq. 27.541 or equiv.

27.543 Drawing III (3 q.h.)

Study of human anatomy and the practice of figure drawing and composition.
Prereq. 27.542 or equiv.

27. ^AA Graphic Arts I (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in various graphic art media such as woodcuts.

27.545 Graphic Arts II (3 q.h.)

Execution of prints in various media and the printing process.

27.546 Graphic Arts III (3 q.h.)

Execution of more advanced print mailing with various graphic media.

27.547 European Graphic Arts (2 q.h.)

History of graphic arts from the IVIedieval period to the end of the nineteenth
century. Development of engraving, etching, woodcuts, and lithography.

27.551 Painting — Basic Level I (3 q.h.)

Practice and creative expression in the technical fundamentals of figure and
landscape painting.

27.552 Painting — Basic Level II (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in advance painting problems of figure study. Prereq.

27.551 or equiv.

27.553 Painting — Basic Level III (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in advanced painting problems in composition. Prereq.

27.552 or equiv.

27.554 Painting — Advanced Level I (3 q.h.)

Painting with concentration upon the development of personal expression and
style.

27.555 Painting — Advanced Level II (3 q.h.)

Painting with concentration upon the development of personal style and the
execution of various painting problems.

27.556 Painting — Advanced Level III (3 q.h.)
Development of style and experimentation with various media.

27.557 Advanced Graphic Arts I (3 q.h.)

Execution of advanced printmaking in various media. Prereq. 27.544, 546,
547 or other graphic courses on departmental approval.

27.558 Advanced Graphic Arts II (3 q.h.)

Printmaking in various experimental media. Prereq. 27.557.

27.559 Advanced Graphic Arts III (3 q.h.)
Printmaking in various media. Prereq. 27.558.

FINE ARTS / 199

27.560 Oriental Indian Art (2 q.h.)

The national Indian styles of sculpture, painting, and architecture

27.561 Basic Color and Design I (3 q.h.)

Study and practice of the principles of design and science of color.

27.562 Basic Color and Design II (3 q.h.)

Advanced study in the science of color. Prereq. 27.561 or equiv.

27.563 Basic Color and Design III (3 q.h.)
Advanced problems in design. Prereq. 27.562 or equiv.

27.564 Advanced Color and Design (3 q.h.)

Creative expression in various color and design problems.

27.571 Basic Commercial Design I (3 q.h.)

Study and creative work in layout, illustration, advertising, and typography.

27.572 Basic Commercial Design II (3 q.h.)

Advanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.571 or equiv.

27.573 Basic Commercial Design III (3 q.h.)

Advanced commercial design problems. Prereq. 27.572 or equiv.

27.574 Advanced Commercial Design (3 q.h.)
Creative problems in illustration design.

27.587 History of Photography I (2 q.h.)

Early developments in photography from ancient times to the daguerreotype.

27.588 History of Photography II (2 q.h.)

Developments of modern photography from the work of Stieglitz to the present.
Prereq. 27.587 or equiv.

27.589 History of Photography III (2 q.h.)

Study of styles in contemporary photography with emphasis on major modern
photographs. Prereq. 27.588 or equiv.

27.591 Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

Specific techniques, problems, and theories in art. Students will be responsible
for research projects and papers.

27.592 New York Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

Study and inspection of the painting collections in the Metropolitan Museum of
Art, Frick Collection, Museum of Modern Art, and the Guggenheim Museum.

27.594 European Art Seminar (2 q.h.)

A four-week study and travel seminar through major European art centers, with

emphasis on the major works of art in each.

27.597 History and Technique of Film Art I (2 q.h.)

A study of the development of film art in Europe and America from its origins

to 1945.

200 / MUSIC

27.598 History and Technique of Film Art I! (2 q.h.)

A study of the development of film art in the United States and Europe from
1945 to the present. Prereq. 27.597.

27.599 History and Techniques of Film Art III (2 q.h.)

Study of films by major contemporary directors. Prereq. 27.598.

27.600 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) Prereq. approval of the Dean.

27.601 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) Prereq. 27.600.

27.602 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) Prereq. 27.601.

27.603 Mexican Art (2 q.h.)

Pre-Columbian art from the Archaic and Classical periods to the present.

28— MUSIC

Consultant: Prof. R. L. Nadeau, Chairman, Music Dept. (L.A. College)

28.501 Introduction to Music (2 q.h.)

The principal concern is to teach the student a technique for listening actively
to music. The course surveys and analyzes works by J. S. Bach, Mozart,
Beethoven, Wagner, Stravinsky, and others.

28.503 Women in Music (2 q.h.)

A study in depth of the historical role of women in music; woman as composer,

performer, patron, inspiration.

28.507 Fundamentals of Music I (for non-majors) (2 q.h.)

A course for beginners who are not music majors. The development of music
reading and hearing skills. Simple notation of pitch and rhythm. Scales, inter-
vals, chords.

28.508 Fundamentals of Music II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.507. New students admitted upon examination.
Dictation, part-singing, and sight-singing. Beginning instrumental studies in
recorder. Prereq. 28.507 or equ/V.

28.509 Fundamentals of Music Ml (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.508. New students admitted upon examination.
Major, minor, and modal melodies. Seventh-chord symbols. Voice leading,
cadences. Chorale analysis. Continuation of instrumental studies on recorder.
Prereq. 28.508 or equ/v.

28.510 Music and Art (2 q.h.)

A chronological survey of the relationship between music and art comparing the
musical styles of great composers and the pictorial qualities of the master
painters of our heritage.

28.511 History of Music (2 q.h.)

A survey of the historical trends in music from ancient times to the present.
Men, ideas, and events which have influenced change in musical style will be
highlighted. From this course, the student should gain a broad overview of
musical literature and history which will enhance his understanding and future
concert-going.

MUSIC / 201

28.515 Contemporary Music (2 q.h.)

Contemporary music and its techniques seen as a mirror of our time. Major
composers studied include Stravinsky, Debussy, Ravel, Bartok, Prokofiev, Hinde-
mith, Milhaud, and Schoenberg.

28.517 Music as a Means of Social Expression (2 q.h.) (formerly Music as the
Expression of Man)

A general and philosophical view of music in Western culture covering the
following: aspects of sopal relevance; compositional style in various periods;
and important themes, (war and peace, love and rejection, etc.) examined in a
musical context. When pertinent, related concepts from the fine arts and from
philosophy will be explored. Live performance, recordings, and audio-visual
media will be used.

28.520 Musical Forms (2 q.h.)

The fugue, the sonata, theme and variations, rondo, the lied; analysis of the
symphony, the string quartet, the opera, and the tone poem.

28.521 The Symphony (2 q.h.)

A thorough study of the symphonies of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Berlioz,
Brahms, Dvorak, and Tchaikovsky.

28.522 The Concerto (2 q.h.)

The evolution of the concerto from its origins in the Baroque period to its use
in our time. Concertos for every instrument are studied, including piano, cello,
violin, horn, organ, and bassoon.

28.523 Great Literature for the Piano (2 q.h.)

The study of pianoforte music written in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries by masters such as Beethoven, Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, Debussy,
and Ravel.

28.524 The World of Opera (2 q.h.)

Distinctions will be made between music drama and the number opera. Students
will be required to acquire librettos. Aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic
elements of opera will be isolated and discussed.

28.526 Jazz: Evolution and Essence (2 q.h.)

The many roots of jazz and its development from the worksong and the vocal
blues to the avant-garde experiments of today. Contributions of the major
performers: soloists, arrangers, composers. The problems of "on-the-spot"
creativity and personal expression. The "beat." Multiplicity of accent.

28.528 Ear Training I (2 q.h.)

Rhythmic articulation. Solmization studies in major keys; G and F Clef. Con-
ductor's beat patterns in simple meter. Rhythmic and melodic dictation in
major keys. Interval studies.

28.529 Ear Training II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.528. Solmization studies in major keys with chro-
matics, and in minor keys: G, F, and C clef. Conductor's beat patterns in simple
and compound meter. Melodic dictation in major and minor keys. Harmonic dic-
tation, interval studies. Prereq. 28.528 or equiv.

202 / MUSIC

28.530 Ear Training III (2 q.h.)

Continuation of course 28.529. Advanced rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic dic-
tation. Sight singing of one- and two-part melodies in major and minor keys,
with chromatics. Modulation. Singing in 4 parts. Advanced interval studies.
Prereq. 28.529 or equiv.

28.531 Life and Works of J. S. Bach (2 q.h.)

A comprehensive survey of the music and background of J. S. Bach with four
areas of concentration: Bach and the figured bass; the young Bach (Baroque
Romanticism); Bach, the churchman; Bach, the secular composer.

28.532 Life and Works of Mozart (2 q.h.)

Mozart's mastery in all fields of music with particular emphasis on his develop-
ment of the symphony and his achievements in opera. The man, as seen
through his letters, as performer and composer.

28.533 Life and Works of Beethoven (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this supreme musical genius.
His relation to the turbulent times in which he lived; his role as the great transi-
tion figure in the passage from classicism to romanticism. His psychological
and aesthetic growth will be observed by studying similar forms written in
different periods of his life.

28.534 Pedagogy of Music I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to philosophy principles and procedures in the teaching of music.

28.535 Pedagogy of Music II (2 q.h.)

Procedures, program planning and techniques in teaching vocal and instru-
mental music. Prereq. 28.534 or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.536 Pedagogy of Music III (2 q.h.)

Methods, procedures and materials of/for advanced vocal and instrumental
music instruction. Prereq. 28.534, 28.535 or consent of instructor prior to
registration.

28.540 The Black Artist in Music (2 q.h.)

General survey of Afro-American music in the U.S. traced from its origins in
Africa to the present. Emphasis on jazz, its history, and an analysis of the con-
tributions of major innovative figures. Sources and origins of jazz, as well as
their contemporary extensions will be studied. Intended to introduce the student
to the vast and rich expanses of black musical culture, both from a musical
and a socio-historical standpoint.

28.541 Nationalism in Music (2 q.h.)

The relationship of folk song, dance, and art to symphonic literature; national-
istic elements in the music of Dvorak, Tchaikovsky, Grieg, Copland, Shostako-
vich, Sibelius; the effect of ideology on composers; the Soviet composers.

28.542 Music of the U.S.A. (2 q.h.)

American music from the colonial times to the present, influence of Stravinsky
and Schoenberg on American composers, music for the theater, jazz, electronic
music, and contemporary musical trends.

MUSIC / 203

28.543 Great Choral Literature (2 q.h.)

A study of sacred and secular choral literature from medieval to contemporary
times.

28.544 Chamber Music (2 q.h.)

Ensemble music for small groups. Examples for analysis are selected from the
Baroque Period to contemporary styles.

28.545 Wagner's Ring Cycle (2 q.h.)

An in-depth study of Wagner's Cycle of music drama: Das Rheingold, Walkure,
Siegfried Gotterdammerung, Wagner's compositional techniques (e.g., the use
of leitmotif and musical metaphor) is examined in detail.

28.546 Life and Work of Stravinsky (2 q.h.)

Le Sacre, Petrouchka, Symphony of Psalms, and more recent works are given
detailed attention. His contributions to twentieth-century style: neo-classicism,
pandiatonicism, and additive style are analyzed and his strong influence on
other composers is noted.

28.547 The Music of Bruckner and Mahler (2 q.h.)

A study of their major works and aesthetic principles. Large scale symphonic
and vocal works will be examined as a culmination of nineteenth-century Ro-
manticism and as the forerunners of twentieth-century Expressionism.

28.548 Great Love Songs Through the Ages (2 q.h.)

The music of love songs, ballads, chansons, lieder and opera arias from the
Middle Ages to today, will be studied, listened to, and discussed.

28.549 A History of Musical Instruments in Western Culture (2 q.h.)

A study of the evolution of musical instruments from the Middle Ages to today.
General principles of instrument construction and the historical contexts of their
use through the ages will be discussed. The evolution of changing tastes in
instrumental sound will be illustrated through listening to recordings and, when-
ever possible, through live performance. Field trips to the Boston Museum
of Fine Arts (which houses an excellent early instrument collection) and to
various instrument builders in the Boston area will help to give the student a
first-hand view of some ancient and modern instruments.

28.550 Life and Works of Haydn (2 q.h.)

A study of his major works and aesthetic principles. Emphasis on Haydn's con-
tributions to Symphonic form; his oratorios, masses, chamber music, songs,
symphonies, and works for the keyboard.

28.551 Life and Works of Brahms (2 q.h.)

The Romantic-Classicist; his technique of germinal motivic construction; a study
of his symphonies, concertos, chamber music, the songs, and the Requiem.

28.552 Life and Works of Chopin (2 q.h.)

A comprehensive study of the pianoforte compositions of Chopin including the
sonatas, concertos, and the shorter forms such as the waltzes, nocturnes, prel-
udes, mazurkas, etudes, scherzos, polonaises, impromptus, and ballades.

204 / MUSIC

28.553 Melodrama and the Macabre: Aspects of Romanticism in Music (2 q.h.)
The focus of this course is on program music of the Romantic period dealing
with strange and macabre subjects. Works studied will include Schubert's
Erikonig, Weber's Der Freischutz, and Berlioz' Symphonie Fantastique. Inves-
tigations will be made into the forces which produced this aspect of Roman-
ticism with references to literature and art and how they affected the musical
scene.

28.555 Contemporary Opera (2 q.h.)

Almost every major composer including Schoenberg, Berg, Bartok, Stravinsky,
Hindemith, and Poulenc have contributed to the opera repertory, thus illustrat-
ing twentienth-century style. Among the works studied are: Wozzeck, the Rake's
Progress, Dialogue of the Carmelites, and Bluebeard's Castle.

28.571 Piano Class I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of music and interval identification. Scales and arpeggios, hands
separate. Ear training through keyboard harmony and some emphasis on en-
semble playing. Repertoire requirements; early Mozart minuets, etc.

28.572 Piano Class II (2 q.h.)

Scales and arpeggios, hands together. Primary triads in some major and minor
keys for improvisation and ear playing. Sight playing and some duet perform-
ances. Repertoire: Anna Magdelena. Notebook by J. S. Bach. Prereq. 28.571
or equiv., or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.573 Piano Class III (2 q.h.)

Scales and arpeggios, hands together (2 octaves). Primary triads in all keys
adding secondary triads in some keys. Transposition of simple tunes, including
The National Anthem, using own accompaniment in all keys. Sight playing,
Diller — Quaille Book II, Repertoire: Complete Oxford Piano Course. Prereq.
28.572 or equiv., or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.590 Directed Study (2 q.h.)

Independent work under the direction of the department upon a chosen topic.
Limited to qualified students with approval of department chairman. Prereq.
Dept. approval.

28.591 Off-Broadway Musical Seminar (2 q.h.)

A survey of the music and forms of musicals other than the traditional Broad-
way show. New York, off-Broadway, and community theater will be studied.
Specific off-Broadway musicals will be analyzed in depth.

28.595 Opera Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey of opera. Students will attend performances of several

operas and write critical reviews.

28.597 Symphony Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey and analytic study of the symphony orchestra. Students
will attend performances of several different symphony orchestras and write
critical reviews.

28.598 Musical Comedy Seminar (2 q.h.)

An historical survey and analytic study of musical shows. Students will attend
performances and write critical reviews.

MUSIC / 205

28.599 Theory I — Tonal Techniques A (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals. Pitch and rhythmic notation, scales, intervals, chord construc-
tion. Basic ear training; melodic and rhythmic dictation.

28.600 Theory II — Tonal Techniques B (2 q.h.)

Chord progression. Realization of figured bass, voice leading, harmonic rhythm.
Non-harmonic tones. Melodic and rhythmic dictation. Prereq. 28.599 or equiv.
or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.601 Theory III — Eighteenth-Century Harmonic Practice (2 q.h.)

Choral analysis. Seventh chords, secondary dominants, modulation. Melodic
and rhythmic dictation. Prereq. 28.600 or equiv. or consent of instructor prior
to registration.

28.602 Music History l-Musical Literature to 1750 (2 q.h.)

A study of sacred and secular musical literature from the early Middle Ages
through the Baroque. Listening to and discussion of monophony, organum,
music of the troubadours and trouveres; motets, masses, and secular music
by Machaut, Dufay, Josquin, Palestrina, Byrd; Elizabethan music, both vocal
and instrumental; early Italian opera; music of the German protestants cul-
minating in the works of Bach and Handel will give the student an evolutionary
view of music history and style during this period.

28.603 Music History ll-Music of the Classical Period (2 q.h.)

A study of changing musical styles from Stamitz, and the Mannheim School
through the works of Haydn, Mozart, and early Beethoven.

28.604 Music History Ill-Music of the Romantic Era (2 q.h.)

Musical styles of the nineteenth century. The role of music and the musician in
the changing social, economic, political and cultural structure of Europe. Music
by Beethoven, Schubert, Berlioz, Brahms, Verdi and Wagner will be heard dis-
cussed and analyzed.

28.605 Theory IV (2 q.h.)

Non-dominant seventh, ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth chords. Linear em-
bellishment of harmony and harmonization of melody. Keyboard harmony.
Melodic and rhythmic dictation; part singing. Prereq. 28.601 or equiv. or con-
sent of instructor prior to registration.

28.606 Theory V (2 q.h.)

Analysis of appropriate period forms and compositions. Chromatic and other
non-diatonic harmony. Advanced modulation. Keyboard harmony. Melodic-
rhythmic dictation and part singing. Prereq. 28.605 or equiv. or consent of
instructor prior to registration.

28.607 Theory VI (2 q.h.)

Continuing analysis of compositions and period forms. Modern chord symbols.
Basic principles of serial writing. Keyboard harmony. Melodic-rhythmic dictation
and part singing. Prereq. 28.606 or equiv. or consent of instructor prior to
registration.

206 / SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS

28.608 Contrapuntal Technique I (2 q.h.)

A study of sixteenth-century counterpoint. Prereq. 28.599 or equiv.

28.609 Contrapuntal Techniques II (2 q.h.)

A study of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century counterpoint. Prereq. 28.608
or equiv. or consent of instructor prior to registration.

28.611 Musical Performance I (1 q.h.)

Participation in rehearsals and public performances and/or research, composi-
tion, arranging, conducting, solo and ensemble activity, etc., with the NU
Symphony Orchestra, the Early Music Players, the NU Chorus, the NU Bands,
or other ensembles under the supervision and coaching of a faculty member of
the Department of Music. The student's progress will be evaluated at the end
of the quarter by audition or otherwise. Prereq. audition or permission of
instructor.

28.612 Musical Performance II (1 q.h.)
Prereq. audition or permission of instructor.

28.613 Musical Performance III (1 q.h.)
Prereq. audition or permission of instructor.

28.614 Musical Performance IV (1 q.h.)
Prereq. audition or permission of instructor.

28.695 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. permission of Dean.

28.696 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 28.695.

28.697 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 28.696.

29— SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS

Consultant: Prof. E. J. Blackman, Chairman, Drama and Speech Dept. (L.A.
College)

29.501 Effective Speaking I (2 q.h.)

Selection and organization of speech materials, essentials of good platform
delivery, individual and class criticism of both prepared and impromptu
speeches. A practical course devoted to developing an ability to speak easily,
naturally, and forcefully.

29.502 Effective Speaking II (2 q.h.)

This course builds upon the techniques and principles developed in Effective
Speaking I by stressing increased student proficiency. Speech organization and
delivery of more complex materials with which the student is likely to be con-
fronted in business, industry, or the professions will be studied. Prereq.
29.501.

SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS / 207

29.503 Effective Speaking III (2 q.h.)

The individual speaker as part of a group. The role of discussion in problem
analysis, problem solving, and policy making. The principles and methods of
organizing and participating in group discussions. Parliamentary procedure.
Prereq. 29.502.

29.504 Voice and Articulation I (2 q.h.)

A practical course aimed at developing the speaking voice; special emphasis
on articulation, pitch control, vocal variety, and flexibility; basic theory of the
vocal mechanism.

29.505 Voice and Articulation II (2 q.h.)

Study of the science of speech sounds, investigation of regionalisms, individual
voice development. Prereq. 29.504.

29.506 Oral Interpretation (2 q.h.)

Application of basic vocal techniques to the dramatic interpretation of various
forms of literature.

29.507 Business and Professional Speaking (2 q.h.)

Practice in the organization and presentation of material to fit varying audi-
ences. Emphasis on techniques of delivery and effective presentation of ideas.

29.508 Argumentation and Discussion (2 q.h.)

Designed to acquaint the student with the basic concepts of argumentation
(evidence, research, refutation). Emphasis is placed on the psychology of an
audience and various types of group discussion.

29.509 Parliamentary Procedure (2 q.h.)

Methods of conducting and organizing meetings. Development of effective lead-
ership techniques. Experience in chairing a meeting and applying rules of order.

29.511 Introduction to Theatre Arts (2 q.h.)

A course aimed at developing in theatregoers an appreciation of the total theatre
experience, by studying the roles played by the artists and craftsmen of the
theatre in bringing the playwright's script to life. The role of the director, actors,
and designers. The role of the audience as critics.

29.521 Introduction to Dramatic Literature (2 q.h.)

The relationship between drama as literature and as theatre. Types of drama:
comedy, tragedy, melodrama, farce, and drawing-room comedy. The dramatist's
attitude and his style: Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, and
Theatricalism.

29.522 Masters of the Theatre I (2 q.h.)

The plays in relationship to their times, the theatres in which they were per-
formed, and the dramatic theory of the age. An examination of selected plays
from the Classical Greek and Roman, Medieval religious and secular, and
Elizabethan theatre.

29.523 Masters of the Theatre II (2 q.h.)

The art of the Italian commedia dell'arte, the Neoclassic theatre of Racine,
Moliere, and Dryden, the Restoration theatre, and the plays of Goldsmith and
Sheridan.

208 / SPEECH AND THEATRE ARTS

29.524 Modem European Drama (2 q.h.)

An examination of European drama of the late nineteenth century and of the
twentieth century reflecting the changing views toward the nature of man and
the techniques of theatre.

29.525 Modern British Drama (2 q.h.)

The drama of England and Ireland of the twentieth century reflecting the
impact of modern life upon modern theatre.

29.526 Modern American Drama (2 q.h.)

A view of American drama from 1900 to the present time. The American play-
write reflecting the social, philosophical, and psychological temper.

29.531 Contemporary Film (2 q.h.)

A survey of world film from the days of Edison's experiments to the present.

Evaluation and critical review of representative films. Viewing of outstanding

films.

29.535 Workshop in Play Production I (2 q.h.)

Training for the beginning director of plays. The organization of the producing
unit. Play selection. Casting. Script analysis. Production style. Creating the
floor plan. Directing simple scenes in the proscenium theatre.

29.536 Workshop in Play Production II (2 q.h.)

Studying of composition and picturization. Rehearsal techniques. Directing of
simple scenes. Prereq. 29.535.

29.537 Workshop in Play Production III (2 q.h.)

Directing in the arena theatre, as well as in proscenium theatre. Prereq.
29.536.

29.541 Workshop for the Actor I (2 q.h.)

Physical preparation. Basic stage movement and deportment; the control of
the stage voice; the analysis and establishment of characterization through
observation and awareness of the body; improvisations and short scenes.

29.542 Workshop for the Actor II (2 q.h.)

Psychological preparation. The analysis and establishment of characterization
through memory, emotion, imagination, and recall. Analysis of specific roles,
the creation of a character analysis book, improvisations and short scenes.

29.543 Workshop for the Actor III (2 q.h.)

Preparing and performing the role. The physical and psychological prepara-
tion of specific roles. Short classroom scenes; the presentation of a one-act play.

29.561 Announcing I (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with the delivery of all types of radio commercials.

29.562 Announcing 11 (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with the delivery of prepared as well as ad lib materials so
that the announcer may strengthen his spontaneous broadcast speech abilities.
Prereq. 29.561.

ENGLISH / 209

29.563 Announcing III (2 q.h.)

A course dealing with a variety of ad lib program types in both radio and televi-
sion to aid the announcer in developing his ability to think quickly and speak
fluidly and dynamically. Prereq. 29.562.

29.595 Charles Playhouse Seminar (2 q.h.)

A seminar designed to teach students how to appreciate the experience of
theatre-going through pre-show preparation and post-show critique, under the
guidance of a faculty member as well as Charles Theatre artistic personnel.

29.596 New York Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.)

A seminar aimed at introducing the theatre arts to students by varied theatre
going experiences as well as formal class discussions and studying the role of
the New York stage in shaping contemporary American theatre.

29.597 London Theatre Seminar (2 q.h.)

Examination of the contemporary London theatre scene by viewing and evalu-
ating representative productions.

29.598 Stratford Shakespeare Seminar (2 q.h.)

Seminar designed to give students an opportunity to attend four performances
at the Stratford Festival Theatre: to meet with Festival actors, directors, de-
signers; to tour the theatre plant; and to evaluate contemporary Shakespearian
productions.

29.599 Creative Dramatics

Theories and methods of relating the creative techniques of pantomime, improv-
isations, dramatization, to work with children's programs in schools, churches,
recreation facilities.

29.600 Children's Theatre

Analysis and creation of dramatic literature for children; the developing of a
production for children.

30— ENGLISH

Consultant; Prof. P. C. Wermuth, Chairman, English Dept. (L.A. College)
Assoc. Consu/tants; Dean H. Vetstein (L.A. College)
Prof. M. Lesser (L.A. College)

Each student enrolled in Compos/t/on and Rhetoric (30.601 and 30.603) will
take a Placement Examination during class. Some students may be requested
to register for Elements of Composition (30.600) a 2 q.h. course designed to
upgrade the student's background.

Courses required for Liberal Arts Majors are:

30.601, 30.602 Composition and Rhetoric I & II (or 30.603 Intensive)

and
30.604, 30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms I & II (or 30.606 Intensive)
For other majors, refer to English requirement listed under major.

210 / ENGLISH

During the changeover of English requirements, the following will apply:

Students who have successively completed:

30.504 may register for 30.602

30.505 may register for 30.604
30.507 may register for 30.605

30.501 English for International Students I (2 cl., non-credit)

Introduction to English grammar for foreign-speaking students with an emphasis
on listening, speaking, and writing; selected readings and exercises to strengthen
vocabulary and pronunciation.

30.502 English for International Students II (2 cl., non-credit)

A continuation of 30.501 emphasizing the preparation of written and oral
reports, and business and social correspondence.

30.503 English for International Students III (2 cl., non-credit)

Advanced work in written and spoken English preparatory to entering 30.601,
Composition and Rhetoric I.

30.511 Business Writing and Reports i (2 q.h.)

Developing an appropriate vocabulary and a business letter-writing philosophy.

30.512 Business Writing and Reports II (2 q.h.)

Planning, writing, and analyzing effective business letters. Prereq. 30.511 or
equiv.

30.513 Business Writing and Reports III (2 q.h.)

Researching, organizing, documenting, and writing semi-technical and business
reports. Prereq. 30.512 or equiv.

30.514 Technical Writing I (2 q.h)

Introduction to types of technical documentation, memoranda, and technical
reports. Writing of reports. Prereq. 30.506 or equiv.

30.515 Technical Writing II (2 q.h.)

Proposals, technical manuals and graphic aids for printed documents and
presentations. Prereq. 30.514 or equiv.

30.516 Technical Writing III (2 q.h.)

Technical writing, editing, and documentation, including information retrieval,
programmed instruction, and reproduction processes. Prereq. 30.515 or equiv.

30.517 Intermediate Writing (2 q.h.)

Practice in expository and imaginative writing in a variety of forms, designed to
help the student discover his own style. Individual attention to the student's
work. Prereq. 30.506, 30.602 or equiv.

30.518 Creative Writing I (2 q.h.)

A workshop in writing short fiction. Prereq. 30.517 or equiv.

ENGLISH / 211

30.519 Creative Writing II (2 q.h.)

A workshop in analyzing and editing the participants' short fiction. Prereq.

30.518 or equiv.

30.522 Introduction to Semantics I (2 q.h.)

The effect of language habits on thinking processes and on social relationships.
Prereq. 30.506, 30.509, or equiv.

30.523 Introduction to Semantics II (2 q.h.)

A formulaic examination of language. Prereq. 30.522 or equiv.

30.525 The English Language I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the scientific study of the backgrounds and historical develop-
ment of the English language. Prereq. 30.506, 30.509 or equiv.

30.526 The English Language II (2 q.h.)

An examination of sounds, grammar, and usage. Prereq. 30.525 or equiv.

30.527 The English Language III (2 q.h.)

The problem of meaning and the symbolic nature of language. Prereq. 30.526
or equiv.

30.531 Western World Literature I (2 q.h.)
The Classical Age.

30.532 Western World Literature II (2 q.h.)
The Bible and the Middle Ages.

30.533 Western World Literature III (2 q.h.)
The Renaissance.

30.534 Western World Literature IV (2 q.h.)
The Neoclassical Age.

30.535 Western World Literature V (2 q.h.)
The Enlightenment.

30.536 Western World Literature VI (2 q.h.)
The Romantic Age and the rise of realism.

30.537 Modern Irish Literature I (2 q.h.)

Irish literature in English from 1885 to 1920 (fiction, drama, and verse). Con-
centration will be on such major figures as the early Yeats, Synge, Lady Gregory,
O'Flaherty, and the early Joyce.

30.538 Modern Irish Literature II (2 q.h.)

Irish literature in English from 1920 to the present (fiction, drama, and verse).
Concentration will be on such major figures as the later Yeats, O'Casey, O'Fao-
lain, the later Joyce, O'Connor, Behan, Lavin, and Montague.

212 / ENGLISH

30.539 The Irish Influence in Selected Modern American Literature (2 q.h.)
A survey of the Irish imagination, themes, and attitudes as embodied in the fic-
tion and drama of a number of Twentieth-Century American writers: O'Neill's
"Touch of the Poet," Donieavy's "Ginger Man," O'Connor's "Last Hurrah,"
Alfred's "Hogan's Goat," and McHale's "Farragan's Retreat." (Partially fulfills
American Literature requirement for majors).

30.541 English Literature I (2 q.h.)
From early English to 1700.

30.542 English Literature II (2 q.h.)
From Neoclassicism to Romanticism.

30.543 English Literature III (2 q.h.)
From the Victorian Age to the present.

30.544 American Literature I (2 q.h.)
From Colonial times to Poe.

30.545 American Literature II (2 q.h.)

The American Renaissance: Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorng, Melville, and Whit-
man.

30.546 American Literature III (2 q.h.)
From 1865 to the present.

30.547 Science Fiction (2 q.h.)

The myths and rhetorical strategies of science fiction from Mary Shelley's
Frankenstein through such authors as Vonnegut, Bradbury, Heinlein, and Clarke.

30.548 Images of Women in Literature (2 q.h.)

A descriptive and analytic study of the images of women and the archetypes
underlying them in imaginative literature, including such writers as Homer,
Austen, Ibsen, Lawrence, Mailer, and Plath.

30.551 Chaucer I (2 q.h.)

"The Canterbury Tales," with attention to Middle English vocabulary, his-
torical setting, and the rhythms and devices of Chaucer's poetry.

30.552 Chaucer II (2 q.h.)

More of "The Canterbury Tales," and a beginning in the text of "Troilus and
Criseyde." Prereq. 30.551 or equiv.

30.553 Chaucer III (2 q.h.)

An emphasis on "Troilus and Criseyde," and on certain shorter works of
Chaucer. Prereq. 30.552 or equiv.

30.554 Shakespeare I (2 q.h.)

The Elizabethan theatre, Shakespeare's England, and the pre-1600 plays.

30.555 Shakespeare II (2 q.h.)

The "problematical" comedies and the histories. Prereq. 30.554 or equiv.

ENGLISH / 213

30.556 Shakespeare III (2 q.h.)

Emphasis on the major tragedies of Shakespeare. Prereq. 30.555 or equiv.

30.557 The Seventeenth Century (2 q.h.)
The literature of the Restoration.

30.558 The Eighteenth Century I (2 q.h.)
The age of Pope and Swift.

30.559 The Eighteenth Century II (2 q.h.)
The age of Johnson.

30.561 Spenser (2 q.h.)

"The Faerie Queene," studied as the English culmination of Medieval and
Renaissance romantic narrative.

30.562 Milton (2 q.h.)

Close reading of "Paradise Lost," and of such political and theological back-
ground as needed. "Samson Agonistes" will also be read.

30.564 The Old Testament I (2 q.h.)

Selected books from the Old Testament examined for their literary and historical
importance.

30.565 The Old Testament II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 30.564.

30.566 The New Testament (2 q.h.)

Selected books from the New Testament considered in their literary and his-
torical aspects.

30.571 The Nineteenth Century I (2 q.h.)
Wordsworth and Coleridge.

30.572 The Nineteenth Century II (2 q.h.)
Byron, Shelley, and Keats.

30.573 The Nineteenth Century III (2 q.h.)
The Victorian Age.

30.574 The Eighteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Defoe to Austen.

30.575 The Nineteenth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Bronte to Hardy.

30.576 The Twentieth-Century English Novel (2 q.h.)
From Conrad to the present.

30.577 Conrad (2 q.h.)

Conrad's art related to his Polish heritage, nautical career, theory of life and
composition, and literary legacy.

214 / ENGLISH

30.578 Afro-American Literature (2 q.h.)

A study of representative black authors of the United States, emphasizing the

period from the Civil War to the present.

30.581 The American Short Story (2 q.h.)

The development of the American short story from its nineteenth-century
origins to the present.

30.582 The Nineteenth-Century American Novel (2 q.h.)
From Cooper to Crane.

30.583 The Twentieth-Century American Novel (2 q.h.)
From Dreiser to the present.

30.584 Contemporary American Poetry (2 q.h.)
From Frost to the present.

30.585 The Modern European Novel (2 q.h.)
From Proust to the present.

30.586 Literary Criticism (2 q.h.)

Major schools of criticism through a study of Aristotle, Longinus, Sidney,
Johnson, and a representative group of moderns.

30.590 Writers' Conference (2 q.h.)

A workshop in which professional writers will analyze participants' manuscripts.

30.591 Honors Program I (4 q.h.) See page 80.

30.592 Honors Program II (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.591.

30.593 Honors Program III (4 q.h.) Prereq. 30.592.

30.600 Element of Composition (2 q.h.)

An intensive study of grammatical forms and structural patterns of current
English.

30.601 Composition and Rhetoric I (2 q.h.)

A detailed examination of the modes of rhetoric, especially exposition and
argument, and exercises in the development of paragraphs and short papers.
(Not open to students who have credit for 30.504.)

30.602 Composition and Rhetoric II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.601. The stress here is on the short paper, the longer
library paper, and formal documentation. (Not open to students who have credit
for 30.505.)

30.603 Composition and Rhetoric (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Same as 30.601 plus 30.602.

30.604 Introduction to Literary Forms I (2 q.h.)

The development of techniques for reading imaginative writing. Short and long
fiction are the materials for study, discussion, and two critical papers.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 215

30.605 Introduction to Literary Forms II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 30.604, but here the materials are poetry and drama.

30.606 Introduction to Literary Forms (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Same as 30.604 plus 30.605.

30.607 The Modern Novel (2 q.h.)

An introductory course in the structure and themes of twentieth-century Ameri-
can, British, and European novels; reading of such writers as Hemingway, and
Faulkner, Joyce and Lawrence, Kafl^a and Camus.

31— FRENCH

Consultant: Prof. L. Cooperstein, Chairman, Modern Language Dept. (L.A.
College)

31.601 Elementary French I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive acquisition of
a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

31.602 Elementary French II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 31.601 or
equiv.

31.603 Elementary French III (4 q.h.)

Reading of French prose of increasing difficulty, with written and oral exercises
based on the materials read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 31.602 or equiv.

31.604 Intermediate French I (4 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

31.603 or equiv.

31.605 Intermediate French II (4 q.h.)

History of French civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq.

31.604 or equiv.

31.606 Intermediate French III (4 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern French prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 31.605 or equiv.

31.607 Elementary French (Intensive) (12 q.h.)

Stresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive
acquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written and oral
exercises are based upon simple French prose. Develops into the reading of
more difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken 31.601, 31.602, 31.603.

31.608 Intermediate French (Intensive) (12 q.h.)

Same as 31.604, 31.605 and 31.606. Not open to students who have taken
31.604, 31.605, 31.606.

216 / MODERN LANGUAGES

31.521 French Literature I (2 q.h.)

Origins of French literature with readings from major works of the Middle
Ages. Prereq. 31.506 or equiv.

31.522 French Literature II (2 q.h.)

Selections from the Classical period in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.
Prereq. 31.521 or equiv.

31.523 French Literature Ml (2 q.h.)

Readings from major works of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Pre-
req. 31.522 or equiv.

32— SPANISH

32.601 Elementary Spanish I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, progressive acquisition of a
basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

32.602 Elementary Spanish II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish
prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 32.601 or equiv.

32.603 Elementary Spanish III (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of Spanish
prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 32.602 or equiv.

32.607 Elementary Spanish (Intensive) (12 q.h.)

Stresses the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, and progressive
acquisition of a basic vocabulary with idiomatic expressions. Written and oral
exercises are based upon simple Spanish prose. Develops into the reading of
more difficult work accompanied by practice in conversation. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken 32.601, 32.602, 32.603.

32.604 Intermediate Spanish I (4 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

32.603, 32.611 or equiv.

32.605 Intermediate Spanish II (4 q.h.)

Spanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practice
based on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.604 or equiv.

32.606. Intermediate Spanish III (4 q.h.)

Spanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive read-
ing of modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation
practice based on assigned readings. Prereq. 32.605 or equiv.

32.608 Intermediate Spanish (Intensive) (12 q.h.)

Same as 32.604, 32.605 and 32.606. Not open to students who have had

32.604, 32.605. 32.606.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 217

32.609 Conversational Spanish \* (4 q.h.)

This course is intended to provide students with a basic speaking ability and
understanding of everyday Spanish, (no previous background needed.)

32.610 Conversational Spanish ll'* (4 q.h.)

Continued building of basic skills in conversational Spanish. Prereq. 32.609
or equiv.

32.611 Conversational Spanish III* (4 q.h.)

A continuation of 32.610 Prereq. 32.610 or equiv.

32.621 Spanish Literature I (2 q.h.)

Origins of Spanish literature with readings from major works of the Middle
Ages, the Romancero, and Mysticism. Prereq. 32.606 or equiv.

32.622 Spanish Literature II (2 q.h.)

Selections from Cervantes and other major figures of the Siglo de Oro. Prereq.

32.621 or equiv.

32.623 Spanish Literature III (2 q.h.)

Readings from major works of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prereq.

32.622 or equiv.

33— GERMAN

33.601 Elementary German I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a
basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

33.602 Elementary German II (4 q.h.)

More difficult points of grammar — particularly uses of subjunctive mood.
Prereq. 33.601 or equiv.

33.603 Elementary German III (4 q.h.)

Reading of simple German prose, with oral and written exercises based on
material read; German conversation encouraged. Prereq. 33.602 or equiv.

33.604 Intermediate German I (4 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

33.603 or equiv.

33.605 Intermediate German II (4 q.h.)

History of German civilization, with discussions and conversation. Prereq.

33.604 or equiv.

33.606 Intermediate German III (4 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern German prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 33.605 or equiv.

*Will satisfy the elementary language requirement only.

218 / MODERN LANGUAGES

34 — RUSSIAN

34.601 Elementary Russian I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a base vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.602 Elementary Russian II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.601
or equiv.

34.603 Elementary Russian III (4 q.h.)

Reading of Russian prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.602 or equiv.

34.604 Intermediate Russian I (4 q.h.)

Graded reading from the works of Pushkin, Lermontov, and Turgenev; oral and
written practice based on the covered material. Prereq. 34.603 or equiv.

34.605 Intermediate Russian II (4 q.h.)

Russian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.604 or equiv.

34.606 Intermediate Russian III (4 q.h.)

Russian history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.605 or equiv.

34 — JAPANESE

34.621 Elementary Japanese I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.622 Elementary Japanese 11 (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.621
or equiv.

34.623 Elementary Japanese III (4 q.h.)

Reading of Japanese prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.622 or equiv.

34.624 Intermediate Japanese I (4 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.
34.623 or equiv.

34.625 Intermediate Japanese II (4 q.h.)

Japanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.624 or equiv.

34.626 Intermediate Japanese III (4 q.h.)

Japanese history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral prac-
tice and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.625 or equiv.

MODERN LANGUAGES / 219

34 — ITALIAN

34.631 Elementary Italian H (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

34.632 Elementary Italian II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.631 or
equiv.

34.633 Elementary Italian III (4 q.h.)

Reading of Italian prose of increasing difficulty; with written and oral exercises
based on the material read; practice in conversation. Prereq. 34.632 or equiv.

34.634 Intermediate Italian I (4 q.h.)

A review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.

34.633 or equiv.

34.635 Intermediate Italian II (4 q.h.)

History of Italian civilization with discussions and conversation. Prereq.

34.634 or equiv.

34.636 Intermediate Italian III (4 q.h.)

Intensive reading of modern Italian prose, with conversational practice.
Prereq. 34.635 or equiv.

34_SWAHILI

34.641 Elementary Swahili I (4 q.h.)

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition
of a basic vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

34.642 Elementary Swahili II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq. 34.641
or equiv.

34.643 Elementary Swahili III (4 q.h.)

Reading of Swahili prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. 34.642 or equiv.

34.644 Intermediate Swahili I (4 q.h.)

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation. Prereq.
34.643 or equiv.

34.645 Intermediate Swahili II (4 q.h.)

Swahili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.644 or equiv.

34.646 Intermediate Swahili III (4 q.h.)

Swahili history and civilization through texts of average difficulty; oral practice
and composition based on covered material. Prereq. 34.645 or equiv.

220 / JOURNALISM

34— CHINESE

34.651 Mandarin Chinese I (4 q.h.)

An introduction to sounds and structure of spoken and written Chinese (the
standard or "national language" — kuo-yu). Stresses essentials of grammar,
sentence pattern drills.

34.652 Mandarin Chinese II (4 q.h.)

Continuation of Chinese I. Essentials of grammar, reading of simple written
Chinese. Prereq. 34.651 or equiv.

34.653 Mandarin Chinese ill (4 q.h.)

Continuation of Chinese II. Grammar, reading Chinese with conversational drill
to be based on material covered in class. Prereq. 34.652 or equiv.

38 — JOURNALISM

Consultant: Prof. G. A. Speers, Chairman, Journalism Dept. (L.A. College)

38.501 History and Principles of Journalism I (2 q.h.)

Journalism from its European origins into the colonial period. The evolution
of press freedoms and principles now and in the colonial press and the party
press.

38.502 History and Principles of Journalism II (2 q.h.)

Journalism from 1800. The "Dark Period," the "Penny Press," and the great
personal journalists: Bryant, Bennett, Greeley, Raymond, and others. Prereq.
38.501 or equiv.

38.503 History and Principles of Journalism III (2 q.h.)

The "giants" of American journalism in the closing decades of the nineteenth
century: Dana, Greeley, Ochs, White, Medill, Pulitzer, Hearst, and others.
Prereq. 38.502 or equiv.

38.504 Newswriting I (2 q.h.)

Obtaining and organizing facts; the writing of basic news stories. Subjects
covered include the five "W's" and the "H" of news, inverted pyramid form,
news values, and leads.

38.505 Newswriting II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of different types of news stories through assignments and class dis-
cussions; building news stories; news interview stories, and other types. Pre-
req. 38.504.

38.506 Newswriting III (2 q.h.)

Investigative reporting, feature stories, editorials. Copy editing exercises and
assignments in specialized writing. Libel, slander, and other legal matters
affecting journalism. Prereq. 38.505 or equiv.

38.507 Techniques of Journalism I (2 q.h.)

Techniques of journalism, stressing actual assignments and classroom dis-
cussion of students' work. Course applies basic newswriting practices to
assignments.

ECONOMICS / 221

38.508 Techniques of Journalism II (2 q.h.)

Focus on handling stories that emanate from various "beats," including courts,
government beats, and investigative reporting. Prereq. 38.507 or equiv.

38.509 Techniques of Journalism III (2 q.h.)

Concentration on fields of "specialties" of business, sports, editorials, and
student development of a special project in journalism. Prereq. 38.508 or
equiv.

39— ECONOMICS

Consultant: Prof. M. A. Horowitz, Chairman, Economic Dept. (L.A. College)
Associate Consultant: Prof. H. Goldstein (L.A. College)

39.501 Economic Principles and Problems I (2 q.h.)

Macro analysis — national income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy.

39.502 Economic Principles and Problems II (2 q.h.)

Micro analysis — theory of the firm and marl<et structure; supply, demand,
martlet price; international economics. Prereq. 39.501 or equiv.

39.503 Economic Principles and Problems III (2 q.h.)

Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas; poverty, com-
petition, labor, agriculture, urban. Prereq. 39.502 or equiv.

39.504 Economics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Macro analysis — national income concepts and determination; macro economic
goals and problems; monetary and fiscal policy. Micro analysis — theory of the
firm and market structure; supply, demand, market price; international eco-
nomics. Applications of economic principles to selected problem areas: poverty,
competition, labor, agriculture, urban. Not open to students who have taken
39.501, 39.502, 39.503.

39.505 Economics A (3 q.h.)

Same as 39.501 plus the first half of 39.502.

39.506 Economics B (3 q.h.)

Same as the second half of 39.502 plus 39.503. Prereq. 39.505 or equiv.

39.507 Intermediate Economic Theory I (2 q.h.)

Classical equilibrium theory. Theory of demand, supply, and the market price.
Marginal analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.508 Intermediate Economic Theory II (2 q.h.)

Determination of price and output in the context of the theory of the firm.
Prereq. 39.507 or equiv.

39.509 Intermediate Economic Theory III (2 q.h.)

Introduction to mathematical analysis and a comprehensive analysis of the
theory of distribution. Prereq. 39.508 or equiv.

222 / ECONOMICS

39.511 Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Prereq. 39.503 or equ/V.

39.512 Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of signifi-
cance, "t" distribution, and chi square. Prereq. 39.511 or equ/V.

39.513 Statistics III (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend fitting, linear regression, seasonal
adjustment, and index numbers. Prereq. 39.512 or equ/V.

39.514 Statistics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Introduction to the collection and organization of data. Concentration on the
nature, computation, and uses of measures of central tendency and variability.
Introduction to statistical inference, parameters of samples, tests of significance,
"t" distribution, and chi square. Introduction to the analysis of variance, trend
fitting, linear regression, seasonal adjustment, and index numbers. Not open to
students who have taken 39.511, 39.512, 39.513. Prereq. 39.503 or equ/V.

39.517 Money and Banking I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to money and credit, commercial banking structure, and money
creation; problems and policy of central banking in the United States. Prereq.
39.503 or equ/V.

39.518 Money and Banking II (2 q.h.)

Theory of money and prices and monetary policy; interest theory, debt manage-
ment, and international monetary problems and analysis. Prereq. 39.517 or
equ/V.

39.519 Public Finance (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the growth and development of the public sector of the economy.
Public finance policies, intergovernment fiscal relations. Prereq. 39.518 or
equ/V.

39.521 Economic Growth and Development I (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the development of the western market system. Introduction to
economic growth and alternative approaches to economic development.
Prereq. 39.503 or equ/V.

39.522 Economic Growth and Development II (2 q.h.)

An introductory analysis of the role of economic factors and institutions as
well as an examination of the effect of psychological social and political influ-
ences upon economic development. Prereq. 39.521 or equ/V.

39.523 Government and Business I (2 q.h.)

Role of Government in national economic affairs — theory and practice.
Prereq. 39.503 or equ/V.

39.524 Government and Business II (2 q.h.)

The relationship between government and business and anti-trust laws.
Prereq. 39.523 or equ/V.

ECONOMICS / 223

39.525 American Economic History (2 q.h.)

Economic development of the United States with emphasis upon the post Civil
War period and selected European developments. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.526 Government and Business III (2 q.h.)

Application of anti-trust laws to business — emphasis upon cases, principles,
and current anti-trust problems. Prereq. 39.524 or equiv.

39.527 Labor Economics (2 q.h.)

Development of labor organizations, their aims and methods. Issues in collec-
tive bargaining and public policy toward labor. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.528 International Economics I (2 q.h.)

Economics of international trade, tariffs and resource use, and balance of
payments mechanisms. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.529 International Economics II (2 q.h.)

International commercial policy, financial organizations, and recent problems.
Prereq. 39.528 or equiv.

39.530 Comparative Economic Systems (2 q.h.)

Analysis and evaluation of different economic systems: capitalism, socialism,
communism, and fascism. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.531 Business Cycles I (2 q.h.)

Intermediate macro economic theory. Theory of cyclical fluctuations in the
context of multiplier and accelerator models. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.532 Business Cycles II (2 q.h.)

Business cycle analysis, measurement, and public policy. Prereq. 39.531 or
equiv.

39.533 Business Cycles III (2 q.h.)

Business cycle forecasting methods and services. Prereq. 39.532 or equiv.

39.536 Advanced Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Advanced topics in sampling and statistical inference as a management aid.
Prereq. 39.503, 39.513 or equiv.

39.537 Advanced Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Elements in probability theory and the decomposition of economic change into
secular, seasonal, and cyclical variation. Prereq. 39.536 or equiv.

39.538 Advanced Statistics III (2 q.h.)

Advanced topics in statistical inference, regression, and correlation and index
numbers. Prereq. 39.537 or equiv.

39.539 Managerial Economics (2 q.h.)

An application of the theory of demand, price, and output to the business firm
and capital budgeting. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.540 History of Economic Thought (2 q.h.)

Development of economic theory through Keynesian and post-Keynesian
analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

224 / LIBRARY SCIENCE

39.551 Industrial Organization (2 q.h.)

An extension and application of micro-theory to structure and performance

of American industry. Anti-trust policy and analysis. Prereq. 39.503 or equiv.

39.561 Urban Economics (2 q.h.)

A study of urban affairs in the context of economic principles. Prereq. 39.503

or equiv.

39.571 European Economic History (2 q.h.)

An analysis of European economic affairs after the industrial revolution. The
twentieth century and recent integration policies and their analysis. Prereq.
39.503 or equiv.

39.581 Economic Policy Seminar (2 q.h.)

Capstone course for senior majors with stress upon independent study and

contemporary issues. Prereq. 39.509, 39.531 or equiv.

40— LIBRARY SCIENCE

Consultant: Mr. R. L. Waller, Attleboro Public Library

40.501 Introduction to Library Science (2 q.h.)

Brief survey of the history of books and librarianship. The development of
libraries in the United States with some emphasis on recent federal and state
library legislation. The library profession, its philosophy, publications, and
organizations.

40.502 Selection of Library Materials (2 q.h.)

Principles and practices in the selection of multi-media materials for the modern
library; bibliographic aids to selection; practice in preparation of book notes
and book reviews.

40.511 Organization of the Library (2 q.h.)

The organization, administration, and services of municipal libraries; public
library systems in the United States; the role of public libraries as educational
institutions.

40.512 Multi-Media Centers (2 q.h.) (Formerly Building and Administering
the School Library)

Organization and management of elementary and secondary school libraries;
problems in the selection and evaluation of multi-media materials necessary
to the school curriculum.

40.513 Administration of Multi-Media Centers (2 q.h.) {Formerly School
Library Administration)

The library as a media center for instructional materials; problems in personnel
and budgeting; the library's role in the school curriculum and its services to
students and faculty.

40.514 Multi-Media Materials and Services (2 q.h.) (Formerly Audio-Visual
Materials and Services)

The selection, organization, and use of multi-media materials in school libraries;
types of equipment and services; cataloging of non-print materials.

LIBRARY SCIENCE / 225

40.521 Introduction to Reference Materials and Methods (2 q.h.)

The basic tools and methods for locating information. Evaluation of diction-
aries, encyclopedias, gazetteers and atlases, handbooks, almanacs, directories,
and indexes.

40.522 Reference Work in The Social Sciences (2 q.h.)

Scope and use of outstanding reference materials in the broad range of the
social sciences — economics, education, political science, sociology, and allied
fields. Prereq. 40.521 or equiv.

40.523 Reference Work in The Humanities (2 q.h.)

Development of the book, and the beginnings of enumerative and descriptive
bibliography. Approaches to the solution of reference problems in the humani-
ties, with special emphasis on literature. Prereq. 40.521 or equiv.

40.524 Reference Work in Science and Technology (2 q.h.)

The significant reference materials in science and technology: physics, chemis-
try, engineering, mathematics, electronics, geology, biology, medicine, ocean-
ography, and environmental sciences.

40.526 Library Community Relations (2 q.h.)

An exploration of creative approaches and practical techniques for reaching
individuals and groups with dynamic library science. Emphasis on modern
public relations methods and media.

40.531 Descriptive Cataloging (2 q.h.)

Theory and practice of descriptive cataloging, introducing techniques of com-
piling author, corporate, and serial entries.

40.532 Subject Headings and Classification (2 q.h.) (Formerly Descriptive
Cataloging and Classification)

Introduction to Dewey Decimal Classification and Sears subject headings;
further study of descriptive cataloging in book and non-book materials.
Prereq. 40.531 or equiv.

40.533 Library of Congress Classification (2 q.h.)

The significant differences between LC and Dewey. Notes on original cataloging
and techniques of classification within the LC scheme. Use of LC outlines and
tables. Prereq. 40.531 or equiv.

40.541 Introduction to Children's Literature (2 q.h.)

The history of children's literature; current trends in its publication and social
forces that influence its production; criteria for evaluation and aids for selection
of types of children's books.

40.542 Library Service to Young People (2 q.h.)

Study of adolescent needs in the field of literature with application to both
public and school libraries; special attention to the problem of material
selection, book talks, and discussion groups.

40.551 Special Libraries (2 q.h.)

The purpose and development of the special library — industrial, scientific,

business, and other types; the acquisition and processing of special library

materials.

226 / ACCOUNTING

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

All course descriptions carry an indication of which quarter(s) a particular
course will be offered. Any course sequence not reporting an indication will
have Part I offered in the Fall, Part II in the Winter, and Part III in the Spring
Quarter. Please refer to the Schedule of Courses and Registration Guide
for details.

41_ACC0UNTING

Consultant: Prof. J. W. Golemme, College of Business, 437-3244.
Coord/nator: C. P. Carter, Asst. Prof., College of Business, 437-3245.

41.501 Accounting Principles I (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandis-
ing businesses.

41.502 Accounting Principles II (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The problems of income measurement and valuation related to sources and
uses of invested capital. Prereq. 41.501.

41.503 Accounting Principles III (2 q.h.) (Offered every quarter)

The use of debt and investments in managerial financial decisions, followed by
a brief introduction into cost decision analysis. Prereq. 41.502.

41.504 Intermediate Accounting I (2 q.h.)

The study of generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to the
preparation of financial statements. Accounting for cash, securities, and re-
ceivables. Prereq. 41.503.

41.505 Intermediate Accounting II (2 q.h.)

The use of various systems for accounting for the flow of inventory in a mer-
chandising or manufacturing operation. Long term investments as a means of
providing stability to the concern. Prereq. 41.504.

41.506 Intermediate Accounting III (2 q.h.)

The problems of long term asset acquisition and write-off through depreciation,
amortization, and depletion methods. Prereq. 41.505.

41.507 Cost Accounting I (2 q.h.)

The foundations of cost accounting, including terminology, purposes, and
relationship to financial accounting. Prereq. 41.503.

41.508 Cost Accounting II (2 q.h.)

The planning and control of current operations through the use of standard
costs and budgets. Prereq. 41.507.

41.509 Cost Accounting III (2 q.h.)

The use of cost accounting in special decisions and in long range planning.
Prereq. 41.508.

ACCOUNTING / 227

41.510 Advanced Accounting I* (2 q.h.)

The accounting problems encountered through the issuance of capital stock,
both at issue date and at subsequent dates. Prereq. 41.506.

41.511 Advanced Accounting II* (2 q.h.)

The techniques of statement analysis, using both internal and external informa-
tion. A complete examination of cash and fund flow as it is used by the
accountant and the analyst. Prereq. 41.510.

41.512 Advanced Accounting III* (2 q.h.)

The introduction of special problems posed by partnerships, estates, and
trusts. Prereq. 41.511.

41.513 Specialized Problems I* (2 q.h.)

The problems of accounting for special sales. Introduction of the concepts of
present value and its use in accounting. Prereq. 41.512.

41.514 Specialized Problems II* (2 q.h.)

The use of consolidated statements in conjunction with newly developing trends
toward multi-purpose companies, combinations, mergers, and pools. Prereq.
41.513.

41.515 Specialized Problems III* (2 q.h.)

The use of specialized systems and financial statements by companies.
Prereq. 41.514.

41.516 Auditing I* (2 q.h.)

The examination of modern auditing requirements relative to the professional
ethics and legal responsibility of the certified public accountant and the public
accountant. Prereq. 41.512.

41.517 Auditing II* (2 q.h.)

The methods and approach used in auditing assets of the firm. Prereq. 41.516.

41.518 Auditing III* (2 q.h.)

The methods and approach used in auditing liabilities, owner equity, and
nominal accounts of the firm. Prereq. 41.517.

41.519 Federal Income Taxes I* (2 q.h.)

The application of the Federal Tax Law to the individual's income, gains, losses
and expenses. Prereq. 41.515.

41.520 Federal Income Taxes II* (2 q.h.)

The application of the Federal Tax Law to the individual's special deductions.
Installment sales; income average. Prereq. 41.519.

41.521 Federal Income Taxes III* (2 q.h.)

The application of Federal Tax Law to corporations. Prereq. 41.520.

41.522 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of the underlying concepts and conventions of account-
ing, and their application to financial statements. Prereq. 41.515, and 41.509.

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

228 / ACCOUNTING

41.523 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems II* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of the areas of revenue and income recognition, cost
determination and allocation, and depreciation. Prereq. 41.522.

41.524 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems III* (2 q.h.)

The careful examination of newly developing accounting areas such as pensions,
leases, stock options, and business combinations. Prereq. 41.523.

41.525 Estate and Gift Taxes* (2 q.h.)

An examination of the relevant Internal Revenue Code provisions, property in-
cluded in gross estate, including lifetime transfers which remain subject to
some control by donor; marital and charitable deductions; administrative ex-
penses; estate planning. Prereq. 41.521. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

41.526 Corporate and Stockholder Tax Problems I* (2 q.h.)

Real estate transactions, stock market options, transfers of appreciated assets
to donees, patents, sale of franchise rights, and redemptions of stock in closely
held corporations. Prereq. 41.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

41.527 Corporate and Stockholder Tax Problems II* (2 q.h.)

Contribution of assets. Section 301 distributions, prefewed stock, partial liqui-
dations, spin-offs; collapsible corporations, unreasonable accumulations, per-
sonal holding companies, and elements of reorganizations. Prereq. 41.526.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

41.528 Tax Factors in Business Decisions* (2 q.h.)

An examination of the Federal Income Tax consequences of typical business
decisions: form of enterprise; compensation policy; capitalization policy; cor-
porate reorganizations, and other related areas. Prereq. 41.506. (Offered Fall
and Spring Quarters)

41.533 Accounting for Management Decisions I (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of financial statements, including cash and
fund flow, for internal use by the company. Prereq. 41.503.

41.534 Accounting for Management Decisions II (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of cost accounting information. Prereq.
41.533.

41.535 Accounting for Management Decisions III (non-accounting majors)
(2 q.h.)

The utilization of accounting information for management decisions. Prereq.
41.534.

41.541 Accounting Principles (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchandising
businesses. The problems of income measurement and valuation related to
sources and uses of invested capital. The use of debt and investments in mana-
gerial financial decisions, followed by a brief introduction into cost decision
analysis. Not open to students who have taken 41.501, 41.502, 41.503.
(Offered every quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MARKETING / 229

41.542 Intermediate Accounting (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

The study of generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to the
preparation of financial statements. Accounting for cash, securities, and receiv-
ables. The use of various systems for accounting for the flow of inventory in
a merchandising or manufacturing operation. Long term investments as a
means of providing stability to the concern. The problem of long term asset
acquisition of and write-off through depreciation, amortization, and depletion
methods. Not open to students who have taken 41.504, 41.505, 41.506.
Prereq. 41.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

41.543 Accounting for Management Decisions (Intensive) (non-accounting

majors) (6 q.h.)

The preparation and interpretation of financial statements, including cash and
fund flow, for internal use by the company. The preparation and interpretation
of cost accounting information and the utilization of accounting information for
management decisions. Not open to students who have taken 41.533, 41.534,
41.535. Prereq. 41.503. (Offered Summer Quarter)

41.551, 41.552 Accounting (A), (B) (6 q.h.)

The basic concepts and methodology of accounting for service and merchan-
dising businesses. The problems of income measurement and valuation related
to sources and uses of invested capital. The use of debt and investments in
managerial financial decisions, followed by a brief introduction into cost deci-
sion analysis. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

43— MARKETING

Consultant: Prof. C. H. Dufton, Chairman, Marketing Department

College of Business Administration 437-3260
Coordinator: G. P. Foster, 749-1599

43.501 Introduction to Marketing I (2 q.h.)

A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to
the decision-making process. (Offered every quarter)

43.502 Introduction to Marketing II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Marketing I with emphasis upon specific marketing functions
and their application through the use of case studies and analysis. Prereq.
43.501. (Offered every quarter)

43.503 Introduction to Marketing III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of the case method plus discussion and analysis of current mar-
keting issues and problems. Prereq. 43.502. (Offered every quarter)

43.504 Introduction to Marketing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to the
decision-making process, with emphasis upon specific marketing functions and
their application through the use of case studies and analysis. A continuation
of the case method plus discussion and analysis of current marketing issues
and problems. Not open to students who have taken 43.501, 43.502, 43.503.
(Offered every quarter)

230 / MARKETING

43.505, 43.506 Introduction to Marketing (A), (B) (6 q.h.)
A description and evaluation of the marketing system and an introduction to
the decision-making process. A review of specific marketing functions and their
application through the use of case studies and analysis. A continuation of the
case method plus discussion and analysis of current marketing issues and
problems. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

43.507 Sales Management I (2 q.h.)

Through readings and case studies, the creation, management, and appraisal
of the sales force are examined. In the first quarter of the course, emphasis is
upon the principles, policies and structures of sales organization and the selec-
tion of salesmen. Prereq. 43.503.

43.508 Sales Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 43.507 with emphasis upon sales force operation, including
communication, sales training, compensation, expenses, supervision, morale,
and stimulation. Prereq. 43.507.

43.509 Sales Management III (2 q.h.)

In this concluding quarter of the course, emphasis is upon sales planning: mar-
ket potential, sales forecast, sales budgets, territories, quotas; sales analysis:
sales volume, marketing cost, performance; and the sales manager. Prereq.
43.508.

43.511 Creative Marketing Communications I (2 q.h.)

The principles of advertising and sales promotion and how they are used with
maximum efficiency as communications and motivational functions of the
marketing mix. Prereq. 43.503.

43.512 Creative Marketing Communications II (2 q.h.)

A study of specific advertising and sales promotion techniques in various
media, with emphasis on the development of creative concepts as an important
part of sales and marketing strategy. Prereq. 43.511.

43.513 Creative Marketing Communications III (2 q.h.)

Case histories and contemporary projects are used for improving ability to
develop creative advertising and sales promotion strategies in support of over-
all sales and marketing goals. Prereq. 43.512.

43.514 Marketing Fundamentals I (Industrial Technology majors only.) (2 q.h.)
A description of the role of marketing in the modern business firm and an intro-
duction to basic marketing strategies. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

43.515 Marketing Fundamentals II (Industrial Technology majors only.)
(2 q.h.)

A continuation of Marketing Fundamentals I with emphasis upon specific mar-
keting functions and the evaluation and control of the marketing effort. (Offered
Winter and Spring Quarters)

43.518 Retailing and Mass Merchandising I (2 q.h.)

The marketing concept and retail management, retail profit and loss. Starting

a retail business, store location, store planning, and the retail organization.

MARKETING / 231

43.519 Retailing and Mass Merchandising II (2 q.h.)

Merchandising planning and control, pricing, and buying. Prereq. 43.518.

43.522 Retailing and Mass Merchandising III (2 q.h.)

Distribution of merchandise, sales promotion, customers' services, retail ac-
counting, and expense management. Prereq. 43.519.

43.520 Industrial Marketing (2 q.h.)

The marketing of products where other business firms and organizations are
the customers, including a study of physical distribution, marketing concepts,
and the decision-making process relevant to the marketing of business goods.
Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.525 Marketing Research I* (2 q.h.)

Introductory presentation and evaluation of procedures and techniques cur-
rently available to improve the chances of marketing success and effectiveness.
Prereq. 43.503. 39.513, 45.572. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.526 Marketing Research II* (2 q.h.)

Modern techniques of data collection and analysis, both quantitative and quali-
tative, in marketing research, forecasting, product planning, test marketing,
marketing evaluation, and the application of modern data-processing tech-
niques. Prereq. 43.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

43.529 International Marketing (2 q.h.)

Opportunities, methods, and policies required for the successful development
and management of international business and marketing operation. Prereq.
43.503. (Offered Winter Quarter)

43.530 Consumer Behavior Seminar (2 q.h.)

Economic, behavioral, and other models of consumer behavior are examined
as bases for the planning and evaluation of marketing effort. Prereq. 43.503.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

43.532 Marketing Management I* (2 q.h.)

Advanced management and decision-making covering the complete marketing
spectrum are analyzed in a variety of case studies and problems. Prereq.
43.503.

43.533 Marketing Management II* (2 q.h.)

Using a seminar-type approach, emphasis is placed upon problem-solving in
such areas as sales, logistics and physical distribution, advertising, pricing, new
development, public and governmental policy. Prereq. 43.532.

43.534 Marketing Management III* (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Marketing Management II, with increased emphasis upon case
analysis and study. Prereq. 43.533.

43.536 Introduction to Advertising (2 q.h.)

A broad survey of advertising and how it contributes to business activity, and
to our society and culture, with emphasis on the principles involved in its in-
creasing importance as a major form of communications and motivation.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

232 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE

43.537 Marketing and Sales Seminar* (2 q.h.)

A one-quarter, cap-stone course to round out the student's study of marketing
through investigation and analysis of the most recent trends in marketing man-
agement, finance, logistics, sales, advertising, and promotion. Prereq. 43.534.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

43.541 Public Relations I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to the basic principles, purposes, and methods of public relations.
Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.542 Public Relations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Public Relations I providing in-depth coverage of the planning,
management, operation, and evaluation of public relations programs, including
case analysis. Prereq. 43.541. (Offered Winter Quarter)

43.543 Salesmanship I (2 q.h.)

Opportunities in personal selling for both men and women; the importance in
the marketing mix; introduction to broadly applicable principles for all types
of selling. Prereq. 43.503. (Offered Fall Quarter)

43.544 Salesmanship II (2 q.h.)

Development of techniques as required for the personal selling of goods and
services through middlemen and direct to the consumer. Both industrial and
consumer channels are studied. Prereq. 43.543. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44_FINANCE AND INSURANCE

Finance

Consultant: Prof. R. J. Hehre, College of Business 437-3248
Coordinator: W. F. Hancock, Jr. 359-4281

44.501 Finance and Risk Management I (2 q.h.)

A survey of major financial institutions and their role within the economy.
Special emphasis is given to the dollar supply, commercial banking, the Federal
Reserve System, and savings institutions. Prereq. 41.503. (Offered every
quarter)

44.502 Finance and Risk Management II (2 q.h.)

A study of security markets and investment institutions. The student is intro-
duced to stocks, bonds, investment companies, and trust companies. (Offered
every quarter)

44.503 Finance and Risk Management III (2 q.h.)

This course is intended to acquaint each student with personal, property, and
liability risks, and the forms of insurance designed to meet these risks. The
emphasis is placed on basic insurance principles inherent in life, homeowners,
and automobile coverage. (Offered every quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

FINANCE AND INSURANCE / 233

44.504 Principles of Finance, Investment, Insurance and Risk Management
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 44.501, 44.502 and 44.503. Not open to students who have taken
those courses. (Offered Winter, Spring and Summer Quarters)

44.505 Corporate Finance (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introduction to the role of financial management of the business firm. Re-
view of financial statements, promotion, and forms of organization. Planning
the use of assets and cost of capital concepts are introduced as management
evaluation techniques. An analytical approach to capital budgeting and optimum
asset returns. Cost of capital is further developed and applied against consid-
eration of capital mixture. Not open to students who have taken 44.507,
44.508, 44.509. Prereq. 44.501. (Offered Winter and Summer Quarters)

44.507 Corporate Finance I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the role of financial management of the business firm.
Review of financial statements promotion, and forms of organization. Planning
the use of assets and cost of capital concepts are introduced as management
evaluation techniques. Prereq. 41.503, 44.501.

44.508 Corporate Finance II (2 q.h.)

An analytical approach to capital budgeting and optimum asset returns. Cost
of capital is further developed and applied against consideration of capital mix-
ture. Prereq. 44.507.

44.509 Corporate Finance III (2 q.h.)

The analysis of various financial tools are considered. An intensive examination
of short and intermediate term credit, as well as the distribution of stocks and
bonds to the public and special buyers. A survey of reorganization and liquida-
tion techniques are analyzed. Prereq. 44.508.

44.517 Investments I* (2 q.h.)

Investment goals and objectives are considered. Various types of investments
are compared and the role of the securities markets examined. Prereq. 44.509.

44.518 Investments II* (2 q.h.)

Broad coverage of the relationship between the economy and stock price aver-
ages. Methods of analyzing and appraising developments within the corporation
as they apply to the investment analyst's techniques. Prereq. 44.517.

44.519 Investments III* (2 q.h.)

The relation of earnings, dividends, and cash flow to market valuation of a
company's securities. Portfolio analysis and planning are examined, as well
as methods of security selection. Technical and fundamental factors are also
considered. Prereq. 44.518.

44.521 Credit Management I* (2 q.h.)

An introduction to credit and its functions, including the role of the credit

executive, credit investigation, documentary credit, trade credit. Prereq.

44.509.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

234 / FINANCE AND INSURANCE

44.522 Credit Management II* (2 q.h.)

The organization and function of credit departments; various forms of credit
and collection services. Prereq. 44.521.

44.523 Credit Management III* (2 q.h.)

Analysis of financial statements to determine credit worthiness, creditor's rights,
adjustment bureau, credit insurance, and guarantees. Prereq. 44.522.

44.531, 44.532 Seminar in Finance I, II* (4 q.h.)

Student participation in the study and analysis of case histories. Individual

papers presented. Prereq. All finance courses. (Offered Fall and Winter

Quarters)

44.533 International Finance I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to international financial management in the multi-national corpo-
ration. Analysis of the basic problems and finance considerations involved with
international investments, trade, and payments. Planning in the international
environment related to exchange rates, currency revaluations, inflation, and
local government policies. Prereq. 44.507 or consent of instructor. (Offered
Fall Quarter)

44.534 International Finance II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the financial strategy involved with international investment alterna-
tives, sources of capital, working capital management, fund flows, and manage-
ment control through accounting and financial reporting. Prereq. 44.533.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

44.535 Investments (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Investment goals and objectives are considered. Various types of investments
are compared and the role of the securities markets examined. Broad coverage
of the relationship between the economy and stock price averages. Methods of
analyzing and appraising developments within the corporation as they apply
to the investment analyst's techniques. The relation of earnings, dividends, and
cash flow to market valuation of a company's securities. Portfolio analysis and
planning are examined, as well as methods of security selection. Technical and
fundamental factors are also considered. Not open to students who have
taken 44.517, 44.518, 44.519. Prereq. 44.509. (Offered Spring and Summer
Quarters)

44.544 Law of Finance* (2 q.h.)

A consideration of the legal problems immediately affecting finance. Special
attention is given to the field of corporate law. Prereq. 44.509, 45.543.
(Offered Spring Quarter)

44.545 Profit Planning and Control I* (2 q.h.)

An intensive treatment of managerial planning, budgetary control, and financial
analysis. Emphasis is placed on the interrelationship between functional areas in
an organization using consolidated profit planning as an integrating device.

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

FINANCE AND INSURANCE / 235

Students will utilize materials studied in earlier courses. Topics covered include
fundamental financial analysis, comprehensive profit planning and control, gen-
eral expense planning and control, production planning, materials planning and
control, purchasing direct, etc. Prereq. 41.506, 44.509 or equiv. (Offered Fall
Quarter)

44.546 Profit Planning and Control II* (2 q.h.)

Topics covered include development and application of variable budgets, plan-
ning and controlling capital expenditures, computer applications in profit plan-
ning, cash flow planning and control, cost-profit-volume analysis, performance
reporting and analysis of budget variations. Prereq. 44.545. (Offered Winter
Quarter)

44.547 Advanced Financial Problems* (2 q.h.)

An in-depth examination of two complex but vital financial areas. Failure and
re-organization, and merger and consolidation. Students will devote consider-
able time to studying the legal relationships and requirements of both areas
as their business implications. Prereq. 44.509 or equiv. (Offered Spring
Quarter)

44.548 Capital Strategy (2 q.h.)

Focuses on the matters of capital budgeting and the related capital structure
problems with particular emphasis on the role of the cost of capital in long
range decision-making. The processes by which investment decisions and fi-
nancing decisions are made, as well as sources of long-term funds are exam-
ined. (Offered every quarter)

Insurance

Coordinator: Mr. C. W. Earnshaw 437-2506

44.511 Life Insurance I (2 q.h.)

A study of the origin, development, and basis of modern life insurance. Analysis
and comparison of the various policies and riders and their uses. (Offered Fall
Quarter)

44.512 Life Insurance II (2 q.h.)

The fundamentals of programming, including beneficiary designations, settle-
ment options, and tax implications. Company organization and operations:
underwriting, investments, and regulations. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44.513 Estate Planning and Business Insurance (2 q.h.)

The use of insurance to meet the needs of the various types of business or-
ganizations. The planning, disposition, administration, and taxation of testa-
mentary and intervivos transfers of property. (Offered Spring Quarter)

44.514 Property & Casualty Insurance I (2 q.h.)

The basis of modern property-casualty insurance. Analysis of the insurance
contract, its application, meaning, and rating.

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

236 / MANAGEMENT

44.515 Property & Casualty Insurance II (2 q.h.)

Study of various policies including automobile, homeowners, inland marine, and
commercial special multi-peril. Prereq. 44.514.

44.516 Property & Casualty Insurance III (2 q.h.)

A study of the mechanics of the insurance industry, including types of com-
panies, reserves, reinsurance, financial analysis, and government regulation.
Prereq. 44.515.

44.525 Health and Social Insurance I* (2 q.h.)

A study of the economic basis served by health and social programs of insur-
ance, including a detailed analysis and comparison of the plans offered.
(Offered Fall Quarter)

44.526 Health and Social Insurance 11^ (2 q.h.)

A continuing study of contracts, including benefit structure, rate-making, re-
serves and the proper use and coordination of the plans available from private
industry and from the government. Prereq. 44.525. (Offered Winter Quarter)

44.527 Group Insurance and Pensions (2 q.h.)

The nature, development, and coverage offered by group Jife and health insur-
ance. Analysis of the various kinds of individual and group pension plans and
their use. (Offered Spring Quarter)

44.529 Advanced Property Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the plans and programs designed to provide protection for multi-
peril, diversified industrial, and commercial organizations. Prereq. 44.515.
(Offered in Fall Quarter, 1975-1976)

44.530 Advanced Property-Casualty Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the various plans and programs for providing liability and casualty
protection for commercial and industrial organizations. Prereq. 44.515.
(Offered Winter Quarter, 1975-1976)

44.543 Law of Insurance* (2 q.h.)

A study of the legal problems affecting insurance, including regulation design
and interpretation of contracts and the relationship between the insurance com-
pany, its agent, and the public. Prereq. 45.543. (Offered Spring Quarter,
1975-1976)

45_MANAGEMENT
General Management

Consultant: Prof. D. McCarthy, College of Business 437-3256
Coordinator: J. L. Griffith 848-0835
Coordinator: W. A. Gagne 495-5455

45.501, 45.502, 45.503 Management and Organization I, II, III (6 q.h.)
An introduction to the American business system; comparison with other eco-
nomic systems; principles and concepts of organization and management.
Emphasis on topics such as the social responsibilities of business; business

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 237

and its environment; business ethics, etc. Traditional material presented toward
an understanding of modern American business and preparation for a business
career. The environment within which business operates; a review of the theory
and practice of organization; the "what" and "how" of the management proc-
ess; an application of the concepts covered to the functional areas of business.
Prereq. 45.502, 45.503. (Offered every quarter) (Available on suburban
campuses)

45.652 Management and Organization (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 45.501, 45.502, 45.503. Not open to students who have completed

those courses. (Offered every quarter) (Available on surburban campuses)

45.523, 524, 525 Management Seminar I, II, III* (6 q.h.)

A broad interdisciplinary project utilizing one or more of the techniques of library
research, field research, field surveys and organizational audits. Students will be
expected to utilize the knowledge gained in earlier course work. Prereq. 45.535.

45.533, 534, 535 Management Decisions & Policies I, II, III (6 q.h.)
Takes the viewpoint of the general manager in planning effective relationships
between the organization and its environment. Emphasis placed on sensing,
analyzing, evaluating, and responding to demographic, cultural, political and
technological change. Functions and responsibilities of top management; prob-
lems which affect the character and success of the total enterprise; operations
in various environments and the impact of government regulations. A frame-
work will be developed for dealing with a total organization evolving or modify-
ing strategies and policy. Cases are drawn from profit oriented and non-profit
entities of various sizes in widely diversified fields, operating in a variety of
environments. Students will be expected to actively participate in class discus-
sions of case studies. Prereq. minimum of 100 quarter hours of completed
course work.

45.600, 45.601, 45.602 Small Business Management I, II, III (6 q.h.)
For those who wish to explore the opportunities of being in a small business or
in business for themselves. Subjects considered include objective self-analysis;
discovery of opportunities in the manufacturing, retailing and service fields; rais-
ing and conservation of capital; organization and site location factors; manage-
ment controls in relation to legal, financial, personnel, and marketing problems.

45.603 Administrative Management & Office Services I (2 q.h.)

Principles and techniques of modern administrative management including
organization, planning, office mechanization, computers, information require-
ments analysis, and the conducting of a systems study. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.604 Administrative Management & Office Services 11 (2 q.h.)

An analysis of systems and procedures, business writing, report structuring,
records management, control techniques, staffing, and methods of directing
the administrative management function. Prereq. 45.504. (Offered Winter
Quarter)

"Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

238 / MANAGEMENT

45.606 Management Decisions & Policies (lntensive)=^ (6 q.h.)
Same as 45.533, 45.534, 45.535, except presented twice per week during a
single quarter. Prereq. Minimum of 100 Quarter Hours of completed course
work. (Offered Summer Quarter)

45.646 Management Seminar (Intensive)* (6 q.h.)

Same as 45.523, 45.524, 45.525, except presented as a single quarter inten-
sive course. Not open to students who have taken 45.523, 524, 525. Prereq.
45.535.

45.667 Project Planning and Control (2 q.h.)

This course employs a systems approach to planning and controlling a work
project. Topics to be covered include detailed planning techniques, establish-
ment of functional and individual responsibilities, resource allocation, identi-
fying anticipated benefits, measuring results and effective progress reporting.
Students will be expected to actively participate in class workshop sessions.
Prereq. fAinimum of 40 quarter hours of completed work. (Offered every
quarter)

45.670 The Management of Change I (2 q.h.)

The firm as perceived in current terms is explored. Selected readings of signifi-
cant dynamic managment theorists are studied. Evaluation of business per-
formance as related to dynamic company objectives; recognition of need for
change; the exploration, development, and synthesis of the conceptual and
practical implications of change dynamics; the dimensions of change — rate
and direction — will be established; change as a management objective. Pre-
req. 45.503.

45.671 The Management of Change II (2 q.h.)

The transitional organization and the process of organizational change are
studied; implications of technological advances on company operations; the
firm and/or environment as causative change agents; establishment of planned,
profit-oriented change strategies; the transitional manager innovative principles
of administration and organization; the resistance to change; measurement and
control of change dimensions. Case studies on the social, economic and political
forces shaping society. Prereq. 45.670.

45.672 The Management of Change III (2 q.h.)

Conceptual approaches applied to the emerging organization are considered:
administrative and organizational flexibility, strategy/structure synergism;
integration of profit and social responsibility; industrial productivity and leisure
time; interrelationship among economic, technological, social and political
change and their impact on the firm; the systems manager; the development
of a model for change. Prereq. 45.672.

45.696 Principles and Practice of Management (2 q.h.)

Considers management as a process engaged in various levels of any organi-
zation, and investigates fundamental principles which are generally accepted
as the foundation of management action. Included among other topics are
those of planning, organizational considerations, and directing and controlling
an organization. Application of generally accepted principles are considered
through investigation of management practice in organizational settings.
(Offered every quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 239

49.504 Strategy for Planning I (3 q.h.)

Students participate as team members in a computerized decision-making
exercise. Course materials, class discussions and guest lecturers will expose the
student to planning techniques, systems, and issues with which executive
management becomes involved. Each class member is provided with an oppor-
tunity to use a full range of skills and experience to make key decisions in
planning and operating a company in an uncertain, competitive environment.
Prereq. Minimum of 100 quarter hours of completed work. 45.535 recommended.
(Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

49.505 Strategy for Planning II (3 q.h.)

A continuation of 49.504. Students will have continued opportunities to analyze
results of previous decision-making, engage in additional planning and decision-
making, and conduct board meetings. Prereq. 49.504. (Offered Winter and
Spring Quarters)

Industrial Management Courses

Consultant: J. M. Rosenfeld 969-4783

45.506 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems I (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the basic areas of production management, characteristic organiza-
tions, activities, responsibilities and decision making. The systems concept as
applied to manufacturing. Manufacturing costs and their management.

45.507 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems II (2 q.h.)
Further analysis of the manufacturing system, including production control,
materials, work design, simplification and measurement; quality control; data
processing as applied to manufacturing; selected readings in modern production
management techniques. Prereq. 45.506.

45.508 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems III (2 q.h.)
Continuing study and analysis of the manufacturing function; production and
process technology; work place methods and standards; planning and control of
operations and inventories: concepts, analytical techniques and information
systems; selected case studies emphasizing relevant production management
and manufacturing systems, concepts and applications. Prereq. 45.507.

45.519 Work Methods (2 q.h.)

The principles of motion economy and work simplification in analysis and
improvement of methods, utilizing flow charts, diagrams, work station activity
charts, and laboratory techniques. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.526 Facilities Planning & Design I (2 q.h.)

The planning and designing of industrial plants, in terms of equipment and

machinery requirements, plant layout and material flow, utilizing flow charting,

scheduling, and laboratory scale models. Prereq. 45.508. (Offered Fall

Quarter)

45.531 Facilities Planning & Design II (2 q.h.)

The fundamentals of material handling and related equipments, vehicles, and
machinery, including cranes, conveyors, freight elevators, and monorails, with
emphasis on analysis of problems, typical cases, and costs, and including engi-
neering economy. Prereq. 45.526. (Offered Winter Quarter)

240 / MANAGEMENT

45.528 Work Measurement (2 q.h.)

Measurement techniques as applied to development of production and wage
standard data, including appropriate incentive plans and directed towards quan-
tity manufacturing, with laboratory use. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.530 Standard Data Development (2 q.h.)

Development of production standards for job shop operations, applying curve,
table, equation, nomograph, family and multivariables techniques, and utiliz-
ing work sampling methods and laboratory practice. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.595 Manufacturing Seminar I* (2 q.h.)

Problems of manufacturing operation at the plant manager level, including pro-
duction economics of specialization, simplification, standardization, diversifica-
tion, expansion, contraction, or integration, all with pertinent, selected case
studies. Prereq. 45.625 & 45.637.

45.596 Manufacturing Seminar II* (2 q.h.)

Continued analysis of manufacturing problems, including plant location, layout,
materials handling, power maintenance, labor market status, organization and
wage policy, all with pertinent, selected case studies. Prereq. 45.595

45.597 Manufacturing Seminar III* (2 q.h.)

Continued analysis of manufacturing problems, including controls of the manu-
facturing process; product design and development, scheduling, inventory,
quality, cost and budgetary controls with applicable cases. Prereq. 45.596.

45.620 Industrial Safety (2 q.h.)

A study of the organization and administration of a comprehensive accident-
prevention program, including analysis of industrial hazards and accidents, cor-
rective actions, and the responsibilities of all management echelons, from the
safety engineer to top management. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

45.623 Manufacturing Processes I — Material (2 q.h.)

Materials and their processing, including the derivation, characteristics, and
applications of materials used in industry, such as ferrous, non-ferrous metals,
plastics, their mechanical, thermal, electrical, chemical, and other properties
with an analysis of applications to manufacturing.

45.624 Manufacturing Processes II — Production (2. q.h.)

Machinery, welding and allied processing, including an analysis of product
design. Production processes and material selection in the production and
manufacturing of hard goods, including selection of best methods by study of
casting, machinery, forming, joining, hot and cold locking, extrusion, finishing,
and assembly. Prereq. 45.623.

45.625 Manufacturing Processes III — Automation (2 q.h.)

The analysis of advanced manufacturing processes, including mass production,
numeric control, central vs line layout systems, automated systems and related
problems, computer controlled equipments and systems, equipment and ma-
chinery selection and replacement policies. Emphasis on manufacturing proc-
esses case studies. Prereq. 45.624.

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 241

45.627, 45.628 Value Management I, II (4 q.h.)

An organized technique for challenging costs by analyzing a product or method
in terms of value, function, and costs, without sacrificing essential quality.
(Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.636 Production & Inventory Control I (2 q.h.)

Basic analysis and systems design techniques for controlling production. As-
pects of intermittent and continuous production scheduling and the relationship
of planning, scheduling and dispatching, and utilizing mathematical models.
Scheduling techniques of PERT, CPM, line of balance and learning curves. Field
trip to local company and examination of its production control system.
(Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.637 Production & Inventory Control II (2 q.h.)

Analysis and systems design techniques for controlling inventory levels empha-
sizing cost reduction, including inventory investment, economic order quantity,
make or buy decisions, and warehousing. Goals include bringing the range of
concept and technique to the point of useful application in practical design.
Prereq. 45.636. (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

45.638 Industrial Decision Making I* (2 q.h.)

The development of a systematic approach to problem solving and decision
making; decision theory; structure of human decisions. Prereq. 10.334.

45.639 Industrial Decision Making II* (2 q.h.)

Application of mathematical methods of management science and quantitative
decision-making procedures to practical industrial problems; optimization and
models applied to production functions such as the inventory process, plant
location, layout and maintenance, and equipment selection, replacement, and
maintenance. Prereq. 45.638.

45.640 Industrial Decision Making III* (2 q.h.)

Application of mathematical methods of management science and quantitative
decision-making procedures to practical industrial problems, including linear
systems utilizations and functional production applications such as: economic
lot size, optimal machine loading, production, and employment scheduling;
seasonal inventory distribution; transportation and transshipment models; maxi-
mum profit margin; methods improvements; selected case studies. Prereq.
45.639.

45.642 Production Management & Manufacturing Systems (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as 45.506, 45.507, 45.508. Not open to students who have completed
those courses. (Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer Quarters)

45.673 Industrial Processes I (2 q.h.)

Familiarizes the Industrial Technology student with the materials and processes
used in manufacturing to convert ideas into products, machines and structures;
characteristics and applications of materials used in industry; casting and form-
ing processes; machining processes. Open to Industrial Technology students
only. (Offered every quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

242 / MANAGEMENT

45.674 Industrial Processes II (2 q.h.)

Continued analysis of manufacturing processes including welding and allied
processes; machine tools: advantages and limitations; economic analysis of
manufacturing processes; automated and computer controlled systems; equip-
ment and machinery selection and replacement policies. Prereq. 45.678.
(Offered every quarter)

45.688 Production and Inventory Control (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

Same as 45.636, 45.637. Not open to students who have completed those

courses. (Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer Quarters)

45.695 Materials Management (2 q.h.)

The development and examination of materials management objectives as they
relate to cost improvement, investment control, and ability to serve the market;
the development of an integrated market, the development of an integrated
materials system; cases in materials management. (Offered every quarter)

49.501 Environmental Management I (2 q.h.)

The state of our environment now and in the future — an introduction to the
types and threats of pollution, including the atmosphere, land, and waterways.
Emphasis placed on impact of pollution upon economic growth, business
profitability, governmental outlays and individual expenditures. Lectures, class
participation, and selected readings. Written reports required.

49.502 Environmental Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Environmental Pollution I in which the level of our technology
is explored. A review of control techniques, disposal systems and purification
equipment with an evaluation of their effectiveness and costs. Critical unsolved
technical problems and the needs for scientific investigation will be highlighted.
Lectures, class participation, and selected readings. Written reports required.
Prereq. 49.501.

49.503 Environmental Management III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Environmental Pollution II in which past, present and future
controlling and corrective actions of business and government and the individ-
ual are examined. Evaluation of the balance between responsible self control
and preventive legislation. Specific attention to the complexity of interacting
factors and the dilemma of productivity demands versus the environmental
limitations of adaptability. Lectures, class participation, and selected readings.
Written reports required. Prereq. 49.502.

Purchasing

Coordinator: Mr. A. D. Finley 475-6172

45.537 Purchasing I (2 q.h.)

The fundamental mission and span of responsibility of industrial purchasing
in business: the procurement cycle, its principles, methods, and vocabulary.

45.538 Purchasing II (2 q.h.)

Techniques of organization of the purchasing function: its systems, source selec-
tion and evaluation; the legal environment; quantity and quality determination.
Prereq. 45.537.

MANAGEMENT / 243

45.539 Purchasing III (2 q.h.)

Techniques of creative buying: types of contracts; negotiating and price/cost
analysis; purchasing ethics; supplier monitoring and expediting; contract modi-
fication and termination. • Prereq. 45.538.

45.626 Professional Purchasing Teciiniques* (2 q.h.)

A seminar-type examination of methods of negotiation, use of contract types
and incentives which yield improved buyer performance. Price analysis and
the development of supplier monitoring and control techniques. Prereq.
45.539. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.666 The Materials Acquisition Function (2 q.h.)

A survey of the procurement function as found in industry. This course is de-
signed to furnish candidates, with majors in other than purchasing, a broad
comprehension of the acquisition function. Purchasing's mission, procedures,
proper interface with other functions, and its legitimate objectives are explored.
System techniques, organizational structures and required skills are investi-
gated and particular attention is given to the integration of this function into
the total cycle of product creation. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

Personnel & Industrial Relations

Coordinator: (Industrial Relations) Mr. D. F. Hurley 785-0484

45.517 Techniques of Employee Selection* (2 q.h.)

Recruitment, selection, and placement techniques including interviewing, em-
ployment testing, and examining. Prereq. 45.515. (Offered in Spring Quarter)

45.518 Wage and Salary Administration* (2 q.h.)

Wage and salary determination; merit and incentive plans; wage and salary
structure; compensation methods; impact on employer-employee relations in the
economy. Prereq. 39.503, 45.503. (Offered in Fall Quarter)

45.521 Employee Benefits* (2 q.h.)

Private and public programs directed to job and worker income security; unem-
ployment compensation, training and employment services; private guaranteed
income; retirement pension plans and disability; group insurance. Prereq.
39.503. (Offered in Winter Quarter)

45.522 Job Evaluation (2 q.h.)

Wage-payment systems; theory of wage determination, job elements, rating
scales, writing job descriptions and specifications; selection of plans; develop-
ment of wage structures and integration with the principles of merit rating.
(Offered Fall Quarter)

45.545 Law Employment Standards* (2 q.h.)

The minimum wage laws — state and federal — and laws on employment prac-
tices, administrative and enforcement procedures, employment provisions of the
1964 Civil Rights Act, and of state anti-discrimination laws. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered in Fall Quarter)

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

244 / MANAGEMENT

45.546 Law of Employment Conditions* (2 q.h.)

The Labor Management Reporting and Disclosure Act, the Social Security Act,
The Massachusetts Employment Security Act. The Massachusetts Workmen's
Compensation Act, veterans' reemployment rights. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered in Winter Quarter)

45.548 Law of Labor Management Relations* (2 q.h.)

The legal framework for collective bargaining, the impact of the anti-trust laws
on labor unions, injunctions in labor disputes, the Railway Labor Act, the Na-
tional Labor Relations Act, the Labor-Management Relations Act. Prereq.
45.611. (Offered in Spring Quarter)

45.553 The Labor Agreement* (2 q.h.)

Labor contracts: component clauses, grievance analysis, and arbitration pro-
cedures. Case studies in labor-management relations affected by such clauses.
Prereq. 45.611 (Offered Fall Quarter) (Available on suburban campuses 1974-
1975)

45.556 Negotiations, Mediation, Arbitration* (2 q.h.)

The bargaining process; preparation and negotiation of agreements; mediation,
fact-finding, arbitration, other alternatives to the strike. Prereq. 45.611.
(Offered Winter Quarter) (Available on suburban campuses 1974-1975)

45.557 International Labor Movements* (2 q.h.)

Historical treatment of American labor union development and theories of
labor organization; relation of labor and government, American, European, and
Latin-American labor organization and institutions; international labor organi-
zations. Prereq. 45.611 (Offered in Fall Quarter 1975-1976)

45.560 Seminar on Labor Issues* (2 q.h.) (For Seniors Only)
An advanced discussion of current labor-management issues; policy as to dis-
putes, wage guidelines, public employees' unions, professionals, etc. Prereq.
45.546, 45.548, 45.553. (Offered Spring Quarter) (Available on suburban cam-
puses 1974-1975)

45.610 Labor Management Relations I (2 q.h.)

The American labor movement and labor relations development; collective bar-
gaining issues, policy and practice; public control of industrial relations.
Prereq. 39.503. (Offered every quarter)

45.611 Labor Management Relations II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of I. The economic and political impact of bargaining power on
labor markets, employment, wages, and income. Prereq. 45.610. (Offeree
every quarter)

45.690 Labor Management Relations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

The American labor movement and labor relations development; collective
bargaining issues, policy, and practice; public control of industrial relations.
The economic and political impact of bargaining power on labor markets, em-
ployment, wages, and income. Prereq. 39.503. Not open to students who have
taken 45.610, 45.611. (Offered Fall, Spring, and Summer Quarters) (Available
on suburban campuses in Spring Quarter)

"Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 245

Personnel

45.511 Human Relations in Organizations I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to human problems of the work environment: motivation, em-
ployee participation; formal and informal organizations; and leadership pat-
terns. (Offered every quarter)

45.512 Human Relations in Organizations II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Human Relations I; the processes of communication, inter-
viewing, counseling, appraisal of performance, and the accomplishment of
change. Special employment groups and overview of the individual in his
organization. Prereq. 45.511. (Offered every quarter)

45.513 Personnel Management I (2 q.h.)

Organization, function, and procedures of the personnel department in rela-
tionship to the management organization; manpower selection; training; rating;
personnel policies, benefits, and reports.

45.514 Personnel Management II (2 q.h.)

Principles and techniques of training, the psychology of learning, meeting train-
ing needs, principles and practices of organizing training activities. Prereq.
45.513.

45.515 Personnel Management III (2 q.h.)

Controlling and coordinating the managerial responsibility of supervision; plan-
ning the work; employee assignments; employees attitudes; employee griev-
ances; administering company policies, developing work interest. Prereq.
45.514.

45.552 Advanced Human Relations (2 q.h.)

A seminar to discuss the theories of human effectiveness. An amplification of
topics surveyed in Human Relations I, II, emphasizing their practical applica-
tion to present-day management of business enterprises. Review implications of
such theories as the managerial grid, theory X, Y, maintenance vs motivation,
etc. Prereq. 45.512. (Offered every quarter)

45.607 Personnel Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Organization, function, and procedures of the personnel department in relation-
ship to the management organization; manpower selection; training; rating; per-
sonnel policies, benefits, and reports. Principles and techniques of training; the
psychology of learning; meeting training needs; principles and practices; or-
ganizing training activities. Controlling and coordinating the managerial respon-
sibility of supervision; planning the work; employee assignments; employees'
attitudes; employee grievances; administering company policies, developing
."vork interest. Not open to students who have taken 45.513, 45.514, 45.515.
(Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

45.641 Human Relations in Organizations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
An introduction to human problems of the work environment: motivation, em-
ployee participation, formal and informal organizations, and leadership patterns.
The processes of communication: interviewing, counseling, appraisal of per-
formance, and the accomplishment of change. Special employment groups and
overview of the individual in his organization. Not open to students who have
taken 45.511, 45.512. (Offered Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters) (Avail-
able on Suburban Campuses in Spring Quarter)

246 / MANAGEMENT

45.691 Creative Problem-Solving (2 q.h.)

New ways of thinking are learned and practiced. Sensing and analyzing prob-
lems, producing ideas, evaluating and implementing solutions. The attitudes
and climate conducive to creative thinking as well as common barriers will
be presented. Provides methods for developing imagination which is the key
part of the creative process. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

Quality Control and Management Sciences

Consultant: Prof. R. A. Parsons, College of Business 437-3255

45.536 Principles of Material Inspection (2 q.h.)

An operating and technical-level course involving mensuration, need and func-
tion of inspection and specifications; basic principles and techniques of meas-
urement; various methods and equipment used for gauging and measuring;
special measuring and inspection problems. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.561 Statistical Quality Control I (2 q.h.)

45.562 Statistical Quality Control II (2 q.h.)

Continuation of Statistical Quality Control I, covering the application of statis-
tical and probability considerations in acceptance sampling of purchased ma-
terial, work in process, and outgoing products. Methods of predicting sampling
results using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the poisson distributions;
development of the operating characteristic curve for any sampling plan; risks
involved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL. Prereq. 45.561.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.563 Management of Quality Control (2 q.h.)

Modern concepts of managing the quality function of a company to maximize
customer satisfaction at minimum quality cost; the idea of total quality control;
measurement of the cost of quality; development of a co-ordinated program
of improvement, organizing for diagnosis the defect causes. (Offered Spring
Quarter)

45.565 Industrial Experimentation I* (2 q.h.)

Modern small sample techniques are applied to industrial problems. Use of
statistical inference to make estimates and set confidence intervals of key
characteristics of production lots and processes; design of single and multiple
factor experiments; tests of significance; analysis of variance. Prereq. 39.513.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.566 Industrial Experimentation 11=^ (2 q.h.)

Tests of significance, analysis of variance; correlation techniques; experimental
design; balancing and randomizing techniques; factorial designs; nested de-
signs; Latin square; random balance/multiple-balance. Prereq. 45.565. (Of-
fered Spring Quarter)

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 247

45.608 Quality Control and Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 45.561, 45.562, and 45.563. Not open to students who have taken

these courses. Prereq. 39.513. (Offered Fall and Summer Quarters)

45.630 Introduction to Operations Research (2 q.h.)

Decision making under uncertainty integration of classical statistics and de-
cision theory with Bayesian concepts; decision tree analysis; preference curves.
(Offered Fall Quarter)

45.631 Operations Research Applications I (2 q.h.)

Mathematical programming; linear programming; graphical, vector, simplex, and
transportation methods; the dual; degeneracy; integer programming; non-linear
programming; dynamic programming. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.632 Operations Research Applications II (2 q.h.)

Special topics including model building, queuing theory, simulation, Pert-CPM,
and game theory. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.633 Advanced Quality Control I* (2 q.h.)

Detailed study of specialized techniques used in defect-cause diagnosis and
problem analysis. Complete analysis of process capability; the multi-vari chart;
pictograms the span plan method. Prereq. 45.562. (Offered Fall Quarter,
1975-1976)

45.634 Advanced Quality Control II* (2 q.h.)

Continuation of Advanced Quality Control I with special emphasis on design of
control plans for process quality control and special cases of product accept-
ance. Prereq. 45.624. (Offered Winter Quarter, 1975-1976)

45.692 Quality Control I, II (Intensive) (4 q.h.)

Description and practical application of the basic statistical quality-control
methods for quality assurance, quality, control, and quality improvement of
products and services the determination of process capability; the use of quality
control charts for measurable and non-measurable quality characteristics. The
application of statistical and probability considerations in acceptance sampling
of purchased material, work in process, and outgoing products. Methods of
predicting sampling results using the hypergeometric, the binomial, and the
poisson distributions; development of the operating characteristic curve for any
sampling plan; risks involved in sampling and the concepts of AQL, RQL, AOQL.
Not open to students who have taken 45.561, 45.562. Prereq. 39.513.
(Offered in Winter Quarter)

Law

Consultant: Mr. H. Olins, Esq. 482-6998

45.541 Law I* (2 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;

interpretation of contracts.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

248 / MANAGEMENT

45.542 Law II* (2 q.h.)

AGENCY: Nature, formation, and termination of agency relationships; rights and
duties of principal and agent; scope of agent's authority.

SALES: Nature of sales contracts; warranties; transfer of title; rights and reme-
dies of seller and buyer. Prereq. 45.541.

45.543 Law III* (2 q.h.)

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes and checks; liabilities and defenses
of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships.
Prereq. 45.542.

45.643 Law (Intensive)* (6 q.h.)

CONTRACTS: Nature, kinds, and formation of contracts; essential elements;

interpretation of contracts.

AGENCY: Nature, formation, and termination of agency relationships; rights

and duties of principal and agent; scope of agent's authority.

SALES: Nature of sales contracts warranties; transfer of title; rights and

remedies of seller and buyer.

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS: Bills, notes, and checks; liabilities and defenses

of parties; procedure upon dishonor; discharge.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS: Survey of corporations and partnerships. Not

open to students who have taken 45.541, 45.542, 45.543. (Offered Fall and

Summer Quarters)

45.693 Law and Social Issues (2 q.h.)

A study of the structure and dynamics of the American Legal System approached

through an analysis of selected cases dealing with social issues. (Offered every

quarter)

Management Information Systems

Consultant: Mr. T. J. McNamara 479-4949
Coordinator: (EDP) Mr. R. M. Morrison 742-4000

45.570 Electronic Data Processing I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. (Offered every quarter)

45.571 Electronic Data Processing II (2 q.h.)

A survey of available computer systems; price and performance comparison of
available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing and sorting
techniques; and presentation of COBOL and other programming languages.
Prereq. 45.570. (Offered every quarter)

45.572 Electronic Data Processing III (2 q.h.)

A presentation of data communications concepts and terminals; discussion of
business data processing and operations research applications; and a summary
of trends in EDP. Prereq. 45.571. (Offered every quarter)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

•MANAGEMENT / 249

45.64S Electronic Data Processing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples of typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. A survey of available computer systems; price and performance
comparison of available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing
and sorting techniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and
terminals. A presentation of COBOL and other programming languages: dis-
cussion of business data processing and operations research applications; and
a summary of trends in EDP. Not open to students who have taken 45.570,
45.571, 45.572. (Offered Fall, Spring and Summer Quarters) (Available on
suburban campuses)

45.675, 45.676 Electronic Data Processing (A), (B) (6 q.h.)
An introduction to computers including the discussion of numbering and coding
systems; examples to typical business problems; and study of basic program-
ming concepts. A survey of available computer systems; price and performance
comparison of available input, output, and storage media; discussion of filing
and sorting techniques; and presentation of data communications concepts and
terminals. A presentation of COBOL and other programming languages; dis-
cussion of business data processing and operations research applications, and
a summary of trends in EDP.

Coordinator: (Programming) Mr. J. G. Sullivan 443-3122

45.599 Basic Computer Programming (2 q.h.)

A one quarter survey course in introductory computer programming for business
students. Fundamentals of programming are introduced along with COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language. The divisions of COBOL, Data File Struc-
ture, verb actions are studied. Each student will prepare and check out pro-
grams using the University Computer Center. Prereq. 45.572. (Offered every
quarter)

45.573 Computer Programming for Business I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of business application programming: Introduction to COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language, adopted as standard business program-
ming language of EDP industry. Principles of flowcharting. Programs prepared
by student are run and checked out using University's Computation Center
computer. Prereq. 45.572. (Offered Fall and Winter Quarters)

45.574 Computer Programming for Business II (2 q.h.)

Programming in COBOL presented in more detail. Business data processing
functions of editing, file updating, report writing are illustrated and imple-
mented in programs prepared by students and run on University's computer.
Programming involves punched card input and line printer output. Prereq.
45.573. (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters)

45.575 Computer Programming for Business III (2 q.h.)

More sophisticated programming techniques as applied to the solution of more
complex business application problems. Random access disk file organization
and processing is illustrated. Disk and magnetic tape files are utilized in prob-
lem solving. Prereq. 45.574. (Offered Spring and Summer Quarters)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

250 / MANAGEMENT

45.617 Advanced Computer Programming I* (2 q.h.)

Introduction to assembler language programming using the University's com-
puting system. Organization, representation, and processing data within the
computer. Looping, instruction modification, indexing, indirect addressing and
data retrieval are introduced. Cursory survey of assembler languages in general.
Prereq. Demonstrate familiarity with any currently available computer language.

45.618 Advanced Computer Programming II* (2 q.h.)

Further exploration of assembler language techniques, other addressing struc-
tures, floating point techniques, coding and use of macro instructions. Input-
output routines, use of operating system for job scheduling, resource allocation,
file handling. Business problems analyzed, flowcharted, programmed and de-
bugged on University's computer by students. Debugging of problems by core
dump analysis. Pereq. 45.617.

45.619 Advanced Computer Programming III* (2 q.h.)

Utilization of business data processing hardware on University's computing
system. Further use of operating system, divide independent file handling.
Blocked and unblocked file manipulation. Application of assembler language to
a sophisticated programming project. Prereq. 45.618.

45.644 Computer Programming for Business (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Fundamentals of business application programming: Introduction to COBOL,
Common Business Oriented Language, adopted as standard business program-
ming language of EDP industry. Principles of flowcharting. Programs prepared
by students are run and checked out using the University's Computation Center
computer. Programming in COBOL presented in more detail. Business data
processing functions of editing, file updating, report writing are illustrated and
implemented in programs prepared by students and run on the University's
computer. Programming involving punched card input and line printer output.
Prereq. 45.527. Not open to students who have taken 45.573, 45.574, 45.575.
(Offered Winter and Summer Quarters)

45.677 Operating Systems I (2 q.h.)

Survey type course — describing operating systems and investigating the full
range of systems services available under computer operating systems. Special
emphasis is placed on their value as tools for developing management informa-
tion. (Note: This quarter could stand alone as management tool for decision-
making.) Prereq. 45.575.

45.678 Operating Systems II (2 q.h.)

Specific software covered will be systems supervisor, data management system,
FORTRAN, COBOL, PL/1, and special purpose compilers. Also investigated will
be operating systems which accommodate network analysis. Pert systems,
simulation packages, and statistical analysis packages. Prereq. 45.677.

45.679 Operating Systems III (2 q.h.)

Detail analysis on data management systems with specific case studies and
development of operating system programs. Prereq. 45.678.

* Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 251

45.680 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis I (2 q.h.)
Discussion of computer-communications with emphasis on types of devices,
communication lines; economic considerations such as line charges, types of
lines, etc. — study of design and development considerations involved in a
communications program — study of time-sharing programs and how they relate
to communications programming. Prereq. 45.575.

45.681 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis II (2 q.h.)
Discussion of types of communication programs such as information retrieval,
message switching, data reception and transmission, and others. Buffering
techniques for communications programs. Prereq. 45.680.

45.682 Computer-Communications Systems Design and Analysis III (2 q.h.)
Case studies in the design and development of several types of computer-
communications programs. The student will develop flowcharts, systems defini-
tion system and program narratives, and documentation of programs pertinent
to case studies. Student will check out communications programs under simu-
lation. Prereq. 45.681.

45.684 RPG Programming (2 q.h.)

Provides a working knowledge of the Report Program Generation language. This
language is suited to small scale computer usage for such tasks as: Report
Generation; file up-dating; various utility functions. Students will write and de-
bug class problems. (Offered Fall and Spring Quarters)

45.685 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications I* (2 q.h.)
Designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of FORTRAN, the
modern problem oriented computer language. Enables the professional to
understand the use of a computer in solving problems in business, mathe-
matics, and the social and physical sciences by introducing him to problems in
selected applications, and illustrating use of FORTRAN in finding solutions.
Prereq. 45.572. (Offered Fall Quarter)

45.686 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications II* (2 q.h.)

The course provides the student with practical experience in the use of FOR-
TRAN in solving significant problems in business, mathematics, and the social
and physical sciences. Problems of sufficient complexity will be used to allow
the student to actively participate in the various steps necessary to analyze,
define, document, and solve the problem using FORTRAN. Prereq. 45.685.
(Offered Winter Quarter)

45.687 Computer Programming for Scientific Applications III* (2 q.h.)

A sophisticated set of problems are presented to teams of students for solution.
Consultations with instructor allows students to actively participate in solving
problems with the use of FORTRAN. Prereq. 45.686. (Offered Spring Quarter)

Coordinator: (Systems) Mr. R. E. Anderson 862-6831

45.577 Data Systems Administration (2 q.h.)

The major phases involved in the study and detailed planning for the effective
use of data processing equipment and management sciences in meeting the
information needs of business are presented, including the analysis of company
objectives, the feasibility study, the system specifications, equipment selec-
tion, and the implementation of the new system. Prereq. 45.572 (Offered in
Fall and Summer Quarter) (Available on suburban campuses)

•Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

252 / MANAGEMENT

45.578 Business Data Processing Applications i (2 q.h.)

Each student is given an opportunity to understand and perceive a company as
a total operating system. Specific systems applications examined include
inventory control, purchasing, accounts payable, and their integration. Specific
techniques on data collection including data communications are dealt with
during the quarter. A field trip to a communications training center and a team
case study project complete the quarter. Prereq. 45.577. (Offered Winter
Quarter) (Available on suburban campuses)

45.579 Business Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 45.578 covering additional information systems of accounts
receivable, sales analysis, the design of integrated systems, a review of "on-
line" systems and computer system simulation. The opportunity to participate
in a computer simulation exercise is offered during a field trip. A team case
study project completes the quarter. Prereq. 45.578. (Offered Spring Quarter)
(Available on suburban campuses)

45.586 System Design and Techniques I (2 q.h.)

Introduction to system concepts, system department organization, forms de-
sign, systems controls, and manuals. Prereq. 45.503 oop 45.572. (Available on
suburban campuses)

45.587 System Design and Techniques II (2 q.h.)

Development of system techniques through lectures and case studies, including
work simplification, work measurement, flow charting, system cost estimating,
and system development. Prereq. 45.586.

45.588 System Design and Techniques III (2 q.h.)

Application of system techniques through extensive use of case studies cover-
ing the full spectrum of system development and design. Prereq. 45.587.

45.589 Advanced Business System Design I* (2 q.h.)

Introduction to total computer based system concepts, resource management,
functional data flows, information feedback process, and major design criteria.
Prereq. 45.588. (Available on suburban campuses)

45.590 Advanced Business System Design II* (2 q.h.)

Detailed analysis of a manufacturing company's business system design, focus-
ing on data base design and subsystem relationships between order entry,
production control, and inventory control. Prereq. 45.589.

45.591 Advanced Business System Design III* (2 q.h.)

Management information system design, including the impact of advanced
capabilities such as data communication, on-line file storage, and simulation
on the design and system approach. Prereq. 45.590.

45.592 Advanced Computer System Techniques I* (2 q.h.)

On-line data communication systems covering the range of services available,
remote input and output devices, techniques of control, and application ex-
amples. Prereq. 45.591. (Available on suburban campuses)

*Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

MANAGEMENT / 253

45.593 Advanced Computer System Techniques II* (2 q.h.)

On-line mass storage devices, data base design, and file retrieval techniques.
Real-time input-output techniques including visual and graphic displays. Pre-
req. 45.592.

45.594 Advanced Computer System Techniques III* (2 q.h.)

Time sharing system concepts, design, and languages. Application of on-line
and time sharing system techniques through case studies and field trips.
Prereq. 45.593.

45.616 Government Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)
Discusses the basic role of data processing in the current governmental activi-
ties in education (including computer assisted instruction), health (including
patient care), welfare (including urban planning), information (including graphic
storage and retrieval systems) through description of scientific advanced sys-
tems and equipment. Prereq. 45.572. (Available as Fall Quarter intensive)

45.653 Government Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)
Describes principal applications and specific advanced system designs and
equipment which have been employed successfully by various levels of govern-
ment in the fields of public administration, planning, finance, law enforcement
and judicature, communication, and integrated information bases. Prereq.
45.616.

45.655 Auditing Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

A general presentation of auditing techniques used when auditing typical elec-
tronic data processing installations. Functional assignment of duties within an
electronic data processing installation. Control over input and output, and over
data processing. Methodology of safeguarding record files, both physical and
against unauthorized use. Prereq. 45.572. (Available as Fall and Spring
Quarter intensive)

45.656 Auditing Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of auditing applications when reviewed for internal control, hard-
wear checks, system checks, and audit trail. Auditing around the computer
versus through the computer. Using the computer to test the Data Processing
system and also the records produced by the computer system. Auditing ad-
vanced Data Processing systems. Prereq. 45.655.

45.658 Retail Marketing & Distribution Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)
Analyzes the unique characteristics of the retail application including high
volume of transactions, low unit value, decentralized input, short term em-
ployees, multi-level reporting and their effects on the EDP systems requirements
in each of the classical areas of the organization. Prereq. 45.572. (Available
as Fall Quarter intensive)

45.659 Retail Marketing & Distribution Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)
Develops the systems considerations of the first quarter further into the re-
quirements of an overall, integrated management information system for retail.
Prereq. 45.658.

'Upper level Business Administration course— see page 54.

254 / MANAGEMENT

45.661 Banking Data Processing Applications I (2 q.h.)

Reviews the major functions of banking, deposit loan and money, and analyzes
their uniqueness from an EDP point of view in the applications of demand
deposit accounting, commercial, and installment loan accounting, bank credit
card accounting, and credit file maintenance. Prereq. 45.572. (Available as
Fall Quarter intensive)

45.662. Banking Data Processing Applications II (2 q.h.)
Expands on first quarter by analyzing mortgage accounting, savings accounting,
mutual fund and stock transfer accounting, personal trust accounting, new
remote terminals and the development of management information systems
for commercial banks and thrift institutions. Prereq. 45.661.

45.664 EDP in Property and Casualty Insurance I (2 q.h.)

A survey of the various functions unique to property and casualty industry and
the role of data processing as applied to the particular functions: underwriting,
policy production claims, and actuarial. Prereq. 45.572.

45.665 EDP in Property and Casualty Insurance II (2 q.h.)

Application of the principles surveyed in the first quarter to one or more case
studies developing an information system for property and casualty company
management. Prereq. 45.664.

45.668 Peripheral Systems Techniques I (2 q.h.)

This course deals with the many peripheral skills and techniques which the
modern analyst must employ in his daily activities. Specific areas to be covered
include the systems approach to decision-making, interviewing, preparing and
presenting proposals to executive management, techniques of documentation.
Prereq. 45.573. (Offered Winter Quarter)

45.669 Peripheral Systems Techniques II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 45.668. This course will cover such topics as the impact of
the systems analyst as a trainer; organizational employers of third generation
computers; control and systems auditing, and the establishment of data proc-
essing standards. Prereq. 45.668. (Offered Spring Quarter)

45.694 Systems Design & Techniques (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Introduction to system concepts, system department organization, forms de-
sign, systems controls, and manuals. Development of system techniques
through lectures and case studies, including work simplification, work measure-
ment, flow charting, system cost estimating, and system development. Applica-
tion of system techniques through extensive use of case studies covering the
full spectrum of development and design. Not open to students who have
taken 45.586, 45.587, 45.588. Prereq. 45.503 or 45.572. (Offered Spring
and Summer Quarters)

45.697 Information Processing In Medicine I (2 q.h.)

A non-technical survey of the impact and potential of computers in medicine:
medical records; clinical reporting systems; automated laboratories; on-line
monitoring; research needs; medical administration requirements. Prereq.
none. (Offered Fall Quarter)

REAL ESTATE / 255

45.698 Information Processing in Medicine II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the content and interactions of medical information sub-systems.
Implications of computerization of various medical activities; equipment selec-
tion; organizational considerations. Prereq. 45.697. (Offered Winter Quarter)

47_REAL ESTATE

Consultant: Mr. G. D. Prigmore 536-2474

47.501 Real Estate Fundamentals I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the fundamentals of real estate including basic terminology
and various types of purchase contracts. Real estate brokerage and leasing
fundamentals in commercial, office, and residential properties will also be
explored. (Offered Fall, Winter, and Spring Quarters) (Available on suburban
campuses)

47.502 Real Estate Fundamentals II (2 q.h.)

A general examination of real property management with emphasis on the spe-
cial characteristics of different types of property, along with introduction to
valuation of property, including analysis of operating statements. Prereq.
47.501 or permission of instructor. (Offered Winter, Spring, and Summer
Quarters)

47.503 Real Estate Fundamentals III (2 q.h.)

Real Estate financing will be explored with respect to the various types of insti-
tutions involved in the financing of different properties, including interim,
permanent, and secondary financing. Specific case studies will also be used.
Prereq. 47.502 or permission of instructor. (Offered Spring, Summer, and Fall
Quarters)

47.504 Real Estate Fundamentals (Intensive) (6 q.h.)

Same as 57.501, 502 and 503. Not open to students who have taken those
courses. (Offered Summer Quarter)

47.508 Real Estate Financial Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Structure and analysis of real estate income and expense statements. Sources
of funds, borrowing methods, effects of taxation, rates of return, etc. Prereq.
47.503 or permission of instructor. (Offered Fall Quarter) (Available on subur-
ban campuses)

47.509 Real Estate Financial Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of risks and problems involved in financing real property with emphasis
on use of case studies and problems. Class participation stressed. Prereq.
47.508, or permission of instructor. (Offered Winter Quarter)

47.511 Fundamental Real Estate Appraisal (2 q.h.)

A fundamental course in real estate appraisal with emphasis on single- and
two- and three-family properties. Analysis of city and neighborhood influences,
site valuation, building diagnosis, depreciation, study of the applicable ap-
proaches to value, appraisal report preparation. Prereq. 47.503 or permission
of instructor. (Offered Fall Quarter) (Available on suburban campuses)

256 / TRANSPORTATION

47.512, 47.513 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal I & II (4 q.h.)
An advanced course in the evaluation of residential and income properties.
Application of the cost, market, and income approaches to apartment buildings
and commercial and industrial developments. Particular emphasis on the vari-
ous methods of capitalization and residual techniques. Class participation in
case studies and problems. Prereq. 47.511, 47.512, or permission of instruc-
tor. (Offered Winter and Spring Quarters) (Available on suburban campuses)

47.521 Real Estate Development (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the problems in real estate development using the case method.

Emphasis on the risks and opportunities w/hich face developers in the planning,

marketing, construction, and financing of apartments, shopping centers, and

office buildings. Prereq. 47.509 or permission of instructor. (Offered Spring

Quarter)

47.527 Housing (2 q.h.)

A specialized course dealing with the demand for housing and the ability of the
private market to meet the demand. Particular emphasis placed on public
programs dealing w/ith housing via the private sector. Prereq. 47.509 or per-
mission of Instructor. (Offered Spring Quarter)

47.524 Private Real Estate Law (2 q.h.)

Elements of a real estate contract and its enforceability; the concept of title;
mortgages and their purposes; recording of real estate interests; the landlord
and tenant relationship. Prereq. 47.503 or permission of instructor. (Offered
Fall Quarter)

47.525, 47.526 Public Real Estate Law I & II (4 q.h.)

This course will focus on zoning, subdivision control, conservation controls,

taxation of real estate, rent control, eminent domain, and urban renewal.

Prereq. 47.503, 47.525, or permission of instructor. (Offered Winter and Spring

Quarters)

47.528, 47.529, 47.530 Real Estate Management I, II, III (6 q.h.)
A course designed to prepare the student with the practical problems of real
estate management. The course stresses the requisite day-to-day management
of commercial, industrial, and residential properties as well as the need for a
management strategy as it relates to long-term prope,rty value. Prereq. none.

48_TRANSP0RTATI0N & PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

Consultant: Dr. R. C. Lieb, College of Business 437-3236

48.514 Elements of Transportation and Distribution I (2 q.h.)
An introduction to regulatory, economic, and management aspects of trans-
portation from the viewpoints of shippers, government, and carrier managers.
Topics include: costs, rates, operations, entry, mergers, intercity passenger and
urban transportation. A course of general interest to students of business, law
or government. Prereq. for all other courses in transportation. (Not open to
students who have completed course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503.) (Avail-
able on suburban campuses)

TRANSPORTATION / 257

48.515 Elements of Transportation and Distribution II (2 q.h.)

An introduction to physical distribution management concepts. Topics include
marketing, locational strategy, organization, inventory control, forecasting, and
cost control. Course uses text and case materials developed from industry sit-
uations. Prereq. 48.514. (Not open to students who have completed course
numbers 48.501. 48.502, 48.503.)

48.516 Elements of Transportation and Distribution III (2 q.h.)

Continued examination of the major elements of the physical distribution mix.
Topics include: information flow, data processing, warehousing, and labor re-
lations. Cases include application of the "total cost" approach to physical dis-
tribution. Prereq. 48.514. (Not open to students who have completed course
numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503.)

48.504 Transportation Regulation and Promotion I (2 q.h.)

Study of the history and content of the Interstate Commerce Act. Prereq.
48.527, 48.514, or former course numbers 48.503 and 48.526.

48.505 Transportation Regulation and Promotion II (2 q.h.)

Examination of administrative law and procedure, the code of ethics and the
general rules of practice. Prereq. 48.504.

48.506 Transportation Regulation and Promotion III (2 q.h.)

Analysis of cases pertinent to the Commerce Clause. Preparation for ICC Prac-
titioners Exam. Prereq. 48.505.

48.527 Traffic Management I — Rates and Tariffs (2 q.h.)

A practical course in the interpretation and use of tariffs. Topics include classi-
fications, rate scales, tariff rules, rate making procedures, etc. Prereq. 48.514
or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Not open to students who
have taken former course numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.528 Traffic Management II — Rates and Tariffs (2 q.h.)

An advanced course in the interpretation and use of tariffs. Topics include ICC
law and practice, and computerized tariffs. Prereq. 48.527. (Not open to stu-
dents who have taken former course numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.529 Traffic Management III — Selected Topics (2 q.h.)

A practical course in traffic management covering topics other than rates and
tariffs. Subjects include: routing, claims, insurance, consolidation, packaging,
etc. Course uses cases and text. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers
48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Not open to students who have taken former course
numbers 48.524, 48.525, 48.526.)

48.534 Surface Transportation I — Railroad Management (2 q.h.)
A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the railroads. Topics include: investment and finance, mergers, marketing, labor
relations, operations and control, diversification, and public policy. Prereq.
48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Replaces former
course number 48.511 and 48.512.) (Offered Fall Quarter)

258 / TRANSPORTATION

48.535 Surface Transportation II — Motor Carrier Management (2 q.h.)

A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the regulated motor-carrier industry. Topics include: equipment selection and
finance, mergers, marketing, labor relations, routes, operations and control, and
public policy. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502,
48.503. (Replaces former course numbers 48.517, 48.518.) (Offered Winter
Quarter)

48.536 Surface Transportation ill — Marine Transportation Management

(2 q.h.)
A management-oriented course that considers the current and future status of
the U.S. Merchant Marine. Topics include: international trade patterns, govern-
ment promotion and subsidy, technological innovations, port facilities, and
labor relations. Prereq. 48.514 or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502,
48.503. (Replaces former course number 48.513.) (Offered Spring Quarter)

48.537 Surface Transportation IV — Private Trucking Management (2 q.h.)
Initiating a private trucking operation. Topics include legality, purchase vs.
lease of equipment, operations, and measures of performance. Prereq. 48.514
or former course numbers 48.501, 48.502, 48.503. (Replaces former course
number 48.519.) (Offered Spring Quarter)

48.538 Management of Warehouse Operations (2 q.h.)

A practical course in the management of warehouses. Topics include: site selec-
tion, construction, finance, operations, measurement of performance, and ware-
house technology. Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 (Replaces former course
number 48.521.) (Offered Fall Quarter, 1974-1975)

48.539 Organization and Control of Physical Distribution Management (2 q.h.)
Establishment of a physical distribution organization. Measuring performance.
Interrelationships with other functions in the company. Interpersonal relations.
Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 (Replaces former course number 48.522).
(Offered Winter Quarter, 1974-1975)

48.540 Management Science and Physical Distribution Management (2 q.h.)
Application of quantitative techniques to physical-distribution management,
including: linear programming, simulation, and statistical decision theory. Stu-
dents will use computer facilities for solving problems. Knowledge of program-
ming is not required. Prereq. 48.514, 48.515, 48.516 or 10.539 (math), or its
equivalent. (Replaces former course number 48.523.) (Not offered 1974-1975)

48.541 Air Transportation Management I (2 q.h.)

Economics and regulation of Civil Aeronautics Board certified commercial pas-
senger aviation — including routes, schedules, operations, pricing, mergers, cost
analysis, and financing. Case method of instruction emphasized. Prereq.
48.514. (Offered Burlington Campus only)

48.542 Air Transportation Management II (2 q.h.)

Similar topics as 48.541, but for cargo operations. Prereq. 48.541.

48.543 Air Transportation Management III (2 q.h.)

Economics and regulation of general aviation including analysis of corporate,
air taxi, and third level operations. Prereq. 48.542.

TRANSPORTATION / 259

48.547 Urban Transportation I (2 q.h.)

The planning and financing of urban transportation systems. Role of federal,
state, and local governments. Choice of technology and method of financing.
The concept of "balanced" transportation. Prereq. 48.514 (Replaces former
course number 48.544.) (Offered Fall Quarter, 1975-1976)

48.54S Urban Transportation II (2 q.h.)

Management of urban transportation systems. Topics include: routes and serv-
ices, pricing, labor relations, selection of equipment, community relations, and
measures of performance. Prereq. 48.547. (Replaces former course numbers
48.545, 48.546.) (Offered Winter Quarter, 1975-1976)

48.549 Seminar in Selected Transportation and Physical Distribution
Management Topics

A seminar which focuses on a topic of particular interest during the academic
year, for example, reappraisal and formulation of National Transportation Policy,
labor relations in transportation, ecology and transportation, etc. The seminar
will utilize speakers and published materials arid will require a written or oral
presentation by the students at the end of the course. The seminar topic will
be announced during the academic year in time for registration for the Spring
term. Prereq. 48.514. (Offered Spring Quarter, 1974-1975)

48.600 Seminar in Northeast Corridor Transportation (2 q.h.)
Analysis of the demand for and supply of passenger and freight transportation
in the Northeast Corridor. Topics include: government policy, technology, car-
rier strategy, the consumer, and interrelationships between transportation and
economic activity. Students make a presentation of their research findings at
the end of the course. This course should be of interest to students of business,
government, engineering, economics, and planning. Prereq. 48.514 and
10.539 (math), or its equivalent. (Offered Spring Quarter, 1975-1976)

50— EDUCATION FOUNDATIONS

50.111 Social Science I (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Cultural anthropology and education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthro-
pology will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal
and formal aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be
devoted to the study of cross cultural materials in order to understand the
educational process in different cultural milieus.

50.112 Social Sciences II (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Sociology and education. Involves sociological analysis of the educational enter-
prise in the United States and other technologically advanced societies, includ-
ing consideration of the socialization process, the formation of youth cultures,
and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention will be given to the
study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial factors on educational
institutions, education and social change, and the school as a social system.

50.113 Social Science III (3 cl., 3 q.h.)

Intergroup relations and education. Examination of theoretical and empirical
materials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Par-
ticular attention will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of inter-
group conflict.

260 / EDUCATION

50.121 Human Development and Learning I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Developmental processes from prenatal life up to adolescence, theories of
learning and personality, with research and case material covering major
aspects of psychological development.

50.131 Human Development and Learning II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Continuation of Human Development and Learning I. Significant aspects of
adolescence — physical, social, and psychological factors as they influence
adolescent behavior. Prereq. 50.121.

50.141 Measurement and Evaluation (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

The fundamentals of measurement; basic statistical concepts and techniques
used; evaluation of standardized and teacher-made tests. Prereq. Meth. and
Mat. course in ma], field.

50.151 Backgrounds of American Education (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
Historical and philosophical foundations of American education beginning with
old-world origins; development of American schools and educational thought
from the colonial period to the present with emphasis on major current issues
in education. Prereq. 50.141.

51— EDUCATION — INSTRUCTION

51.135 Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
The relationships that exist between instructional objectives and teaching
behavior; applications of human development and learning concepts as they
relate to subsequent specialized teaching methods and materials. Research
results and promising theory are used to extend the prospective teacher's
concepts of the teaching function. Prereq. 50.131.

51.143 Methods and Materials of Teaching English (4 cl., 4 q.h.)
An introduction to the structure and functions of language as they apply to
the teaching of English; curriculum and planning in English; the unit approach;
specific techniques of teaching reading and literature, grammar and usage,
written and oral composition, listening, spelling, vocabulary, and the use of
mass media. Prereq. 51.135.

51.151 Student Teaching with Related Seminar (8 q.h.)

A University-arranged practicum of observation and teaching in schools within
reasonable commuting distance of Northeastern. Participating on a full-time
basis, the student is expected to develop planning and communication abilities
within his major field. Biweekly seminars at the University provide additional
opportunity to analyze theory-practice relationships and to examine generic
problems of teaching. Prereq. Permission of adviser.

54— EDUCATION — READING

54.126 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

For English and social studies majors in the College of Education who are

preparing for teaching in the junior or senior high schools. Basically the same

approach and organization applies to this course as to the elementary level

course.

RECREATION / 261
63— THERAPEUTIC RECREATION SERVICES

63.501 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services (2 q.h.)
Philosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society.

63.510 Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure (2 q.h.)

Goals for American recreation studied in modern context; implications for the
professional; historical background, concepts of work, leisure, recreation; trends,
issues, and future direction.

63.521 Recreational Skills I (Social Recreation) (2 q.h.)

Techniques of leadership, planning, and motivation for social-recreation activi-
ties; mixers, table games, active and inactive group games, adapting and creat-
ing games.

63.522 Recreation Skills II (Music Therapy) (2 q.h.)

Theory and practical application of music activities in special therapeutic
settings. - =^ ■

63.523 Recreation Skills III (Guitar or Auto Harp) (2 q.h.)

An introductory course in tablature reading; designed to develop personal skills
for accompaniment of group singing.

63.531 Techniques of Recreation Leadership (2 q.h.)

Study and practical experience in a diversity of group programs and processes.

63.532 Interagency Planning for Community Action (2 q.h.)

A study of agencies and how they function (program and personnel); how
agencies cooperate for interagency programming. Legal and financial aspects
and their effect on the program.

63.535 Recreation Skills VI (Special Events and Programs) (2 q.h.)

How to organize and administrate tournaments for selected activities; checkers,

chess, card games, table games, party planning, and techni'^'ies.

63.547 Outdoor Education for Handicapped (2 q.h.)

Technical training and experiences for adapted recreation and education for

exceptional and handicapped age groups.

63.549 The Process of Aging (2 q.h.)

The experience and viewpoints from leading professional people — from the
fields of medicine, psychiatry, sociology, nursing, rehabilitation, research, coun-
seling, education, and recreation — related to the process of aging.

63.550 Group Dynamics I (2 q.h.)

The group process; how groups arrive at group identity; factors influencing size,
purpose, behavior patterns, selections of individual members; training and
experience in leadership techniques.

63.551 Group Dynamics II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Group Dynamics I. Prereq. 63.550.

262 / RECREATION

63.552 Leadership and Program for III, Aged, and Infirm (2 q.h.)

The scope of program planning and leadership in a variety of activities including
adapted square dances, drama and puppetry, developing a rhythm band, parties
and special events, active and quiet games, and others.

63.553 Techniques and Resources in Working with Elderly (2 q.h.)

Course on how to deal with day to day problems such as the ability to converse
or understand different languages; understanding diseases and disabilities of
the aged; techniques in assisting the blind or deaf; sensitivity training and
sources of assistance in these areas.

63.555 Therapeutic Recreation for Special Groups (2 q.h.)

Concentrated study and individual projects in areas of special interest; mentally
retarded, handicapped, aging, and culturally deprived, socially atypical, others.

63.556 Workshop in Adapted and Hospital Recreation (2 q.h.)
Investigation in depth of basic and recent developments in adaptive and hos-
pital recreation. Reports, discussions, observations, and visitations.

63.557 Recreation Activities of Atypical Individuals and Groups (2 q.h.)
Adaptation of recreational activities to meet the needs of handicapped individ-
uals in hospitals and other organizations offering recreation programs for handi-
capped. Emphasis on the basic principles of recreational therapy.

63.560 Development and Utilization of Recreation Education Resources

(2 q.h.)
Survey of field and audio-visual education and resources; instruction and prac-
tice in the use of equipment and materials.

63.570 Arts and Crafts I (2 q.h.)

Opportunities to learn and to teach in various media: clay, paper, crayon, paint,
print, leather, wood, metal, yarn, natural and scrap materials; emphasis on
creativity.

63.571 Arts and Crafts II (2 q.h.)

Course is geared to teach design skills and craft skills at the same time. Present
the basic elements of design to plaster, stone, metal, papier mache, clay, wood,
wire, cloth, and wax, and exploit the qualities of each medium. Prereq. 63.570.

63.572 Arts and Crafts III (2 q.h.)
Continuation of Arts and Crafts II. Prereq. 63.571.

63.592 Independent Study (3 q.h.)

Independent study designed for the individual specific needs. Field assignments
in nursing homes for practical experience. Special and specific assignments.
Prereq. 63.501.

63.593 Independent Study (4 q.h.)
Continuation of 63.592. Prereq. 63.592.

63.600 Seminar in Group Dynamics (2 q.h.)

Seminar covering all aspects of motivation, behavior patterns and the general

process procedures. Prereq. 63.551.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 263

86 & 87— HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Courses open to all students

86.502 Hospital Law and Ethics (2 q.h.)

A study of important legal principles and rulings of importance to medical
administrative personnel and others. Brief introduction to interpersonal ethics
in patient care.

86.504 Foundations of Medical Science I (2 q.h.)

Study, primarily through physicians' lectures, of major disease problems in
our society and modes of treatment. Intended for the non-medical student
who wishes an understanding of the problems faced by the physician in daily
practice, to facilitate communication between medical and non-medical mem-
bers of the health team. Discusses organized care, diagnosis, and treatment.

86.505 Foundations of Medical Science II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.504, emphasizing reproduction, birth, pediatrics. Dental
health and dermatology also discussed.

86.506 Foundations of Medical Science III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.505. Heart disease; cancer; stroke; blood and lymphatic
diseases; accidents; musculo-skeietal, respiratory, and gastrointestinal diseases.

86.507 Medical Terminology I (2 q.h.)

An intensive introduction to medical terminology including stems, prefixes, and
suffixes. Practice in usage.

86.508 Medical Terminology II (2 q.h.)

A more extensive and in-depth consideration of medical terminology. Intended
for the medical records specialist. Prereq. 86.507.

86.509 Medical Terminology (4 q.h.)
Combines the content of 86.507 and 86.508.

86.511 Personal & Community Health (2 q.h.)

Principles of personal health and healthful living and their application to inter-
personal relationships and community life. Discusses important contemporary
health problems.

86.512 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of 86.504 and the first half of 86.505. Offered for day
programs only.

86.513 Foundations of Medical Science (3 q.h.)

Combines the content of the second half of 86.505 and 86.506. Offered for
day programs only.

86.515 Home Health Care (3 q.h.)

A combination lecture and field training program designed to provide the tech-
nical skills required for the provision of effective community home health care.
Prereq. permission from the dean.

264 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

86.516 Principles and Practice of Community Mental Health (3 q.h.)
The course will provide a rudimentary understanding of the basic principles and
techniques of modern community mental health practice. Supervised clinical
experience will be provided.

86.521 Public Health I (2 q.h.)

Principles of public health. Organization of health agencies and services.

86.522 Public Health M (2 q.h.)

Continuation of 86.521, emphasizing community organization for health
services. Prereq. 86.521.

86.524 Methods & Materials in Public Health Education (2 q.h.)

An introduction to health education in the public health context. Prereq.

86.511 or 86.522.

86.531 Man's Present Environment (2 q.h.)

A survey of environmental conditions in land, air, and water. The causes of pol-
lution; effects on man and other life; and a general discussion of current control
methods. Particular emphasis on the significance of environmental problems
to the individual.

86.532 Environmental Problems and Control (2 q.h.)

Aspects of environmental engineering on a municipal scale are presented in a
format directed to the nonprofessional. Discussion of topics in water supply
and water quality, waste water treatment and disposal, solid waste manage-
ment, milk and food sanitation, and noise control, in the language of the
interested citizen.

86.533 Pollution and the Global Environment (2 q.h.)

Threats to the environment on a global scale from man's activities, and an
examination of various methods and recommendations for control of atmos-
pheric, oceanic, and land pollution.

86.541 Medical Care & Current Social Problems I (2 q.h.)

Seminar course discussing society's organization to deliver medical care
services. Prereq. permission from the dear).

86.542 Medical Care & Current Social Problems II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.541 discussing topics identified in the first part of the
course as matters of great concern in the field of medical care. Prereq.
86.541.

86.543 Medical Care & Current Social Problems III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.542, examining current professional literature of medical
care. Prereq. 86.542.

86.545 & 86.546 Contemporary & Controversial Issues in Family Health I, II

(4 q.h.)
A survey of Contemporary Health Topics will be offered. Timely issues will be
analyzed to differentiate fact and opinion. The course is designed for non-
medical individuals desiring authentic information on current health matters.
General and mental health topics will be covered.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 265

86.548 The Health of the Young Child (2 q.h.)

A course for people working in health programs that reach out to families
through clinics, schools, etc. Emphasis on early child development, on relating
to the child in his immediate environment, and on expanding observation skills
to increase early identification of children with special needs.

86.571 Long-Term Care Administration I (2 q.h.)

The organization of care for the long-term acute and chronically ill patient.
Goals and purposes of nursing homes; types. Budgeting, financing, adminis-
tration, and services.

86.572 Long-Term Care Administration II (2 q.h.)

Nursing units; role of the physician. Nursing home-hospital relationships.
Therapies. Social Work. Prereq. 86.571 or permission from the Dean.

86.573 Long-Term Care Administration III (2 q.h.)

Design of long-term care facilities, capital funding, staffing, budgeting, public
relations. Prereq. 86.572 or permission from the Dean.

86.539 Health, Disease & Disability I (2 q.h.) (Formerly 86.574)

A study of the major disease or disability states and their impact on human
physiology and psychology. Social and individual response to these states.
Lectures, demonstrations, field visits. Part I emphasizes medical areas. Pre-
req. 86.506 or 86.513, and 18.306, 18.309, or 18.326.

86.540 Health, Disease & Disability II (2 q.h.) (Formerly 86.575)

A continuation of 86.574. Part II emphasizes surgical areas. Prereq. 86.574

86.577 Long-Term Care Administration IV (2 q.h.)

The nature and problems of aging — individual and social considerations.
Prereq. 86.573.

86.578 Long-Term Care Administration V (2 q.h.)

The care of elderly patients in home, community, and institutions. Prereq.
86.577.

86.579 Long-Term Care Administration VI

Seminar course on the provision and improvement of services to the elderly.
Prereq. 86.578.

86.581 Hospital Organization & Management I (2 q.h.)

The history and development of hospitals — the contemporary hospital system.
Different types of hospital organizations. For middle-management personnel.

86.582 Hospital Organization & Management II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.581; hospital departments, their organization, functions,
and interrelationships. For middle-management personnel. Prereq. 86.581.

86.583 Hospital Organization & Management III (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.582. New methods of patient care. For middle-manage-
ment personnel. Prereq. 86.582.

266 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Courses Open to Medical Record Students Only

86.544 Medical Records Field Practice & Research Seminar (3 q.h.)
Full-time field assignment in affiliated hospital medical record departments
with research assignments and regularly scheduled seminar and conference
sessions. Prereq. 85.558 & permission.

85.551 Organization of the Medical Record Department I (2 q.h.)

The study of the hospital, patterns of organization, lines of responsibility and
authority, medical staff and administrative organization, departmental func-
tions and organization. The planning aspects of management are stressed.
Prereq. 86.556.

86.552 Organization of the Medical Record Department II (2 q.h.)

The study of fundamental principles and successful practices in getting office
work accomplished. Office management problems and their solution, concep-
tive framework for the operation of essential management function, facilities,
solutions, and contributions to the office.

86.553 Organization of the Medical Record Department III (2 q.h.)

The study of the controlling function in the Medical Record Department. Qual-
ity control, time standards, cash controlling, budgeting, and office manuals.
Work simplification and systems as it applies to the Medical Record De-
partment.

86.554 Medical Record Science I (4 q.h.)

Introduction to medical records; history of the medical record, and medical
record forms. A study of the professional medical record administrator and his
relationship to the health facility. Medical staff and committees in the hospital.
Quantitative analysis of the medical record. Prereq. 80 q.h. of credit including
18. 524, 18.525, 18.526, and 86.507 and 86.508.

86.555 Medical Record Science II (4 q.h.)

A study of the numbering, filing, securing, and preserving of medical records.
Includes the study of principles of law as related to patient care and medical
records. Study and practice of medical transcription. The rules of privileged
communications and the release of information to agencies stressed. Prereq.
86.554.

86.556 Medical Record Science III (4 q.h.)

A study of the basic principles of compiling statistics for hospitals and other
health institutions. Includes the preparation of the daily census, discharge
analysis, monthly, annual, and special reports. Birth and death certificates.
Prereq. 86.555.

86.557 Medical Record Science IV (4 q.h.)

Principles of standardized nomenclature of diseases and operations. Interna-
tional classification of diseases, adapted — 8. Study of other indexes used in
Medical Record Department, directed laboratory practice for proficiency.
Prereq. 86.556 and 86.506.

86.558 Medical Record Science V (4 q.h.)

A study of the new and advanced aspects of medical record science. Includes
such topics as skilled nursing facilities, neighborhood health centers, utilization
review, PSRO, and cancer registry. Prereq. 86.557

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 267

86.559. Current Issues in Medical Record Administration ( 2 q.h.)

Seminar course discussing new problems presented by changing patterns of

medical care. Review of the current literature. Prereq. permission.

86.564. Seminar in Medical Record Science (Open only to full-time medical
record majors during senior year) (3 q.h.)

Class discussion of experiences in the clinical setting. Assigned outside proj-
ects. Supervised practice.

86.585 Medical Record Computer Science (2 q.h.)

Electronic data processing applications in the medical record environment.
The study of the hospital information system. Application of computers in
hospital methodology and assessing the need for EDP in medical record-
environment. Trends in the state of the art and future prospects for medical
record management. Prereq. EDP I and II.

86.586 Applied Medical Record Science I (3 q.h.)

Clinical practice in medical record science and management techniques at
one or more of the affiliated hospitals.

86.587 Applied Medical Record Science II (3 q.h.)

Clinical practice in medical record science and management techniques at one
or more of the affiliated hospitals.

86.588 Applied Medical Record Science III (2 q.h.)

Clinical practice in medical record science and management techniques at one
or more of the affiliated hospitals.

Courses open to Respiratory Therapy Students only.

86.591 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy I (4 q.h.)

The development and understanding of the respiratory therapist's role as a
member of the health care profession. A concise survey of the normal struc-
tures and functions of the human body with particular emphasis on the organs
of respiration and circulation and the principle of oxygen transport and tissue
metabolism. An introduction to the physical principles governing gas exchange
and the design of mechanical equipment. Prereq. permission.

86.592 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy II (4 q.h.)

A continuation of 86.591 with emphasis on ventilation, acid-base balance,
blood gases, cardiovascular physiology, and clinical cardiopulmonary pathology.

86.593 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy III (4 q.h.)

An expansion of 86.591 and 86.592 with emphasis on therapy modalities in
current use. Topics covered include gas administration systems, humidity and
nebulization, mechanical ventilation, and pulmonary function equipment. Spe-
cial attention is given to the physical and microbial care necessary in applying
these modalities.

268 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Courses open to Special Respiratory Therapy Program Students only.

86.691 Applied Clinical Study I (2 q.h.)

A presentation of the techniques, skills, and rationale for the effective admini-
stration of gas, humidity, and aerosol therapy. Also introduce the student to
quality patient care concepts necessary to develop the ability to function as a
member of the health care team. Prereq. 86.591.

86.692 Applied Clinical Study II (2 q.h.)

A presentation of the techniques, skills, and rationale for the proper and effec-
tive administration of intermittent positive pressure breathing and chest physio-
therapy with practical clinical application of both. An introduction to the basic
concepts of microbiology and problems of immunization with stress on the
clinical problems of infection and the techniques of cleaning and sterilization
in the clinical setting. Prereq. 86.691.

86.693 Applied Clinical Study III (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the skills, techniques, and rationale necessary to perform
proper and effective airway management, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and
artificial ventilation therapy presented in the laboratory setting with emphasis
on the development of manual dexterity prior to clinical application. Prereq.
86.692.

86.694 Applied Clinical Study IV (6 q.h.)

Clinical application of the techniques and skills acquired in the preceding three
quarters, with emphasis on the development of an individual who will provide
safe and effective respiratory care, together with a basic introduction to phar-
macology, clinical medicine, and disease entities. Prereq. 86.693.

Courses open to Radiologic Technology Students.

86.614 Advanced Radiologic Technology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of basic principles; new equipment (operation); special procedures;
thermography; ultrasound and video; anatomy and physiology. Prereq. R. T.
or special permission.

86.615 Advanced Radiologic Technology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

The study of specialized procedures which utilize advanced and sophisticated
equipment in the field of: neurology; cardiovascular, pediatrics, tomography,
intraoral, operative procedures. Prereq. 86.614.

86.616 Advanced Radiologic Technology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Accounting principles; budgeting, preparing schedules; personnel practices.
Prereq. 86.615.

86.617 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Review of physics, mathematics, anatomy, treatment planning, radiation units
of measurement, and introduction to radioisotopes. Prereq. 86.616.

86.618 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Radiobiology, nursing procedures, protection and shielding, and supervoltage
equipment. Prereq. 86.617.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 269

86.619 Radioactive Isotopes and Therapy III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Specific procedures, records and administrative procedures, clinical application,
and radiobiology. Prereq. 86.618.

86.620 Radiologic Technology Orientation I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of the history of x-rays; medical terminology; nursing and dental pro-
cedures pertinent to radiologic technology. Prereq. none.

86.621 Radiologic Technology Orientation II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A study of pediatrics and proper methods of immobilizing infants. Necessity
for standardizing radiographic exposures to protect the patient. Medical and
surgical diseases and the effects they cause on anatomy and physiology and
the radiograph. Prereq. 86.620.

86.622 Radiological Science I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

A survey of the basic concepts of physics; units of measurement; Newton's
law of motion; work; energy; atomic theory of matter; electric currents; mag-
netism; generators; motors; production and control of high voltage. Prereq.
none.

86.623 Radiological Science II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Interaction of X-rays and matter; nature and production of X-rays, radioactivity;
properties of lightwaves; optics; heat transfer and wave motion; dosimetry;
X-ray circuits and tubes. Prereq. 86.622.

86.624 Principles of Radiology I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Chemistry used to process radiographic films; uses of each chemical. A study
of the planes of the body; basic positioning of the skeletal system and more
detailed positions utilized to demonstrate anatomical parts to best advantage.
Prereq. none.

86.625 Principles of Radiology II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Organization factors of hospitals; financial consideration; legal considerations;
proper care and maintenance of x-ray equipment; test equipment necessary;
special procedures used in radiology and indications for doing them. Prereq.
86.624.

86.626 Radiologic Photography and Exposure I (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

A study of contrast materials used to visualize areas and organs of the body;
basic principles of image formation; electromagnetic spectrum; circuits used
in radiology; X-Ray tube construction; factors controlling radiographic quality.
Prereq. none.

86.627 Radiologic Photography and Exposure II (4 cl., 4 q.h.)

Accessory items used to improve radiographic quality; methods of protection
for patients and personnel. Effects of radiation on cells and tissue, malignant
and benign; therapy planning and treatment; uses of radioactive nuclides for
diagnosis and treatment. Prereq. 86.626.

270 / HEALTH PROFESSIONS

86.647. Radiology Practicum (12 q.h.) (Formerly 86.628 & 86.629)
Application of theoretical principles presented at the University by performing
radiographic procedures under supervision. Assigned homework to be part of
lesson plans received while at the hospital, and lectures presented at the hos-
pital and the university. A.M. A. requirement minimum 2 hrs/week.

Courses open to students in Medical Laboratory Science Programs.

87.540 Seminar in Medical Technology (2 cl., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.529)
Current topics in medical technology. Required readings and presentations by
students. Guest lecturers. Prereq. instructor permission.

87.541 Hematology I (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.341)

Basic hematological techniques including discussion of the differential smear
and observation of the normal morphology of human red cells, white cells, and
platelets. Prereq. 18.512 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

87.542 Hematology II (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.342)

Morphologic and etiologic classification of the anemias. Related diagnostic
tests will be discussed. Prereq. 18.541 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

87.543 Hematology III (1 cl., 3 lab., 2 q.h.) (formerly 18.343)

Studies of pathologic and physiologic deviations of the white cell series as ob-
served in leukemias and infections. Some animal hematology will be included.
Prereq. 18.542 or equiv. (Laboratory fee)

87.544 Epidemiology I (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts in epidemiology. Causes of disease. Factors contributed by
agent, the human host, and the environment. Illustrated by case studies.

87.545 Epidemiology II (2 q.h.)

Acquisition and evaluation of data in epidemiology. Relationships of person,
time, and place. Case studies and problems.

87.546 Medical Laboratory Science Education Seminar (2 q.h.)

A series of seminars designed to prepare the practicing technologist for effec-
tive clinical instruction.

87.547 Medical Laboratory Science Administration Seminar (2 q.h.)

A presentation of the principles of personnel and laboratory management, medi-
cal and legal aspects of medical technology, and quality control.

87.508 Introduction to Cytotechnology (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

A review of cell structure, principles of microscopy, and staining techniques.
Anatomy and physiology of the female reproduction system and study of the
non-malignant cytology of the female genital tract. Prereq. 18.132 or equiva-
lent. (Laboratory fee)

*87.518 Applied Cytology I (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of benign cytological smears and
smears from cervical dysplasia, carcinoma-in-situ, invasive squamous cell
carcinoma and adenocarcinoma, and invasive malignant tumors of the female
genital tract.

"Available only to students enrolled in the 12-month professional cytology program.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS / 271

87.528 Cytopathology I (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Cytopathology and clinical aspects of cervical dysplasia, carcinoma-in-situ, and
invasive squamous cell carcinoma. Consideration of endometrial and endo-
cervical carcinoma, other genital tract cancers and radiation effect. Prereq.
87.508. (Laboratory fee)

87.538 Cytopathology II (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Benign and malignant cytology of the respiratory and gastrointestinal systems
correlated with the anatomy and physiology. Considerations of clinical aspects.
Special collection techniques. Emphasis on cancer of the lung and stomach.
Prereq. 87.528. (Laboratory fee)

*87.548 Applied Cytology II (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of cytological smears from the respir-
atory tract, gastrointestinal tract, urinary tract, and from body fluids. Con-
tinuing evaluation of Cytological smears from the gynecological tract.

87.558 Cytopathology III (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Study of benign, atypical and malignant cells exfoliated from various portions
of the urinary tract, in serious effusions, cerebrospinal fluid, and breast secre-
tions. Prereq. 87.528. (Laboratory fee)

87.568 Cytogenetics and New Concepts (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Clinical and cytological aspects of genetics, including genetic counseling.
Special uses of cytology. Cell research techniques, cancer. Epidemiology, and
current concepts related to cytotechnology. Prereq. 87.558 or permission of
instructor. (Laboratory fee)

*87.578 Applied Cytology III (At Hospital, 4 q.h.)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of cytological smears from all parts

of the body. Practical experience in genetic cytology.

87.588 Cytopathology Seminar.

Advanced course for students in baccalaureate degree program. Discussion of
pertinent journal reports, new methodologies, and research. Prereq. Perm/s-
s/'on of instructor.

87.598 Special Topics (2 cl., 2 q.h.)

Special projects in cytology, cytopathology, or cytotechnology investigated or
reviewed and reported by student. Written and oral presentation required.
Prereq. 87.558 or permission of instructor.

87.608 Seminar: Cytopathology — Criteria and Correlations (4 cl., 2 q.h.)
Presentation, discussion, and interpretation of benign, suspicious, and hor-
monal conditions. The cytological diagnostic criteria of malignant tumors from
various body sites and their histopathological correlation.

*87.618 Applied Cytology IV (2 q.h.) (at hospital)

The microscopic evaluation and screening of cytological smears from various
body sites. Effects of radiation and of chemotherapy; diagnosis of suspicious
and hormonal conditions; cytological observations in pregnancy; and the clini-
ical significance of these.

•Available only to students enrolled in the 12-month professional cytology program.

272 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94_LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.505 Human Rights in Corrections (2 q.h.)

Consideration of the special practices and problems in the protection of
human rights in the institutional environment; legal and practical aspects.

94.506 Basic Statistics in Law Enforcement (2 q.h.)

Introduction to basic statistical information procedures and operations relating
to law enforcement areas; interpretation of criminal statistics; crime rates; un-
recognized crime; non-reporting; recidivists' rates; individual statistics; evalu-
ation of records; research and data on specialized services.

94.507 Correctional Counseling (2 q.h.)

Basic concepts and principles of counseling; individual and group therapy
carried on in the correctional field and institutional services; case study and
projects.

94.508 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation I (2 q.h.)

General investigation techniques; collection and preservation of evidence and
information; consideration of particular crimes, including arson, sexual offenses,
larceny, burglary, robbery, forgery, and homicide.

94.509 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation II (2 q.h.)

Conduct of raids; surveillance and undercover operations; methods of preparing
a case for court; specialized scientific methods; exercises involving techniques
of prosecution and cross-examination. Prereq. 94.508.

94.512 Comparative Police Systems (2 q.h.)

A study of existing police systems in other jurisdictions; examination of the
organization, administration and practices in police agencies in the United
States, Europe, and the United Kingdom.

94.513 Introduction to Industrial Security (2 q.h.)

The historical, philosophical, and legal basis of security; a survey of administra-
tive, personnel, and physical aspects of the security field.

94.514 Interviews and Interrogations I (Formerly Police Interrogation I.)
(2 q.h.)

Interviewing of victims, witnesses, informants, and complainants; demonstra-
tion, study, discussion, and practice of techniques and procedures.

94.515 Interviews and Interrogations II (Formerly Police Interrogation II.)
(2 q.h.)

Techniques for legally acceptable questioning of suspects and persons in
custody; laws governing interrogation practices; demonstrations, class exer-
cises and assigned projects. Prereq. 94.514.

94.516 Security Administration (2 q.h.)

Administration, organization and operations of security and protection units;
personnel selection; relationships of business and industry with governmental
units.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 273

94.517 Advanced Correctional Practices I (2 q.h.)

Diagnosis and treatment of the drug addict and the alcoholic offender at
both juvenile and adult levels; a study of these and related kinds of personal
self-abuse as to causation and treatment. Prereq. 94.553.

94.518 Advanced Correctional Practices II (2 q.h.)

Case studies of persons confined as to their past and present environment
and relationships; consideration of purposeful resolves or regressions. Prereq.
94.517.

94.519 Advanced Correctional Practices III (2 q.h.)

Evaluation of correction-psychiatric facilities for the disordered offender, in-
cluding the aggressive, the assaultive, and the violent subject. Prereq. 94.518.

94.520 Traffic Safety and Control I (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Traffic Law En-
forcement I.)

A study of the state of the art of highway safety; research; traffic accident
investigation; prevention; rescue; automated system of vehicular traffic acci-
dent and moving violation data collection; analysis and utilization; speed con-
trol; speed zoning techniques; radar; vascar; laws, rules, and regulations.

94.521 Traffic Safety and Control II (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Traffic Law En-
forcement II.)

An in-depth study of traffic law enforcement, techniques of selective enforce-
ment; traffic surveys; engineering, safety education, and evaluation of current
traffic programs. Prereq. 94.520.

94.523 The Law and Institutional Treatment (2 q.h.)

The process of law from arrest of offender through release in its relation to
correctional principles and practices; functions of police, defense, prosecution,
and courts; legal documents related to commitment.

94.524 Comparative Correctional Systems (2 q.h.)

A study of correctional systems and methods in selected jurisdictions; exami-
nation of the organization, administration, and practices in United States and
foreign countries.

94.525 Law Enforcement Identification and Records I (2 q.h.)

Records and systems and utilization; survey of forms, files, procedures, stand-
ards and uniformity; concentration of theoretical and practical applications.

94.526 Law Enforcement Identification and Records II (2 q.h.)

Theories and practices in personal identification principles; survey and evalu-
ation of present and new identification techniques; historical and legal consid-
eration of identification and record data. Prereq. 94.525.

94.530 Police Public Relations (2 q.h.)

The principles of sound public relations for the entire police operation; writ-
ing, public speaking, conferences, and all news media; consideration of police
image and public opinion.

274 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.531 Police Community Relations (2 q.h.)

A survey of the role and function of police in intergroup relations; human
relations and minority groups; responsibilities of police with civil rights, civil
disorders, and public protection.

94.532 Research Methods in Criminal Justice (2 q.h.)

A research project related to some specific police or correctional interest or
operation, in consultation with the faculty adviser. Course meets at discretion
of the instructor. Project paper required for grade.

94.536 The Patrol Function I {Formerly Police Patrol I.) (2 q.h.)

The planning process related to the administration of the patrol function.
Consideration of theoretical and operational aspects of various patrol systems;
random patrol, response force, split force, team policing, probability theory,
and the relationship between patrol and crime levels.

94.537 The Patrol Function II (Formerly Police Patrol II.) (2 q.h.)

A continuation of 94.536 with emphasis upon the goals and objectives of
police patrol management models. Discussion and analysis of manpower, work
load, response time, patrol communications, preventive strategies, and inputs
and outputs of patrol systems evaluated in quantitative form. Prereq. 94.536.

94.541 Introduction to Criminalistics I (2 q.h.)

A survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy, and chemistry as ap-
plied to trace evidence in criminal investigations; responsibilities of technician,
investigator, and others.

94.542 Introduction to Criminalistics II (2 q.h.)

Toxicology and serology; procedures related to other physical evidence; labora-
tory demonstrations and practical exercises. Prereq. 94.541.

94.544 The American Correctional System (2 q.h.)

A critical survey of the correctional field covering probation, institutions, and
parole as to historical development, program content, and current problems
and needs.

94.546 Social Deviance I (2 q.h.)

A consideration of the social problems of social disorganization, mental dis-
orders, drug addiction, alcoholism, suicide, and sexual behavior.

94.547 Social Deviance II (2 q.h.)

Continuing consideration of world's population crisis, race and ethnic rela-
tions, family disorganization, work and automation, poverty and disrepute, war
and disarmament. Prereq. 94.546.

94.549 Treatment of Offenders I (2 q.h.)

The concept of treatment and corrections; history; classification; training, edu-
cation and guidance; treatment methods; inmate society; health and social
services.

94.550 Treatment of Offenders II (2 q.h.)

Therapy, psychiatric and psychological considerations, case studies, evalua-
tion of comparable methods. Prereq. 94.549.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 275

94.551 Correctional Administration I (2 q.h.)

Correctional processes and services, standards, personnel and principles of
management; allocation of resources, training of staff.

94.552 Correctional Administration II (2 q.h.)

Study of regular and special programs, volunteers, outside contacts, sentence
reduction, discharge planning, work release administration.

94.553 Correctional Administration III (2 q.h.)

Types of institutions; compacts; regional concepts; planning, organizing, con-
trolling, and directing corrections; budgeting. Prereq. 94.552.

94.557 Investigative Report Writing (2 q.h.)

Report content and writing, exercises in accurate terminology and concise

reporting, interpretation and evaluation of information, practical report-writing

projects.

94.560 Police Supervision (2 q.h.)

The police supervisor's role in discipline; interdepartmental relations; problem
handling and personnel policies; problems in supervisory relationships; wages,
grievances, morale, and safety.

94.561 Police Work with Juveniles (2 q.h.) (Formerly titled Police Juvenile
Methods)

The role of the police in delinquency prevention with emphasis on theory, ad-
ministration, control, treatment, confinement, community resources, and rela-
tionships with the public and the juvenile court.

94.563 Criminology I (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the study of crime from the perspective of classical and
contemporary criminological theories. In particular, attention is given to bio-
logical, psychological and sociological approaches to the explanation of crime.

94.564 Criminology II (2 q.h.)

A continuation of Criminology I with emphasis on the causes of crime and the
relationship between law and crime. Specific implications of prevention, re-
habilitation and treatment are considered in depth. Prereq. 94.563.

94.565 Delinquency Prevention (2 q.h.)

A survey of delinquent behavior, causation, and delinquency prevention pro-
grams; seminar projects for discussion of specific problems and general prin-
ciples in establishing delinquency prevention services.

94.567 Probation and Parole Practices I (2 q.h.)

The probation officer; presentence investigation; conditions of probation; effec-
tiveness, administrative aspects and prediction methods; relationship to
community.

94.568 Probation and Parole Practices II (2 q.h.)

The parole officer; conditions of parole; supervision; effectiveness; administra-
tive relationships; relationships to community, court and law enforcement
agencies; relationships of probationer and parolee to rehabilitative, social, and
family services; consideration of recidivism; aftercare.

276 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.571 Law Enforcement Management and Planning I (2 q.h.)

Philosophy and theories of management in law enforcement; studies of orga-
nization from the administrator's viewpoint, including control, efficiency, effec-
tiveness, and discipline.

94.572 Law Enforcement Management and Planning II (2 q.h.)

A survey of the administrator's role, including special activities and responsibili-
ties; administrative planning; civilian personnel, including recruitment, selection,
evaluation; training; budgets; management records; interpersonal communica-
tions; auxiliary services; evaluation of present and future management systems.
Prereq. 94.571.

94.574 Juvenile Corrections I (2 q.h.)

A study of police, detention, petition, and hearings related to juveniles; juvenile
court procedures, philosophy, and terminology; adjudication.

94.575 Juvenile Corrections II (2 q.h.)

Social workers, probation officers, judges, psychologists, and psychiatrists with
relation to juveniles; institutions; aftercare; prevention. Prereq. 94.574.

94.577 Government Security Programs I (2 q.h.)

Department of Defense security programs; applicable federal statutes and
executive orders; visitor control.

94.578 Government Security Programs II (2 q.h.)

Security clearances under appropriate federal directives; handling classified
information; automatic time-phased downgrading and declassification.

94.579 Government Security Programs III (2 q.h.)

Relations with subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers; the protection of pro-
prietary information; legal and practical protection of sensitive data. Prereq.
94.578.

94.582 Document Control (2 q.h.)

A detailed study of procedures for handling and control of classified and other
sensitive information; a survey of control systems from manual to semi-
automated systems using data processing equipment.

94.583 Industrial Fire Prevention (2 q.h.)

Principles and practices of fire safety, including organization and manage-
ment responsibility, property conservation, safeguards for construction, fire
control apparatus and functions, engineering and scientific data on fires and
related perils.

94.584 Physical Security I (Formerly Plant Protection I.) (2 q.h.)

The basic foundations for security in industry, banking, transportation, utilities,
and other nongoverning operations; physical requirements and standards.

94.585 Physical Security II (Formerly Plant Protection II.) (2 q.h.)
Implementation of security; study of inanimate aspects, including alarm and
surveillance devices; study of animate aspects of protection. Prereq. 94.584.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 277

94.586 Retail Security (2 q.h.)

The operation of security departments including functions of mercantile estab-
lishments; dishonest employees; shoplifters; management and public rela-
tions; receiving, shipping, and warehousing; special laws and procedures.

94.587 Bank Security Measures (2 q.h.)

{Formerly Security Measures for Financial Institutions.)
An in-depth study of the principles and practices of security measures for
banks and other financial institutions and the preparation of rules establishing
minimum standards under current federal and state legislation.

94.591 Seminar in Security (2 q.h.)

(Formerly Seminar in Industrial Security.)
An analysis of current problems in security such as growth patterns, salary
structures, training and education, existing weaknesses; field trips, individual
study assignments, and required oral and written reports.

94.593 Seminar in Correctional Practices (2 q.h.)

(Formerly Seminar in Correctional Program Management.)
An analysis of current problems in corrections designed to meet the needs
and interests of specific groups of students, practitioners, supervisors, and ad-
ministrators of correctional programs.

94.595 The National Law Enforcement Seminar (3 q.h.)

An annual, concentrated exploration of current viewpoints, varied solutions,
innovative procedures, and critical analyses in the issues facing law enforce-
ment, correctional practices, and security, drawing on exceptionally qualified
local and national figures. A research paper under the direction of a faculty
adviser is required for credit. Open to L.E. majors & Crim. Just. Personnel
only.)

94.596 Hospital Security (2 q.h.)

The function of protection in the health industry; medical security administra-
tion including study of health care providers; trends in hospital law; security
from injury, fire and loss in the medical world; security methodology for safe-
guarding specialty areas; the security role in mass casualty management and
emergency preparedness; the concept of professionalism; community liaison;
and patient attitudes toward security.

94.597 Current Security Problems (2 q.h.)

An analysis of special problem areas such as security education and training,
community relations, white-collar crime, drug abuse, theft control, shoplifting,
document control, subversion and sabotage, protection of classified informa-
tion, control of proprietary information and business espionage, labor problems,
civil disturbances, and natural and man-made disasters.

94.601 Law Enforcement Math I (^Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement

94.590.) (2 q.h.)
A review of elementary algebra: algebraic expressions and operations, equations,
word problems. Solutions to mathematical problems in connection with their
practical applications in law enforcement.

278 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.602 Law Enforcement Math II (2 q.h.)

Further review: fundamental operations, measurement and computation, solu-
tions of linear and quadratic equations. Probability, trigonometry, statistics,
ratio and proportion. Prereq. 94.601.

94.603 Law Enforcement Math III (2 q.h.)

Methods and applications of algebra: analytic geometry, equations of motion
and energy, permutations, combinations. Stress is on problem-solving more
than theory. Application of these principles are applied to most areas of law
enforcement. Prereq. 94.602.

94.604 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Youth Crime Control) (2 q.h.)

The criminality and deviance of those between the juvenile and adult age.
Consideration is given to: concepts and characteristics of the youthful offender;
the role of the family in youth crime; the generation gap; violence of youth hooli-
ganism; drug addiction of youth; ordinary crimes of youth; the youth sub-culture
and culture conflict; the role of mass media and education in youth crime; the
concepts of freedom and justice in the youth culture; treatment of youthful
offenders; and the state of youth crime control in foreign countries.

94.605 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Victimology) (2 q.h.)
Criminal-victim relationships, with emphasis on victim precipitated crimes and
compensation to the victims. Consideration is given to: concept and significance
of "victimology;" time, space, sex, age, and occupational factors in criminal-
victim relationships; victims of murder, rape, other violent crimes, and property
crimes; victim-typology; the public as victim; restitution to victims of crime;
compensation to victims of crime; and the functional responsibility of the victim.

94.606 Seminar in Law Enforcement (International Crime Control) (2 q.h.)
Crimes touching upon more than one country, with emphasis on international
criminal law principles, treason, and espionage. Concentration is given to: the
concept of law in its comparative aspects; customs; treaties; international con-
ventions; "comity;" culture conflicts; the "international personality;" the "at-
tempt clause;" the Belgian approach; the Oxford approach; asylum, extradition;
international ordinary criminals; political criminals; piracy (on sea and in the
air); war criminals; genocide; international courts; League of Nations; United
Nations; international criminal statistics; Interpol, the Soviet-type spy-schools;
the history of American Intelligence.

94.607 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Grantsmanship) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

This seminar is designed to familiarize the participants with the orderly sequence
of organizational steps required in providing the institutional framework neces-
sary for preparation and submission of applications to granting agencies.
Major topics include: Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968;
functions of the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration; grant application
strategy, planning and research.

94.608 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Law Enforcement Operational Intelli-
gence) (2 q.h.) (Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Designed to provide a theoretical understanding of the value and function of an

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 279

intelligence unit, including planning, directing, organizing, financing, and other
salient features of the administration of these units. Emphasis is placed on
organized crime, subversive activities, and liaison programs as they apply to a
modern police agency.

94.609 Independent Studies (2 q.h.)

Faculty guided research in individually selected topics relating to the criminal
justice system.

94.610 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Collective Bargaining) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
titled Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The history and background of collective bargaining in the public sector as it
affects members of the law enforcement field; initial establishment of rights of
labor, labor legislation — federal and state; preparation for negotiation, resolu-
tions of impasses, final agreement and operation of the contract.

94.611 Man, Law, and Society I (2 q.h.)

Designed to help the student to improve his capacity to handle problems in the
many institutions and sociological processes of the American legal system, and
to see these problems in the perspective of their everyday working interrelation-
ships, in order to heighten his awareness of those aspects of familiar and often
unnoticed legal problems which call for a perceptive understanding of the func-
tions of the various institutions involved.

94.612 Man, Law, and Society II (2 q.h.)

A general analysis of the way in which major changes occur in the established
practices of legal and social organizations and communities. Particularly con-
cerned with the part played by legal institutions in initiating, controlling, and
directing or assisting such changes.

94.613 Man, Law, and Society III (2 q.h.)

An introduction to the social science concepts and methods in their current and
potential application to social and legal problems. Aims to acquaint the student
with a variety of social research concepts and methods of special utility in
investigating diverse types of social law related problems.

94.614 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Interviewing Practicum) (2 q.h.) (Form-
erly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Advanced interrogation methods and procedures; techniques of persuasion;
conditioning (negative and positive); the polygraph, its history and methodology;
the established rules and procedures required for current diagnosis of truth
and deception; the evaluation of the contemporary methods of international
law enforcement agencies. Prereq. 94.515.

94.615 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Organized Crime) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The nature and problems of organized crime; causes and effects; comparative
and historic roots; the activities, organization, and economics; possible solu-
tions— the scope and techniques in combating organized crime.

280 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.616 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Minorities and the Urban Crisis) (2 q.h.)
(Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An investigation of the ethnic and racial origins and characteristics of the
American people; the interaction, conflicts, and possibilities of adjustment be-
tween the dominant society and minority groups — particularly in contemporary
urban settings, and the role and function of police in their inter-relationship with
minority groups.

94.617 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Criminal Behavior) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An examination of crime and criminal behavior as a social phenomenon. Three
principal divisions; sociology of law and its effect; criminal etiology and the
scientific analysis of the causes of crime; evaluation of the various rationals of
detention as a crime control factor.

94.618 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Prosecutive Development) (2 q.h.)
(Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590). Prereq. 94.502, 94.504,
94.509.

Lecture and discussion relating the professional requirements of the modern
police officer in the United States; oral testimony; the entire corpus delicti and
ail other related matters in proper form and sequence; the trial; testimony and
the jury; conduct on the witness stand; opposition counsel; the defense of
entrapment; opinion testimony; confessions; prospective witnesses; legal stand-
ards and the police. Prereq. 94.501, 94.504, 94.510.

94.619 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Forensic Laboratory) (2 q.h.) (Formerly
Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Crime laboratory organization and the utilization of special equipment for the
analysis interpretation, classification, and identification of physical evidence
obtained in crime scene searches. The transportation, storage, and security of
physical evidence and the effect of the results, coupled with the preparation of
exhibits for courtroom presentation. Prereq. 94.542. (Laboratory fee)

94.620 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Intervention Strategies and Tactics for
Law Enforcement — Counseling Techniques) (2 q.h.) (Formerly Seminar in Law
Enforcement 94.590.)

Basic concepts and principles of intervention as a social work method. Nature
of therapeutic relationships, principles of communication. Diagnostic assess-
ment of the person-problem-situation configuration. Goal-setting process. Ego
supportive procedures and use of community resources.

94.621 Civil-Liberties and the Police I (2 q.h.)
(Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An in-depth preparation for the officer facing the practical problems of enforcing
the law without breaching the civil rights of the accused and bystanders; indi-
vidual readings, lectures, group discussions, and preparations from Massachu-
setts and national interest cases; many incidents pertinent to the actions of the
men involved with these problems will be investigated and studied; constitu-
tional interpretation and limitations are the guidelines for the course.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 281

94.622 Civil Liberties and the Police II (2 q.h.)

Several Supreme Court cases are followed from the time of the call, to the
confrontation, arrest, examination in court, appeals, and the direct statements
on the problem by jurists of the highest courts. The last section of the term
ties in the latest criminal law and civil rights act changes including — but not
limited to — the criminal justice and no knock laws and the latest Civil Rights
Act provisions. Prereq. 94.621.

94.623 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Drugs) (2 q.h.) (Formerly Seminar in
Law Enforcement 94.590.)

Designed to meet the needs of law enforcement personnel in the problematic
area of drug abuse; the law, society classification, distribution, identification,
and the effects of drugs.

94.624 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Executive Development) (2 q.h.) (Form-
erly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

The role of the police administrator within the managerial structure. Special
problems unique to the law enforcement executive, decision making, policy
formation, planning, controlling, communicating, and directing. A consideration
of case studies and surveys will be utilized.

94.625 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Mental Health and the Police) (2 q.h.)

(Formerly Seminar in Law Enforcement 94.590.)

A study of the roles of law enforcement and mental health services. Diagnosis
of the triggering mechanisms of behavioral disorders and the suicidal pheno-
menon; psychiatric and psychological considerations; case studies and the legal
process.

94.626 Seminar in Law Enforcement (Data Processing) (Formerly Seminar in
Law Enforcement 94.590.)

An introduction to automated systems utilized in the field of law enforcement;
basic program concepts; filing and sorting techniques; available input and out-
put storage media; types and sources of data communications and applications.

94.627 Administration of Justice I (2 q.h.) (Formerly 94.501.)

A survey of the evaluation of justice from the earliest times, developed histori-
cally, with particular emphasis on Western justice and American justice, includ-
ing the roles played by the judiciary, with stress on due process and the
constitutional guarantees.

94.628 Administration of Justice II (2 q.h.)

An analysis of the various groups and professions in the American justice sys-
tem. Emphasis is fixed on human relations, efficiency, current trends and the
future role of the American criminal justice system. Prereq. 94.627.

94.629 Civil Law in Criminal Justice I (2 q.h.) (Former/y 94.511.)

Civil matters such as defamation, negligence, assault and battery, false confine-
ment, trespass, conversion, and agency relationships.

94.630 Civil Law in Criminal Justice II (2 q.h.)

Civil matters such as the law of contracts, bailments, domestic relations and
business relationships which should be known to and distinguished by law
enforcement personnel. Prereq. 94.629.

282 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

94.631 Criminal Law I (2 q.h.)

Exploration of the major problems of criminal law as a device for controlling
socially undesirable behavior. It is intended to give one a working knowledge
of the basic questions of public policy involved in the administration of
criminal justice and the legal principles of determining criminal liability.
Course includes a consideration of specific crimes, elements of a crime, parties
to a crime, and defenses to a crime.

94.632 Criminal Law II (2 q.h.)

Consideration of vital constitutional and statutory concepts, including self-
incrimination, search and seizure, law of arrest, criminal procedure and re-
sponsibility, confessions, right to counsel, and conduct of trial in the District,
Superior, Appellate and Federal Courts. Prereq. 94.631.

94.633 Evidence and Court Procedure I (2 q.h.)

Rules of evidence; principles of exclusion; evaluation and examination of evi-
dence and proof.

94.634 Evidence and Court Procedure II (2 q.h.)

Competency, consideration of witnesses, laws of search and seizure, court
procedures, moot court exercises. Prereq. 94.633.

94.650 Fire Investigation and Arson I (2 q.h.)

A study of the elementary chemistry of combustion involving sources of ignition,
fuels, the nature and behavior of gases and their toxicity. The combustion
properties of non-solid fuels as opposed to the combustion properties of solid
fuels are considered. Also consideration is given to explosions associated with
fires. A discussion of the socio-economic aspects of fire including the pyro-
maniac and his physiological and psychological involvement.

94.651 Fire Investigation and Arson II (2 q h.)

A more concentrated approach is taken in dealing with the fire bug and his
sociological orientation. A discussion of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen as
major elements in all fires and the flameless ignition effect. Methods of fire
proofing are also considered and references made to various types of building
materials as well as the role of pyrolysis. Fire patterns of structural fires and
asphyxiation along with the legal aspects of arson are also considered. Prereq.
94.650.

94.652 Law Enforcement Fiscal Management

The various budgeting systems and their application to law enforcement orga-
nizations including: the line item budget, programmed budget, performance
budget, and the planned programmed budget system; development of sound
fiscal policy; appropriation of funds; tax base revenue systems; distribution of
public monies; budget request, expenditures, and auditing procedures.

94.653 Massachusetts Criminal Law

A comprehensive study of Massachusetts Criminal Law and its application by
law enforcement officers. Areas of study include: Common Law, Criminal
Statutes, Annotated Laws, Criminal Case Law, Supreme Court Decisions, and
Motor Vehicle Law.

LAW ENFORCEMENT / 283

94.658 Alcohol Problems in Law Enforcement

Acquaints students with the current state of knowledge on society, culture,
and drinking patterns; the variety of alcohol problems that confront peace
officers; discussion"of the range of solutions available.

94.697 Honors Program I (4 q.h.)
Prereq. Approval of the Dean.

94.698 Honors Program II (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 94.697.

94.699 Honors Program III (4 q.h.)
Prereq. 94.698.

INTENSIVE COURSES

The following are intensive courses. Please refer to the combination numbers
for the individual course description previously listed in this catalog.

97.500 Administration of Justice (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.627 and 94.628.

97.501 Criminal Law (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.631 and 94.632.

97.502 Evidence and Court Procedure (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.633 and 94.634.

97.503 Civil Law in Criminal Justice (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.629 and 94.630.

97.504 Civil Liberties and the Police (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.621 and 94.622.

97.505 Interviews and Interrogations (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.514 and 94.515.

97.506 Traffic Law Enforcement (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.520 and 94.521.

97.507 Law Enforcement Identification and Records (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.525 and 94.526.

97.508 Introduction to Criminalistics (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.541 and 94.542.

97.509 Social Deviance (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.546 and 94.547.

97.510 Law Enforcement Management Planning (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.571 and 94.572.

284 / LAW ENFORCEMENT

97.511 The Patrol Function (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.536 and 94.537.

97.512 Criminal Investigation and Case Preparation (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.508 and 94.509.

97.513 Criminalogy (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.563 and 94.564.

97.514 Treatment of Offenders (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.549 and 94.550.

97.515 Probation and Parole Practices (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.567 and 94.568.

97.516 Fire Investigation and Arson (Intensive) (4 q.h.)
Combination of 94.650 and 94.651.

97.517 Advanced Correctional Practices (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.517, 94.518, 94.519.

97.518 Correctional Administration (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.551, 94.552, 94.553.

97.519 Law Enforcement Mathematics (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.601, 94.602, 94.603.

97.520 Government Security Programs (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.577, 94.578, 94.579.

97.521 Man, Law and Society (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Combination of 94.611, 94.612, 94.613.

iKrtli

"tf«lftiii|«t^

university college faculty

•Designates Senior Lecturer as of
September, 1973.

Herbert Abrams, J.D., ML.

Crim;na/ Law Evidence &

Procedure
Herbert Abrams, Counsellor
at Law
Roger L. Ackels, B.S., M.B.A.
Marketing
General Motors
Mary Katherine Achorn, B.A.

Medical Terminology
Children's Hospital Medical
Center

'Henry Adieman, 8. 8.

Management Information

Systems
Digital Equipment

Corporation

Kenneth Aft, B.S.E.E.

Industrial Management
•John P. Agnew, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Political Science & History

Pine Manor Junior College
Thomas J. Ahern, Jr., B.A., J.D.

Law

Silver & Ahern
H. David Ahlberg, A.B., Ph.D.

Biology

Northeastern Univ.
Mohiuddin Ahmed, M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

Wrentham State School

Joseph Aieta, III., B.S., M.A., M.A.
History
Lasell Junior College

John J. Aldrich, B.A., M.Ed.
Earth Science
Wellesley Junior High School

Patricia Maloney Alt, B.A., M.A.
Political Science

Israel Aluf, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
German
Northeastern University

Lois W. S. Ames, B.A., M.A.
Criminal Justice
Northeastern University

Frederick Andelman, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Massachusetts Teachers
Association

Beverly J. Anderson, A.B., M.A.
Sociology

Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D.
Law
Northeastern University

Paul Anderson, B.S.
Fine Arts

Robert E. Anderson, B.S.

Management Information

Systems
Coordinator
Anderson Associates

Ruth T. Anderson
History

Stanley S. Antoniotti, B.A., M.A.
Economics
Brid^ewater State College

Harriet J. Aranoff, B.A., M.A.
History

Dion J. Archon, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Economics
Suffolk University

Alfred E. Attard, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

Jason M. Avergun, B.S., M.E., M.B.A.
Marketing
York Division
Borg-Warner, Inc.

Warren F. Averill, B.S., M.S.
Chemistry

Research Chemist, Ionics Inc.
Master, Boston Latin School

Patricia A. Babcock, B.A., A.M., Ph.D.
Eng//sh
Lynn Daily Evening Item

David Bachrach, A.B., M.A., Ed.M.
Psychology
V.A. Hospital

Carolyn W. Bailer, B.A., M.A.
History
WBZ Westinghouse

Anthony J. Bajdek, B.A., M.A.
History
Northeastern University

Errol H. Baker, B.A., M.A.
Psychology

Alan R. Balboni, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Political Science
Boston State College

Dorothy J. Bales, B.A., B.Mus., M.Mus.
Music
Emmanuel College

287

288 / FACULTY

Peter S. Baletsa, B.A.
Biology
Lynn Public Schools

Louis Banderet, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology
Military Stress Lab.
U.S. Army Research Inst,
of Environmental Medicine

John Barbas, M.B.A.

Management

John Barbas Assoc.

'Norman F. Barbeau

Industrial Management
Consultant

David L. Barbero, B.F.A., M.F.A.
Fine Arts
Lasell Junior College

Donald E. Bardsley, AS., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Bristol County House of
Correction

Raymond S. Barnstone, B.S., M.S.
Corporate Finance,

Investments
Honeywell Information

Systems, Inc.

John J. Berenofsky, A.E.E., B.S., S.M.
Management
Raytheon, Co.

N. Bernard Basch, B.S.B.A., M.S.
Systems
F. W. Faxon Company

Franco A Baseggio, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
Gillette

Robert L. Beal, B.A., M.B.A.
Real Estate
Beacon Construction Company

Constance A. Bean, B.A., M.S.
Health Science
Parmenter Health Center

Stanley A. Beecoff, A.E.E., B.B.A., M.B.A.
Management & Organization
Microwave Associates, Inc.

Eugene V. Begley, B.S.

Law Enforcement

City of Lynn Police Dept.

Paula Bennett, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
English

Richard S. Bentley, B.A., M.A.
History

Ellen S. Berelson, A.B., A.M.
History

Anna S. Berger, B.A., M.A.

Spanish

Boston University
Richard S. Berger, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Modern Language

Tufts University
John L. Bernardi, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.

Economics

Stonehill College
Sandra A. Best, B.A., C.T.

Health Science

Boston Hospital for Women

Samuel S. Bishop, B.A., M.A., M.F.A.
Fine Arts
Northeastern University

*Carl Blackman, B.S., C.P.A.
Accounting
Management Consultant

*Eugene J. Blackman, B.S., M.A.
Speech, Theatre Arts
Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert J. Blanch, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Literature
Northeastern University

Joseph Bleiberg, B.A.
Psychology

Carolyn L. Blitch, B.A., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern University

•C. Raymond Block, B.C.S., C.P.A.
Accounting

Debra S. Bloom, B.S., M.A.
Recreation

Lenox Hill Rehabilitation
Facility

Jeffrey Blustein, B.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy
Harvard University

Richard B. Bobbitt, B.S., B.M., M.M.,
Ph.D.
Music
Berklee College of Music

Fletcher S. Boig, B.S., M.S., Ed.M.
Chemistry— Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert W. Bolster, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement
Youth Services Dept.

Sharon C. Bonk, B.S.Ed., M.A., M.A.
Library Science

Harry E. Bose, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Pioneer Research Labs

Richard Bourne, B.A., Ph. D.
Sociology

Theodore R. Bousquet, B.S. B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Guy R. Bouthillette, M.S.
Biology

John F. Bowes, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Systems
Child World, Inc.

George S. Bowling, B.S., M.A., M.A.,
M.Ed., D.Ed.
Human Relations— Personnel
Planning Office of
Economic Opportunity

John J. Boyle, B.A., M.S. P.
Sociology
Mass. Dept. of Public Welfare

Patrick J. Brady, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

Laurence G. Branch, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Univ. of Mass.

FACULTY / 289

Raymond W. Brennan, A.B., A.M.,
M.S. in S.S.
Law Enforcement
MCI Norfolk

Brian E. Brightly, A.B., B.D., M.S.
Speech
21 Inch Classroom

Stanley J. Britton, A.B., M.B.A.
/nvestments
Mass. Turnpike Authority

David L. Brody, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

George M. Brooker, B.S., M.B.A.
Statistics
Dean Junior College

Gerald R. Brown, B.S., M.S.
Law Enforcement
Youth Sen/ices Dept.

Howard H. Brown, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.
Industrial Management
Consultant

John J. Brule. B.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
Microwave

•Gordon L. Brumm, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy

Anthony A. Buglio, B.S., M.S.
Speech
Northeastern Univ

Charles M. Bump, B S., M.S., Ph.D.
Epidemiology

Children's Hospital Medical
Center

"Bruce Bunten, B.S.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Stone & Webster Engineering

Grafton Burke, M.D.

Health Science
Northeastern Univ.

Larry R. Burnett, B.A., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern Univ.

*Peter E. Burns, B.A., M.A.
English
Tabor Academy

Charles F. Burt, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting, Finance
Manganaro Brothers, Inc.

Nelson M. Butters, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Boston V.A. Hospital

Robert F. Butterworth. A.B., M.S.

Advanced Business System

Design
IBM

Joseph H. Bylinski, B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting

John A. Cahalane, A.B.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. Public Safety

Eugene Calderaro, B.S., P.E.
Systems Design
Damon Corp.

Conrad P. Caligarls, B.B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Economics Major Advisor

Northeastern Univ.
John J. Callahan, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

Community Relations

Mass. Dept. of Education
Charles Calusdian, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management

Raytheon
'David S. Calverley, A.B., M.Ed.

Psychology

Commonwealth of Mass.
James E. Canavan, B.S., M.E., M.B.A.

Management

Arlington Public Schools
'A. Arthur Capone, B.S., M.A., M.Ed., D.J.

Law Enforcement
Brian R. Caputo, B.S., M.B.A.

Quality Control
Gustaf E. Carlson, B.S.. M.A.

Human Relations

Northeastern Univ.
Charles J. Carr, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting

Andrea Carr, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Patrick R. Carroll, J.D.

Health Science

Mass. Hospital Association

Clairmont P. Carter, B.S., M.B.A., D.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University

Norman Cartmill, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Accounting Management
Revere Copper & Brass, Inc.

Grimaldo Carvalho, B.S., M.D.
Health Science
New England Medical Center
Hospital

Jean Carvalho, C.T. (ASCP)

Cytotechno/ogy— C/inica/

Coordinator
Northeastern Univ.

Richard J. Cass, J.D.

Law Enforcement Security

Consultant
Attorney at Law

Christopher J. Cassidy, B.S.I.E., M.S.
Management Information

Systems
Keefe Technical School

Claire M. Cassin, C.T. (ASCP)
Clinical Cytology
New England Medical Center
Hospital

Stephanie L. Catalan, A.B., M.A.T., M.A.
Sociology
Boston College

John O. Cech, B.A., Ph.D.
English

Laird S. Cermak, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Tufts University

Arthur P. Chamian, A.B., M.B.A.
Marketing
Dean Confectionary Co.

290 / FACULTY

John F. Chaves, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Psychology
Medfield Foundation

George F. Chen, B.A., M.A., M.S.
Economics
Northeastern Univ.

John A. Chmielinsl<l, A.S., B.S.
Correct/ons
Mass. Dept. of Correction

Forrest Glen Chumley, B.A., M.S.
Anatomy & Physiology
Northeastern University

Donald J. Ciappenelli, Ph.D.
Chemistry
Brandeis University

Robert Edward Cipriano, B.A., M.A.
Therapeutic Recreation
Northeastern Univ.

George P. Clinch, B.S.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
American Mutual
Insurance Co.

William M. Cloran, B.S.

Law Enforcennent
Massachusetts State Police

Nelson N. Cochrane. A.B.
Corrections
Mass. Dept. of Correction

•Dr. William C. Coggan, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Law Enforcement— Business
Massasoit Community College

Edward S. Cohen, B.S., M.A.

Computer Programming
Polaroid

Roger E. Cole, A.B., M.B.A.
Management

Ruth A. Cohen, B.A., M.S.
Genetics
Northeastern Univ.

Patricia A. Cole, B.A., Th.M., Ph.D.
Philosophy

Annalee Collins, B.S.

Health Science

Nursing Home Consultant

Charles Comegys, B.S., M.B.A.

Marketing Research &
Consumer Behavior
Salem State College

Richard J. Comings, A.B., M.A.
History
Northeastern University

John Charles Coney, B.S., M.S.W.
Sociology

Elizabeth M. Congdon, B.A., M.Ed., M.A.
History
Peabody High School

Norman J. Conklin, B.S.
Systems

Donald B. Connors, A.B., M.B.A., M.A.T.
Account/ng— Eng/ish
Burdett Business College

Joseph N. Connors, AS., B.S., M.P.A.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern Univ.

Terence W. Conroy, B.S.C.E., M.B.A.

Marketing
(Rev.) Thomas D. Conway, B.A., M.A.,
M.R.E., M.Div.
Law Enforcement
St. John the Baptist Parish,
Haverhill
Constance E. Cook, B.A., M.A.
Political Science
*Louis Cooperstein, A.B., A.M.

English, Modern Languages

Consultant
Northeastern Univ.
•Robert M. Copeland, B.S., A.M., Ph.D.
Modern Languages, English
Winchester High School

Richard S. Corrente, B.S., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
Raytheon Company

Thomas P. Coveney, B.S., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
Liberty Mutual Insurance Co.

Paul B. Cowan, B.A., M.Ed.

Consultant in Health Science

Northeastern Univ.
James M. Cox, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Attorney General's Office
Kenneth Cram, M.Ed.

Law Enforcement

Kingston Police Dept.
Laura Elton Cranshaw, B.A.

Health Science

Newton-Wellesley Hospital
Salvatore A. Crisafulli, B.S., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Francis D. Crisley

Bio/ogy— Consu/tant
Northeastern Univ.
Dean Crocker, B.A., M.D.
Health Science
Children's Hospital
•John F. Cronin, Jr., A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Raytheon Co.
Hugh J. Crossland, B.B.A., M.B.A., J.D.,
L.L.M.
Law

Hugh J. Crossland, Attorneys
& Counsellors at Law
Joseph Cullen, A.B., Ed.M.

Law Enforcement
North Shore Community
College

Frederick Cunliffe, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Jerome J. Cora, Jr.

Lab. Assistant

Mass Bay Comm. College

John J. Curley, B.S.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse & Co.
John A. Curry, B.A., M.Ed.

English

Northeastern Univ.

Albert C. D'Amato, B.A., M.Ed.
English

FACULTY / 291

Miriam F. D'Amato, B.A., M.A.
£ng//sh

Fred G. DaCosta, A.B., M.B.A.
Finance

'Arnold E. Daum, B.S.B.A.
Marketing
Arnold E. Daum Co.

'Charles Daum, J.D.
Marketing

Art-Craft Optical Co. of
New England

Albert S. Davis. J.D., M.Ed., CAGS
Law Enforcement
B.F. Goodrich Co.

Donna May Davis, B.A.. MA.
History

Richard J. Davis, B.S., MA.
Law Enforcement
Belmont School Dept.

•Ronald C. Davis, A.B., Ed.M.
Fine Arts
Northeastern University

Willie J. Davis, A.B., LL.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Magistrate United States

District Court for District

of Mass.

Sylvia C. Dawson, B.S., M.S.
Arts & Crafts
Northeastern Univ.

Virginia Lee Dean, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

John C. Decker, B.S.. M.S.

Personnel Management
U.S. Trust Co.

Ernest M. DeCicco, B.S., A.M., Ph.D.
Economics
Northeastern Univ.

John R. Deitrick, A.B., A.M.
English
Becker Junior College

Dante J. DeMichaelis, LL.B.
Law Enforcement
Dante DeMichaelis

Paul J. Derby, B.S., M.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Honeywell, Inc.

Joseph B. DeRoche, B.A., M.F.A.
English
Northeastern Univ.

Robert T. Devereaux, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Metropolitan Police

John L. Dias, B.S., B.A., M.B.A. , C.P.A.
Accounting
Data General Corp.

Eugene DiCostanzo

Electronic Data Processing

Alba A. DiCredico, A.B., A.M.
English
Boston Conservatory of Music

Edward Dillon, B.S., M.B.A.
Human Relations
Raytheon Co.

Howard T. Dimmick, B.S.Ed., Ed.M.,
M.S.T.
Earth Science
Stoneham Junior High School

Francis J. DiSabatino, B.S., Ed.M.
Chemistry
Quincy High School
Quincy Junior College

Melinda A. DiSessa, B.A., M.A.
Philosophy

Edward Doherty, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

Paul L. Doherty, LL.B.

Law Enforcement
Capitol Police

Robert A. Dolan, B.A., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Research Publishing Company

Michael B. Donham, B.A., M.B.A.
Human Relations
DARE, INC.

John S. Donohoe, B.S., B.A.
Law Enforcement
U.S. Treasury

Kathleen Donovan, B.S.
Psycfio/ogy
Northeastern University

Timothy Richard Donovan, B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.
English

•Eugene J. Doody, B.S., B.A., M.B.A.
Industrial Relations
Northern Telecom, Inc.

Mathew R. Dovidio, B.A., M.A.
Psychology
Northeastern University

John P. Driscoll, A.B., LL.B.
Real Estate
Drinkwater & Driscoll Co.

Richard E. Driscoll, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Essex County Probation Dept.

Walter T. Driscoll, Jr., A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Scituate Police Dept.

David C. Dronsick, A.B.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

•Edward Dube, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management Consultant
Mass. Mutual Life

•Ardyn E. Dubnow, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Northrop Corp.

Charles H. Dufton, A.B., M.A.

Marketing— Consu/tant
Northeastern University

Stephen J. Duggan, B.S., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Consultant

•James W. Earley, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.B.A.

Human Relations Coordinator
Raytheon Co.

292 / FACULTY

Carl W. Eastman, B.A., M.A.

Speech

Northeastern University
David B. Eastwood, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Economics
Norman J. Ebsary, A.S., B.S.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department
•William T. Edgett, A.B., M.A.

History

Northeastern University
'Maureen L. Edison, B.A., M.A.

English
Hubert E. Edmond, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.

Branch Campus
Representat/ve

Framingham North High
School
John George Edwards, B.A., M.S.

Biology
Frank T. Eggemeir, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Lab
Robert L. Ehrmann, A.B., M.D.

Health Science

Boston Hospital for Women

James E. Elgin, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., MBA.
Electronic Data Processing
Digital Equipment
Corporation

Elaine G. Eliopoulos, B.S., M.S.
Recreation
Northeastern University

Edward G. Elliott, B.S., M.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University

J. Clive Enos, B.S.

Management
Raytheon

Charles H. Espanet, B.A., M.A.

Branch Campus Representative
Milford High School

Eleanor Ericson, B.A., M.A.

Modern Languages

George W. Evans, Jr., B.S., M.Ed.

Manufacturing Processes
General Electric

Benedetto Fabrizi, B.S., M.A., D.M.L.
Modern Languages
Northeastern University

Edward J. Falvey. B.S., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
New England Merchants
Nat'l Bank

George J. Fantini, Jr., B.S.A., M.B.A.
Real Estate
State Street Bank & Trust

Daniel M. Fasulo, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Haverhill Police Department

John E. Fedele, A.B., J.D., LL.M., C.L.U.
Estate Planning
New England Mutual Life

Irwin Feigelman, B.S., C.P.A.
Accounting
U.S. Treasury Department

John P. Ferullo, B.A., M.B.A.

Labor Management Relations
Worcester County National
Bank

Ellsworth A. Fersch, Jr., B.A., M.A., J.D.,
Ph.D.
Law Enforcement
Harvard Medical School

Larry S. Field, B.S. I.E.

Industrial Management
Columbia Packing Co.

Barbara A. Filo, B.A., M.A.
History

Charles Arthur Findley, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Speech

•Francis X. Finigan, A.B., Ed.M.
Natural Science
Winchester Public Schools

Ellis A. Finkelstein, B.A., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Middlesex County House of
Corrections

Arnold D. Finley, A.B.

Purchasing— Coordinator
Sanders Associates, Inc.

Albert J. Finney, Jr., B.S.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Raytheon

Michael Finney, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
English

Karen L. Fisher, A. A., B.F.A.
Art

Jeffrey H. Fisher, A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement

Michael M. Fisher, B.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

Ellen Fitzgerald, R.N., R.R.A., B.S.
Medical Terminology
Children's Hospital Medical
Center

Leo J. Fitzgerald, B.S. in B.A., M.B.A.
Management
General Electric

Kevin T. Fitzpatrick, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
Boston Public Library

H. Drew Flegal, B.S.
Marketing
Daniel F. Sullivan Co., Inc.

Dennis Flynn, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
English

Leo M. Flynn, A.B., M.B.A.
Real Estate
Leo M. Flynn

Mary C. Fogarty, B.A., M.A.
History

Walter L. Fogg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy
Consultant
Northeastern University

Martin E. Foley, A.S., B.S.

Law Enforcement
Mass. State Police

FACULTY / 293

Robert J. Forrest, B.S., J.D.
Federal Tax
Counsellor at Law

•Douglas C. Foster, A.B., Ed.M., M.S.
Earth Science
Headmaster, Boston Public
Schools

•Gale P. Foster, B.S.

Marketing— Coordinator
Samson Cordage Works

•James A. Foster, B.S., C.P.C.U.
Finance

Liberty Mutual Insurance
Company

Herbert L. Fox, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Economics
Bolt. Beranek, & Neuman

Joseph P. Fox, B.A.

Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Walter Foxtree, Dipl., FA., B.S.Ed., MA.
Art
Boston State College

Susan H. Francis, B.A., MA.
English

Dennis N. Francoeur, B.S.

Computer Programming
Honeywell Information
Systems

Martha E. Francois, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

•Howard N. Freedman, A.B., M.S., C.P.A.
Accounting
Raytheon

Melvin W. Friedman, SB.
Management
M. W. Friedman Associates

Edmond M. Gagey, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
English

Walter A. Gagne, Jr., B.S., MBA.
Management
Harvard University

Rawie W. Garner, B.S., M.U.A.
Law Enforcement
Federal Trade Commission

Marcia Garrett, A.B., Ph.D.
Sociology

John A. Gavin, B.SS., MA.

Law Enforcement
Commissioner of Correction
(Ret.) Commonwealth of
Massachusetts

Stanley S. Gawlinski, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

Paul C. Gay, B.A., J.D.
Law

'John A. Geary, B.S.Ed.

Industrial Management
Consultant Accident

Prevention & Supervisory
Training

George J. Geiger, B.S.

Computer Systems
International Computer
Terminal Corp.

John R. Geraghty, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
Internat'l Business Machines
Corp.

Margaret Gerteis, A.B., A.M.
History

Edwin S. Giles, Jr., B.M.E.

Electronic Data Processing
Mass. Teachers Association

Cheryl-Louise Gilkes, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Philip L. Gilman, B.A.

Law Enforcement
Mass. Department of Public
Safety

William F. Glaser, Jr., B.S., M.S.
Marketing

Commercial Marketing
Associates

Daniel D. Glatthorn, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
Boston Naval Shipyard

L. James Glinos, B.B.A., Ed.M.
Human Relations
Kinnecott Copper Corp.

Myer Goldberg, B.S.

Law Enforcement
M.D.C. Police

Robert L. Goldberg, A.B., M.B.A., C.L.U.
Management

John Hancock Mutual Life
Insurance Co.

M. Patricia Golden, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology
Northeastern University

Renee V. Golden, B.A., M.A.
Modern Languages

Frederick T. Golder, B.A., J.D., LL.M.

Labor Management Relations
Attorney at Law

•Daniel M. Goldfarb, A.B., MAT., M.A.
Modern Languages
Quincy High School

Eli Goldman, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology

Maureen A. Goldman, B.A., M.A.
English

Minton F. Goldman, B.A., M.A.,
MALD, Ph.D.
Political Science Major

Advisor
Northeastern University

Stan Goldman, B.S., M.A.

Political Science

Arnold S. Goldstein, B.S., M.B.A., J.D.
Health Science
Northeastern University

Harold M. Goldstein, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Economics
Associate Consultant

294 / FACULTY

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Consultant
Northeastern University

Herbert P. Golub, B.A., Ed.M., C.A.G.S.,

Ph.D.
Psychology
Northeastern Essex Mental

Health Center

Judith R. Goodman, B.A., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

Leon M. Goodman, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Human Relations
Wage & Salary Administration
New England Tel & Tel Co.

Stephen Goodyear, A.B., M.A.
Modern Languages
Hull High School

'Bernard L. Gordon, B.S., M.S.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Daniel D. Gordon, B.A., M.A.
Economics
Salem State College

Lester I. Gordon, A.B., M.A.
History
Boston University

Mary Jane Gorton, B.A., Ed.M.
Fine Arts

Daniel Z. Gould, B.S., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
Fenwel Electronics, Inc.

David F. Grace, B.A., M.A.
English
Lasell Jr. College

Daniel A. Grady, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
William Underwood Co.

•William Grady, B.B.A.

Quality Control
Courier-Citizen Printing
Company

Anthony P. Graffeo, B.A.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

Robert L. Graham, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Management Decisions &

Policies
Lybrand, Ross Bros. &
Montgomery

Leon S. Graubard, A.B., A.M.
Economics
Northeastern University

Joseph H. Greelish, Jr., A.A., B.S.
Law Enforcement

Kristo Gregory, B.S.

/nvestments

Paine, Webber, Jackson, &
Curtis

Gerald R. Griffin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University

John L. Griffith, B.S.

Management & Organization
Coordinator

Director of Planning, Town of
Braintree

Joseph Grimaldi, B.A., M.A.
History
First National Bank of Boston

Duane L. Grimes, A.B., A.M.
Political Science
Northeastern University
*Thomas G. Grogan

Industrial Management
Consultant

A. Nicholas Groth, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Psychology

Commonwealth of Mass.
Dept. of Mental Health

•Eric N. Grubinger, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
Transaction Technology, Inc.

John Joseph Guarino, B.A.
Biology

George J. Guibault, Mus.B.
Music
Johnson & Higgins

Ronald E. Guittarr, B.S. B.A.
Human Relations
Raytheon

Jose L. Guzman, B.A., M.A.
Spanish
Northeastern University

Jane Elizabeth Gwiazda, A.B., M.A.
Psychology
Northeastern University

Reginald Hachey, B.M., M.M., A.D.
Music
Northeastern University

Edward A. Hacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy
Northeastern University

Robert Haddad, M.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse Co.

John E. Haddon, B.S., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Upper Cape Police Compact

Andrew F. Hall, III, B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting

James F. Hall, A.B., M.S.
Chemistry

Paul M. Halloran, B.S. B.A.

Management Information
Raytheon

Ruth J. Halloran, B.S., M.Ed.
Branch Campus

Representative
Masconomet Regional High
School-Boxford

Donald J. Halpin, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
Drexel, Burnham & Co., Inc.

Isadore Halzel, B.A., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
M.I.T. Draper Lab

Lawrence Halzel, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D.
Counselor
Boston V.A. Hospital

FACULTY / 295

Jacalyn S. Hamada, B.A.
Arts & Crafts
Crittenton Hastings House

Suzanne L. Hamner, B.A., M.A.
History

William F. Hancock, Jr., B.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.L.U., C.P.C.U., CD. P.
Finance— Coord/na tor
Keane Associates, Inc.

Francis R. Hankard, B.S., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Public Safety

Robert A. Hankin, B.S., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Public Safety

Eleanor Z. Hanna, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology

Harvard Medical School-
National Institute of
Alcoholism and Alcohol
Abuse (NIAAA)

Rose H. Hardavellas, B.A.
Health Science
Northeastern University

James Hardcastle, A.B.

Physical Distribution

Management
Gillette Co.

George Hargraves, B.B.A., M.S.
Accounting
Coopers & Lybrand

•David J. Harrigan, B.S.

Quality Control

L.A. Seder & Associates

John E. Harris, B.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry
Boston University

Ruth-Ann M. Harris, B.A., M.A.
History
Tufts University

John J. Hart, B.S., Soc.Sc, M.Ed.
Branch Campus

Representative
Framingham North High

School

Pamela H. Hart, B.A., M.A.
French

Leon S. Hatch, Jr., A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy

George E. Hawkins, B.S., M.B.A.
Project Planning
Polaroid Corp.

Donald R. Hayden, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
United-Ca rr

Robert T. Heald, B.S.B.A., M.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse Co.

Charles B. Healy, A.B.

Project Planning
New England Merchants
National Bank

George E. Healy, LL.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law

Kenneth P. Healy, B.S. B.A.

Credit Management

First National Bank of Boston

Warren K. Heckman, B.B.A., M.A.
Management
Health Consultants, Inc.

Ann Hehre, B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
Northeastern University

Robert J. Hehre, B.S., M.S., M.B.A.,
D.B.A.
Finance
Consultant

Robin M. Hendrick, B.M., M.M., L.R.N.
Music
Northeastern University

George S. Hennessey. B.S., B.A., M.B.A.
Marketing
Boston Gas Co.

Barbara L. Henry, B.A., M.A.
Anthropology
Northeastern University

Miles Herkenham, B.A., M.A.
Psychology
Northeastern University

Gerald H. Herman, A.B., M.A.
History

Course Coordinator & Major
Advisor
Northeastern University

George M. Herrick, B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
John E. Cain Co.

Max E. Hess, B.A., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern University

George F. Hickey, Jr., A.B., M.S.
Library Science
Billerica Public Schools

•Chester Higgins, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
M.B.T.A.

Edward J. Higgins, Jr., A.S., B.S., M.P.A.
Law Enforcement
Mass. State Police

Peter Higgins, B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting
Itek Corp.

Richard A. Hill, B.S. B.A. , M.B.A.

Marketing

R. A. Hill, Inc.
Elizabeth J. Hodges, A.B., B.S.

Library Science

Robbins Library
Wheaton Holden, A.B., M.A.

Fine Arts

Northeastern University

James A. Hope, A.B., M.B.A.
Management
Stonemarketing Corp.

Morris A. Horowitz, B.A., Ph.D.

Economics— Consultant
Northeastern University

Francis A. Howard, J.D.

Law Enforcement
MCI Walpole

296 / FACULTY

Pih-khei C. Huang, Ph.D.
Biochemistry
Northeastern University

Robert A. Hunter, A.B., M.A.
English
Mansfield Public School

•Daniel F. Hurley, A.A., LL.B.

Labor Management Relations
Federal Mediation &
Conciliation Sen/ice

Joseph J. Hurwitz, B.S., B.J.Ed., Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University

John J. Irwin, Jr., A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Attorney General-
Criminal Division

Arthur L. Isberg, B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Commonwealth of Mass.

'Mervyn Israel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Organic Chemistry
Children's Cancer Research
Foundation

Herbert H. Itzkowitz, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.P.A.
Accounting
Rosenthal, Forman, &
Itzkowitz

•Phillip S. Jackson, S.B., LL.B.
Law
Attorney at Law

Thomas E. Jaillet, B.S.Ed., MA.
Law Enforcement
Sandwich High School

John J. Jamison, B.S.M.E.

Electronic Data Processing
Honeywell

Philip A. Janus, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Computer Programming
Commonwealth of Mass.

Clinton M. Jean, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology

Howard Jeffrey, A.B., M.A., D.R.

Therapeutic Recreation

John J. Jennings, A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
First Assistant District
Attorney, Essex County

Patricia Layden Jerabek, B.A., MA.
Economics

Walter G. Jerome, B.A.
Biology
Northeastern University

•Carson C. Johnson, M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology
Emmanuel College

Donald R. Johnson, B.S.M.E. & E.E.,
M.B.A.
Human Relations
N.E.T. & T.

Edward A. Johnson, Jr., B.A., M.T.

Transportation Management
President— Howard Co., Inc.

Leonard E. Johnson, B.B.A.
Marketing
Garden City Mall

Richard F. Q. Johnson, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
The Medfield Foundation, Inc.

Robert F. Johnson, B.S.

Law Enforcement

First Security Services Corp.

Gary R. Jones, B.S., M.S.
Earth Science
Chelmsford Public Schools

Walter S. Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Political Science
Consultant
Northeastern University

Joseph M. Jordan, A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

Gerard J. Kaelin, B.A., J.D.

Risk Analysis & Treatment
Attorney at Law
U.S.F. & G. Co.

Martin J. Kahan, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Bowmar-Ali Corp.

Marsha Kaitz, B.A., M.A.
Psychology
Northeastern University

•Eugenia A. Kaledin, A.B., A.M.
English

Martin A. Kalustian, A.B., M.B.A.
Management
Raytheon

Martin J. Kane, B.A., M.B.A.
Purchasing
Raytheon

•Mort S. Kaplan, B.A., M.A.
Theatre Arts
Northeastern University

George Karam, A.B., A.M., Ed.D.
Philosophy
St. Joseph's Hospital

Janet L. Karcz, B.A., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

Charles Karis, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Psychology Consultant
Northeastern Univ.

Kerkor Kassabian, B.S., Ed.M.

Health Science

Northeastern University
Harold Kastle, B.S., B.J. P., M.A.

Personnel & Industrial
Relations

Raytheon

Stanley W. Kaszanek, B.A., M.A.

Sociology

Northeastern University
Sotiris Katsaros, B.S., M.Ed.

Branch Campus
Representative

Haverhill High School
'Hyman M. Kaufman, SB., M.A., J.D.

Law

Attorney at Law

FACULTY / 297

Ronald P. Kaufman, B.S.

Law Enforcement

Mass. Dept. of Public Safety

Helen Keaney, M.A.
Music
Northeastern University

Walter E. Kearney, B.S.B.A., M.S. A.
Accounting
Northeastern University

John S. Kearns, MA.
Psychology
Northeastern University

William T. Kearns, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.
Branch Campus
Representative
Weymouth North High School

George L. Keefe, A.B.

Law Enforcement
Parole Board

Robert G. Keith, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
History

•William E. Kelley, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
M.I.T.

Thomas W. Kelly, B.B.A., MBA.

Electronic Data Processing
General Electric

Anna J. Kerns, B.S.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

A. Karim Khudairi, B.Sc, Ph.D.
Ecology
Northeastern University

William F. Kidney, A.B., LL.D.
Law Enforcement

Brian L. King, B.S.B.B., M.B.A.
Marketing
Nashua Corp.

Kernan F. King, A.B., J.D., LL.M., C.L.U.
Estate Planning
New England Mutual Life

Sandra J. King, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Consultant

•Paul G. Kinsella, B.S., B.A.
Real Estate
Investors Mortgage

Commercial Insurance Co.

Virginia K. Kirshner, A.B.
Theatre Arts

Jan J. Kitchen, B.A., MA.
English

Peter Klein, B.S., M.B.A.
Small Business
Gillette

Edward W. Knight, Jr., B.S.Ed., M.Ed.
Branch Campus
Representative
Weymouth North High School

'John L. Kobrick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology

U.S. Army Research of
Environmental Medicine

Gerald Paul Koocher, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Psychology

Children's Hospital Medical
Center

Harvey B. Korotkin, B.S., M.S.
Operations Research
Polaroid

Bennett L. Kramer, B.B.A., M.S.

Electronic Data Processing

*Donald J. Kramer, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
Medicon Corp.

Claudio R. Kraus, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E.
Economics

Daniel G. Kraus, B.S., M.A.
Economics
Northeastern University

Ernest A. Kraus

Therapeutic Recreation

David H. Kravetz, B.B.A., LL.B., J.D.
Law
Widett & Widett

Jane M. Kretchman

Health Science

Donald F. Krier, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Economics
Newton College

Robert M. Krim, B.A., M.A.
History

Fredric Kropp, B.A.

Economics

Jordan Marsh Company

Joseph T. Lamb, A.B., M.B.A.
Marketing
Parks, Cramer Co.

*Paul K. Lambert, B.A., M.B.A.

Physical Distribution
l^anagement

Robert H. Landry, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Massasoit Community College

Aristotle T. Laskaris, A.B., M.S.
Chemistry
AVCO

Kenneth L. Lavoie, B.S.Ed.
Systems

Edward J. Leach, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Revere Police Dept.
Pass & Leach

Morris G. Learner, LL.B.
Insurance
Attorney

Frank F. Lee, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology
Northeastern University

Lila Leibowitz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Sociology Coordinator &
t\/laior Advisor, N.U.

Richard A. Le Maire, Mus.B., Ed.M.
Therapeutic Recreation

Ralph T. LePore, Jr., A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Framingham Police Dept.

298 / FACULTY

Marvin X. Lesser, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Consultant in

Literature
Northeastern University

Albert M. Levenson, B.S., M.B.A.
Quality Control
C. S. Draper Lab, Inc.

Seymour Leventman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology
Boston College

Carole B. Levin

History

Jack Levin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Sociology -An thropo/ogy
Major Advisor
Northeastern University

'Abraham H. Levine, B.S.

Industrial Management

Howard A. Levine, B.S., B.A.
Real Estate
Hancock Management Co.

Robert C. Lieb, B.S., MB. A., DBA.
Transportation
Consultant

Joanne Gail Linowes, B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed.
Speech

Mass. Executive Commission
for Educational T.V.

Marcia M. Littlefield, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Speech
Northeastern University

Thomas E. Littlehale, B.S., M.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing
John Hancock Insurance

Leo Litwin

Music

Leo Litwin Piano Studios

'J. Antony Lloyd, B.A., M.A.
English
Itek Corp.

Joseph S. LoCastro, B.S., M.A.. Ph.D.
Psychology
Boston V.A. Hospital

John M. Lockhart, M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Lab
Edward J. Lonczak, B.A., M.B.A.

Management

Commercial Union Companies
Fenniston W. Lord, Jr., CDP, A.B.A.,
B.S. B.A.

Electronic Data Processing

Ware Associates

Robert R. Lovejoy, B.A., M.S.

Health Care Administration

Consultant

Waltham Hospital

•Edwin H. Lovequist, Jr., B.S.

Project Management
General Electric

William F. Luder, A.B., Ph.D.

Chemistry

Northeastern University
Paul E. Lyons

Quality Control

Gillette

*Andrew C. MacAulay, Jr., B.S., M.S.
Chemistry
New England Medical Center

Edward R. MacCormack, B.S.
Law Enforcement
Mass. State Police Dept.

Donald F. MacDonald, B.A.

Marine Transportation

Management
Cabot Corp.

Kenneth W. MacDonald, B.A., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern University

Thomas J. MacDonough, B.S.F.S , M.A.
Branch Campus
Representative
Adult Education,

Norwood Public Schools

Frederick M. MacGregor, Jr., B.S.
Human Relations
Stone & Webster

Alan A. Mackey, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Mary Anne MacKinnon, A.S., B.A., M.M.
Health Science
New England Deaconess
Hospital

Patricia Macrides, B.A., M.A.
Sociology
Fitchburg State College

•William J. Madden, A.B.
Accounting
Office of Naval Research

Gerard E. Maguire, B.A., M.A.
Purchasing
R.C.A.

Thomas J. Maguire, LL.B.

Law Enforcement

City of Woburn Police Dept.

Paul F. Mahoney, A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Connell & Mahoney

Robert Mallion, B.S.Ed., M.Ed.
Earth Science
Stoneham Public Schools

Mary P. Maly, M.S.
Biology

Francis S. Mancini, B.A., M.A.
Political Science
Roger Williams College

George J. Mankas, B.S.E.E.
Law Enforcement
Raytheon

Bernard Manning, Esq., B.S., Ed.M.,
CAGS, LL.B., LL.M.
Law Enforcement
Assistant Attorney General

Albert P. Manson, B.B.A., M.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing
Honeywell

Jack Manuel, B.M., M.N., DMA.
Philosophy
Boston Univ.

FACULTY / 299

Julius Mariasis, B.A., M.B.A., M.Ed.
Management
Julius Mariasis

Joseph Markowitz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
M.I.T.

Arnold M. Marrow, A.B., LL.B.

Labor Management Relations
National Labor Relations
Board

•John E. Marshall, B.B.A., M.S.
Management
Converse Rubber

John A. Martin, B.S. in 8. A., M.B.A.
Accounting, N.U.

John f. Martin, B.B.A.. M.S.

Industrial Management
Management Consultant

Arthur F. Martins, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Framingham Police

Frederick J. Mason, B.S.
Accounting
Internal Revenue Service

Richard P. Mason, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Systems

Russell B. Mason, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Management Information

Systems
Arco Systems Division

George D. Matson, A.B., A.M.
Speech
Matson Personnel

Paul D. Maxwell, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University

Robert McAuliffe, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Marketing
General Radio Company

Gilla McCarriston, B.A.

Law Enforcement
McCarriston Plumbing &
Heating

Daniel J. McCarthy, A.B., MBA., D.B.A.
Management Consultant
Northeastern Univ.

Kathleen V. McCarthy, A.B.
Applied Cytology
New England Deaconess
Hospital

Albert H. McCay, B.A.. M.A., Ed.D.
Recreation Consultant
Northeastern Univ.

Joseph F. McCormack, A.B., Ed.M.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Youth Services

Leo F. McCue, MA
History

Andrew T. McDonough, B.S., C.P.C.U.
Insurance
Appleby & Wyman Insurance

Earl E. McEvoy, B.A., M.B.A.

Finance & Accounting

First National Bank of Boston

David A. McGaughy, A.B., M.S.
Quality Control
Polaroid

John P. McGloin, B.S., LL.B.
Law Enforcement
McGloin, Gustafson, &
Robson, Esquires

John S. McGrath, B.S.
Finance
NET & T

James L. McGuiness, Jr., B.S.B.A.,
M.B.A.
Accounting
E.G. & G. Inc.

Thomas J. McNamara, B.S. in E.E.

Management Information
Systems-
Consultant

Richard J. McNeil, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Economics
Northeastern University

Sydney McNeil

Health Science
Northeastern University

John McNulty, A.S., B.S.

Law Enforcement
Boston Police Dept.

Joseph P. McParland, B.S., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law

Bonnie S. McSorley, M.A., Ph.D.
Modern Languages

Daniel G. McSweeney, B.A., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Lynn Police Dept.

Robert M. Meier, A.M.
Psychology

Greater Lawrence Mental
Health Center

Daniel M. Melgar, M.B.A.

Marketing Management
Northeastern University

George B. Merry, A.B.
Journalism
Christian Science Monitor

Charles A. Meszoely, Ph.D.
Biology
Northeastern University

Elmer B. MIchelson, M.A., MA.

Eng//sh

Boston Conservatory of Music
Duane R. Miller, B.S., S.T.B., Ph.D.

Philosophy

Boston Univ.
Stephen R. Miller, B.A., M.L.T.

Library Science

Wellesley Free Library
Barbara D. Millner, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.

History

Northeastern University
'Setrak E. MInas, J.D., LL.M.

Law

Attorney at Law
James F. Molloy, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.B.A.

Transportation

Tramco, Inc.

300 / FACULTY

C. Robert Montgomery, B.A., P.E.,
A.A.G.O., C.H.M.
Management
Parke Mathematical
Laboratories, Inc.

John W. Moran, B.S., M.B.A., M.S.
Industrial Management
Polaroid Corp.

•Leslie B. Morash, B.S., MB. A.
Transportat/on
Service Warehouse Co.

Norman Moray, Jr., B.A., LL.B.
Insurance
Hartford Fire Group

Carol Morgenstern, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Jerry A. Morris, B.A., M.B.A.

Labor Management Relations
Itek Corp.

Norman Morris, C.I. A., B.S.B.A., A.M.

Cap. Inst. & Risk Management
First National Bank of Boston

Richard M. Morrison, B.S.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing
Coordinator

William E. Morrison, B.S., M.S.

Labor Management Relations
American Management
Association

Howard R. Moskowitz, B.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
U.S. Army Natick Labs

James D. Mukjian, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Industrial Management
Management Consultant

James W. Mulford, B.S.

Law Enforcement
First District Court Northern
Middlesex

•John J. Mulkerin, Jr., A.B.

Personnel Placement &

Human Relations
Management Consultant

•Paul V. Mulkern, A.B., M.S.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics

Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

Francis E. Mullen, A. A., A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Northeastern University

•Joseph A. Mullen, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Management
Consultant— Management

James F. Murphy, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Governor's Commission on
Crime & Correction

Martin A. Murphy, A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Mass. State Police

Paul J. Murphy, B.S., M.B.A.

Organizational Management
G.E.

A. Howard Myers, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Industrial Relations-
Consultant
Northeastern University

•Roland L. Nadeau, B.M., M.M.
Music

Chairman— Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert P. Najjer, B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University

Shashi Nath, M.S.C., Ph.D.
Anthropo/ogy

Alvin S. Nathanson, B.A., J.D.
Real Estate
Kobatznick, Stern, & Cooper

Scott Needhan, B.F.A.

Effective Speaking
Lynn School Dept.

•Theodore W. Needle, B.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Needle & Needle

Paul A. Neeson, B.B.A., C.P.C.U.
Insurance
Herbert Fields & Co.

Mark A. Nelles, B.S.M.E., M.S.E.M.
Marketing
Borg Warner

David A. Neskey. B.S. A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse

John N. Nestor, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Asst. District Attorney
Eastern District

Thomas J. Neylon, Jr., A.B., M.A.T.
English
Watertown Public Schools

Bruce E. Nickerson, A.S., B.A., M.A.
English
General Electric

James S. Nicolson, B.A., M.A.
Music

Donald C. Norris, B.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.
Philosophy
Harvey Industries

Richard W. Norton, B.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
Foxboro Company

•Franklin Norvish, B.S., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

John A. Novak, B.A., Me.D.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Norbert Nunes, A.B., M.A.
English

David H. O'Brien, B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting

New England Merchants
National Bank

FACULTY / 301

Paul D. O'Brien, A. A., B.S., LL.B.
Law Enforcement
General Electric

William T. O'Brien, AS., B.S.
Law Enforcement
City of Boston Police Dept.

John J. O'Callaghan, A.B., J.D., LL.M.
Law Enforcement
Suffolk University

Daniel F. O'Connor, B.S.

Computer Programming
Nor-theastern University

•Edward T. O'Donnell, B.C.S., MBA.
Statistics

U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics

Aileen J. Ofer, B.A., M.A., M.A.
English

Harry Olins. A.B., J.D.
Law

Consultant
Attorney at Law

Ernest Oliveira, Jr., B.S. in B A., MBA.
Management
General Electric

George C. Olson, B.S., B.A., MBA.

Electronic Data Processing
Home Savings Bank

David S. Omar, B.S., M.Ed., MBA.
Statistics
Dean Junior College

James W. O'Neil, A.B.

Law Enforcement
Security Consultant

George J. O'Shea, Jr., B.S.B.A., M.S.S.W.
Law Enforcement
Division of Youth Services-
Commonwealth of Mass.

Richard H. O'Shea, Jr., B.S., M.P.A.
Law Enforcement
Dept. Public Safety, Division
State Police

Albert J. Ottariano, B.B.A., M.S.B.A.
Statistics
U.S. Dept. of Labor

J. Rosson Overcash, B.A., A.M.T.
Earth Science
Bunker Hill Community
College

Richard W. Paine, B.A , M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Laboure Junior College

Howard R. Palmer, LL.B.

Law Enforcement

One Court Street, Boston

Carl A. Palombo, B.S., M.Sci.
Branch Campus
Representative
Lynn English High School

Leo Panes, B.S., M.Ed.
Fine Arts

Robert B. Parker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University

•Robert A. Parsons, B.A.B.S., M.B.A., M.A.
Operations Research
Coordinator
Northeastern University

Bernard R. Patriacca, Jr., B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting
Price Waterhouse & Co.

Theodore Patrikas, B.B.A.
Management
General Electric

Joseph V. Pearincott, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.
Northeastern University

Martin L. Pendleton, Jr., B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.

Philip W. Pendleton, Ph.D.
Psychology
Northeastern University

Carroll E. Pennell, II, A.B., M.B.A.
Real Estate
N.E. Merchants National Bank

William A. Percy, A.B., M.A., A.M., Ph.D.

History

Univ. of Massachusetts
Philip P. Perry, A.B., M.A.

Law Enforcement

William Filene's Sons

Daniel Pershonok, Ph.D.
Psycfio/ogy
Harvard Medical School

Bruce A. Petersen, B.S., Ph.D.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

Frederick D. Peterson, A.B., M.A.
Sociology
Merrimack College

Ausrele M. Petronis, B.A., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

Robert G. Phelan, LL.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Phelan & Phelan Co.

'George G. Pierce, A.B., J.D.
Law

U.S. Administrative
Law Judge

Benjamin E. Pike, B.S., M B.A.
Management
Massasoit Community College

Garth I. Pitman, B.A., M.A.
English
Harvard University

Andrew Plotkin, B.A.. M.S.

Law Enforcement
Environmental Research

Gladys M. Polansky, B.A., B.S., MA.
English

John D. Post, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

Edward J. Powers, B.B.A., M.B.A., M.Ed.
Industrial Management
Consultant in Management &
Education

302 / FACULTY

William J. Powers, B.S.

Law Enforcement

John T. Prendergast, A.A., LL.B.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Public Safety,
Commonwealth of Mass.

G. Daniel Prigmore, B.A., MB. A.
Real Estate
Consultant
G. Daniel Prigmore

John J. Prylyla, B.S.M.E., M.B.A.
Finance & Insurance

•Edward V. Puopolo, B.S., J.D.
Law
Sloane, Puopolo, & Carr

Mary A. Queiros, B.S.
Recreation
Natick School Dept.

David P. Quintal, B.A., Ph.D.
Political Science
Northeastern University

Cathleen T. Quirk, B.A., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

Daniel B. Rakov, A.B., LL.B.
Real Estate
Rappaport & Rakov

Barbara Poole Raither, B.A., MA.
English
Harvard University

Nathaniel Raymond, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Socio/ogy— Anthropo/ogy
Boston State College

Denis G. Regan, B.S., J.D.
Law
Attorney at Law

Richard M. Regan, A.B., LL.B.
Labor Management
State Street Bank

Charles W. Reilly, B.S., MA.
English, Speech
Northern Essex College

Philip J. Reilly, Jr., B.S.

Law Enforcement
Commonwealth of Mass.,
Dept. of Public Safety

Albert W. Richardson, B.S.
Earth Science
Stoneham Jr. High School

J. Scott Riley, B.S., A.E.
Marketing
JSR Associates

Hilde Robash, B.S.

Health Science
Beth Israel Hospital

Raymond H. Robinson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
History— Consultant
Northeastern University

Leo F. Roche, Jr., A.B., LL.B.

Cap. Inst. & Risk Mgmt.
American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.

Cephas B. Rogers, B.S.M.E., M.S.
Quality Control
Polaroid Corp.

'Lawrence J. Romano, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement, Modern

Languages
The Charles Stark Draper

Lab Inc.

Paul G. Ronco, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Salem State College

Robert D. Ronsheim, A.B., A.M.
History
Plimoth Plantation

Fred A. Rosenberg, A.B., Ph.D.
Biology
Consultant
Northeastern University

Morris E. Rosenberg, B.S., B.A.
Accounting
Massasoit Community College

Joel H. Rosenfeld, B.S., M.S.

Industrial Management

Consultant

General Electric

Arthur E. Rosens^ein, B.A., M.A.
History

♦Albert H. Ross, B.S., LL.B.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Attorney, U.S. Dept. of Labor

Guy Rotella, B.A., M.A.
English

Harvey F. Rowe, Jr., A.B., J.D.
Law Enforcement
Assistant Attorney General,
Commonwealth of Mass.

•Gerald R. Rubin, B.B.A., C.P.A.
Accounting
Partner Greene & Rubin

Richard V. Rude, B.A.

Modern Languages
Newton North High School

Louis Rudzinsky, B.S.B.A.

Labor Management Relations
Louis Rudzinsky Associates
•Richard Ruggles, A.B., A.M.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Edward F. Ryan, A.S., B.S.

Law Enforcement

Revere Police Department
Frank L. Ryan, A.B., M.A., L.D.

English

Stonehill College
John D. Ryder, A.B., M.S. A.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse
•Charles Saccardo, B.S.B.A., M.A.

Economics

Lowell Technological Inst.
Mabel M. Sahakian, A.B., D.Sc, S.T.B.

Philosophy
•Charles L. Sakey, A.B., M.A.

Modern Languages

Boston Latin School

•James Salmon, Jr., A.B., M.A.
English

The First National Bank of
Boston

FACULTY / 303

Mary E. Salus, B.S., M.A.
Sociology
Northeastern University

Enrico V. Sasso, B.S., M.A.
Branch Campus

Representative
Haverhill High School

Willis L. Saulnier, A.B., M.S.W.

Labor Management Relations
Human Relations in Business
Raytheon Co.

Saroj Sawhney, B.A., M.A.Eco.

Statistics & Economics
Northeastern University

Stephen Schafer, D.Jur., Prof. Agrege
Soc/o/ogy— Crimino/ogy
Law Enforcement Consultant
Northeastern University

Joan E. Schiller, B.S., M.T., (ASCP), M.S.
Health Science
Quincy City Hospital

James R. Schneider, B.A.
Biology
Northeastern University

Roy M. Schoenfeld, B.S., J.D.
Management
National Labor Relations
Board

Mary L. Schroeder, B.S., M.C.S.
English
Boston University

Martha W. Schuize, B.A., M.A.
Soc;o/ogy
Northeastern University

•Herbert J. Schwartz, B.S.
Marketing
Sales Management
Consultant

Richard S. Seaman, B.A., M.A.
Human Relations
Northeastern University

William E. Sears, B.S., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Dept. of Youth Service

Frank J. Seegraber, A.B., B.S.
Library Science
Boston College

Peter M. Selig, M.B.A., M.A.
Statistics

Dennis Senchuk, B.A., Ph.D.
Philosophy

Peter Serenyi, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Art
Northeastern University

Stephen Shalom, SB., M.A.
Political Science

John C. Shannon, B.S., M.A.

Economics— Statistics

Suffolk University
Paul H. Shapiro

Art

Northeastern University

•Samuel Shapiro, A.B., M.B.A., C.P.A.
Corporate Finance
Samuel Shapiro & Co.,
C.P.A. 's

Arvind Sharma, B.A., M.A.
Economics
Harvard Divinity School

Eugene H. P. Shaw-Colyer, B.A., S.T.B.,
M.A., A.M.
History
Harvard University

Ezra H. Sheffres, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.
Management
Raytheon Co.

Carolyn F. Shettle, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Sociology
AFC-Hanscom Field

George E. Shire, B.S., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law
Asst. District Attorney,
Norfolk County

Jeannette S. Shire, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Boston Alcohol Detoxification
Project

Ruth E. Shore, B.S., M.A.
English
Fisher Junior College

Shafiq S. Shukri, B.Sc, M.D.
Biology
Northeastern University

Ronald A. Shulman, B.E., M.S., Chem.

Eng.
Marketing
Business Communication

Services, Inc.

Herbert Silverman, Mus.B., Ed.M., Ed.D.
Music
Northeastern University

Marilyn P. Silvestri, B.A., M.A.
Speech

S. Murray Simons, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Accounting

Newton College of the Sacred
Heart

Eric A. Simonsen, B.S., M.B.A.

Accounting

Price Waterhouse
James S. Skall, B.A., M.B.A.

Marketing

Mass. Bay United Fund
'Lloyd A. Skiffington, B.A., A.M.

English

Northeastern University
•William I. Sloane, A.B., LL.B.

Law

Sloane, Gay, & Puopolo

William G. Slowe, A.S., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Needham Police Dept.

Robert W. Small, B.A., MA.
History
Massasoit Community College

Edwin Smutz, B.A., M.S., Ph.D.

Psychology

U.S. Army Natick Research
Labs
Paul E. Snoonian, B.S., M.B.A.

Economics

Lowell Technological Institute

304 / FACULTY

•Leo Snyder, B.A., M.M.
Music
Northeastern University

Christos Socarides, A.B., M.A.
Eng//sh
Brockton Public Schools

Sulo A. Soini, B.B.A., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
Commonwealth of Mass.

Susan R. Solberg, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Literature

Richard J. Solomon, B.S.

Urban Transportation
Solomon & Schwartz
Associates

Steven T. Soulos, B.A., M.B.A.
Marketing
Bryant College

Robert V. Sparks, B.A., MA.
History

•Robert M. Spector, LL.B., M.A., M.Ed.,
Ph.D.
History
Worcester State College

Paul H. Spiers, Jr., B.Us.
Journalism

Paul E. Staats, B.S.

/nvestments

Paine, Webber, Jackson, &
Curtis

♦Francis C. Stacey, A.B., M.B.A.

Industrial Management
American Mutual Liability
Insurance Co.

George H. Stacey, Jr., A. B., M.B.A.

Electronic Data Processing
Computer Programming
AVCO Everett Research Lab.

Lee B. Staebler, B.S., M.B.A.
Accounting
Business Consultant

Charles K. Stefanidakis, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.,
C.P.A.
Cost Accounting
Duddy's, Inc.

Alan E. Steinberg, B.S., J.D.
Real Estate
Kabatznick, Stern, & Cooper

Matthew Stevens, B.S.

Radiologic Technology
Consultant
Northeastern University

William D. Stires. B.S., M.Ed.

Horticulture
Thomas J. Stockett, B.S.

Human Relations in Personnel

Baico, Maintenance Manager
Edmund Stoddard, Jr., B.A.

English

Raytheon Service, Inc.
Joseph F. Stoltz, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Economics

Manpower Administration

•Robert C. Story, B.A.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
Raytheon Co.

John F. Stout, A.B., M.A.

Political Science
Roger Williams College

James J. Stratford, Jr., LL.B.
Law Enforcement
Consultant

Esther H. Strauss, B.A., M.A., M.Ed.
Sociology

Boston University Medical
School

Melvin R. Stuart, A.B., A.M.
English
Mansfield High School

Leslie A. Stulberg, B.A., M.A.
Political Science

Mark A. Sugarman, B.S., M.B.A.
Marketing
Sugarman Bros.

Albert M. Sullivan, A.B., J.D.
Real Estate

Attorney, Army Corps of
Engineers

Cornelius J. Sullivan, LL.B.
Law Enforcement
Attorney

•Frank E. Sullivan, A.B., Ed.M.
English
Boston Trade School

•Jeremiah G. Sullivan, B.S.

Computer Programming—

Coordinator
Honeywell Information
Systems, Inc.
Peter G. Sullivan, AS., B.S.
Law Enforcement
Town of Sudbury Police Dept.

Joseph L. Supple, A.B.

Computer Programming
Digital Equipment Corp.

Gerald Sussman, B.S., A.M.
Marketing
Bryant College

Wayne A. Sutcliffe, B.B.A., M.B.A.
Finance
N.E. Merchants National Bank

Peter Swartz, B.A., M.B.A.
Marketing
Kenley Realty Co.

John T. Sweeney, B.S., LL.B.
Law Enforcement
Board of Higher Education

Joseph Sweeney, B.S.Ed.. M.Ed., M.B.A.
Computer Programming
American Mutual Insurance
Co.

Allen M. Swenson, B.S.B.A., M.B.A.
Economics
Raytheon Co.

George J. Swidler, B.S., M.Ed.
Law Enforcement
Consultant, Polygraph
Examiner

Lawrence E. Symington, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
U.S. Army Natick Labs

FACULTY / 305

Priscilla D. Taft, M.D.

Cytopathology

Mass. General Hospital

Mehmet E. Tahir, B.S., M.A.
Economics
Northeastern University

Hugh J. Talbot, A.S., B.S.

Law Enforcement
P. L. Abelson, Co.

Sumner B. Tapper, A.B., M.Ed., A.M.
Eng//sh
Stoughton High School

Theodore A. Tasis, B.S., M.A.
English
Raytheon Co.

Alan M. Tattle, B.S., M.Ed.

Electronic Data Processing
English High School

Paul H. Tedesco, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

Elliot Tenofsky, A.B., M.A.
Political Science
Tufts University

Philip R. Tetu, A.B., J.D.

Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law

Alan P. Thayer, Col. U.S. Army (Ret.),
B.S., M.B.A.
Economics
Boston College

Emile F. Thibault, B.S.

Law Enforcement
Dept. of Public Safety

John C. Thomas, A.B., Ph.D.
Psychology
Harvard Medical School

Wendy W. Thompson, B.A., M.Litt.
History
Lexington Public Schools

Henry L. Tischler, A.B., M.A.
Sociology
Framingham State College

Jeffrey J. Title, B.A., M.S.

Law Enforcement
Charles River Counseling
Center

William J. Tobin, B.S.

Law Enforcement
M.D.C. Police Captain

Ronald C. Tocci, B.S.
Accounting
Financial Consultant

Rossario J. Tosiello, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
History

Allan Tosti, B.A., M.A.

Po//t/ca/ Science

ActonBoxborough Regional
High School
Allen N. Towne, B.S., M.S.

Marketing

N.E. Mica Co.
James D. Turley, B.Ph.. B.A., M.Ed.,
M.A., Ed.M,

English

Rhode Island College

David W. Tutein, B.A., M.A.
English
Northeastern University

Theresa H. Twombly, B.A., M.A.
Sociology

Mount Wachusett Community
College

•John A. Tyrell, B.S., M.S.Ed., Ed.D.
Science
Boston Public Schools

Alint V. Varughese, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Eng//sh
Bentley College

"Harvey Vetstein, B.A., M.A.

Associate Consultant, English
Northeastern University

Pauline S. Vexler, B.A., M.A.
£ng//sh

Robert Vitale, B.S.

Electronic Data Processing
Data General Corporation

Phillip M. Vitti, B.S., M.A.

Law Enforcement

Boston Police Department

Carola T. Von Kapff, B.S.
Health Sc/ence
Harvard University

Rowell L. Waller, Jr., B.A., M.S.
Library Science-
Consultant
Attleboro Public Library

Stephen J. Wallner, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Biology
Plant Products Division

David I. Walsh, B.S., M.Ed., M.B.A.
Marketing
Elgin Label Corporation

E. Denis Walsh, A.B., M.B.A.
Real Estate
Schochet Associates

Martin S. Walsh, B.A., M.A.
History

Robert L, Ward. AS., Ed.M.
Law Enforcement
The Boston Globe

Robert Ware, A.S., A.B.

Electronic Data Processing
Ware Associates

Lois D. Wasserman, B.S., Ed.M., Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University

Prof. Harold P. Watts, B.S., B.A., M.Ed.
Finance, Insurance
Northeastern University

Stanley R. Wayne, B A., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
V.A. Out-Patient Clinic

Robert C. Webb, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
Psychology
Suffolk University

William S. Webb, B.S., M.A.
Law Enforcement
Danvers Police Department

306 / FACULTY

Jeffrey L. Wain

Biology— Laboratory
Northeastern Univ.

Richard S. Wein, B.A., MA.
Sociology
Winthrop Public Schools

•Frank J. Weiner, B.S., M.B.A., J.D.
Transportation
Frank J. Weiner, Inc.

Robert I. Weisberg, B.S.
Fine Arts—
Consultant
Northeastern University

Karl Weiss, B.S., Ph.D.

Chemistry Consultant
Northeastern Univ.

'Robert L. Wells, B.S., M.A.
Fine Arts-
Consultant
Northeastern University

Dorothy A. Wemple, B.S.
Health Science
Peter Bent Brigham Hospital

Clifford Wenzel, A.B.

Personnel Industrial Relations
Raytheon Service Co.

Bettina J. Werman, B.S., M.S.

Therapeutic Recreation

Paul C. Wermuth, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
English-
Consultant
Northeastern University

Robert Westwater, B.A., M.B.A.
Corporate Finance
Commercial Union Company

Donald J. Wheaton, B.S., M.A.
Economics

Worcester Polytechnic
Institute

Albert H. Whitaker, Jr., B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
History
Mount Ida Junior College

Charles W. White, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
English

Southeastern Massachusetts
University

Paul F. White, B S., M.S.

Law Enforcement

Youth Activities Commission

James L. Wiles, A.B., A.M.
Economics
Stonehill College

Calvin Williams, A.B., M.A.
(Management
Raytheon

Elizabeth S. Williams, A.B., Ed.M., CAS.
Psychology
Suffolk University

John F. Williamson, A.B., M.A., Ph.D.
History
First National Bank of Boston

David L. Wilmarth, B.S., Ed.M., Ph.D.
Earth Science
Northeastern University

Alexander B. Wilson, B.S., M.A.
History
Wilson Associates

George R. Wilson, Jr., B.A., M.A.
Government, History
Consolidated Service Corp.

Walter B. Winchenbach, Jr., A.E., B.S.,
M.B.A.
Industrial Management
Hewlett Packard Company

Gail S. Wintersteiner, A.B., M.S., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Philosophy
Boston University

Robert E. Withstandley, B.B.A., M.B.A.
/Management
U.S. Steel Corporation

Gerald Wolper, A.B., L.L.B.

Labor Management Relations
National Labor Relations
Board

Michael Woodnick, B.S., M.A.
Speech
Northeastern University

Steve Worth, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.

Political Science— Coordinator
Northeastern University

William C. Wright. B.S., M.B.A.

Management & Organization
U.S. Army Natick
Laboratories

William F. Yetman, J.D.

Law Enforcement
U.S. Govt. Fed. Protection
Service G.S.A.

George E. Young, Jr., A.B., L.L.B.
Law Enforcement
Attorney at Law
Provitero, Vining, Chiampa, &
Young

Albert Zahka, A.B., J.D.
Law

First National Bank of Boston
Vice-President and Associate
Trust Counsel

Harold S. Zamansky, B.S., Ph.D.

Psycho/ogy— Consu/tant
Northeastern University

Berj Zamkochian, B.M., M.M.
Music

Anthony Zampini, B.S.
Chemistry
Northeastern University

Norman Zankel, A.B., J.D.

Personnel & Industrial

Relations
National Labor Relations
Board

Philip E. Zawasky, B.S., Ed.M.
Earth Science
Education Liaison— U.S. Navy

John Zimka, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Accounting
Boston College

'w^m'''

I -^

~iip»i

•«

index

Absences, 35
Academic Council, 13
Academic Policies, 30-38
Academic Probation, 38
Accounting Course Descriptions, 226
Accounting, Curricula in, 64
Activities, Student, 47-50
Administative Officers, University

College, 15
Administrative Organization, 10-12
Admission Requirements, 30-31
Advanced Standing Credit, 31-32
Advisors, Program, 5
Alumni Association, 49
Anthropology Course

Descriptions, 174
Anthropology-Sociology,

Curriculum in, 94-95
Application fee, 39
Attendance, 35
Auditing Policy, 37
Awards, Scholarships, Loans, 42-46

Benefits, Veterans', 40

Board of Trustees, 9-10

Biology Course Descriptions, 167

Budget Payment Plan, 39

Buildings and Facilities, 24-27

Business Administration:
Aims, 54

Course Descriptions, 226
English Requirements, 55
Program of Study, 54-77

Business Administration, Curriculum
in, 54-77

Calendar, 6-7
Campus Buildings and
Facilities, 24-27

Canceled Classes, 34
Change of Address, 35
Chemical-Biological Technology,

Curriculum in, 99-101
Chemistry Course Descriptions, 159
Chinese Course Descriptions, 220
Class Attendance and Preparation, 35
Commencement, 33
Committees, University, 12-13
Committees University

College, 15-16
Corporation, 7-9
Correctional Practices, Curriculum

in, 104-109
Counseling and Testing, 5
Course Descriptions, 155—284
Courses in other Departments, 40
Cytotechnology, Curriculum

in, 137-139

Dean's List, 33

Degree Candidates, 30-32

Degree Programs, Programs of

Study, 51-154
Descriptions of Courses, 155-284
Disciplinary Probation, 38

E
Earth Science Course

Descriptions, 163
Economics Course Descriptions, 221
Economics, Curriculum in, 83
Education, Course Descriptions, 259
Education, Curriculum in, 147-151
Electronic Data Processing,

Curriculum in, 58-59
English Course Descriptions, 209
English, Curriculum in, 84
Examinations, 35

Missed Final, 35
Executive Council, 12
Expenses, 39-41

309

310 / INDEX

Facilities, Buildings and, 24-27

Faculty, 287-306

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees and Tuition, 39—41

Final Examinations, 35

Finance, Curriculum in, 65

Fine Arts Course Descriptions, 196

Fine Arts, Curriculum in, 83-84

Finance Course Descriptions, 232

Financial Aid, 39-41

Foreign Students, 30

Fraternities, Sororities, Clubs, 47-50

French Course Descriptions, 215

German Course Descriptions, 217
Grades, 36-37
Graduation, Fee, 41

Registration, 32

With Honor, 32
Gymnasium Facilities, 49

Health Professions Course

Descriptions 263
Health Professions Programs,

123-146
History Course Descriptions, 186
History, Curriculum in, 87
Homework, Assignments, 35
Honors Program, 80

Industrial Management Course

Descriptions, 239
Industrial Management, Curriculum

in, 67
Industrial Technology, Curriculum

in, 68
Insurance Course Descriptions, 235
Insurance, Curriculum in, 69
Intensive Course Descriptions, 283
Italian Course Descriptions, 219

Japanese Course Descriptions, 218
Journalism Course Descriptions, 220

Kappa Tau Phi sorority, 48

Laboratory Fee, 41

Lambda Alpha Epsilon Fraternity, 48

Language Course Descriptions,

215-220
Late Payment Fee, 40
Law Course Descriptions, 247
Law Enforcement Course

Descriptions, 272
Law Enforcement, Programs of

Study, 102-122
Law Enforcement, Curriculum

in, 110-115

Liberal Arts:

Aims, 78

Course Descriptions, 155

Curriculum, 88

English Requirement, 80

Programs of Study, 78-101
Liberal Arts and Management,

Curriculum in, 77
Library, 24-25
Library Science Course

Descriptions, 224
Loan Funds, Scholarships,

Awards, 42-45
Location of Northeastern

University, 24

Make-up Examinations, 35
Management Course Descriptions, 236
Management, Curriculum in, 70
Management Information Systems

Course Descriptions, 248
Management Information Systems,

Curriculum in, 71
Management in Health Agencies and

Institutions, Curriculum

in, 126
Management Sciences Course

Descriptions, 246
Maps, Boston, 4

Burlington, Framingham,

Haverhill, Lynn, Weymouth,

Norwood, 313 ff.
Marketing Course Descriptions, 229
Marketing, Curriculum in, 73
Mathematics Course

Descriptions, 155—158
Matriculation, 30-31
Maximum Course Load, 38
Medical Laboratory Science,

Curriculum, 140-142
Medical Records Administration

Curriculum, 129

Certification in, 132

Curriculum in, 130-133
Medical Technology, Curriculum

in, 140
Missed Final Examinations, 41
Music Course Descriptions, 200
Music, Curriculum in, 97

Nursing Home Administration,
Certification, 128

Office Hours, 5

Pass-Fail Courses, 33
Payments, 39—41

Personnel Course Descriptions, 245
Personnel and Industrial Relations,
Course Descriptions, 243

INDEX / 311

Personnel and Industrial Relations,

Curriculum in, 74
Philosophy Course Descriptions, 192
Physical Distribution Management

Course Descriptions, 256
Physics Course Descriptions, 158
Policies, Academic, 30-38
Political Science, Course

Descriptons, 182

Curriculum, 89
Probation, Academic and

Disciplinary, 38
Program Advisors, 5
Programs of Study, 51-154
Purchasing, Curriculum in, 60-61
Purchasing, Course Descriptions, 242
Psychology, Course Descriptions, 170
Psychology, Curriculum in, 92

Quality Control Course

Descriptions, 246
Quality Points, 32
Quality Point Requirements, 33

Real Estate, Course Descriptions, 255
Real Estate, Curriculum in, 62-63
Refund of Tuition, 40
Registration, 34

Dates for, 6-7
Regular Students, 30
Residence Requirement, 32
Respiratory Therapy, Curriculum

in, 134-135

Medical Advisory
Committee, 136
Russian Course Descriptions, 218

Scholarships, Awards, Loans, 42-45
Security, Curriculum in, 116-121
Senate, Faculty, 13
Sigma Epsilon Rho Fraternity, 48
Society for the Advancement of
Management (SAM), 47

Sociology-Anthropology, Curriculum

in, 94
Social Welfare, Course

Descriptions, 181
Sociology Course Descriptions, 176
Sorority, Kappa Tau Phi, 48
Spanish Course Descriptions, 216
Special Students, 30
Speech and Theatre Arts Course

Descriptions, 206
Student Activities, 47-51
Student Center Fee, 40
Student Council, Evening, 49
Swahili Course Descriptions, 219

Teaching Staff, 287-306

Tests, 35

Testing, Counseling, 5

Theatre Arts Course Descriptions, 206

Therapeutic Recreation Course

Descriptions, 261
Therapeutic Recreation Services, 152

Programs of Study, 153-154
Transcripts, 41
Transfer of Credit, 31
Transfer Students, 31
Transportation Course

Descriptions, 256
Transportation, Curriculum in, 75
Trustees, Board of, 9-10
Tuition and Fees, 39-~41

Budget Payment Plan, 39

Refund Policy, 40

Underwritten by Employers, 40

Undergraduate Colleges, 19-21
University Council, 12
University, The, 18-22

Veterans' Benefits, 40

Withdrawals, 34-35

suburban maps

Suburban Campus

210 5

Framingham North High School

Weymouth Schools

Lynn English High School

Norwood

WARNICK RD

Warren Center

E3<IT 11

Ashland

Haverhill High School

125

Take Route 97 exit
from Route 495

Mitford High School

HOLLISTON

Masconomet Regional High School
(Boxford)

^/vz>/corr

A/ROM sourM- ^i yze TO AT. /
j^r. / TO Kr «r
^r. fs Tb enoicorr

■'irii;' > •:;,a->:i;>'-'

I innnin nnllp^n^ 1 Q74-7J

Day and Evening Programs in:

aviation technology

engineering technology

science technology

NEA

NEW ENGLAND
ASSOCIATION
OF SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Lincoln College 1 974-75

contents

4 Campus Map

6 Calendar 1974-1975

8 Northeastern University Corporation

10 The Board of Trustees

11 Administrative Organization

13 General University Committees

15 The University

23 Buildings and Facilities

27 Lincoln College Administration

29 The Role and Scope of Lincoln College

31 Programs of Instruction

33 Admissions Information

36 Registration

39 Academic Information

47 Financial Information

52 Student Activities and Alumni Information

57 Academic Programs of Instruction

61 Aviation Technology

65 Civil Engineering Technology

73 Electrical Engineering Technology

81 Mechanical Engineering Technology

88 Interdisciplinary Engineering and Science Programs

92 Bioelectronic Engineering Technology

93 Computer Engineering Technology

94 Control Systems Engineering Technology

89 Chemical-Physical Technology

90 Mathematical-Physical Technology

91 Fire Technology

■^5 Environmental Control Technology

97 Mechanical-Structural Technology

'^9 Description of Courses
^x' Index to Courses
The Lincoln College Faculty
Application Form for Further Information
Suburban Maps
Index

=3 -TT,

zi_QQ3::Dc3:^:c3t^_ia:«r ccecf— QQ>t30u-5'=*^ — coo;

,1- .i Clfl

= - = S;<^ t

-o

TO
O

CT3

-O

<_)

( ■>

-C

<_J

c:i

11:1

1^3 1-*^ .^ i—

-T= cn = _ ^ a3

3 =3 ro ^ — DQ /-^

-Y-i CO 'J r- TO '— '

■— ^ — >^

- -' -S E

5 ^ -c ^ c: ^^-o o) cu o
— -tit; co^.opgj — — g

-^ rf =-> =?-

:= 00

S 5

, >-^ i- COO
. 03 ^ OJ C C

I 31 3: :^ ^ ^

<i: ^ Q_ CC CC ^

^ cc

LZu.lijC3<I3:Li_l-iJC3Li_C3CJ Li_Li_C30DLljuj— ,3:u_U_uj3:C3

Office Hours at Huntington Avenue Campus, Boston

June 24, 1974 — September 3, 1974

Monday-Thursday 8:30 A.M.-8:30 P.M.

Friday 8:30 A.M.-4:30 P.M.

September 3, 1974 — June 13, 1975
Monday-Friday 8:30 A.M.-8:30 P.M.

Program Counseling at Suburban Campus, Burlington

Representatives from the Huntington Avenue Campus will be in attend-
ance during specified dates for guidance and counseling. The bookstore
and the Bursar's Office are open from 8:30 a.m. -8:30 p.m., Monday-Friday,
and 8:30a.m.-12:00 p.m., Saturday.

Program Counseling at Extensions

Program counselors are available on a regular schedule at Lincoln Col-
lege extensions at: the Wyman Junior High School, Burlington; the North
High School, Framingham; the North High School, Weymouth; the English
High School, Lynn; the Junior High School North, Norwood; and the Nor-
wood Airport, Norwood. Appointments may be arranged by telephoning
the Lincoln College office at 437-2500.

Interviews

Prospective students, or those desiring advice or guidance regarding
any part of the school work or curricula, are encouraged to arrange for
personal interviews. Career planning through competent guidance pro-
vides an understanding of professional requirements and develops that
definiteness of purpose so vital to success. Lincoln College Office is
located at 219 Hayden Hall at the Boston Campus.

Address communications to:

William F. King, Director
Lincoln College
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, M33sachusetts02115
Telephone 437-2500

1974-1975 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Fall Quarter 1974

Classes Begin Monday, September 30, 1974

FALL REGISTRAT

ION DATES

Boston

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Monday-Friday,
September 16-20

Boston

9:00 a.m.-12 noon

Saturday, September 21

Boston

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Monday-Thursday,
September 23-26

Burlington

5:30-8:30 p.m.
12 noon-8:30 p

Monday-Thursday,

September 23-26
Tuesday, September 17

Boxford (Masconomet

Regional)

Framingham North H. 8.

Haverhill H. S.

Lynn English H. S.

Weymouth North H. S.

Norwood Jr. H. S. North

Milford H. S.

Classes begin
Columbus Day Observed
Veterans Day Observed
Thanksgiving Recess

Final Examination Period
For Fall Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes
No Classes

Tuesday, September 17 and
Monday, September 23

Monday, September 16, and
Monday, September 23

September 30
Monday, October 14
Monday, October 28
Thursday-Saturday,
November 28-30
Monday, December 16-
Saturday, December 21

Winter Quarter 1974-1975

Classes Begin Wednesday, January 6, 1975

WINTER REGISTRATION DATES

5:30-8:30 p.m.

Boston

Boxford (Masconomet)

Burlington

Framingham North H. S.

Haverhill H. S.

Lynn English H. S.

Milford H. S.

Norwood Jr. H. S. North

Weymouth North H. S.

Christmas Vacation

Winter Quarter Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday

Observed
Final Examination Period for

Winter Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
5:30-8:30 p.m.
No Classes

No Classes

Monday-Friday,

December 16-20
Tuesday and Thursday,

December 17 and 19
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16-17
Monday and Wednesday,

December 16 and 18
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16 and 17
Monday and Tuesday,

December 16-17
Monday-Thursday,

December 16-19
Monday, December 23-

Saturday, January 4
Wednesday, January 6
Monday, February 17

Monday, March 24-
Saturday, March 29

Spring Quarter 1975

SPRING REGISTRATION DATES

Boston 5:30-8

Boxford (Masconomet) 5:30-8

Burlington 5:30-8

Framingham North H. S. 5:30-8

Haverhill H. S. 5:30-8

Lynn English H. 8. 5:30-8

Milford H. S. 5:30-8

Norwood Jr. H. S. North 5:30-8

Weymouth North H. S. 5:30-8

ACADEMIC CALENDAR / 7
Classes Begin Monday, April 7, 1975

:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.
:30 p.m.

Spring Recess* (Or Make Up

Period for Lost Snow Days)
Spring Quarter Begins
Patriot's Day Observed No Classes

Memorial Day Observed No Classes

Final Examination Period

for Spring Quarter
Commencement

Monday-Friday,

March 24-28
Tuesday and Thursday,

March 25 and 27
Monday-Thursday,

March 24-27
Monday-Thursday,

March 24-27
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday and Wednesday,

March 24 and 26
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday and Tuesday,

March 24 and 25
Monday-Thursday,

March 24-27

Monday, March 31-
Saturday, April 5

Monday, April 7

Monday, April 21

Monday, May 26

Tuesday, June 17-
Monday, June 23

Sunday, June 22

Summer Quarter 1975 Classes Begin Monday, June 30, 1975

REGISTRATION FOR ENTIRE SUMMER QUARTER
Boston 5:30-8:30 p.m.

Burlington 12 noon-8:30 p.m.

Classes Begin

Monday-Friday,

June 16-20
Tuesday, June 17

Monday, June 30

Registration for Second Six Week Term

Boston

Burlington

Independence Day Observed
Labor Day Observed
Final Examination Period
for Summer Quarter

5:30-8:30 p.m.

No Classes
No Classes

Monday and Tuesday,

August 4 and 5
Monday, August 4

Thursday, July 4
Monday, September 1
Monday, September 15-
Thursday, Sept. 18

Equal Opportunity Policy

the governing boards

and officers

of thie university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
O. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry

'Lincoln C. Bateson
Thomas P. Beal

*Roy H. Beaton

*F. Gregg Bemis
Beverly Ann Bendekgey
Edward L. Bigelow
Robert D. Black
Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.
Raymond H. Blanchard
S. Whitney Bradley
Rexford A. Bristol
Edward W. Brooke

'George R. Brown
Martin Brown
William L. Brown
William H. Bruce, Jr.
John L. Burns
Hyman H. Burstein
Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners

Charles W. Call. Jr.

Henry F. Callahan

Mrs. Anthony S. Camarota

(Dorothy Dodge)
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

'Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Eldred L. Field
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
•Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Heilman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

James S. Herbert

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
'Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartweil G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

*J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
William C. Mercer
Mrs. Andrew H. Messer

(Melanie C. Berger)
Don G. Mitchell

'Harold A. Mock
Frank E. Morris
James A. Morris
William B. Moses, Jr.

"Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keefte
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

*Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
'Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

Kathryn A. MacKinnon
'Lawrence H. Martin

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.

Kathleen M. Rice
tFrank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott
Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
'James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

*Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman
Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman
William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Vice Chairman

D. Thomas Trigg, Treasurer

Philip C. Boyd, Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

tFrank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
ttCarl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

'Member of the Board of Trustees
tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974
ttPresident Emeritus of the University

Class of 1976 Class of 1977

Diana J. Auger Lincoln C. Bateson

George R. Brown Norman L. Caliners

William R. Driver, Jr. Richard P. Chapman

Harold D. Hodgkinson Edward Dana

Robert L. Johnson William P. Ellison

Mrs. John B. Kenerson Ernest Henderson III

(Frances Comins) Eli Jacobson

Amelia Peabody Joseph G. Riesman

Thomas L. Phillips Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

James L. Shanahan Donald W. Smith

Robert G. Stone Alvin C. Zises
Robert H. Willis

tAsa S. Knowles, ex officio; Stephen P. Mugar, fFrank L. Richardson,
Honorary Trustees

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman; Alvin C. Zises, Vice Ctiairman

George R. Brown Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Norman L. Cahners Donald W. Smith

William R. Driver, Jr. Farnham W. Smith

ttCari S. Ell Russell B. Stearns

Byron K. Elliott Earl P. Stevenson

Frank L. Farwell Robert G. Stone

Donald B. Guy D. Thomas Trigg

tAsa S. Knowles Chaplin Tyler

Harold A. Mock Robert H. Willis

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D. D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., V/'ce President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development and Director

of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance

:tPresicient of the University

tFrank L. Richardson, deceased January 23, 1974.
ttPresident Emeritus of the University

Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate

Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate
School
Harley H. Anderson, B.S., M.B.A., J.D., Assistant Dean of Business Administration
Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of tfie Division of Cooperative Education
Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and Dean of

University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and Assistant to

tfie President
Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing
Malcolm J. Campbell, B.A., M.Ed., Associate Dean of Adult Education and Director